Pre Algebra

PREALGEBRA
OpenStax
Prealgebra
OpenStax
This text is disseminated via the Open Education Resource (OER) LibreTexts Project (https://LibreTexts.org) and like the hundreds
of other texts available within this powerful platform, it is freely available for reading, printing and "consuming." Most, but not all,
pages in the library have licenses that may allow individuals to make changes, save, and print this book. Carefully
consult the applicable license(s) before pursuing such effects.
Instructors can adopt existing LibreTexts texts or Remix them to quickly build course-specific resources to meet the needs of their
students. Unlike traditional textbooks, LibreTexts’ web based origins allow powerful integration of advanced features and new
technologies to support learning.
The LibreTexts mission is to unite students, faculty and scholars in a cooperative effort to develop an easy-to-use online platform
for the construction, customization, and dissemination of OER content to reduce the burdens of unreasonable textbook costs to our
students and society. The LibreTexts project is a multi-institutional collaborative venture to develop the next generation of open-
access texts to improve postsecondary education at all levels of higher learning by developing an Open Access Resource
environment. The project currently consists of 14 independently operating and interconnected libraries that are constantly being
optimized by students, faculty, and outside experts to supplant conventional paper-based books. These free textbook alternatives are
organized within a central environment that is both vertically (from advance to basic level) and horizontally (across different fields)
integrated.
The LibreTexts libraries are Powered by NICE CXOne and are supported by the Department of Education Open Textbook Pilot
Project, the UC Davis Office of the Provost, the UC Davis Library, the California State University Affordable Learning Solutions
Program, and Merlot. This material is based upon work supported by the National Science Foundation under Grant No. 1246120,
1525057, and 1413739.
Any opinions, findings, and conclusions or recommendations expressed in this material are those of the author(s) and do not
necessarily reflect the views of the National Science Foundation nor the US Department of Education.
Have questions or comments? For information about adoptions or adaptions contact [email protected]. More information on our
activities can be found via Facebook (https://facebook.com/Libretexts), Twitter (https://twitter.com/libretexts), or our blog
(http://Blog.Libretexts.org).
This text was compiled on 12/01/2023
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Licensing
1: Whole Numbers
1.1: Introduction to Whole Numbers (Part 1)
1.3: Add Whole Numbers (Part 1)
1.5: Subtract Whole Numbers (Part 1)
1.7: Multiply Whole Numbers (Part 1)
1.9: Divide Whole Numbers (Part 1)
1.E: Whole Numbers (Exercises)
1.S: Whole Numbers (Summary)
2: Introduction to the Language of Algebra

2.1: Use the Language of Algebra (Part 1)
2.3: Evaluate, Simplify, and Translate Expressions (Part 1)
2.5: Solving Equations Using the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality (Part 1)
2.7: Find Multiples and Factors (Part 1)
2.9: Prime Factorization and the Least Common Multiple (Part 1)
2.E: Introduction to the Language of Algebra (Exercises)
2.S: Introduction to the Language of Algebra (Summary)
3: Integers
3.1: Introduction to Integers (Part 1)
3.3: Add Integers (Part 1)
3.5: Subtract Integers (Part 1)
3.7: Multiply and Divide Integers (Part 1)
3.9: Solve Equations Using Integers; The Division Property of Equality (Part 1)
3.E: Integers (Exercises)
3.S: Integers (Summary)
1 https://math.libretexts.org/@go/page/23805
4: Fractions
4.1: Visualize Fractions (Part 1)
4.3: Multiply and Divide Fractions (Part 1)
4.5: Multiply and Divide Mixed Numbers and Complex Fractions (Part 1)
4.7: Add and Subtract Fractions with Common Denominators
4.8: Add and Subtract Fractions with Different Denominators (Part 1)
4.E: Fractions (Exercises)
4.S: Fractions (Summary)
4.10: Add and Subtract Mixed Numbers (Part 1)
4.12: Solve Equations with Fractions (Part 1)
5: Decimals
5.1: Decimals (Part 1)
5.3: Decimal Operations (Part 1)
5.5: Decimals and Fractions (Part 1)
5.7: Solve Equations with Decimals
5.8: Averages and Probability (Part 1)
5.E: Decimals (Exercises)
5.S: Decimals (Summary)
5.10: Ratios and Rate (Part 1)
5.12: Simplify and Use Square Roots (Part 1)
6: Percents
6.1: Understand Percent
6.2: Solve General Applications of Percent
6.3: Solve Sales Tax, Commission, and Discount Applications
6.4: Solve Simple Interest Applications
6.5: Solve Proportions and their Applications (Part 1)
6.E: Percents (Exercises)
6.S: Percents (Summary)
7: The Properties of Real Numbers

7.1: Rational and Irrational Numbers
7.2: Commutative and Associative Properties (Part 1)
7.4: Distributive Property
7.5: Properties of Identity, Inverses, and Zero
7.6: Systems of Measurement (Part 1)
7.E: The Properties of Real Numbers (Exercises)
7.S: The Properties of Real Numbers (Summary)
8: Solving Linear Equations

8.1: Solve Equations Using the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality (Part 1)
8.3: Solve Equations Using the Division and Multiplication Properties of Equality
8.4: Solve Equations with Variables and Constants on Both Sides (Part 1)
8.6: Solve Equations with Fraction or Decimal Coefficients
8.E: Solving Linear Equations (Exercises)
8.S: Solving Linear Equations (Summary)
9: Math Models and Geometry

9.1: Use a Problem Solving Strategy (Part 1)
9.3: Solve Money Applications
9.4: Use Properties of Angles, Triangles, and the Pythagorean Theorem (Part 1)
9.6: Use Properties of Rectangles, Triangles, and Trapezoids (Part 1)
9.8: Solve Geometry Applications- Circles and Irregular Figures
9.9: Solve Geometry Applications- Volume and Surface Area (Part 1)
9.E: Math Models and Geometry (Exercises)
9.S: Math Models and Geometry (Summary)
9.11: Solve a Formula for a Specific Variable
10: Polynomials
10.1: Add and Subtract Polynomials
10.2: Use Multiplication Properties of Exponents (Part 1)
10.4: Multiply Polynomials (Part 1)
10.6: Divide Monomials (Part 1)
10.8: Integer Exponents and Scientific Notation (Part 1)
10.E: Polynomials (Exercises)
10.S: Polynomials (Summary)
10.10: Introduction to Factoring Polynomials
11: Graphs
11.1: Use the Rectangular Coordinate System (Part 1)
11.3: Graphing Linear Equations (Part 1)
11.5: Graphing with Intercepts (Part 1)
11.7: Understand Slope of a Line (Part 1)
11.E: Graphs (Exercises)
11.S: Graphs (Summary)
12: Appendix
12.1: Cumulative Review
12.2: Powers and Roots
12.3: Geometric Formulas
Index
Glossary
Detailed Licensing
Licensing
A detailed breakdown of this resource's licensing can be found in Back Matter/Detailed Licensing.
CHAPTER OVERVIEW
1: Whole Numbers
Even though counting is first taught at a young age, mastering mathematics, which is the study of numbers, requires constant
attention. If it has been a while since you have studied math, it can be helpful to review basic topics. In this chapter, we will focus
on numbers used for counting as well as four arithmetic operations—addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division. We will
also discuss some vocabulary that we will use throughout this book.
Figure 1.1 - Purchasing pounds of fruit at a fruit market requires a basic understanding of numbers. (credit: Dr. Karl-Heinz
Hochhaus, Wikimedia Commons)
Contributors and Attributions

Lynn Marecek (Santa Ana College) and MaryAnne Anthony-Smith (Formerly of Santa Ana College). This content is licensed
under Creative Commons Attribution License v4.0 "Download for free at http://cnx.org/contents/fd53eae1-
[email protected]."
This page titled 1: Whole Numbers is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.
1
 Learning Objectives
Identify counting numbers and whole numbers
Model whole numbers
Identify the place value of a digit
Use place value to name whole numbers
Use place value to write whole numbers
Round whole numbers
Identify Counting Numbers and Whole Numbers

Learning algebra is similar to learning a language. You start with a basic vocabulary and then add to it as you go along. You need to
practice often until the vocabulary becomes easy to you. The more you use the vocabulary, the more familiar it becomes.
Algebra uses numbers and symbols to represent words and ideas. Let’s look at the numbers first. The most basic numbers used in
algebra are those we use to count objects: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, … and so on. These are called the counting numbers. The notation “…” is
called an ellipsis, which is another way to show “and so on”, or that the pattern continues endlessly. Counting numbers are also
called natural numbers.
 Definition: Counting Numbers

The counting numbers start with 1 and continue.
1, 2, 3, 4, 5 …
Counting numbers and whole numbers can be visualized on a number line as shown in Figure 1.1.1.
Figure 1.1.1: The numbers on the number line increase from left to right, and decrease from right to left.
The point labeled 0 is called the origin. The points are equally spaced to the right of 0 and labeled with the counting numbers.
When a number is paired with a point, it is called the coordinate of the point.
The discovery of the number zero was a big step in the history of mathematics. Including zero with the counting numbers gives a
new set of numbers called the whole numbers.
 Definition: Whole Numbers
The whole numbers are the counting numbers and zero.

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 …
We stopped at 5 when listing the first few counting numbers and whole numbers. We could have written more numbers if they were
needed to make the patterns clear.
 Example 1.1.1: Number Identification

Which of the following are
a. counting numbers
b. whole numbers
Access for free at OpenStax 1.1.1 https://math.libretexts.org/@go/page/4970

1
0, , 3, 5.2, 15, 105
4
Solution
a. The counting numbers start at 1, so 0 is not a counting number. The numbers 3, 15, and 105 are all counting numbers.
1
b. Whole numbers are counting numbers and 0. The numbers 0, 3, 15, and 105 are whole numbers. The numbers and 5.2
4
are neither counting numbers nor whole numbers. We will discuss these numbers later.
 Exercise 1.1.1

a. whole numbers
2
0, , 2, 9, 11.8, 241, 376
3
Answer a
2, 9, 241, 376
Answer b
0, 2, 9, 241, 376
 Exercise 1.1.2

a. counting numbers
b. whole numbers
5
0, , 7, 8.8, 13, 201
3
Answer a
7, 13, 201
Answer b
0, 7, 13, 201
Model Whole Numbers

Our number system is called a place value system because the value of a digit depends on its position, or place, in a number. The
number 537 has a different value than the number 735. Even though they use the same digits, their value is different because of the
different placement of the 3 and the 7 and the 5.
Money gives us a familiar model of place value. Suppose a wallet contains three $100 bills, seven $10 bills, and four $1 bills. The
amounts are summarized in Figure 1.1.2. How much money is in the wallet?

Figure 1.1.2
Find the total value of each kind of bill, and then add to find the total. The wallet contains $374.
Base-10 blocks provide another way to model place value, as shown in Figure 1.1.3. The blocks can be used to represent hundreds,
tens, and ones. Notice that the tens rod is made up of 10 ones, and the hundreds square is made of 10 tens, or 100 ones.
Figure 1.1.3
Figure 1.1.4 shows the number 138 modeled with base-10 blocks.
Figure 1.1.4: We use place value notation to show the value of the number 138.
Digit Place value Number Value Total value
1 hundreds 1 100 100
3 tens 3 10 30
8 ones 8 1 +8
Sum = 138

 Example 1.1.2: place value notation
Use place value notation to find the value of the number modeled by the base-10 blocks shown.
Figure 1.1.5
Solution
There are 2 hundreds squares, which is 200.
There is 1 tens rod, which is 10.
There are 5 ones blocks, which is 5.
Digit Place value Number Value Total value
2 hundreds 2 100 200
1 tens 1 10 10
5 ones 5 1 +5
215
The base-10 blocks model the number 215.
 Exercise 1.1.3
Figure 1.1.6
Answer
176
 Exercise 1.1.4

Figure 1.1.7
Answer
237
Identify the Place Value of a Digit

By looking at money and base-10 blocks, we saw that each place in a number has a different value. A place value chart is a useful
way to summarize this information. The place values are separated into groups of three, called periods. The periods are ones,
thousands, millions, billions, trillions, and so on. In a written number, commas separate the periods.
Just as with the base-10 blocks, where the value of the tens rod is ten times the value of the ones block and the value of the
hundreds square is ten times the tens rod, the value of each place in the place-value chart is ten times the value of the place to the
right of it.
Figure 1.1.8 shows how the number 5, 278, 194is written in a place value chart.
Figure 1.1.8
The digit 5 is in the millions place. Its value is 5, 000, 000.
The digit 2 is in the hundred thousands place. Its value is 200, 000.
The digit 7 is in the ten thousands place. Its value is 70, 000.
The digit 8 is in the thousands place. Its value is 8, 000.
The digit 1 is in the hundreds place. Its value is 100.
The digit 9 is in the tens place. Its value is 90.
The digit 4 is in the ones place. Its value is 4.
 Example 1.1.3: place value
In the number 63, 407, 218; find the place value of each of the following digits:
a. 7
b. 0
c. 1
d. 6
e. 3
Solution
Write the number in a place value chart, starting at the right.

Figure 1.1.9
a. The 7 is in the thousands place.
b. The 0 is in the ten thousands place.
c. The 1 is in the tens place.
d. The 6 is in the ten millions place.
e. The 3 is in the millions place.
 Exercise 1.1.5
For each number, find the place value of digits listed: 27, 493, 615
a. 2
b. 1
c. 4
d. 7
e. 5
Answer a
2
Answer b
1
Answer c
4
Answer d
7
Answer e
5
 Exercise 1.1.6
For each number, find the place value of digits listed: 519, 711, 641, 328
a. 9
b. 4
c. 2
d. 6
e. 7

Answer a
billions
Answer b
ten thousands
Answer c
tens
Answer d
hundred thousands
Answer e
hundred millions
Use Place Value to Name Whole Numbers

When you write a check, you write out the number in words as well as in digits. To write a number in words, write the number in
each period followed by the name of the period without the ‘s’ at the end. Start with the digit at the left, which has the largest place
value. The commas separate the periods, so wherever there is a comma in the number, write a comma between the words. The ones
period, which has the smallest place value, is not named.
So the number 37, 519, 248 is written thirty-seven million, five hundred nineteen thousand, two hundred forty-eight. Notice that
the word and is not used when naming a whole number.
 How to: Name a Whole Number in Words.

Step 1. Starting at the digit on the left, name the number in each period, followed by the period name. Do not include the
period name for the ones.
Step 2. Use commas in the number to separate the periods.
 Example 1.1.4: name whole numbers
Name the number 8, 165, 432, 098, 710in words.

Solution
Begin with the leftmost digit, which is 8. It is in the trillions place. eight trillion
The next period to the right is billions. one hundred sixty-five billion
The next period to the right is millions. four hundred thirty-two million
The next period to the right is thousands. ninety-eight thousand
The rightmost period shows the ones. seven hundred ten

Putting all of the words together, we write 8, 165, 432, 098, 710as eight trillion, one hundred sixty-five billion, four hundred
thirty-two million, ninety-eight thousand, seven hundred ten.
 Exercise 1.1.7
Name each number in words: 9, 258, 137, 904, 061
Answer
nine trillion, two hundred fifty-eight billion, one hundred thirty-seven million, nine hundred four thousand, sixty-one
 Exercise 1.1.8
Name each number in words: 17, 864, 325, 619, 004
Answer
seventeen trillion, eight hundred sixty-four billion, three hundred twenty-five million, six hundred nineteen thousand, four
 Example 1.1.5: name whole numbers
A student conducted research and found that the number of mobile phone users in the United States during one month in 2014
was 327, 577, 529. Name that number in words.
Solution
Identify the periods associated with the number.
Name the number in each period, followed by the period name. Put the commas in to separate the periods.
Millions period: three hundred twenty-seven million
Thousands period: five hundred seventy-seven thousand
Ones period: five hundred twenty-nine
So the number of mobile phone users in the Unites States during the month of April was three hundred twenty-seven million,
five hundred seventy-seven thousand, five hundred twenty-nine.
 Exercise 1.1.9
The population in a country is 316, 128, 839. Name that number
Answer
three hundred sixteen million, one hundred twenty-eight thousand, eight hundred thirty nine

 Exercise 1.1.10
One year is 31, 536, 000seconds. Name that number.
Answer
thirty one million, five hundred thirty-six thousand
Use Place Value to Write Whole Numbers

We will now reverse the process and write a number given in words as digits.
 How to: Use Place Value to Write Whole Numbers
Step 1. Identify the words that indicate periods. (Remember the ones period is never named.)
Step 2. Draw three blanks to indicate the number of places needed in each period. Separate the periods by commas.
Step 3. Name the number in each period and place the digits in the correct place value position.
 Example 1.1.6: write whole numbers
Write the following numbers using digits.

a. fifty-three million, four hundred one thousand, seven hundred forty-two
b. nine billion, two hundred forty-six million, seventy-three thousand, one hundred eighty-nine
Solution
a. Identify the words that indicate periods.
Except for the first period, all other periods must have three places. Draw three blanks to indicate the number of places needed
in each period. Separate the periods by commas.
Then write the digits in each period.
Put the numbers together, including the commas. The number is 53, 401, 742.
b. Identify the words that indicate periods.
Except for the first period, all other periods must have three places. Draw three blanks to indicate the number of places needed
in each period. Separate the periods by commas.
Then write the digits in each period.
The number is 9, 246, 073, 189.

Notice that in part (b), a zero was needed as a place-holder in the hundred thousands place. Be sure to write zeros as needed to
make sure that each period, except possibly the first, has three places.

 Exercise 1.1.11
Write each number in standard form:
fifty-three million, eight hundred nine thousand, fifty-one
Answer
53, 809, 051
 Exercise 1.1.12

two billion, twenty-two million, seven hundred fourteen thousand, four hundred sixty-six
Answer
2, 022, 714, 466
 Example 1.1.7: write standard form

A state budget was about $77 billion. Write the budget in standard form.
Solution
Identify the periods. In this case, only two digits are given and they are in the billions period. To write the entire number, write
zeros for all of the other periods.
So the budget was about $77, 000, 000, 000.
 Exercise 1.1.13

The closest distance from Earth to Mars is about 34 million miles.
Answer
34, 000, 000 miles
 Exercise 1.1.14

The total weight of an aircraft carrier is 204 million pounds.
Answer
204, 000, 000 pounds

Lynn Marecek (Santa Ana College) and MaryAnne Anthony-Smith (formerly of Santa Ana College). This content produced
by OpenStax and is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution License 4.0 license.
This page titled 1.1: Introduction to Whole Numbers (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

Round Whole Numbers
In 2013, the U.S. Census Bureau reported the population of the state of New York as 19, 651, 127people. It might be enough to say
that the population is approximately 20 million. The word approximately means that 20 million is not the exact population, but is
close to the exact value.
The process of approximating a number is called rounding. Numbers are rounded to a specific place value depending on how
much accuracy is needed. 20 million was achieved by rounding to the millions place. Had we rounded to the one hundred
thousands place, we would have 19, 700, 000 as a result. Had we rounded to the ten thousands place, we would have 19, 650, 000
as a result, and so on. The place value to which we round to depends on how we need to use the number.
Using the number line can help you visualize and understand the rounding process. Look at the number line in Figure 1.2.10 .
Suppose we want to round the number 76 to the nearest ten. Is 76 closer to 70 or 80 on the number line?
Figure 1.2.10: We can see that 76 is closer to 80 than to 70. So 76 rounded to the nearest ten is 80.
Now consider the number 72. Find 72 in Figure 1.2.11.
Figure 1.2.11: We can see that 72 is closer to 70, so 72 rounded to the nearest ten is 70.
How do we round 75 to the nearest ten. Find 75 in Figure 1.2.12.
Figure 1.2.12: The number 75 is exactly midway between 70 and 80.

So that everyone rounds the same way in cases like this, mathematicians have agreed to round to the higher number, 80 . So, 75
rounded to the nearest ten is 80.

Now that we have looked at this process on the number line, we can introduce a more general procedure. To round a number to a
specific place, look at the number to the right of that place. If the number is less than 5, round down. If it is greater than or equal to
5 , round up.
So, for example, to round 76 to the nearest ten, we look at the digit in the ones place.
The digit in the ones place is a 6. Because 6 is greater than or equal to 5, we increase the digit in the tens place by one. So the 7 in
the tens place becomes an 8. Now, replace any digits to the right of the 8 with zeros. So, 76 rounds to 80.
Let’s look again at rounding 72 to the nearest 10. Again, we look to the ones place.

The digit in the ones place is 2. Because 2 is less than 5, we keep the digit in the tens place the same and replace the digits to the
right of it with zero. So 72 rounded to the nearest ten is 70.
 How to: Round a Whole Number to a Specific Place Value
Step 1. Locate the given place value. All digits to the left of that place value do not change.
Step 2. Underline the digit to the right of the given place value.
Step 3. Determine if this digit is greater than or equal to 5.
Yes—add 1 to the digit in the given place value.
No—do not change the digit in the given place value.
Step 4. Replace all digits to the right of the given place value with zeros.
 Example 1.2.8: round a whole number
Round 843 to the nearest ten.

Solution
Locate the tens place.
Underline the digit to the right of the tens place.
Since 3 is less than 5, do not change the digit in the tens place.
Replace all digits to the right of the tens place with zeros.
Rounding 843 to the nearest ten gives 840.
 Exercise 1.2.15
Round to the nearest ten: 157
Answer
160
 Exercise 1.2.16
Round to the nearest ten: 884
Answer
880
 Example 1.2.9: round a whole number

Round each number to the nearest hundred:
a. 23, 658
b. 3, 978
Solution

a.
Locate the hundreds place.
The digit of the right of the hundreds place is 5. Underline the digit to
the right of the hundreds place.
Since 5 is greater than or equal to 5, round up by adding 1 to the digit

in the hundreds place. Then replace all digits to the right of the
hundreds place with zeros.
So 23,658 rounded to the nearest hundred is 23,700.
b.
Locate the hundreds place.
Underline the digit to the right of the hundreds place.
The digit to the right of the hundreds place is 7. Since 7 is greater than
or equal to 5, round up by added 1 to the 9. Then replace all digits to
the right of the hundreds place with zeros.
So 3,978 rounded to the nearest hundred is 4,000.
 Exercise 1.2.17
Round to the nearest hundred: 17, 852.
Answer
17, 900
 Exercise 1.2.18
Round to the nearest hundred: 4, 951.
Answer
5, 000
 Example 1.2.10: Round a whole number
Round each number to the nearest thousand:

a. 147, 032
b. 29, 504
Solution

a.
Locate the thousands place. Underline the digit to the right of the
thousands place.
The digit to the right of the thousands place is 0. Since 0 is less than
5, we do not change the digit in the thousands place.
We then replace all digits to the right of the thousands pace with
zeros.
So 147,032 rounded to the nearest thousand is 147,000.
b.
Locate the thousands place.
Underline the digit to the right of the thousands place.
The digit to the right of the thousands place is 5. Since 5 is greater

than or equal to 5, round up by adding 1 to the 9. Then replace all
digits to the right of the thousands place with zeros.
So 29,504 rounded to the nearest thousand is 30,000.
Notice that in part (b), when we add 1 thousand to the 9 thousands, the total is 10 thousands. We regroup this as 1 ten thousand
and 0 thousands. We add the 1 ten thousand to the 2 ten thousands and put a 0 in the thousands place.
 Exercise 1.2.19
Round to the nearest thousand: 63, 921.
Answer
64, 000
 Exercise 1.2.20
Round to the nearest thousand: 156, 437.
Answer
156, 000
Access Additional Online Resources

Write a Whole Number in Digits from Words
Key Concepts

Figure 1.2.13
Name a whole number in words.
Starting at the digit on the left, name the number in each period, followed by the period name. Do not include the period
name for the ones.
Use commas in the number to separate the periods.
Use place value to write a whole number.
Identify the words that indicate periods. (Remember the ones period is never named.)
Draw three blanks to indicate the number of places needed in each period.
Name the number in each period and place the digits in the correct place value position.
Round a whole number to a specific place value.
Locate the given place value. All digits to the left of that place value do not change.
Underline the digit to the right of the given place value.
Determine if this digit is greater than or equal to 5. If yes—add 1 to the digit in the given place value. If no—do not change
the digit in the given place value.
Replace all digits to the right of the given place value with zeros.
Glossary
coordinate
A number paired with a point on a number line is called the coordinate of the point.
counting numbers
The counting numbers are the numbers 1, 2, 3, ….
number line
A number line is used to visualize numbers. The numbers on the number line get larger as they go from left to right, and smaller
as they go from right to left.
origin
The origin is the point labeled 0 on a number line.
place value system
Our number system is called a place value system because the value of a digit depends on its position, or place, in a number.
rounding
The process of approximating a number is called rounding.
whole numbers
The whole numbers are the numbers 0, 1, 2, 3, ….

Practice Problems
In the following exercises, determine which of the following numbers are (a) counting numbers (b) whole numbers.
2
1. 0, , 5, 8.1, 125
3
7
2. 0, , 3, 20.5, 300
10
4
3. 0, , 3.9, 50, 221
9
3
4. 0, , 10, 303, 422.6
5
Model Whole Numbers

In the following exercises, use place value notation to find the value of the number modeled by the base-10 blocks.
5.
6.
7.

8.

In the following exercises, find the place value of the given digits.
9. 579,601
(a) 9 (b) 6 (c) 0 (d) 7 (e) 5
10. 398,127
(a) 9 (b) 3 (c) 2 (d) 8 (e) 7
11. 56,804,379
(a) 8 (b) 6 (c) 4 (d) 7 (e) 0
12. 78,320,465
(a) 8 (b) 4 (c) 2 (d) 6 (e) 7

In the following exercises, name each number in words.
13. 1,078
14. 5,902
15. 364,510
16. 146,023
17. 5,846,103
18. 1,458,398
19. 37,889,005
20. 62,008,465
21. The height of Mount Ranier is 14,410 feet.
22. The height of Mount Adams is 12,276 feet.

23. Seventy years is 613,200 hours.
24. One year is 525,600 minutes.
25. The U.S. Census estimate of the population of Miami-Dade county was 2,617,176.
26. The population of Chicago was 2,718,782.
27. There are projected to be 23,867,000 college and university students in the US in five years.
28. About twelve years ago there were 20,665,415 registered automobiles in California.
29. The population of China is expected to reach 1,377,583,156 in 2016.
30. The population of India is estimated at 1,267,401,849 as of July 1, 2014.

In the following exercises, write each number as a whole number using digits.
31. four hundred twelve
32. two hundred fifty-three
33. thirty-five thousand, nine hundred seventy-five
34. sixty-one thousand, four hundred fifteen
35. eleven million, forty-four thousand, one hundred sixty-seven
36. eighteen million, one hundred two thousand, seven hundred eighty-three
37. three billion, two hundred twenty-six million, five hundred twelve thousand, seventeen
38. eleven billion, four hundred seventy-one million, thirty-six thousand, one hundred six
39. The population of the world was estimated to be seven billion, one hundred seventy-three million people.
40. The age of the solar system is estimated to be four billion, five hundred sixty-eight million years.
41. Lake Tahoe has a capacity of thirty-nine trillion gallons of water.
42. The federal government budget was three trillion, five hundred billion dollars.
Round Whole Numbers

In the following exercises, round to the indicated place value.
43. Round to the nearest ten:
(a) 386 (b) 2,931
(a) 792 (b) 5,647
45. Round to the nearest hundred:
(a) 13,748 (b) 391,794
(a) 28,166 (b) 481,628
(a) 1,492 (b) 1,497
48. Round to the nearest thousand:
(a) 2,391 (b) 2,795
(a) 63,994 (b) 63,949
50. Round to the nearest thousand:
(a) 163,584 (b) 163,246
Everyday Math
51. Writing a Check Jorge bought a car for $24,493. He paid for the car with a check. Write the purchase price in words.

52. Writing a Check Marissa’s kitchen remodeling cost $18,549. She wrote a check to the contractor. Write the amount paid in
words.
53. Buying a Car Jorge bought a car for $24,493. Round the price to the nearest:
(a) ten dollars (b) hundred dollars (c) thousand dollars (d) ten-thousand dollars
53. Remodeling a Kitchen Marissa’s kitchen remodeling cost $18,549. Round the cost to the nearest:
(a) ten dollars (b) hundred dollars (c) thousand dollars (d) ten-thousand dollars
54. Population The population of China was 1,355,692,544 in 2014. Round the population to the nearest:
(a) billion people (b) hundred-million people (c) million people
55. Astronomy The average distance between Earth and the sun is 149,597,888 kilometers. Round the distance to the nearest:
(a) hundred-million kilometers (b) ten-million kilometers (c) million kilometers
Writing Exercises
56. In your own words, explain the difference between the counting numbers and the whole numbers.
57. Give an example from your everyday life where it helps to round numbers.
Self Check
(a) After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.
(b) If most of your checks were...

…confidently. Congratulations! You have achieved the objectives in this section. Reflect on the study skills you used so that you
can continue to use them. What did you do to become confident of your ability to do these things? Be specific.
…with some help. This must be addressed quickly because topics you do not master become potholes in your road to success. In
math, every topic builds upon previous work. It is important to make sure you have a strong foundation before you move on. Who
can you ask for help? Your fellow classmates and instructor are good resources. Is there a place on campus where math tutors are
available? Can your study skills be improved?
…no—I don’t get it! This is a warning sign and you must not ignore it. You should get help right away or you will quickly be
overwhelmed. See your instructor as soon as you can to discuss your situation. Together you can come up with a plan to get you the
help you need.

This page titled 1.2: Introduction to Whole Numbers (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

Use addition notation
Model addition of whole numbers
Add whole numbers without models
Translate word phrases to math notation
Add whole numbers in applications
 Be Prepared!
Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.
a. What is the number modeled by the base-10 blocks? If you missed this problem, review Example 1.1.2.
Figure 1.3.1
b. Write the number three hundred forty-two thousand six using digits? If you missed this problem, review Example 1.1.6.
Use Addition Notation

A college student has a part-time job. Last week he worked 3 hours on Monday and 4 hours on Friday. To find the total number of
hours he worked last week, he added 3 and 4.
The operation of addition combines numbers to get a sum. The notation we use to find the sum of 3 and 4 is:
3 +4
We read this as three plus four and the result is the sum of three and four. The numbers 3 and 4 are called the addends. A math
statement that includes numbers and operations is called an expression.
 Definition: Addition Notation

To describe addition, we can use symbols and words.
Operation Notation Expression Read as Result
Addition + 3+4 three plus four the sum of 3 and 4
 Example 1.3.1: Translation
Translate from math notation to words:

a. 7 + 1
b. 12 + 14
Solution
a. The expression consists of a plus symbol connecting the addends 7 and 1. We read this as seven plus one. The result is the
sum of seven and one.
b. The expression consists of a plus symbol connecting the addends 12 and 14. We read this as twelve plus fourteen. The
result is the sum of twelve and fourteen.

 Exercise 1.3.1

a. 8 + 4
b. 18 + 11
Answer a
eight plus four; the sum of eight and four
Answer b
eighteen plus eleven; the sum of eighteen and eleven
 Exercise 1.3.2

a. 21 + 16
b. 100 + 200
Answer a
twenty-one plus sixteen; the sum of twenty-one and sixteen
Answer b
one hundred plus two hundred; the sum of one hundred and two hundred
Model Addition of Whole Numbers

Addition is really just counting. We will model addition with base-10 blocks. Remember, a block represents 1 and a rod represents
10. Let’s start by modeling the addition expression we just considered, 3 + 4 .
Each addend is less than 10, so we can use ones blocks.
We start by modeling the first number with 3 blocks.
Then we model the second number with 4 blocks.
Count the total number of blocks.
There are 7 blocks in all. We use an equal sign (=) to show the sum. A math sentence that shows that two expressions are equal is
called an equation. We have shown that 3 + 4 = 7 .
 Example 1.3.2: Model
Model the addition 2 + 6 .

Solution
2 +6 means the sum of 2 and 6
Each addend is less than 10, so we can use ones blocks.
Model the first number with 2 blocks.
Model the second number with 6 blocks.

Count the total number of blocks
There are 8 blocks in all, so 2 + 6 = 8.
 Exercise 1.3.3: Model
Model: 3 + 6 .
Answer
 Exercise 1.3.4
Model: 5 + 1 .
Answer
When the result is 10 or more ones blocks, we will exchange the 10 blocks for one rod.
 Example 1.3.3: model
Model the addition 5 + 8 .

Solution
5 +8 means the sum of 5 and 8.
Each addend is less than 10, se we can use ones blocks.
Model the first number with 5 blocks.
Model the second number with 8 blocks.
Count the result. There are more than 10 blocks so we exchange 10

ones blocks for 1 tens rod.
Now we have 1 ten and 3 ones, which is 13. 5 + 8 = 13 (1.3.1)
Notice that we can describe the models as ones blocks and tens rods, or we can simply say ones and tens. From now on, we will use
the shorter version but keep in mind that they mean the same thing.
 Exercise 1.3.5
Model the addition: 5 + 7
Answer

 Exercise 1.3.6
Model the addition: 6 + 8 .
Answer
Model the addition: 17 + 26 .

Solution
17 + 26 means the sum of 17 and 26.
Model the 17. 1 ten and 7 ones
Model the 26. 2 tens and 6 ones
Combine. 3 tens and 13 ones
4 tens and 3 ones

Exchange 10 ones for 1 ten.
40 + 3 = 43
We have shown that 17 + 26 = 43
 Exercise 1.3.7
Model each addition: 15 + 27 .
Answer
 Exercise 1.3.8
Model each addition: 16 + 29 .
Answer
Add Whole Numbers Without Models

Now that we have used models to add numbers, we can move on to adding without models. Before we do that, make sure you
know all the one digit addition facts. You will need to use these number facts when you add larger numbers.

Imagine filling in Table 1.3.1 by adding each row number along the left side to each column number across the top. Make sure that
you get each sum shown. If you have trouble, model it. It is important that you memorize any number facts you do not already
know so that you can quickly and reliably use the number facts when you add larger numbers.
Table 1.3.1
+ 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
3 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
4 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
5 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
6 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
7 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
8 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
9 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Did you notice what happens when you add zero to a number? The sum of any number and zero is the number itself. We call this
the Identity Property of Addition. Zero is called the additive identity.
 Definition: Identity Property of Addition
The sum of any number a and 0 is the number.

a+0 = a (1.3.2)
0 +a = a (1.3.3)
 Example 1.3.5: add
Find each sum:

a. 0 + 11
b. 42 + 0
Solution
a. The first addend is zero. The sum of any number and zero is the
0 + 11 = 11
number.
b. The second addend is zero. The sum of any number and zero is the
42 + 0 = 42
number.
 Exercise 1.3.9
Find each sum:
a. 0 + 19
b. 39 + 0
Answer a
0 + 19 = 19
Answer b

39 + 0 = 39
 Exercise 1.3.10
Find each sum:

a. 0 + 24
b. 57 + 0
Answer a
0 + 24 = 24
Answer b
57 + 0 = 57
Look at the pairs of sums.
2+3=5 3+2=5
4 + 7 = 11 7 + 4 = 11
8 + 9 = 17 9 + 8 = 17
Notice that when the order of the addends is reversed, the sum does not change. This property is called the Commutative Property
of Addition, which states that changing the order of the addends does not change their sum.
 Definition: Commutative Property of Addition
Changing the order of the addends a and b does not change their sum.
a+b = b +a (1.3.4)
Add:
a. 8 + 7
b. 7 + 8
Solution
8 +7
a.
15
7 +8
b.
15
 Exercise 1.3.11
Add: 9 + 7 and 7 + 9 .
Answer
9 + 7 = 16; 7 + 9 = 16
 Exercise 1.3.12
Add: 8 + 6 and 6 + 8 .
Answer

8 + 6 = 14; 6 + 8 = 14
Add: 28 + 61 .
Solution
To add numbers with more than one digit, it is often easier to write the numbers vertically in columns.
Write the numbers so the ones and tens digits line up vertically.
Then add the digits in each place value. Add the ones: 8 + 1 = 9.
Add the tens: 2 + 6 = 8. 89
 Exercise 1.3.13
Add: 32 + 54 .
Answer
32 + 54 = 86
 Exercise 1.3.14
Add: 25 + 74 .
Answer
25 + 74 = 99
In the previous example, the sum of the ones and the sum of the tens were both less than 10. But what happens if the sum is 10 or
more? Let’s use our base-10 model to find out. Figure 1.3.2 shows the addition of 17 and 26 again.
Figure 1.3.2
When we add the ones, 7 + 6 , we get 13 ones. Because we have more than 10 ones, we can exchange 10 of the ones for 1 ten.
Now we have 4 tens and 3 ones. Without using the model, we show this as a small red 1 above the digits in the tens place.
When the sum in a place value column is greater than 9, we carry over to the next column to the left. Carrying is the same as
regrouping by exchanging. For example, 10 ones for 1 ten or 10 tens for 1 hundred.
 How To: Add Whole Numbers
Step 1. Write the numbers so each place value lines up vertically.

Step 2. Add the digits in each place value. Work from right to left starting with the ones place. If a sum in a place value is more
than 9, carry to the next place value.
Step 3. Continue adding each place value from right to left, adding each place value and carrying if needed.

Add: 43 + 69 .
Solution
Write the numbers so the digits line up vertically.
Add the digits in each place. Add the ones: 3 + 9 = 12.
Write the 2 in the ones place in the sum. Add the 1 ten to the tens
place.
Now add the tens: 1 + 4 + 6 = 11. Write the 11 in the sum.
 Exercise 1.3.15
Add: 35 + 98 .
Answer
35 + 98 = 133
 Exercise 1.3.16
Add: 72 + 89 .
Answer
72 + 89 = 161
Add: 324 + 586.

Solution
Add the digits in each place value. Add the ones: 4 + 6 = 10. Write
the 0 in the ones place in the sum and carry the 1 ten to the tens place.
Add the tens: 1 + 2 + 8 = 11. Write the 1 in the tens place in the sum
and carry the 1 hundred to the hundreds.
Add the hundreds: 1 + 3 + 5 = 9. Write the 9 in the hundreds place.
 Exercise 1.3.17
Add: 456 + 376.
Answer

456 + 376 = 832
 Exercise 1.3.18
Add: 269 + 578.
Answer
269 + 578 = 847
Add: 1, 683 + 479.

Solution
Add the digits in each place value
Add the ones: 3 + 9 = 12. Write the 2 in the ones place of the sum and
carry the 1 ten to the tens place.
Add the tens: 1 + 7 + 8 = 16. Write the 6 in the tens place and carry
the 1 hundred to the hundreds place.
Add the hundreds: 1 + 6 + 4 = 11. Write the 1 in the hundreds place

and carry the 1 thousand to the thousands place
Add the thousands 1 + 1 = 2. Write the 2 in the thousands place of the

sum.
When the addends have different numbers of digits, be careful to line up the corresponding place values starting with the ones and
moving toward the left.
 Exercise 1.3.19
Add: 4, 597 + 685.
Answer
4, 597 + 685 = 5, 282
 Exercise 1.3.20
Add: 5, 837 + 695.
Answer
5, 837 + 695 = 6, 532

Add: 21, 357 + 861 + 8, 596.
Solution
Write the numbers so the place values line up vertically.
Add the digits in each place value.
Add the ones: 7 + 1 + 6 = 14. Write the 4 in the ones place of the sum
and carry the 1 to the tens place.
Add the tens: 1 + 5 + 6 + 9 = 21. Write the 1 in the tens place and
carry the 2 to the hundreds place.
Add the hundreds: 2 + 3 + 8 + 5 = 18. Write the 8 in the hundreds

place and carry the 1 to the thousands place.
Add the thousands 1 + 1 + 8 = 10. Write the 0 in the thousands place

and carry the 1 to the ten thousands place.
Add the ten-thousands 1 + 2 = 3. Write the 3 in the ten thousands

place in the sum.
This example had three addends. We can add any number of addends using the same process as long as we are careful to line
up the place values correctly.
 Exercise 1.3.21
Add: 46, 195 + 397 + 6, 281.
Answer
46, 195 + 397 + 6, 281 = 52, 873
 Exercise 1.3.22
Add: 53, 762 + 196 + 7, 458.
Answer
53, 762 + 196 + 7, 458 = 61, 416

This page titled 1.3: Add Whole Numbers (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

Translate Word Phrases to Math Notation
Earlier in this section, we translated math notation into words. Now we’ll reverse the process. We’ll translate word phrases into
math notation. Some of the word phrases that indicate addition are listed in Table 1.4.2.
Table 1.4.1
Operation Words Example Expression
Addition plus 1 plus 2 1+2
sum the sum of 3 and 4 3+4
increased by 5 increased by 6 5+6
more than 8 more than 7 7+8
total of the total of 9 and 5 9+5
added to 6 added to 4 4+6
 Example 1.4.12: translate and simplify
Translate and simplify: the sum of 19 and 23.

Solution
The word sum tells us to add. The words of 19 and 23 tell us the addends.
The sum of 19 and 23
Translate. 19 + 23
Add. 42
The sum of 19 and 23 is 42.
 Exercise 1.4.23
Answer
Translate: 17 + 26; Simplify: 43
 Exercise 1.4.24
Answer

Translate and simplify: 28 increased by 31.
Solution
The words increased by tell us to add. The numbers given are the addends.
28 increased by 31.

Translate. 28 + 31
Add. 59
So 28 increased by 31 is 59.
 Exercise 1.4.25
Answer
 Exercise 1.4.26
Answer
Add Whole Numbers in Applications

Now that we have practiced adding whole numbers, let’s use what we’ve learned to solve real-world problems. We’ll start by
outlining a plan. First, we need to read the problem to determine what we are looking for. Then we write a word phrase that gives
the information to find it. Next we translate the word phrase into math notation and then simplify. Finally, we write a sentence to
answer the question.
 Example 1.4.14: add whole numbers
Hao earned grades of 87, 93, 68, 95,and 89 on the five tests of the semester. What is the total number of points he earned on
the five tests?
Solution
We are asked to find the total number of points on the tests.
Write a phrase. the sum of points on the tests
Translate to math notation. 87 + 93 + 68 + 95 + 89
Then we simplify by adding
Since there are several numbers, we will write them vertically.
Write a sentence to answer the question. Hao earned a total of 432 points.
Notice that we added points, so the sum is 432 points. It is important to include the appropriate units in all answers to
applications problems.

 Exercise 1.4.27
Mark is training for a bicycle race. Last week he rode 18 miles on Monday, 15 miles on Wednesday, 26 miles on Friday, 49
miles on Saturday, and 32 miles on Sunday. What is the total number of miles he rode last week?
Answer
He rode 140 miles.
 Exercise 1.4.28
Lincoln Middle School has three grades. The number of students in each grade is 230, 165, and 325. What is the total number
of students?
Answer
The total number is 720 students.
Some application problems involve shapes. For example, a person might need to know the distance around a garden to put up a
fence or around a picture to frame it. The perimeter is the distance around a geometric figure. The perimeter of a figure is the sum
of the lengths of its sides.
 Example 1.4.15: perimeter
Find the perimeter of the patio shown.
Figure 1.4.3
Solution
We are asked to find the perimeter.
Write a phrase. the sum of the sides
Translate to math notation. 4+6+2+3+2+9
Simplify by adding. 26
Write a sentence to answer the question.
We added feet, so the sum is 26 feet. The perimeter of the patio is 26 feet.
 Exercise 1.4.29
Find the perimeter of each figure. All lengths are in inches.
Figure 1.4.4
Answer

The perimeter is 30 inches.
 Exercise 1.4.30
Find the perimeter of each figure. All lengths are in inches.
Figure 1.4.5
Answer
The perimeter is 36 inches.

Adding Three-Digit Numbers with base-10 blocks
Adding Whole Numbers
Key Concepts
Addition Notation To describe addition, we can use symbols and words.
Identity Property of Addition

The sum of any number $a$ and $0$ is the number $a+0=a$
Commutative Property of Addition
Changing the order of the addends $a$ and $b$ does not change their sum $a+b=b+a$
Add whole numbers.
Write the numbers so each place value lines up vertically.
Add the digits in each place value. Work from right to left starting with the ones place. If a sum in a place value is more than
9 , carry to the next place value.
Continue adding each place value from right to left, adding each place value and carrying if needed.
Glossary
sum
The sum is the result of adding two or more numbers.
Practice Makes Perfect

In the following exercises, translate the following from math expressions to words.
59. 5+2
60. 6+3
61. 13 + 18
62. 15 + 16
63. 214 + 642
64. 438 + 113

In the following exercises, model the addition
65. 2+4
66. 5+3
67. 8+4
68. 5+9
69. 14 + 75
70. 15 + 63
71. 16 + 25
72. 14 + 27
Add Whole Numbers

In the following exercises, fill in the missing values in each chart
73.
74.
75.
76.

77.
78.
In the following exercises, add.
79. (a) 0 + 13 (b) 13 + 0
80. (a) 0 + 5,280 (b) 5,280 + 0
81. (a) 8 + 3 (b) 3 + 8
82. (a) 7 + 5 (b) 5 + 7
83. 45 + 33
84. 37 + 22
85. 71 + 28
86. 43 + 53
87. 26 + 59
88. 38 + 17
89. 64 + 78
90. 82 + 39
91. 168 + 325
92. 247 + 149
93. 584 + 277
94. 175 + 648
95. 832 + 199
96. 775 + 369
97. 6,358 + 492
98. 9,184 + 578
99. 3,740 + 18,593
100. 6,118 + 15,990
101. 485,012 + 649,848
102. 368,911 + 587,289
103. 24,731 + 592 + 3,868
104. 28,925 + 817 + 4,593
105. 8,015 + 76,946 + 16,570
106. 6,291 + 54,107 + 28,635

In the following exercises, translate each phrase into math notation and then simplify
107. the sum of 13 and 18

111. 33 increased by 49
113. 250 more than 599
114. 115 more than 286
115. the total of 628 and 77
116. the total of 593 and 79
117. 1,482 added to 915
118. 2,719 added to 682

In the following exercises, solve the problem.
119. Home remodeling Sophia remodeled her kitchen and bought a new range, microwave, and dishwasher. The range cost $1,100,
the microwave cost $250, and the dishwasher cost $525. What was the total cost of these three appliances?
120. Sports equipment Aiden bought a baseball bat, helmet, and glove. The bat cost $299, the helmet cost $35, and the glove cost
$68. What was the total cost of Aiden’s sports equipment?
121. Bike riding Ethan rode his bike 14 miles on Monday, 19 miles on Tuesday, 12 miles on Wednesday, 25 miles on Friday, and 68
miles on Saturday. What was the total number of miles Ethan rode?
122. Business Chloe has a flower shop. Last week she made 19 floral arrangements on Monday, 12 on Tuesday, 23 on Wednesday,
29 on Thursday, and 44 on Friday. What was the total number of floral arrangements Chloe made?
123. Apartment size Jackson lives in a 7 room apartment. The number of square feet in each room is 238, 120, 156, 196, 100, 132,
and 225. What is the total number of square feet in all 7 rooms?
124. Weight Seven men rented a fishing boat. The weights of the men were 175, 192, 148, 169, 205, 181, and 225 pounds. What was
the total weight of the seven men?
125. Salary Last year Natalie’s salary was $82,572. Two years ago, her salary was $79,316, and three years ago it was $75,298.
What is the total amount of Natalie’s salary for the past three years?
126. Home sales Emma is a realtor. Last month, she sold three houses. The selling prices of the houses were $292,540, $505,875,
and $423,699. What was the total of the three selling prices?
In the following exercises, find the perimeter of each figure.
127.
128.
129.
130.

131.
132.
133.
134.
Everyday Math
135. Calories Paulette had a grilled chicken salad, ranch dressing, and a 16-ounce drink for lunch. On the restaurant’s nutrition chart,
she saw that each item had the following number of calories: Grilled chicken salad – 320 calories, Ranch dressing – 170
calories, 16-ounce drink – 150 calories. What was the total number of calories of Paulette’s lunch?
136. Calories Fred had a grilled chicken sandwich, a small order of fries, and a 12-oz chocolate shake for dinner. The restaurant’s
nutrition chart lists the following calories for each item: Grilled chicken sandwich – 420 calories, Small fries – 230 calories, 12-
oz chocolate shake – 580 calories. What was the total number of calories of Fred’s dinner?
137. Test scores A students needs a total of 400 points on five tests to pass a course. The student scored 82, 91, 75, 88, and 70. Did
the student pass the course?
138. Elevators The maximum weight capacity of an elevator is 1150 pounds. Six men are in the elevator. Their weights are 210,
145, 183, 230, 159, and 164 pounds. Is the total weight below the elevators’ maximum capacity?
Writing Exercises
139. How confident do you feel about your knowledge of the addition facts? If you are not fully confident, what will you do to
improve your skills?
140. How have you used models to help you learn the addition facts?
Self Check
(b) After reviewing this checklist, what will you do to become confident for all objectives?


This page titled 1.4: Add Whole Numbers (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

Use subtraction notation
Model subtraction of whole numbers
Subtract whole numbers
Subtract whole numbers in applications
 be prepared!
1. Model 3 + 4 using base-ten blocks. If you missed this problem, review Section 1.2: Add Whole Numbers
2. Add: 324 + 586. If you missed this problem, review Example 1.2.9.
Use Subtraction Notation

Suppose there are seven bananas in a bowl. Elana uses three of them to make a smoothie. How many bananas are left in the bowl?
To answer the question, we subtract three from seven. When we subtract, we take one number away from another to find the
difference. The notation we use to subtract 3 from 7 is
7 −3
We read 7 − 3 as seven minus three and the result is the difference of seven and three.
 Definition: subtraction notation

To describe subtraction, we can use symbols and words.
Subtraction - 7-3 seven minus three the difference of 7 and 3
 Example 1.5.1: translate

a. 8 − 1
b. 26 − 14
Solution
a. We read this as eight minus one. The result is the difference of eight and one.
b. We read this as twenty-six minus fourteen. The result is the difference of twenty-six and fourteen.
 Exercise 1.5.1

a. 12 − 4
b. 29 − 11
Answer a
twelve minus four; the difference of twelve and four
Answer b

twenty-nine minus eleven; the difference of twenty-nine and eleven
 Exercise 1.5.2

a. 11 − 2
b. 29 − 12
Answer a
eleven minus two; the difference of eleven and two
Answer b
twenty-nine minus twelve; the difference of twenty-nine and twelve
Model Subtraction of Whole Numbers

A model can help us visualize the process of subtraction much as it did with addition. Again, we will use base-10 blocks.
Remember a block represents 1 and a rod represents 10. Let’s start by modeling the subtraction expression we just considered,
7 −3.
We start by modeling the first number, 7.
Now take away the second number, 3. We'll circle 3 blocks to show that
we are taking them away.
Count the number of blocks remaining.
There are 4 ones blocks left. We have shown that 7 − 3 = 4.
Model the subtraction: 8 − 2 .

Solution
8 − 2 means the difference of 8 and 2.
Model the first, 8.
Take away the second number, 2.
Count the number of blocks remaining.
There are 6 ones blocks left. We have shown that 8 − 2 = 6 .
 Exercise 1.5.3
Model: 9 − 6 .
Answer

 Exercise 1.5.4
Model: 6 − 1 .
Answer

Solution
Model the first number, 13. We use 1 ten and 3 ones.
Take away the second number, 8. However, there are not 8 ones, so
we will exchange the 1 ten for 10 ones.
Now we can take away 8 ones.
Count the blocks remaining.
There are five ones left. We have shown that 13 − 8 = 5.
As we did with addition, we can describe the models as ones blocks and tens rods, or we can simply say ones and tens.
 Exercise 1.5.5
Answer
 Exercise 1.5.6
Answer

Solution
Because 43 − 26 means 43 take away 26, we begin by modeling the 43.

Now, we need to take away 26, which is 2 tens and 6 ones. We cannot take away 6 ones from 3 ones. So, we exchange 1 ten
for 10 ones.
Now we can take away 2 tens and 6 ones.
Count the number of blocks remaining. There is 1 ten and 7 ones, which is 17.
43 − 26 = 17
 Exercise 1.5.7
Answer
 Exercise 1.5.8
Answer
Subtract Whole Numbers

Addition and subtraction are inverse operations. Addition undoes subtraction, and subtraction undoes addition. We know 7 − 3 = 4
because 4 + 3 = 7 . Knowing all the addition number facts will help with subtraction. Then we can check subtraction by adding. In
the examples above, our subtractions can be checked by addition.

7 −3 = 4 because 4 +3 = 7
13 − 8 = 5 because 5 + 8 = 13
43 − 26 = 17 because 17 + 26 = 43
 Example 1.5.5: subtract
Subtract and then check by adding:

a. 9 − 7
b. 8 − 3
Solution
a.
9-7
Subtract 7 from 9. 2
Check with addition. 2 + 7 = 9 ✓
b.
8-3
Subtract 3 from 8. 5
Check with addition. 5 + 3 = 8 ✓
 Exercise 1.5.9
Subtract and then check by adding: 7 − 0
Answer
7 − 0 = 7; 7 + 0 = 7
 Exercise 1.5.10
Subtract and then check by adding: 6 − 2
Answer
6 − 2 = 4; 2 + 4 = 6
To subtract numbers with more than one digit, it is usually easier to write the numbers vertically in columns just as we did for
addition. Align the digits by place value, and then subtract each column starting with the ones and then working to the left.

Subtract and then check by adding: 89 − 61 .
Solution
Write the numbers so the ones and tens digits line up vertically.

Subtract the digits in each place value.
Subtract the ones: 9 - 1 = 8
Subtract the tens: 8 - 6 = 2
Check using addition.
Our answer is correct.
 Exercise 1.5.11
Answer
86 − 54 = 32 because 54 + 32 = 86
 Exercise 1.5.12
Answer
99 − 74 = 25 because 74 + 25 = 99
When we modeled subtracting 26 from 43, we exchanged 1 ten for 10 ones. When we do this without the model, we say we
borrow 1 from the tens place and add 10 to the ones place.
 how to: find the difference of whole numbers
Step 1. Write the numbers so each place value lines up vertically

Step 2. Subtract the digits in each place value. Work from right to left starting with the ones place. If the digit on top is less
than the digit below, borrow as needed.
Step 3. Continue subtracting each place value from right to left, borrowing if needed.
Step 4. Check by adding.

Subtract: 43 − 26 .
Solution
Write the numbers so each place value lines up vertically
Subtract the ones. We cannot subtract 6 from 3, so we borrow 1 ten.

This makes 3 tens and 13 ones. We write these numbers above each
place and cross out the original digits.
Now we can subtract the ones. 13 − 6 = 7. We write the 7 in the ones

place in the difference.

Now we subtract the tens. 3 − 2 = 1. We write the 1 in the tens place
in the difference.
Check by adding.
 1.5.13
Answer
93 − 58 = 35 because 58 + 35 = 93
 Exercise 1.5.14
Answer
81 − 39 = 42 because 42 + 39 = 81
Subtract and then check by adding: 207 − 64.

Solution
Write the numbers so each place value lines up vertically
Subtract the ones. 7 − 4 = 3. Write the 3 in the ones place in the

difference. Write the 3 in the ones place in the difference.
Subtract the tens. We cannot subtract 6 from 0 so we borrow 1

hundred and add 10 tens to the 0 tens we had. This makes a total of 10
tens. We write 10 above the tens place and cross out the 0. Then we
cross out the 2 in the hundreds place and write 1 above it.
Now we subtract the tens. 10 − 6 = 4. We write the 4 in the tens place

in the difference.
Finally, subtract the hundreds. There is no digit in the hundreds place

in the bottom number so we can imagine a 0 in that place. Since 1 − 0
= 1, we write 1 in the hundreds place in the difference.
Check by adding.

 Exercise 1.5.15
Answer
439 − 52 = 387 because 387 + 52 = 439
 Exercise 1.5.16
Answer
318 − 75 = 243 because 243 + 75 = 318

Solution
Subtract the ones. We cannot subtract 6 from 0, so we borrow 1 ten

and add 10 ones to the 10 ones we had. This makes 10 ones. We write
a 0 above the tens place and cross out the 1. We write the 10 above
the ones place and cross out the 0. Now we can subtract the ones. 10
− 6 = 4.
Write the 4 in the ones place of the difference.
Subtract the tens. We cannot subtract 8 from 0, so we borrow 1

hundred and add 10 tens to the 0 tens we had, which gives us 10 tens.
Write 8 above the hundreds place and cross out the 9. Write 10 above
the tens place.
Now we can subtract the tens. 10 − 8 = 2.
Subtract the hundreds place. 8 − 5 = 3. Write the 3 in the hundreds

place in the difference.
Check by adding.
 Exercise 1.5.17
Answer

832 − 376 = 456 because 456 + 376 = 832
 Exercise 1.5.18
Answer
847 − 578 = 269 because 578 + 269 = 847
Subtract and then check by adding: 2, 162 − 479.

Solution
Write the numbers so each place values line up vertically.
Subtract the ones. Since we cannot subtract 9 from 2, borrow 1 ten

and add 10 ones to the 2 ones to make 12 ones. Write 5 above the tens
place and cross out the 6. Write 12 above the ones place and cross out
the 2.
Now we can subtract the ones. 12 - 9 = 3
Write 3 in the ones place in the difference
Subtract the tens. Since we cannot subtract 7 from 5, borrow 1

hundred and add 10 tens to the 5 tens to make 15 tens. Write 0 above
the hundreds place and cross out the 1. Write 15 above the tens place.
Now we can subtract the tens. 15 - 7 = 8
Write 8 in the tens place in the difference.
Now we can subtract the hundreds.
Write 6 in the hundreds place in the difference
Subtract the thousands. There is no digit in the thousands place of the

bottom number, so we imagine a 0. 1 − 0 = 1. Write 1 in the thousands
place of the difference.
Check by adding.

 Exercise 1.5.19
Answer
4, 585 − 697 = 3, 888 because 3, 888 + 697 = 4, 585
 Exercise 1.5.20
Answer
5, 637 − 899 = 4, 738 because 4, 738 + 899 = 5, 637

This page titled 1.5: Subtract Whole Numbers (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

As with addition, word phrases can tell us to operate on two numbers using subtraction. To translate from a word phrase to math
notation, we look for key words that indicate subtraction. Some of the words that indicate subtraction are listed in Table 1.6.1.
Table 1.6.1
Operation Word Phrase Example Expression
Subtraction minus 5 minus 1 5-1
difference the difference of 9 and 4 9-4
decreased by 7 decreased by 3 7-3
less than 5 less than 8 8-5
subtracted from 1 subtracted from 6 6-1
Translate and then simplify:

a. the difference of 13 and 8
b. subtract 24 from 43
Solution
a. The word difference tells us to subtract the two numbers. The numbers stay in the same order as in the phrase.
the difference of 13 and 8
Translate. 13 - 8
Simplify. 5
b. The words subtract from tells us to take the second number away from the first. We must be careful to get the order correct.
subtract 24 from 43
Translate. 43 - 24
Simplify. 19
 Exercise 1.6.21
Translate and simplify:
b. subtract 21 from 37
Answer a
14 − 9 = 5
Answer b
37 − 21 = 16

 Exercise 1.6.22

a. 11 decreased by 6
b. 18 less than 67
Answer a
11 − 6 = 5
Answer b
67 − 18 = 49
Subtract Whole Numbers in Applications

To solve applications with subtraction, we will use the same plan that we used with addition. First, we need to determine what we
are asked to find. Then we write a phrase that gives the information to find it. We translate the phrase into math notation and then
simplify to get the answer. Finally, we write a sentence to answer the question, using the appropriate units.
 Example 1.6.12: difference
The temperature in Chicago one morning was 73 degrees Fahrenheit. A cold front arrived and by noon the temperature was 27
degrees Fahrenheit. What was the difference between the temperature in the morning and the temperature at noon?
Solution
We are asked to find the difference between the morning temperature and the noon temperature.
Write a phrase. the difference of 73 and 27
Translate to math notation. Difference tells us to subtract. 73 - 27
Then we do the subtraction.
Write a sentence to answer the question. The difference in temperatures was 46 degrees Fahrenheit.
 Exercise 1.6.23
The high temperature on June 1 in Boston was 77 degrees Fahrenheit, and the low temperature was
st
58 degrees Fahrenheit.
What was the difference between the high and low temperatures?
Answer
The difference is 19 degrees Fahrenheit.
 Exercise 1.6.24
The weather forecast for June 2 in St Louis predicts a high temperature of 90 degrees Fahrenheit and a low of
nd
73 degrees
Fahrenheit. What is the difference between the predicted high and low temperatures?
Answer
The difference is 17 degrees Fahrenheit.

A washing machine is on sale for $399. Its regular price is $588. What is the difference between the regular price and the sale
price?
Solution
We are asked to find the difference between the regular price and the sale price.
Write a phrase the difference between 588 and 399
Translate to math notation 588 - 399
Subtract
Write a sentence to answer the question The difference between the regular price and the sale price is $189.
 Exercise 1.6.25
A television set is on sale for $499 . Its regular price is $648. What is the difference between the regular price and the sale
price?
Answer
The difference is $149.
 Exercise 1.6.26
A patio set is on sale for $149. Its regular price is $285. What is the difference between the regular price and the sale price?
Answer
The difference is $136.

Model subtraction of two-digit whole numbers
Model subtraction of three-digit whole numbers
Key Concepts
Subtraction − 7−3 seven minus three the difference of 7 and 3
Subtract whole numbers

Subtract the digits in each place value. Work from right to left starting with the ones place. If the digit on top is less than the
digit below, borrow as needed.
Continue subtracting each place value from right to left, borrowing if needed.
Check by adding.
Glossary
difference

The difference is the result of subtracting two or more numbers.

In the following exercises, translate from math notation to words.
141. 15 - 9
142. 18 - 16
143. 42 - 35
144. 83 - 64
145. 675 - 350
146. 790 - 525

In the following exercises, model the subtraction.
147. 5 - 2
148. 8 - 4
149. 6 - 3
150. 7 - 5
151. 18 - 5
152. 19 - 8
153. 17 - 8
154. 17 - 9
155. 35 - 13
156. 32 - 11
157. 61 - 47
158. 55 - 36

In the following exercises, subtract and then check by adding.
159. 9 - 4
160. 9 - 3
161. 8 - 0
162. 2 - 0
163. 38 - 16
164. 45 - 21
165. 85 - 52
166. 99 - 47
167. 493 - 370
168. 268 - 106
169. 5,946 - 4,625
170. 7,775 - 3,251
171. 75 - 47
172. 63 - 59
173. 461 - 239
174. 486 - 257
175. 525 - 179
176. 542 - 288
177. 6,318 - 2,799
178. 8,153 - 3,978
179. 2,150 - 964
180. 4,245 - 899

181. 43,650 - 8,982
182. 35,162 - 7,885
Translate Word Phrases to Algebraic Expressions

In the following exercises, translate and simplify.
183. The difference of 10 and 3
187. Subtract 6 from 9
191. 45 decreased by 20
195. 12 less than 16
Mixed Practice
In the following exercises, simplify.
199. 76−47
200. 91 − 53
201. 256 − 184
202. 305 − 262
203. 719 + 341
204. 647 + 528
205. 2,015 − 1,993
206. 2,020 − 1,984
207. Seventy-five more than thirty-five
208. Sixty more than ninety-three
212. The difference of 1,000 and 945

In the following exercises, solve.
213. Temperature The high temperature on June 2 in Las Vegas was 80 degrees and the low temperature was 63 degrees. What was
the difference between the high and low temperatures?
214. Temperature The high temperature on June 1 in Phoenix was 97 degrees and the low was 73 degrees. What was the difference
between the high and low temperatures?
215. Class size Olivia’s third grade class has 35 children. Last year, her second grade class had 22 children. What is the difference
between the number of children in Olivia’s third grade class and her second grade class?
216. Class size There are 82 students in the school band and 46 in the school orchestra. What is the difference between the number
of students in the band and the orchestra?

217. Shopping A mountain bike is on sale for $399. Its regular price is $650. What is the difference between the regular price and
the sale price?
218. Shopping A mattress set is on sale for $755. Its regular price is $1,600. What is the difference between the regular price and the
sale price?
219. Savings John wants to buy a laptop that costs $840. He has $685 in his savings account. How much more does he need to save
in order to buy the laptop?
220. Banking Mason had $1,125 in his checking account. He spent $892. How much money does he have left?
Everyday Math
221. Road trip Noah was driving from Philadelphia to Cincinnati, a distance of 502 miles. He drove 115 miles, stopped for gas, and
then drove another 230 miles before lunch. How many more miles did he have to travel?
222. Test Scores Sara needs 350 points to pass her course. She scored 75, 50, 70, and 80 on her first four tests. How many more
points does Sara need to pass the course?
Writing Exercises
223. Explain how subtraction and addition are related.
224. How does knowing addition facts help you to subtract numbers?
Self Check
(a) After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section
(b) What does this checklist tell you about your mastery of this section? What steps will you take to improve?

This page titled 1.6: Subtract Whole Numbers (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

Use multiplication notation
Model multiplication of whole numbers
Multiply whole numbers
Multiply whole numbers in applications
 be prepared!
a. Add: 1, 683 + 479. If you missed this problem, review Example 1.2.10.
b. Subtract: 605 − 321. If you missed this problem, review Example 1.3.4.
Use Multiplication Notation

Suppose you were asked to count all these pennies shown in Figure 1.7.1.
Figure 1.7.1
Would you count the pennies individually? Or would you count the number of pennies in each row and add that number 3 times.
8 +8 +8
Multiplication is a way to represent repeated addition. So instead of adding 8 three times, we could write a multiplication
expression.
3 ×8
We call each number being multiplied a factor and the result the product. We read 3 × 8 as three times eight, and the result as the
product of three and eight.
There are several symbols that represent multiplication. These include the symbol × as well as the dot, • , and parentheses ( ).
 Operation Symbols for Multiplication

To describe multiplication, we can use symbols and words.
Table 1.7.1
Multiplication × 3×8 three times eight the product of 3 and 8
• 3•8
() 3(8)


a. 7 × 6
b. 12 ⋅ 14
c. 6(13)
Solution
a. We read this as seven times six and the result is the product of seven and six.
b. We read this as twelve times fourteen and the result is the product of twelve and fourteen.
c. We read this as six times thirteen and the result is the product of six and thirteen.
 Exercise 1.7.1

a. 8 × 7
b. 18 ∙ 11
Answer a
eight times seven ; the product of eight and seven
Answer b
eighteen times eleven ; the product of eighteen and eleven
 Exercise 1.7.2

a. (13)(7)
b. 5(16)
Answer a
thirteen times seven ; the product of thirteen and seven
Answer b
five times sixteen; the product of five and sixteen
Model Multiplication of Whole Numbers

There are many ways to model multiplication. Unlike in the previous sections where we used base-10 blocks, here we will use
counters to help us understand the meaning of multiplication. A counter is any object that can be used for counting. We will use
round blue counters.
Model: 3 × 8 .
Solution
To model the product 3 × 8 , we’ll start with a row of 8 counters.
The other factor is 3, so we’ll make 3 rows of 8 counters.

Now we can count the result. There are 24 counters in all.
3 × 8 = 24
If you look at the counters sideways, you’ll see that we could have also made 8 rows of 3 counters. The product would have
been the same. We’ll get back to this idea later.
 Exercise 1.7.3
Model each multiplication: 4 × 6 .
Answer
 Exercise 1.7.4
Model each multiplication: 5 × 7 .
Answer
Multiply Whole Numbers

In order to multiply without using models, you need to know all the one digit multiplication facts. Make sure you know them
fluently before proceeding in this section. Table 1.7.2 shows the multiplication facts. Each box shows the product of the number
down the left column and the number across the top row. If you are unsure about a product, model it. It is important that you
memorize any number facts you do not already know so you will be ready to multiply larger numbers.
Table 1.7.2
× 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
3 0 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27
4 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
6 0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54
7 0 7 14 21 28 35 42 49 56 63
8 0 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72
9 0 9 18 27 36 45 54 63 72 81

What happens when you multiply a number by zero? You can see that the product of any number and zero is zero. This is called the
Multiplication Property of Zero.
 Definition: Multiplication Property of Zero
The product of any number and 0 is 0.

a⋅0 = 0 (1.7.1)
0⋅a =0 (1.7.2)
 Example 1.7.3: multiply
Multiply:
a. 0 ∙ 11
b. (42)0
Solution
a.
The product of any number and zero is zero. 0 • 11 = 0
b.
Multiplying by zero results in zero. (42)0 = 0
 Exercise 1.7.5
Find each product:

a. 0 ∙ 19
b. (39)0
Answer a
0
Answer b
0
 Exercise 1.7.6
Find each product:

a. 0 ∙ 24
b. (57)0
Answer a
0
Answer b
0
What happens when you multiply a number by one? Multiplying a number by one does not change its value. We call this fact the
Identity Property of Multiplication, and 1 is called the multiplicative identity.

 Definition: Identity Property of Multiplication
The product of any number and 1 is the number.
1⋅a =a (1.7.3)
a⋅1 = a (1.7.4)
Multiply:
a. (11)1
b. 1 ∙ 42
Solution
a.
The product of any number and one is the number. (11)1 = 11
b.
Multiplying by one does not change the value. 1 • 42 = 42
 Exercise 1.7.7
Find each product:

a. (19)1
b. 1 ∙ 39
Answer a
19
Answer b
39
 Exercise 1.7.8
Find each product:

a. (24)(1)
b. 1 × 57
Answer a
24
Answer b
57
Earlier in this chapter, we learned that the Commutative Property of Addition states that changing the order of addition does not
change the sum. We saw that 8 + 9 = 17 is the same as 9 + 8 = 17 .
Is this also true for multiplication? Let’s look at a few pairs of factors.

4 ⋅ 7 = 28 7 ⋅ 4 = 28
9 ⋅ 7 = 63 7 ⋅ 9 = 63
8 ⋅ 9 = 72 9 ⋅ 8 = 72
When the order of the factors is reversed, the product does not change. This is called the Commutative Property of Multiplication.
 Definition: Commutative Property of Multiplication
Changing the order of the factors does not change their product.
a⋅b = b⋅a (1.7.5)
Multiply:
a. 8 ∙ 7
b. 7 ∙ 8
Solution
a.
Multiply. 8 • 7 = 56
b.
Multiply. 7 • 8 = 56
Changing the order of the factors does not change the product.
 Exercise 1.7.9
Multiply:
a. 9 ∙ 6
b. 6 ∙ 9
Answer a
54
Answer b
54
 Exercise 1.7.10
Multiply:
a. 8 ∙ 6
b. 6 ∙ 8
Answer a
48
Answer b
48

To multiply numbers with more than one digit, it is usually easier to write the numbers vertically in columns just as we did for
addition and subtraction.
We start by multiplying 3 by 7.
3 × 7 = 21
We write the 1 in the ones place of the product. We carry the 2 tens by writing 2 above the tens place.
Then we multiply the 3 by the 2, and add the 2 above the tens place to the product. So 3 × 2 = 6 , and 6 + 2 = 8 . Write the 8 in the
tens place of the product.
The product is 81.

When we multiply two numbers with a different number of digits, it’s usually easier to write the smaller number on the bottom.
You could write it the other way, too, but this way is easier to work with.
Multiply: 15 ∙ 4 .
Solution
Write the numbers so the digits 5 and 4 line up vertically.
Multiply 4 by the digit in the ones place of 15. 4 • 5 = 20.
Write 0 in the ones place of the product and carry the 2 tens.
Multiply 4 by the digit in the tens place of 15. 4 ⋅ 1 = 4. Add the 2

tens we carried. 4 + 2 = 6.
Write the 6 in the tens place of the product.

 Exercise 1.7.11
Answer
512
 Exercise 1.7.12
Answer
342
Multiply: 286 ∙ 5.
Solution
Write the numbers so the digits 5 and 6 line up vertically.
Multiply 5 by the digit in the ones place of 286. 5 • 6 = 30.
Write the 0 in the ones place of the product and carry the 3 to the tens
place. Multiply 5 by the digit in the tens place of 286. 5 • 8 = 40.
Add the 3 tens we carried to get 40 + 3 = 43. Write the 3 in the tens
place of the product and carry the 4 to the hundreds place.
Multiply 5 by the digit in the hundreds place of 286. 5 • 2 = 10. Add

the 4 hundreds we carried to get 10 + 4 = 14. Write the 4 in the
hundreds place of the product and the 1 to the thousands place.
 Exercise 1.7.13
Answer
1, 735
 Exercise 1.7.14
Answer

3, 234
When we multiply by a number with two or more digits, we multiply by each of the digits separately, working from right to left.
Each separate product of the digits is called a partial product. When we write partial products, we must make sure to line up the
place values.
 HOW TO: MULTIPLY TWO WHOLE NUMBERS TO FIND THE PRODUCT
Step 1. Write the numbers so each place value lines up vertically.

Step 2. Multiply the digits in each place value.
Work from right to left, starting with the ones place in the bottom number.
Multiply the bottom number by the ones digit in the top number, then by the tens digit, and so on.
If a product in a place value is more than 9, carry to the next place value.
Write the partial products, lining up the digits in the place values with the numbers above.
Repeat for the tens place in the bottom number, the hundreds place, and so on.
Insert a zero as a placeholder with each additional partial product.
Step 3. Add the partial products.
Multiply: 62(87).
Solution
Write the numbers so each place lines up vertically
Start by multiplying 7 by 62. Multiply 7 by the digit in the ones place

of 62. 7 • 2 = 14. Write the 4 in the ones place of the product and
carry the 1 to the tens place.
Multiply 7 by the digit in the tens place of 62. 7 • 6 = 42. Add the 1
ten we carried. 42 + 1 = 43. Write the 3 in the tens place of the
product and the 4 in the hundreds place.
The first partial product is 434.
Now, write a 0 under the 4 in the ones place of the next partial
product as a placeholder since we now multiply the digit in the tens
place of 87 by 62. Multiply 8 by the digit in the ones place of 62. 8 • 2
= 16. Write the 6 in the next place of the product, which is the tens
place. Carry the 1 to the tens place.
Multiply 8 by 6, the digit in the tens place of 62, then add the 1 ten we
carried to get 49. Write the 9 in the hundreds place of the product and
the 4 in the thousands place.
The second partial product is 4960. Add the partial products.

The product is 5, 394.
 Exercise 1.7.15
Multiply: 43(78).
Answer
3, 354
 Exercise 1.7.16
Multiply: 64(59).
Answer
3, 776
Multiply:
a. 47 ∙ 10
b. 47 ∙ 100
Solution
(a) 47 • 10
(b) 47 • 100
When we multiplied 47 times 10, the product was 470. Notice that 10 has one zero, and we put one zero after 47 to get the
product. When we multiplied 47 times 100, the product was 4, 700. Notice that 100 has two zeros and we put two zeros after
47 to get the product.
Do you see the pattern? If we multiplied 47 times 10, 000, which has four zeros, we would put four zeros after 47 to get the
product 470, 000.
 Exercise 1.7.17
Multiply:
a. 54 ∙ 10
b. 54 ∙ 100

Answer a
540
Answer b
5, 400
 Exercise 1.7.18
Multiply:
a. 75 ∙ 10
b. 75 ∙ 100
Answer
750
Answer
7, 500
Multiply: 354(438).
Solution
There are three digits in the factors so there will be 3 partial products. We do not have to write the 0 as a placeholder as long as
we write each partial product in the correct place.
 Exercise 1.7.19
Multiply: 265(483).
Answer
127, 995
 Exercise 1.7.20
Multiply: 823(794).
Answer
653, 462
Multiply: 896(201).
Solution
There should be 3 partial products. The second partial product will be the result of multiplying 896 by 0.

Notice that the second partial product of all zeros doesn’t really affect the result. We can place a zero as a placeholder in the
tens place and then proceed directly to multiplying by the 2 in the hundreds place, as shown.
Multiply by 10, but insert only one zero as a placeholder in the tens place. Multiply by 200 , putting the 2 from the .
12
2 ∙ 6 = 12 in the hundreds place.
 Exercise 1.7.21
Multiply: (718)509.
Answer
365, 462
 Exercise 1.7.22
Multiply: (627)804.
Answer
504, 108
When there are three or more factors, we multiply the first two and then multiply their product by the next factor. For example:
to multiply 8•3•2
first multiply 8 • 3 24 • 2
then multiply 24 • 2 48

This page titled 1.7: Multiply Whole Numbers (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

Earlier in this section, we translated math notation into words. Now we’ll reverse the process and translate word phrases into math
notation. Some of the words that indicate multiplication are given in Table 1.8.3.
Table 1.8.3
Multiplication times 3 times 8 3 × 8, 3 • 8, (3)(8),
product the product of 3 and 8 (3)8, or 3(8)
twice twice 4 2•4
 Example 1.8.12: Translate and simplify
Translate and simplify: the product of 12 and 27.

Solution
The word product tells us to multiply. The words of 12 and $27$ tell us the two factors.
the product of 12 and 27
Translate. 12 • 27
Multiply. 324
 exercise 1.8.23
Translate and simplify the product of 13 and 28.
Answer
;
13 ⋅ 28 364
 exercise 1.8.24
Translate and simplify the product of 47 and 14.
Answer
;
47 ⋅ 14 658

Translate and simplify: twice two hundred eleven.
Solution
The word twice tells us to multiply by 2.
twice two hundred eleven
Translate. 2(211)
Multiply. 422

 exercise 1.8.25
Translate and simplify: twice one hundred sixty-seven.
Answer
;
2(167) 334
 exercise 1.8.26
Translate and simplify: twice two hundred fifty-eight.
Answer
;
2(258) 516
Multiply Whole Numbers in Applications

We will use the same strategy we used previously to solve applications of multiplication. First, we need to determine what we are
looking for. Then we write a phrase that gives the information to find it. We then translate the phrase into math notation and
simplify to get the answer. Finally, we write a sentence to answer the question.
Humberto bought 4 sheets of stamps. Each sheet had 20 stamps. How many stamps did Humberto buy?
Solution
We are asked to find the total number of stamps.
Write a phrase for the total. the product of 4 and 20
Translate to math notation. 4 • 20
Multiply.
Write a sentence to answer the question. Humberto bought 80 stamps.
 exercise 1.8.27
Valia donated water for the snack bar at her son’s baseball game. She brought 6 cases of water bottles. Each case had 24 water
bottles. How many water bottles did Valia donate?
Answer
Valia donated 144 water bottles.
 exercise 1.8.28
Vanessa brought 8 packs of hot dogs to a family reunion. Each pack has 10 hot dogs. How many hot dogs did Vanessa bring?
Answer
Vanessa bought 80 hot dogs.

When Rena cooks rice, she uses twice as much water as rice. How much water does she need to cook 4 cups of rice?
Solution
We are asked to find how much water Rena needs.
Write as a phrase. twice as much as 4 cups
Translate to math notation. 2•4
Multiply to simplify. 8
Write a sentence to answer the question. Rena needs 8 cups of water for cups of rice.
 exercise 1.8.29
Erin is planning her flower garden. She wants to plant twice as many dahlias as sunflowers. If she plants 14 sunflowers, how
many dahlias does she need?
Answer
Erin needs 28 dahlias.
 exercise 1.8.30
A college choir has twice as many women as men. There are 18 men in the choir. How many women are in the choir?
Answer
There are 36 women in the choir.
Van is planning to build a patio. He will have 8 rows of tiles, with 14 tiles in each row. How many tiles does he need for the
patio?
Solution
We are asked to find the total number of tiles.
Write as a phrase. the product of 8 and 14
Multiply to simplify.
Write a sentence to answer the question. Van needs 112 tiles for his patio.
 exercise 1.8.31
Jane is tiling her living room floor. She will need 16 rows of tile, with 20 tiles in each row. How many tiles does she need for
the living room floor?
Answer

Jane needs 320 tiles.
 exercise 1.8.32
Yousef is putting shingles on his garage roof. He will need 24 rows of shingles, with 45 shingles in each row. How many
shingles does he need for the garage roof?
Answer
Yousef needs 1, 080 tiles.
If we want to know the size of a wall that needs to be painted or a floor that needs to be carpeted, we will need to find its area. The
area is a measure of the amount of surface that is covered by the shape. Area is measured in square units. We often use square
inches, square feet, square centimeters, or square miles to measure area. A square centimeter is a square that is one centimeter (cm.)
on a side. A square inch is a square that is one inch on each side, and so on.
Figure 1.8.2
For a rectangular figure, the area is the product of the length and the width. Figure 1.8.3 shows a rectangular rug with a length of 2
feet and a width of 3 feet. Each square is 1 foot wide by 1 foot long, or 1 square foot. The rug is made of 6 squares. The area of the
rug is 6 square feet.
Figure 1.8.3: The area of a rectangle is the product of its length and its width, or 6 square feet.
 Example 1.8.17: area
Jen’s kitchen ceiling is a rectangle that measures 9 feet long by 12 feet wide. What is the area of Jen’s kitchen ceiling?
Solution
We are asked to find the area of the kitchen ceiling.
Write as a phrase. the product of 9 and 12
Multiply to simplify.
Write a sentence to answer the question. The area of Jen's kitchen ceiling is 108 square feet.
 exercise 1.8.33
Zoila bought a rectangular rug. The rug is 8 feet long by 5 feet wide. What is the area of the rug?
Answer

The area of the rug is 40 square feet.
 exercise 1.8.34
Rene’s driveway is a rectangle 45 feet long by 20 feet wide. What is the area of the driveway?
Answer
The area of the driveway is 900 square feet

Multiplying Whole Numbers
Multiplication with Partial Products
Example of Multiplying by Whole Numbers
Key Concepts
× 3×8
Multiplication ⋅ 3⋅8 three times eight the product of 3 and 8
() 3(8)
Multiplication Property of Zero

a⋅0 = 0
0⋅a =0
Identity Property of Multiplication

The product of any number and 1 is the number.
1⋅a =a
a⋅1 = a
Commutative Property of Multiplication

Changing the order of the factors does not change their product.
a⋅b = b⋅a
Multiply two whole numbers to find the product.

Multiply the digits in each place value.
Work from right to left, starting with the ones place in the bottom number.
Multiply the bottom number by the ones digit in the top number, then by the tens digit, and so on.
If a product in a place value is more than 9, carry to the next place value.
Write the partial products, lining up the digits in the place values with the numbers above. Repeat for the tens place in the
bottom number, the hundreds place, and so on.
Insert a zero as a placeholder with each additional partial product.
Add the partial products.
Glossary
product
The product is the result of multiplying two or more numbers.

225. 4 × 7
226. 8 × 6
227. 5 • 12
228. 3 • 9
229. (10)(25)
230. (20)(15)
231. 42(33)
232. 39(64)

In the following exercises, model the multiplication.
233. 3 × 6
234. 4 × 5
235. 5 × 9
236. 3 × 9

In the following exercises, fill in the missing values in each chart.
237.
238.
239.

240.
241.
242.
243.
244.
In the following exercises, multiply.
245. 0 • 15
246. 0 • 41
247. (99)0
248. (77)0
249. 1 • 43
250. 1 • 34

251. (28)1
252. (65)1
253. 1(240,055)
254. 1(189,206)
255. (a) 7 • 6 (b) 6 • 7
256. (a) 8 × 9 (b) 9 × 8
257. (79)(5)
258. (58)(4)
259. 275 • 6
260. 638 • 5
261. 3,421 × 7
262. 9,143 × 3
263. 52(38)
264. 37(45)
265. 96 • 73
266. 89 • 56
267. 27 × 85
268. 53 × 98
269. 23 • 10
270. 19 • 10
271. (100)(36)
272. (100)(25)
273. 1,000(88)
274. 1,000(46)
275. 50 × 1,000,000
276. 30 × 1,000,000
277. 247 × 139
278. 156 × 328
279. 586(721)
280. 472(855)
281. 915 • 879
282. 968 • 926
283. (104)(256)
284. (103)(497)
285. 348(705)
286. 485(602)
287. 2,719 × 543
288. 3,581 × 724

289. the product of 18 and 33
291. fifty-one times sixty-seven
292. forty-eight times seventy-one
293. twice 249
294. twice 589
295. ten times three hundred seventy-five
296. ten times two hundred fifty-five

Mixed Practice
297. 38 × 37
298. 86 × 29
299. 415 − 267
300. 341 − 285
301. 6,251 + 4,749
302. 3,816 + 8,184
303. (56)(204)
304. (77)(801)
305. 947 • 0
306. 947 + 0
307. 15,382 + 1
308. 15,382 • 1
309. the difference of 50 and 18
310. the difference of 90 and 66
311. twice 35
312. twice 140
313. 20 more than 980
314. 65 more than 325
317. subtract 74 from 89
318. subtract 45 from 99
319. the sum of 3,075 and 950
320. the sum of 6,308 and 724
321. 366 less than 814
322. 388 less than 925

323. Party supplies Tim brought 9 six-packs of soda to a club party. How many cans of soda did Tim bring?
324. Sewing Kanisha is making a quilt. She bought 6 cards of buttons. Each card had four buttons on it. How many buttons did
Kanisha buy?
325. Field trip Seven school busses let off their students in front of a museum in Washington, DC. Each school bus had 44 students.
How many students were there?
326. Gardening Kathryn bought 8 flats of impatiens for her flower bed. Each flat has 24 flowers. How many flowers did Kathryn
buy?
327. Charity Rey donated 15 twelve-packs of t-shirts to a homeless shelter. How many t-shirts did he donate?
328. School There are 28 classrooms at Anna C. Scott elementary school. Each classroom has 26 student desks. What is the total
number of student desks?
329. Recipe Stephanie is making punch for a party. The recipe calls for twice as much fruit juice as club soda. If she uses 10 cups of
club soda, how much fruit juice should she use?
330. Gardening Hiroko is putting in a vegetable garden. He wants to have twice as many lettuce plants as tomato plants. If he buys
12 tomato plants, how many lettuce plants should he get?
331. Government The United States Senate has twice as many senators as there are states in the United States. There are 50 states.
How many senators are there in the United States Senate?
332. Recipe Andrea is making potato salad for a buffet luncheon. The recipe says the number of servings of potato salad will be
twice the number of pounds of potatoes. If she buys 30 pounds of potatoes, how many servings of potato salad will there be?

333. Painting Jane is painting one wall of her living room. The wall is rectangular, 13 feet wide by 9 feet high. What is the area of
the wall?
334. Home décor Shawnte bought a rug for the hall of her apartment. The rug is 3 feet wide by 18 feet long. What is the area of the
rug?
335. Room size The meeting room in a senior center is rectangular, with length 42 feet and width 34 feet. What is the area of the
meeting room?
336. Gardening June has a vegetable garden in her yard. The garden is rectangular, with length 23 feet and width 28 feet. What is
the area of the garden?
337. NCAA basketball According to NCAA regulations, the dimensions of a rectangular basketball court must be 94 feet by 50 feet.
What is the area of the basketball court?
338. NCAA football According to NCAA regulations, the dimensions of a rectangular football field must be 360 feet by 160 feet.
What is the area of the football field?
Everyday Math
339. Stock market Javier owns 300 shares of stock in one company. On Tuesday, the stock price rose $12 per share. How much
money did Javier’s portfolio gain?
340. Salary Carlton got a $200 raise in each paycheck. He gets paid 24 times a year. How much higher is his new annual salary?
Writing Exercises
341. How confident do you feel about your knowledge of the multiplication facts? If you are not fully confident, what will you do to
improve your skills?
342. How have you used models to help you learn the multiplication facts?
Self Check
(b) On a scale of 1–10, how would you rate your mastery of this section in light of your responses on the checklist? How can you
improve this?

This page titled 1.8: Multiply Whole Numbers (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

Use division notation
Model division of whole numbers
Divide whole numbers
Divide whole numbers in applications
 be prepared!
1. Multiply: 27 ∙ 3 . If you missed this problem, review Example 1.4.6.
2. Subtract: 43 − 26 . If you missed this problem, review Example 1.3.4.
3. Multiply: 62(87). If you missed this problem, review Example 1.4.8.
Use Division Notation

So far we have explored addition, subtraction, and multiplication. Now let’s consider division. Suppose you have the 12 cookies in
Figure 1.9.1 and want to package them in bags with 4 cookies in each bag. How many bags would we need?
Figure 1.9.1
You might put 4 cookies in first bag, 4 in the second bag, and so on until you run out of cookies. Doing it this way, you would fill 3
bags.
Figure 1.9.2
In other words, starting with the 12 cookies, you would take away, or subtract, 4 cookies at a time. Division is a way to represent
repeated subtraction just as multiplication represents repeated addition. Instead of subtracting 4 repeatedly, we can write
12 ÷ 4
We read this as twelve divided by four and the result is the quotient of 12 and 4. The quotient is 3 because we can subtract 4 from
12 exactly 3 times. We call the number being divided the dividend and the number dividing it the divisor. In this case, the
dividend is 12 and the divisor is 4. In the past you may have used the notation 4)12, but this division also can be written as 12 ÷ 4 ,
¯
¯¯¯¯¯
¯
12
12/4 , . In each case the 12 is the dividend and the 4 is the divisor.
4
 Operation Symbols for Division
To represent and describe division, we can use symbols and words.

Table 1.9.1
Division ÷ 12 ÷ 4 Twelve divided by four the quotient of 12 and 4

a 12
b 4
¯
¯¯¯
¯ ¯
¯¯¯¯¯
¯
b)a 4 )12
a/b 12/4
Division is performed on two numbers at a time. When translating from math notation to English words, or English words to
math notation, look for the words of and and to identify the numbers.
Translate from math notation to words.

a. 64 ÷ 8
42
b.
7
¯
¯¯¯¯¯
¯
c. 4 )28
Solution
a. We read this as sixty-four divided by eight and the result is the quotient of sixty-four and eight.
b. We read this as forty-two divided by seven and the result is the quotient of forty-two and seven.
c. We read this as twenty-eight divided by four and the result is the quotient of twenty-eight and four.
 exercise 1.9.1

a. 84 ÷ 7
18
b.
6
¯
¯¯¯¯¯
¯
c. 8 )24
Answer a
eighty-four divided by seven; the quotient of eighty-four and seven
Answer b
eighteen divided by six; the quotient of eighteen and six.
Answer c
twenty-four divided by eight; the quotient of twenty-four and eight
 exercise 1.9.2
a. 72 ÷ 9
21
b.
3
c. ¯
¯¯¯¯¯
6 )54
¯
Answer a
seventy-two divided by nine; the quotient of seventy-two and nine
Answer b
twenty-one divided by three; the quotient of twenty-one and three

Answer c
fifty-four divided by six; the quotient of fifty-four and six
Model Division of Whole Numbers

As we did with multiplication, we will model division using counters. The operation of division helps us organize items into equal
groups as we start with the number of items in the dividend and subtract the number in the divisor repeatedly.
Model the division: 24 ÷ 8 .

Solution
To find the quotient 24 ÷ 8 , we want to know how many groups of 8 are in 24.
Model the dividend. Start with 24 counters.
The divisor tell us the number of counters we want in each group. Form groups of 8 counters.
Count the number of groups. There are 3 groups.

24 ÷ 8 = 3
 exercise 1.9.3
Model: 24 ÷ 6 .
Answer
 exercise 1.9.4
Model: 42 ÷ 7 .
Answer

Divide Whole Numbers
We said that addition and subtraction are inverse operations because one undoes the other. Similarly, division is the inverse
operation of multiplication. We know 12 ÷ 4 = 3 because 3 ∙ 4 = 12 . Knowing all the multiplication number facts is very
important when doing division.
We check our answer to division by multiplying the quotient by the divisor to determine if it equals the dividend. In Example 1.9.2,
we know 24 ÷ 8 = 3 is correct because 3 ∙ 8 = 24 .
 Example 1.9.3: divide
Divide. Then check by multiplying.

a. 42 ÷ 6
72
b.
9
c. ¯
¯¯¯¯¯
7 )63
¯
Solution
a.
Divide 42 by 6. 42 ÷ 6 = 7
Check by multiplying. 7 • 6 = 42 ✓
b.
72
Divide 72 by 9.
9
c.
Divide 63 by 7. ¯
¯¯¯¯¯
7 )63
¯
Check by multiplying. 9 • 7 = 63✓
 exercise 1.9.5
Divide. Then check by multiplying:

a. 54 ÷ 6
27
b.
9
Answer a
9
Answer b
3

 exercise 1.9.6

36
a.
9
¯
¯¯¯¯¯
¯
b. 8)40
Answer a
4
Answer b
5
What is the quotient when you divide a number by itself?

15
=1 because 1 ⋅ 15 = 15
15
Dividing any number (except 0) by itself produces a quotient of 1. Also, any number divided by 1 produces a quotient of the
number. These two ideas are stated in the Division Properties of One.
 Division Properties of One
Any number (except 0) divided by itself is one. a÷a=1
Any number divided by one is the same number. a÷1=a

a. 11 ÷ 11
19
b.
1
c. ¯
¯¯¯
¯
1 )7
Solution
a.
A number divided by itself is 1. 11 ÷ 11 = 1
b.
19
A number divided by 1 equals itself. = 19
1
c.
A number divided by 1 equals itself. ¯

¯¯¯
¯
1 )7 = 7
Check by multiplying. 7 • 1 = 7✓

 exercise 1.9.7

a. 14 ÷ 14
27
b.
1
Answer a
1
Answer b
27
 exercise 1.9.8

16
a.
1
¯
¯¯¯
¯
b. 1)4
Answer a
16
Answer b
4
Suppose we have $0, and want to divide it among 3 people. How much would each person get? Each person would get $0 . Zero
divided by any number is 0.
Now suppose that we want to divide $10 by 0. That means we would want to find a number that we multiply by 0 to get 10 . This
cannot happen because 0 times any number is 0. Division by zero is said to be undefined.
These two ideas make up the Division Properties of Zero.
 Division Properties of Zero
Zero divided by any number is 0. 0÷a=0
Dividing a number by zero is undefined. a ÷ 0 = undefined
Another way to explain why division by zero is undefined is to remember that division is really repeated subtraction. How many
times can we take away 0 from 10? Because subtracting 0 will never change the total, we will never get an answer. So we cannot
divide a number by 0.

Divide. Check by multiplying:
a. 0 ÷ 3
b. 10/0
Solution
a.
Zero divided by any number is zero. 0÷3=0

Check by multiplying. 0•3=0✓
b.
Dividing a number by zero is undefined. 10/0 = undefined
 exercise 1.9.9

a. 0 ÷ 2
b. 17/0
Answer a
0
Answer b
undefined
 exercise 1.9.10

a. 0 ÷ 6
b. 13/0
Answer a
0
Answer b
undefined
¯
¯¯¯¯¯
¯
When the divisor or the dividend has more than one digit, it is usually easier to use the 4 )12 notation. This process is called long
division. Let’s work through the process by dividing 78 by 3.
Divide the first digit of the dividend, 7, by the divisor, 3.
The divisor 3 can go into 7 two times since 2 × 3 = 6. Write the 2 above
the 7 in the quotient.
Multiply the 2 in the quotient by 3 and write the product, 6, under the 7.
Subtract that product from the first digit in the dividend. Subtract 7 − 6.
Write the difference, 1, under the first digit in the dividend.
Bring down the next digit of the dividend. Bring down the 8.
Divide 18 by the divisor, 3. The divisor 3 goes into 18 six times.
Write 6 in the quotient above the 8.

Multiply the 6 in the quotient by the divisor and write the product, 18,
under the dividend. Subtract 18 from 18.
We would repeat the process until there are no more digits in the dividend to bring down. In this problem, there are no more digits
to bring down, so the division is finished. So 78 ÷ 3 = 26 .
Check by multiplying the quotient times the divisor to get the dividend. Multiply 26 × 3 to make sure that product equals the
dividend, 78.
It does, so our answer is correct.
 HOW TO: DIVIDE WHOLE NUMBERS.
Step 1. Divide the first digit of the dividend by the divisor. If the divisor is larger than the first digit of the dividend, divide the
first two digits of the dividend by the divisor, and so on.
Step 2. Write the quotient above the dividend.
Step 3. Multiply the quotient by the divisor and write the product under the dividend.
Step 4. Subtract that product from the dividend.
Step 5. Bring down the next digit of the dividend.
Step 6. Repeat from Step 1 until there are no more digits in the dividend to bring down.
Step 7. Check by multiplying the quotient times the divisor.
Divide 2, 596 ÷ 4. Check by multiplying.

Solution
Let's rewrite the problem to set it up for long division.
Divide the first digit of the dividend, 2, by the divisor, 4.
Since 4 does not go into 2, we use the first two digits of the dividend
and divide 25 by 4. The divisor 4 goes into 25 six times.
We write the 6 in the quotient above the 5.
Multiply the 6 in the quotient by the divisor 4 and write the product,
24, under the first two digits in the dividend.
Subtract that product from the first two digits in the dividend.
Subtract 25 − 24 . Write the difference, 1, under the second digit in
the dividend.

Now bring down the 9 and repeat these steps. There are 4 fours in 19.
Write the 4 over the 9. Multiply the 4 by 4 and subtract this product
from 19.
Bring down the 6 and repeat these steps. There are 9 fours in 36.
from 36.
Check by multiplying.
It equals the dividend, so our answer is correct. So 2, 596 ÷ 4 = 649.
 exercise 1.9.11
Divide. Then check by multiplying: 2, 636 ÷ 4.
Answer
659
 exercise 1.9.12
Answer
679

Solution
First we try to divide 6 into 4.
Since that won't work, we try 6 into 45. There are 7 sixes in 45. We
write the 7 over the 5
Multiply the 7 by 6 and subtract this product from 45.
Now bring down the 0 and repeat these steps. There are 5 sixes in 30.
from 30.

Now bring down the 6 and repeat these steps. There is 1 six in 6.
Write the 1 over the 6. Multiply 1 by 6 and subtract this product from
6.
It equals the dividend, so our answer is correct.
 exercise 1.9.13
Answer
861
 exercise 1.9.14
Answer
651

Solution
First we try to divide 9 into 7.
Since that won't work, we try 9 into 72. There are 8 nines in 72. We
write the 8 over the 2.
Now bring down the 6 and repeat these steps. There are 0 nines in 6.
from 6.
Now bring down the 3 and repeat these steps. There are 7 nines in 63.
from 63.

It equals the dividend, so our answer is correct.
 exercise 1.9.15
Answer
704
 exercise 1.9.16
Answer
809
So far all the division problems have worked out evenly. For example, if we had 24 cookies and wanted to make bags of 8 cookies,
we would have 3 bags. But what if there were 28 cookies and we wanted to make bags of 8? Start with the 28 cookies as shown in
Figure 1.9.3.
Figure 1.9.3
Try to put the cookies in groups of eight as in Figure 1.9.4.
Figure 1.9.4
There are 3 groups of eight cookies, and 4 cookies left over. We call the 4 cookies that are left over the remainder and show it by
writing R4 next to the 3. (The R stands for remainder.)
To check this division we multiply 3 times 8 to get 24, and then add the remainder of 4.


Solution
First we try to divide 4 into 1. Since that won't work, we try 4 into 14.
There are 3 fours in 14. We write the 3 over the 4.
from 23.
from 39. There are no more numbers to bring down, so we are done.
The remainder is 3.
So 1, 439 ÷ 4 is 359 with a remainder of 3. Our answer is correct.
 exercise 1.9.17
Answer
476 with a remainder of 4
 exercise 1.9.18
Answer
539 with a remainder of 7

Divide and then check by multiplying: 1, 461 ÷ 13.
Solution

First we try to divide 13 into 1. Since that won't work, we try 13 into
14. There is 1 thirteen in 14. We write the 1 over the 4.
Now bring down the 6 and repeat these steps. There is 1 thirteen in
16. Write the 1 over the 6. Multiply the 1 by 13 and subtract this
product from 16.
Now bring down the 1 and repeat these steps. There are 2 thirteens in
31. Write the 2 over the 1. Multiply the 2 by 13 and subtract this
product from 31. There are no more numbers to bring down, so we
are done. The remainder is 5. 1,462 ÷ 13 is 112 with a remainder of 5.
 exercise 1.9.19
Answer
114 R 11
 exercise 1.9.20
Answer
121 R9

Divide and check by multiplying: 74, 521 ÷ 241.
Solution
First we try to divide 241 into 7. Since that won’t work, we try 241
into 74. That still won’t work, so we try 241 into 745. Since 2 divides
into 7 three times, we try 3. Since 3 × 241 = 723, we write the 3 over
the 5 in 745. Note that 4 would be too large because 4 × 241 = 964,
which is greater than 745.

Now bring down the 2 and repeat these steps. 241 does not divide into
222. We write a 0 over the 2 as a placeholder and then continue.
Now bring down the 1 and repeat these steps. Try 9. Since 9 × 241 =
2,169, we write the 9 over the 1. Multiply the 9 by 241 and subtract
this product from 2,221.
There are no more numbers to bring down, so we are finished. The

remainder is 52. So 74,521 ÷ 241 is 309 with a remainder of 52.
Sometimes it might not be obvious how many times the divisor goes into digits of the dividend. We will have to guess and check
numbers to find the greatest number that goes into the digits without exceeding them.
 exercise 1.9.21
Answer
307 R 49
 exercise 1.9.22
Answer
308 R 77

This page titled 1.9: Divide Whole Numbers (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

1.1 - Introduction to Whole Numbers
In the following exercises, determine which of the following numbers are (a) counting numbers (b) whole numbers.
453. 0, 2, 99
454. 0, 3, 25
455. 0, 4, 90
456. 0, 1, 75
Model Whole Numbers

In the following exercises, model each number using base-10 blocks and then show its value using place value notation.
457. 258
458. 104

In the following exercises, find the place value of the given digits.
459. 472,981
(a) 8 (b) 4 (c) 1 (d) 7 (e) 2
459. 12,403,295
(a) 4 (b) 0 (c) 1 (d) 9 (e) 3

In the following exercises, name each number in words.
461. 5,280
462. 204,614
463. 5,012,582
464. 31,640,976

In the following exercises, write each number as a whole number using digits.
465. six hundred two
466. fifteen thousand, two hundred fifty-three
467. three hundred forty million, nine hundred twelve thousand, sixty-one
468. two billion, four hundred ninety-two million, seven hundred eleven thousand, two
Round Whole Numbers

In the following exercises, round to the nearest ten.
469. 412
470. 648
471. 3,556
472. 2,734
In the following exercises, round to the nearest hundred.
473. 38,975
474. 26,849
475. 81,486
476. 75,992
Access for free at OpenStax 1.E.1 https://math.libretexts.org/@go/page/5266

1.2 - Add Whole Numbers
In the following exercises, translate the following from math notation to words.
477. 4 + 3
478. 25 + 18
479. 571 + 629
480. 10,085 + 3,492

In the following exercises, model the addition.
481. 6 + 7
482. 38 + 14
Add Whole Numbers

483.
484.
485. (a) 0 + 19 (b) 19 + 0
486. (a) 0 + 480 (b) 480 + 0
487. (a) 7 + 6 (b) 6 + 7
488. (a) 23 + 18 (b) 18 + 23
489. 44 + 35
490. 63 + 29
491. 96 + 58
492. 375 + 591
493. 7,281 + 12,546
494. 5,280 + 16,324 + 9,731

In the following exercises, translate each phrase into math notation and then simplify.
497. 25 more than 39
498. total of 15 and 50

499. Shopping for an interview Nathan bought a new shirt, tie, and slacks to wear to a job interview. The shirt cost $24, the tie cost
$14, and the slacks cost $38. What was Nathan’s total cost?
500. Running Jackson ran 4 miles on Monday, 12 miles on Tuesday, 1 mile on Wednesday, 8 miles on Thursday, and 5 miles on
Friday. What was the total number of miles Jackson ran?
In the following exercises, find the perimeter of each figure.
501.
502.
1.3 - Subtract Whole Numbers

In the following exercises, translate the following from math notation to words.
503. 14 − 5
504. 40 − 15
505. 351 − 249
506. 5,724 − 2,918

In the following exercises, model the subtraction.
507. 18 − 4
508. 41 − 29

In the following exercises, subtract and then check by adding.
509. 8 − 5
510. 12 − 7
511. 23 − 9
512. . 46 − 21
513. 82 − 59
514. 110 − 87
515. 539 − 217
516. 415 − 296
517. 1,020 − 640
518. 8,355 − 3,947
519. 10,000 − 15
520. 54,925 − 35,647

521. the difference of nineteen and thirteen
522. subtract sixty-five from one hundred
523. seventy-four decreased by eight
524. twenty-three less than forty-one

525. Temperature The high temperature in Peoria one day was 86 degrees Fahrenheit and the low temperature was 28 degrees
Fahrenheit. What was the difference between the high and low temperatures?
526. Savings Lynn wants to go on a cruise that costs $2,485. She has $948 in her vacation savings account. How much more does
she need to save in order to pay for the cruise?
1.4 - Multiply Whole Numbers

527. 8 × 5
528. 6 • 14
529. (10)(95)
530. 54(72)

In the following exercises, model the multiplication.
531. 2 × 4
532. 3 × 8

533.
534.
535. 0 • 14
536. (256)0
537. 1 • 99
538. (4,789)1
539. (a) 7 • 4 (b) 4 • 7
540. (25)(6)
541. 9,261 × 3
542. 48 • 76
543. 64 • 10
544. 1,000(22)
545. 162 × 493
546. (601)(943)

547. 3,624 × 517
548. 10,538 • 22

550. ninety-four times thirty-three
551. twice 575
552. ten times two hundred sixty-four

553. Gardening Geniece bought 8 packs of marigolds to plant in her yard. Each pack has 6 flowers. How many marigolds did
Geniece buy?
554. Cooking Ratika is making rice for a dinner party. The number of cups of water is twice the number of cups of rice. If Ratika
plans to use 4 cups of rice, how many cups of water does she need?
555. Multiplex There are twelve theaters at the multiplex and each theater has 150 seats. What is the total number of seats at the
multiplex?
556. Roofing Lewis needs to put new shingles on his roof. The roof is a rectangle, 30 feet by 24 feet. What is the area of the roof?
1.5 - Divide Whole Numbers

Translate from math notation to words.
557. 54 ÷ 9
558. 42 / 7
72
559.
8
¯
¯¯¯¯¯
¯
560. 6)48

In the following exercises, model.
561. 8 ÷ 2
¯
¯¯¯¯¯
¯
562. 3)12

In the following exercises, divide. Then check by multiplying.
563. 14 ÷ 2
32
564.
8
565. 52 ÷ 4
¯
¯¯¯¯¯
¯
566. 26)26
97
567.
1
568. 0 ÷ 52
569. 100 ÷ 0
355
570.
5
571. 3828 ÷ 6
572. 31)1, 519
¯
¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯
¯
7505
573.
25

574. 5,166 ÷ 42

575. the quotient of 64 and 16
Divide Whole Numbers in Applications

577. Ribbon One spool of ribbon is 27 feet. Lizbeth uses 3 feet of ribbon for each gift basket that she wraps. How many gift baskets
can Lizbeth wrap from one spool of ribbon?
578. Juice One carton of fruit juice is 128 ounces. How many 4 ounce cups can Shayla fill from one carton of juice?
PRACTICE TEST
579. Determine which of the following numbers are (a) counting numbers (b) whole numbers.
0, 4, 87 (1.E.1)
580. Find the place value of the given digits in the number 549,362.
(a) 9 (b) 6 (c) 2 (d) 5
581. Write each number as a whole number using digits.
(a) six hundred thirteen (b) fifty-five thousand two hundred eight
582. Round 25,849 to the nearest hundred.
Simplify.
583. 45 + 23
584. 65 − 42
585. 85 ÷ 5
586. 1,000 × 8
587. 90 − 58
588. 73 + 89
589. (0)(12,675)
590. 634 + 255
0
591.
9
592. 8)128
¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯
¯
593. 145 − 79
594. 299 + 836
595. 7 • 475
596. 8,528 + 704
597. 35(14)
26
598.
0
599. 733 − 291
600. 4,916 − 1,538
601. 495 ÷ 45
602. 52 × 983
Translate each phrase to math notation and then simplify.
603. The sum of 16 and 58
604. The product of 9 and 15

606. The quotient of 63 and 21
607. Twice 524
608. 29 more than 32
609. 50 less than 300
610. LaVelle buys a jumbo bag of 84 candies to make favor bags for her son’s party. If she wants to make 12 bags, how many
candies should she put in each bag?
611. Last month, Stan’s take-home pay was $3,816 and his expenses were $3,472. How much of his take-home pay did Stan have
left after he paid his expenses?
612. Each class at Greenville School has 22 children enrolled. The school has 24 classes. How many children are enrolled at
Greenville School?
613. Clayton walked 12 blocks to his mother’s house, 6 blocks to the gym, and 9 blocks to the grocery store before walking the last 3
blocks home. What was the total number of blocks that Clayton walked?
This page titled 1.E: Whole Numbers (Exercises) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

Key Terms
coordinate A number paired with a point on a number line.
counting numbers The counting numbers are the numbers 1, 2, 3, ….
difference The result of subtracting two or more numbers.
dividend The number being divided when dividing two numbers.
divisor The number dividing the dividend when dividing two numbers.
A number line is used to visualize numbers. The numbers on the number

number line line get larger as they go from left to right, and smaller as they go from
right to left.
origin The point labeled 0 on a number line.
Our number system is called a place value system because the value of a
place value system
digit depends on its position, or place, in a number.
product The result of multiplying two or more numbers.
quotient The result of dividing two numbers.
rounding The process of approximating a number.
sum The result of adding two or more numbers.
whole numbers The whole numbers are the numbers 0, 1, 2, 3, ….
Key Concepts
1.1 - Introduction to Whole Numbers
Name a whole number in words.

1. Starting at the digit on the left, name the number in each period, followed by the period name. Do not include the period
name for the ones.
2. Use commas in the number to separate the periods.
Use place value to write a whole number.
1. Identify the words that indicate periods. (Remember the ones period is never named.)
2. Draw three blanks to indicate the number of places needed in each period.
3. Name the number in each period and place the digits in the correct place value position.
Round a whole number to a specific place value.
1. Locate the given place value. All digits to the left of that place value do not change.
2. Underline the digit to the right of the given place value.
Access for free at OpenStax 1.S.1 https://math.libretexts.org/@go/page/5269

3. Determine if this digit is greater than or equal to 5. If yes—add 1 to the digit in the given place value. If no—do not change
the digit in the given place value.
4. Replace all digits to the right of the given place value with zeros.
1.2 - Add Whole Numbers

• Addition Notation: To describe addition, we can use symbols and words.
Identity Property of Addition: The sum of any number a and 0 is the number.
a+0 = a
0 +a = a
Commutative Property of Addition: Changing the order of the addends a and b does not change their sum.
a + b = b + a. (1.S.1)
Add whole numbers.

1. Write the numbers so each place value lines up vertically.
2. Add the digits in each place value. Work from right to left starting with the ones place. If a sum in a place value is more than 9,
carry to the next place value.
3. Continue adding each place value from right to left, adding each place value and carrying if needed.
1.3 - Subtract Whole Numbers

Subtraction - 7-3 seven minus three the difference of 7 and 3
Subtract whole numbers.

2. Subtract the digits in each place value. Work from right to left starting with the ones place. If the digit on top is less than the
digit below, borrow as needed.
3. Continue subtracting each place value from right to left, borrowing if needed.
4. Check by adding.
1.4 - Multiply Whole Numbers

Multiplication × 3×8 three times eight the product of 3 and 8
• 3•8
() 3(8)
Multiplication Property of Zero: The product of any number and 0 is 0.

a⋅0 = 0
0⋅a =0
Identity Property of Multiplication: The product of any number and 1 is the number.
1⋅a =a
a⋅1 = a
Commutative Property of Multiplication: Changing the order of the factors does not change their product.
a ⋅ b = b ⋅ a. (1.S.2)

Multiply two whole numbers to find the product.
2. Multiply the digits in each place value.
3. Work from right to left, starting with the ones place in the bottom number.
4. Multiply the bottom number by the ones digit in the top number, then by the tens digit, and so on.
5. If a product in a place value is more than 9, carry to the next place value.
6. Write the partial products, lining up the digits in the place values with the numbers above. Repeat for the tens place in the
bottom number, the hundreds place, and so on.
7. Insert a zero as a placeholder with each additional partial product.
8. Add the partial products.
1.5 - Divide Whole Numbers

Division ÷ 12 ÷ 4 Twelve divided by four the quotient of 12 and 4

a 12
b 4
¯
¯¯¯
¯ ¯
¯¯¯¯¯
¯
b)a 4 )12
a/b 12 / 4
Division Properties of One:

Any number (except 0) divided by itself is one.
a÷a = 1 (1.S.3)
Any number divided by one is the same number.

a÷1 = a (1.S.4)
Division Properties of Zero:

Zero divided by any number is 0.
0 ÷a = 0 (1.S.5)
Dividing a number by zero is undefined.

a ÷ 0 = undef ined (1.S.6)
Divide whole numbers.

1. Divide the first digit of the dividend by the divisor. If the divisor is larger than the first digit of the dividend, divide the first two
digits of the dividend by the divisor, and so on.
2. Write the quotient above the dividend.
3. Multiply the quotient by the divisor and write the product under the dividend.
4. Subtract that product from the dividend.
5. Bring down the next digit of the dividend.
6. Repeat from Step 1 until there are no more digits in the dividend to bring down.
7. Check by multiplying the quotient times the divisor.

This page titled 1.S: Whole Numbers (Summary) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

Earlier in this section, we translated math notation for division into words. Now we’ll translate word phrases into math notation.
Some of the words that indicate division are given in Table 1.10.2.
Table 1.10.2
12 ÷ 4
Division divided by 12 divided by 4 12
quotient of the quotient of 12 and 4 12/4
divided into 4 divided into 12 ¯

¯¯¯¯¯
4 )12
¯
Translate and simplify: the quotient of 51 and 17.

Solution
The word quotient tells us to divide.
Translate. 51 ÷ 17
Divide. 3
51
We could just as correctly have translated the quotient of 51 and 17 using the notation 17)51 or ¯
¯¯¯¯¯
¯
.
17
 exercise 1.10.23
Answer
91 ÷ 13; 7
Answer
52 ÷ 13; 4

We will use the same strategy we used in previous sections to solve applications. First, we determine what we are looking for. Then
we write a phrase that gives the information to find it. We then translate the phrase into math notation and simplify it to get the
answer. Finally, we write a sentence to answer the question.

Cecelia bought a 160-ounce box of oatmeal at the big box store. She wants to divide the 160 ounces of oatmeal into 8-ounce
servings. She will put each serving into a plastic bag so she can take one bag to work each day. How many servings will she
get from the big box?
Solution

We are asked to find the how many servings she will get from the big box.
Write a phrase. 160 ounces divided by 8 ounces
Translate to math notation. 160 ÷ 8
Simplify by dividing. 20
Write a sentence to answer the question. Cecelia will get 20 servings from the big box.
Marcus is setting out animal crackers for snacks at the preschool. He wants to put 9 crackers in each cup. One box of animal
crackers contains 135 crackers. How many cups can he fill from one box of crackers?
Answer
Marcus can fill 15 cups.
Andrea is making bows for the girls in her dance class to wear at the recital. Each bow takes 4 feet of ribbon, and 36 feet of
ribbon are on one spool. How many bows can Andrea make from one spool of ribbon?
Answer
Andrea can make 9 bows.

Dividing Whole Numbers
Dividing Whole Numbers No Remainder
Dividing Whole Numbers With Remainder
Key Concepts
÷ 12 ÷ 4
a 12
Division b 4 Twelve divided by four the quotient of 12 and 4

¯
¯¯¯
¯ ¯
¯¯¯¯¯
¯
b)a
4 )12
a/b
12/4
Division Properties of One

Any number (except 0) divided by itself is one. a ÷ a = 1
Any number divided by one is the same number. a ÷ 1 = a
Division Properties of Zero
Zero divided by any number is 0. 0 ÷ a = 0
Dividing a number by zero is undefined. a ÷ 0 undefined
Divide whole numbers.
Divide the first digit of the dividend by the divisor. If the divisor is larger than the first digit of the dividend, divide the first
two digits of the dividend by the divisor, and so on.
Write the quotient above the dividend.
Multiply the quotient by the divisor and write the product under the dividend.
Subtract that product from the dividend.

Bring down the next digit of the dividend.
Repeat from Step 1 until there are no more digits in the dividend to bring down.
Check by multiplying the quotient times the divisor.
Glossary
dividend
When dividing two numbers, the dividend is the number being divided.
divisor
When dividing two numbers, the divisor is the number dividing the dividend.
quotient
The quotient is the result of dividing two numbers.

343. 54 ÷ 9
56
344.
7
32
345.
8
346. 6)42
¯
¯¯¯¯¯
¯
347. 48 ÷ 6
63
348.
9
349. 7)63
¯
¯¯¯¯¯
¯
350. 72 ÷ 8

In the following exercises, model the division.
351. 15 ÷ 5
352. 10 ÷ 5
14
353.
7
18
354.
6
¯
¯¯¯¯¯
¯
355. 4)20
356. 3)15
¯
¯¯¯¯¯
¯
357. 24 ÷ 6
358. 16 ÷ 4

In the following exercises, divide. Then check by multiplying.
359. 18 ÷ 2
360. 14 ÷ 2
27
361.
3
30
362.
3
¯
¯¯¯¯¯
¯
363. 4)28
¯
¯¯¯¯¯
¯
364. 4)36

45
365.
5
35
366.
5
367. 72 / 8
¯
¯¯¯¯¯
¯
368. 8)64
35
369.
7
370. 42 ÷ 7
¯
¯¯¯¯¯
¯
371. 15)15
¯
¯¯¯¯¯
¯
372. 12)12
373. 43 ÷ 43
374. 37 ÷ 37
23
375.
1
29
376.
1
377. 19 ÷ 1
378. 17 ÷ 1
379. 0 ÷ 4
380. 0 ÷ 8
5
381.
0
9
382.
0
26
383.
0
32
384.
0
385. 12)0 ¯
¯¯¯
¯
386. 16)0 ¯
¯¯¯
¯
387. 72 ÷ 3
388. 57 ÷ 3
96
389.
8
78
390.
6
391. 5)465
¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯
¯
392. 4)528
¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯
¯
393. 924 ÷ 7
394. 861 ÷ 7
5, 226
395.
6
3, 776
396.
8
¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯
¯
397. 4)31, 324
398. 5)46, 855
¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯
¯
399. 7,209 ÷ 3
400. 4,806 ÷ 3
401. 5,406 ÷ 6
402. 3,208 ÷ 4
403. 4)2, 816
¯
¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯
¯
404. 6)3624
¯
¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯
¯
91, 881
405.
9

83, 256
406.
8
407. 2,470 ÷ 7
408. 3,741 ÷ 7
¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯
¯
409. 8)55, 305
¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯
¯
410. 9)51, 492
431, 174
411.
5
297, 277
412.
4
413. 130,016 ÷ 3
414. 105,609 ÷ 2
¯
¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯
¯
415. 15)5, 735
4, 933
416.
21
417. 56,883 ÷ 67
418. 43,725 / 75
30, 144
419.
314
420. 26,145 ÷ 415
421. 273)542, 195
¯
¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯
¯
422. 816,243 ÷ 462
Mixed Practice
423. 15(204)
424. 74 • 391
425. 256 − 184
426. 305 − 262
427. 719 + 341
428. 647 + 528
429. 25)875
¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯
¯
430. 1104 ÷ 23


435. Trail mix Ric bought 64 ounces of trail mix. He wants to divide it into small bags, with 2 ounces of trail mix in each bag. How
many bags can Ric fill?
436. Crackers Evie bought a 42 ounce box of crackers. She wants to divide it into bags with 3 ounces of crackers in each bag. How
many bags can Evie fill?
437. Astronomy class There are 125 students in an astronomy class. The professor assigns them into groups of 5. How many groups
of students are there?
438. Flower shop Melissa’s flower shop got a shipment of 152 roses. She wants to make bouquets of 8 roses each. How many
bouquets can Melissa make?
439. Baking One roll of plastic wrap is 48 feet long. Marta uses 3 feet of plastic wrap to wrap each cake she bakes. How many cakes
can she wrap from one roll?

440. Dental floss One package of dental floss is 54 feet long. Brian uses 2 feet of dental floss every day. How many days will one
package of dental floss last Brian?
Mixed Practice
441. Miles per gallon Susana’s hybrid car gets 45 miles per gallon. Her son’s truck gets 17 miles per gallon. What is the difference
in miles per gallon between Susana’s car and her son’s truck?
442. Distance Mayra lives 53 miles from her mother’s house and 71 miles from her motherin-law’s house. How much farther is
Mayra from her mother-in-law’s house than from her mother’s house?
443. Field trip The 45 students in a Geology class will go on a field trip, using the college’s vans. Each van can hold 9 students.
How many vans will they need for the field trip?
444. Potting soil Aki bought a 128 ounce bag of potting soil. How many 4 ounce pots can he fill from the bag?
445. Hiking Bill hiked 8 miles on the first day of his backpacking trip, 14 miles the second day, 11 miles the third day, and 17 miles
the fourth day. What is the total number of miles Bill hiked?
446. Reading Last night Emily read 6 pages in her Business textbook, 26 pages in her History text, 15 pages in her Psychology text,
and 9 pages in her math text. What is the total number of pages Emily read?
447. Patients LaVonne treats 12 patients each day in her dental office. Last week she worked 4 days. How many patients did she
treat last week?
448. Scouts There are 14 boys in Dave’s scout troop. At summer camp, each boy earned 5 merit badges. What was the total number
of merit badges earned by Dave’s scout troop at summer camp?
Writing Exercises
449. Explain how you use the multiplication facts to help with division.
450. Oswaldo divided 300 by 8 and said his answer was 37 with a remainder of 4. How can you check to make sure he is correct?
Everyday Math
451. Contact lenses Jenna puts in a new pair of contact lenses every 14 days. How many pairs of contact lenses does she need for
365 days?
452. Cat food One bag of cat food feeds Lara’s cat for 25 days. How many bags of cat food does Lara need for 365 days?
Self Check
(b) Overall, after looking at the checklist, do you think you are well-prepared for the next Chapter? Why or why not?

This page titled 1.10: Divide Whole Numbers (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

CHAPTER OVERVIEW
2: Introduction to the Language of Algebra

You may not realize it, but you already use algebra every day. Perhaps you figure out how much to tip a server in a restaurant.
Maybe you calculate the amount of change you should get when you pay for something. It could even be when you compare
batting averages of your favorite players. You can describe the algebra you use in specific words, and follow an orderly process. In
this chapter, you will explore the words used to describe algebra and start on your path to solving algebraic problems easily, both in
class and in your everyday life.
Figure 2.1 - Algebra has a language of its own. The picture shows just some of the words you may see and use in your study of
Prealgebra.

[email protected]."
This page titled 2: Introduction to the Language of Algebra is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.
1
Use variables and algebraic symbols
Identify expressions and equations
Simplify expressions with exponents
Simplify expressions using the order of operations
 Be Prepared!
a. Add: 43 + 69 . If you missed this problem, review Example 1.2.8.
b. Multiply: (896)201. If you missed this problem, review Example 1.4.11.
c. Divide: 7, 263 ÷ 9. If you missed this problem, review Example 1.5.8.
Use Variables and Algebraic Symbols

Greg and Alex have the same birthday, but they were born in different years. This year Greg is 20 years old and Alex is 23, so Alex
is 3 years older than Greg. When Greg was 12, Alex was 15. When Greg is 35, Alex will be 38. No matter what Greg’s age is,
Alex’s age will always be 3 years more, right?
In the language of algebra, we say that Greg’s age and Alex’s age are variable and the three is a constant. The ages change, or vary,
so age is a variable. The 3 years between them always stays the same, so the age difference is the constant.
In algebra, letters of the alphabet are used to represent variables. Suppose we call Greg’s age g . Then we could use g+3 to
represent Alex’s age. See Table 2.1.1.
Table 2.1.1
Greg’s age Alex’s age
12 15
20 23
35 38
g g+3
Letters are used to represent variables. Letters often used for variables are x, y, a, b, and c .
 Definition: Variables and Constants
A variable is a letter that represents a number or quantity whose value may change.
A constant is a number whose value always stays the same.
To write algebraically, we need some symbols as well as numbers and variables. There are several types of symbols we will be
using. In Whole Numbers, we introduced the symbols for the four basic arithmetic operations: addition, subtraction, multiplication,
and division. We will summarize them here, along with words we use for the operations and the result.
Table 2.1.2
Operation Notation Say: The result is...
Addition a+b a plus b the sum of a and b
Subtraction a−b a minus b the difference of a and b
Multiplication a • b, (a)(b), (a)b, a(b) a times b the product of a and b

a ¯
¯¯¯
¯
Division a ÷ b, a / b, , b)a a divided by b the quotient of a and b
b

In algebra, the cross symbol, ×, is not used to show multiplication because that symbol may cause confusion. Does 3xy mean
3 × y (three times y ) or 3 ∙ x ∙ y (three times x times y )? To make it clear, use ∙ or parentheses for multiplication.
We perform these operations on two numbers. When translating from symbolic form to words, or from words to symbolic form,
pay attention to the words of or and to help you find the numbers.
The sum of 5 and 3 means add 5 plus 3, which we write as 5 + 3 .
The difference of 9 and 2 means subtract 9 minus 2, which we write as 9 − 2 .
The product of 4 and 8 means multiply 4 times 8, which we can write as 4 ∙ 8 .
The quotient of 20 and 5 means divide 20 by 5, which we can write as 20 ÷ 5 .
 Example 2.1.1: translate to words
Translate from algebra to words:

a. 12 + 14
b. (30)(5)
c. 64 ÷ 8
d. x − y
Solution
a.
12 + 14
12 plus 14
the sum of twelve and fourteen
b.
(30)(5)
30 times 5
the product of thirty and five
c.
64 ÷ 8
64 divided by 8
the quotient of sixty-four and eight
d.
x−y
x minus y
the difference of x and y
 exercise 2.1.1
Translate from algebra to words.

a. 18 + 11
b. (27)(9)
c. 84 ÷ 7
d. p − q
Answer a

18 plus 11; the sum of eighteen and eleven
Answer b
27 times 9; the product of twenty-seven and nine
Answer c
84 divided by 7; the quotient of eighty-four and seven
Answer d
p minus q ; the difference of p and q
 exercise 2.1.2

a. 47 − 19
b. 72 ÷ 9
c. m + n
d. (13)(7)
Answer a
47 minus 19; the difference of forty-seven and nineteen
Answer b
72 divided by 9; the quotient of seventy-two and nine
Answer c
m plus n ; the sum of m and n
Answer d
13 times 7; the product of thirteen and seven
When two quantities have the same value, we say they are equal and connect them with an equal sign.
 Definition: Equality Symbol
a =b is read a is equal to b
The symbol = is called the equal sign.
An inequality is used in algebra to compare two quantities that may have different values. The number line can help you understand
inequalities. Remember that on the number line the numbers get larger as they go from left to right. So if we know that b is greater
than a , it means that b is to the right of a on the number line. We use the symbols "<" and ">" for inequalities.
 Definition: Inequality
a b is read a is greater than b

a is to the right of b on the number line

The expressions a b can be read from left-to-right or right-to-left, though in English we usually read from left-to-
right. In general, a a . For example, 7 < 11 is equivalent to 11 > 7 . a > b is equivalent to b < a . For
example, 17 > 4 is equivalent to 4 < 17 .
When we write an inequality symbol with a line under it, such as a ≤ b , it means a <b or a =b . We read this a is less than or
equal to b . Also, if we put a slash through an equal sign, ≠, it means not equal.
We summarize the symbols of equality and inequality in Table 2.1.3.
Table 2.1.3
Algebraic Notation Say
a=b a is equal to b
a≠b a is not equal to b
ab a is greater than b
a≤b a is less than or equal to b
a≥b a is greater than or equal to b
 Definition: Symbols < and >
The symbols < and > each have a smaller side and a larger side.
smaller side < larger side
larger side > smaller side
The smaller side of the symbol faces the smaller number and the larger faces the larger number.
 Example 2.1.2: translate to words

Translate from algebra to words:
a. 20 ≤ 35
b. 11 ≠ 15 − 3
c. 9 > 10 ÷ 2
d. x + 2 < 10
Solution
a.
20 ≤ 35
20 is less than or equal to 35
b.
11 ≠ 15 − 3
11 is not equal to 15 minus 3
c.
9 > 10 ÷ 2
9 is greater than 10 divided by 2
d.
x + 2 < 10

x plus 2 is less than 10
 exercise 2.1.3

a. 14 ≤ 27
b. 19 − 2 ≠ 8
c. 12 > 4 ÷ 2
d. x − 7 < 1
Answer a
fourteen is less than or equal to twenty-seven
Answer b
nineteen minus two is not equal to eight
Answer c
twelve is greater than four divided by two
Answer d
x minus seven is less than one
 exercise 2.1.4

a. 19 ≥ 15
b. 7 = 12 − 5
c. 15 ÷ 3 < 8
d. y − 3 > 6
Answer a
nineteen is greater than or equal to fifteen
Answer b
seven is equal to twelve minus five
Answer c
fifteen divided by three is less than eight
Answer d
y minus three is greater than six

The information in Figure 2.1.1 compares the fuel economy in miles-per-gallon (mpg) of several cars. Write the appropriate
symbol =, in each expression to compare the fuel economy of the cars.
Figure 2.1.1: (credit: modification of work by Bernard Goldbach, Wikimedia Commons)

a. MPG of Prius _____ MPG of Mini Cooper
b. MPG of Versa _____ MPG of Fit
c. MPG of Mini Cooper _____ MPG of Fit
d. MPG of Corolla _____ MPG of Versa
e. MPG of Corolla_____ MPG of Prius
Solution
a.
MPG of Prius____MPG of Mini Cooper
Find the values in the chart. 48____27
Compare. 48 > 27
MPG of Prius > MPG of Mini Cooper
b.
MPG of Versa____MPG of Fit
Compare. 26 < 27
MPG of Versa < MPG of Fit
c.
MPG of Mini Cooper____MPG of Fit
Compare. 27 = 27
MPG of Mini Cooper = MPG of Fit
d.
MPG of Corolla____MPG of Versa
Compare. 28 > 26
MPG of Corolla > MPG of Versa
e.
MPG of Corolla____MPG of Prius
Compare. 28 < 48
MPG of Corolla < MPG of Prius
 exercise 2.1.5
Use Figure 2.1.1 to fill in the appropriate symbol, =, <, or >.
a. MPG of Prius_____MPG of Versa
b. MPG of Mini Cooper_____ MPG of Corolla
Answer a

>
Answer b
<
 exercise 2.1.6
Use Figure 2.1.1 to fill in the appropriate symbol, =, <, or >.

a. MPG of Fit_____ MPG of Prius
b. MPG of Corolla _____ MPG of Fit
Answer a
<
Answer b
<
Grouping symbols in algebra are much like the commas, colons, and other punctuation marks in written language. They indicate
which expressions are to be kept together and separate from other expressions. Table 2.1.4 lists three of the most commonly used
grouping symbols in algebra.
Table 2.1.4
Common Grouping Symbols
parentheses ()
brackets []
braces {}
Here are some examples of expressions that include grouping symbols. We will simplify expressions like these later in this section.
8(14 − 8) 21 − 3[2 + 4(9 − 8)] 24 ÷ 13 − 2[1(6 − 5) + 4]
Identify Expressions and Equations

What is the difference in English between a phrase and a sentence? A phrase expresses a single thought that is incomplete by itself,
but a sentence makes a complete statement. “Running very fast” is a phrase, but “The football player was running very fast” is a
sentence. A sentence has a subject and a verb.
In algebra, we have expressions and equations. An expression is like a phrase. Here are some examples of expressions and how
they relate to word phrases:
Table 2.1.5
Expression Words Phrase
3+5 3 plus 5 the sum of three and five
n-1 n minus one the difference of n and one
6•7 6 times 7 the product of six and seven

x
x divided by y the quotient of x and y
y
Notice that the phrases do not form a complete sentence because the phrase does not have a verb. An equation is two expressions
linked with an equal sign. When you read the words the symbols represent in an equation, you have a complete sentence in English.
The equal sign gives the verb. Here are some examples of equations:
Table 2.1.6
Equation Sentence

Equation Sentence
3+5=8 The sum of three and five is equal to eight.
n − 1 = 14 n minus one equals fourteen.
6 • 7 = 42 The product of six and seven is equal to forty-two.
x = 53 x is equal to fifty-three.
y + 9 = 2y − 3 y plus nine is equal to two y minus three.
 Definition: Expressions and Equations
An expression is a number, a variable, or a combination of numbers and variables and operation symbols.
An equation is made up of two expressions connected by an equal sign.
 Example 2.1.4: expression or equation
Determine if each is an expression or an equation:

a. 16 − 6 = 10
b. 4 ∙ 2 + 1
c. x ÷ 25
d. y + 8 = 40
Solution
This is an equation—two expressions are connected with an equal

(a) 16 − 6 = 10
sign.
(b) 4 • 2 + 1 This is an expression—no equal sign.
(c) x ÷ 25 This is an expression—no equal sign.
This is an equation—two expressions are connected with an equal

(d) y + 8 = 40
sign.
 exercise 2.1.7

a. 23 + 6 = 29
b. 7 ∙ 3 − 7
Answer a
equation
Answer b
expression
 exercise 2.1.8
a. y ÷ 14
b. x − 6 = 21
Answer a
expression

Answer b
equation
Simplify Expressions with Exponents

To simplify a numerical expression means to do all the math possible. For example, to simplify 4 ∙ 2 + 1 we’d first multiply 4 ∙ 2
to get 8 and then add the 1 to get 9. A good habit to develop is to work down the page, writing each step of the process below the
previous step. The example just described would look like this:
4 ⋅ 2+ 1
8+1
Suppose we have the expression 2 ∙ 2 ∙ 2 ∙ 2 ∙ 2 ∙ 2 ∙ 2 ∙ 2 ∙ 2 . We could write this more compactly using exponential notation.
Exponential notation is used in algebra to represent a quantity multiplied by itself several times. We write 2 ∙ 2 ∙ 2 as 2 and 3
2∙2∙2∙2∙2∙2∙2∙2∙2 as 2 . In expressions such as 2 , the 2 is called the base and the 3 is called the exponent. The
9 3
exponent tells us how many factors of the base we have to multiply.
means multiply three factors of 2

We say 2 is in exponential notation and 2 ∙ 2 ∙ 2 is in expanded notation.
3
 Definition: Exponential Notation
For any expression a , a is a factor multiplied by itself n times if n is a positive integer.

n
The expression a is read a to the n power.

n th
For powers of n = 2 and n = 3 , we have special names. a is read as "a squared" a is read as "a cubed" Table
2 3
2.1.7 lists some
examples of expressions written in exponential notation.
Table 2.1.7
Exponential Notation In Words
7
2
7 to the second power, or 7 squared
5
3
5 to the third power, or 5 cubed
9
4
9 to the fourth power
12
5
12 to the fifth power
 Example 2.1.5: exponential form
Write each expression in exponential form:

a. 16 ∙ 16 ∙ 16 ∙ 16 ∙ 16 ∙ 16 ∙ 16
b. 9 ∙ 9 ∙ 9 ∙ 9 ∙ 9
c. x ∙ x ∙ x ∙ x
d. a ∙ a ∙ a ∙ a ∙ a ∙ a ∙ a ∙ a
Solution
(a) The base 16 is a factor 7 times. 16

7

(b) The base 9 is a factor 5 times. 5
9
(c) The base x is a factor 4 times. x

4
(d) The base a is a factor 8 times. 8

a
 exercise 2.1.9
Write each expression in exponential form: 41 ∙ 41 ∙ 41 ∙ 41 ∙ 41
Answer
5
41
 exercise 2.1.10
Write each expression in exponential form: 7 ∙ 7 ∙ 7 ∙ 7 ∙ 7 ∙ 7 ∙ 7 ∙ 7 ∙ 7
Answer
9
7
 Example 2.1.6: expanded form
Write each exponential expression in expanded form:

a. 8
6
b. x 5
Solution
a. The base is 8 and the exponent is 6, so 8 means 8 ∙ 8 ∙ 8 ∙ 8 ∙ 8 ∙ 8
6
b. The base is x and the exponent is 5, so x means x ∙ x ∙ x ∙ x ∙ x

5
 exercise 2.1.11

a. 4
8
b. a 7
Answer a
4⋅4⋅4⋅4⋅4⋅4⋅4⋅4
Answer b
a⋅a⋅a⋅a⋅a⋅a⋅a
 exercise 2.1.12

a. 8
8
b. b
6
Answer a
8⋅8⋅8⋅8⋅8⋅8⋅8⋅8
Answer b

b⋅b⋅b⋅b⋅b⋅b
To simplify an exponential expression without using a calculator, we write it in expanded form and then multiply the factors.
 Example 2.1.7: simplify
Simplify: 3 .
4
Solution
Expand the expression. 34 = 3 • 3 • 3 • 3
Multiply left to right. 9 • 3 • 3 = 27 • 3
Multiply. 81
 exercise 2.1.13
Simplify:
a. 53
b. 17
Answer a
125
Answer b
1
 exercise 2.1.14
Simplify:
a. 72
b. 05
Answer a
49
Answer b
0

This page titled 2.1: Use the Language of Algebra (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

Simplify Expressions Using the Order of Operations
We’ve introduced most of the symbols and notation used in algebra, but now we need to clarify the order of operations. Otherwise,
expressions may have different meanings, and they may result in different values. For example, consider the expression:
4 +3 ⋅ 7
Some students say it simplifies to 49 Some students say it simplifies to 25
Since 4 + 3 gives 7. 4+3•7=7•7 Since 3 • 7 is 21. 4 + 3 • 7 = 4 + 21
And 7 • 7 is 49. 7 • 7 = 49 And 21 + 4 makes 25. 4 + 21 = 25
Imagine the confusion that could result if every problem had several different correct answers. The same expression should give the
same result. So mathematicians established some guidelines called the order of operations, which outlines the order in which parts
of an expression must be simplified.
 Definition: Order of Operations
When simplifying mathematical expressions perform the operations in the following order:
1. Parentheses and other Grouping Symbols
Simplify all expressions inside the parentheses or other grouping symbols, working on the innermost parentheses first.
2. Exponents
Simplify all expressions with exponents.
3. Multiplication and Division
Perform all multiplication and division in order from left to right. These operations have equal priority.
4. Addition and Subtraction
Perform all addition and subtraction in order from left to right. These operations have equal priority.
Students often ask, “How will I remember the order?” Here is a way to help you remember: Take the first letter of each key word
and substitute the silly phrase. Please Excuse My Dear Aunt Sally.
Table 2.2.8
Order of Operations
Please Parentheses
Excuse Exponents
My Dear Multiplication and Division
Aunt Sally Addition and Subtraction
It’s good that ‘My Dear’ goes together, as this reminds us that multiplication and division have equal priority. We do not always do
multiplication before division or always do division before multiplication. We do them in order from left to right.
Similarly, ‘Aunt Sally’ goes together and so reminds us that addition and subtraction also have equal priority and we do them in
order from left to right.

Simplify the expressions:
a. 4 + 3 ∙ 7
b. (4 + 3) ∙ 7

Solution
a.
Are there any parentheses? No. Are there any exponents? No. Is there
4 +3 ⋅7
any multiplication or division? Yes.
Multiply first. 4 +3 ⋅7
Add. 4 + 21
25
b.
Are there any parentheses? Yes. (4 + 3) ⋅ 7
Simplify inside the parentheses. (4 + 3) ⋅ 7
Are there any exponents? No. Is there any multiplication or division?

(7)7
Yes.
Multiply. 49
 exercise 2.2.15

a. 12 − 5 ∙ 2
b. (12 − 5) ∙ 2
Answer a
2
Answer b
14
 exercise 2.2.16

a. 8 + 3 ∙ 9
b. (8 + 3) ∙ 9
Answer a
35
Answer b
99
Simplify:
a. 18 ÷ 9 ∙ 2
b. 18 ∙ 9 ÷ 2
Solution
a.

18 ÷ 9 ⋅ 2
Multiply and divide from left to right. Divide. 2 ⋅2
Multiply. 4
b.
18 ⋅ 9 ÷ 2
Multiply and divide from left to right. Multiply. 162 ÷ 2
Divide. 81
 exercise 2.2.17
Simplify: 42 ÷ 7 ∙ 3
Answer
18
 exercise 2.2.18
Simplify: 12 ∙ 3 ÷ 4
Answer
9
Simplify: 18 ÷ 6 + 4(5 − 2) .
Solution
Parentheses? Yes, subtract first. 18 ÷ 6 + 4(5 − 2)
Exponents? No. Multiplication or division? Yes. 18 ÷ 6 + 4(3)
Divide first because we multiply and divide left to right. 3 + 4(3)
Any other multiplication or division? Yes. Multiply. 3 + 12
Any other multiplication or division? No. Any addition or

15
subtraction? Yes
 exercise 2.2.19
Simplify: 30 ÷ 5 + 10(3 − 2)
Answer
16

 exercise 2.2.20
Simplify: 70 ÷ 10 + 4(6 − 2)
Answer
23
When there are multiple grouping symbols, we simplify the innermost parentheses first and work outward.

Simplify: 5 + 2 3
+ 3[6 − 3(4 − 2)] .
Solution
Are there any parentheses (or other grouping symbol)? Yes. 5 +2

3
+ 3[6 − 3(4 − 2)]
Focus on the parentheses that are inside the brackets. 5 +2

3
+ 3[6 − 3(4 − 2)]
Subtract. 5 +2
3
+ 3[6 − 3(2)]
Continue inside the brackets and multiply. 5 +2

3
+ 3[6 − 6]
Continue inside the brackets and subtract. 5 +2

3
+ 3[0]
The expression inside the brackets requires no further simplification.
Are there any exponents? Yes. 5 +2

3
+ 3[0]
Simplify exponents. 5 + 8 + 3[0]
Is there any multiplication or division? Yes. 5 + 8 + 3[0]
Multiply. 5 +8 +0
Is there any addition or subtraction? Yes. textcolorred5 + 8 + 0
Add. 13 + 0
Add. 13
 exercise 2.2.21
Simplify: 9 + 5 3
− [4(9 + 3)]
Answer
86
 exercise 2.2.22
Simplify: 7 2
− 2[4(5 + 1)]
Answer
1
Simplify: 2 3
+ 34 ÷ 3 − 5
2
.
Solution

If an expression has several exponents, they may be simplified in the 3 4
2 +3 ÷ 3 − 52
same step.
Simplify exponents. 2
3
+3
4
÷3 −5
2
Divide. 8 + 81 ÷ 3 − 25
Add. 8 + 27 − 25
Subtract. 35 − 25
10
 exercise 2.2.23
Simplify: 3 2
+2
4
÷2 +4
3
Answer
81
 exercise 2.2.24
Simplify: 6 2
−5
3
÷5 +8
2
Answer
75

Order of Operations
Order of Operations – The Basics
Ex: Evaluate an Expression Using the Order of Operations
Example 3: Evaluate an Expression Using The Order of Operations
Key Concepts
Operation Notation Say: The result is…
Addition a+b a plus b the sum of a and b
Multiplication a⋅b,(a)(b),(a)b,a(b) a times b The product of a and b
Subtraction a−b a minus b the difference of a and b

a ¯¯¯
¯
Division a ÷ b, a/b, , a)b a divided by b The quotient of a and b
b
Equality Symbol
a =b is read as a is equal to b
Inequality
a b is read a is greater than b

a is to the right of b on the number line
a=b a is equal to b
Exponential Notation
For any expression a is a factor multiplied by itself n times, if n is a positive integer.
n
a
n
means multiply n factors of a
The expression of a is read a to the n power.

n th
Order of Operations When simplifying mathematical expressions perform the operations in the following order:
Parentheses and other Grouping Symbols: Simplify all expressions inside the parentheses or other grouping symbols, working
on the innermost parentheses first.
Exponents: Simplify all expressions with exponents.
Multiplication and Division: Perform all multiplication and division in order from left to right. These operations have equal
priority.
Addition and Subtraction: Perform all addition and subtraction in order from left to right. These operations have equal priority.
Glossary
expressions
An expression is a number, a variable, or a combination of numbers and variables and operation symbols.
equation
An equation is made up of two expressions connected by an equal sign.

In the following exercises, translate from algebraic notation to words.
1. 16 − 9
2. 25 − 7
3. 5 • 6
4. 3 • 9
5. 28 ÷ 4
6. 45 ÷ 5
7. x + 8
8. x + 11
9. (2)(7)
10. (4)(8)
11. 14 < 21

12. 17 < 35
13. 36 ≥ 19
14. 42 ≥ 27
15. 3n = 24
16. 6n = 36
17. y−1>6
18. y−4>8
19. 2 ≤ 18 ÷ 6
20. 3 ≤ 20 ÷ 4
21. a≠7•4
22. a ≠ 1 • 12

In the following exercises, determine if each is an expression or an equation.
23. 9 • 6 = 54
24. 7 • 9 = 63
25. 5•4+3
26. 6•3+5
27. x+7
28. x+9
29. y − 5 = 25
30. y − 8 = 32

In the following exercises, write in exponential form.
31. 3•3•3•3•3•3•3
32. 4•4•4•4•4•4
33. x•x•x•x•x
34. y•y•y•y•y•y
In the following exercises, write in expanded form.
35. 53
36. 83
37. 28
38. 105

39. (a) 3 + 8 • 5 (b) (3+8) • 5
40. (a) 2 + 6 • 3 (b) (2+6) • 3
41. 23 − 12 ÷ (9 − 5)
42. 32 − 18 ÷ (11 − 5)
43. 3•8+5•2
44. 4•7+3•5
45. 2 + 8(6 + 1)
46. 4 + 6(3 + 6)
47. 4 • 12 / 8
48. 2 • 36 / 6
49. 6 + 10 / 2 + 2
50. 9 + 12 / 3 + 4
51. (6 + 10) ÷ (2 + 2)
52. (9 + 12) ÷ (3 + 4)

53. 20 ÷ 4 + 6 • 5
54. 33 ÷ 3 + 8 • 2
55. 20 ÷ (4 + 6) • 5
56. 33 ÷ (3 + 8) • 2
57. 42 + 52
58. 32 + 72
59. (4 + 5)2
60. (3 + 7)2
61. 3(1 + 9 • 6) − 42
62. 5(2 + 8 • 4) − 72
63. 2[1 + 3(10 − 2)]
64. 5[2 + 4(3 − 2)]
Everyday Math
65. Basketball In the 2014 NBA playoffs, the San Antonio Spurs beat the Miami Heat. The table below shows the heights of the
starters on each team. Use this table to fill in the appropriate symbol (=, <, >).
Spurs Height Heat Height
Tim Duncan 83″ Rashard Lewis 82"
Boris Diaw 80" LeBron James 80"
Kawhi Leonard 79" Chris Bosh 83"
Tony Parker 74" Dwyane Wade 76"
Danny Green 78" Ray Allen 77"
a. Height of Tim Duncan____Height of Rashard Lewis

b. Height of Boris Diaw____Height of LeBron James
c. Height of Kawhi Leonard____Height of Chris Bosh
d. Height of Tony Parker____Height of Dwyane Wade
e. Height of Danny Green____Height of Ray Allen
66. Elevation In Colorado there are more than 50 mountains with an elevation of over 14,000 feet. The table shows the ten tallest.
Use this table to fill in the appropriate inequality symbol.
Mountain Elevation
Mt. Elbert 14,433′
Mt. Massive 14,421′
Mt. Harvard 14,420′
Blanca Peak 14,345′
La Plata Peak 14,336′
Uncompahgre Peak 14,309′
Crestone Peak 14,294′
Mt. Lincoln 14,286′
Grays Peak 14,270′
Mt. Antero 14,269′
a. Elevation of La Plata Peak____Elevation of Mt. Antero

b. Elevation of Blanca Peak____Elevation of Mt. Elbert
c. Elevation of Gray’s Peak____Elevation of Mt. Lincoln
d. Elevation of Mt. Massive____Elevation of Crestone Peak

e. Elevation of Mt. Harvard____Elevation of Uncompahgre Peak
Writing Exercises
67. Explain the difference between an expression and an equation.
68. Why is it important to use the order of operations to simplify an expression?
Self Check
(b) If most of your checks were:

help you need.

This page titled 2.2: Use the Language of Algebra (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

Evaluate algebraic expressions
Identify terms, coefficients, and like terms
Simplify expressions by combining like terms
Translate word phrases to algebraic expressions
 Be prepared!
1. Is n ÷ 5 an expression or an equation? If you missed this problem, review Example 2.1.4.
2. Simplify 4 . If you missed this problem, review Example 2.1.6.
5
3. Simplify 1 + 8 ∙ 9 . If you missed this problem, review Example 2.1.8.
Evaluate Algebraic Expressions

In the last section, we simplified expressions using the order of operations. In this section, we’ll evaluate expressions—again
following the order of operations.
To evaluate an algebraic expression means to find the value of the expression when the variable is replaced by a given number. To
evaluate an expression, we substitute the given number for the variable in the expression and then simplify the expression using the
order of operations.
 Example 2.3.1: evaluate
Evaluate x + 7 when
a. x = 3
b. x = 12
Solution
a. To evaluate, substitute 3 for x in the expression, and then simplify.
x +7
Substitute. 3 +7
Add. 10
When x = 3 , the expression x + 7 has a value of 10.

b. To evaluate, substitute 12 for x in the expression, and then simplify.
x +7
Substitute. 12 + 7
Add. 19
When x = 12, the expression x + 7 has a value of 19. Notice that we got different results for parts (a) and (b) even though we
started with the same expression. This is because the values used for x were different. When we evaluate an expression, the
value varies depending on the value used for the variable.

 exercise 2.3.1
Evaluate: y + 4 when
a. y = 6
b. y = 15
Answer a
10
Answer b
19
 exercise 2.3.2
Evaluate: a − 5 when
a. a = 9
b. a = 17
Answer a
4
Answer b
12
 Example 2.3.2
Evaluate 9x − 2 , when
a. x = 5
b. x = 1
Solution
Remember ab means a times b , so 9x means 9 times x.
a. To evaluate the expression when x = 5 , we substitute 5 for x, and then simplify.
9x − 2
Substitute 5 for x. 9 ⋅5 −2
Multiply. 45 − 2
Subtract. 43
b. To evaluate the expression when x = 1 , we substitute 1 for x, and then simplify.
9x − 2
Substitute 1 for x. 9 ⋅1 −2
Multiply. 9 −2
Subtract. 7
Notice that in part (a) that we wrote 9 ∙ 5 and in part (b) we wrote 9(1). Both the dot and the parentheses tell us to multiply.

 exercise 2.3.3
Evaluate: 8x − 3 , when
a. x = 2
b. x = 1
Answer a
13
Answer b
5
 exercise 2.3.4
Evaluate: 4y − 4 , when
a. y = 3
b. y = 5
Answer a
8
Answer b
16
Evaluate x when x = 10.

2
Solution
We substitute 10 for x, and then simplify the expression.
2
x
Substitute 10 for x. 10
2
Use the definition of exponent. 10 ⋅ 10
Multiply 100
When x = 10, the expression x has a value of 100.

2
 exercise 2.3.5
Evaluate: x when x = 8 .
2
Answer
64
 exercise 2.3.6
Evaluate: x when x = 6 .
3
Answer
216

Evaluate 2 when x = 5 .
x
Solution
In this expression, the variable is an exponent.
x
2
Substitute 5 for x. 2
5
Use the definition of exponent. 2 ⋅2 ⋅2 ⋅2 ⋅2
Multiply 32
When x = 5 , the expression 2 has a value of 32.

x
 exercise 2.3.7
Evaluate: 2 when x = 6 .
x
Answer
64
 exercise 2.3.8
Evaluate: 3 when x = 4 .
x
Answer
81

Evaluate 3x + 4y − 6 when x = 10 and y = 2 .
Solution
This expression contains two variables, so we must make two substitutions.
3x + 4y − 6
Substitute 10 for x and 2 for y. 3(10) + 4(2) − 6
Multiply. 30 + 8 − 6
Add and subtract left to right. 32
When x = 10 and y = 2 , the expression 3x + 4y − 6 has a value of 32.
 exercise 2.3.9
Evaluate: 2x + 5y − 4 when x = 11 and y = 3
Answer
33

 exercise 2.3.10
Evaluate: 5x − 2y − 9 when x = 7 and y = 8
Answer
10
Evaluate 2x 2
+ 3x + 8 when x = 4 .
Solution
We need to be careful when an expression has a variable with an exponent. In this expression, 2x
2
means 2∙x∙x and is
different from the expression (2x) , which means 2x ∙ 2x.
2
2
2x + 3x + 8
Substitute 4 for each x. 2(4 )

2
+ 3(4) + 8
Simplify 42. 2(16) + 3(4) + 8
Multiply. 32 + 12 + 8
Add. 52
 exercise 2.3.11
Evaluate: 3x 2
+ 4x + 1 when x = 3 .
Answer
40
 exercise 2.3.12
Evaluate: 6x 2
− 4x − 7 when x = 2 .
Answer
9
Identify Terms, Coefficients, and Like Terms

Algebraic expressions are made up of terms. A term is a constant or the product of a constant and one or more variables. Some
examples of terms are 7, y , 5x , 9a, and 13xy.
2
The constant that multiplies the variable(s) in a term is called the coefficient. We can think of the coefficient as the number in front
of the variable. The coefficient of the term 3x is 3. When we write x, the coefficient is 1, since x = 1 ∙ x . Table 2.3.1 gives the
coefficients for each of the terms in the left column.
Table 2.3.1
Term Coefficient
7 7
9a 9
y 1
5x2 5

An algebraic expression may consist of one or more terms added or subtracted. In this chapter, we will only work with terms that
are added together. Table 2.3.2 gives some examples of algebraic expressions with various numbers of terms. Notice that we
include the operation before a term with it.
Table 2.3.2
Expression Terms
7 7
y y
x+7 x, 7
2x + 7y + 4 2x, 7y, 4
3x2 + 4x2 + 5y + 3 3x2, 4x2, 5y, 3
 Example 2.3.7:
Identify each term in the expression 9b + 15x 2

+a+6 . Then identify the coefficient of each term.
Solution
The expression has four terms. They are 9b, 15x , a , and 6.2
The coefficient of 9b is 9.
The coefficient of 15x is 15.
2
Remember that if no number is written before a variable, the coefficient is 1. So the coefficient of a is 1.
The coefficient of a constant is the constant, so the coefficient of 6 is 6.
 exercise 2.3.13
Identify all terms in the given expression, and their coefficients: 4x + 3b + 2
Answer
The terms are 4x, 3b, and 2. The coefficients are 4, 3, and 2.
 exercise 2.3.14
Identify all terms in the given expression, and their coefficients: 9a + 13a 2 3
+a
Answer
The terms are 9a, 13a , and a , The coefficients are 9, 13, and 1.
2 3
Some terms share common traits. Look at the following terms. Which ones seem to have traits in common?
2 2
5x, 7, n , 4, 3x, 9 n
Which of these terms are like terms?

The terms 7 and 4 are both constant terms.
The terms 5x and 3x are both terms with x.
The terms n and 9n both have n .
2 2 2
Terms are called like terms if they have the same variables and exponents. All constant terms are also like terms. So among the
terms 5x, 7, n , 4, 3x, 9n , 7and 4 are like terms, 5x and 3x are like terms, and n and 9n are like terms.
2 2 2 2

 Definition: Like terms
Terms that are either constants or have the same variables with the same exponents are like terms.
 Example 2.3.8: identify

Identify the like terms:
a. y , 7x , 14, 23, 4y , 9x, 5x
3 2 3 2
b. 4x + 2x + 5x + 6x + 40x + 8xy
2 2
Solution
a. 3 2
y , 7 x , 14, 23, 4 y , 9x, 5 x
3 2
Look at the variables and exponents. The expression contains y , x , x, and constants. The terms y and 4y are like terms
3 2 3 3
because they both have y . The terms 7x and 5x are like terms because they both have x . The terms 14 and 23 are like
3 2 2 2
terms because they are both constants. The term 9x does not have any like terms in this list since no other terms have the
variable x raised to the power of 1.
b. 4x 2
+ 2x + 5 x
2
+ 6x + 40x + 8xy
Look at the variables and exponents. The expression contains the terms 4x , 2x, 5x , 6x, 40x, and 8xy The terms 4x and 5x
2 2 2 2
are like terms because they both have x . The terms 2x, 6x, and 40x are like terms because they all have x. The term 8xy has
2
no like terms in the given expression because no other terms contain the two variables xy.
 exercise 2.3.15
Identify the like terms in the list or the expression: 9, 2x 3 2 3

, y , 8 x , 15, 9y, 11 y
2
Answer
9, 15 2x ; 3
and 8x , y , and 11y
3 2 2
 exercise 2.3.16
Identify the like terms in the list or the expression: 4x 3
+ 8x
2
+ 19 + 3 x
2 3
+ 24 + 6 x
Answer
4x
3
and 6x ; 8x and 3x ; 19 and 24
3 2 2
Simplify Expressions by Combining Like Terms

We can simplify an expression by combining the like terms. What do you think 3x + 6x would simplify to? If you thought 9x, you
would be right!
We can see why this works by writing both terms as addition problems.
Add the coefficients and keep the same variable. It doesn’t matter what x is. If you have 3 of something and add 6 more of the
same thing, the result is 9 of them. For example, 3 oranges plus 6 oranges is 9 oranges. We will discuss the mathematical
properties behind this later.
The expression 3x + 6x has only two terms. When an expression contains more terms, it may be helpful to rearrange the terms so
that like terms are together. The Commutative Property of Addition says that we can change the order of addends without changing
the sum. So we could rearrange the following expression before combining like terms.

Now it is easier to see the like terms to be combined.
 HOW TO: COMBINE LIKE TERMS
Step 1. Identify like terms.

Step 2. Rearrange the expression so like terms are together.
Step 3. Add the coefficients of the like terms.

Simplify the expression: 3x + 7 + 4x + 5 .
Solution
3x + 7 + 4x + 5
Identify the like terms 3x + 7 + 4x + 5
Rearrange the expression, so the like terms are together. 3x + 4x + 7 + 5
Add the coefficients of the like terms. 7x + 12
The original expression is simplified to... 7x + 12
 exercise 2.3.17
Simplify: 7x + 9 + 9x + 8
Answer
16x + 17
 exercise 2.3.18
Simplify: 5y + 2 + 8y + 4y + 5
Answer
17y + 7
Simplify the expression: 7x 2

+ 8x + x
2
+ 4x .
Solution
2 2
7x + 8x + x + 4x
Identify the like terms. 2

7x + 8x + x
2
+ 4x
Rearrange the expression so like terms are together. 2

7x +x
2
+ 8x + 4x
Add the coefficients of the like terms. 8x

2
+ 12x
These are not like terms and cannot be combined. So 8x 2

+ 12x is in simplest form.

 exercise 2.3.19
Simplify: 3x 2
+ 9x + x
2
+ 5x
Answer
2
4x + 14x
 exercise 2.3.20
Simplify: 11y 2
+ 8y + y
2
+ 7y
Answer
2
12 y + 15y

This page titled 2.3: Evaluate, Simplify, and Translate Expressions (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed,
and/or curated by OpenStax.

Translate Words to Algebraic Expressions
In the previous section, we listed many operation symbols that are used in algebra, and then we translated expressions and
equations into word phrases and sentences. Now we’ll reverse the process and translate word phrases into algebraic expressions.
The symbols and variables we’ve talked about will help us do that. They are summarized in Table 2.4.3.
Table 2.4.3
Operation Phrase Expression
a plus b
the sum of a and b
a increased by b
Addition a+b
b more than a
the total of a and b
b added to a
a minus b
the difference of a and b
Subtraction b subtracted from a a-b
a decreased by b
b less than a
a times b
Multiplication a • b, ab, a(b), (a)(b)
the product of a and b
a divided by b
the quotient of a and b a ¯
¯¯¯
¯
Division a ÷ b, a / b, , b)a
the ratio of a and b b
b divided into a
Look closely at these phrases using the four operations:

the sum of a and b
the difference of a and b
the product of a and b
the quotient of a and b
Each phrase tells you to operate on two numbers. Look for the words of and and to find the numbers.

Translate each word phrase into an algebraic expression:
b. the quotient of 10x and 3
Solution
a. The key word is difference, which tells us the operation is subtraction. Look for the words of and and to find the numbers to
subtract.
the difference of 20 and 4
20 minus 4
20 − 4
b. The key word is quotient, which tells us the operation is division.

the quotient of 10x and 3
divide 10x by 3

10x ÷ 3
10x
This can also be written as 10x/3 or
3
 exercise 2.4.21
Translate the given word phrase into an algebraic expression:

b. the quotient of 5x and 2
Answer a
47 − 41
Answer b
5x ÷ 2
 exercise 2.4.22
Translate the given word phrase into an algebraic expression:

a. the sum of 17 and 19
b. the product of 7 and x
Answer a
17 + 19
Answer b
7x
How old will you be in eight years? What age is eight more years than your age now? Did you add 8 to your present age? Eight
more than means eight added to your present age.
How old were you seven years ago? This is seven years less than your age now. You subtract 7 from your present age. Seven less
than means seven subtracted from your present age.

a. Eight more than y
b. Seven less than 9z
Solution
a. The key words are more than. They tell us the operation is addition. More than means “added to”.
Eight more than y
Eight added to y
y +8
b. The key words are less than. They tell us the operation is subtraction. Less than means “subtracted from”.
Seven less than 9z
Seven subtracted from 9z
9z − 7

 exercise 2.4.23

a. Eleven more than x
b. Fourteen less than 11a
Answer a
x + 11
Answer b
11a − 14
 exercise 2.4.24

a. 19 more than j
b. 21 less than 2x
Answer a
j + 19
Answer b
2x − 21

a. five times the sum of m and n
b. the sum of five times m and n
Solution
a. There are two operation words: times tells us to multiply and sum tells us to add. Because we are multiplying 5 times the
sum, we need parentheses around the sum of m and n .
five times the sum of m and n
5(m + n)
b. To take a sum, we look for the words of and and to see what is being added. Here we are taking the sum of five times m
and n .
the sum of five times m and n
5m + n
Notice how the use of parentheses changes the result. In part (a), we add first and in part (b), we multiply first.
 exercise 2.4.25
Translate the word phrase into an algebraic expression:

a. four times the sum of p and q
b. the sum of four times p and q
Answer a
4(p + q)

Answer b
4p + q
 exercise 2.4.26
Translate the word phrase into an algebraic expression:

a. the difference of two times x and 8
b. two times the difference of x and 8
Answer a
2x − 8
Answer b
2(x − 8)
Later in this course, we’ll apply our skills in algebra to solving equations. We’ll usually start by translating a word phrase to an
algebraic expression. We’ll need to be clear about what the expression will represent. We’ll see how to do this in the next two
examples.
 Example 2.4.14: write an expression
The height of a rectangular window is 6 inches less than the width. Let w represent the width of the window. Write an
expression for the height of the window.
Solution
Write a phrase about the height. 6 less than the width
Substitute w for the width. 6 less than w
Rewrite 'less than' as 'subtracted from'. 6 subtracted from w
Translate the phrase into algebra. w-6
 exercise 2.4.27
The length of a rectangle is 5 inches less than the width. Let w represent the width of the rectangle. Write an expression for the
length of the rectangle.
Answer
w −5
 exercise 2.4.28
The width of a rectangle is 2 meters greater than the length. Let l represent the length of the rectangle. Write an expression for
the width of the rectangle.
Answer
l+2

 Example 2.4.15: write an expression
Blanca has dimes and quarters in her purse. The number of dimes is 2 less than 5 times the number of quarters. Let q represent
the number of quarters. Write an expression for the number of dimes.
Solution
Write a phrase about the number of dimes. two less than five times the number of quarters
Substitute q for the number of quarters. 2 less than five times q
Translate 5 times q. 2 less than 5q
Translate the phrase into algebra. 5q - 2
 exercise 2.4.29
Geoffrey has dimes and quarters in his pocket. The number of dimes is seven less than six times the number of quarters. Let q
represent the number of quarters. Write an expression for the number of dimes.
Answer
6q − 7
 exercise 2.4.30
Lauren has dimes and nickels in her purse. The number of dimes is eight more than four times the number of nickels. Let n
represent the number of nickels. Write an expression for the number of dimes.
Answer
4n + 8

Algebraic Expression Vocabulary
Key Concepts
Combine like terms.
Identify like terms.
Rearrange the expression so like terms are together.
Add the coefficients of the like terms
Glossary
term
A term is a constant or the product of a constant and one or more variables.
coefficient
The constant that multiplies the variable(s) in a term is called the coefficient.
like terms
Terms that are either constants or have the same variables with the same exponents are like terms.
evaluate
To evaluate an algebraic expression means to find the value of the expression when the variable is replaced by a given number.

Evaluate Algebraic Expressions
In the following exercises, evaluate the expression for the given value.
69. 7x + 8 when x = 2
70. 9x + 7 when x = 3
71. 5x − 4 when x = 6
72. 8x − 6 when x = 7
73. x2 when x = 12
74. x3 when x = 5
75. x5 when x = 2
76. x4 when x = 3
77. 3x when x = 3
78. 4x when x = 2
79. x2 + 3x − 7 when x = 4
80. x2 + 5x − 8 when x = 6
81. 2x + 4y − 5 when x = 7, y = 8
82. 6x + 3y − 9 when x = 6, y = 9
83. (x − y)2 when x = 10, y = 7
84. (x + y)2 when x = 6, y = 9
85. a2 + b2 when a = 3, b = 8
86. r2 − s2 when r = 12, s = 5
87. 2l + 2w when l = 15, w = 12
88. 2l + 2w when l = 18, w = 14
Identify Terms, Coefficients, and Like Terms

In the following exercises, list the terms in the given expression.
89. 15x2 + 6x + 2
90. 11x2 + 8x + 5
91. 10y3 + y + 2
92. 9y3 + y + 5
In the following exercises, identify the coefficient of the given term.
93. 8a
94. 13m
95. 5r2
96. 6x3
In the following exercises, identify all sets of like terms.
97. x3, 8x, 14, 8y, 5, 8x3
98. 6z, 3w2, 1, 6z2, 4z, w2
99. 9a, a2, 16ab, 16b2, 4ab, 9b2
100. 3, 25r2, 10s, 10r, 4r2, 3s

In the following exercises, simplify the given expression by combining like terms.
101. 10x + 3x
102. 15x + 4x
103. 17a + 9a
104. 18z + 9z
105. 4c + 2c + c
106. 6y + 4y + y

107. 9x + 3x + 8
108. 8a + 5a + 9
109. 7u + 2 + 3u + 1
110. 8d + 6 + 2d + 5
111. 7p + 6 + 5p + 4
112. 8x + 7 + 4x − 5
113. 10a + 7 + 5a − 2 + 7a − 4
114. 7c + 4 + 6c − 3 + 9c − 1
115. 3x2 + 12x + 11 + 14x2 + 8x + 5
116. 5b2 + 9b + 10 + 2b2 + 3b − 4
Translate English Phrases into Algebraic Expressions

In the following exercises, translate the given word phrase into an algebraic expression.
120. 8 less than 19
125. The difference of x and 4
126. 3 less than x
127. The product of 6 and y
128. The product of 9 and y
129. The sum of 8x and 3x
130. The sum of 13x and 3x
131. The quotient of y and 3
132. The quotient of y and 8
133. Eight times the difference of y and nine
134. Seven times the difference of y and one
135. Five times the sum of x and y
136. Nine times five less than twice x
In the following exercises, write an algebraic expression.
137. Adele bought a skirt and a blouse. The skirt cost $15 more than the blouse. Let b represent the cost of the blouse. Write an
expression for the cost of the skirt.
138. Eric has rock and classical CDs in his car. The number of rock CDs is 3 more than the number of classical CDs. Let c represent
the number of classical CDs. Write an expression for the number of rock CDs.
139. The number of girls in a second-grade class is 4 less than the number of boys. Let b represent the number of boys. Write an
expression for the number of girls.
140. Marcella has 6 fewer male cousins than female cousins. Let f represent the number of female cousins. Write an expression for
the number of boy cousins.
141. Greg has nickels and pennies in his pocket. The number of pennies is seven less than twice the number of nickels. Let n
represent the number of nickels. Write an expression for the number of pennies.
142. Jeannette has $5 and $10 bills in her wallet. The number of fives is three more than six times the number of tens. Let t represent
the number of tens. Write an expression for the number of fives.
Everyday Math
In the following exercises, use algebraic expressions to solve the problem.
143. Car insurance Justin’s car insurance has a $750 deductible per incident. This means that he pays $750 and his insurance
company will pay all costs beyond $750. If Justin files a claim for $2,100, how much will he pay, and how much will his

insurance company pay?
144. Home insurance Pam and Armando’s home insurance has a $2,500 deductible per incident. This means that they pay $2,500
and their insurance company will pay all costs beyond $2,500. If Pam and Armando file a claim for $19,400, how much will
they pay, and how much will their insurance company pay?
Writing Exercises
145. Explain why “the sum of x and y” is the same as “the sum of y and x,” but “the difference of x and y” is not the same as “the
difference of y and x.” Try substituting two random numbers for x and y to help you explain. 146. Explain the difference
between “4 times the sum of x and y” and “the sum of 4 times x and y.”
Self Check

This page titled 2.4: Evaluate, Simplify, and Translate Expressions (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed,

2.5: Solving Equations Using the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality
(Part 1)
Determine whether a number is a solution of an equation
Model the Subtraction Property of Equality
Solve equations using the Subtraction Property of Equality
Solve equations using the Addition Property of Equality
Translate word phrases to algebraic equations
Translate to an equation and solve
 Be Prepared!
1. Evaluate x + 8 when x = 11. If you missed this problem, review Example 2..2.1.
2. Evaluate 5x − 3 when x = 9 . If you missed this problem, review Example 2.2.2.
3. Translate into algebra: the difference of x and 8. If you missed this problem, review Example 2.2.11.
When some people hear the word algebra, they think of solving equations. The applications of solving equations are limitless and
extend to all careers and fields. In this section, we will begin solving equations. We will start by solving basic equations, and then
as we proceed through the course we will build up our skills to cover many different forms of equations.
Determine Whether a Number is a Solution of an Equation

Solving an equation is like discovering the answer to a puzzle. An algebraic equation states that two algebraic expressions are
equal. To solve an equation is to determine the values of the variable that make the equation a true statement. Any number that
makes the equation true is called a solution of the equation. It is the answer to the puzzle!
 Definition: Solution of an Equation

A solution to an equation is a value of a variable that makes a true statement when substituted into the equation. The process of
finding the solution to an equation is called solving the equation.
To find the solution to an equation means to find the value of the variable that makes the equation true. Can you recognize the
solution of x + 2 = 7 ? If you said 5, you’re right! We say 5 is a solution to the equation x + 2 = 7 because when we substitute 5
for x the resulting statement is true.
x +2 = 7
?
5 +2 = 7
7 =7 ✓
?
Since 5 + 2 = 7 is a true statement, we know that 5 is indeed a solution to the equation. The symbol = asks whether the left side
of the equation is equal to the right side. Once we know, we can change to an equal sign (=) or not-equal sign (≠).
 HOW TO: DETERMINE WHETHER A NUMBER IS A Solution TO AN EQUATION

Step 1. Substitute the number for the variable in the equation.
Step 2. Simplify the expressions on both sides of the equation.
Step 3. Determine whether the resulting equation is true.
If it is true, the number is a solution.
If it is not true, the number is not a solution.

 Example 2.5.1
Determine whether x = 5 is a solution of 6x − 17 = 16 .

Solution
6x − 17 = 16
Substitute 5 for x. ?
6 ⋅ 5 − 17 = 16
Multiply. ?
30 − 17 = 16
Subtract 13 ≠ 16
So x = 5 is not a solution to the equation 6x − 17 = 16 .
 exercise 2.5.1
Is x = 3 a solution of 4x − 7 = 16 ?
Answer
no
 exercise 2.5.2
Is x = 2 a solution of 6x − 2 = 10 ?
Answer
yes
 Example 2.5.2
Determine whether y = 2 is a solution of 6y − 4 = 5y − 2 .

Solution
Here, the variable appears on both sides of the equation. We must substitute 2 for each y .
6y − 4 = 5y − 2
Substitute 2 for y. ?
6(2) − 4 = 5(2) − 2
Multiply. ?
12 − 4 = 10 − 2
Subtract 8 = 8 ✓
Since y = 2 results in a true equation, we know that 2 is a solution to the equation 6y − 4 = 5y − 2 .
 exercise 2.5.3
Is y = 3 a solution of 9y − 2 = 8y + 1 ?
Answer
yes

 exercise 2.5.4
Is y = 4 a solution of 5y − 3 = 3y + 5 ?
Answer
yes

We will use a model to help you understand how the process of solving an equation is like solving a puzzle. An envelope represents
the variable – since its contents are unknown – and each counter represents one.
Suppose a desk has an imaginary line dividing it in half. We place three counters and an envelope on the left side of desk, and eight
counters on the right side of the desk as in Figure 2.5.1. Both sides of the desk have the same number of counters, but some
counters are hidden in the envelope. Can you tell how many counters are in the envelope?
Figure 2.5.1
What steps are you taking in your mind to figure out how many counters are in the envelope? Perhaps you are thinking “I need to
remove the 3 counters from the left side to get the envelope by itself. Those 3 counters on the left match with 3 on the right, so I
can take them away from both sides. That leaves five counters on the right, so there must be 5 counters in the envelope.” Figure
2.5.2 shows this process.
Figure 2.5.2
What algebraic equation is modeled by this situation? Each side of the desk represents an expression and the center line takes the
place of the equal sign. We will call the contents of the envelope x, so the number of counters on the left side of the desk is x + 3 .
On the right side of the desk are 8 counters. We are told that x + 3 is equal to 8 so our equation is x + 3 = 8 .
Figure 2.5.3
x +3 = 8
Let’s write algebraically the steps we took to discover how many counters were in the envelope.
x +3 = 8
First, we took away three from each side. x +3 −3 = 8 −3
Then we were left with five. x = 5
Now let’s check our solution. We substitute 5 for x in the original equation and see if we get a true statement.

x +3 = 8
?
5 +3 = 8
8 =8 ✓
Our solution is correct. Five counters in the envelope plus three more equals eight
 Example 2.5.3
Write an equation modeled by the envelopes and counters, and then solve the equation:
Figure 2.5.4
Solution
On the left, write x for the contents of the envelope, add the 4
x+4
counters, so we have x + 4.
On the right, there are 5 counters. 5
The two sides are equal. x+4=5
Solve the equation by subtracting 4 counters from each side.
Figure 2.5.5
We can see that there is one counter in the envelope. This can be shown algebraically as:
x +4 = 5
x +4 −4 = 5 −4
x =1
Substitute 1 for x in the equation to check.

x +4 = 5
?
1 +4 = 5
5 =5 ✓
Since x = 1 makes the statement true, we know that 1 is indeed a solution.
 Exercise 2.5.5
Write the equation modeled by the envelopes and counters, and then solve the equation:
Figure 2.5.6

Answer
x + 1 = 7; x = 6
 Exercise 2.5.6
Write the equation modeled by the envelopes and counters, and then solve the equation:
Figure 2.5.7
Answer
x + 3 = 4; x = 1
Solve Equations Using the Subtraction Property of Equality

Our puzzle has given us an idea of what we need to do to solve an equation. The goal is to isolate the variable by itself on one side
of the equations. In the previous examples, we used the Subtraction Property of Equality, which states that when we subtract the
same quantity from both sides of an equation, we still have equality.
 Definition: Subtraction Property of Equality
For any numbers a , b , and c , if a = b then a − c = b − c
Think about twin brothers Andy and Bobby. They are 17 years old. How old was Andy 3 years ago? He was 3 years less than 17,
so his age was 17 − 3 , or 14. What about Bobby’s age 3 years ago? Of course, he was 14 also. Their ages are equal now, and
subtracting the same quantity from both of them resulted in equal ages 3 years ago.
a =b
a−3 = b −3
 HOW TO: SOLVE AN EQUATION USING THE SUBTRACTION PROPERTY OF EQUALITY
Step 1. Use the Subtraction Property of Equality to isolate the variable.

Step 3. Check the solution.
 Example 2.5.4: solve
Solve: x + 8 = 17 .
Solution
We will use the Subtraction Property of Equality to isolate x.
x + 8 = 17
Subtract 8 from both sides. x + 8 − 8 = 17 − 8
Simplify. x = 9
Check the solution. 9 + 8 = 17
17 = 17 ✓

Since x = 9 makes x + 8 = 17 a true statement, we know 9 is the solution to the equation.
 Exercise 2.5.7
Solve: x + 6 = 19
Answer
x = 13
 Exercise 2.5.8
Solve: x + 9 = 14
Answer
x =5
Solve: 100 = y + 74 .
Solution
To solve an equation, we must always isolate the variable—it doesn’t matter which side it is on. To isolate y, we will subtract
74 from both sides.
100 = y + 74
Subtract 74 from both sides. 100 − 74 = y + 74 − 74
Simplify. 26 = y
Substitute 26 for y to check ?

100 = 26 + 74
100 = 100 ✓
Since y = 26 makes 100 = y + 74 a true statement, we have found the solution to this equation.
 Exercise 2.5.9
Solve: 95 = y + 67
Answer
y = 28
 Exercise 2.5.10
Solve: 91 = y + 45
Answer
y = 46
Solve Equations Using the Addition Property of Equality

In all the equations we have solved so far, a number was added to the variable on one side of the equation. We used subtraction to
“undo” the addition in order to isolate the variable.

But suppose we have an equation with a number subtracted from the variable, such as x − 5 = 8 . We want to isolate the variable,
so to “undo” the subtraction we will add the number to both sides.
We use the Addition Property of Equality, which says we can add the same number to both sides of the equation without changing
the equality. Notice how it mirrors the Subtraction Property of Equality.
 Definition: Addition Property of Equality

For any numbers a , b , and c , if a = b then a + c = b + c
Remember the 17-year-old twins, Andy and Bobby? In ten years, Andy’s age will still equal Bobby’s age. They will both be 27.
a =b
a + 10 = b + 10
We can add the same number to both sides and still keep the equality.
 HOW TO: SOLVE AN EQUATION USING THE ADDITION PROPERTY OF EQUALITY

Step 1. Use the Addition Property of Equality to isolate the variable.
Step 3. Check the solution.
Solve: x − 5 = 8 .
Solution
We will use the Addition Property of Equality to isolate the variable.
x −5 = 8
Add 5 to both sides. x −5 +5 = 8 +5
Simplify x = 13
Now we can check. Let x = 13. ?

13 − 5 = 8
8 = 8 ✓
 Exercise 2.5.11
Solve: x − 9 = 13
Answer
x = 22
 Exercise 2.5.12
Solve: y − 1 = 3
Answer
y =4

Solve: 27 = a − 16 .
Solution
We will add 16 to each side to isolate the variable.
27 = a − 16
Add 16 to each side. 27 + 16 = a − 16 + 16
Simplify. 43 = a
Now we can check. Let a = 43. ?

27 = 43 − 16
27 = 27 ✓
The solution to 27 = a − 16 is a = 43 .
 Exercise 2.5.13
Solve: 19 = a − 18
Answer
a = 37
 Exercise 2.5.14
Solve: 27 = n − 14
Answer
n = 41

This page titled 2.5: Solving Equations Using the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license
and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

2.6: Solving Equations Using the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality
(Part 2)
Translate Word Phrases to Algebraic Equations
Remember, an equation has an equal sign (=) between two algebraic expressions. So if we have a sentence that tells us that two
phrases are equal, we can translate it into an equation. We look for clue words that mean equals. Some words that translate to the
equal sign are:
is equal to
is the same as
is
gives
was
will be
It may be helpful to put a box around the equals word(s) in the sentence to help you focus separately on each phrase. Then translate
each phrase into an expression, and write them on each side of the equal sign.
We will practice translating word sentences into algebraic equations. Some of the sentences will be basic number facts with no
variables to solve for. Some sentences will translate into equations with variables. The focus right now is just to translate the words
into algebra.

Translate the sentence into an algebraic equation: The sum of 6 and 9 is 15.
Solution
The word is tells us the equal sign goes between 9 and 15.
Locate the “equals” word(s). The sum of 6 and 9 is 15
Write the = sign. The sum of 6 and 9 = 15
Translate the words to the left of the equals word into an algebraic
6 + 9 = _____
expression.
Translate the words to the right of the equals word into an algebraic
6 + 9 = 15
expression.
 Exercise 2.6.15
Translate the sentence into an algebraic equation: The sum of 7 and 6 gives 13.
Answer
7 + 6 = 13
 Exercise 2.6.16
Translate the sentence into an algebraic equation: The sum of 8 and 6 is 14.
Answer
8 + 6 = 14

Translate the sentence into an algebraic equation: The product of 8 and 7 is 56.
Solution
The location of the word is tells us that the equal sign goes between 7 and 56.
Locate the “equals” word(s). The product of 8 and 7 is 56
Write the = sign. The product of 8 and 7 = 56
Translate the words to the left of the equals word into an algebraic
8 • 7 = _____
expression.
Translate the words to the right of the equals word into an algebraic
8 • 7 = 56
expression.
 Exercise 2.6.17
Translate the sentence into an algebraic equation: The product of 6 and 9 is 54.
Answer
6 ⋅ 9 = 54
 Exercise 2.6.18
Translate the sentence into an algebraic equation: The product of 21 and 3 gives 63.
Answer
21 ⋅ 3 = 63
Translate the sentence into an algebraic equation: Twice the difference of x and 3 gives 18.
Solution
Locate the “equals” word(s).
Recognize the key words: twice; difference of … and … Twice means two times.
Translate.
 Exercise 2.6.19
Translate the given sentence into an algebraic equation: Twice the difference of x and 5 gives 30.
Answer
2(x − 5) = 30

 Exercise 2.6.20
Translate the given sentence into an algebraic equation: Twice the difference of y and 4 gives 16.
Answer
2(y − 4) = 16
Translate to an Equation and Solve

Now let’s practice translating sentences into algebraic equations and then solving them. We will solve the equations by using the
Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality.
 Example 2.6.11: translate and solve
Translate and solve: Three more than x is equal to 47.

Solution
Three more than x is equal to 47.
Translate. x + 3 = 47
Subtract 3 from both sides of the equation. x + 3 − 3 = 47 − 3
Simplify x = 44
We can check. Let x = 44. ?

44 + 3 = 47
47 = 47 ✓
So x = 44 is the solution.
 Exercise 2.6.21
Translate and solve: Seven more than x is equal to 37.
Answer
x + 7 = 37; x = 30
 Exercise 2.6.22
Translate and solve: Eleven more than y is equal to 28.
Answer
y + 11 = 28; y = 17
 Example 2.6.12: translate and solve
Translate and solve: The difference of y and 14 is 18.

Solution
The difference of y and 14 is 18.
Translate. y − 14 = 18
Add 14 to both sides. y − 14 + 14 = 18 + 14
Simplify. y = 32

We can check. Let y = 32. ?
32 − 14 = 18
18 = 18 ✓
So y = 32 is the solution.
 Exercise 2.6.23
Translate and solve: The difference of z and 17 is equal to 37.
Answer
z − 17 = 37; z = 54
 Exercise 2.6.24
Translate and solve: The difference of x and 19 is equal to 45.
Answer
x − 19 = 45; x = 64

Solving One Step Equations By Addition and Subtraction
Key Concepts
Determine whether a number is a solution to an equation.
1. Substitute the number for the variable in the equation.
2. Simplify the expressions on both sides of the equation.
3. Determine whether the resulting equation is true. If it is true, the number is a solution.
Subtraction Property of Equality
For any numbers a , b , and c ,
if a=b
then a−c=b−c
Solve an equation using the Subtraction Property of Equality.

1. Use the Subtraction Property of Equality to isolate the variable.
3. Check the solution.
Addition Property of Equality
if a=b
then a+c=b+c
Solve an equation using the Addition Property of Equality.

1. Use the Addition Property of Equality to isolate the variable.

Glossary
solution of an equation
A solution to an equation is a value of a variable that makes a true statement when substituted into the equation. The process of
finding the solution to an equation is called solving the equation.

In the following exercises, determine whether each given value is a solution to the equation.
147. x + 13 = 21
a. x = 8
b. x = 34
148. y + 18 = 25
a. y = 7
b. y = 43
149. m − 4 = 13
a. m = 9
b. m = 17
150. n − 9 = 6
a. n = 3
b. n = 15
151. 3p + 6 = 15
a. p = 3
b. p = 7
152. 8q + 4 = 20
a. q = 2
b. q = 3
153. 18d − 9 = 27
a. d = 1
b. d = 2
154. 24 f − 12 = 60
a. f = 2
b. f = 3
155. 8u − 4 = 4u + 40
a. u = 3
b. u = 11
156. 7v − 3 = 4v + 36
a. v = 3
b. v = 11
157. 20h − 5 = 15h + 35
a. h = 6
b. h = 8
158. 18k − 3 = 12k + 33
a. k = 1
b. k = 6

In the following exercises, write the equation modeled by the envelopes and counters and then solve using the subtraction property
of equality.
159.
160.
161.
162.
Solve Equations using the Subtraction Property of Equality

In the following exercises, solve each equation using the subtraction property of equality.
163. a + 2 = 18
164. b + 5 = 13
165. p + 18 = 23
166. q + 14 = 31
167. r + 76 = 100
168. s + 62 = 95
169. 16 = x + 9
170. 17 = y + 6
171. 93 = p + 24
172. 116 = q + 79
173. 465 = d + 398
174. 932 = c + 641
Solve Equations using the Addition Property of Equality

In the following exercises, solve each equation using the addition property of equality.
175. y − 3 = 19
176. x − 4 = 12
177. u − 6 = 24
178. v − 7 = 35
179. f − 55 = 123
180. g − 39 = 117
181. 19 = n − 13
182. 18 = m − 15

183. 10 = p − 38
184. 18 = q − 72
185. 268 = y − 199
186. 204 = z − 149
Translate Word Phrase to Algebraic Equations

In the following exercises, translate the given sentence into an algebraic equation.
187. The sum of 8 and 9 is equal to 17.
189. The difference of 23 and 19 is equal to 4.
191. The product of 3 and 9 is equal to 27.
193. The quotient of 54 and 6 is equal to 9.
195. Twice the difference of n and 10 gives 52.
196. Twice the difference of m and 14 gives 64.
197. The sum of three times y and 10 is 100.
198. The sum of eight times x and 4 is 68.

In the following exercises, translate the given sentence into an algebraic equation and then solve it.
199. Five more than p is equal to 21.
200. Nine more than q is equal to 40.
201. The sum of r and 18 is 73.
202. The sum of s and 13 is 68.
203. The difference of d and 30 is equal to 52.
204. The difference of c and 25 is equal to 75.
205. 12 less than u is 89.
206. 19 less than w is 56.
207. 325 less than c gives 799.
208. 299 less than d gives 850.
Everyday Math
209. Insurance Vince’s car insurance has a $500 deductible. Find the amount the insurance company will pay, p, for an $1800 claim
by solving the equation 500 + p = 1800.
210. Insurance Marta’s homeowner’s insurance policy has a $750 deductible. The insurance company paid $5800 to repair damages
caused by a storm. Find the total cost of the storm damage, d, by solving the equation d − 750 = 5800.
211. Sale purchase Arthur bought a suit that was on sale for $120 off. He paid $340 for the suit. Find the original price, p, of the suit
by solving the equation p − 120 = 340.
212. Sale purchase Rita bought a sofa that was on sale for $1299. She paid a total of $1409, including sales tax. Find the amount of
the sales tax, t, by solving the equation 1299 + t = 1409.
Writing Exercises
213. Is x = 1 a solution to the equation 8x − 2 = 16 − 6x ? How do you know?
214. Write the equation y − 5 = 21 in words. Then make up a word problem for this equation.
Self Check


This page titled 2.6: Solving Equations Using the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license
and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

Identify multiples of numbers
Use common divisibility tests
Find all the factors of a number
Identify prime and composite numbers
 Be prepared!
1. Which of the following numbers are counting numbers (natural numbers)? 0, 4, 215 If you missed this problem, review
Example 1.1.1.
2. Find the sum of 3, 5, and 7. If you missed the problem, review Section 2.1.
Identify Multiples of Numbers

Annie is counting the shoes in her closet. The shoes are matched in pairs, so she doesn’t have to count each one. She counts by
twos: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12. She has 12 shoes in her closet.
The numbers 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12are called multiples of 2. Multiples of 2 can be written as the product of a counting number and 2.
The first six multiples of 2 are given below.
1⋅2 =2
2⋅2 =4
3⋅2 =6
4⋅2 =8
5 ⋅ 2 = 10
6 ⋅ 2 = 12
A multiple of a number is the product of the number and a counting number. So a multiple of 3 would be the product of a
counting number and 3. Below are the first six multiples of 3.
1⋅3 =3
2⋅3 =6
3⋅3 =9
4 ⋅ 3 = 12
5 ⋅ 3 = 15
6 ⋅ 3 = 18
We can find the multiples of any number by continuing this process. Table 2.7.1 shows the multiples of 2 through 9 for the first
twelve counting numbers.
Table 2.7.1
Counting
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Number
Multiple
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24
s of 2
Multiple
3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36
s of 3
Multiple
4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48
s of 4
Multiple
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
s of 5

Counting
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Number
Multiple
6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72
s of 6
Multiple
7 14 21 28 35 42 49 56 63 70 77 84
s of 7
Multiple
8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96
s of 8
Multiple
9 18 27 36 45 54 63 72 81 90 99 108
s of 9
 Definition: Multiple of a Number
A number is a multiple of n if it is the product of a counting number and n .
Recognizing the patterns for multiples of 2, 5, 10, and 3 will be helpful to you as you continue in this course.
Figure 2.7.1 shows the counting numbers from 1 to 50. Multiples of 2 are highlighted. Do you notice a pattern?
Figure 2.7.1: Multiples of 2 between 1 and 50

The last digit of each highlighted number in Figure 2.7.1 is either 0, 2, 4, 6, or 8. This is true for the product of 2 and any counting
number. So, to tell if any number is a multiple of 2 look at the last digit. If it is 0, 2, 4, 6, or 8, then the number is a multiple of 2.
 Example 2.7.1: multiples of 2
Determine whether each of the following is a multiple of 2:

a. 489
b. 3, 714
Solution
a.
Is 489 a multiple of 2?
Is the last digit 0, 2, 4, 6, or 8? No.
489 is not a multiple of 2.
b.
Is 3,714 a multiple of 2?
Is the last digit 0, 2, 4, 6, or 8? Yes.
3,714 is a multiple of 2.
 Exercise 2.7.1
Determine whether each number is a multiple of 2:

a. 678
b. 21, 493

Answer a
yes
Answer b
no
 Exercise 2.7.2

a. 979
b. 17, 780
Answer a
no
Answer b
yes
Now let’s look at multiples of 5. Figure 2.7.2 highlights all of the multiples of 5 between 1 and 50. What do you notice about the
multiples of 5?

All multiples of 5 end with either 5 or 0. Just like we identify multiples of 2 by looking at the last digit, we can identify multiples
of 5 by looking at the last digit.

a. 579
b. 880
Solution
a.
Is the last digit 5 or 0? No.
b.
Is the last digit 5 or 0? Yes.

 Exercise 2.7.3
Determine whether each number is a multiple of 5.
a. 675
b. 1, 578
Answer a
yes
Answer b
no
 Exercise 2.7.4
Determine whether each number is a multiple of 5.

a. 421
b. 2, 690
Answer a
no
Answer b
yes
Figure 2.7.3 highlights the multiples of 10 between 1 and 50. All multiples of 10 all end with a zero.

a. 425
b. 350
Solution
a.
Is the last digit zero? No.
b.
Is the last digit zero? Yes.
350 is a multiple of 10.

 Exercise 2.7.5

a. 179
b. 3, 540
Answer a
no
Answer b
yes
 Exercise 2.7.6

a. 110
b. 7, 595
Answer a
yes
Answer b
no
Figure 2.7.4 highlights multiples of 3. The pattern for multiples of 3 is not as obvious as the patterns for multiples of 2, 5, and 10.

Unlike the other patterns we’ve examined so far, this pattern does not involve the last digit. The pattern for multiples of 3 is based
on the sum of the digits. If the sum of the digits of a number is a multiple of 3, then the number itself is a multiple of 3. See Table
2.7.2.
Table 2.7.2
Multiple of 3 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24
1+2 1+5 1+8 2+1 2+4

Sum of digits 3 6 9
3 6 9 3 6
Consider the number 42. The digits are 4 and 2, and their sum is 4 + 2 = 6 . Since 6 is a multiple of 3, we know that 42 is also a
multiple of 3.
Determine whether each of the given numbers is a multiple of 3:

a. 645
b. 10, 519
Solution
a. Is 645 a multiple of 3?
Find the sum of the digits. 6 + 4 + 5 = 15

Is 15 a multiple of 3? Yes.
If we're not sure, we could add its digits to find out. We can check it
645 ÷ 3
by dividing 645 by 3.
The quotient is 215. 3 • 215 = 645
b. Is 10, 519 a multiple of 3?
Find the sum of the digits. 1 + 0 + 5 + 1 + 9 = 16
Is 15 a multiple of 3? No.
So 10,519 is not a multiple of 3 either.. 645 ÷ 3
We can check this by dividing by 10,519 by 3.
When we divide 10, 519 by 3, we do not get a counting number, so 10, 519 is not the product of a counting number and 3. It is not
a multiple of 3.
 Exercise 2.7.7

a. 954
b. 3, 742
Answer a
yes
Answer b
no
 Exercise 2.7.8
a. 643
b. 8, 379
Answer a
no
Answer b
yes
Look back at the charts where you highlighted the multiples of 2, of 5, and of 10. Notice that the multiples of 10 are the numbers
that are multiples of both 2 and 5. That is because 10 = 2 ∙ 5 . Likewise, since 6 = 2 ∙ 3 , the multiples of 6 are the numbers that
are multiples of both 2 and 3.
Use Common Divisibility Tests

Another way to say that 375 is a multiple of 5 is to say that 375 is divisible by 5. In fact, 375 ÷ 5 is 75, so 375 is 5 ∙ 75 . Notice in
Example 2.7.4 that 10, 519 is not a multiple 3. When we divided 10, 519 by 3 we did not get a counting number, so 10, 519 is not
divisible by 3.

 Definition: Divisibility
If a number m is a multiple of n , then we say that m is divisible by n .
Since multiplication and division are inverse operations, the patterns of multiples that we found can be used as divisibility tests.
Table 2.7.3 summarizes divisibility tests for some of the counting numbers between one and ten.
Table 2.7.3 : Divisibility tests
A number is divisible by
2 if the last digit is 0, 2, 4, 6, or 8
3 if the sum of the digits is divisible by 3
5 if the last digit is 5 or 0
6 if divisible by both 2 and 3
10 if the last digit is 0
 Example 2.7.5: divisibility
Determine whether 1, 290 is divisible by 2, 3, 5, and 10.

Solution
Table 2.7.4 applies the divisibility tests to 1, 290. In the far right column, we check the results of the divisibility tests by seeing
if the quotient is a whole number.
Table 2.7.4
Divisible by…? Test Divisible? Check
2 Is last digit 0, 2, 4, 6, or 8? yes 1290 ÷ 2 = 645
Is sum of digits divisible by 3?

3 yes 1290 ÷ 3 = 430
1 + 2 + 9 + 0 = 12
5 Is last digit 5 or 0? yes 1290 ÷ 5 = 258
10 Is last digit 0? yes 1290 ÷ 10 = 129
Thus, 1, 290 is divisible by 2, 3, 5, and 10.
 Exercise 2.7.9
Determine whether the given number is divisible by 2, 3, 5, and 10.

6240
Answer
Divisible by 2, 3, 5, and 10
 Exercise 2.7.10
7248
Answer
Divisible by 2 and 3, not 5 or 10

 Example 2.7.6: divisibility
Determine whether 5, 625 is divisible by 2, 3, 5, and 10.
Solution
Table 2.7.5 applies the divisibility tests to 5, 625 and tests the results by finding the quotients.
Table 2.7.5
Divisible by…? Test Divisible? Check
2 Is last digit 0, 2, 4, 6, or 8? no 5625 ÷ 2 = 2812.5
Is sum of digits divisible by 3?

3 yes 5625 ÷ 3 = 1875
5 + 6 + 2 + 5 = 18
5 Is last digit 5 or 0? yes 5625 ÷ 5 = 1125
10 Is last digit 0? no 5625 ÷ 10 = 562.5
Thus, 5, 625 is divisible by 3 and 5, but not 2, or 10.
 Exercise 2.7.11

4962
Answer
Divisible by 2, 3, not 5 or 10
 Exercise 2.7.12
3765
Answer
Divisible by 3 and 5
Find All the Factors of a Number

There are often several ways to talk about the same idea. So far, we’ve seen that if m is a multiple of n , we can say that m is
divisible by n . We know that 72 is the product of 8 and 9, so we can say 72 is a multiple of 8 and 72 is a multiple of 9. We can also
say 72 is divisible by 8 and by 9. Another way to talk about this is to say that 8 and 9 are factors of 72. When we write 72 = 8 ⋅ 9
we can say that we have factored 72.
 Definition: Factors
If a ∙ b = m , then a and b are factors of m, and m is the product of a and b .
In algebra, it can be useful to determine all of the factors of a number. This is called factoring a number, and it can help us solve
many kinds of problems.
For example, suppose a choreographer is planning a dance for a ballet recital. There are 24 dancers, and for a certain scene, the
choreographer wants to arrange the dancers in groups of equal sizes on stage.

In how many ways can the dancers be put into groups of equal size? Answering this question is the same as identifying the factors
of 24. Table 2.7.6 summarizes the different ways that the choreographer can arrange the dancers.
Table 2.7.6
Number of Groups Dancers per Group Total Dancers
1 24 1 • 24 = 24
2 12 2 • 12= 24
3 8 3 • 8= 24
4 6 4 • 6= 24
6 4 6 • 4= 24
8 3 8 • 3= 24
12 2 12 • 2= 24
24 1 24 • 1= 24
What patterns do you see in Table 2.7.6? Did you notice that the number of groups times the number of dancers per group is
always 24? This makes sense, since there are always 24 dancers.
You may notice another pattern if you look carefully at the first two columns. These two columns contain the exact same set of
numbers—but in reverse order. They are mirrors of one another, and in fact, both columns list all of the factors of 24, which are:
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24
We can find all the factors of any counting number by systematically dividing the number by each counting number, starting with
1 . If the quotient is also a counting number, then the divisor and the quotient are factors of the number. We can stop when the
quotient becomes smaller than the divisor.
 HOW TO: FIND ALL THE FACTORS OF A COUNTING NUMBER.
Step 1. Divide the number by each of the counting numbers, in order, until the quotient is smaller than the divisor.
If the quotient is a counting number, the divisor and quotient are a pair of factors.
If the quotient is not a counting number, the divisor is not a factor.
Step 2. List all the factor pairs.
Step 3. Write all the factors in order from smallest to largest.
 Example 2.7.7: factors
Find all the factors of 72.

Solution
Divide 72 by each of the counting numbers starting with 1. If the quotient is a whole number, the divisor and quotient are a
pair of factors.
The next line would have a divisor of 9 and a quotient of 8. The quotient would be smaller than the divisor, so we stop. If we
continued, we would end up only listing the same factors again in reverse order. Listing all the factors from smallest to
greatest, we have 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 12, 18, 24, 36, and 72.

 Exercise 2.7.13
Find all the factors of the given number: 96
Answer
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 24, 32, 48, 96
 Exercise 2.7.14
Find all the factors of the given number: 80
Answer
1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 40, 80

This page titled 2.7: Find Multiples and Factors (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

Identify Prime and Composite Numbers
Some numbers, like 72, have many factors. Other numbers, such as 7, have only two factors: 1 and the number. A number with
only two factors is called a prime number. A number with more than two factors is called a composite number. The number 1 is
neither prime nor composite. It has only one factor, itself.
 Definition: Prime Numbers and Composite Numbers

A prime number is a counting number greater than 1 whose only factors are 1 and itself.
A composite number is a counting number that is not prime.
Figure 2.8.5 lists the counting numbers from 2 through 20 along with their factors. The highlighted numbers are prime, since each
has only two factors.
Figure 2.8.5: Factors of the counting numbers from 2 through 20, with prime numbers highlighted
The prime numbers less than 20 are 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, and 19. There are many larger prime numbers too. In order to determine
whether a number is prime or composite, we need to see if the number has any factors other than 1 and itself. To do this, we can
test each of the smaller prime numbers in order to see if it is a factor of the number. If none of the prime numbers are factors, then
that number is also prime.
 HOW TO: DETERMINE IF A NUMBER IS PRIME.

Step 1. Test each of the primes, in order, to see if it is a factor of the number.
Step 2. Start with 2 and stop when the quotient is smaller than the divisor or when a prime factor is found.
Step 3. If the number has a prime factor, then it is a composite number. If it has no prime factors, then the number is prime.
 Example 2.8.8: prime or composite
Identify each number as prime or composite:

a. 83
b. 77
Solution
a. Test each prime, in order, to see if it is a factor of 83, starting with 2, as shown. We will stop when the quotient is smaller
than the divisor.
Prime Test Factor of 83?
2 Last digit of 83 is not 0, 2, 4, 6, or 8. No.
3 8 + 3 = 11, and 11 is not divisible by 3. No.
5 The last digit of 83 is not 5 or 0. No.

7 83 ÷ 7 = 11.857…. No.
11 83 ÷ 11 = 7.545… No.
We can stop when we get to 11 because the quotient (7.545 …) is less than the divisor. We did not find any prime numbers
that are factors of 83, so we know 83 is prime.
b. Test each prime, in order, to see if it is a factor of 77.
2 Last digit is not 0, 2, 4, 6, or 8. No.
3 7 + 7 = 14, and 14 is not divisible by 3. No.
5 The last digit is not 5 or 0. No.
7 77 ÷ 7 = 11 Yes.
Since 77 is divisible by 7, we know it is not a prime number. It is composite.
 Exercise 2.8.15
Identify the number as prime or composite: 91
Answer
composite
 Exercise 2.8.16
Identify the number as prime or composite: 137
Answer
prime

Divisibility Rules
Factors
Ex 1: Determine Factors of a Number
Key Concepts
Divisibility Tests

Factors If a ⋅ b = m , then a and b are factors of m, and m is the product of a and b .
Find all the factors of a counting number.
Divide the number by each of the counting numbers, in order, until the quotient is smaller than the divisor.
If the quotient is a counting number, the divisor and quotient are a pair of factors.
If the quotient is not a counting number, the divisor is not a factor.
List all the factor pairs.
Write all the factors in order from smallest to largest.
Determine if a number is prime.
Test each of the primes, in order, to see if it is a factor of the number.
Start with 2 and stop when the quotient is smaller than the divisor or when a prime factor is found.
If the number has a prime factor, then it is a composite number. If it has no prime factors, then the number is prime.
Glossary
multiple of a number
A number is a multiple of n if it is the product of a counting number and n .
divisibility
If a number m is a multiple of n , then we say that m is divisible by n .
prime number
A prime number is a counting number greater than 1 whose only factors are 1 and itself.
composite number
A composite number is a counting number that is not prime.

In the following exercises, list all the multiples less than 50 for the given number.
215. 2
216. 3
217. 4
218. 5
219. 6
220. 7
221. 8
222. 9
223. 10
224. 12

In the following exercises, use the divisibility tests to determine whether each number is divisible by 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 10.
225. 84
226. 96
227. 75
228. 78
229. 168
230. 264
231. 900
232. 800
233. 896

234. 942
235. 375
236. 750
237. 350
238. 550
239. 1430
240. 1080
241. 22,335
242. 39,075

In the following exercises, find all the factors of the given number.
243. 36
244. 42
245. 60
246. 48
247. 144
248. 200
249. 588
250. 576

In the following exercises, determine if the given number is prime or composite.
251. 43
252. 67
253. 39
254. 53
255. 71
256. 119
257. 481
258. 221
259. 209
260. 359
261. 667
262. 1771
Everyday Math
263. Banking Frank’s grandmother gave him $100 at his high school graduation. Instead of spending it, Frank opened a bank
account. Every week, he added $15 to the account. The table shows how much money Frank had put in the account by the end
of each week. Complete the table by filling in the blanks.
Total number of dollars Frank put in the

Weeks after graduation Simplified Total
account
0 100 100
1 100 + 15 115
2 100 + 15 • 2 130
3 100 + 15 • 3
4 100 + 15 • []
5 100 + []

Total number of dollars Frank put in the
Weeks after graduation Simplified Total
account
20
264. Banking In March, Gina opened a Christmas club savings account at her bank. She deposited $75 to open the account. Every
week, she added $20 to the account. The table shows how much money Gina had put in the account by the end of each week.
Complete the table by filling in the blanks.
Weeks after opening the account Total number of dollars Gina put in the account Simplified Total
0 75 75
1 75 + 20 95
2 75 + 20 • 2 115
3 75 + 20 • 3
4 75 + 20 • []
5 75 + []
20
Writing Exercises
265. If a number is divisible by 2 and by 3, why is it also divisible by 6?
266. What is the difference between prime numbers and composite numbers?
Self Check
improve this?

This page titled 2.8: Find Multiples and Factors (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

Find the prime factorization of a composite number
Find the least common multiple (LCM) of two numbers
 be prepared!
1. Is 810 divisible by 2, 3, 5, 6, or 10? If you missed this problem, review Example 2.4.5.
2. Is 127 prime or composite? If you missed this problem, review Example 2.4.8.
3. Write 2 ∙ 2 ∙ 2 ∙ 2 in exponential notation. If you missed this problem, review Example 2.1.5.
Find the Prime Factorization of a Composite Number

In the previous section, we found the factors of a number. Prime numbers have only two factors, the number 1 and the prime
number itself. Composite numbers have more than two factors, and every composite number can be written as a unique product of
primes. This is called the prime factorization of a number. When we write the prime factorization of a number, we are rewriting
the number as a product of primes. Finding the prime factorization of a composite number will help you later in this course.
 Definition: Prime Factorization

The prime factorization of a number is the product of prime numbers that equals the number.
You may want to refer to the following list of prime numbers less than 50 as you work through this section.
2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19, 23, 29, 31, 37, 41, 43, 47
Prime Factorization Using the Factor Tree Method

One way to find the prime factorization of a number is to make a factor tree. We start by writing the number, and then writing it as
the product of two factors. We write the factors below the number and connect them to the number with a small line segment—a
“branch” of the factor tree.
If a factor is prime, we circle it (like a bud on a tree), and do not factor that “branch” any further. If a factor is not prime, we repeat
this process, writing it as the product of two factors and adding new branches to the tree.
We continue until all the branches end with a prime. When the factor tree is complete, the circled primes give us the prime
factorization.
For example, let’s find the prime factorization of 36. We can start with any factor pair such as 3 and 12. We write 3 and 12 below
36 with branches connecting them.
The factor 3 is prime, so we circle it. The factor 12 is composite, so we need to find its factors. Let’s use 3 and 4. We write these
factors on the tree under the 12.

The factor 3 is prime, so we circle it. The factor 4 is composite, and it factors into 2 ∙ 2 . We write these factors under the 4. Since 2
is prime, we circle both 2s.
The prime factorization is the product of the circled primes. We generally write the prime factorization in order from least to
greatest.
2⋅2⋅3⋅3
In cases like this, where some of the prime factors are repeated, we can write prime factorization in exponential form.
2⋅2⋅3⋅3
2 2
2 ⋅3
Note that we could have started our factor tree with any factor pair of 36. We chose 12 and 3, but the same result would have been
the same if we had started with 2 and 18, 4 and 9, or 6 and 6.
 HOW TO: FIND THE PRIME FACTORIZATION OF A COMPOSITE NUMBER USING THE TREE METHOD
Step 1. Find any factor pair of the given number, and use these numbers to create two branches.
Step 2. If a factor is prime, that branch is complete. Circle the prime.
Step 3. If a factor is not prime, write it as the product of a factor pair and continue the process.
Step 4. Write the composite number as the product of all the circled primes.
 Example 2.9.1: prime factors
Find the prime factorization of 48 using the factor tree method.

Solution
We can start our tree using any factor pair of 48. Let's use 2 and 24.
We circle the 2 because it is prime and so that branch is complete.
Now we will factor 24. Let's use 4 and 6.

Neither factor is prime, so we do not circle either. We factor the 4,
using 2 and 2. We factor 6, using 2 and 3.
We circle the 2s and the 3 since they are prime. Now all of the
branches end in a prime.
Write the product of the circled numbers. 2•2•2•2•3
Write in exponential form. 24 • 3
Check this on your own by multiplying all the factors together. The result should be 48.
 Exercise 2.9.1
Find the prime factorization using the factor tree method: 80
Answer
4
2 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 5, or 2 ⋅5
 Exercise 2.9.2
Answer
2
2 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 5, or 2 ⋅3⋅5
Find the prime factorization of 84 using the factor tree method.

Solution
We start with the factor pair 4 and 21. Neither factor is prime so we
factor them further.
Now the factors are all prime, so we circle them.
Then we write 84 as the product of all circled primes. 2 • 2 • 3 • 7 = 22 • 3 • 7
Draw a factor tree of 84.

 Exercise 2.9.3
Answer
2
2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 7, or 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅7
 Exercise 2.9.4
Answer
2
2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 7, or 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 7
Prime Factorization Using the Ladder Method

The ladder method is another way to find the prime factors of a composite number. It leads to the same result as the factor tree
method. Some people prefer the ladder method to the factor tree method, and vice versa.
To begin building the “ladder,” divide the given number by its smallest prime factor. For example, to start the ladder for 36 , we
divide 36 by 2, the smallest prime factor of 36.
To add a “step” to the ladder, we continue dividing by the same prime until it no longer divides evenly.
Then we divide by the next prime; so we divide 9 by 3.
We continue dividing up the ladder in this way until the quotient is prime. Since the quotient, 3, is prime, we stop here. Do you see
why the ladder method is sometimes called stacked division?
The prime factorization is the product of all the primes on the sides and top of the ladder.
2⋅2⋅3⋅3
2 2
2 ⋅3
Notice that the result is the same as we obtained with the factor tree method.
 HOW TO: FIND THE PRIME FACTORIZATION OF A COMPOSITE NUMBER USING THE LADDER
METHOD
Step 1. Divide the number by the smallest prime.
Step 2. Continue dividing by that prime until it no longer divides evenly.
Step 3. Divide by the next prime until it no longer divides evenly.
Step 4. Continue until the quotient is a prime.
Step 5. Write the composite number as the product of all the primes on the sides and top of the ladder.

Find the prime factorization of 120 using the ladder method.

Solution
Divide the number by the smallest prime, which is 2.
Continue dividing by 2 until it no longer divides evenly.
Divide by the next prime, 3.
The quotient, 5, is prime, so the ladder is complete. Write the prime 2•2•2•3•5
factorization of 120. 23 • 3 • 5
Check this yourself by multiplying the factors. The result should be 120.
 Exercise 2.9.5
Find the prime factorization using the ladder method: 80
Answer
4
2 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 5, or 2 ⋅5
 Exercise 2.9.6
Answer
2
2 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 5, or 2 ⋅3⋅5
Find the prime factorization of 48 using the ladder method.

Solution
Divide the number by the smallest prime, 2.
Continue dividing by 2 until it no longer divides evenly.
The quotient, 3, is prime, so the ladder is complete. Write the prime 2 ∙ 2 ∙ 2 ∙ 2 ∙ 3
factorization of 48. 2
4
∙ 3

 Exercise 2.9.7
Answer
2
2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 7, or 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅7
 Exercise 2.9.8
Answer
2
2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 7, or 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 7

This page titled 2.9: Prime Factorization and the Least Common Multiple (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored,
remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

2.1 - Use the Language of Algebra
In the following exercises, translate from algebra to English.
317. 3 • 8
318. 12 − x
319. 24 ÷ 6
320. 9 + 2a
321. 50 ≥ 47
322. 3y < 15
323. n + 4 = 13
324. 32 − k = 7

In the following exercises, determine if each is an expression or equation.
325. 5 + u = 84
326. 36 − 6s
327. 4y − 11
328. 10x = 120

In the following exercises, write in exponential form.
329. 2 • 2 • 2
330. a • a • a • a • a
331. x • x • x • x • x • x
332. 10 • 10 • 10
In the following exercises, write in expanded form.
333. 84
334. 36
335. y5
336. n4
In the following exercises, simplify each expression.
337. 34
338. 106
339. 27
340. 43

341. 10 + 2 • 5
342. (10 + 2) • 5
343. (30 + 6) ÷ 2
344. 30 + 6 ÷ 2
345. 72 + 52
346. (7 + 5)2
347. 4 + 3(10 − 1)
348. (4 + 3)(10 − 1)

2.2 - Evaluate, Simplify, and Translate Expressions
Evaluate an Expression
In the following exercises, evaluate the following expressions.
349. 9x − 5 when x = 7
350. y3 when y = 5
351. 3a − 4b when a = 10, b = 1
352. bh when b = 7, h = 8
Identify Terms, Coefficients and Like Terms

In the following exercises, identify the terms in each expression.
353. 12n2 + 3n + 1
354. 4x3 + 11x + 3
In the following exercises, identify the coefficient of each term.
355. 6y
356. 13x2
In the following exercises, identify the like terms.
357. 5x2, 3, 5y2, 3x, x, 4
358. 8, 8r2, 8r, 3r, r2, 3s

In the following exercises, simplify the following expressions by combining like terms.
359. 15a + 9a
360. 12y + 3y + y
361. 4x + 7x + 3x
362. 6 + 5c + 3
363. 8n + 2 + 4n + 9
364. 19p + 5 + 4p − 1 + 3p
365. 7y2 + 2y + 11 + 3y2 − 8
366. 13x2 − x + 6 + 5x2 + 9x
Translate English Phrases to Algebraic Expressions

In the following exercises, translate the following phrases into algebraic expressions.
367. the difference of x and 6
368. the sum of 10 and twice a
369. the product of 3n and 9
370. the quotient of s and 4
371. 5 times the sum of y and 1
372. 10 less than the product of 5 and z
373. Jack bought a sandwich and a coffee. The cost of the sandwich was $3 more than the cost of the coffee. Call the cost of the
coffee c. Write an expression for the cost of the sandwich.
374. The number of poetry books on Brianna’s bookshelf is 5 less than twice the number of novels. Call the number of novels n.
Write an expression for the number of poetry books.
2.3 - Solve Equations Using the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality
In the following exercises, determine whether each number is a solution to the equation.
375. y + 16 = 40
a. 24

b. 56
376. d − 6 = 21
a. 15
b. 27
377. 4n + 12 = 36
a. 6
b. 12
378. 20q − 10 = 70
a. 3
b. 4
379. 15x − 5 = 10x + 45
a. 2
b. 10
380. 22p − 6 = 18p + 86
a. 4
b. 23

In the following exercises, write the equation modeled by the envelopes and counters and then solve the equation using the
subtraction property of equality
381.
382.
Solve Equations using the Subtraction Property of Equality

In the following exercises, solve each equation using the subtraction property of equality.
383. c + 8 = 14
384. v + 8 = 150
385. 23 = x + 12
386. 376 = n + 265
Solve Equations using the Addition Property of Equality

In the following exercises, solve each equation using the addition property of equality.
387. y − 7 = 16
388. k − 42 = 113
389. 19 = p − 15
390. 501 = u − 399
Translate English Sentences to Algebraic Equations

In the following exercises, translate each English sentence into an algebraic equation.

395. Twice the difference of n and 3 gives 76.
396. The sum of five times y and 4 is 89.

In the following exercises, translate each English sentence into an algebraic equation and then solve it.
397. Eight more than x is equal to 35.
398. 21 less than a is 11.
399. The difference of q and 18 is 57.
400. The sum of m and 125 is 240.
Mixed Practice
In the following exercises, solve each equation.
401. h − 15 = 27
402. k − 11 = 34
403. z + 52 = 85
404. x + 93 = 114
405. 27 = q + 19
406. 38 = p + 19
407. 31 = v − 25
408. 38 = u − 16
2.4 - Find Multiples and Factors

In the following exercises, list all the multiples less than 50 for each of the following.
409. 3
410. 2
411. 8
412. 10

In the following exercises, using the divisibility tests, determine whether each number is divisible by 2, by 3, by 5, by 6, and by 10.
413. 96
414. 250
415. 420
416. 625

In the following exercises, find all the factors of each number.
417. 30
418. 70
419. 180
420. 378

In the following exercises, identify each number as prime or composite.
421. 19
422. 51

423. 121
2.5 - Prime Factorization and the Least Common Multiple

In the following exercises, find the prime factorization of each number.
425. 84
426. 165
427. 350
428. 572
Find the Least Common Multiple of Two Numbers

In the following exercises, find the least common multiple of each pair of numbers.
429. 9, 15
430. 12, 20
431. 25, 35
432. 18, 40
Everyday Math
433. Describe how you have used two topics from The Language of Algebra chapter in your life outside of your math class during
the past month.
PRACTICE TEST
In the following exercises, translate from an algebraic equation to English phrases.
434. 6 • 4
435. 15 − x
In the following exercises, identify each as an expression or equation.
436. 5 • 8 + 10
437. x + 6 = 9
438. 3 • 11 = 33
439. (a) Write n • n • n • n • n • n in exponential form. (b) Write 35 in expanded form and then simplify.
In the following exercises, simplify, using the order of operations.
440. 4 + 3 • 5
441. (8 + 1) • 4
442. 1 + 6(3 − 1)
443. (8 + 4) ÷ 3 + 1
444. (1 + 4)2
445. 5[2 + 7(9 − 8)]
In the following exercises, evaluate each expression.
446. 8x − 3 when x = 4
447. y3 when y = 5
448. 6a − 2b when a = 5, b = 7
449. hw when h = 12, w = 3
450. Simplify by combining like terms.
a. 6x + 8x
b. 9m + 10 + m + 3
In the following exercises, translate each phrase into an algebraic expression.
451. 5 more than x

452. the quotient of 12 and y
453. three times the difference of a and b
454. Caroline has 3 fewer earrings on her left ear than on her right ear. Call the number of earrings on her right ear, r. Write an
expression for the number of earrings on her left ear.
455. n − 6 = 25
456. x + 58 = 71
457. 15 less than y is 32.
458. the sum of a and 129 is 164.
459. List all the multiples of 4, that are less than 50.
460. Find all the factors of 90.
461. Find the prime factorization of 1080.
462. Find the LCM (Least Common Multiple) of 24 and 40.

This page titled 2.E: Introduction to the Language of Algebra (Exercises) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or
curated by OpenStax.

Key Terms
coefficient The constant that multiplies the variable(s) in a term.
composite number A composite number is a counting number that is not prime.
divisibility If a number m is a multiple of n, then we say that m is divisible by n.
equation An equation is made up of two expressions connected by an equal sign.
To evaluate an algebraic expression means to find the value of the

evaluate
expression when the variable is replaced by a given number.
An expression is a number, a variable, or a combination of numbers and
expression
variables and operation symbols.
least common multiple (LCM) The smallest number that is a multiple of two numbers.
Terms that are either constants or have the same variables with the same
like terms
exponents.
A number is a multiple of n if it is the product of a counting number and
multiple of a number
n.
prime factorization The product of prime numbers that equals the number.
prime number A counting number greater than 1 whose only factors are 1 and itself.
A value of a variable that makes a true statement when substituted into

solution of an equation the equation. The process of finding the solution to an equation is called
solving the equation.
term A constant or the product of a constant and one or more variables.
Key Concepts
2.1 - Use the Language of Algebra
Operation Notation Say: The result is…
Addition a+b a plus b The sum of a and b
Multiplication a • b, (a)(b), (a)b, a(b) a times b The product of a and b
Subtraction a-b a minus b The difference of a and b

a ¯
¯¯¯
¯
Division a ÷ b, a / b, , b)a a divided by b The quotient of a and b
b
Equality Symbol
a = b is read as a is equal to b
Inequality
a b is read a is greater than b
a is to the right of b on the number line:
Table 2.77
a=b a is equal to b

For any expression a n is a factor multiplied by itself n times, if n is a positive integer.
an means multiply n factors of a
The expression of an is read a to the nth power
Order of Operations: When simplifying mathematical expressions perform the operations in the following order:
1. Parentheses and other Grouping Symbols: Simplify all expressions inside the parentheses or other grouping symbols, working
on the innermost parentheses first.
2. Exponents: Simplify all expressions with exponents.
3. Multiplication and Division: Perform all multiplication and division in order from left to right. These operations have equal
priority.
4. Addition and Subtraction: Perform all addition and subtraction in order from left to right. These operations have equal priority.
2.2 - Evaluate, Simplify, and Translate Expressions

Combine like terms.
1. Identify like terms.
2. Rearrange the expression so like terms are together.
3. Add the coefficients of the like terms
2.3 - Solving Equations Using the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality
3. Determine whether the resulting equation is true. If it is true, the number is a solution. If it is not true, the number is not a
solution.
For any numbers a, b, and c, if a = b, then a - c = b - c.
Solve an equation using the Subtraction Property of Equality.
1. Use the Subtraction Property of Equality to isolate the variable.
For any numbers a, b, and c, if a = b, then a + c = b + c.
Solve an equation using the Addition Property of Equality.
1. Use the Addition Property of Equality to isolate the variable.

2.4 - Find Multiples and Factors
Divisibility Tests
Factors: If a • b = m, then a and b are factors of m, and m is the product of a and b.

Find all the factors of a counting number.
1. Divide the number by each of the counting numbers, in order, until the quotient is smaller than the divisor.
a. If the quotient is a counting number, the divisor and quotient are a pair of factors.
b. If the quotient is not a counting number, the divisor is not a factor.
2. List all the factor pairs.
3. Write all the factors in order from smallest to largest.
Determine if a number is prime.
1. Test each of the primes, in order, to see if it is a factor of the number.
2. Start with 2 and stop when the quotient is smaller than the divisor or when a prime factor is found.
3. If the number has a prime factor, then it is a composite number. If it has no prime factors, then the number is prime.
2.5 - Prime Factorization and the Least Common Multiple

Find the prime factorization of a composite number using the tree method.
1. Find any factor pair of the given number, and use these numbers to create two branches.
2. If a factor is prime, that branch is complete. Circle the prime.
3. If a factor is not prime, write it as the product of a factor pair and continue the process.
4. Write the composite number as the product of all the circled primes.
Find the prime factorization of a composite number using the ladder method.
1. Divide the number by the smallest prime.
2. Continue dividing by that prime until it no longer divides evenly.
3. Divide by the next prime until it no longer divides evenly.
4. Continue until the quotient is a prime.
5. Write the composite number as the product of all the primes on the sides and top of the ladder.
Find the LCM by listing multiples
1. List the first several multiples of each number.
2. Look for multiples common to both lists. If there are no common multiples in the lists, write out additional multiples for each
number.
3. Look for the smallest number that is common to both lists.
4. This number is the LCM.
Find the LCM using the prime factors method.
1. Find the prime factorization of each number.
2. Write each number as a product of primes, matching primes vertically when possible.
3. Bring down the primes in each column.
4. Multiply the factors to get the LCM.

This page titled 2.S: Introduction to the Language of Algebra (Summary) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or

Find the Least Common Multiple (LCM) of Two Numbers
One of the reasons we look at multiples and primes is to use these techniques to find the least common multiple of two numbers.
This will be useful when we add and subtract fractions with different denominators.
Listing Multiples Method

A common multiple of two numbers is a number that is a multiple of both numbers. Suppose we want to find common multiples of
10 and 25. We can list the first several multiples of each number. Then we look for multiples that are common to both lists—these
are the common multiples.
10 : 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, …
25 : 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, …
We see that 50 and 100 appear in both lists. They are common multiples of 10 and 25. We would find more common multiples if
we continued the list of multiples for each.
The smallest number that is a multiple of two numbers is called the least common multiple (LCM). So the least LCM of 10 and
25 is 50.
 HOW TO: FIND THE LEAST COMMON MULTIPLE (LCM) OF TWO NUMBERS BY LISTING MULTIPLES
Step 1. List the first several multiples of each number.
Step 2. Look for multiples common to both lists. If there are no common multiples in the lists, write out additional multiples
for each number.
Step 3. Look for the smallest number that is common to both lists.
Step 4. This number is the LCM.
 Example 2.10.5: lcm
Find the LCM of 15 and 20 by listing multiples.

Solution
List the first several multiples of 15 and of 20. Identify the first common multiple.
15 : 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 90, 105, 120
20 : 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 140, 160
The smallest number to appear on both lists is 60, so 60 is the least common multiple of 15 and 20. Notice that 120 is on both
lists, too. It is a common multiple, but it is not the least common multiple.
 Exercise 2.10.9
Find the least common multiple (LCM) of the given numbers: 9 and 12
Answer
36
 Exercise 2.10.10
Find the least common multiple (LCM) of the given numbers: 18 and 24
Answer
72

Prime Factors Method
Another way to find the least common multiple of two numbers is to use their prime factors. We’ll use this method to find the LCM
of 12 and 18.
We start by finding the prime factorization of each number.
12 = 2 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 18 = 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 3
Then we write each number as a product of primes, matching primes vertically when possible.
12 = 2 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3
18 = 2 ⋅ 3⋅3
Now we bring down the primes in each column. The LCM is the product of these factors.
Notice that the prime factors of 12 and the prime factors of 18 are included in the LCM. By matching up the common primes, each
common prime factor is used only once. This ensures that 36 is the least common multiple.
 HOW TO: FIND THE LCM USING THE PRIME FACTORS METHOD
Step 1. Find the prime factorization of each number.

Step 2. Write each number as a product of primes, matching primes vertically when possible.
Step 3. Bring down the primes in each column.
Step 4. Multiply the factors to get the LCM.
Find the LCM of 15 and 18 using the prime factors method.

Solution
Write each number as a product of primes. 15 = 3 ⋅ 5 18 = 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 3
Write each number as a product of primes, matching primes vertically 15 = 3 ⋅ 5
when possible. 18 = 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 3
Bring down the primes in each column.
LCM = 2 • 3 • 3 • 5
Multiply the factors to get the LCM.
The LCM of 15 and 18 is 90.
Find the LCM using the prime factors method: 15 and 20
Answer
60

Find the LCM using the prime factors method: 15 and 35
Answer
105
Find the LCM of 50 and 100 using the prime factors method.
Solution
Write the prime factorization of each number. 50 = 2 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 5 100 = 2 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 5
Write each number as a product of primes, matching primes vertically 50 = 2 ⋅5 ⋅5
when possible. 100 = 2 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 5
LCM = 2 • 2 • 5 • 5
The LCM of 50 and 100 is 100.
Find the LCM using the prime factors method: 55, 88
Answer
440
Find the LCM using the prime factors method: 60, 72
Answer
360

Ex 1: Prime Factorization
Ex 1: Prime Factorization Using Stacked Division
Ex 2: Prime Factorization Using Stacked Division
The Least Common Multiple
Example: Determining the Least Common Multiple Using a List of Multiples
Example: Determining the Least Common Multiple Using Prime Factorization

Key Concepts
Find the prime factorization of a composite number using the tree method.
Find any factor pair of the given number, and use these numbers to create two branches.
If a factor is prime, that branch is complete. Circle the prime.
If a factor is not prime, write it as the product of a factor pair and continue the process.
Write the composite number as the product of all the circled primes.
Find the prime factorization of a composite number using the ladder method.
Divide the number by the smallest prime.
Continue dividing by that prime until it no longer divides evenly.
Divide by the next prime until it no longer divides evenly.
Continue until the quotient is a prime.
Write the composite number as the product of all the primes on the sides and top of the ladder.
Find the LCM by listing multiples.
List the first several multiples of each number.
Look for multiples common to both lists. If there are no common multiples in the lists, write out additional multiples for
each number.
Look for the smallest number that is common to both lists.
This number is the LCM.
Find the LCM using the prime factors method.
Find the prime factorization of each number.
Write each number as a product of primes, matching primes vertically when possible.
Glossary
least common multiple
The smallest number that is a multiple of two numbers is called the least common multiple (LCM).
prime factorization
The prime factorization of a number is the product of prime numbers that equals the number.

In the following exercises, find the prime factorization of each number using the factor tree method.
267. 86
268. 78
269. 132
270. 455
271. 693
272. 420
273. 115
274. 225
275. 2475
276. 1560
In the following exercises, find the prime factorization of each number using the ladder method.
277. 56
278. 72
279. 168
280. 252

281. 391
282. 400
283. 432
284. 627
285. 2160
286. 2520
In the following exercises, find the prime factorization of each number using any method.
287. 150
288. 180
289. 525
290. 444
291. 36
292. 50
293. 350
294. 144
Find the Least Common Multiple (LCM) of Two Numbers

In the following exercises, find the least common multiple (LCM) by listing multiples.
295. 8, 12
296. 4, 3
297. 6, 15
298. 12, 16
299. 30, 40
300. 20, 30
301. 60, 75
302. 44, 55
In the following exercises, find the least common multiple (LCM) by using the prime factors method.
303. 8, 12
304. 12, 16
305. 24, 30
306. 28, 40
307. 70, 84
308. 84, 90
In the following exercises, find the least common multiple (LCM) using any method.
309. 6, 21
310. 9, 15
311. 24, 30
312. 32, 40
Everyday Math
313. Grocery shopping Hot dogs are sold in packages of ten, but hot dog buns come in packs of eight. What is the smallest number
of hot dogs and buns that can be purchased if you want to have the same number of hot dogs and buns? (Hint: it is the LCM!)
314. Grocery shopping Paper plates are sold in packages of 12 and party cups come in packs of 8. What is the smallest number of
plates and cups you can purchase if you want to have the same number of each? (Hint: it is the LCM!)
Writing Exercises
315. Do you prefer to find the prime factorization of a composite number by using the factor tree method or the ladder method?
Why?
316. Do you prefer to find the LCM by listing multiples or by using the prime factors method? Why?

Self Check

This page titled 2.10: Prime Factorization and the Least Common Multiple (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored,

CHAPTER OVERVIEW
3: Integers
At over 29,000 feet, Mount Everest stands as the tallest peak on land. Located along the border of Nepal and China, Mount Everest
is also known for its extreme climate. Near the summit, temperatures never rise above freezing. Every year, climbers from around
the world brave the extreme conditions in an effort to scale the tremendous height. Only some are successful. Describing the drastic
change in elevation the climbers experience and the change in temperatures requires using numbers that extend both above and
below zero. In this chapter, we will describe these kinds of numbers and operations using them.
Figure 3.1 - The peak of Mount Everest. (credit: Gunther Hagleitner, Flickr)
This page titled 3: Integers is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.
1
Locate positive and negative numbers on the number line
Order positive and negative numbers
Find opposites
Simplify expressions with absolute value
Translate word phrases to expressions with integers
 be prepared!
1. Plot 0, 1, and 3 on a number line. If you missed this problem, review Example 1.1.1.
2. Fill in the appropriate symbol: (=, <, or > ): 2___4 If you missed this problem, review Example 2.1.2.
Locate Positive and Negative Numbers on the Number Line

Do you live in a place that has very cold winters? Have you ever experienced a temperature below zero? If so, you are already
familiar with negative numbers. A negative number is a number that is less than 0. Very cold temperatures are measured in
degrees below zero and can be described by negative numbers. For example, −1 F (read as “negative one degree Fahrenheit”) is 1
∘
degree below 0. A minus sign is shown before a number to indicate that it is negative. Figure 3.1.1 shows −20 F, which is 20
∘
degrees below 0.
Figure 3.1.1: Temperatures below zero are described by negative numbers.

Temperatures are not the only negative numbers. A bank overdraft is another example of a negative number. If a person writes a
check for more than he has in his account, his balance will be negative.
Elevations can also be represented by negative numbers. The elevation at sea level is 0 feet. Elevations above sea level are positive
and elevations below sea level are negative. The elevation of the Dead Sea, which borders Israel and Jordan, is about 1, 302 feet
below sea level, so the elevation of the Dead Sea can be represented as −1, 302 feet. See Figure 3.1.2.
Figure 3.1.2: The surface of the Mediterranean Sea has an elevation of 0 ft. The diagram shows that nearby mountains have higher
(positive) elevations whereas the Dead Sea has a lower (negative) elevation.
Depths below the ocean surface are also described by negative numbers. A submarine, for example, might descend to a depth of
500 feet. Its position would then be −500 feet as labeled in Figure 3.1.3.

Figure 3.1.3: Depths below sea level are described by negative numbers. A submarine 500 ft below sea level is at −500 ft.
Both positive and negative numbers can be represented on a number line. Recall that the number line created in Add Whole
Numbers started at 0 and showed the counting numbers increasing to the right as shown in Figure 3.1.4. The counting numbers (
1, 2, 3, …) on the number line are all positive. We could write a plus sign, +, before a positive number such as +2 or +3, but it is
customary to omit the plus sign and write only the number. If there is no sign, the number is assumed to be positive.
Figure 3.1.4
Now we need to extend the number line to include negative numbers. We mark several units to the left of zero, keeping the
intervals the same width as those on the positive side. We label the marks with negative numbers, starting with −1 at the first mark
to the left of 0, −2 at the next mark, and so on. See Figure 3.1.5.
Figure 3.1.5: On a number line, positive numbers are to the right of zero. Negative numbers are to the left of zero. What about
zero? Zero is neither positive nor negative.
The arrows at either end of the line indicate that the number line extends forever in each direction. There is no greatest positive
number and there is no smallest negative number.
 Example 3.1.1: plot on the number line
Plot the numbers on a number line:

a. 3
b. −3
c. −2
Solution
Draw a number line. Mark 0 in the center and label several units to the left and right.
a. To plot 3, start at 0 and count three units to the right. Place a point as shown in Figure 3.1.6.
Figure 3.1.6
b. To plot −3, start at 0 and count three units to the left. Place a point as shown in Figure 3.1.7.
Figure 3.1.7
c. To plot −2, start at 0 and count two units to the left. Place a point as shown in Figure 3.1.8.

Figure 3.1.8
 Exercise 3.1.1
Plot the numbers on a number line.

1 , −1, −4
Answer
 Exercise 3.1.2
Plot the numbers on a number line.

−4 4 , , −1
Answer
Order Positive and Negative Numbers

We can use the number line to compare and order positive and negative numbers. Going from left to right, numbers increase in
value. Going from right to left, numbers decrease in value. See Figure 3.1.9.
Figure 3.1.9
Just as we did with positive numbers, we can use inequality symbols to show the ordering of positive and negative numbers.
Remember that we use the notation a b (read
a is greater than b ) when a is to the right of b on the number line. This is shown for the numbers 3 and 5 in Figure 3.1.10.
Figure 3.1.10: The number 3 is to the left of 5 on the number line. So 3 is less than 5, and 5 is greater than 3.
The numbers lines to follow show a few more examples.
a.
4 is to the right of 1 on the number line, so 4 > 1 . 1 is to the left of 4 on the number line, so 1 < 4 .
b.
−2 is to the left of 1 on the number line, so −2 < 1 . 1 is to the right of −2 on the number line, so 1 > −2 .
c.

−1 is to the right of −3 on the number line, so −1 > −3 . −3 is to the left of −1 on the number line, so −3 < −1 .
 Example 3.1.2: order the pairs
Order each of the following pairs of numbers using < or >:

a. 14___6
b. −1___9
c. −1___−4
d. 2___−20
Solution
Begin by plotting the numbers on a number line as shown in Figure 3.1.11.
Figure 3.1.11
a.
Compare 14 and 6. 14___6
14 is to the right of 6 on the number line. 14 > 6
b.
Compare −1 and 9. −1___9
−1 is to the left of 9 on the number line. −1 < 9
c.
Compare −1 and −4. −1___−4
−1 is to the right of −4 on the number line. −1 > −4
d.
Compare 2 and −20. 2___−20
2 is to the right of −20 on the number line. 2 > −20
 Exercise 3.1.3
Order each of the following pairs of numbers using < or >.

a. 15___7
b. −2___5
c. −3___−7
d. 5___−17
Answer a
>
Answer b
<
Answer c
>

Answer d
>
 Exercise 3.1.4
Order each of the following pairs of numbers using < or >.

a. 8___13
b. 3___−4
c. −5___−2
d. 9___−21
Answer a
<
Answer b
>
Answer c
<
Answer d
>
Find Opposites
On the number line, the negative numbers are a mirror image of the positive numbers with zero in the middle. Because the numbers
2 and −2 are the same distance from zero, they are called opposites. The opposite of 2 is −2, and the opposite of −2 is 2 as shown
in Figure 3.1.12a. Similarly, 3 and −3 are opposites as shown in Figure 3.1.12b.
Figure 3.1.12
 Definition: opposite
The opposite of a number is the number that is the same distance from zero on the number line, but on the opposite side of
zero.
 Example 3.1.3:
Find the opposite of each number:
a. 7
b. −10

Solution
a. The number −7 is the same distance from 0 as 7, but on the opposite side of 0. So −7 is the opposite of 7 as shown in
Figure 3.1.13.
Figure 3.1.13
b. The number 10 is the same distance from 0 as −10, but on the opposite side of 0. So 10 is the opposite of −10 as shown in
Figure 3.1.14.
Figure 3.1.14
 Exercise 3.1.5

a. 4
b. −3
Answer a
−4
Answer b
3
 Exercise 3.1.6

a. 8
b. −5
Answer a
−8
Answer b
5
Opposite Notation
Just as the same word in English can have different meanings, the same symbol in algebra can have different meanings.
The specific meaning becomes clear by looking at how it is used. You have seen the symbol “−”, in three different ways.
Between two numbers, the symbol indicates the operation of subtraction.

10 - 4
We read 10 − 4 as 10 minus 4.
In front of a number, the symbol indicates a negative number.
-8
We read −8 as negative eight.
In front of a variable or a number, it indicates the opposite.
-x
We read −x as the opposite of x .

Here we have two signs. The sign in the parentheses indicates that the
number is negative 2. The sign outside the parentheses indicates the
− (−2)
opposite.
We read − (−2) as the opposite of −2.
 Definition: Opposite Notation
−a means the opposite of the number a .

The notation −a is read the opposite of a .
Simplify: −(−6).
Solution
−(−6)
The opposite of −6 is 6. 6
 Exercise 3.1.7
Simplify: −(−1)
Answer
1
 Exercise 3.1.8
Simplify: −(−5)
Answer
5
Integers
The set of counting numbers, their opposites, and 0 is the set of integers.
 Definition: integers
Integers are counting numbers, their opposites, and zero.
… − 3, −2, −1, 0, 1, 2, 3 …
We must be very careful with the signs when evaluating the opposite of a variable.
Evaluate −x:
a. when x = 8
b. when x = −8
Solution
a.

To evaluate −x when x = 8, substitute 8 for x. −x
Substitute 8 for x. −(8)
Simplify. −8
b.
To evaluate −x when x = −8, substitute 8 for x. −x
Substitute −8 for x. −(−8)
Simplify. −8
 Exercise 3.1.9
Evaluate −n:
a. when n = 4
b. when n = −4
Answer a
−4
Answer b
4
 Exercise 3.1.10
Evaluate −m:
a. when m = 11
b. when m = −11
Answer a
−11
Answer b
11
Simplify Expressions with Absolute Value

We saw that numbers such as 5 and −5 are opposites because they are the same distance from 0 on the number line. They are both
five units from 0. The distance between 0 and any number on the number line is called the absolute value of that number. Because
distance is never negative, the absolute value of any number is never negative. The symbol for absolute value is two vertical lines
on either side of a number. So the absolute value of 5 is written as |5|, and the absolute value of −5 is written as | − 5| as shown in
Figure 3.1.15.
Figure 3.1.15

 Definition: Absolute Value
The absolute value of a number is its distance from 0 on the number line.
The absolute value of a number n is written as |n|.
|n| ≥ 0 f or all numbers
 Example 3.6:
Simplify:
a. |3|
b. | − 44|
c. |0|
Solution
a.
|3|
3 is 3 units from zero. 3
b.
|-44|
-44 is 44 units from zero. 44
c.
|0|
0 is already at zero. 0
 Exercise 3.1.11
Simplify:
a. |12|
b. −| − 28|
Answer a
12
Answer b
−28
 Exercise 3.12:
Simplify:
a. |9|
b. −|37|
Answer a
9
Answer b

−37

This page titled 3.1: Introduction to Integers (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

We treat absolute value bars just like we treat parentheses in the order of operations. We simplify the expression inside first.

Evaluate:
a. |x| when x = −35
b. | − y| when y = −20
c. −|u| when u = 12
d. −|p| when p = −14
Solution
a.
To find |x| when x = −35: |x|
Substitute −35 for x. | − 35|
Take the absolute value. 35
b.
To find |− y| when y = −20: | − y|
Substitute −20 for y. | − (−20)|
Simplify. |20|
c.
To find -|u| when u = 12: −|u|
Substitute 12 for u. −|12|
Take the absolute value. −12
d.
To find −|p| when p = −14: −|p|
Substitute −14 for p. −| − 14|
Take the absolute value. −14
Notice that the result is negative only when there is a negative sign outside the absolute value symbol
 Exercise 3.2.13
Evaluate:
a. |x| when x = −17
b. | − y| when y = −39
c. −|m| when m = 22
d. −|p| when p = −11
Answer a
17
Answer b

39
Answer c
−22
Answer d
11
 Exercise 3.2.14
Evaluate:
a. |y| when y = −23
b. | − y| when y = −21
c. −|n| when n = 37
d. −|q| when q = −49
Answer a
23
Answer b
21
Answer c
−37
Answer d
−49
 Example 3.2.8: compare expressions

Fill in <, > or = for each of the following:
a. | − 5| ___−| − 5|
b. 8___−| − 8|
c. −9___−| − 9|
d. −| − 7| ___−7
Solution
To compare two expressions, simplify each one first. Then compare.
a.
|−5|___− |−5|
Simplify. 5___−5
Order. 5 > −5
b.
8___− |−8|
Simplify. 8___−8
Order. 8 > −8
c.

−9___− |−9|
Simplify. −9___−9
Order. −9 = −9
d.
−|−7|___−7
Simplify. −7___−7
Order. −7 = −7
 Exercise 3.2.15
Fill in <, >, or = for each of the following:

a. | − 9| ___−| − 9|
b. 2___−| − 2|
c. −8___| − 8|
d. −| − 5| ___−5
Answer a
>
Answer b
>
Answer c
<
Answer d
=
 Exercise 3.2.16
Fill in <, >, or = for each of the following:

a. 7___−| − 7|
b. −| − 11| ___−11
c. | − 4| ___−| − 4|
d. −1___| − 1|
Answer a
>
Answer b
=
Answer c
>
Answer d
<
Absolute value bars act like grouping symbols. First simplify inside the absolute value bars as much as possible. Then take the
absolute value of the resulting number, and continue with any operations outside the absolute value symbols.

Simplify:
a. |9 − 3|
b. 4| − 2|
Solution
For each expression, follow the order of operations. Begin inside the absolute value symbols just as with parentheses.
a.
Simplify inside the absolute value sign. |9−3| = |6|
b.
Take the absolute value. 4|−2| = 4 • 2
Multiply. 8
 Exercise 3.2.17
Simplify:
a. |12 − 9|
b. 3| − 6|
Answer a
3
Answer b
18
 Exercise 3.2.18
Simplify:
a. |27 − 16|
b. 9| − 7|
Answer a
11
Answer b
63

Simplify: |8 + 7| − |5 + 6| .
Solution
For each expression, follow the order of operations. Begin inside the absolute value symbols just as with parentheses.
Simplify inside each absolute value sign. |8+7|−|5+6| = |15|−|11|
Subtract. 4

 Exercise 3.2.19
Simplify: |1 + 8| − |2 + 5|
Answer
2
 Exercise 3.2.20
Simplify: |9 − 5| − |7 − 6|
Answer
3
Simplify: 24 − |19 − 3(6 − 2)| .

Solution
We use the order of operations. Remember to simplify grouping symbols first, so parentheses inside absolute value symbols
would be first.
Simplify in the parentheses first. 24 − |19 − 3(6 − 2)| = 24 − |19 − 3(4)|
Multiply 3(4). 24 − |19 − 12|
Subtract inside the absolute value sign. 24 − |7|
Take the absolute value. 24 - 7
Subtract. 17
 Exercise 3.2.21
Simplify: 19 − |11 − 4(3 − 1)|
Answer
16
 Exercise 3.2.22
Simplify: 9 − |8 − 4(7 − 5)|
Answer
9
Translate Word Phrases into Expressions with Integers

Now we can translate word phrases into expressions with integers. Look for words that indicate a negative sign. For example, the
word negative in “negative twenty” indicates −20. So does the word opposite in “the opposite of 20.”

Translate each phrase into an expression with integers:

a. the opposite of positive fourteen
b. the opposite of −11
c. negative sixteen
d. two minus negative seven
Solution
a. the opposite of fourteen −14
b. the opposite of −11 − (−11)
c. negative sixteen −16
d. two minus negative seven 2 − (−7)
 Exercise 3.2.23

a. the opposite of positive nine
b. the opposite of −15
c. negative twenty
d. eleven minus negative four
Answer a
−9
Answer b
15
Answer c
−20
Answer d
11 − (−4)
 Exercise 3.2.24
a. the opposite of negative nineteen
b. the opposite of twenty-two
c. negative nine
d. negative eight minus negative five
Answer a
19
Answer b
−22
Answer c
−9
Answer d
−8 − (−5)

As we saw at the start of this section, negative numbers are needed to describe many real-world situations. We’ll look at some more
applications of negative numbers in the next example.
Example 3.2.13: translate
Translate into an expression with integers:

a. The temperature is 12 degrees Fahrenheit below zero.
b. The football team had a gain of 3 yards.
c. The elevation of the Dead Sea is 1, 302 feet below sea level.
d. A checking account is overdrawn by $40.
Solution
Look for key phrases in each sentence. Then look for words that indicate negative signs. Don’t forget to include units of
measurement described in the sentence.
a.
The temperature is 12 degrees Fahrenheit below zero.
Below zero tells us that 12 is a negative number. −12 ºF
b.
The football team had a gain of 3 yards.
A gain tells us that 3 is a positive number. 3 yards
c.
The elevation of the Dead Sea is 1,302 feet below sea level.
Below sea level tells us that 1,302 is a negative number. −1,302 feet
d.
A checking account is overdrawn by $40.
Overdrawn tells us that 40 is a negative number. −$40
 Exercise 3.2.25
Translate into an expression with integers: The football team had a gain of 5 yards.
Answer
5 yards
 Exercise 3.2.26
Translate into an expression with integers: The scuba diver was 30 feet below the surface of the water.
Answer
−30 feet

Introduction to Integers
Simplifying the Opposites of Negative Integers

Comparing Absolute Value of Integers
Comparing Integers Using Inequalities
Key Concepts
Opposite Notation
−a means the opposite of the number a
The notation −a is read the opposite of a .
Absolute Value Notation
|n| ≥ 0 for all numbers.
Glossary
absolute value
The absolute value of a number is its distance from 0 on the number line.
integers
Integers are counting numbers, their opposites, and zero ... – 3, – 2, – 1, 0, 1, 2, 3. . .
negative number
A negative number is less than zero.
opposites
The opposite of a number is the number that is the same distance from zero on the number line, but on the opposite side of zero.

In the following exercises, locate and label the given points on a number line.
1. (a) 2 (b) −2 (c) −5
2. (a) 5 (b) −5 (c) −2
3. (a) −8 (b) 8 (c) −6
4. (a) −7 (b) 7 (c) −1
Order Positive and Negative Numbers on the Number Line

In the following exercises, order each of the following pairs of numbers, using < or >.
5. (a) 9__4 (b) −3__6 (c) −8__−2 (d) 1__−10
6. (a) 6__2; (b) −7__4; (c) −9__−1; (d) 9__−3
7. (a) −5__1; (b) −4__−9; (c) 6__10; (d) 3__−8
8. (a) −7__3; (b) −10__−5; (c) 2__−6; (d) 8__9
Find Opposites
In the following exercises, find the opposite of each number.
9. (a) 2 (b) −6
10. (a) 9 (b) −4
11. (a) −8 (b) 1
12. (a) −2 (b) 6
13. −(−4)
14. −(−8)
15. −(−15)

16. −(−11)
In the following exercises, evaluate.
17. −m when (a) m = 3 (b) m = −3
18. −p when (a) p = 6 (b) p = −6
19. −c when (a) c = 12 (b) c = −12
20. −d when (a) d = 21 (b) d = −21
Simplify Expressions with Absolute Value

In the following exercises, simplify each absolute value expression.
21. (a) |7| (b) |−25| (c) |0|
22. (a) |5| (b) |20| (c) |−19|
23. (a) |−32| (b) |−18| (c) |16|
24. (a) |−41| (b) |−40| (c) |22|
In the following exercises, evaluate each absolute value expression.
25. (a) |x| when x = −28 (b) | − u| when u = −15
26. (a) |y| when y = −37 (b) | − z| when z = −24
27. (a) − |p| when p = 19 (b) − |q| when q = −33
28. (a) − |a| when a = 60 (b) − |b| when b = −12
In the following exercises, fill in , or = to compare each expression.
29. (a) −6__|−6| (b) − |−3|__−3
30. (a) −8__|−8| (b) − |−2|__−2
31. (a) |−3|__− |−3| (b) 4__− |−4|
32. (a) |−5|__− |−5| (b) 9__− |−9|
33. |8 − 4|
34. |9 − 6|
35. 8|−7|
36. 5|−5|
37. |15 − 7| − |14 − 6|
38. |17 − 8| − |13 − 4|
39. 18 − |2(8 − 3)|
40. 15 − |3(8 − 5)|
41. 8(14 − 2|−2|)
42. 6(13 − 4|−2|)
Translate Word Phrases into Expressions with Integers

Translate each phrase into an expression with integers. Do not simplify.
43. (a) the opposite of 8 (b) the opposite of −6 (c) negative three (d) 4 minus negative 3
44. (a) the opposite of 11 (b) the opposite of −4 (c) negative nine (d) 8 minus negative 2
45. (a) the opposite of 20 (b) the opposite of −5 (c) negative twelve (d) 18 minus negative 7
46. (a) the opposite of 15 (b) the opposite of −9 (c) negative sixty (d) 12 minus 5
47. a temperature of 6 degrees below zero
48. a temperature of 14 degrees below zero
49. an elevation of 40 feet below sea level
51. a football play loss of 12 yards
52. a football play gain of 4 yards
53. a stock gain of $3
54. a stock loss of $5

55. a golf score one above par
56. a golf score of 3 below par
Everyday Math
57. Elevation The highest elevation in the United States is Mount McKinley, Alaska, at 20,320 feet above sea level. The lowest
elevation is Death Valley, California, at 282 feet below sea level. Use integers to write the elevation of: (a) Mount McKinley (b)
Death Valley
58. Extreme temperatures The highest recorded temperature on Earth is 58° Celsius, recorded in the Sahara Desert in 1922. The
lowest recorded temperature is 90° below 0° Celsius, recorded in Antarctica in 1983. Use integers to write the: (a) highest
recorded temperature (b) lowest recorded temperature
59. State budgets In June, 2011, the state of Pennsylvania estimated it would have a budget surplus of $540 million. That same
month, Texas estimated it would have a budget deficit of $27 billion. Use integers to write the budget: (a) surplus (b) deficit
60. College enrollments Across the United States, community college enrollment grew by 1,400,000 students from 2007 to 2010.
In California, community college enrollment declined by 110,171 students from 2009 to 2010. Use integers to write the change
in enrollment: (a) growth (b) decline
Writing Exercises
61. Give an example of a negative number from your life experience.
62. What are the three uses of the “−” sign in algebra? Explain how they differ.
Self Check

help you need.

This page titled 3.2: Introduction to Integers (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

Model addition of integers
Simplify expressions with integers
Evaluate variable expressions with integers
Add integers in applications
 be prepared!
1. Evaluate x + 8 when x = 6 . If you missed this problem, review Example 2.2.1.
2. Simplify: 8 + 2(5 + 1) . If you missed this problem, review Example 2.1.8.
3. Translate the sum of 3 and negative 7 into an algebraic expression. If you missed this problem, review Table 2.2.3.
Model Addition of Integers

Now that we have located positive and negative numbers on the number line, it is time to discuss arithmetic operations with
integers.
Most students are comfortable with the addition and subtraction facts for positive numbers. But doing addition or subtraction with
both positive and negative numbers may be more difficult. This difficulty relates to the way the brain learns.
The brain learns best by working with objects in the real world and then generalizing to abstract concepts. Toddlers learn quickly
that if they have two cookies and their older brother steals one, they have only one left. This is a concrete example of 2 − 1 .
Children learn their basic addition and subtraction facts from experiences in their everyday lives. Eventually, they know the number
facts without relying on cookies.
Addition and subtraction of negative numbers have fewer real world examples that are meaningful to us. Math teachers have
several different approaches, such as number lines, banking, temperatures, and so on, to make these concepts real.
We will model addition and subtraction of negatives with two color counters. We let a blue counter represent a positive and a red
counter will represent a negative.
If we have one positive and one negative counter, the value of the pair is zero. They form a neutral pair. The value of this neutral
pair is zero as summarized in Figure 3.3.1.
Figure 3.3.1: A blue counter represents +1. A red counter represents −1. Together they add to zero.
We will model four addition facts using the numbers 5, −5 and 3, −3.
5 +3 − 5 + (−3) −5 +3 5 + (−3)
 Example 3.3.1: model the expression

Model: 5 + 3 .
Solution
Interpret the expression. 5 + 3 means the sum of 5 and 3.

Model the first number. Start with 5 positives.
Model the second number. Add 3 positives.
Count the total number of counters.
The sum of 5 and 3 is 8. 5+3=8
 Exercise 3.3.1
Model the expression. 2 + 4
Answer
 Exercise 3.3.2
Model the expression. 2 + 5
Answer
Model: −5 + (−3) .
Solution
Interpret the expression. −5 + (−3) means the sum of −5 and −3.
Model the first number. Start with 5 negatives.
Model the second number. Add 3 negatives.
Count the total number of counters.
The sum of −5 and −3 is −8. −5 + −3 = −8
 Exercise 3.3.3
Model the expression. −2 + (−4)
Answer
−6

 Exercise 3.3.4
Model the expression. −2 + (−5)
Answer
−7
Example 3.3.1 and Example 3.3.2 are very similar. The first example adds 5 positives and 3 positives—both positives. The second
example adds 5 negatives and 3 negatives—both negatives. In each case, we got a result of 8 -- either 8 positives or 8 negatives.
When the signs are the same, the counters are all the same color. Now let’s see what happens when the signs are different.
Model: −5 + 3 .
Solution
Interpret the expression. −5 + 3 means the sum of −5 and 3.
Model the second number. Add 3 positives.
Remove any neutral pairs.
Count the result.
The sum of −5 and 3 is −2. −5 + 3 = −2
Notice that there were more negatives than positives, so the result is negative.
 Exercise 3.3.5
Model the expression, and then simplify: 2 + (−4)
Answer
−2
 Exercise 3.3.6
Model the expression, and then simplify: 2 + (−5)
Answer
−3

Model: 5 + (−3) .
Solution
Interpret the expression. 5 + (−3) means the sum of 5 and −3.
Model the second number. Add 3 negatives.
Remove any neutral pairs.
Count the result.
The sum of 5 and −3 is 2. 5 + (−3) = 2
 Exercise 3.3.7
Model the expression, and then simplify: (−2) + 4
Answer
 Exercise 3.3.8
Model the expression: (−2) + 5
Answer
 Example 3.3.5: model the addition
Model each addition.

a. 4 + 2
b. −3 + 6
c. 4 + (−5)
d. −2 + (−3)
Solution
a. 4 +2
Start with 4 positives.

Add two positives.
How many do you have? 6. 4+2=6
b. −3 + 6
Start with 3 negatives.
Add 6 positives.
Remove neutral pairs.
How many are left?
3. −3 + 6 = 3
c. 4 + (−5)
Add 5 negatives.
Remove neutral pairs.
How many are left?
−1. 4 + (−5) = −1
d. −2 + (−3)
Add 3 negatives.
How many do you have? −5. −2 + (−3) = −5
 Exercise 3.3.9

a. 3 + 4
b. −1 + 4
c. 4 + (−6)
d. −2 + (−2)
Answer a

Answer b
Answer c
Answer d
 Exercise3.3.10

a. 5 + 1
b. −3 + 7
c. 2 + (−8)
d. −3 + (−4)
Answer a
Answer b
Answer c
Answer d
Simplify Expressions with Integers

Now that you have modeled adding small positive and negative integers, you can visualize the model in your mind to simplify
expressions with any integers.
For example, if you want to add 37 + (−53) , you don’t have to count out 37 blue counters and 53 red counters.
Picture 37 blue counters with 53 red counters lined up underneath. Since there would be more negative counters than positive
counters, the sum would be negative. Because 53 − 37 = 16 , there are 16 more negative counters.
37 + (−53) = −16
Let’s try another one. We’ll add −74 + (−27) . Imagine 74 red counters and 27 more red counters, so we have 101 red counters all
together. This means the sum is −101.
−74 + (−27) = −101
Look again at the results of Example 3.3.1 - Example 3.3.2.

Table 3.3.1 : Addition of Positive and Negative Integers
5+3 −5 + (−3)
both positive, sum positive both negative, sum negative
When the signs are the same, the counters would be all the same color, so add them.
−5 + 3 5 + (−3)
different signs, more negatives different signs, more positives
sum negative sum positive

5+3 −5 + (−3)
When the signs are different, some counters would make neutral pairs; subtract to see how many are left.

Simplify:
a. 19 + (−47)
b. −32 + 40
Solution
a. Since the signs are different, we subtract 19 from 47. The answer will be negative because there are more negatives than
positives. 19 + (−47) = −28
b. The signs are different so we subtract 32 from 40. The answer will be positive because there are more positives than
negatives −32 + 40 = 8
 Exercise 3.3.11
Simplify each expression:

a. 15 + (−32)
b. −19 + 76
Answer a
−17
Answer b
57
 Exercise 3.3.12
a. −55 + 9
b. 43 + (−17)
Answer a
−46
Answer b
26

Simplify: −14 + (−36) .
Solution
Since the signs are the same, we add. The answer will be negative because there are only negatives.
−14 + (−36) = −50

 Exercise 3.3.13
Simplify the expression: −31 + (−19)
Answer
−50
 Exercise 3.3.14
Simplify the expression: −42 + (−28)
Answer
−70
The techniques we have used up to now extend to more complicated expressions. Remember to follow the order of operations.
Simplify: −5 + 3(−2 + 7) .
Solution
Simplify inside the parentheses. −5 + 3(5)
Multiply. −5 + 15
Add left to right. 10
 Exercise 3.3.15
Simplify the expression: −2 + 5(−4 + 7)
Answer
13
 Exercise 3.3.16
Simplify the expression: −4 + 2(−3 + 5)
Answer
0

This page titled 3.3: Add Integers (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

Evaluate Variable Expressions with Integers
Remember that to evaluate an expression means to substitute a number for the variable in the expression. Now we can use negative
numbers as well as positive numbers when evaluating expressions.

Evaluate x + 7 when
a. x = −2
b. x = −11
Solution
a. Evaluate x + 7 when x = −2
Substitute −2 for x. −2 + 7 (3.4.1)
Simplify. 5 (3.4.2)
b. Evaluate x + 7 when x = −11
Substitute −11 for x. −11 + 7 (3.4.3)
Simplify. −4 (3.4.4)
 Exercise 3.4.17
Evaluate each expression for the given values: x + 5 when

a. x = −3
b. x = −17
Answer a
2
Answer b
−12
 Exercise 3.4.18
Evaluate each expression for the given values: y + 7 when

a. y = −5
b. y = −8
Answer a
2
Answer b
−1

When n = −5 , evaluate
a. n + 1
b. −n + 1
Solution
a.
Evaluate n + 1 when n = −5 n+1 (3.4.5)
Substitute −5 for n. −5 + 1 (3.4.6)
Simplify. −4 (3.4.7)
b.
Evaluate −n + 1 when n = −5 −n + 1 (3.4.8)
Substitute −5 for n. −(−5) + 1 (3.4.9)
Simplify. 5 +1 (3.4.10)
Add. 6 (3.4.11)
 Exercise 3.4.19
When n = −8 , evaluate
a. n + 2
b. −n + 2
Answer a
−6
Answer b
10
 Exercise 3.4.20
When y = −9 , evaluate
a. y + 8
b. −y + 8
Answer a
−1
Answer b
17
Next we'll evaluate an expression with two variables.

Evaluate 3a + b when a = 12 and b = −30 .

Solution
Substitute 12 for a and −30 for b. 3(12) + (−30)
Multiply. 36 + (−30)
Add. 6
 Exercise 3.4.21
Evaluate the expression: a + 2b when a = −19 and b = 14 .
Answer
9
 Exercise 3.4.22
Evaluate the expression: 5p + q when p = 4 and q = −7 .
Answer
13
Evaluate $(x + y)^2$ when x = −18 and y = 24.

Solution
This expression has two variables.
Substitute −18 for x and 24 for y. (−18 + 24)

2
(3.4.12)
Add inside the parentheses. (6)

2
(3.4.13)
Simplify. 36 (3.4.14)
 Exercise 3.4.23
Evaluate: (x + y) when x = −15 and y = 29.

2
Answer
196
 Exercise 3.4.24
Evaluate: (x + y) when x = −8 and y = 10.

3
Answer
8

All our earlier work translating word phrases to algebra also applies to expressions that include both positive and negative numbers.
Remember that the phrase the sum indicates addition.

Translate and simplify: the sum of −9 and 5.
Solution
The sum of −9 and 5 indicates addition. the sum of −9 and 5
Translate. −9 + 5
Simplify. −4
 Exercise 3.4.25
Translate and simplify the expression: the sum of −7 and 4
Answer
−7 + 4 = −3
 Exercise 3.4.26
Translate and simplify the expression: the sum of −8 and −6
Answer
−8 + (−6) = −14
Translate and simplify: the sum of 8 and −12, increased by 3.

Solution
The phrase increased by indicates addition.
Translate. [8 + (−12)] + 3
Simplify. −4 + 3
Add. −1
 Exercise 3.4.27
Translate and simplify: the sum of 9 and −16, increased by 4.
Answer
[9 + (−16)] + 4 = −3
 Exercise 3.4.28
Translate and simplify: the sum of −8 and −12, increased by 7.
Answer

[−8 + (−12)] + 7 = −13
Add Integers in Applications

Recall that we were introduced to some situations in everyday life that use positive and negative numbers, such as temperatures,
banking, and sports. For example, a debt of $5 could be represented as −$5. Let’s practice translating and solving a few
applications.
Solving applications is easy if we have a plan. First, we determine what we are looking for. Then we write a phrase that gives the
information to find it. We translate the phrase into math notation and then simplify to get the answer. Finally, we write a sentence to
answer the question.
The temperature in Buffalo, NY, one morning started at 7 degrees below zero Fahrenheit. By noon, it had warmed up 12
degrees. What was the temperature at noon?

Solution
We are asked to find the temperature at noon.
Write a phrase for the temperature. The temperature warmed up 12 degrees from 7 degrees below zero.
Translate to math notation. −7 + 12
Simplify. 5
Write a sentence to answer the question. The temperature at noon was 5 degrees Fahrenheit.
 Exercise 3.4.29
The temperature in Chicago at 5 A.M. was 10 degrees below zero Celsius. Six hours later, it had warmed up 14 degrees
Celsius. What is the temperature at 11 A.M.?
Answer
4 degrees Celsius
 Exercise 3.4.30
A scuba diver was swimming 16 feet below the surface and then dove down another 17 feet. What is her new depth?
Answer
−33 feet
A football team took possession of the football on their 42-yard line. In the next three plays, they lost 6 yards, gained 4 yards,
and then lost 8 yards. On what yard line was the ball at the end of those three plays?
Solution
We are asked to find the yard line the ball was on at the end of three plays.
Write a word phrase for the position of the ball. Start at 42, then lose 6, gain 4, lose 8.
Translate to math notation 42 − 6 + 4 − 8
Simplify. 32
Write a sentence to answer the question. At the end of the three plays, the ball is on the 32-yard line.

 Exercise 3.4.31
The Bears took possession of the football on their 20-yard line. In the next three plays, they lost 9 yards, gained 7 yards, then
lost 4 yards. On what yard line was the ball at the end of those three plays?
Answer
14 yard line
 Exercise 3.4.32
The Chargers began with the football on their 25-yard line. They gained 5 yards, lost 8 yards and then gained 15 yards on the
next three plays. Where was the ball at the end of these plays?
Answer
37 yard line

Adding Integers with Same Sign Using Color Counters
Adding Integers with Different Signs Using Counters
Ex1: Adding Integers
Ex2: Adding Integers
Key Concepts
Addition of Positive and Negative Integers
5+3 −5+(−3)
−5+3 5+(−3)
Sum negative sum positive

In the following exercises, model the expression to simplify.
63. 7+4
64. 8+5
65. −6 + (−3)
66. −5 + (−5)
67. −7 + 5
68. −9 + 6
69. 8 + (−7)
70. 9 + (−4)

71. −21 + (−59)
72. −35 + (−47)
73. 48 + (−16)
74. 34 + (−19)
75. −200 + 65
76. −150 + 45
77. 2 + (−8) + 6
78. 4 + (−9) + 7
79. −14 + (−12) + 4
80. −17 + (−18) + 6
81. 135 + (−110) + 83
82. 140 + (−75) + 67
83. −32 + 24 + (−6) + 10
84. −38 + 27 + (−8) + 12
85. 19 + 2(−3 + 8)
86. 24 + 3(−5 + 9)

87. 87. x + 8 when
a. x = −26
b. x = −95
88. y + 9 when
a. y = −29
b. y = −84
89. y + (−14) when
a. y = −33
b. y = 30
90. x + (−21) when
a. x = −27
b. x = 44
91. When a = −7, evaluate:
a. a + 3
b. −a + 3
92. When b = −11, evaluate:
a. b + 6
b. −b + 6
93. When c = −9, evaluate:
a. c + (−4)
b. −c + (−4)
94. When d = −8, evaluate:
a. d + (−9)
b. −d + (−9)
95. m + n when, m = −15 , n = 7
96. p + q when, p = −9 , q = 17
97. r−3s when, r = 16 , s = 2

98. 2t + u when, t = −6 , u = −5
99. (a + b)2 when, a = −7 , b = 15
100. (c + d)2 when, c = −5 , d = 14
101. (x + y)2 when, x = −3 , y = 14
102. (y + z)2 when, y = −3 , z = 15

In the following exercises, translate each phrase into an algebraic expression and then simplify.
103. The sum of −14 and 5
104. The sum of −22 and 9
105. 8 more than −2
107. −10 added to −15
108. −6 added to −20
109. 6 more than the sum of −1 and −12
111. the sum of 10 and −19, increased by 4

113. Temperature The temperature in St. Paul, Minnesota was −19 °F at sunrise. By noon the temperature had risen 26 °F. What
was the temperature at noon?
114. Temperature The temperature in Chicago was −15 °F at 6 am. By afternoon the temperature had risen 28 °F. What was the
afternoon temperature?
115. Credit Cards Lupe owes $73 on her credit card. Then she charges $45 more. What is the new balance?
116. Credit Cards Frank owes $212 on his credit card. Then he charges $105 more. What is the new balance?
117. Weight Loss Angie lost 3 pounds the first week of her diet. Over the next three weeks, she lost 2 pounds, gained 1 pound, and
then lost 4 pounds. What was the change in her weight over the four weeks?
118. Weight Loss April lost 5 pounds the first week of her diet. Over the next three weeks, she lost 3 pounds, gained 2 pounds, and
then lost 1 pound. What was the change in her weight over the four weeks?
119. Football The Rams took possession of the football on their own 35-yard line. In the next three plays, they lost 12 yards, gained
8 yards, then lost 6 yards. On what yard line was the ball at the end of those three plays?
120. Football The Cowboys began with the ball on their own 20-yard line. They gained 15 yards, lost 3 yards and then gained 6
yards on the next three plays. Where was the ball at the end of these plays?
121. Calories Lisbeth walked from her house to get a frozen yogurt, and then she walked home. By walking for a total of 20
minutes, she burned 90 calories. The frozen yogurt she ate was 110 calories. What was her total calorie gain or loss?
122. Calories Ozzie rode his bike for 30 minutes, burning 168 calories. Then he had a 140-calorie iced blended mocha. Represent
the change in calories as an integer.
Everyday Math
123. Stock Market The week of September 15, 2008, was one of the most volatile weeks ever for the U.S. stock market. The change
in the Dow Jones Industrial Average each day was: Monday −504, Tuesday +142, Wednesday −449, Thursday +410, Friday
+369. What was the overall change for the week?
124. Stock Market During the week of June 22, 2009, the change in the Dow Jones Industrial Average each day was: Monday −201,
Tuesday −16, Wednesday −23, Thursday +172, Friday −34. What was the overall change for the week?
Writing Exercises
125. Explain why the sum of −8 and 2 is negative, but the sum of 8 and −2 and is positive.
126. Give an example from your life experience of adding two negative numbers.

Self Check
(b) After reviewing this checklist, what will you do to become confident or all objectives?

This page titled 3.4: Add Integers (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

Model subtraction of integers
Translate words phrases to algebraic expressions
Subtract integers in applications
 be prepared!
1. Simplify: 12 − (8 − 1) . If you missed this problem, review Example 2.1.8.
2. Translate the difference of $20$ and −15 into an algebraic expression. If you missed this problem, review Example 1.3.11.
3. Add: −18 + 7 . If you missed this problem, review Example 3.2.6.
Model Subtraction of Integers

Remember the story in the last section about the toddler and the cookies? Children learn how to subtract numbers through their
everyday experiences. Real-life experiences serve as models for subtracting positive numbers, and in some cases, such as
temperature, for adding negative as well as positive numbers. But it is difficult to relate subtracting negative numbers to common
life experiences. Most people do not have an intuitive understanding of subtraction when negative numbers are involved. Math
teachers use several different models to explain subtracting negative numbers.
We will continue to use counters to model subtraction. Remember, the blue counters represent positive numbers and the red
counters represent negative numbers.
Perhaps when you were younger, you read 5 −3 as five take away three. When we use counters, we can think of subtraction the
same way.
We will model four subtraction facts using the numbers 5 and 3.
5 −3 − 5 − (−3) −5 −3 5 − (−3)

Model: 5 − 3 .
Solution
Interpret the expression. 5 − 3 means 5 take away 3.
Take away the second number. So take away 3 positives.
Find the counters that are left.
The difference between 5 and 3 is 2.

 Exercise 3.5.1
Model the expression: 6 − 4
Answer
 Exercise 3.5.2
Model the expression: 7 − 4
Answer
Model: −5 − (−3) .
Solution
Interpret the expression. −5 − (−3) means −5 take away −3.
Take away the second number. So take away 3 negatives.
Find the number of counters that are left.
The difference between −5 and −3 is −2.
 Exercise 3.5.3
Model the expression: −6 − (−4)
Answer
−2
 Exercise 3.5.4
Model the expression: −7 − (−4)
Answer

−3
Notice that Example 3.5.1 and Example 3.5.2 are very much alike.
First, we subtracted 3 positives from 5 positives to get 2 positives.
Then we subtracted 3 negatives from 5 negatives to get 2 negatives.
Each example used counters of only one color, and the “take away” model of subtraction was easy to apply.
Figure 3.5.1
Now let’s see what happens when we subtract one positive and one negative number. We will need to use both positive and
negative counters and sometimes some neutral pairs, too. Adding a neutral pair does not change the value.
Model: −5 − 3 .
Solution
Interpret the expression. −5 − 3 means −5 take away 3.
Take away the second number. So we need to take away 3 positives.
But there are no positives to take away. Add neutral pairs until you
have 3 positives.
Now take away 3 positives.
Count the number of counters that are left.
The difference of −5 and 3 is −8.
 Exercise 3.5.5
Model the expression: −6 − 4
Answer
−10

 Exercise 3.5.6
Model the expression: −7 − 4
Answer
−11
Model: 5 − (−3) .
Solution
Interpret the expression. 5 − (−3) means 5 take away −3.
Take away the second number, so take away 3 negatives.
But there are no negatives to take away. Add neutral pairs until you
have 3 negatives.
Then take away 3 negatives.
Count the number of counters that are left.
The difference of 5 and −3 is 8.
 Exercise 3.5.7
Model the expression: 6 − (−4)
Answer
10
 Exercise 3.5.8
Model the expression: 7 − (−4)
Answer
11

Model each subtraction.

a. 8 − 2
b. −5 − 4
c. 6 − (−6)
d. −8 − (−3)
Solution
a. 8 −2 : This means 8 take away 2.
Take away 2 positives.
How many are left? 8−2=6
b. −5 − 4 : This means −5 take away 4.
You need to take away 4 positives. Add 4 neutral pairs to get 4

positives.
Take away 4 positives.
How many are left? −5 − 4 = −9
c. 6 − (−6) : This means 6 take away −6.
Add 6 neutrals to get 6 negatives to take away.
Remove 6 negatives.
How many are left? 6 − (−6) = 12
d. −8 − (−3) : This means −8 take away −3.
Take away 3 negatives.

How many are left? −8 − (−3) = −5
 Exercise 3.5.9

a. 7 − (−8)
b. −7 − (−2)
c. 4 − 1
d. −6 − 8
Answer a
Answer b
Answer c
Answer d
 Exercise 3.5.10

a. 4 − (−6)
b. −8 − (−1)
c. 7 − 3
d. −4 − 2
Answer a
Answer b
Answer c
Answer d

Model each subtraction expression:
a. 2 − 8
b. −3 − (−8)
Solution
a.
We start with 2 positives.
We need to take away 8 positives, but we have only 2.
Add neutral pairs until there are 8 positives to take away.
Then take away eight positives.
Find the number of counters that are left. There are 6 negatives.
2 − 8 = −6
b.
We start with 3 negatives.
We need to take away 8 negatives, but we have only 3.
Add neutral pairs until there are 8 negatives to take away
Then take away the 8 negatives.
Find the number of counters that are left. There are 5 positives.
−3 − (−8) = 5
 Exercise 3.5.11
Model each subtraction expression.

a. 7 − 9
b. −5 − (−9)
Answer a

−2
Answer b
 Exercise 3.5.12
Model each subtraction expression.

a. 4 − 7
b. −7 − (−10)
Answer a
−3
Answer b

Do you see a pattern? Are you ready to subtract integers without counters? Let’s do two more subtractions. We’ll think about how
we would model these with counters, but we won’t actually use the counters.
Subtract −23 − 7 . Think: We start with 23 negative counters. We have to subtract 7 positives, but there are no positives to take
away. So we add 7 neutral pairs to get the 7 positives. Now we take away the 7 positives. So what’s left? We have the original
23 negatives plus 7 more negatives from the neutral pair. The result is 30 negatives. −23 − 7 = −30 Notice, that to subtract 7 ,
we added 7 negatives.
Subtract 30 − (−12) . Think: We start with 30 positives. We have to subtract 12 negatives, but there are no negatives to take
away. So we add 12 neutral pairs to the 30 positives. Now we take away the 12 negatives. What’s left? We have the original 30
positives plus 12 more positives from the neutral pairs. The result is 42 positives. 30 − (−12) = 42 Notice that to subtract
−12, we added 12.
While we may not always use the counters, especially when we work with large numbers, practicing with them first gave us a
concrete way to apply the concept, so that we can visualize and remember how to do the subtraction without the counters.
Have you noticed that subtraction of signed numbers can be done by adding the opposite? You will often see the idea, the
Subtraction Property, written as follows:
 Definition: Subtraction Property
a − b = a + (−b) (3.5.1)
Look at these two examples.

Figure 3.5.2
We see that 6 − 4 gives the same answer as 6 + (−4) .
Of course, when we have a subtraction problem that has only positive numbers, like the first example, we just do the subtraction.
We already knew how to subtract 6 − 4 long ago. But knowing that 6 − 4 gives the same answer as 6 + (−4) helps when we are
subtracting negative numbers.
Simplify:
a. 13 − 8 and 13 + (−8)
b. −17 − 9 and −17 + (−9)
Solution
a.
Subtract to simplify. 13 − 8 = 5
Add to simplify. 13 + (−8) = 5
Subtracting 8 from 13 is the same as adding −8 to 13.
b.
Subtract to simplify. −17 − 9 = −26
Add to simplify. −17 + (−9) = −26
Subtracting 9 from −17 is the same as adding −9 to −17.
 Exercise 3.5.13

a. 21 − 13 and 21 + (−13)
b. −11 − 7 and −11 + (−7)
Answer a
,
8 8
Answer b
,
−18 −18
 Exercise 3.5.14
a. 15 − 7 and 15 + (−7)
b. −14 − 8 and −14 + (−8)
Answer a

,
8 8
Answer b
−22 −22 ,
Now look what happens when we subtract a negative.
Figure 3.5.3
We see that 8 − (−5) gives the same result as 8 + 5 . Subtracting a negative number is like adding a positive.
Simplify:
a. 9 − (−15) and 9 + 15
b. −7 − (−4) and −7 + 4
Solution
a. 9 − (−15) and 9 + 15
Subtract to simplify. 9 − (−15) = 24
Add to simplify. 9 + 15 = 24
Subtracting −15 from 9 is the same as adding 15 to 9.

b. −7 − (−4) and −7 + 4
Subtract to simplify. −7 − (−4) = −3
Add to simplify. −7 + 4 = −3
Subtracting −4 from −7 is the same as adding 4 to −7.
 Exercise 3.5.15

a. 6 − (−13) and 6 + 13
b. −5 − (−1) and −5 + 1
Answer a
19 19,
Answer b
−4 , −4
 Exercise 3.5.16

a. 4 − (−19) and 4 + 19

b. −4 − (−7) and −4 + 7
Answer a
23 23,
Answer b
,
3 3
Look again at the results of Example 3.5.1 - Example 3.5.4.

Table 3.5.1 : Subtraction of Integers
5–3 –5 – (–3)
2 –2
2 positives 2 negatives
When there would be enough counters of the color to take away, subtract.
–5 – 3 5 – (–3)
–8 8
5 negatives, want to subtract 3 positives 5 positives, want to subtract 3 negatives
need neutral pairs need neutral pairs
When there would not be enough of the counters to take away, add neutral pairs.

This page titled 3.5: Subtract Integers (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

Simplify: −74 − (−58) .

Solution
We are taking 58 negatives away from 74 negatives. −74 − (−58)
Subtract. −16
 Exercise 3.6.17
Simplify the expression: −67 − (−38)
Answer
−29
 Exercise 3.6.18
Simplify the expression: −83 − (−57)
Answer
−26
 Example 3.6.10
Simplify: 7 − (−4 − 3) − 9 .
Solution
We use the order of operations to simplify this expression, performing operations inside the parentheses first. Then we subtract
from left to right.
Simplify inside the parentheses first. 7 − (−7) − 9
Subtract from left to right. 14 − 9
Subtract. 5
 Exercise 3.6.19
Simplify the expression: 8 − (−3 − 1) − 9
Answer
3
 Exercise 3.6.20
Simplify the expression: 12 − (−9 − 6) − 14
Answer
13

Simplify: 3 ∙ 7 − 4 ∙ 7 − 5 ∙ 8 .
Solution
We use the order of operations to simplify this expression. First we multiply, and then subtract from left to right.
Multiply first. 21 - 28 - 40
Subtract from left to right. -7 - 40
Subtract. -47
 Exercise 3.6.21
Simplify the expression: 6 ∙ 2 − 9 ∙ 1 − 8 ∙ 9
Answer
−69
 Exercise 3.6.22
Simplify the expression: 2 ∙ 5 − 3 ∙ 7 − 4 ∙ 9
Answer
−47

Now we’ll practice evaluating expressions that involve subtracting negative numbers as well as positive numbers.
Evaluate x − 4 when
a. x = 3
b. x = −6
Solution
a. To evaluate x − 4 when x = 3 , substitute 3 for x in the expression.
Substitute 3 for x. 3 −4
Subtract. −1
b. To evaluate x − 4 when x = −6 , substitute −6 for x in the expression.
Substitute −6 for x. −6 − 4
Subtract. −10
 Exercise 3.6.23
Evaluate each expression: y − 7 when
a. y = 5
b. y = −8

Answer a
−2
Answer b
−15
 Exercise 3.6.24
Evaluate each expression: m − 3 when

a. m = 1
b. m = −4
Answer a
−2
Answer b
−7
Evaluate 20 − z when
a. z = 12
b. z = −12
Solution
a. To evaluate 20 − z when z = 12 , substitute 12 for z in the expression.
Substitute 12 for z. 20 − 12
Subtract. 8
b. To evaluate 20 − z when z = −12 , substitute −12 for z in the expression.
Substitute −12 for z. 20 − (−12)
Subtract. 32
 Exercise 3.6.25
Evaluate each expression: 17 − k when

a. k = 19
b. k = −19
Answer a
−2
Answer b
36

 Exercise 3.6.26
Evaluate each expression: −5 − b when
a. b = 14
b. b = −14
Answer a
−19
Answer b
9

When we first introduced the operation symbols, we saw that the expression a − b may be read in several ways as shown below.
Figure 3.6.4
Be careful to get a and b in the right order!
Translate and then simplify:

a. the difference of 13 and −21
b. subtract 24 from −19
Solution
a. A difference means subtraction. Subtract the numbers in the order they are given.
Translate. 13 - (-21)
Simplify 34
b. Subtract means to take 24 away from −19.
Translate. -19 - 24
Simplify -43
 Exercise 3.6.27
Answer a
−14 − (−23) = 37
Answer b

−17 − 21 = −38
 Exercise 3.6.28

Answer a
11 − (−19) = 30
Answer b
−11 − 18 = −29
Subtract Integers in Applications

It’s hard to find something if we don’t know what we’re looking for or what to call it. So when we solve an application problem,
we first need to determine what we are asked to find. Then we can write a phrase that gives the information to find it. We’ll
translate the phrase into an expression and then simplify the expression to get the answer. Finally, we summarize the answer in a
sentence to make sure it makes sense.
 HOW TO: SOLVE APPLICATION PROBLEMS.
Step 1. Identify what you are asked to find.

Step 2. Write a phrase that gives the information to find it.
Step 3. Translate the phrase to an expression.
Step 4. Simplify the expression.
Step 5. Answer the question with a complete sentence.
The temperature in Urbana, Illinois one morning was 11 degrees Fahrenheit. By mid-afternoon, the temperature had dropped to
−9 degrees Fahrenheit. What was the difference between the morning and afternoon temperatures?
Solution
Step 1. Identify what we are asked to find. the difference between the morning and afternoon temperatures
Step 2. Write a phrase that gives the information to find it. the difference of 11 and −9
Step 3. Translate the phrase to an expression. The word difference

11 − (−9)
indicates subtraction.
Step 4. Simplify the expression. 20
Step 5. Write a complete sentence that answers the question. The difference in temperature was 20 degrees Fahrenheit.
 Exercise 3.6.29
The temperature in Anchorage, Alaska one morning was 15 degrees Fahrenheit. By mid-afternoon the temperature had
dropped to 30 degrees below zero. What was the difference between the morning and afternoon temperatures?
Answer
45 degrees Fahrenheit

 Exercise 3.6.30
The temperature in Denver was −6 degrees Fahrenheit at lunchtime. By sunset the temperature had dropped to −15 degree
Fahrenheit. What was the difference between the lunchtime and sunset temperatures?
Answer
9 degrees Fahrenheit
Geography provides another application of negative numbers with the elevations of places below sea level.
Dinesh hiked from Mt. Whitney, the highest point in California, to Death Valley, the lowest point. The elevation of Mt.
Whitney is 14, 497 feet above sea level and the elevation of Death Valley is 282 feet below sea level. What is the difference in
elevation between Mt. Whitney and Death Valley?
Solution
Step 1. What are we asked to find? The difference in elevation between Mt. Whitney and Death Valley
Step 2. Write a phrase. elevation of Mt. Whitney−elevation of Death Valley
Step 3. Translate. 14,497 − (−282)
Step 4. Simplify. 14,779
Step 5. Write a complete sentence that answers the question. The difference in elevation is 14,779 feet.
 Exercise 3.6.31
One day, John hiked to the 10, 023 foot summit of Haleakala volcano in Hawaii. The next day, while scuba diving, he dove to a
cave 80 feet below sea level. What is the difference between the elevation of the summit of Haleakala and the depth of the
cave?
Answer
10, 103 feet
 Exercise 3.6.32
The submarine Nautilus is at 340 feet below the surface of the water and the submarine Explorer is 573 feet below the surface
of the water. What is the difference in the position of the Nautilus and the Explorer?
Answer
233 feet
Managing your money can involve both positive and negative numbers. You might have overdraft protection on your checking
account. This means the bank lets you write checks for more money than you have in your account (as long as they know they can
get it back from you!)
Leslie has $25 in her checking account and she writes a check for $8.
a. What is the balance after she writes the check?
b. She writes a second check for $20. What is the new balance after this check?

c. Leslie’s friend told her that she had lost a check for $10 that Leslie had given her with her birthday card. What is the
balance in Leslie’s checking account now?
Solution
a.
What are we asked to find? The balance of the account
Write a phrase. $25 minus $8
Translate. $25 - $8
Simplify. $17
Write a sentence answer. The balance is $17.
b.
What are we asked to find? The new balance
Write a phrase. $17 minus $20
Translate. $17 - $20
Simplify. -$3
Write a sentence answer. She is overdrawn by $3.
c.
What are we asked to find? The new balance
Write a phrase. $10 more than −$3
Translate. -$3 + $10
Simplify. $7
Write a sentence answer. The balance is now $7.
 Exercise 3.6.33
Araceli has $75 in her checking account and writes a check for $27.
a. What is the balance after she writes the check?
b. She writes a second check for $50. What is the new balance?
c. The check for $20 that she sent a charity was never cashed. What is the balance in Araceli’s checking account now?
Answer a
$48
Answer b
−$2
Answer c
$18
 Exercise 3.6.34
Genevieve’s bank account was overdrawn and the balance is −$78.

a. She deposits a check for $24 that she earned babysitting. What is the new balance?
b. She deposits another check for $49. Is she out of debt yet? What is her new balance?

Answer a
−$54
Answer b
No, −$5

Adding and Subtracting Integers
Subtracting Integers with Color Counters
Subtracting Integers Basics
Subtracting Integers
Integer Application
Key Concepts
Subtraction of Integers
5–3 –5–(–3)
2 –2
–5–3 5–(–3)
–8 8
need neutral pairs need neutral pairs
Subtraction Property
a − b = a + (−b)
a − (−b) = a + b
Solve Application Problems


In the following exercises, model each expression and simplify.
127. 8 − 2
128. 9 − 3
129. −5 − (−1)
130. −6 − (−4)
131. −5 − 4
132. −7 − 2
133. 8 − (−4)
134. 7 − (−3)

135. (a) 15 − 6 (b) 15 + (−6)
136. (a) 12 − 9 (b) 12 + (−9)
137. (a) 44 − 28 (b) 44 + (−28)
138. (a) 35 − 16 (b) 35 + (−16)
139. (a) 8 − (−9) (b) 8 + 9
140. (a) 4 − (−4) (b) 4 + 4
141. (a) 27 − (−18) (b) 27 + 18
142. (a) 46 − (−37) (b) 46 + 37
143. 15 − (−12)
144. 14 − (−11)
145. 10 − (−19)
146. 11 − (−18)
147. 48 − 87
148. 45 − 69
149. 31 − 79
150. 39 − 81
151. −31 − 11
152. −32 − 18
153. −17 − 42
154. −19 − 46
155. −103 − (−52)
156. −105 − (−68)
157. −45 − (−54)
158. −58 − (−67)
159. 8 − 3 − 7
160. 9 − 6 − 5
161. −5 − 4 + 7
162. −3 − 8 + 4
163. −14 − (−27) + 9
164. −15 − (−28) + 5
165. 71 + (−10) − 8
166. 64 + (−17) − 9
167. −16 − (−4 + 1) − 7
168. −15 − (−6 + 4) − 3
169. (2 − 7) − (3 − 8)
170. (1 − 8) − (2 − 9)
171. −(6 − 8) − (2 − 4)
172. −(4 − 5) − (7 − 8)
173. 25 − [10 − (3 − 12)]
174. 32 − [5 − (15 − 20)]
175. 6.3 − 4.3 − 7.2
176. 5.7 − 8.2 − 4.9
177. 52 − 62
178. 62 − 72

In the following exercises, evaluate each expression for the given values.
179. x − 6 when (a) x = 3 (b) x = −3

180. x − 4 when (a) x = 5 (b) x = −5
181. 5 − y when (a) y = 2 (b) y = −2
182. 8 − y when (a) y = 3 (b) y = −3
183. 4x2 − 15x + 1 when x = 3
184. 5x2 − 14x + 7 when x = 2
185. −12 − 5x2 when x = 6
186. −19 − 4x2 when x = 5

187. (a) The difference of 3 and −10 (b) Subtract −20 from 45
188. (a) The difference of 8 and −12 (b) Subtract −13 from 50
189. (a) The difference of −6 and 9 (b) Subtract −12 from −16
190. (a) The difference of −8 and 9 (b) Subtract −15 from −19
191. (a) 8 less than −17 (b) −24 minus 37
192. (a) 5 less than −14 (b) −13 minus 42
193. (a) 21 less than 6 (b) 31 subtracted from −19
194. (a) 34 less than 7 (b) 29 subtracted from −50

In the following exercises, solve the following applications.
195. Temperature One morning, the temperature in Urbana, Illinois, was 28° Fahrenheit. By evening, the temperature had dropped
38° Fahrenheit. What was the temperature that evening?
196. Temperature On Thursday, the temperature in Spincich Lake, Michigan, was 22° Fahrenheit. By Friday, the temperature had
dropped 35° Fahrenheit. What was the temperature on Friday?
197. Temperature On January 15, the high temperature in Anaheim, California, was 84° Fahrenheit. That same day, the high
temperature in Embarrass, Minnesota was −12° Fahrenheit. What was the difference between the temperature in Anaheim and
the temperature in Embarrass?
198. Temperature On January 21, the high temperature in Palm Springs, California, was 89°, and the high temperature in
Whitefield, New Hampshire was −31°. What was the difference between the temperature in Palm Springs and the temperature
in Whitefield?
199. Football At the first down, the Warriors football team had the ball on their 30-yard line. On the next three downs, they gained 2
yards, lost 7 yards, and lost 4 yards. What was the yard line at the end of the third down?
200. Football At the first down, the Barons football team had the ball on their 20-yard line. On the next three downs, they lost 8
yards, gained 5 yards, and lost 6 yards. What was the yard line at the end of the third down?
201. Checking Account John has $148 in his checking account. He writes a check for $83. What is the new balance in his checking
account?
202. Checking Account Ellie has $426 in her checking account. She writes a check for $152. What is the new balance in her
checking account?
203. Checking Account Gina has $210 in her checking account. She writes a check for $250. What is the new balance in her
checking account?
204. Checking Account Frank has $94 in his checking account. He writes a check for $110. What is the new balance in his checking
account?
205. Checking Account Bill has a balance of −$14 in his checking account. He deposits $40 to the account. What is the new
balance?
206. Checking Account Patty has a balance of −$23 in her checking account. She deposits $80 to the account. What is the new
balance?
Everyday Math
207. Camping Rene is on an Alpine hike. The temperature is −7°. Rene’s sleeping bag is rated “comfortable to −20°”. How much
can the temperature change before it is too cold for Rene’s sleeping bag?

208. Scuba Diving Shelly’s scuba watch is guaranteed to be watertight to −100 feet. She is diving at −45 feet on the face of an
underwater canyon. By how many feet can she change her depth before her watch is no longer guaranteed?
Writing Exercises
209. Explain why the difference of 9 and −6 is 15.
210. Why is the result of subtracting 3 − (−4) the same as the result of adding 3 + 4?
Self Check

This page titled 3.6: Subtract Integers (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

Multiply integers
Divide integers
 be prepared!
1. Translate the quotient of 20 and 13 into an algebraic expression. If you missed this problem, review Example 1.5.12.
2. Add: −5 + (−5) + (−5) . If you missed this problem, review Example 3.2.8.
3. Evaluate n + 4 when n = −7 . If you missed this problem, review Example 3.2.10.
Multiply Integers
Since multiplication is mathematical shorthand for repeated addition, our counter model can easily be applied to show
multiplication of integers. Let’s look at this concrete model to see what patterns we notice. We will use the same examples that we
used for addition and subtraction.
We remember that a∙b means add a , b times. Here, we are using the model shown in Figure 3.7.1 just to help us discover the
pattern.
Figure 3.7.1
Now consider what it means to multiply 5 by −3. It means subtract 5, 3 times. Looking at subtraction as taking away, it means to
take away 5, 3 times. But there is nothing to take away, so we start by adding neutral pairs as shown in Figure 3.7.2.

Figure 3.7.2
In both cases, we started with 15 neutral pairs. In the case on the left, we took away 5, 3 times and the result was −15. To multiply
(−5)(−3), we took away −5, 3 times and the result was 15. So we found that
5(3) = 15 -5(3) = -15
5(-3) = -15 (-5)(-3) = 15
Notice that for multiplication of two signed numbers, when the signs are the same, the product is positive, and when the signs are
different, the product is negative.
 Definition: Multiplication of Signed Numbers
The sign of the product of two numbers depends on their signs.
Same signs Product
Two positives Positive
Two negatives Positive
Different signs Product
Positive • negative Negative
Negative • positive Negative
 Example 3.7.1:multiply
Multiply each of the following:
a. −9 ∙ 3
b. −2(−5)
c. 4(−8)
d. 7 ∙ 6
Solution

a.
Multiply, noting that the signs are different and so the product is
–9 • 3 = –27
negative.
b.
Multiply, noting that the signs are the same and so the product is
–2(–5) = 10
positive.
c.
Multiply, noting that the signs are different and so the product is
4(–8) = –32
negative.
d.
The signs are the same, so the product is positive. 7 • 6 = 42
 Exercise 3.7.1
Multiply:
a. −6 ∙ 8
b. −4(−7)
c. 9(−7)
d. 5 ∙ 12
Answer a
−48
Answer b
28
Answer c
−63
Answer d
60
 Exercise 3.7.2
Multiply:
a. −8 ∙ 7
b. −6(−9)
c. 7(−4)
d. 3 ∙ 13
Answer a
−56
Answer b
54
Answer c
−28

Answer d
39
When we multiply a number by 1, the result is the same number. What happens when we multiply a number by −1? Let’s multiply
a positive number and then a negative number by −1 to see what we get.
−1 • 4 −1(−3)
−4 3
−4 is the opposite of 4 3 is the opposite of −3
Each time we multiply a number by −1, we get its opposite.
 Definition: Multiplication by −1
Multiplying a number by −1 gives its opposite.

−1 ⋅ a = −a (3.7.1)
Multiply each of the following:

a. −1 ∙ 7
b. −1(−11)
Solution
a.
The signs are different, so the product will be negative. −1 • 7
Notice that −7 is the opposite of 7. −7
b.
The signs are the same, so the product will be positive. −1(−11)
Notice that 11 is the opposite of −11. 11
 Exercise 3.7.3
Multiply.
a. −1 ∙ 9
b. −1 ∙ (−17)
Answer a
−9
Answer b
17
 Exercise 3.7.4
Multiply.
a. −1 ∙ 8

b. −1 ∙ (−16)
Answer a
−8
Answer b
16
Divide Integers
Division is the inverse operation of multiplication. So, 15 ÷ 3 = 5 because 5 ∙ 3 = 15 In words, this expression says that 15 can
be divided into 3 groups of 5 each because adding five three times gives 15. If we look at some examples of multiplying integers,
we might figure out the rules for dividing integers.
5 • 3 = 15 so 15 ÷ 3 = 5 −5(3) = −15 so −15 ÷ 3 = −5
(−5)(−3) = 15 so 15 ÷ (−3) = −5 5(−3) = −15 so −15 ÷ −3 = 5
Division of signed numbers follows the same rules as multiplication. When the signs are the same, the quotient is positive, and
when the signs are different, the quotient is negative.
 Definition: Division of Signed Numbers
The sign of the quotient of two numbers depends on their signs.
Same signs Quotient
Different signs Quotient
Positive & negative Negative
Negative & positive Negative
Remember, you can always check the answer to a division problem by multiplying.
Divide each of the following:

a. −27 ÷ 3
b. −100 ÷ (−4)
Solution
a.
Divide, noting that the signs are different and so the quotient is
–27 ÷ 3 = –9
negative.
b.
Divide, noting that the signs are the same and so the quotient is
–100 ÷ (–4) = 25
positive.

 Exercise 3.7.5
Divide:
a. −42 ÷ 6
b. −117 ÷ (−3)
Answer a
−7
Answer b
39
 Exercise 3.7.6
Divide:
a. −63 ÷ 7
b. −115 ÷ (−5)
Answer a
−9
Answer b
23
Just as we saw with multiplication, when we divide a number by 1, the result is the same number. What happens when we divide a
number by −1? Let’s divide a positive number and then a negative number by −1 to see what we get.
8 ÷ (−1) −9 ÷ (−1)
−8 9
−8 is the opposite of 8 9 is the opposite of −9
When we divide a number by, −1 we get its opposite.
 Definition: Division by −1
Dividing a number by −1 gives its opposite.
a ÷ (−1) = −a (3.7.2)
Divide each of the following:

a. 16 ÷ (−1)
b. −20 ÷ (−1)
Solution
a.
The dividend, 16, is being divided by –1. 16 ÷ (–1)
Dividing a number by –1 gives its opposite. –16
Notice that the signs were different, so the result was negative.

b.
The dividend, –20, is being divided by –1. –20 ÷ (–1)
Dividing a number by –1 gives its opposite. 20
Notice that the signs were the same, so the quotient was positive.
 Exercise 3.7.7
Divide:
a. 6 ÷ (−1)
b. −36 ÷ (−1)
Answer a
−6
Answer b
36
 Exercise 3.7.8
Divide:
a. 28 ÷ (−1)
b. −52 ÷ (−1)
Answer a
−28
Answer b
52

Now we’ll simplify expressions that use all four operations–addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division–with integers.
Remember to follow the order of operations.
Simplify: 7(−2) + 4(−7) − 6 .

Solution
We use the order of operations. Multiply first and then add and subtract from left to right.
Multiply first. −14 + (−28)−6
Add. −42 − 6
Subtract. −48
 Exercise 3.7.9
Simplify: 8(−3) + 5(−7) − 4
Answer

−63
 Exercise 3.7.10
Simplify: 9(−3) + 7(−8) − 1
Answer
−84

Simplify:
a. (−2) 4
b. −2 4
Solution
The exponent tells how many times to multiply the base.
a. The exponent is 4 and the base is −2. We raise −2 to the fourth power.
Write in expanded form. (−2)(−2)(−2)(−2)
Multiply. 4(−2)(−2)
Multiply. −8(−2)
Multiply. 16
b. The exponent is 4 and the base is 2. We raise 2 to the fourth power and then take the opposite.
Write in expanded form. −(2 • 2 • 2 • 2)
Multiply. −(4 • 2 • 2)
Multiply. −(8 • 2)
Multiply. −16
 Exercise 3.7.11
Simplify:
a. (−3) 4
b. −3 4
Answer a
81
Answer b
−81
 Exercise 3.7.12
Simplify:
a. (−7) 2
b. −7 2

Answer a
49
Answer b
−49
Simplify: 12 − 3(9 − 12) .

Solution
According to the order of operations, we simplify inside parentheses first. Then we will multiply and finally we will subtract.
Subtract the parentheses first. 12 − 3(−3)
Multiply. 12 − (−9)
Subtract. 21
 Exercise 3.7.13
Simplify: 17 − 4(8 − 11)
Answer
29
 Exercise 3.7.14
Simplify: 16 − 6(7 − 13)
Answer
52

Simplify: 8(−9) ÷ (−2) . 3
Solution
We simplify the exponent first, then multiply and divide.
Simplify the exponent. 8(−9) ÷ (−8)
Multiply. −72 ÷ (−8)
Divide. 9
 Exercise 3.7.15
Simplify: 12(−9) ÷ (−3) 3
Answer
4

 Exercise 3.7.16
Simplify: 18(−4) ÷ (−2) 3
Answer
9
Simplify: −30 ÷ 2 + (−3)(−7) .

Solution
First we will multiply and divide from left to right. Then we will add.
Divide. −15 + (−3)(−7)
Multiply. −15 + 21
Add. 6
 Exercise 3.7.17
Simplify: −27 ÷ 3 + (−5)(−6)
Answer
21
 Exercise 3.7.18
Simplify: −32 ÷ 4 + (−2)(−7)
Answer
6

This page titled 3.7: Multiply and Divide Integers (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

Now we can evaluate expressions that include multiplication and division with integers. Remember that to evaluate an expression,
substitute the numbers in place of the variables, and then simplify.

Evaluate 2x 2
− 3x + 8 when x = −4 .
Solution
Substitute −4 for x. 2(−4 )

2
− 3(−4) + 8
Simplify exponents. 2(16) − 3(−4) + 8
Multiply. 32 − (−12) + 8
Subtract. 44 + 8
Add. 52
Keep in mind that when we substitute −4 for x, we use parentheses to show the multiplication. Without parentheses, it would
look like 2 ∙ −4 − 3 ∙ −4 + 8 .
2
 Exercise 3.8.19
Evaluate: 3x 2
− 2x + 6 when x = −3
Answer
39
 Exercise 3.8.20
Evaluate: 4x 2
−x −5 when x = −2
Answer
13

Evaluate 3x + 4y − 6 when x = −1 and y = 2 .
Solution
Substitute x = −1 and y = 2. 3(−1) + 4(2) − 6
Multiply. −3 + 8 − 6
Simplify. −1
 Exercise 3.8.21
Evaluate: 7x + 6y − 12 when x = −2 and y = 3
Answer
−8

 Exercise 3.8.22
Evaluate: 8x − 6y + 13 when x = −3 and y = −5
Answer
19

Once again, all our prior work translating words to algebra transfers to phrases that include both multiplying and dividing integers.
Remember that the key word for multiplication is product and for division is quotient.
Translate to an algebraic expression and simplify if possible: the product of −2 and 14.
Solution
The word product tells us to multiply.
Translate. (−2)(14)
Simplify. −28
 Exercise 3.8.23
Translate to an algebraic expression and simplify if possible: the product of −5 and 12
Answer
−5(12) = −60
 Exercise 3.8.24
Translate to an algebraic expression and simplify if possible: the product of 8 and −13
Answer
8(−13) = −104
 Example 3.8.13
Translate to an algebraic expression and simplify if possible: the quotient of −56 and −7.
Solution
The word quotient tells us to divide.
Translate. −56 ÷ (−7)
Simplify. 8
 Exercise 3.8.25
Translate to an algebraic expression and simplify if possible: the quotient of −63 and −9
Answer

−63 ÷ −9 = 7
 Exercise 3.8.26
Translate to an algebraic expression and simplify if possible: the quotient of −72 and −9
Answer
−72 ÷ −9 = 8

Multiplying Integers Using Color Counters
Multiplying Integers Using Color Counters With Neutral Pairs
Multiplying Integers Basics
Dividing Integers Basics
Ex. Dividing Integers
Multiplying and Dividing Signed Numbers
Key Concepts
Multiplication of Signed Numbers
To determine the sign of the product of two signed numbers:
Same Signs Product

Different Signs Product

Division of Signed Numbers

To determine the sign of the quotient of two signed numbers:
Same Signs Quotient

Different Signs Quotient

Negative • Positive Negative
Multiplication by −1
Multiplying a number by −1 gives its opposite: −1a = −a
Division by −1
Dividing a number by −1 gives its opposite: a ÷ (−1) = −a

Multiply Integers
In the following exercises, multiply each pair of integers.
211. −4 • 8
212. −3 • 9
213. −5(7)
214. −8(6)
215. −18(−2)
216. −10(−6)
217. 9(−7)
218. 13(−5)
219. −1 • 6
220. −1 • 3
221. −1(−14)
222. −1(−19)
Divide Integers
In the following exercises, divide.
223. −24 ÷ 6
224. −28 ÷ 7
225. 56 ÷ (−7)
226. 35 ÷ (−7)
227. −52 ÷ (−4)
228. −84 ÷ (−6)
229. −180 ÷ 15
230. −192 ÷ 12
231. 49 ÷ (−1)
232. 62 ÷ (−1)

233. 5(−6) + 7(−2)−3
234. 8(−4) + 5(−4)−6
235. −8(−2)−3(−9)
236. −7(−4)−5(−3)
237. (−5)3
238. (−4)3
239. (−2)6
240. (−3)5
241. −42
242. −62
243. −3(−5)(6)
244. −4(−6)(3)
245. −4 • 2 • 11
246. −5 • 3 • 10
247. (8 − 11)(9 − 12)
248. (6 − 11)(8 − 13)
249. 26 − 3(2 − 7)
250. 23 − 2(4 − 6)
251. −10(−4) ÷ (−8)
252. −8(−6) ÷ (−4)
253. 65 ÷ (−5) + (−28) ÷ (−7)

254. 52 ÷ (−4) + (−32) ÷ (−8)
255. 9 − 2[3 − 8(−2)]
256. 11 − 3[7 − 4(−2)]
257. (−3)2−24 ÷ (8 − 2)
258. (−4)2 − 32 ÷ (12 − 4)

259. −2x + 17 when (a) x = 8 (b) x = −8
260. −5y + 14 when (a) y = 9 (b) y = −9
261. 10 − 3m when (a) m = 5 (b) m = −5
262. 18 − 4n when (a) n = 3 (b) n = −3
263. p2 − 5p + 5 when p = −1
264. q2 − 2q + 9 when q = −2
265. 2w2 − 3w + 7 when w = −2
266. 3u2 − 4u + 5 when u = −3
267. 6x − 5y + 15 when x = 3 and y = −1
268. 3p − 2q + 9 when p = 8 and q = −2
269. 9a − 2b − 8 when a = −6 and b = −3
270. 7m − 4n − 2 when m = −4 and n = −9

In the following exercises, translate to an algebraic expression and simplify if possible.
271. The product of −3 and 15
272. The product of −4 and 16
273. The quotient of −60 and −20
274. The quotient of −40 and −20
275. The quotient of −6 and the sum of a and b
276. The quotient of −7 and the sum of m and n
277. The product of −10 and the difference of p and q
278. The product of −13 and the difference of c and d
Everyday Math
279. Stock market Javier owns 300 shares of stock in one company. On Tuesday, the stock price dropped $12 per share. What was
the total effect on Javier’s portfolio?
280. Weight loss In the first week of a diet program, eight women lost an average of 3 pounds each. What was the total weight
change for the eight women?
Writing Exercises
281. In your own words, state the rules for multiplying two integers.
282. In your own words, state the rules for dividing two integers.
283. Why is −24 ≠ (−2)4 ?
284. Why is −42 ≠ (−4)2 ?
Self Check

improve this?

This page titled 3.8: Multiply and Divide Integers (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

Determine whether an integer is a solution of an equation
Solve equations with integers using the Addition and Subtraction Properties of Equality
Model the Division Property of Equality
Solve equations using the Division Property of Equality
 be prepared!
1. Evaluate x + 4 when x = −4 . If you missed this problem, review Example 3.2.9.
2. Solve: y − 6 = 10 . If you missed this problem, review Example 2.3.6.
3. Translate into an algebraic expression 5 less than x. If you missed this problem, review Table 1.3.1.

In Solve Equations with the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality, we saw that a solution of an equation is a value of a
variable that makes a true statement when substituted into that equation. In that section, we found solutions that were whole
numbers. Now that we’ve worked with integers, we’ll find integer solutions to equations.
The steps we take to determine whether a number is a solution to an equation are the same whether the solution is a whole number
or an integer.
 HOW TO: DETERMINE WHETHER A NUMBER IS A Solution TO AN EQUATION.

 Example 3.9.1: determine the solution
Determine whether each of the following is a solution of 2x − 5 = −13 :

a. x = 4
b. x = −4
c. x = −9
Solution
(a) Substitute 4 for x in the equation to determine if it is true. 2x − 5 = −13
2(4) − 5 = −13
Multiply. ?
8 − 5 = −13
Subtract. 3 ≠ −13
Since x = 4 does not result in a true equation, 4 is not a solution to the equation.
(b) Substitute -4 for x in the equation to determine if it is true. 2x − 5 = −13
Substitute −4 for x. 2(−4) − 5 = −13

?

Multiply. ?
−8 − 5 = −13
Subtract. −13 = −13 ✓
Since x = −4 results in a true equation, −4 is a solution to the equation.
(b) Substitute -9 for x in the equation to determine if it is true. 2x − 5 = −13
Substitute −9 for x. ?
2(−9) − 5 = −13
Multiply. ?
−18 − 5 = −13
Subtract. −23 ≠ −13
Since x = −9 does not result in a true equation, −9 is not a solution to the equation.
 Exercise 3.9.1
Determine whether each of the following is a solution of 2x − 8 = −14 :

a. x = −11
b. x = 11
c. x = −3
Answer a
no
Answer b
no
Answer c
yes
 Exercise 3.9.2
Determine whether each of the following is a solution of 2y + 3 = −11 :

a. y = 4
b. y = −4
c. y = −7
Answer a
no
Answer b
no
Answer c
yes
Solve Equations with Integers Using the Addition and Subtraction Properties of Equality
In Solve Equations with the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality, we solved equations similar to the two shown here
using the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality. Now we can use them again with integers.
x + 4 = 12 y −5 = 9
x +4 −4 = 12 − 4 y −5 +5 = 9 +5
x =8 y = 14

When you add or subtract the same quantity from both sides of an equation, you still have equality.
 Definition: Properties of Equalities
Subtraction Property of Equality Addition Property of Equality
For any numbers a, b, c, if a = b then a − c = b − c. For any numbers a, b, c, if a = b then a + c = b + c.
 Example 3.9.2:
Solve: y + 9 = 5 .
Solution
Subtract 9 from each side to undo the addition. y +9 −9 = 5 −9
Simplify. y = −4
Check the result by substituting −4 into the original equation.
Substitute −4 for y −4 + 9 = 5
?
5 = 5 ✓
Since y = −4 makes y + 9 = 5 a true statement, we found the solution to this equation
 Exercise 3.9.3
Solve: y + 11 = 7
Answer
−4
 Exercise 3.9.4
Solve: y + 15 = −4
Answer
−19
Solve: a − 6 = −8
Solution
Add 6 to each side to undo the subtraction. a − 6 + 6 = −8 + 6
Simplify. a = −2
Check the result by substituting −2 into the original equation. a − 6 = −8
Substitute −2 for a. ?
−2 − 6 = −8
−8 = −8 ✓
The solution to a − 6 = −8 is −2. Since a = −2 makes a − 6 = −8 a true statement, we found the solution to this equation.

 Exercise 3.9.5
Solve: a − 2 = −8
Answer
−6
 Exercise 3.9.6
Solve: n − 4 = −8
Answer
−4

All of the equations we have solved so far have been of the form x + a = b or x − a = b . We were able to isolate the variable by
adding or subtracting the constant term. Now we’ll see how to solve equations that involve division. We will model an equation
with envelopes and counters in Figure 3.9.1.
Figure 3.9.1
Here, there are two identical envelopes that contain the same number of counters. Remember, the left side of the workspace must
equal the right side, but the counters on the left side are “hidden” in the envelopes. So how many counters are in each envelope?
To determine the number, separate the counters on the right side into 2 groups of the same size. So 6 counters divided into 2 groups
means there must be 3 counters in each group (since 6 ÷ 2 = 3 ).
What equation models the situation shown in Figure 3.9.2? There are two envelopes, and each contains x counters. Together, the
two envelopes must contain a total of 6 counters. So the equation that models the situation is 2x = 6.
Figure 3.9.2
We can divide both sides of the equation by 2 as we did with the envelopes and counters.
2x 6
=
2 2
x =3
We found that each envelope contains 3 counters. Does this check? We know 2 ∙ 3 = 6 , so it works. Three counters in each of two
envelopes does equal six. Figure 3.9.3 shows another example.

Figure 3.9.3
Now we have 3 identical envelopes and 12 counters. How many counters are in each envelope? We have to separate the 12
counters into 3 groups. Since 12 ÷ 3 = 4 , there must be 4 counters in each envelope. See Figure 3.9.4.
Figure 3.9.4
The equation that models the situation is 3x = 12. We can divide both sides of the equation by 3.
3x 12
=
3 3
x =4
Does this check? It does because 3 ∙ 4 = 12 .
 Example 3.9.4: write an equation
Write an equation modeled by the envelopes and counters, and then solve it.
Solution
There are 4 envelopes, or 4 unknown values, on the left that match the 8 counters on the right. Let’s call the unknown quantity
in the envelopes x.
Write the equation. 4x = 8
4x 8
Divide both sides by 4. =
4 4
Simplify. x = 2
There are 2 counters in each envelope.
 Exercise 3.9.7
Write the equation modeled by the envelopes and counters. Then solve it.

Answer
;
4x = 12 x = 3
 Exercise 3.9.8
Write the equation modeled by the envelopes and counters. Then solve it.
Answer
3x = 6 ;x=2
Solve Equations Using the Division Property of Equality

The previous examples lead to the Division Property of Equality. When you divide both sides of an equation by any nonzero
number, you still have equality.
 Definition: Division Property of Equality
For any numbers a, b, c, and c ≠ 0 ,

a b
If a = b then = . (3.9.1)
c c

Solve: 7x = −49.
Solution
To isolate x, we need to undo multiplication.
7x −49
Divide each side by 7. =
7 7
Simplify x = −7
Check the solution.
Substitute −7 for x. ?
7(−7) = −49
−49 = −49 ✓
Therefore, −7 is the solution to the equation.

 Exercise 3.9.9
Solve: 8a = 56
Answer
7
 Exercise 3.9.10
Solve: 11n = 121
Answer
11
Solve: −3y = 63.

Solution
To isolate y , we need to undo the multiplication.
−3y 63
Divide each side by −3. =
−3 −3
Simplify. y = −21
Check the solution.
Substitute −21 for y. ?

−3(−21) = 63
63 = 63 ✓
Since this is a true statement, y = −21 is the solution to the equation.
 Exercise 3.9.11
Solve: −8p = 96
Answer
−12
 Exercise 3.9.12
Solve: −12m = 108
Answer
−9

This page titled 3.9: Solve Equations Using Integers; The Division Property of Equality (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was
authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

3.1 - Introduction to Integers
In the following exercises, locate and label the integer on the number line.
353. 5
354. −5
355. −3
356. 3
357. −8
358. −7
Order Positive and Negative Numbers

359. 4__8
360. −6__3
361. −5__−10
362. −9__−4
363. 2__−7
364. −3__1
Find Opposites
365. 6
366. −2
367. −4
368. 3
369. (a) −(8) (b) −(−8)
370. (a) −(9) (b) −(−9)
371. −x, when (a) x = 32 (b) x = −32
372. −n, when (a) n = 20 (b) n = −20
Simplify Absolute Values

373. |−21|
374. |−42|
375. |36|
376. −|15|
377. |0|
378. −|−75|
379. |x| when x = −14
380. −|r| when r = 27
381. −|−y| when y = 33
382. |−n| when n = −4

In the following exercises, fill in <, >, or = for each of the following pairs of numbers.
383. −|−4|__4
384. −2__|−2|
385. −|−6|__−6
386. −|−9|__|−9|
387. −(−55) and − |−55|
388. −(−48) and − |−48|
389. |12 − 5|
390. |9 + 7|
391. 6|−9|
392. |14−8| − |−2|
393. |9 − 3| − |5 − 12|
394. 5 + 4|15 − 3|
Translate Phrases to Expressions with Integers

In the following exercises, translate each of the following phrases into expressions with positive or negative numbers.
395. the opposite of 16
396. the opposite of −8
397. negative 3
398. 19 minus negative 12
399. a temperature of 10 below zero
3.2 - Add Integers

In the following exercises, model the following to find the sum.
401. 3 + 7
402. −2 + 6
403. 5 + (−4)
404. −3 + (−6)

405. 14 + 82
406. −33 + (−67)
407. −75 + 25
408. 54 + (−28)
409. 11 + (−15) + 3
410. −19 + (−42) + 12
411. −3 + 6(−1 + 5)
412. 10 + 4(−3 + 7)

413. n + 4 when (a) n = −1 (b) n = −20
414. x + (−9) when (a) x = 3 (b) x = −3
415. (x + y)3 when x = −4, y = 1
416. (u + v)2 when u = −4, v = 11

417. the sum of −8 and 2

421. Temperature On Monday, the high temperature in Denver was −4 degrees. Tuesday’s high temperature was 20 degrees more.
What was the high temperature on Tuesday?
422. Credit Frida owed $75 on her credit card. Then she charged $21 more. What was her new balance?
3.3 - Subtract Integers

In the following exercises, model the following.
423. 6 − 1
424. −4 − (−3)
425. 2 − (−5)
426. −1 − 4

427. 24 − 16
428. 19 − (−9)
429. −31 − 7
430. −40 − (−11)
431. −52 − (−17) − 23
432. 25 − (−3 − 9)
433. (1 − 7) − (3 − 8)
434. 32 − 72

435. x − 7 when (a) x = 5 (b) x = −4
436. 10 − y when (a) y = 15 (b) y = −16
437. 2n2 − n + 5 when n = −4
438. −15 − 3u2 when u = −5
Translate Phrases to Algebraic Expressions

439. the difference of −12 and 5
440. subtract 23 from −50

In the following exercises, solve the given applications.
441. Temperature One morning the temperature in Bangor, Maine was 18 degrees. By afternoon, it had dropped 20 degrees. What
was the afternoon temperature?

442. Temperature On January 4, the high temperature in Laredo, Texas was 78 degrees, and the high in Houlton, Maine was −28
degrees. What was the difference in temperature of Laredo and Houlton?
3.4 - Multiply and Divide Integers

Multiply Integers
443. −9 • 4
444. 5(−7)
445. (−11)(−11)
446. −1 • 6
Divide Integers
447. 56 ÷ (−8)
448. −120 ÷ (−6)
449. −96 ÷ 12
450. 96 ÷ (−16)
451. 45 ÷ (−1)
452. −162 ÷ (−1)

453. 5(−9) − 3(−12)
454. (−2)5
455. −34
456. (−3)(4)(−5)(−6)
457. 42 − 4(6 − 9)
458. (8 − 15)(9 − 3)
459. −2(−18) ÷ 9
460. 45 ÷ (−3) − 12

461. 7x − 3 when x = −9
462. 16 − 2n when n = −8
463. 5a + 8b when a = −2, b = −6
464. x2 + 5x + 4 when x = −3

In the following exercises, translate to an algebraic expression and simplify if possible.
465. the product of −12 and 6
466. the quotient of 3 and the sum of −7 and s
3.5 - Solve Equations using Integers; The Division Property of Equality

In the following exercises, determine whether each number is a solution of the given equation.
467. 5x − 10 = −35
a. x = −9
b. x = −5

c. x = 5
468. 8u + 24 = −32
a. u = −7
b. u = −1
c. u = 7
Using the Addition and Subtraction Properties of Equality

469. a + 14 = 2
470. b − 9 = −15
471. c + (−10) = −17
472. d − (−6) = −26

In the following exercises, write the equation modeled by the envelopes and counters. Then solve it.
473.
474.

In the following exercises, solve each equation using the division property of equality and check the solution.
475. 8p = 72
476. −12q = 48
477. −16r = −64
478. −5s = −100
Translate to an Equation and Solve.

In the following exercises, translate and solve.
479. The product of −6 and y is −42
480. The difference of z and −13 is −18.
481. Four more than m is −48.
482. The product of −21 and n is 63.
Everyday Math
483. Describe how you have used two topics from this chapter in your life outside of your math class during the past month.
PRACTICE TEST
484. Locate and label 0, 2, −4, and −1 on a number line.
In the following exercises, compare the numbers, using < or > or =.
485. (a) −6__3 (b) −1__−4

486. (a) −5__|−5| (b) −|−2|__−2
487. (a) −7 (b) 8
488. −(−22)
489. |4 − 9|
490. −8 + 6
491. −15 + (−12)
492. −7 − (−3)
493. 10 − (5 − 6)
494. −3 • 8
495. −6(−9)
496. 70 ÷ (−7)
497. (−2)3
498. −42
499. 16−3(5−7)
500. |21 − 6| − |−8|
501. 35 − a when a = −4
502. (−2r)2 when r = 3
503. 3m − 2n when m = 6, n = −8
504. −|−y| when y = 17
In the following exercises, translate each phrase into an algebraic expression and then simplify, if possible.
505. the difference of −7 and −4
506. the quotient of 25 and the sum of m and n.
507. Early one morning, the temperature in Syracuse was −8°F. By noon, it had risen 12°. What was the temperature at noon?
508. Collette owed $128 on her credit card. Then she charged $65. What was her new balance?
509. n + 6 = 5
510. p − 11 = −4
511. −9r = −54
512. The product of 15 and x is 75.
513. Eight less than y is −32.
This page titled 3.E: Integers (Exercises) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

Key Terms
absolute value A number's distance from 0 on the number line.
Counting numbers, their opposites, and zero

integers
. . . – 3, – 2, – 1, 0, 1, 2, 3. . . (3.S.1)
negative number A number less than zero.
The number that is the same distance from zero on the number line, but
opposites
on the opposite side of zero.
Key Concepts
3.1 - Introduction to Integers
Opposite Notation
−a means the opposite of the number a
The notation −a is read the opposite of a.
Absolute Value Notation
|n| ≥ 0 for all numbers.
3.2 - Add Integers

Addition of Positive and Negative Integers
5+3 −5 + (−3)
−5 + 3 5 + (−3)
sum negative sum positive
3.3 - Subtract Integers

Subtraction of Integers
Table 3.110
5–3=2 –5 – (–3) = –2
–5 – 3 = 5 – (–3) = 8
Subtraction Property
a − b = a + (−b)
a − (−b) = a + b
Solve Application Problems

1. Identify what you are asked to find.
2. Write a phrase that gives the information to find it.
3. Translate the phrase to an expression.
4. Simplify the expression.
5. Answer the question with a complete sentence.
3.4 - Multiply and Divide Integers

Multiplication of Signed Numbers
To determine the sign of the product of two signed numbers:
Same Signs Product
Different Signs Product
Division of Signed Numbers

To determine the sign of the quotient of two signed numbers:
Same Signs Quotient
Different Signs Quotient
Positive & negative Negative
Negative & positive Negative
Multiplication by −1
Multiplying a number by −1 gives its opposite: −1a = − a
Division by −1
Dividing a number by −1 gives its opposite: a ÷ (−1) = −a
3.5 - Solve Equations Using Integers; The Division Property of Equality

How to determine whether a number is a solution to an equation.
3. Determine whether the resulting equation is true.
Properties of Equalities
Subtraction Property of Equality Addition Property of Equality Division Property of Equality
For any numbers a, b, c, if a = b then a − c = b For any numbers a, b, c, if a = b then a + c = b For any numbers a, b, c, and c ≠ 0 If a = b, then
a b
− c. + c. = .
c c

This page titled 3.S: Integers (Summary) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

In the past several examples, we were given an equation containing a variable. In the next few examples, we’ll have to first
translate word sentences into equations with variables and then we will solve the equations.

Translate and solve: five more than x is equal to −3.
Solution
Translate. x + 5 = −3
Subtract 5 from both sides. x + 5 − 5 = −3 − 5
Simplify. x = −8
Check the answer by substituting it into the original equation.

x + 5 = −3
?
−8 + 5 = −3
−3 = −3 ✓
Translate and solve: Seven more than x is equal to −2.
Answer
x + 7 = −2 ; x = −9
Translate and solve: Eleven more than y is equal to 2.
Answer
y + 11 = 2 ; y = −9

Translate and solve: the difference of n and 6 is −10.
Solution
Translate. n − 6 = −10
Add 6 to each side. n − 6 + 6 = −10 + 6
Simplify. n = −4

n − 6 = −10
?
−4 − 6 = −10
−10 = −10 ✓

Translate and solve: The difference of p and 2 is −4.
Answer
p − 2 = −4 ; p = −2
Translate and solve: The difference of q and 7 is −3.
Answer
q − 7 = −3 ;q=4
Translate and solve: the number 108 is the product of −9 and y .

Solution
Translate. 108 = −9y
108 −9y
Divide by −9. = (3.10.1)
−9 −9
Simplify. −12 = y

108 = −9y
?
108 = −9(−12)
108 = 108 ✓
Translate and solve: The number 132 is the product of −12 and y .
Answer
;
132 = −12y y = −11
Translate and solve: The number 117 is the product of −13 and z .
Answer
;
117 = −13z z = −9

One-Step Equations With Adding Or Subtracting
One-Step Equations With Multiplying Or Dividing

Key Concepts
How to determine whether a number is a solution to an equation.
Properties of Equalities
For any numbers a,b,c, if a=b then a−c=b−c For any numbers a,b,c, if a=b then a+c=b+c
Division Property of Equality

a b
For any numbers a, b, c and c ≠ 0 , if a = b , then =
c c

285. 4x − 2 = 6
a. x = −2
b. x = −1
c. x = 2
286. 4y − 10 = −14
a. y = −6
b. y = −1
c. y = 1
287. 9a + 27 = −63
a. a = 6
b. a = −6
c. a = −10
288. 7c + 42 = −56
a. c = 2
b. c = −2
c. c = −14
Solve Equations Using the Addition and Subtraction Properties of Equality

In the following exercises, solve for the unknown.
289. n + 12 = 5
290. m + 16 = 2
291. p + 9 = −8
292. q + 5 = −6
293. u − 3 = −7
294. v − 7 = −8
295. h − 10 = −4
296. k − 9 = −5
297. x + (−2) = −18
298. y + (−3) = −10
299. r − (−5) = −9

300. s − (−2) = −11

In the following exercises, write the equation modeled by the envelopes and counters and then solve it.
301.
302.
303.
304.

In the following exercises, solve each equation using the division property of equality and check the solution.
305. 5x = 45
306. 4p = 64
307. −7c = 56
308. −9x = 54
309. −14p = −42
310. −8m = −40
311. −120 = 10q
312. −75 = 15y
313. 24x = 480
314. 18n = 540
315. −3z = 0
316. 4u = 0

317. Four more than n is equal to 1.
318. Nine more than m is equal to 5.

319. The sum of eight and p is −3.
320. The sum of two and q is −7.
321. The difference of a and three is −14.
322. The difference of b and 5 is −2.
323. The number −42 is the product of −7 and x.
324. The number −54 is the product of −9 and y.
325. The product of f and −15 is 75.
326. The product of g and −18 is 36.
327. −6 plus c is equal to 4.
328. −2 plus d is equal to 1.
329. Nine less than n is −4.
330. Thirteen less than n is −10 .
Mixed Practice
331. (a) x + 2 = 10 (b) 2x = 10
332. (a) y + 6 = 12 (b) 6y = 12
333. (a) −3p = 27 (b) p − 3 = 27
334. (a) −2q = 34 (b) q − 2 = 34
335. a − 4 = 16
336. b − 1 = 11
337. −8m = −56
338. −6n = −48
339. −39 = u + 13
340. −100 = v + 25
341. 11r = −99
342. 15s = −300
343. 100 = 20d
344. 250 = 25n
345. −49 = x − 7
346. 64 = y − 4
Everyday Math
347. Cookie packaging A package of 51 cookies has 3 equal rows of cookies. Find the number of cookies in each row, c, by solving
the equation 3c = 51.
348. Kindergarten class Connie’s kindergarten class has 24 children. She wants them to get into 4 equal groups. Find the number of
children in each group, g, by solving the equation 4g = 24.
Writing Exercises
349. Is modeling the Division Property of Equality with envelopes and counters helpful to understanding how to solve the equation
3x = 15? Explain why or why not.
350. Suppose you are using envelopes and counters to model solving the equations x + 4 = 12 and 4x = 12. Explain how you would
solve each equation.
351. Frida started to solve the equation −3x = 36 by adding 3 to both sides. Explain why Frida’s method will not solve the equation.
352. Raoul started to solve the equation 4y = 40 by subtracting 4 from both sides. Explain why Raoul’s method will not solve the
equation.
Self Check


This page titled 3.10: Solve Equations Using Integers; The Division Property of Equality (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was

CHAPTER OVERVIEW
4: Fractions
Often in life, whole amounts are not exactly what we need. A baker must use a little more than a cup of milk or part of a teaspoon
of sugar. Similarly a carpenter might need less than a foot of wood and a painter might use part of a gallon of paint. In this chapter,
we will learn about numbers that describe parts of a whole. These numbers, called fractions, are very useful both in algebra and in
everyday life. You will discover that you are already familiar with many examples of fractions!
Figure 4.1 - Bakers combine ingredients to make delicious breads and pastries. (credit: Agustín Ruiz, Flickr)

[email protected]."
This page titled 4: Fractions is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.
1
Understand the meaning of fractions
Model improper fractions and mixed numbers
Convert between improper fractions and mixed numbers
Model equivalent fractions
Find equivalent fractions
Locate fractions and mixed numbers on the number line
Order fractions and mixed numbers
 be prepared!
1. Simplify: 5 ∙ 2 + 1 . If you missed this problem, review Example 2.1.8.
2. Fill in the blank with < or >: −2__−5. If you missed this problem, review Example 3.1.2.
Understand the Meaning of Fractions

Andy and Bobby love pizza. On Monday night, they share a pizza equally. How much of the pizza does each one get? Are you
thinking that each boy gets half of the pizza? That’s right. There is one whole pizza, evenly divided into two parts, so each boy gets
1
one of the two equal parts. In math, we write to mean one out of two parts.
2
Figure 4.1.1
On Tuesday, Andy and Bobby share a pizza with their parents, Fred and Christy, with each person getting an equal amount of the
whole pizza. How much of the pizza does each person get? There is one whole pizza, divided evenly into four equal parts. Each
1
person has one of the four equal parts, so each has of the pizza.
4
Figure 4.1.2
On Wednesday, the family invites some friends over for a pizza dinner. There are a total of 12 people. If they share the pizza
1
equally, each person would get of the pizza.
12

Figure 4.1.3
 Definition: Fractions
a
A fraction is written , where a and b are integers and b ≠0 . In a fraction, a is called the numerator and b is called the
b
denominator.
A fraction is a way to represent parts of a whole. The denominator b represents the number of equal parts the whole has been
divided into, and the numerator a represents how many parts are included. The denominator, b , cannot equal zero because division
by zero is undefined.
1
In Figure 4.1.4, the circle has been divided into three parts of equal size. Each part represents of the circle. This type of model is
3
called a fraction circle. Other shapes, such as rectangles, can also be used to model fractions.
Figure 4.1.4
2 2
What does the fraction represent? The fraction means two of three equal parts.
3 3
Figure 4.1.5
 Example 4.1.1: name the fraction
Name the fraction of the shape that is shaded in each of the figures.
a.
b.
Solution
We need to ask two questions. First, how many equal parts are there? This will be the denominator. Second, of these equal
parts, how many are shaded? This will be the numerator.

a.
How many equal parts are there? There are eight equal parts.
How many are shaded? Five parts are shaded.
5
Five out of eight parts are shaded. Therefore, the fraction of the circle that is shaded is .
8
b.
How many equal parts are there? There are nineequal parts.
How many are shaded? Two parts are shaded.
2
Two out of nine parts are shaded. Therefore, the fraction of the square that is shaded is .
9
 Exercise 4.1.1
Name the fraction of the shape that is shaded in each figure:
Answer a
3
Answer b
4
 Exercise 4.1.2
Name the fraction of the shape that is shaded in each figure:
Answer a
3
Answer b
3
 Example 4.1.2:
3
Shade of the circle.
4

Solution
The denominator is 4, so we divide the circle into four equal parts (a). The numerator is 3, so we shade three of the four parts
(b).
3
of the circle is shaded.
4
 Exercise 4.1.3
6
Shade of the circle.
8
Answer
 Exercise 4.1.4
2
Shade of the rectangle.
5
Answer
In Example 4.1.1 and Example 4.1.2, we used circles and rectangles to model fractions. Fractions can also be modeled as
manipulatives called fraction tiles, as shown in Figure 4.1.6. Here, the whole is modeled as one long, undivided rectangular tile.
Beneath it are tiles of equal length divided into different numbers of equally sized parts.

Figure 4.1.6
We’ll be using fraction tiles to discover some basic facts about fractions. Refer to Figure 4.1.6 to answer the following questions:
1 2
How many tiles does it take to make one whole tile? It takes two halves to make a whole, so two out of two is = 1.
2 2
1 3
How many tiles does it take to make one whole tile? It takes three thirds, so three out of three is = 1.
3 3
1 4
How many tiles does it take to make one whole tile? It takes four fourths, so four out of four is = 1.
4 4
1 6
How many tiles does it take to make one whole tile? It takes six sixths, so six out of six is = 1.
5 6
What if the whole were divided into 24 equal parts? (We have not
shown fraction tiles to represent this, but try to visualize it in your It takes 24 twenty-fourths, so
24
= 1.
1 24
mind.) How many tiles does it take to make one whole tile?
24
24
It takes 24 twenty-fourths, so =1 . This leads us to the Property of One.
24
 Definition: Property of One
Any number, except zero, divided by itself is one.

a
=1 (a ≠ 0) (4.1.1)
a
 Example 4.1.3: fraction circles to form wholes
Use fraction circles to make wholes using the following pieces:

a. 4 fourths
b. 5 fifths
c. 6 sixths
Solution
 Exercise 4.1.5
Use fraction circles to make wholes with the following pieces: 3 thirds.
Answer

 Exercise 4.1.6
Use fraction circles to make wholes with the following pieces: 8 eighths.
Answer
What if we have more fraction pieces than we need for 1 whole? We’ll look at this in the next example.
 Example 4.1.4: fraction circles to form whole
Use fraction circles to make wholes using the following pieces:

a. 3 halves
b. 8 fifths
c. 7 thirds
Solution
a. 3 halves make 1 whole with 1 half left over.
b. 8 fifths make 1 whole with 3 fifths left over.
c. 7 thirds make 2 wholes with 1 third left over.
 Exercise 4.1.7
Use fraction circles to make wholes with the following pieces: 5 thirds.
Answer

 Exercise 4.1.8
Use fraction circles to make wholes with the following pieces: 5 halves.
Answer
Model Improper Fractions and Mixed Numbers

In Example 4.1.4b, you had eight equal fifth pieces. You used five of them to make one whole, and you had three fifths left over.
1
Let us use fraction notation to show what happened. You had eight pieces, each of them one fifth, , so altogether you had eight
5
8 8 3 3
fifths, which we can write as . The fraction is one whole, 1, plus three fifths, , or 1 , which is read as one and three-fifths.
5 5 5 5
3
The number 1 is called a mixed number. A mixed number consists of a whole number and a fraction.
5
 Definition: Mixed Numbers

b
A mixed number consists of a whole number a and a fraction where c ≠ 0 . It is written as follows.
c
b
a c ≠0 (4.1.2)
c
5 3 5 7
Fractions such as , , , and are called improper fractions. In an improper fraction, the numerator is greater than or equal to
4 2 5 3
the denominator, so its value is greater than or equal to one. When a fraction has a numerator that is smaller than the denominator,
1 3 11
it is called a proper fraction, and its value is less than one. Fractions such as , , and are proper fractions.
2 7 18
 Definition: Proper and Improper Fractions

a
The fraction is a proper fraction if a < b and an improper fraction if a ≥ b .
b
 Example 4.1.5: improper fraction
Name the improper fraction modeled. Then write the improper fraction as a mixed number.

Solution
1
Each circle is divided into three pieces, so each piece is of the circle. There are four pieces shaded, so there are four thirds or
3
4 1 4 1
. The figure shows that we also have one whole circle and one third, which is 1 . So, =1 .
3 3 3 3
 Exercise 4.1.9
Name the improper fraction. Then write it as a mixed number.
Answer
5 2
=1
3 3
 Exercise 4.1.10
Name the improper fraction. Then write it as a mixed number.
Answer
13 5
=1
8 8
 Example 4.1.6: model a fraction

11
Draw a figure to model .
8
Solution
The denominator of the improper fraction is 8. Draw a circle divided into eight pieces and shade all of them. This takes care of
eight eighths, but we have 11 eighths. We must shade three of the eight parts of another circle.
11 3
So, =1 .
8 8

 Exercise4.1.11
7
6
Answer
 Exercise 4.1.12
6
5
Answer

11
Use a model to rewrite the improper fraction as a mixed number.
6
Solution
11
We start with 11 sixths ( . We know that six sixths makes one whole.
)
6
6
=1
6
5 11 5
That leaves us with five more sixths, which is (11 sixths minus 6 sixths is 5 sixths). So, =1 .
6 6 6
 Exercise 4.1.13
9
Use a model to rewrite the improper fraction as a mixed number: .
7
Answer
2
1
7

 Exercise 4.1.14
7
Use a model to rewrite the improper fraction as a mixed number: .
4
Answer
3
1
4

4
Use a model to rewrite the mixed number 1 as an improper fraction.
5
Solution
4 5
The mixed number 1 means one whole plus four fifths. The denominator is 5, so the whole is . Together five fifths and
5 5
4 9
four fifths equals nine fifths. So, 1 = .
5 5
 Exercise 4.1.15
3
Use a model to rewrite the mixed number as an improper fraction: 1 .
8
Answer
11
 Exercise 4.1.16
5
Use a model to rewrite the mixed number as an improper fraction: 1 .
6
Answer
11
Convert between Improper Fractions and Mixed Numbers

11 5
In Example 4.1.7, we converted the improper fraction to the mixed number 1 using fraction circles. We did this by grouping
6 6
11
six sixths together to make a whole; then we looked to see how many of the 11 pieces were left. We saw that made one whole
6
11 15
group of six sixths plus five more sixths, showing that = .
6 6
11 ¯
¯¯¯¯¯
¯
The division expression (which can also be written as 6 )11 ) tells us to find how many groups of 6 are in . To convert an
11
6
improper fraction to a mixed number without fraction circles, we divide.

 Example 4.1.9:
11
Convert to a mixed number.
6
Solution
11
Divide the denominator into the numerator. Remember means 11 ÷ 6.
6
Identify the quotient, remainder and divisor.
remainder 5
Write the mixed number as quotient . 1
divisor 6
11 5
So, =1 .
6 6
 Exercise 4.1.17
13
Convert the improper fraction to a mixed number: .
7
Answer
6
1
7
 Exercise 4.1.18
14
9
Answer
5
1
9
 HOW TO: CONVERT AN IMPROPER FRACTION TO A MIXED NUMBER

Step 1. Divide the denominator into the numerator.
Step 2. Identify the quotient, remainder, and divisor.
remainder
Step 3. Write the mixed number as quotient .
divisor
 Example 4.1.10:
33
Convert the improper fraction to a mixed number.
8
Solution
33
Divide the denominator into the numerator. Remember, means 8)33.
¯
¯¯¯¯¯
¯
Identify the quotient, remainder, and divisor.

remainder 1
Write the mixed number as quotient . 4
divisor 8
33 1
So, =4 .
8 8
 Exercise 4.1.19
23
7
Answer
2
3
7
 Exercise 4.1.20
48
11
Answer
4
4
11
4
In Example 4.1.8, we changed 1 to an improper fraction by first seeing that the whole is a set of five fifths. So we had five fifths
5
and four more fifths.
5 4 9
+ =
5 5 5
Where did the nine come from? There are nine fifths—one whole (five fifths) plus four fifths. Let us use this idea to see how to
convert a mixed number to an improper fraction.
 Example 4.1.11: convert

2
Convert the mixed number 4 to an improper fraction.
3
2
Multiply the whole number by the denominator. 4
3
The whole number is 4 and the denominator is 3.
Simplify.
Add the numerator to the product.
The numerator of the mixed number is 2.
Simplify.
Write the final sum over the original denominator.

14
The denominator is 3.
3

 Exercise 4.1.21
5
Convert the mixed number to an improper fraction: 3 .
7
Answer
26
 Exercise 4.1.22
7
8
Answer
23
 HOW TO: CONVERT A MIXED NUMBER TO AN IMPROPER FRACTION
Step 1. Multiply the whole number by the denominator.

Step 2. Add the numerator to the product found in Step 1.
Step 3. Write the final sum over the original denominator.
 Example 4.1.12:
2
Convert the mixed number 10 to an improper fraction.
7
2
Multiply the whole number by the denominator. 10
7
The whole number is 10 and the denominator is 7.
Simplify.
Add the numerator to the product.
The numerator of the mixed number is 2.
Simplify.
Write the final sum over the original denominator.

72
The denominator is 7.
7
 Exercise 4.1.23
6
11
Answer
50
11

 Exercise 4.1.24
1
3
Answer
34

[email protected]."
This page titled 4.1: Visualize Fractions (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

Model Equivalent Fractions
1 2
Let’s think about Andy and Bobby and their favorite food again. If Andy eats of a pizza and Bobby eats of the pizza, have
2 4
1 2
they eaten the same amount of pizza? In other words, does = ? We can use fraction tiles to find out whether Andy and Bobby
2 4
have eaten equivalent parts of the pizza.
 Definition: Equivalent Fractions

Equivalent fractions are fractions that have the same value.
Fraction tiles serve as a useful model of equivalent fractions. You may want to use fraction tiles to do the following activity. Or you
might make a copy of Figure 4.3 and extend it to include eighths, tenths, and twelfths.
1 1 1
Start with a tile. How many fourths equal one-half? How many of the tiles exactly cover the tile?
2 4 2
Figure 4.2.7
1 1 2 1 2 1
Since two tiles cover the tile, we see that is the same as , or = .
4 2 4 2 4 2
1 1
How many of the tiles cover the tile?
6 2
Figure 4.2.8
1 1 3 1 3 1
Since three tiles cover the tile, we see that is the same as . So, = . The fractions are equivalent fractions.
6 2 6 2 6 2
 Example 4.2.13: equivalent fractions

Use fraction tiles to find equivalent fractions. Show your result with a figure.
a. How many eighths equal one-half?
b. How many tenths equal one-half?
c. How many twelfths equal one-half?
Solution
1 1 4 1
a. It takes four tiles to exactly cover the tile, so = .
8 2 8 2
1 1 5 1
b. It takes five tiles to exactly cover the tile, so = .
10 2 10 2

1 1 6 1
c. It takes six tiles to exactly cover the tile, so = .
12 2 12 2
1 1
Suppose you had tiles marked . How many of them would it take to equal ? Are you thinking ten tiles? If you are, you’re
20 2
10 1
right, because = .
20 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 10
We have shown that , , , , , , and are all equivalent fractions.
2 4 6 8 10 12 20
 Exercise 4.2.25
Use fraction tiles to find equivalent fractions: How many eighths equal one-fourth?
Answer
2
 Exercise 4.2.26
Use fraction tiles to find equivalent fractions: How many twelfths equal one-fourth?
Answer
3
Find Equivalent Fractions

1 2 3 4 1
We used fraction tiles to show that there are many fractions equivalent to . For example, , , and are all equivalent to .
2 4 6 8 2
1 1 4 1
When we lined up the fraction tiles, it took four of the tiles to make the same length as a tile. This showed that = . See
8 2 8 2
Example 4.2.13.
1
We can show this with pizzas, too. Figure 4.2.9a shows a single pizza, cut into two equal pieces with shaded. Figure 4.2.9b
2
4
shows a second pizza of the same size, cut into eight pieces with shaded.
8
Figure 4.2.9
1 4 1
This is another way to show that is equivalent to . How can we use mathematics to change into f rac48? How could you
2 8 2
take a pizza that is cut into two pieces and cut it into eight pieces? You could cut each of the two larger pieces into four smaller

pieces! The whole pizza would then be cut into eight pieces instead of just two. Mathematically, what we’ve described could be
written as:
1⋅4 4
=
2⋅4 8
These models lead to the Equivalent Fractions Property, which states that if we multiply the numerator and denominator of a
fraction by the same number, the value of the fraction does not change.
 Definition: Equivalent Fractions Property
If a , b , and c are numbers where b ≠ 0 and c ≠ 0 , then

a a⋅c
= (4.2.1)
b b⋅c
When working with fractions, it is often necessary to express the same fraction in different forms. To find equivalent forms of a
fraction, we can use the Equivalent Fractions Property. For example, consider the fraction one-half.
1⋅3 3 1 3
= so =
2⋅3 6 2 6
1⋅2 2 1 2
= so =
2⋅2 4 2 4
1 ⋅ 10 10 1 10
= so =
2 ⋅ 10 20 2 20
1 2 3 10
So, we say that , , , and are equivalent fractions.
2 4 6 20

2
Find three fractions equivalent to .
5
Solution
2
To find a fraction equivalent to , we multiply the numerator and denominator by the same number (but not zero). Let us
5
multiply them by 2, 3, and 5.
2⋅2 4 2⋅3 6 2⋅5 10
= = =
5⋅2 10 5⋅3 15 5⋅5 25
4 6 10 2
So, , , and are equivalent to .
10 15 25 5
 Exercise 4.2.27
3
5
Answer
6 9 12
Correct answers include , and
10 15 20
 Exercise 4.2.28
4
5
Answer

8 12 16
Correct answers include , and
10 15 20

2
Find a fraction with a denominator of 21 that is equivalent to .
7
Solution
To find equivalent fractions, we multiply the numerator and denominator by the same number. In this case, we need to multiply
the denominator by a number that will result in 21.
Since we can multiply 7 by 3 to get 21, we can find the equivalent fraction by multiplying both the numerator and denominator
by 3.
2 2⋅3 6
= =
7 7⋅3 21
 Exercise 4.2.29
6
7
Answer
18
21
 Exercise 4.2.30
3
10
Answer
30
100
Locate Fractions and Mixed Numbers on the Number Line

Now we are ready to plot fractions on a number line. This will help us visualize fractions and understand their values.
1 4 1 7 9 8
Let us locate , , 3, 3 , , ,5 , and on the number line. We will start with the whole numbers 3 and 5 because they are the
5 5 3 4 2 3
easiest to plot.
1 4 1 1
The proper fractions listed are and . We know proper fractions have values less than one, so and are located between the
5 5 5 5
whole numbers 0 and 1. The denominators are both 5, so we need to divide the segment of the number line between 0 and 1 into
1 2 3
five equal parts. We can do this by drawing four equally spaced marks on the number line, which we can then label as , , ,
5 5 5
4 1 4
and . Now plot points at and .
5 5 5

1 1
The only mixed number to plot is 3 . Between what two whole numbers is 3 ? Remember that a mixed number is a whole
3 3
1 1
number plus a proper fraction, so 3 >3 . Since it is greater than 3, but not a whole unit greater, 3 is between 3 and 4. We need
3 3
1
to divide the portion of the number line between 3 and 4 into three equal pieces (thirds) and plot 3 at the first mark.
3
7 9 8
Finally, look at the improper fractions , , and . Locating these points will be easier if you change each of them to a mixed
4 2 3
number.
7 3 9 1 8 2
=1 , =4 , =2
4 4 2 2 3 3
Here is the number line with all the points plotted.
 Example 4.2.16: locate and label

3 4 5 1 7
Locate and label the following on a number line: , , ,4 , and .
4 3 3 5 2
Solution
3
Start by locating the proper fraction . It is between 0 and 1. To do this, divide the distance between 0 and 1 into four equal
4
3
parts. Then plot .
4
1
Next, locate the mixed number 4 . It is between 4 and 5 on the number line. Divide the number line between 4 and 5 into five
5
1
equal parts, and then plot 4 one-fifth of the way between 4 and 5.
5
4 5
Now locate the improper fractions and . It is easier to plot them if we convert them to mixed numbers first.
3 3
4 1 5 2
=1 , =1
3 3 3 3
Divide the distance between 1 and 2 into thirds.
7 7 1
Next let us plot . We write it as a mixed number, =3 . Plot it between 3 and 4.
2 2 2

The number line shows all the numbers located on the number line.
 Exercise 4.2.31
1 5 7 3 9
Locate and label the following on a number line: , , ,2 , .
3 4 4 5 2
Answer
 Exercise 4.2.32
2 5 9 11 2
Locate and label the following on a number line: , , , ,3 .
3 2 4 4 5
Answer
In Introduction to Integers, we defined the opposite of a number. It is the number that is the same distance from zero on the number
line but on the opposite side of zero. We saw, for example, that the opposite of 7 is −7 and the opposite of −7 is 7.
3 3
Fractions have opposites, too. The opposite of is − . It is the same distance from 0 on the number line, but on the opposite side
4 4
of 0.
15
Thinking of negative fractions as the opposite of positive fractions will help us locate them on the number line. To locate − on
8
15 7
the number line, first think of where is located. It is an improper fraction, so we first convert it to the mixed number 1 and
8 8
15
see that it will be between 1 and 2 on the number line. So its opposite, − , will be between −1 and −2 on the number line.
8

 Example 4.2.17: locate and label
1 1 1 1 5 5
Locate and label the following on the number line: ,− ,1 , −1 , , and − .
4 4 3 3 2 2
Solution
Draw a number line. Mark 0 in the middle and then mark several units to the left and right.
1
To locate , divide the interval between 0 and 1 into four equal parts. Each part represents one-quarter of the distance. So plot
4
1
at the first mark.
4
1 1
To locate − , divide the interval between 0 and −1 into four equal parts. Plot − at the first mark to the left of 0.
4 4
1 1
Since 1 is between 1 and 2, divide the interval between 1 and 2 into three equal parts. Plot 1 at the first mark to the right
3 3
1 1
of 1. Then since −1 is the opposite of 1 it is between −1 and −2. Divide the interval between −1 and −2 into three equal
3 3
1
parts. Plot −1 at the first mark to the left of −1.
3
5 5 1 1 1
To locate and − , it may be helpful to rewrite them as the mixed numbers 2 and −2 . Since 2 is between 2 and 3,
2 2 2 2 2
5 1
divide the interval between 2 and 3 into two equal parts. Plot at the mark. Then since −2 is between −2 and −3, divide
2 2
5
the interval between −2 and −3 into two equal parts. Plot − at the mark.
2
 Exercise 4.2.33
2 2 1 1 3 3
Locate and label each of the given fractions on a number line: ,− ,2 , −2 , ,−
3 3 4 4 2 2
Answer
 Exercise 4.2.34
3 3 1 1 7 7
Locate and label each of the given fractions on a number line: ,− ,1 , −1 , ,−
4 4 2 2 3 3
Answer

Order Fractions and Mixed Numbers
We can use the inequality symbols to order fractions. Remember that a > b means that a is to the right of b on the number line. As
we move from left to right on a number line, the values increase.
 Example 4.2.18: order
Order each of the following pairs of numbers, using < or >:

2
a. − ____−1
3
1
b. −3 ____−3
2
3 3
c. − ____−
7 8
16
d. −2____−
9
Solution
2
a. − > −1
3
1
b. −3 < −3
2
3 3
c. − <−
7 8
16
d. −2 < −
9
 Exercise 4.2.35

1
a. − __−1
3
1
b. −1 __−2
2
2 1
c. − __−
3 3

7
d. −3__−
3
Answer a
>
Answer b
>
Answer c
<
Answer d
<
 Exercise 4.2.36

17
a. −3 __−
5
1
b. −2 __−2
4
3 4
c. − __−
5 5
10
d. −4__−
3
Answer a
>
Answer b
<
Answer c
>
Answer d
<

Introduction to Fractions
Identify Fractions Using Pattern Blocks
Key Concepts
Property of One
Any number, except zero, divided by itself is one.
a
=1 , where a ≠ 0 .
a
Mixed Numbers
b
A mixed number consists of a whole number a and a fraction where c ≠ 0 .
c
b
It is written as follows: a c ≠0
c
Proper and Improper Fractions

The fraction a
b
is a proper fraction if a < b and an improper fraction if a ≥ b .
Convert an improper fraction to a mixed number.
1. Divide the denominator into the numerator.
2. Identify the quotient, remainder, and divisor.
remainder
3. Write the mixed number as .
divisor
Convert a mixed number to an improper fraction.

1. Multiply the whole number by the denominator.
2. Add the numerator to the product found in Step 1.
3. Write the final sum over the original denominator.
Equivalent Fractions Property
If a , b and c are numbers where b ≠ 0 , c ≠ 0 , then \(\dfrac{a}{b} = \dfrac{a\cdot c}{b\cdot c}\]).
Glossary
equivalent fractions
Equivalent fractions are two or more fractions that have the same value.
fraction
a
A fraction is written . in a fraction, a is the numerator and b is the denominator. A fraction represents parts of a whole. The
b
denominator b is the number of equal parts the whole has been divided into, and the numerator a indicates how many parts are
included.
mixed number
b b
A mixed number consists of a whole number a and a fraction where c ≠ 0 . It is written as a , where c ≠ 0 .
c c
proper and improper fractions

a
The fraction is proper if a b .
b
1.
2.

In the following exercises, shade parts of circles or squares to model the following fractions.
1
3.
2
1
4.
3
3
5.
4
2
6.
5
5
7.
6
7
8.
8
5
9.
8
7
10.
10
In the following exercises, use fraction circles to make wholes, if possible, with the following pieces.
11. 3 thirds
12. 8 eighths
13. 7 sixths
14. 4 thirds
15. 7 fifths
16. 7 fourths
In the following exercises, name the improper fractions. Then write each improper fraction as a mixed number.
17.

18.
19.
In the following exercises, draw fraction circles to model the given fraction.
3
20.
3
4
21.
4
7
22.
4
5
23.
3
11
24.
6
13
25.
8
10
26.
3
9
27.
4
In the following exercises, rewrite the improper fraction as a mixed number.

3
28.
2
5
29.
3
11
30.
4
13
31.
5
25
32.
6
28
33.
9
42
34.
13
47
35.
15
In the following exercises, rewrite the mixed number as an improper fraction.

2
36. 1
3
2
37. 1
5
1
38. 2
4
5
39. 2
6
7
40. 2
9
5
41. 2
7
4
42. 3
7
5
43. 3
9
In the following exercises, use fraction tiles or draw a figure to find equivalent fractions.
44. How many sixths equal one-third?
45. How many twelfths equal one-third?
46. How many eighths equal three-fourths?
47. How many twelfths equal three-fourths?
48. How many fourths equal three-halves?
49. How many sixths equal three-halves?
In the following exercises, find three fractions equivalent to the given fraction. Show your work, using figures or algebra.
1
50.
4
1
51.
3
3
52.
8
5
53.
6
2
54.
7
5
55.
9
In the following exercises, plot the numbers on a number line.

2 5 12
56. , ,
3 4 5

1 7 13
57. , ,
3 4 5
1 9 11
58. , ,
4 5 3
7 5 13
59. , , ,3
10 2 8
1 1
60. 2 , −2
3 3
3 3
61. 1 , −1
4 5
3 3 2 2 5 5
62. ,− ,1 , −1 , ,−
4 4 3 3 2 2
2 2 3 3 8 8
63. ,− ,1 , −1 , ,−
5 5 4 4 3 3
1
64. −1__−
4
1
65. −1__−
3
1
66. −2 __− 3
2
3
67. −1 __− 2
4
5 7
68. − __−
12 12
9 3
69. − __−
10 10
13
70. −3__−
5
23
71. −4__−
6
Everyday Math
1 1
72. Music Measures A choreographed dance is broken into counts. A count has one step in a count, a count has two steps in
1 2
1
a count and a 1 3 count has three steps in a count. How many steps would be in a count? What type of count has four steps in
5
it?
73. Music Measures Fractions are used often in music. In 4 4 time, there are four quarter notes in one measure.
a. How many measures would eight quarter notes make?
b. The song “Happy Birthday to You” has 25 quarter notes. How many measures are there in “Happy Birthday to You?”
74. Baking Nina is making five pans of fudge to serve after a music recital. For each pan, she needs 1 2 cup of walnuts.
a. How many cups of walnuts does she need for five pans of fudge?
b. Do you think it is easier to measure this amount when you use an improper fraction or a mixed number? Why?
Writing Exercises
75. Give an example from your life experience (outside of school) where it was important to understand fractions.
21
76. Explain how you locate the improper fraction on a number line on which only the whole numbers from 0 through 10 are
4
marked.
Self Check

help you need.

[email protected]."
This page titled 4.2: Visualize Fractions (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

Simplify fractions
Multiply fractions
Find reciprocals
Divide fractions
 be prepared!
1. Find the prime factorization of 48. If you missed this problem, review Example 2.5.1.
3
2. Draw a model of the fraction . If you missed this problem, review Example 4.1.2.
4
5 10 15 50
3. Find two fractions equivalent to . Answers may vary. Acceptable answers include , , , etc. If you missed this
6 12 18 60
problem, review Example 4.1.14.
Simplify Fractions
In working with equivalent fractions, you saw that there are many ways to write fractions that have the same value, or represent the
same part of the whole. How do you know which one to use? Often, we’ll use the fraction that is in simplified form.
A fraction is considered simplified if there are no common factors, other than 1, in the numerator and denominator. If a fraction
does have common factors in the numerator and denominator, we can reduce the fraction to its simplified form by removing the
common factors.
 Definition: Simplified Fraction
A fraction is considered simplified if there are no common factors in the numerator and denominator.
For example,
2
is simplified because there are no common factors of 2 and 3.
3
10
is not simplified because 5 is a common factor of 10 and 15.
15
The process of simplifying a fraction is often called reducing the fraction. In the previous section, we used the Equivalent Fractions
Property to find equivalent fractions. We can also use the Equivalent Fractions Property in reverse to simplify fractions. We rewrite
the property to show both forms together.

a a⋅c a⋅c a
If a, b, c are numbers where b ≠ 0, c ≠ 0 , then = and = .
b b⋅c b⋅c b
Notice that c is a common factor in the numerator and denominator. Anytime we have a common factor in the numerator and
denominator, it can be removed.
 HOW TO: SIMPLIFY A FRACTION

Step 1. Rewrite the numerator and denominator to show the common factors. If needed, factor the numerator and denominator
into prime numbers.
Step 2. Simplify, using the equivalent fractions property, by removing common factors.
Step 3. Multiply any remaining factors.

10
Simplify: .
15
Solution
To simplify the fraction, we look for any common factors in the numerator and the denominator.
10
Notice that 5 is a factor of both 10 and 15.
15
2 ⋅5
Factor the numerator and denominator.
3 ⋅5
2 ⋅ 5
Remove the common factors.
3 ⋅ 5
2
Simplify.
3
 Exercise 4.3.1
8
Simplify: .
12
Answer
2
 Exercise 4.3.2
12
Simplify: .
16
Answer
3
To simplify a negative fraction, we use the same process as in Example 4.3.1. Remember to keep the negative sign.

18
Simplify: − .
24
Solution
18
We notice that 18 and 24 both have factors of 6. −
24
3 ⋅6
Rewrite the numerator and denominator showing the common factor. −
4 ⋅6
3 ⋅ 6
Remove common factors. −
4 ⋅ 6
3
Simplify. −
4

 Exercise 4.3.3
21
Simplify: − .
28
Answer
3
−
4
 Exercise 4.3.4
16
Simplify: − .
24
Answer
2
−
3
After simplifying a fraction, it is always important to check the result to make sure that the numerator and denominator do not have
any more factors in common. Remember, the definition of a simplified fraction: a fraction is considered simplified if there are no
common factors in the numerator and denominator.
When we simplify an improper fraction, there is no need to change it to a mixed number.
 Example 4.3.3:
56
Simplify: − .
32
Solution
56
−
32
Rewrite the numerator and denominator, showing the common 7 ⋅8

−
factors, 8. 4 ⋅8
7 ⋅ 8
4 ⋅ 8
7
Simplify. −
4
 Exercise 4.3.5
54
Simplify: − .
42
Answer
9
−
7
 Exercise 4.3.6
81
Simplify: − .
45
Answer

9
−
5
 HOW TO: SIMPLIFY A FRACTION
Step 1. Rewrite the numerator and denominator to show the common factors. If needed, factor the numerator and denominator
into prime numbers.
Step 2. Simplify, using the equivalent fractions property, by removing common factors.
Step 3. Multiply any remaining factors.
Sometimes it may not be easy to find common factors of the numerator and denominator. A good idea, then, is to factor the
numerator and the denominator into prime numbers. (You may want to use the factor tree method to identify the prime factors.)
Then divide out the common factors using the Equivalent Fractions Property.

210
Simplify: .
385
Solution
210
385
Use factor trees to factor the numerator and denominator.
210 2 ⋅3 ⋅5 ⋅7
Rewrite the numerator and denominator as the product of the primes. =
385 5 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 11
2 ⋅3 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 7
Remove the common factors.
5 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 11
2 ⋅3
Simplify.
11
6
Multiply any remaining factors.
11
 Exercise 4.3.7
69
Simplify: .
120
Answer
23
40
 Exercise 4.3.8
120
Simplify: .
192
Answer

5
We can also simplify fractions containing variables. If a variable is a common factor in the numerator and denominator, we remove
it just as we do with an integer factor.

5xy
Simplify: .
15x
Solution
5xy
15x
5 ⋅x ⋅y
Rewrite numerator and denominator showing common factors.
3 ⋅5 ⋅x
5 ⋅ x ⋅y
Remove common factors.
3 ⋅ 5 ⋅ x
y
Simplify.
3
 Exercise 4.3.9
7x
Simplify: .
7y
Answer
x
 Exercise 4.3.10
9a
Simplify: .
9b
Answer
a
Multiply Fractions
1 3 1 3
A model may help you understand multiplication of fractions. We will use fraction tiles to model ⋅ . To multiply and ,
2 4 2 4
1 3
think of .
2 4
Start with fraction tiles for three-fourths. To find one-half of three-fourths, we need to divide them into two equal groups. Since we
1
cannot divide the three tiles evenly into two parts, we exchange them for smaller tiles.
4
Figure 4.3.1

6 3 1 1 3
We see is equivalent to . Taking half of the six tiles gives us three tiles, which is . Therefore,
8 4 8 8 8
1 3 3
⋅ =
2 4 8

1 3
Use a diagram to model ⋅ .
2 4
Solution
3
First shade in of the rectangle.
4
1 3 1
We will take of this , so we heavily shade of the shaded region.
2 4 2
3 1 3
Notice that 3 out of the 8 pieces are heavily shaded. This means that of the rectangle is heavily shaded. Therefore, of
8 2 4
3 1 3 3
is , or ⋅ = .
4 2 4 8
 Exercise 4.3.11
1 3
Use a diagram to model: ⋅ .
2 5
Answer
10
 Exercise 4.3.12
1 5
Use a diagram to model: ⋅ .
2 6
Answer

5
12
1 3 3
Look at the result we got from the model in Example 4.3.6. We found that ⋅ = . Do you notice that we could have gotten
2 4 8
the same answer by multiplying the numerators and multiplying the denominators?
1 3
⋅
2 4
1 3
Multiply the numerators, and multiply the denominators. ⋅
2 4
3
Simplify.
8
This leads to the definition of fraction multiplication. To multiply fractions, we multiply the numerators and multiply the
denominators. Then we write the fraction in simplified form.
 Definition: Fraction Multiplication
If a, b, c, and d are numbers where b ≠ 0 and d ≠ 0 , then

a c ac
⋅ = (4.3.1)
b d bd

3 1
Multiply, and write the answer in simplified form: ⋅ .
4 5
Solution
3 1
⋅
4 5
3 ⋅1
Multiply the numerators, and multiply the denominators.
4 ⋅5
3
Simplify.
20
There are no common factors, so the fraction is simplified.
 Exercise 4.3.13
1 2
3 5
Answer
2
15

 Exercise 4.3.14
3 7
5 8
Answer
21
40
When multiplying fractions, the properties of positive and negative numbers still apply. It is a good idea to determine the sign of
the product as the first step. In Example 4.3.8 we will multiply two negatives, so the product will be positive.

5 2
Multiply, and write the answer in simplified form: − (− ).
8 3
Solution
5 2
− (− )
8 3
The signs are the same, so the product is positive. Multiply the 5 ⋅2
numerators, multiply the denominators. 8 ⋅3
10
Simplify.
24
Look for common factors in the numerator and denominator. Rewrite 5 ⋅ 2
showing common factors. 12 ⋅ 2
5
12
Another way to find this product involves removing common factors earlier.
5 2
− (− )
8 3
5 ⋅2
Determine the sign of the product. Multiply.
8 ⋅3
5 ⋅ 2
Show common factors and then remove them.
12 ⋅ 2
5
Multiply remaining factors.
12
We get the same result.
 Exercise 4.3.15
4 5
Multiply, and write the answer in simplified form: − (− ).
7 8
Answer
5
14

 Exercise 4.3.16
7 8
Multiply, and write the answer in simplified form: − (− .
)
12 9
Answer
14
27

14 20
Multiply, and write the answer in simplified form: − ⋅ .
15 21
Solution
14 20
− ⋅
15 21
14 20
Determine the sign of the product; multiply. − ⋅
15 21
Are there any common factors in the numerator and the denominator?
We know that 7 is a factor of 14 and 21, and 5 is a factor of 20 and 15.
2 ⋅ 7 ⋅4 ⋅ 5
Rewrite showing common factors. −
3 ⋅ 5 ⋅3 ⋅ 7
2 ⋅4
Remove the common factors. −
3 ⋅3
8
Multiply the remaining factors. −
9
 Exercise 4.3.17
10 8
28 15
Answer
4
−
21
 Exercise 4.3.18
9 5
20 12
Answer
3
−
16
a
When multiplying a fraction by an integer, it may be helpful to write the integer as a fraction. Any integer, a, can be written as .
1
3
So, 3 = , for example.
1

 Example 4.3.10:
Multiply, and write the answer in simplified form:
1
a. ⋅ 56
7
12
b. (−20x)
5
Solution
a.
1
⋅ 56
7
1 56
Write 56 as a fraction. ⋅
7 1
56
Determine the sign of the product; multiply.
7
Simplify. 8
b.
12
(−20x)
5
12 −20x
Write −20x as a fraction. ( )
5 1
12 ⋅ 20 ⋅ x
Determine the sign of the product; multiply. −
5 ⋅1
12 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 x
Show common factors and then remove them. −
5 ⋅1
Multiply remaining factors; simplify. −48x
 Exercise 4.3.19
1
a. ∙ 72
8
11
b. (−9a)
3
Answer a
9
Answer b
−33a
 Exercise 4.3.20

3
a. ∙ 64
8
11
b. 16x ∙
12
Answer a

24
Answer b
44x

[email protected]."
This page titled 4.3: Multiply and Divide Fractions (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

Find Reciprocals
2 3 10 7
The fractions and are related to each other in a special way. So are − and − . Do you see how? Besides looking like
3 2 7 10
upside-down versions of one another, if we were to multiply these pairs of fractions, the product would be 1.
2 3 10 7
⋅ =1 and − (− ) =1
3 2 7 10
Such pairs of numbers are called reciprocals.
 Definition: Reciprocal
a b
The reciprocal of the fraction is , where a ≠ 0 and b ≠ 0 .
b a
A number and its reciprocal have a product of 1.

a b
⋅ =1 (4.2.54)
b a
To find the reciprocal of a fraction, we invert the fraction. This means that we place the numerator in the denominator and the
denominator in the numerator.
To get a positive result when multiplying two numbers, the numbers must have the same sign. So reciprocals must have the same
sign.
To find the reciprocal, keep the same sign and invert the fraction. The number zero does not have a reciprocal. Why? A number and
its reciprocal multiply to 1. Is there any number r so that 0 ∙ r = 1 ? No. So, the number 0 does not have a reciprocal.
 Example 4.4.11: reciprocal

Find the reciprocal of each number. Then check that the product of each number and its reciprocal is 1.
4
a.
9
1
b. −
6
14
c. −
5
d. 7
Solution
To find the reciprocals, we keep the sign and invert the fractions.
a.
4 4 9
Find the reciprocal of . The reciprocal of is .
9 9 4
Check:
4 9
Multiply the number and its reciprocal. ⋅
9 4

36
Multiply numerators and denominators.
36
Simplify. 1 ✓
b.
1 1 6
Find the reciprocal of − . The reciprocal of − is .
6 6 1
Simplify. −6
1
Check. − ⋅ (−6) = 1 ✓
6
c.
14 5
Find the reciprocal of − . −
5 14
14 5 70
Check. − ⋅ (− ) = = 1 ✓
5 14 70
d.
Find the reciprocal of 7.

7
Write 7 as a fraction.
1
7 1
Write the reciprocal of .
1 7
1
Check. 7 ⋅( ) = 1 ✓
7
 Exercise 4.4.21
Find the reciprocal:

5
a.
7
1
b. −
8
11
c. −
4
d. 14
Answer a
7
Answer b
−8
Answer c
4
−
11
Answer d
1
14

 Exercise 4.4.22
Find the reciprocal:

3
a.
7
1
b. −
12
14
c. −
9
d. 21
Answer a
7
Answer b
−12
Answer c
9
−
14
Answer d
1
21
In a previous chapter, we worked with opposites and absolute values. Table 4.4.1 compares opposites, absolute values, and
reciprocals.
Table 4.4.1
Opposite Absolute Value Reciprocal
has opposite sign is never negative has same sign, fraction inverts
 Example 4.4.12: fractions
Fill in the chart for each fraction in the left column:
Number Opposite Absolute Value Reciprocal

3
−
8
−5
Solution
To find the opposite, change the sign. To find the absolute value, leave the positive numbers the same, but take the opposite of
the negative numbers. To find the reciprocal, keep the sign the same and invert the fraction.

3 3 3 8
− −
8 8 8 3
1 1 1
− 2
2 2 2

9 9 9 5
−
5 5 5 9
1
−5 5 5 −
5
 Exercise 4.4.23
Fill in the chart for each number given:

5
−
8
−8
Answer
5 5 5 8
− −
8 8 8 5
1 1 1
− 4
4 4 4
8 8 8 3
−
3 3 3 8
1
−8 8 8 −
8
 Exercise 4.4.24
Fill in the chart for each number given:

4
−
7
−1
Answer
4 4 4 7
− −
7 7 7 4
1 1 1
− 8
8 8 8
9 9 9 4
−
4 4 4 9

1
−1 1 1 −
1
Divide Fractions
Why is 12 ÷ 3 = 4 ? We previously modeled this with counters. How many groups of 3 counters can be made from a group of 12
counters?
Figure 4.4.2
There are 4 groups of 3 counters. In other words, there are four 3s in 12. So, 12 ÷ 3 = 4 .
1 1 1 1
What about dividing fractions? Suppose we want to find the quotient: ÷ . We need to figure out how many s there are in .
2 6 6 2
We can use fraction tiles to model this division. We start by lining up the half and sixth fraction tiles as shown in Figure 4.4.3 .
1 1 1 1
Notice, there are three tiles in , so ÷ =3 .
6 2 2 6
Figure 4.4.3

1 1
Model: ÷ .
4 8
Solution
1 1 1 1 1
We want to determine how many s are in . Start with one tile. Line up tiles underneath the tile.
8 4 4 8 4
 Exercise 4.4.25
1 1
Model: ÷ .
3 6
Answer
 Exercise 4.4.26
1 1
Model: ÷ .
2 4
Answer

1
Model: 2 ÷ .
4

Solution
1
We are trying to determine how many s there are in 2. We can model this as shown.
4
1 1
Because there are eight s in 2, 2 ÷ =8 .
4 4
 Exercise 4.4.27
1
Model: 2 ÷
3
Answer
 Exercise 4.4.28
1
Model: 3 ÷
2
Answer
1 1
Let’s use money to model 2÷ in another way. We often read as a ‘quarter’, and we know that a quarter is one-fourth of a
4 4
1
dollar as shown in Figure 4.4.4 . So we can think of 2÷ as, “How many quarters are there in two dollars?” One dollar is 4
4
1
quarters, so 2 dollars would be 8 quarters. So again, 2 ÷ =8 .
4
Figure 4.4.4:The U.S. coin called a quarter is worth one-fourth of a dollar.

1 1 1 6 1 6
Using fraction tiles, we showed that ÷ =3 . Notice that ⋅ =3 also. How are and related? They are reciprocals.
2 6 2 1 6 1
This leads us to the procedure for fraction division.
 Definition: Fraction Division

If a, b, c, and d are numbers where b ≠ 0 , c ≠ 0 , and d ≠ 0 , then
a c a d
÷ = ⋅ (4.4.1)
b d b c
To divide fractions, multiply the first fraction by the reciprocal of the second.
We need to say b ≠ 0 , c ≠ 0 and d ≠ 0 to be sure we don’t divide by zero.

Divide, and write the answer in simplified form: \(\dfrac{2}{5} \div \left(- \dfrac{3}{7}\right).
Solution
2 7
Multiply the first fraction by the reciprocal of the second. (− )
5 3
14
Multiply. The product is negative. −
15
 Exercise 4.4.29
3 2
Divide, and write the answer in simplified form: ÷ (− ) .
7 3
Answer
9
−
14
 Exercise 4.4.30
2 7
Divide, and write the answer in simplified form: ÷ (− ) .
3 5
Answer
10
−
21

2 n
Divide, and write the answer in simplified form: ÷ .
3 5
Solution
2 5
Multiply the first fraction by the reciprocal of the second. ÷
3 n
10
Multiply.
3n
 Exercise 4.4.31
3 p
5 7
Answer
21
5p
 Exercise 4.4.32
5 q
8 3
Answer

15
8q
3 7
Divide, and write the answer in simplified form: − ÷ (− ) .
4 8
Solution
3 8
Multiply the first fraction by the reciprocal of the second. − ⋅ (− )
4 7
3 ⋅8
Multiply. Remember to determine the sign first.
4 ⋅7
3 ⋅ 4 ⋅2
Rewrite to show common factors.
4 ⋅7
6
Remove common factors and simplify.
7
 Exercise 4.4.33
2 5
3 6
Answer
4
 Exercise 4.4.34
5 2
6 3
Answer
5

7 14
18 27
Solution
7 27
Multiply the first fraction by the reciprocal of the second. ⋅
18 14
7 ⋅ 27
Multiply.
18 ⋅ 14
7 ⋅ 9 ⋅3
Rewrite showing common factors.
9 ⋅ 7 ⋅2
3
2 ⋅2
3
Simplify.
4

 Exercise 4.4.35
7 35
27 36
Answer
4
15
 Exercise 4.4.36
5 15
14 28
Answer
2

Simplifying Fractions
Multiplying Fractions (Positive Only)
Multiplying Signed Fractions
Dividing Fractions (Positive Only)
Dividing Signed Fractions
Key Concepts
a a⋅c a⋅c a
If a, b, c are numbers where b ≠ 0, c ≠ 0 , then = and =
b b⋅c b⋅c b
Simplify a fraction.
1. Rewrite the numerator and denominator to show the common factors. If needed, factor the numerator and denominator into
prime numbers.
2. Simplify, using the equivalent fractions property, by removing common factors.
3. Multiply any remaining factors.
Fraction Multiplication
a c ac
If a, b, c, and dd are numbers where b ≠ 0 and d ≠ 0 , then ⋅ =
b d bd
Reciprocal
A number and its reciprocal have a product of 1. a
b
⋅
b
a
=1
Fraction Division
a c a d
If a, b, c, and d are numbers where b ≠ 0 , c ≠ 0 , and d ≠ 0 , then ÷ = ⋅
b d b c
Glossary
reciprocal

a b
The reciprocal of the fraction is where a ≠ 0 and b ≠ 0 .
b a
simplified fraction
A fraction is considered simplified if there are no common factors in the numerator and denominator.

Simplify Fractions
In the following exercises, simplify each fraction. Do not convert any improper fractions to mixed numbers.
7
77.
21
8
78.
24
15
79.
20
12
80.
18
40
81. −
88
63
82. −
99
108
83. −
63
104
84. −
48
120
85.
252
182
86.
294
168
87. −
192
140
88. −
224
11x
89.
11y
15a
90.
15b
3x
91. −
12y
4x
92. −
32y
2
14x
93.
21y
24a
94. 2
32b
Multiply Fractions
In the following exercises, use a diagram to model.
1 2
95. ⋅
2 3
1 5
96. ⋅
2 8
1 5
97. ⋅
3 6
1 2
98. ⋅
3 5
In the following exercises, multiply, and write the answer in simplified form.

2 1
99. ⋅
5 3
1 3
100. ⋅
2 8
3 9
101. ⋅
4 10
4 2
102. ⋅
5 7
2 3
103. − (− )
3 8
3 4
104. − (− )
4 9
5 3
105. − ⋅
9 10
3 4
106. − ⋅
8 15
7 8
107. − (− )
12 21
5 8
108. (− )
12 15
14 9
109. (− )( )
15 20
9 25
110. (− )( )
10 33
63 44
111. (− ) (− )
84 90
33 40
112. (− ) (− )
60 88
5
113. 4⋅
11
8
114. 5⋅
3
3
115. ⋅ 21n
7
5
116. ⋅ 30m
6
1
117. −28p (− )
4
1
118. −51q (− )
3
17
119. −8 ( )
4
14
120. (−15)
5
3
121. −1 (− )
8
6
122. (−1) (− )
7
3
2
123. ( )
3
2
4
124. ( )
5
4
6
125. ( )
5
4
4
126. ( )
7

Find Reciprocals In the following exercises, find the reciprocal.
3
127.
4
2
128.
3
5
129. −
17
6
130. −
19
11
131.
8
132. −13
133. −19
134. −1
135. 1
136. Fill in the chart.

7
−
11
10
−8

3
−
13
14
15
−9
Divide Fractions
In the following exercises, model each fraction division.

1 1
138. ÷
2 4
1 1
139. ÷
2 8
1
140. 2 ÷
5
1
141. 3 ÷
4
In the following exercises, divide, and write the answer in simplified form.
1 1
142. ÷
2 4
1 1
143. ÷
2 8
3 2
144. ÷
4 3

4 3
145. ÷
5 4
4 4
146. − ÷
5 7
3 3
147. − ÷
4 5
7 7
148. − ÷ (− )
9 9
5 5
149. − ÷ (− )
6 6
3 x
150. ÷
4 11
2 y
151. ÷
5 9
5 a
152. ÷
8 10
5 c
153. ÷
6 15
5 15
154. ÷ (− )
18 24
7 14
155. ÷ (− )
18 27
7p 21p
156. ÷
12 8
5q 15q
157. ÷
12 8
8u 12v
158. ÷
15 25
12r 18s
159. ÷
25 35
1
160. −5 ÷
2
1
161. −3 ÷
4
3
162. ÷ (−12)
4
2
163. ÷ (−10)
5
9
164. −18 ÷ (− )
2
5
165. −15 ÷ (− )
3
1 3 7
166. ÷ (− )÷
2 4 8
11 7 2
167. ÷ ⋅
2 8 11
Everyday Math
168. Baking A recipe for chocolate chip cookies calls for 3 4 cup brown sugar. Imelda wants to double the recipe.
a. How much brown sugar will Imelda need? Show your calculation. Write your result as an improper fraction and as a mixed
number.
1 1 1 1
b. Measuring cups usually come in sets of , , , , and 1 cup. Draw a diagram to show two different ways that Imelda
8 4 3 2
could measure the brown sugar needed to double the recipe.
169. Baking Nina is making 4 pans of fudge to serve after a music recital. For each pan, she needs 2 3 cup of condensed milk.
a. How much condensed milk will Nina need? Show your calculation. Write your result as an improper fraction and as a mixed
number.

1 1 1 1
b. Measuring cups usually come in sets of , , , , and 1 cup. Draw a diagram to show two different ways that Nina could
8 4 3 2
measure the condensed milk she needs.
1
170. Portions Don purchased a bulk package of candy that weighs 5 pounds. He wants to sell the candy in little bags that hold
4
pound. How many little bags of candy can he fill from the bulk package?
3
171. Portions Kristen has yards of ribbon. She wants to cut it into equal parts to make hair ribbons for her daughter’s 6 dolls.
4
How long will each doll’s hair ribbon be?
Writing Exercises
172. Explain how you find the reciprocal of a fraction.
173. Explain how you find the reciprocal of a negative fraction.
174. Rafael wanted to order half a medium pizza at a restaurant. The waiter told him that a medium pizza could be cut into 6 or 8
slices. Would he prefer 3 out of 6 slices or 4 out of 8 slices? Rafael replied that since he wasn’t very hungry, he would prefer 3
out of 6 slices. Explain what is wrong with Rafael’s reasoning.
1 2 1
175. Give an example from everyday life that demonstrates how ⋅ is .
2 3 3
Self Check

[email protected]."
This page titled 4.4: Multiply and Divide Fractions (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

Multiply and divide mixed numbers
Translate phrases to expressions with fractions
Simplify complex fractions
Simplify expressions written with a fraction bar
 be prepared!
1. Divide and reduce, if possible: (4 + 5) ÷ (10 − 7) . If you missed this problem, review Example 3.2.8.
1 2
2. Multiply and write the answer in simplified form: ⋅ . If you missed this problem, review Example 4.2.7.
8 3
3
3. Convert 2 into an improper fraction. If you missed this problem, review Example 4.1.11.
5
Multiply and Divide Mixed Numbers

In the previous section, you learned how to multiply and divide fractions. All of the examples there used either proper or improper
fractions. What happens when you are asked to multiply or divide mixed numbers? Remember that we can convert a mixed number
to an improper fraction. And you learned how to do that in Visualize Fractions.

1 5
Multiply: 3 ⋅
3 8
Solution
1 10 5
Convert 3 to an improper fraction. ⋅
3 3 8
10 ⋅ 5
Multiply.
3 ⋅8
2 ⋅5 ⋅5
Look for common factors.
3 ⋅ 2 ⋅4
5 ⋅5
3 ⋅4
25
Simplify.
12
25
Notice that we left the answer as an improper fraction, , and did not convert it to a mixed number. In algebra, it is preferable
12
1
to write answers as improper fractions instead of mixed numbers. This avoids any possible confusion between 2 and
12
1
2⋅ .
12
 Exercise 4.5.1
2 6
Multiply, and write your answer in simplified form: 5 ⋅ .
3 17
Answer
2

 Exercise 4.5.2
3 1
Multiply, and write your answer in simplified form: ⋅5 .
7 4
Answer
9
 HOW TO: MULTIPLY OR DIVIDE MIXED NUMBERS
Step 1. Convert the mixed numbers to improper fractions.

Step 2. Follow the rules for fraction multiplication or division.
Step 3. Simplify if possible.
 Example 4.5.2:
4 7
Multiply, and write your answer in simplified form: 2 (−1 ) .
5 8
Solution
14 7
Convert mixed numbers to improper fractions. (−1 )
5 8
14 ⋅ 15
Multiply. −
5 ⋅8
2 ⋅7 ⋅ 5 ⋅3
Look for common factors. −
5 ⋅ 2 ⋅4
7 ⋅3
4
21
Simplify. −
4
 Exercise 4.5.3
5 5
Multiply, and write your answer in simplified form. 5 (−2 ) .
7 8
Answer
−15
 Exercise 4.5.4
2 1
Multiply, and write your answer in simplified form. −3 ⋅4 .
5 6
Answer
85
−
6

4
Divide, and write your answer in simplified form: 3 ÷5 .
7
Solution
25 5
Convert mixed numbers to improper fractions. ÷
7 1
25 1
7 5
25 ⋅ 1
Multiply.
7 ⋅5
5 ⋅5 ⋅1
7 ⋅ 5
5 ⋅1
7
5
Simplify.
7
 Exercise 4.5.5
3
8
Answer
5
 Exercise 4.5.6
5
8
Answer
7

1 1
Divide: 2 ÷1 .
2 4
Solution
5 5
Convert mixed numbers to improper fractions. ÷
2 4
5 4
2 5
5 ⋅4
Multiply.
2 ⋅5
5 ⋅ 2 ⋅2
2 ⋅1 ⋅ 5
2
1
Simplify. 2

 Exercise 4.5.7
2 1
3 3
Answer
2
 Exercise 4.5.8
3 1
4 2
Answer
5
Translate Phrases to Expressions with Fractions

The words quotient and ratio are often used to describe fractions. In Subtract Whole Numbers, we defined quotient as the result of
a
division. The quotient of a and b is the result you get from dividing a by b , or . Let’s practice translating some phrases into
b
algebraic expressions using these terms.
Translate the phrase into an algebraic expression: “the quotient of 3x and 8.”
Solution
The keyword is quotient; it tells us that the operation is division. Look for the words of and and to find the numbers to divide.
The quotient of 3x and 8.
3x
This tells us that we need to divide 3x by 8.
8
 Exercise 4.5.9
Translate the phrase into an algebraic expression: the quotient of 9s and 14.
Answer
9s
14
 Exercise 4.5.10
Translate the phrase into an algebraic expression: the quotient of 5y and 6.
Answer
5y

 Example 4.5.6:
Translate the phrase into an algebraic expression: the quotient of the difference of m and n , and p.
Solution
We are looking for the quotient of the difference of m and n , and p. This means we want to divide the difference of m and n
by p.
m −n
 Exercise 4.5.11
Translate the phrase into an algebraic expression: the quotient of the difference of a and b , and cd .
Answer
a−b
cd
 Exercise 4.5.12
Translate the phrase into an algebraic expression: the quotient of the sum of p and q, and r.
Answer
p +q
Simplify Complex Fractions

Our work with fractions so far has included proper fractions, improper fractions, and mixed numbers. Another kind of fraction is
called complex fraction, which is a fraction in which the numerator or the denominator contains a fraction. Some examples of
complex fractions are:
6 3 x
7 4 2
3 5 5
8 6
4
To simplify a complex fraction, remember that the fraction bar means division. So the complex fraction can be written as
5
8
3 5
÷ .
4 8

3
4
Simplify: .
5
Solution
3 5
Rewrite as division. ÷
4 8
3 8
4 5

3 ⋅8
Multiply.
4 ⋅5
3 ⋅ 4 ⋅2
4 ⋅5
6
5
 Exercise 4.5.13
2
3
Simplify: .
5
Answer
4
 Exercise 4.5.14
3
7
Simplify: .
6
11
Answer
11
14
 HOW TO: SIMPLIFY A COMPLEX FRACTION

Step 1. Rewrite the complex fraction as a division problem.
Step 2. Follow the rules for dividing fractions.

6
−
7
Simplify: .
3
Solution
6
Rewrite as division. − ÷3
7
6 1
Multiply the first fraction by the reciprocal of the second. − ⋅
7 3
6 ⋅1
Multiply; the product will be negative. −
7 ⋅3
3 ⋅2 ⋅1
Look for common factors. −
7 ⋅ 3
2
Remove common factors and simplify. −
7

 Exercise 4.5.15
8
−
7
Simplify: .
4
Answer
2
−
7
 Exercise 4.5.16
3
Simplify: − .
9
10
Answer
10
−
3

x
2
Simplify: xy
.
6
Solution
x xy
Rewrite as division. ÷
2 6
x 6
2 xy
x ⋅6
Multiply.
2 ⋅ xy
x ⋅3 ⋅ 2
2 ⋅ x ⋅y
3
y
 Exercise 4.5.17
a
8
Simplify: .
ab
Answer
3
4b
 Exercise 4.5.18

p
2
Simplify: pq
.
8
Answer
4

3
2
4
Simplify: .
1
Solution
3 1
Rewrite as division. 2 ÷
4 8
11 1
Change the mixed number to an improper fraction. ÷
4 8
11 8
4 1
11 ⋅ 8
Multiply.
4 ⋅1
11 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 2
4 ⋅1
Remove common factors and simplify. 22
 Exercise 4.5.19
5
7
Simplify: .
2
1
5
Answer
25
49
 Exercise 4.5.20
8
5
Simplify: .
1
3
5
Answer
1

[email protected]."
This page titled 4.5: Multiply and Divide Mixed Numbers and Complex Fractions (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored,

Simplify Expressions with a Fraction Bar
Where does the negative sign go in a fraction? Usually, the negative sign is placed in front of the fraction, but you will sometimes
1
see a fraction with a negative numerator or denominator. Remember that fractions represent division. The fraction − could be the
3
−1 1
result of dividing , a negative by a positive, or of dividing , a positive by a negative. When the numerator and denominator
3 −3
have different signs, the quotient is negative.

−1 1 negative 1 1 positive
=− = negative =− = negative
3 3 positive −3 3 negative
If both the numerator and denominator are negative, then the fraction itself is positive because we are dividing a negative by a
negative.
−1 1 negative
= = positive
−3 3 negative
 Placement of Negative Sign in a Fraction
For any positive numbers a and b ,

−a a a
= =− (4.6.1)
b −b b

7
Which of the following fractions are equivalent to ?
−8
−7 −7 7 7
, , ,−
−8 8 8 8
Solution
7 −7 7
The quotient of a positive and a negative is a negative, so is negative. Of the fractions listed, and − are also
−8 8 8
negative.
 Exercise 4.6.21
−3
Which of the following fractions are equivalent to ?
5
−3 3 3 3
, ,− ,
−5 5 5 −5
Answer
3 3
− ,
5 −5
 Exercise 4.6.22
2
Which of the following fractions are equivalent to − ?
7
−2 −2 2 2
, , ,
−7 7 7 −7

Answer
−2 2
,
7 −7
Fraction bars act as grouping symbols. The expressions above and below the fraction bar should be treated as if they were in
4 +8
parentheses. For example, means (4 + 8) ÷ (5 − 3) . The order of operations tells us to simplify the numerator and the
5 −3
denominator first—as if there were parentheses—before we divide.

We’ll add fraction bars to our set of grouping symbols from Use the Language of Algebra to have a more complete set here.
 Grouping Symbols
 HOW TO: SIMPLIFY AN EXPRESSION WITH A FRACTION BAR
Step 1. Simplify the numerator.

Step 2. Simplify the denominator.
Step 3. Simplify the fraction.
 Example 4.6.12:
4 +8
Simplify: .
5 −3
Solution
12
Simplify the expression in the numerator.
5 −3
12
Simplify the expression in the denominator.
2
Simplify the fraction. 6
 Exercise 4.6.23
4 +6
Simplify: .
11 − 2
Answer
10
 Exercise 4.6.24
3 +5
Simplify: .
18 − 2
Answer

1
 Example 4.6.13:
4 − 2(3)
Simplify: 2
.
2 +2
Solution
Use the order of operations. Multiply in the numerator and use the 4 −6
exponent in the denominator. 4 +2
−2
Simplify the numerator and the denominator.
6
1
Simplify the fraction. −
3
 Exercise 4.6.25
6 − 3(5)
Simplify: 2
.
3 +3
Answer
−3
 Exercise 4.6.26
4 − 4(6)
Simplify: 3
.
3 +3
Answer
2
−
3

2
(8 − 4)
Simplify: 2 2
.
8 −4
Solution
2
(4)
Use the order of operations (parentheses first, then exponents).
64 − 16
16
Simplify the numerator and denominator.
48
1
Simplify the fraction.
3
 Exercise 4.6.27
2
(11 − 7)
Simplify: 2 2
.
11 −7
Answer

2
 Exercise 4.6.28
2
(6 + 2)
Simplify: 2 2
.
6 −2
Answer
8

4(−3) + 6(−2)
Simplify: .
−3(2) − 2
Solution
−12 + (−12)
Multiply.
−6 − 2
−24
Simplify.
−8
Divide. 3
 Exercise 4.6.29
8(−2) + 4(−3)
Simplify: .
−5(2) + 3
Answer
4
 Exercise 4.6.30
7(−1) + 9(−3)
Simplify: .
−5(3) + 2
Answer
2

Division Involving Mixed Numbers
Evaluate a Complex Fraction
Key Concepts
Multiply or divide mixed numbers.
1. Convert the mixed numbers to improper fractions.
2. Follow the rules for fraction multiplication or division.
3. Simplify if possible.
Simplify a complex fraction.

1. Rewrite the complex fraction as a division problem.
2. Follow the rules for dividing fractions.
Placement of negative sign in a fraction.
−a a a
For any positive numbers a and b , = =− .
b −b b
Simplify an expression with a fraction bar.

1. Simplify the numerator.
2. Simplify the denominator.
3. Simplify the fraction.
Glossary
complex fraction
A complex fraction is a fraction in which the numerator or the denominator contains a fraction.

Multiply and Divide Mixed Numbers
In the following exercises, multiply and write the answer in simplified form.
3 7
176. 4 ⋅
8 10
4 6
177. 2 ⋅
9 7
15 3
178. ⋅3
22 5
25 3
179. ⋅6
36 10
2 1
180. 4 (−1 )
3 8
2 2
181. 2 (−2 )
5 9
4 13
182. −4 ⋅5
9 16
7 11
183. −1 ⋅2
20 12
In the following exercises, divide, and write your answer in simplified form.
1
184. 5 ÷4
3
1
185. 13 ÷9
2
3
186. −12 ÷ 3
11
1
187. −7 ÷ 5
4
3 1
188. 6 ÷2
8 8
1 1
189. 2 ÷1
5 10
3 3
190. −9 ÷ (−1 )
5 5
3 3
191. −18 ÷ (−3 )
4 4

In the following exercises, translate each English phrase into an algebraic expression.
192. the quotient of 5u and 11
193. the quotient of 7v and 13
194. the quotient of p and q
195. the quotient of a and b
196. the quotient of r and the sum of s and 10
197. the quotient of A and the difference of 3 and B
Simplify Complex Fractions

In the following exercises, simplify the complex fraction.
2
3
198.
8
9
4
5
199.
8
15
8
−
21
200.
12
35
9
−
16
201.
33
40
4
−
5
202.
2
9
−
10
203.
3
2
5
204.
8
5
3
205.
10
m
3
206. n
2
r
5
207. s
3
x
−
6
208.
8
−
9
3
−
8
209. y
−
12

4
2
5
210.
1
10
2
4
3
211.
1
6
7
9
212.
4
−2
5
3
8
213.
3
−6
4
Simplify Expressions with a Fraction Bar

In the following exercises, identify the equivalent fractions.
5
214. Which of the following fractions are equivalent to ?
−11
−5 −5 5 5
, , ,− (4.6.2)
−11 11 11 11
−4
215. Which of the following fractions are equivalent to ?
9
−4 −4 4 4
, , ,− (4.6.3)
−9 9 9 9
11
216. Which of the following fractions are equivalent to − ?
3
−11 11 −11 11
, , , (4.6.4)
3 3 −3 −3
13
217. Which of the following fractions are equivalent to − ?
6
13 13 −13 −13
, , , (4.6.5)
6 −6 −6 6

4 + 11
218.
8
9 +3
219.
7
22 + 3
220.
10
19 − 4
221.
6
48
222.
24 − 15
46
223.
4 +4
−6 + 6
224.
8 +4
−6 + 3
225.
17 − 8
22 − 14
226.
19 − 13

15 + 9
227.
18 + 12
5⋅8
228.
−10
3⋅4
229.
−24
4⋅3
230.
6⋅6
6⋅6
231.
9⋅2
2
4 −1
232.
25
2
7 +1
233.
60
8 ⋅ 3 +2 ⋅ 9
234.
14 + 3
9 ⋅ 6 −4 ⋅ 7
235.
22 + 3
2
15 ⋅ 5 − 5
236.
2 ⋅ 10
2
12 ⋅ 9 − 3
237.
3 ⋅ 18
5 ⋅ 6 −3 ⋅ 4
238.
4 ⋅ 5 −2 ⋅ 3
8 ⋅ 9 −7 ⋅ 6
239.
5 ⋅ 6 −9 ⋅ 2
2 2
5 −3
240.
3 −5
2 2
6 −4
241.
4 −6
2 + 4(3)
242. 2
−3 − 2
7 + 3(5)
243. 2
−2 − 3
7 ⋅ 4 − 2(8 − 5)
244.
9 ⋅ 3 −3 ⋅ 5
9 ⋅ 7 − 3(12 − 8)
245.
8 ⋅ 7 −6 ⋅ 6
9(8 − 2) − 3(15 − 7)
246.
6(7 − 1) − 3(17 − 9)
8(9 − 2) − 4(14 − 9)
247.
7(8 − 3) − 3(16 − 9)
Everyday Math
1
248. Baking A recipe for chocolate chip cookies calls for 2 cups of flour. Graciela wants to double the recipe.
4
a. How much flour will Graciela need? Show your calculation. Write your result as an improper fraction and as a mixed
number.
1 1 1 1
b. Measuring cups usually come in sets with cups for , , , , and 1 cup. Draw a diagram to show two different ways that
8 4 3 2
Graciela could measure out the flour needed to double the recipe.
2
249. Baking A booth at the county fair sells fudge by the pound. Their award winning “Chocolate Overdose” fudge contains 2
3
cups of chocolate chips per pound.
a. How many cups of chocolate chips are in a half-pound of the fudge?

b. The owners of the booth make the fudge in 10 -pound batches. How many chocolate chips do they need to make a 10 -
pound batch? Write your results as improper fractions and as a mixed numbers.
Writing Exercises
250. Explain how to find the reciprocal of a mixed number.
251. Explain how to multiply mixed numbers.
1 1 1
252. Randy thinks that 3 ⋅5 is 15 . Explain what is wrong with Randy’s thinking.
2 4 8
1 −1 1
253. Explain why − , , and are equivalent.
2 2 −2
Self Check

[email protected]."
This page titled 4.6: Multiply and Divide Mixed Numbers and Complex Fractions (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored,

Model fraction addition
Add fractions with a common denominator
Model fraction subtraction
Subtract fractions with a common denominator
 be prepared!
1. Simplify: 2x + 9 + 3x − 4 . If you missed this problem, review Example 2.2.10.
3
2. Draw a model of the fraction . If you missed this problem, review Example 4.1.2.
4
3 +2
3. Simplify: . If you missed this problem, review Example 4.3.12.
6
Model Fraction Addition

How many quarters are pictured? One quarter plus 2 quarters equals 3 quarters.
Figure 4.7.1
Remember, quarters are really fractions of a dollar. Quarters are another way to say fourths. So the picture of the coins shows that
1 2 3
4 4 4
one quarter + two quarters = three quarters
1 2
Let’s use fraction circles to model the same example, + .
4 4
1 1
Start with one piece.
4 4
1 2
Add two more pieces. +
4 4
3 3
The result is .
4 4
So again, we see that

1 2 3
+ =
4 4 4

 Example 4.7.1: addition
3 2
Use a model to find the sum + .
8 8
Solution
1 3
Start with three pieces.
8 8
1 2
Add two pieces. +
8 8
1 5
How many pieces are there?
8 8
1 3 2 5
There are five pieces, or five-eighths. The model shows that + = .
8 8 8 8
 Exercise 4.7.1
Use a model to find each sum. Show a diagram to illustrate your model.
1 4
+
8 8
Answer
5
 Exercise 4.7.2
Use a model to find each sum. Show a diagram to illustrate your model.
1 4
+
6 6
Answer
5

Add Fractions with a Common Denominator
Example 4.7.1 shows that to add the same-size pieces—meaning that the fractions have the same denominator—we just add the
number of pieces.
 Definition: Fraction Addition
If a , b , and c are numbers where c ≠ 0 , then

a b a+b
+ = (4.7.1)
c c c
To add fractions with a common denominator, add the numerators and place the sum over the common denominator.

3 1
Find the sum: + .
5 5
Solution
3 +1
Add the numerators and place the sum over the common denominator.
5
4
Simplify.
5
 Exercise 4.7.3
3 2
Find each sum: + .
6 6
Answer
5
 Exercise 4.7.4
3 7
Find each sum: + .
10 10
Answer
1

x 2
Find the sum: + .
3 3
Solution
x +2
3

Note that we cannot simplify this fraction any more. Since x and 2 are not like terms, we cannot combine them.
 Exercise 4.7.5
x 3
Find the sum: + .
4 4
Answer
x +3
 Exercise 4.7.6
y 5
Find the sum: + .
8 8
Answer
y +5

9 3
Find the sum: − + .
d d
Solution
We will begin by rewriting the first fraction with the negative sign in the numerator.
a −a
− =
b b
−9 3
Rewrite the first fraction with the negative in the numerator. +
d d
−9 + 3
d
−6
Simplify the numerator.
d
6
Rewrite with negative sign in front of the fraction. −
d
 Exercise 4.7.7
7 8
d d
Answer
1
 Exercise 4.7.8
6 9
m m
Answer

3

2n 5n
Find the sum: + .
11 11
Solution
2n + 5n
11
7n
Combine like terms.
11
 Exercise 4.7.9
3p 6p
Find the sum: + .
8 8
Answer
9p
 Exercise 4.7.10
2q 7q
Find the sum: + .
5 5
Answer
9q

3 5
Find the sum: − + (− ) .
12 12
Solution
−3 + (−5)
12
−8
Add.
12
2
Simplify the fraction. −
3
 Exercise 4.7.11
4 6
Find each sum: − + (− ) .
15 15
Answer
2
−
3

 Exercise 4.7.12
5 9
Find each sum: − + (− ) .
21 21
Answer
2
−
3
Model Fraction Subtraction

Subtracting two fractions with common denominators is much like adding fractions. Think of a pizza that was cut into 12 slices.
7
Suppose five pieces are eaten for dinner. This means that, after dinner, there are seven pieces (or of the pizza) left in the box. If
12
2 5
Leonardo eats 2 of these remaining pieces (or of the pizza), how much is left? There would be 5 pieces left (or of the
12 12
pizza).
7 2 5
− =
12 12 12
7 2 1 1
Let’s use fraction circles to model the same example, − . Start with seven pieces. Take away two pieces. How
12 12 12 12
many twelfths are left?
Figure 4.7.2
5
Again, we have five twelfths, .
12

4 1
Use fraction circles to find the difference: − .
5 5
Solution
1 1 1
Start with four pieces. Take away one piece. Count how many fifths are left. There are three pieces left.
5 5 5
 Exercise 4.7.13
7 4
Use a model to find each difference. Show a diagram to illustrate your model. −
8 8
Answer

3
, models may differ.
8
 Exercise 4.7.14
5 4
Use a model to find each difference. Show a diagram to illustrate your model. −
6 6
Answer
1
, models may differ.
6
Subtract Fractions with a Common Denominator

We subtract fractions with a common denominator in much the same way as we add fractions with a common denominator.
 Definition: Fraction Subtraction
If a , b , and c are numbers where c ≠ 0 , then

a b a−b
− = (4.7.2)
c c c
To subtract fractions with a common denominator, we subtract the numerators and place the difference over the common
denominator.

23 14
Find the difference: − .
24 24
Solution
Subtract the numerators and place the difference over the common 23 − 14
denominator. 24
9
24
3
Simplify the fraction by removing common factors.
8
 Exercise 4.7.15
19 7
28 28
Answer
3
 Exercise 4.7.16
27 11
32 32
Answer
1

y 1
6 6
Solution
Subtract the numerators and place the difference over the common y −1
denominator. 6
The fraction is simplified because we cannot combine the terms in the numerator.
 Exercise 4.7.17
x 2
7 7
Answer
x −2
 Exercise 4.7.18
y 13
14 14
Answer
y − 13
14

10 4
Find the difference: − − .
x x
Solution
10 −10
Remember, the fraction − can be written as .
x x
−10 − 4
Subtract the numerators.
x
−14
Simplify.
x
14
Rewrite with the negative sign in front of the fraction. −
x
 Exercise 4.7.19
9 7
x x
Answer
16
−
x

 Exercise 4.7.20
17 5
a a
Answer
22
−
a
Now lets do an example that involves both addition and subtraction.
3 5 1
Simplify: + (− )− .
8 8 8
Solution
3 + (−5) − 1
Combine the numerators over the common denominator.
8
−2 − 1
Simplify the numerator, working left to right.
8
−3
Subtract the terms in the numerator.
8
3
Rewrite with the negative sign in front of the fraction. −
8
 Exercise 4.7.21
2 4 3
5 5 5
Answer
−1
 Exercise 4.7.22
5 4 7
9 9 9
Answer
2
−
3

Adding Fractions With Pattern Blocks
Adding Fractions With Like Denominators
Subtracting Fractions With Like Denominators
Key Concepts
Fraction Addition
a b a+b
If a, b, , and c are numbers where c ≠ 0 , then + =
c c c

To add fractions, add the numerators and place the sum over the common denominator.
Fraction Subtraction
a b a−b
If a, b, , and c are numbers where c ≠ 0 , then − =
c c c
To subtract fractions, subtract the numerators and place the difference over the common denominator.

Model Fraction Addition
In the following exercises, use a model to add the fractions. Show a diagram to illustrate your model.
2 1
254. +
5 5
3 4
255. +
10 10
1 3
256. +
6 6
3 3
257. +
8 8
Add Fractions with a Common Denominator

In the following exercises, find each sum.
4 1
258. +
9 9
2 5
259. +
9 9
6 7
260. +
13 13
9 7
261. +
15 15
x 3
262. +
4 4
y 2
263. +
3 3
7 9
264. +
p p
8 6
265. +
q q
8b 3b
266. +
9 9
5a 4a
267. +
7 7
−12y 3y
268. +
8 8
−11x 7x
269. +
5 5
1 3
270. − + (− )
8 8
1 5
271. − + (− )
8 8
3 7
272. − + (− )
16 16
5 9
273. − + (− )
16 16
8 15
274. − +
17 17
9 17
275. − +
19 19

6 10 12
276. − + (− ) + (− )
13 13 13
5 7 11
277. − + (− ) + (− )
12 12 12
Model Fraction Subtraction

In the following exercises, use a model to subtract the fractions. Show a diagram to illustrate your model.
5 2
278. −
8 8
5 2
279. −
6 6
Subtract Fractions with a Common Denominator

In the following exercises, find the difference.
4 1
280. −
5 5
4 3
281. −
5 5
11 7
282. −
15 15
9 4
283. −
13 13
11 5
284. −
12 12
7 5
285. −
12 12
4 19
286. −
21 21
8 16
287. − −
9 9
y 9
288. −
17 17
x 8
289. −
19 19
5y 7
290. −
8 8
11z 8
291. −
13 13
8 3
292. − −
d d
7 7
293. − −
c c
23 15
294. − −
u u
29 26
295. − −
v v
6c 5c
296. − −
7 7
12d 9d
297. − −
11 11
−4r 5r
298. −
13 13
−7s 7s
299. −
3 3
3 4
300. − − (− )
5 5
3 5
301. − − (− )
7 7

7 5
302. − − (− )
9 9
8 5
303. − − (− )
11 11
Mixed Practice
In the following exercises, perform the indicated operation and write your answers in simplified form.
5 9
304. − ⋅
18 10
3 7
305. − ⋅
14 12
n 4
306. −
5 5
6 s
307. −
11 11
7 2
308. − −
24 24
5 1
309. − −
18 18
8 12
310. ÷
15 5
7 9
311. ÷
12 28
Everyday Math
6 3
312. Trail Mix Jacob is mixing together nuts and raisins to make trail mix. He has of a pound of nuts and of a pound of
10 10
raisins. How much trail mix can he make?
5 3
313. Baking Janet needs of a cup of flour for a recipe she is making. She only has of a cup of flour and will ask to borrow the
8 8
rest from her next-door neighbor. How much flour does she have to borrow?
Writing Exercises
314. Greg dropped his case of drill bits and three of the bits fell out. The case has slots for the drill bits, and the slots are arranged in
order from smallest to largest. Greg needs to put the bits that fell out back in the case in the empty slots. Where do the three bits
go? Explain how you know.
1 1 5 3 1 9 5
Bits in case: , , ___, ___, , , ___, , , .
16 8 16 8 2 16 8
7 3 1
Bits that fell out: , , .
16 16 4
5 4 4
315. After a party, Lupe has of a cheese pizza, of a pepperoni pizza, and of a veggie pizza left. Will all the slices fit into
12 12 12
1 pizza box? Explain your reasoning.
Self Check

improve this?

[email protected]."
This page titled 4.7: Add and Subtract Fractions with Common Denominators is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed,

Find the least common denominator (LCD)
Convert fractions to equivalent fractions with the LCD
Add and subtract fractions with different denominators
Identify and use fraction operations
Use the order of operations to simplify complex fractions
Evaluate variable expressions with fractions
 be prepared!
5
1. Find two fractions equivalent to . If you missed this problem, review Example 4.1.14.
6
1 +5 ⋅ 3
2. Simplify: 2
. If you missed this problem, review Example 4.3.13.
2 +4
Find the Least Common Denominator

In the previous section, we explained how to add and subtract fractions with a common denominator. But how can we add and
subtract fractions with unlike denominators?
Let’s think about coins again. Can you add one quarter and one dime? You could say there are two coins, but that’s not very useful.
To find the total value of one quarter plus one dime, you change them to the same kind of unit—cents. One quarter equals 25 cents
and one dime equals 10 cents, so the sum is 35 cents. See Figure 4.8.1.
35
Figure 4.8.1: Together, a quarter and a dime are worth 35 cents, or of a dollar.
100
Similarly, when we add fractions with different denominators we have to convert them to equivalent fractions with a common
denominator. With the coins, when we convert to cents, the denominator is 100. Since there are 100 cents in one dollar, 25 cents is
25 10 25 10 35
and 10 cents is . So we add + to get , which is 35 cents.
100 100 100 100 100
You have practiced adding and subtracting fractions with common denominators. Now let’s see what you need to do with fractions
that have different denominators.
1 1 1 1
First, we will use fraction tiles to model finding the common denominator of and . We’ll start with one tile and tile. We
2 3 2 3
1 1 1
want to find a common fraction tile that we can use to match both and exactly. If we try the pieces, 2 of them exactly
2 3 4
1 1
match the piece, but they do not exactly match the piece.
2 3
Figure 4.8.2
1 1 1
If we try the pieces, they do not exactly cover the piece or the piece.
5 2 3

Figure 4.8.3
1
If we were to try the pieces, they would also work.
12
Figure 4.8.4
1 1 1 1
Even smaller tiles, such as and , would also exactly cover the piece and the piece. The denominator of the largest
24 48 2 3
piece that covers both fractions is the least common denominator (LCD) of the two fractions. So, the least common denominator
1 1
of and is 6.
2 3
1 1
Notice that all of the tiles that cover and have something in common: Their denominators are common multiples of 2 and 3,
2 3
1 1
the denominators of and . The least common multiple (LCM) of the denominators is 6, and so we say that 6 is the least
2 3
1 1
common denominator (LCD) of the fractions and .
2 3
 Definition: Least Common Denominator
The least common denominator (LCD) of two fractions is the least common multiple (LCM) of their denominators.
To find the LCD of two fractions, we will find the LCM of their denominators. We follow the procedure we used earlier to find the
LCM of two numbers. We only use the denominators of the fractions, not the numerators, when finding the LCD.
 Example 4.8.1: lcd

7 5
Find the LCD for the fractions and .
12 18
Solution
Factor each denominator into its primes.
List the primes of 12 and the primes of 18 lining them up in columns

when possible.
Bring down the columns.
Multiply the factors. The product is the LCM. LCM = 36

7 5 7 5
The LCM of 12 and 18 is 36, so the LCD of and is 36. LCD of and is 36.
12 18 12 18

 Exercise 4.8.1
7 11
Find the least common denominator for the fractions: and .
12 15
Answer
60
 Exercise 4.8.2
13 17
15 5
Answer
15
To find the LCD of two fractions, find the LCM of their denominators. Notice how the steps shown below are similar to the steps
we took to find the LCM.
 HOW TO: FIND THE LEAST COMMON DENOMINATOR (LCD) OF TWO FRACTIONS
Step 1. Factor each denominator into its primes.

Step 2. List the primes, matching primes in columns when possible.
Step 3. Bring down the columns.
Step 4. Multiply the factors. The product is the LCM of the denominators.
Step 5. The LCM of the denominators is the LCD of the fractions.
 Example 4.8.2:
8 11
Find the least common denominator for the fractions and .
15 24
Solution
To find the LCD, we find the LCM of the denominators. Find the LCM of 15 and 24.
8 11
The LCM of 15 and 24 is 120. So, the LCD of and is 120.
15 24
 Exercise 4.8.3
13 17
24 32
Answer
96

 Exercise 4.8.4
9 21
28 32
Answer
224
Convert Fractions to Equivalent Fractions with the LCD

1 1 1 1 1
Earlier, we used fraction tiles to see that the LCD of and is 12. We saw that three pieces exactly covered and two
4 6 12 4 12
1
pieces exactly covered , so
6
1 3 1 2
= and = .
4 12 6 12
1 3 1 2
We say that and are equivalent fractions and also that and are equivalent fractions.
4 12 6 12
We can use the Equivalent Fractions Property to algebraically change a fraction to an equivalent one. Remember, two fractions are
equivalent if they have the same value. The Equivalent Fractions Property is repeated below for reference.
If a, b, c are whole numbers where b ≠ 0 , c ≠ 0 , then

a a⋅c a⋅c a
= and = (4.8.1)
b b⋅c b⋅c b
To add or subtract fractions with different denominators, we will first have to convert each fraction to an equivalent fraction with
1 1
the LCD. Let’s see how to change and to equivalent fractions with denominator 12 without using models.
4 6
 Example 4.8.3: conversion

1 1
Convert and to equivalent fractions with denominator 12, their LCD.
4 6
Solution
1 1
Find the LCD. The LCD of and is 12.
4 6
Find the number to multiply 4 to get 12. 4 ⋅ 3 = 12
Find the number to multiply 6 to get 12. 6 ⋅ 2 = 12
1 1
Use the Equivalent Fractions Property to convert each fraction to an
4 6
equivalent fraction with the LCD, multiplying both the numerator and
1 ⋅3 1 ⋅2
denominator of each fraction by the same number.
4 ⋅3 6 ⋅2
3 2
Simplify the numerators and denominators.
12 12
We do not reduce the resulting fractions. If we did, we would get back to our original fractions and lose the common
denominator.

 Exercise 4.8.5
3 5
Change to equivalent fractions with the LCD: and , LC D = 12
4 6
Answer
9 10
,
12 12
 Exercise 4.8.6
7 11
Change to equivalent fractions with the LCD: − and , LC D = 60
12 15
Answer
35 44
− ,
60 60
 HOW TO: CONVERT TWO FRACTIONS TO EQUIVALENT FRACTIONS WITH THEIR LCD AS THE
COMMON DENOMINATOR
Step 1. Find the LCD.
Step 2. For each fraction, determine the number needed to multiply the denominator to get the LCD.
Step 3. Use the Equivalent Fractions Property to multiply both the numerator and denominator by the number you found in
Step 2.
Step 4. Simplify the numerator and denominator.
 Example 4.8.4: conversion

8 11
Convert and to equivalent fractions with denominator 120, their LCD.
15 24
Find the number that must multiply 15 to get 120. 15 ⋅ 8 = 120
Find the number that must multiply 24 to get 120. 24 ⋅ 5 = 120
8 ⋅8 11 ⋅ 5
Use the Equivalent Fractions Property.
15 ⋅ 8 24 ⋅ 5
64 55
Simplify the numerators and denominators.
120 120
 Exercise 4.8.7
13 17
Change to equivalent fractions with the LCD: and , LCD 96
24 32
Answer
52 51
,
96 96
 Exercise 4.8.8
9 27
Change to equivalent fractions with the LCD: and , LCD 224
28 32
Answer

72 189
,
224 224
Add and Subtract Fractions with Different Denominators

Once we have converted two fractions to equivalent forms with common denominators, we can add or subtract them by adding or
subtracting the numerators.
 HOW TO: ADD OR SUBTRACT FRACTIONS WITH DIFFERENT DENOMINATORS
Step 1. Find the LCD.

Step 2. Convert each fraction to an equivalent form with the LCD as the denominator.
Step 3. Add or subtract the fractions.
Step 4. Write the result in simplified form.

1 1
Add: + .
2 3
Solution
Find the LCD of 2, 3.
1 ⋅3 1 ⋅2
Change into equivalent fractions with the LCD 6. +
2 ⋅3 3 ⋅2
3 2
Simplify the numerators and denominators. +
6 6
5
Add.
6
5
Remember, always check to see if the answer can be simplified. Since 5 and 6 have no common factors, the fraction cannot
6
be reduced.
 Exercise 4.8.9
1 1
Add: + .
4 3
Answer
7
12
 Exercise 4.8.10
1 1
Add: + .
2 5
Answer
7
10

1 1
Subtract: − (− ) .
2 4
Solution
Find the LCD of 2 and 4.
1 ⋅2 1
Rewrite as equivalent fractions using the LCD 4. − (− )
2 ⋅2 4
2 1
Simplify the first fraction. − (− )
4 4
2 − (−1)
Subtract.
4
3
Simplify.
4
One of the fractions already had the least common denominator, so we only had to convert the other fraction.
 Exercise 4.8.11
1 1
2 8
Answer
5
 Exercise 4.8.12
1 1
3 6
Answer
1

7 5
Add: + .
12 18
Solution
Find the LCD of 12 and 18.
7 ⋅3 5 ⋅2
Rewrite as equivalent fractions with the LCD. +
12 ⋅ 3 18 ⋅ 2
21 10
36 36
31
Add.
36

Because 31 is a prime number, it has no factors in common with 36. The answer is simplified.
 Exercise 4.8.13
7 11
Add: + .
12 15
Answer
79
60
 Exercise 4.8.14
13 17
Add: + .
15 20
Answer
103
60
When we use the Equivalent Fractions Property, there is a quick way to find the number you need to multiply by to get the LCD.
Write the factors of the denominators and the LCD just as you did to find the LCD. The “missing” factors of each denominator are
the numbers you need.
The LCD, 36, has 2 factors of 2 and 2 factors of 3. Twelve has two factors of 2, but only one of 3 —so it is ‘missing‘ one 3. We
7
multiplied the numerator and denominator of by 3 to get an equivalent fraction with denominator 36. Eighteen is missing one
12
5
factor of 2 —so you multiply the numerator and denominator by 2 to get an equivalent fraction with denominator 36. We will
18
apply this method as we subtract the fractions in the next example.

7 19
Subtract: − .
15 24
Solution
Find the LCD.

15 is 'missing' three factors of 2
24 is 'missing' a factor of 5
7 ⋅8 19 ⋅ 5
Rewrite as equivalent fractions with the LCD. −
15 ⋅ 8 24 ⋅ 5
56 95
Simplify each numerator and denominator. −
120 120
39
Subtract. −
120
13 ⋅ 3
Rewrite showing the common factor of 3. −
40 ⋅ 3

13
Remove the common factor to simplify. −
40
 Exercise 4.8.15
13 17
Subtract: − .
24 32
Answer
1
96
 Exercise 4.8.16
21 9
Subtract: − .
32 28
Answer
75
224

11 23
Add: − + .
30 42
Solution
Find the LCD.
11 ⋅ 7 23 ⋅ 5
Rewrite as equivalent fractions with the LCD. − +
30 ⋅ 7 42 ⋅ 5
77 115
Simplify each numerator and denominator. − +
210 210
38
Add.
210
19 ⋅ 2
Rewrite showing the common factor of 2.
105 ⋅ 2
19
Remove the common factor to simplify.
105
 Exercise 4.8.17
13 17
Add: − + .
42 35
Answer
37
210

 Exercise 4.8.18
19 17
Add: − + .
24 32
Answer
25
−
96
In the next example, one of the fractions has a variable in its numerator. We follow the same steps as when both numerators are
numbers.

3 x
Add: + .
5 8
Solution
The fractions have different denominators.
Find the LCD.
3 ⋅8 x ⋅5
Rewrite as equivalent fractions with the LCD. +
5 ⋅8 8 ⋅5
24 5x
40 40
24 + 5x
Add.
40
We cannot add 24 and 5x since they are not like terms, so we cannot simplify the expression any further.
 Exercise 4.8.19
y 7
Add: + .
6 9
Answer
3y + 14
18
 Exercise 4.8.20
x 7
Add: + .
6 15
Answer
5x + 14
30

[email protected]."

This page titled 4.8: Add and Subtract Fractions with Different Denominators (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored,

Identify and Use Fraction Operations
By now in this chapter, you have practiced multiplying, dividing, adding, and subtracting fractions. The following table
summarizes these four fraction operations. Remember: You need a common denominator to add or subtract fractions, but not to
multiply or divide fractions.
 Summary of Fraction Operations

Fraction multiplication: Multiply the numerators and multiply the denominators.
a c ac
⋅ = (4.9.1)
b d bd
Fraction division: Multiply the first fraction by the reciprocal of the second.
a c a d
÷ = ⋅ (4.9.2)
b d b c
Fraction addition: Add the numerators and place the sum over the common denominator. If the fractions have different
denominators, first convert them to equivalent forms with the LCD.
a b a+b
+ = (4.9.3)
c c c
Fraction subtraction: Subtract the numerators and place the difference over the common denominator. If the fractions have
different denominators, first convert them to equivalent forms with the LCD.
a a a−b
− = (4.9.4)
c c c

Simplify:
1 1
a. − +
4 6
1 1
b. − ÷
4 6
Solution
First we ask ourselves, “What is the operation?”
a. The operation is addition. Do the fractions have a common denominator? No.
Find the LCD.
1 ⋅3 1 ⋅2
Rewrite each fraction as an equivalent fraction with the LCD. − +
4 ⋅3 6 ⋅2
3 2
Simplify the numerators and denominators. − +
12 12
1
Add the numerators and place the sum over the common denominator. −
12
Check to see if the answer can be simplified. It cannot.
b. The operation is division. We do not need a common denominator.
To divide fractions, multiply the first fraction by the reciprocal of the 1 6

− ⋅
second. 4 1

6
Multiply. −
4
3
Simplify. −
2
 Exercise 4.9.21
Simplify:
3 1
a. − −
4 6
3 1
b. − ⋅
4 6
Answer a
11
−
12
Answer b
1
−
8
 Exercise 4.9.22
Simplify:
5 1
a. ÷ (− )
6 4
5 1
b. − (− )
6 4
Answer a
10
−
3
Answer b
13
12

Simplify:
5x 3
a. −
6 10
5x 3
b. ⋅
6 10
Solution
a. The operation is subtraction. The fractions do not have a common denominator.
5x ⋅ 5 3 ⋅3
Rewrite each fraction as an equivalent fraction with the LCD, 30. −
6 ⋅5 10 ⋅ 3
25x 9
−
30 30
Subtract the numerators and place the difference over the common 25x − 9
denominator. 30

b. The operation is multiplication; no need for a common denominator.
To multiply fractions, multiply the numerators and multiply the 5x ⋅ 3
denominators. 6 ⋅ 10
5 ⋅x ⋅ 3
Rewrite, showing common factors.
2 ⋅ 3 ⋅2 ⋅ 5
x
Remove common factors to simplify.
4
 Exercise 4.9.23
Simplify:
3a 8
a. −
4 9
3a 8
b. ⋅
4 9
Answer a
27a − 32
36
Answer b
2a
 Exercise 4.9.24
Simplify:
4k 5
a. +
5 6
4k 5
b. ÷
5 6
Answer a
24k + 25
30
Answer b
24k
25
Use the Order of Operations to Simplify Complex Fractions

In Multiply and Divide Mixed Numbers and Complex Fractions, we saw that a complex fraction is a fraction in which the
numerator or denominator contains a fraction. We simplified complex fractions by rewriting them as division problems. For
example,
3
4 3 5
= ÷
5 4 8
Now we will look at complex fractions in which the numerator or denominator can be simplified. To follow the order of operations,
we simplify the numerator and denominator separately first. Then we divide the numerator by the denominator.

 HOW TO: SIMPLIFY COMPLEX FRACTIONS
Step 1. Simplify the numerator.
Step 2. Simplify the denominator.
Step 3. Divide the numerator by the denominator.

2
1
( )
2
Simplify: 2
.
4 +3
Solution
1
Simplify the numerator. 4

2
4 +3
Simplify the term with the exponent in the denominator. 4
4 +9
Add the terms in the denominator. 4
13
1
Divide the numerator by the denominator. ÷ 13
4
1 1
Rewrite as multiplication by the reciprocal. ⋅
4 13
1
Multiply.
52
 Exercise 4.9.25
2
1
( )
3
Simplify: 3
.
2 +2
Answer
1
90
 Exercise 4.9.26
2
1 +4
Simplify: 2
.
1
( )
4
Answer
272

1 2
+
2 3
Simplify: .
3 1
−
4 6
Solution
3 4
+
Rewrite numerator with the LCD of 6 and denominator with LCD of 6 6
12. 9 2
−
12 12
6
Add in the numerator. Subtract in the denominator.
7
12
7 7
Divide the numerator by the denominator. ÷
6 12
7 12
Rewrite as multiplication by the reciprocal. ⋅
6 7
7 ⋅ 6 ⋅2
Rewrite, showing common factors.
6 7 ⋅1
Simplify. 2
 Exercise 4.9.27
1 1
+
3 2
Simplify: .
3 1
−
4 3
Answer
2
 Exercise 4.9.28
2 1
−
3 2
Simplify: .
1 1
+
4 3
Answer
2
Evaluate Variable Expressions with Fractions

We have evaluated expressions before, but now we can also evaluate expressions with fractions. Remember, to evaluate an
expression, we substitute the value of the variable into the expression and then simplify.

1
Evaluate x + when
3

1
a. x =−
3
3
b. x = −
4
Solution
1 1 1
a. To evaluate x + when x = − , substitute − for x in the expression.
3 3 3
1 1 1
Substitute − for x. − +
3 3 3
Simplify. 0
1 3 3
b. To evaluate x + when x = − , we substitute − for x in the expression.
3 4 4
3 1 1
Substitute − for x. − +
4 3 3
3 ⋅3 1 ⋅4
Rewrite as equivalent fractions with the LCD, 12. − +
4 ⋅3 3 ⋅4
9 4
Simplify the numerators and denominators. − +
12 12
5
Add. −
12
 Exercise 4.9.29
3
Evaluate x + when:
4
7
a. x =−
4
5
b. x = −
4
Answer a
−1
Answer b
1
−
2
 Exercise 4.9.30
1
Evaluate y + when:
2
2
a. y =
3
3
b. y = −
4
Answer a
7
Answer b
1
−
4

5 2
Evaluate y − when y = − .
6 3
Solution
2
We substitute − for y in the expression.
3
2 2 5
Substitute − for y. − −
3 3 6
4 5
Rewrite as equivalent fractions with the LCD, 6. − −
6 6
9
Subtract. −
6
3
Simplify. −
2
 Exercise 4.9.31
1 1
Evaluate y − when y = − .
2 4
Answer
3
−
4
 Exercise 4.9.32
3 5
Evaluate x − when x = − .
8 2
Answer
23
−
8
 Example 4.9.17:
1 2
Evaluate 2x 2
y when x = and y = − .
4 3
Solution
Substitute the values into the expression. In 2x y, the exponent applies only to x.
2
2
1 2 1 2
Substitute for x and − for y. 2( ) (− )
4 3 4 3
1 2
Simplify exponents first. 2( ) (− )
16 3
2 1 2
Multiply. The product will be negative. − ⋅ ⋅
1 16 3
4
Simplify. −
48
1 ⋅ 4
Remove the common factors. −
4 ⋅ 12
1
Simplify. −
12

 Exercise 4.9.33
2 1
Evaluate: 3ab when a = −
2
and b = − .
3 2
Answer
1
−
2
 Exercise 4.9.34
1 4
Evaluate: 4c 3
d when c = − and d = − .
2 3
Answer
2

p +q
Evaluate: when p = −4 , q = −2 , and r = 8 .
r
Solution
We substitute the values into the expression and simplify.
−4 + (−2)
Substitute −4 for p, −2 for q and 8 for r.
8
6
Add in the numerator first. −
8
3
Simplify. −
4
 Exercise 4.9.35
a+b
Evaluate: when a = −8 , b = −7 , and c = 6 .
c
Answer
5
−
2
 Exercise 4.9.36
x +y
Evaluate: when x = 9 , y = −18 , and z = −6 .
z
Answer
3

Find the Least Common Denominator (LCD)
In the following exercises, find the least common denominator (LCD) for each set of fractions.
2 3
316. and
3 4
3 2
317. and
4 5
7 5
318. and
12 8
9 7
319. and
16 12
13 25
320. and
30 42
23 5
321. and
30 48
21 39
322. and
35 56
18 33
323. and
35 49
2 1 3
324. , and
3 6 4
2 1 3
325. , and
3 4 5
Convert Fractions to Equivalent Fractions with the LCD

In the following exercises, convert to equivalent fractions using the LCD.
1 1
326. and , LCD = 12
3 4
1 1
327. and , LCD = 20
4 5
5 7
328. and , LCD = 24
12 8
7 5
329. and , LCD = 24
12 8
13 11
330. and − , LCD = 48
16 12
11 5
331. and − , LCD = 48
16 12
1 5 3
332. , , and , LCD = 12
3 6 4
1 3 3
333. , , and , LCD = 60
3 4 5
Add and Subtract Fractions with Different Denominators

In the following exercises, add or subtract. Write the result in simplified form.
1 1
334. +
3 5
1 1
335. +
4 5
1 1
336. +
2 7
1 1
337. +
3 8
1 1
338. − (− )
3 9
1 1
339. − (− )
4 8
1 1
340. − (− )
5 10

1 1
341. − (− )
2 6
2 3
342. +
3 4
3 2
343. +
4 5
7 5
344. +
12 8
5 3
345. +
12 8
7 9
346. −
12 16
7 5
347. −
16 12
11 3
348. −
12 8
5 7
349. −
8 12
2 3
350. −
3 8
5 3
351. −
6 4
11 27
352. − +
30 40
9 17
353. − +
20 30
13 25
354. − +
30 42
23 5
355. − +
30 48
39 22
356. − −
56 35
33 18
357. − −
49 35
2 3
358. − − (− )
3 4
3 4
359. − − (− )
4 5
9 4
360. − − (− )
16 5
7 5
361. − − (− )
20 8
7
362. 1 +
8
5
363. 1 +
6
5
364. 1 −
9
3
365. 1 −
10
x 1
366. +
3 4
y 2
367. +
2 3
y 3
368. −
4 5
x 1
369. −
5 4

Identify and Use Fraction Operations
In the following exercises, perform the indicated operations. Write your answers in simplified form.
3 1 3 1
370. (a) + (b) ÷
4 6 4 6
2 1 2 1
371. (a) + (b) ÷
3 6 3 6
2 1 2 1
372. (a) − − (b) − ⋅
5 8 5 8
4 1 4 1
373. (a) − − (b) − ⋅
5 8 5 8
5n 8 5n 8
374. (a) ÷ (b) −
6 15 6 15
3a 7 3a 7
375. (a) ÷ (b) −
8 12 8 12
9 11d 9 11d
376. (a) ⋅ (− ) (b) + (− )
10 12 10 12
4 5 4 5
377. (a) ⋅ (− ) (b) + (− )
15 q 15 q
3 3
378. − ÷ (− )
8 10
5 5
379. − ÷ (− )
12 9
3 5
380. − +
8 12
1 7
381. − +
8 12
5 1
382. −
6 9
5 1
383. −
9 6
3 10
384. ⋅ (− )
8 21
7 8
385. ⋅ (− )
12 35
7 y
386. − −
15 4
3 x
387. − −
8 11
11 9a
388. ⋅
12a 16
10y 8
389. ⋅
13 15y
Use the Order of Operations to Simplify Complex Fractions

2
1
( )
5
390. 2
2 +3
2
1
( )
3
391. 2
5 +2
3 2
2 +4
392. 2
2
( )
3

3 2
3 −3
393. 2
3
( )
4
2
3
( )
5
394. 2
3
( )
7
2
3
( )
4
395. 2
5
( )
8
2
396.
1 1
+
3 5
5
397.
1 1
+
4 3
2 1
+
3 2
398.
3 2
−
4 3
3 1
+
4 2
399.
5 2
−
6 3
7 2
−
8 3
400.
1 3
+
2 8
3 3
−
4 5
401.
1 2
+
4 5
Mixed Practice
1 2 5
402. + ⋅
2 3 12
1 2 3
403. + ⋅
3 5 4
3 1
404. 1 − ÷
5 10
5 1
405. 1 − ÷
6 12
2 1 3
406. + +
3 6 4
2 1 3
407. + +
3 4 5
3 1 3
408. − +
8 6 4
2 5 3
409. + −
5 8 4
9 4
410. 12( − )
20 15

15 5
411. 8( − )
16 6
5 1
+
8 6
412.
19
24
1 3
+
6 10
413.
14
30
5 1 2 1
414. ( + ) ÷( − )
9 6 3 2
3 1 5 1
415. ( + ) ÷( − )
4 6 8 3
In the following exercises, evaluate the given expression. Express your answers in simplified form, using improper fractions if
necessary.
1
416. x + when
2
1
a. x = −
8
1
b. x = −
2
2
417. x + when
3
1
a. x = −
6
5
b. x = −
3
5
418. x + (− ) when
6
1
a. x =
3
1
b. x = −
6
11
419. x + (− ) when
12
11
a. x =
12
3
b. x =
4
2
420. x − when
5
3
a. x =
5
3
b. x = −
5
1
421. x − when
3
2
a. x =
3
2
b. x = −
3
7
422. − w when
10
1
a. w =
2

1
b. w = −
2
5
423. − w when
12
1
a. w =
4
1
b. w = −
4
1 5
424. 4p2q when p = − and q =
2 9
2 1
2
425. 5m n when m = − and n =
5 3
2 1
426. 2x2y3 when x = − and y = −
3 2
3 1
2 3
427. 8u v when u = − and v = −
4 2
u +v
428. when u = −4, v = −8, w = 2
w
m +n
429. when m = −6, n = −2, p = 4
p
a+b
430. when a = −3, b = 8
a−b
r−s
431. when r = 10, s = −5
r+s
Everyday Math
3
432. Decorating Laronda is making covers for the throw pillows on her sofa. For each pillow cover, she needs yard of print
16
3
fabric and yard of solid fabric. What is the total amount of fabric Laronda needs for each pillow cover?
8
1
433. Baking Vanessa is baking chocolate chip cookies and oatmeal cookies. She needs 1 cups of sugar for the chocolate chip
4
1
cookies, and 1 cups for the oatmeal cookies How much sugar does she need altogether?
8
Writing Exercises
434. Explain why it is necessary to have a common denominator to add or subtract fractions.
435. Explain how to find the LCD of two fractions.
Self Check
(b) After looking at the checklist, do you think you are well prepared for the next section? Why or why not?

[email protected]."

This page titled 4.9: Add and Subtract Fractions with Different Denominators (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored,

4.1 - Visualize Fractions
In the following exercises, name the fraction of each figure that is shaded.
574.
575.
In the following exercises, name the improper fractions. Then write each improper fraction as a mixed number.
576.
577.
In the following exercises, convert the improper fraction to a mixed number.
58
578.
15
63
579.
11
In the following exercises, convert the mixed number to an improper fraction.

1
580. 12
4
4
581. 9
5
2
582. Find three fractions equivalent to . Show your work, using figures or algebra.
5
4
583. Find three fractions equivalent to − . Show your work, using figures or algebra.
3
In the following exercises, locate the numbers on a number line.

5 4 3
584. , ,3 ,4
8 3 4
1 1 1 1 7 7
585. ,− ,1 , −1 , ,−
4 4 3 3 2 2
In the following exercises, order each pair of numbers, using < or >.
2
586. −1___−
5
1
587. −2 ___−3
2
4.2 - Multiply and Divide Fractions


63
588. −
84
90
589. −
120
14a
590. −
14b
8x
591. −
8y

2 8
592. ⋅
5 13
1 12
593. − ⋅
3 7
2 45
594. ⋅ (− )
9 32
4
595. 6m ⋅
11
1
596. − (−32)
4
1 7
597. 3 ⋅1
5 8
In the following exercises, find the reciprocal.

2
598.
9
15
599.
4
600. 3
1
601. −
4

5
−
13
10
-12

2 1
603. ÷
3 6
3x 2y
604. (− ) ÷ (− )
5 3
4
605. ÷ 3
5
2
606. 8 ÷2
3
2 1
607. 8 ÷1
3 12
4.3 - Multiply and Divide Mixed Numbers and Complex Fractions

In the following exercises, perform the indicated operation.
1 7
608. 3 ⋅1
5 8

7 4
609. −5 ⋅4
12 11
2
610. 8 ÷2
3
2 1
611. 8 ÷1
3 12
In the following exercises, translate the English phrase into an algebraic expression.
612. the quotient of 8 and y
613. the quotient of V and the difference of h and 6
In the following exercises, simplify the complex fraction.
5
8
614.
4
5
8
9
615.
−4
n
4
616.
3
8
5
−1
6
617.
1
−
12

5 + 16
618.
5
2
8 ⋅ 4 −5
619.
3 ⋅ 12
8 ⋅ 7 + 5(8 − 10)
620.
9 ⋅ 3 −6 ⋅ 4
4.4 - Add and Subtract Fractions with Common Denominators

3 2
621. +
8 8
4 1
622. +
5 5
2 1
623. +
5 5
15 9
624. +
32 32
x 7
625. +
10 10
In the following exercises, subtract.

8 6
626. −
11 11
11 5
627. −
12 12
4 y
628. −
5 5
31 7
629. − −
30 30

3 3
630. −( )
2 2
11 5 2
631. − − (− )
15 15 15
4.5 - Add and Subtract Fractions with Different Denominators

In the following exercises, find the least common denominator.
1 1
632. and
3 12
1 4
633. and
3 5
8 11
634. and
15 20
3 1 5
635. , , and
4 6 10
In the following exercises, change to equivalent fractions using the given LCD.
1 1
636. and , LCD = 15
3 5
3 5
637. and , LCD = 24
8 6
9 5
638. − and , LCD = 48
16 12
1 3 4
639. , and , LCD = 60
3 4 5
In the following exercises, perform the indicated operations and simplify.

1 2
640. +
5 3
11 2
641. −
12 3
9 3
642. − −
10 4
11 11
643. − −
36 20
22 9
644. − +
25 40
y 1
645. −
10 3
2 5
646. + (− )
5 9
4 2
647. ÷
11 7d
2 3n 2
648. + (− ) (− )
5 8 9n
2
2
( )
3
649. 2
5
( )
8
11 3 5 1
650. ( + ) ÷( − )
12 8 6 10

4 4 1
651. y − when (a) y = − (b) y =
5 5 4
3 1
652. 6mn2 when m = and n = −
4 3

4.6 - Add and Subtract Mixed Numbers
In the following exercises, perform the indicated operation.
1 1
653. 4 +9
3 3
2 3
654. 6 +7
5 5
8 4
655. 5 +2
11 11
5 7
656. 3 +3
8 8
13 11
657. 9 −4
20 20
3 9
658. 2 −1
10 10
11 7
659. 2 −1
12 12
6 9
660. 8 −2
11 11
4.7 - Solve Equations with Fractions

In the following exercises, determine whether the each number is a solution of the given equation.
1 1
661. x − = :
2 6
a. x = 1
2
b. x =
3
1
c. x = −
3
3 5
662. y + = :
5 9
1
a. y =
2
52
b. y =
45
2
c. y = −
45
In the following exercises, solve the equation.

9 4
663. n + =
11 11
1 7
664. x − =
6 6
7 2
665. h − (− ) =−
8 5
x
666. = −10
5
667. −z = 23
3
668. The sum of two-thirds and n is − .
5
1
669. The difference of q and one-tenth is .
2
670. The quotient of p and −4 is −8.
671. Three-eighths of y is 24.

PRACTICE TEST
Convert the improper fraction to a mixed number.
19
672.
5
Convert the mixed number to an improper fraction.

2
673. 3
7
Locate the numbers on a number line.

1 2 3 9
674. ,1 , −2 , and
2 3 4 4

5
675.
20
18r
676.
27s
1 3
677. ⋅
3 4
3
678. ⋅ 15
5
4
679. −36u(− )
9
7 4
680. −5 ⋅4
12 11
5 5
681. − ÷
6 12
7 7
682. ÷ (− )
11 11
9a 15a
683. ÷
10 8
2
684. −6 ÷ 4
5
5 1
685. (−15 ) ÷ (−3 )
6 6
−6
686.
6
11
p
2
687. q
5
4
−
15
688.
2
−2
3
2 2
9 −4
689.
9 −4
2 9
690. +
d d
3 4
691. − + (− )
13 13
22 9
692. − +
25 40
2 7
693. + (− )
5 5

3 5
694. − + (− )
10 8
3 x
695. − ÷
4 3
3 2
2 −2
696. 2
3
( )
4
5 1
+
14 8
697.
9
56
Evaluate.
1 2 5
698. x + when (a) x = (b) x = −
3 3 6

3 7
699. y + =
5 5
3 9
700. a − =−
10 10
2 5
701. f + (− ) =
3 12
m
702. = −16
−2
2
703. − c = 18
3
704. Translate and solve: The quotient of p and −4 is −8. Solve for p.

[email protected]."
This page titled 4.E: Fractions (Exercises) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

Key Terms
A fraction in which the numerator or the denominator contains a
complex fraction
fraction.
equivalent fractions Two or more fractions that have the same value.
a
A fraction is written . in a fraction, a is the numerator and b is the
b
fraction denominator. A fraction represents parts of a whole. The denominator b

is the number of equal parts the whole has been divided into, and the
numerator a indicates how many parts are included.
The least common denominator (LCD) of two fractions is the least
least common denominator (LCD)
common multiple (LCM) of their denominators.
b
A mixed number consists of a whole number a and a fraction where c
mixed number b
c
≠ 0. It is written as a , where c ≠ 0.
c
a
proper and improper fractions The fraction is proper if a b.
b
a b
reciprocal The reciprocal of the fraction is where a ≠ 0 and b ≠ 0.
b a
A fraction is considered simplified if there are no common factors in the

simplified fraction
numerator and denominator.
Key Concepts
4.1 - Visualize Fractions
Property of One
a
Any number, except zero, divided by itself is one. = 1, where a ≠ 0.
a
Mixed Numbers
b
A mixed number consists of a whole number a and a fraction where c ≠ 0.
c
b
It is written as follows: a c ≠0
c
Proper and Improper Fractions

The fraction a
b
is a proper fraction if a < b and an improper fraction if a ≥ b .
Convert an improper fraction to a mixed number.
1. Divide the denominator into the numerator.
2. Identify the quotient, remainder, and divisor.
remainder
3. Write the mixed number as quotient .
divisor
Convert a mixed number to an improper fraction.

1. Multiply the whole number by the denominator.
2. Add the numerator to the product found in Step 1.
3. Write the final sum over the original denominator.
a a⋅c
Equivalent Fractions Property: If a, b, and c are numbers where b ≠ 0, c ≠ 0, then = .
b b⋅c
4.2 - Multiply and Divide Fractions

a a⋅c a⋅c a
If a, b, c are numbers where b ≠ 0, c ≠ 0, then = and = .
b b⋅c b⋅c b

Simplify a fraction.
1. Rewrite the numerator and denominator to show the common factors. If needed, factor the numerator and denominator into
prime numbers.
2. Simplify, using the equivalent fractions property, by removing common factors.
3. Multiply any remaining factors.
Fraction Multiplication
a c ac
If a, b, c, and d are numbers where b ≠ 0 and d ≠ 0, then ⋅ = .
b d bd
Reciprocal
a b
A number and its reciprocal have a product of 1. ⋅ = 1.
b a
Table 4.98
Fraction Division
a c a d
If a, b, c, and d are numbers where b ≠ 0, c ≠ 0, and d ≠ 0, then ÷ = ⋅ .
b d b c
4.3 - Multiply and Divide Mixed Numbers and Complex Fractions

Multiply or divide mixed numbers.
1. Convert the mixed numbers to improper fractions.
2. Follow the rules for fraction multiplication or division.
Simplify a complex fraction.
1. Rewrite the complex fraction as a division problem.
2. Follow the rules for dividing fractions.
Placement of negative sign in a fraction.
−a a a
For any positive numbers a and b, = =− .
b −b b
Simplify an expression with a fraction bar.

4.4 - Add and Subtract Fractions with Common Denominators

Fraction Addition
a b a+c
If a, b, and c are numbers where c ≠ 0, then + = .
c c c
To add fractions, add the numerators and place the sum over the common denominator.
Fraction Subtraction
a b a−b
If a, b, and c are numbers where c ≠ 0, then − = .
c c c
To subtract fractions, subtract the numerators and place the difference over the common denominator.
4.5 - Add and Subtract Fractions with Different Denominators

Find the least common denominator (LCD) of two fractions.
1. Factor each denominator into its primes.
2. List the primes, matching primes in columns when possible.

3. Bring down the columns.
4. Multiply the factors. The product is the LCM of the denominators.
5. The LCM of the denominators is the LCD of the fractions.
a a⋅c a⋅c a
If a, b, and c are whole numbers where b ≠ 0, c ≠ 0 then = and = .
b b⋅c b⋅c b
Convert two fractions to equivalent fractions with their LCD as the common denominator.
1. Find the LCD.
2. For each fraction, determine the number needed to multiply the denominator to get the LCD.
3. Use the Equivalent Fractions Property to multiply the numerator and denominator by the number from Step 2.
4. Simplify the numerator and denominator.
Add or subtract fractions with different denominators.
1. Find the LCD.
2. Convert each fraction to an equivalent form with the LCD as the denominator.
3. Add or subtract the fractions.
4. Write the result in simplified form.
Summary of Fraction Operations
a c ac
Fraction multiplication: Multiply the numerators and multiply the denominators. ⋅ = .
b d bd
a c a d
Fraction division: Multiply the first fraction by the reciprocal of the second. ÷ = ⋅ .
b d b c
Fraction addition: Add the numerators and place the sum over the common denominator. If the fractions have different
a b a+b
denominators, first convert them to equivalent forms with the LCD. + = .
c c c
Fraction subtraction: Subtract the numerators and place the difference over the common denominator. If the fractions have
a b a−b
different denominators, first convert them to equivalent forms with the LCD. − = .
c c c
Simplify complex fractions.

3. Divide the numerator by the denominator.
4.6 - Add and Subtract Mixed Numbers

Add mixed numbers with a common denominator.
1. Add the whole numbers.
2. Add the fractions.
3. Simplify, if possible.
Subtract mixed numbers with common denominators.
1. Rewrite the problem in vertical form.
2. Compare the two fractions. If the top fraction is larger than the bottom fraction, go to Step 3. If not, in the top mixed
number, take one whole and add it to the fraction part, making a mixed number with an improper fraction.
3. Subtract the fractions.
4. Subtract the whole numbers.
5. Simplify, if possible.
Subtract mixed numbers with common denominators as improper fractions.
1. Rewrite the mixed numbers as improper fractions.
2. Subtract the numerators.
3. Write the answer as a mixed number, simplifying the fraction part, if possible.

4.7 - Solve Equations with Fractions
solution.
Addition, Subtraction, and Division Properties of Equality: For any numbers a, b, and c,
if a = b, then a + c = b + c. Addition Property of Equality
if a = b, then a - c = b - c. Subtraction Property of Equality
a b
if a = b, then = , c ≠ 0. Division Property of Equality
c c
The Multiplication Property of Equality

For any numbers ab and c, a = b, then ac = bc.
If you multiply both sides of an equation by the same quantity, you still have equality.

[email protected]."
This page titled 4.S: Fractions (Summary) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

Model addition of mixed numbers with a common denominator
Add mixed numbers with a common denominator
Model subtraction of mixed numbers
Subtract mixed numbers with a common denominator
Add and subtract mixed numbers with different denominators
 be prepared!

7
1. Draw figure to model . If you missed this problem, review Example 4.1.6.
3
11
2. Change to a mixed number. If you missed this problem, review Example 4.1.9.
4
1
3. Change 3 to an improper fraction. If you missed this problem, review Example 4.1.11.
2
Model Addition of Mixed Numbers with a Common Denominator

So far, we’ve added and subtracted proper and improper fractions, but not mixed numbers. Let’s begin by thinking about addition of mixed numbers using money.
1 1
If Ron has 1 dollar and 1 quarter, he has 1 dollars. If Don has 2 dollars and 1 quarter, he has 2 dollars. What if Ron and Don put their money together? They would have 3
4 4
2 1
dollars and 2 quarters. They add the dollars and add the quarters. This makes 3 dollars. Because two quarters is half a dollar, they would have 3 and a half dollars, or 3
4 2
dollars.
1
1
4
1
+2
4
2 1
3 =3
4 2
When you added the dollars and then added the quarters, you were adding the whole numbers and then adding the fractions.
1 1
1 +2
4 4
We can use fraction circles to model this same example:
1 1 1
Start with 1 . one whole and one pieces 1
4 4 4
1
1 1 +2
Add 2 more. two wholes and one pieces 4
4 4
1 2 1
The sum is: three wholes and two 's 3 = 3
4 4 2

1 2
Model 2 +1 and give the sum.
3 3
Solution
1
We will use fraction circles, whole circles for the whole numbers and pieces for the fractions.
3
1 1
two wholes and one 2
3 3
2
1 +1
plus one whole and two s 3
3

1 3
sum is three wholes and three s 3 = 4
3 3
1 2
This is the same as 4 wholes. So, 2 +1 =4 .
3 3
 Exercise 4.10.1
2 3
Use a model to add the following. Draw a picture to illustrate your model. 1 +3
5 5
Answer
5
 Exercise 4.10.2
1 5
Use a model to add the following. Draw a picture to illustrate your model. 2 +2
6 6
Answer
5

3 3
Model 1 +2 and give the sum as a mixed number.
5 5
Solution
1
We will use fraction circles, whole circles for the whole numbers and pieces for the fractions.
5
1 3
one whole and three s 1
5 5
3
1 +2
plus two wholes and three s 5
5
1 6 1
sum is three wholes and six s 3 = 4
5 5 5
6 6 1 1
Adding the whole circles and fifth pieces, we got a sum of 3 . We can see that is equivalent to 1 , so we add that to the 3 to get 4 .
5 5 5 5
 Exercise 4.10.3
5 5
Model, and give the sum as a mixed number. Draw a picture to illustrate your model. 2 +1
6 6
Answer
2
4
3

 Exercise 4.10.4
5 7
Model, and give the sum as a mixed number. Draw a picture to illustrate your model. 1 +1
8 8
Answer
1
3
2
Add Mixed Numbers

Modeling with fraction circles helps illustrate the process for adding mixed numbers: We add the whole numbers and add the fractions, and then we simplify the result, if
possible.
 HOW TO: ADD MIXED NUMBERS WITH A COMMON DENOMINATOR
Step 1. Add the whole numbers.

Step 2. Add the fractions.
Step 3. Simplify, if possible.

4 2
Add: 3 +2 .
9 9
Solution
4
3
9
2
Add the whole numbers. +2
9
4
3
9
2
+2
Add the fractions. 9
6
5
9
4
3
9
2
+2
6 2
5 = 5
9 3
 Exercise 4.10.5
4 2
Find the sum: 4 +1 .
7 7
Answer
6
5
7

 Exercise 4.10.6
3 6
11 11
Answer
9
7
11
In Example 4.10.3, the sum of the fractions was a proper fraction. Now we will work through an example where the sum is an improper fraction.

5 7
9 9
Solution
5
9
9
7
+5
Add the whole numbers and then add the fractions. 9
12
14
9
12 3
Rewrite as an improper fraction. 14 + 1
9 9
3
Add. 15
9
1
Simplify. 15
3
 Exercise 4.10.7
7 5
8 8
Answer
1
16
2
 Exercise 4.10.8
7 5
9 9
Answer
1
15
3
An alternate method for adding mixed numbers is to convert the mixed numbers to improper fractions and then add the improper fractions. This method is usually written
horizontally.

7 3
Add by converting the mixed numbers to improper fractions: 3 +4 .
8 8
Solution
31 35
Convert to improper fractions. +
8 8
31 + 35
Add the fractions.
8
66
8
2
Rewrite as a mixed number. 8
8
1
4
Since the problem was given in mixed number form, we will write the sum as a mixed number.
 Exercise 4.10.9
5 7
Find the sum by converting the mixed numbers to improper fractions: 5 +3
9 9

Answer
1
9
3
7 9
Find the sum by converting the mixed numbers to improper fractions: 3 +2
10 10
Answer
3
6
5
2 4
Table 4.10.1 compares the two methods of addition, using the expression 3 +6 as an example. Which way do you prefer?
5 5
Table 4.10.1
Mixed Numbers Improper Fractions
2
3
5
4
+6 2 4
5 3 +6
5 5
6
9
5
6 17 34
9 + +
5 5 5
1 51
9 +1
5 5
1 1
10 10
5 5
Model Subtraction of Mixed Numbers

Let’s think of pizzas again to model subtraction of mixed numbers with a common denominator. Suppose you just baked a whole pizza and want to give your brother half of the
pizza. What do you have to do to the pizza to give him half? You have to cut it into at least two pieces. Then you can give him half.
We will use fraction circles (pizzas!) to help us visualize the process. Start with one whole.
Figure 4.10.1
Algebraically, you would write:

1
Use a model to subtract: 1 − .
3
Solution

1
4
Answer
3
1
5
Answer
4
What if we start with more than one whole? Let’s find out.
 Example4.10.7: subtract
3
4
Solution
1
5
Answer
9

1
3
Answer
5
In the next example, we’ll subtract more than one whole.

2
Use a model to subtract: 2 − 1 .
5
Solution
1
3
Answer
2
1
4
Answer
3
What if you start with a mixed number and need to subtract a fraction? Think about this situation: You need to put three quarters in a parking meter, but you have only a $1 bill
and one quarter. What could you do? You could change the dollar bill into 4 quarters. The value of 4 quarters is the same as one dollar bill, but the 4 quarters are more useful for
the parking meter. Now, instead of having a $1 bill and one quarter, you have 5 quarters and can put 3 quarters in the meter.
This models what happens when we subtract a fraction from a mixed number. We subtracted three quarters from one dollar and one quarter.
We can also model this using fraction circles, much like we did for addition of mixed numbers.

1 3
Use a model to subtract: 1 −
4 4
Solution
1
1
4
Rewrite vertically. Start with one whole and one fourth.
3
−
4

5
Since the fractions have denominator 4, cut the whole into 4
4
4 1 5
pieces. You now have and which is . 3
4 4 4 −
4
3 1
Take away . There is left. \begin{split} & \dfrac{5}{4}\\\textcolor{red}{- & \dfrac}3}{4}}\\ \hline \\ & \d
4 2
1 2
Use a model to subtract. Draw a picture to illustrate your model. 1 −
3 3
Answer
1 4
Use a model to subtract. Draw a picture to illustrate your model. 1 −
5 5
Answer

Lynn Marecek (Santa Ana College) and MaryAnne Anthony-Smith (Formerly of Santa Ana College). This content is licensed under Creative Commons Attribution License
v4.0 "Download for free at http://cnx.org/contents/[email protected]."
This page titled 4.10: Add and Subtract Mixed Numbers (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

Subtract Mixed Numbers with a Common Denominator
Now we will subtract mixed numbers without using a model. But it may help to picture the model in your mind as you read the
steps.
 HOW TO: Subtract mixed numbers with common denominators

Step 1. Rewrite the problem in vertical form.
Step 2. Compare the two fractions.
If the top fraction is larger than the bottom fraction, go to Step 3.
If not, in the top mixed number, take one whole and add it to the fraction part, making a mixed number with an improper
fraction.
Step 3. Subtract the fractions.
Step 4. Subtract the whole numbers.
Step 5. Simplify, if possible.

3 4
Find the difference: 5 −2 .
5 5
Solution
3
5
5
Rewrite the problem in vertical form.
4
−2
5
3 4 3
Since is less than , take 1 from the 5 and add it to the :
5 5 5
5 3 8
( + = )
5 5 5
8
4
5
4
−2
Subtract the fractions. 5
8
4
5
4
−2
Subtract the whole parts. The result is in simplest form. 5
4
2
5
Since the problem was given with mixed numbers, we leave the result as mixed numbers.
4 7
9 9
Answer

2
2
3
4 6
7 7
Answer
5
1
7
Just as we did with addition, we could subtract mixed numbers by converting them first to improper fractions. We should write the
answer in the form it was given, so if we are given mixed numbers to subtract we will write the answer as a mixed number.
 HOW TO: SUBTRACT MIXED NUMBERS WITH COMMON DENOMINATORS AS IMPROPER

FRACTIONS
Step 1. Rewrite the mixed numbers as improper fractions.
Step 2. Subtract the numerators.
Step 3. Write the answer as a mixed number, simplifying the fraction part, if possible.

6 10
Find the difference by converting to improper fractions: 9 −7 .
11 11
Solution
105 87
Rewrite as improper fractions. −
11 11
18
Subtract the numerators.
11
7
Rewrite as a mixed number. 1
11
4 7
9 9
Answer
2
2
3
4 6
7 7
Answer
5
1
7

Add and Subtract Mixed Numbers with Different Denominators
To add or subtract mixed numbers with different denominators, we first convert the fractions to equivalent fractions with the LCD.
Then we can follow all the steps we used above for adding or subtracting fractions with like denominators.

1 2
Add: 2 +5 .
2 3
Solution
Since the denominators are different, we rewrite the fractions as equivalent fractions with the LCD, 6. Then we will add and
simplify.
We write the answer as a mixed number because we were given mixed numbers in the problem.
5 3
Add: 1 +4 .
6 4
Answer
7
6
12
4 1
Add: 3 +8 .
5 2
Answer
3
12
10

3 7
Subtract: 4 −2 .
4 8
Solution
Since the denominators of the fractions are different, we will rewrite them as equivalent fractions with the LCD 8. Once in that
form, we will subtract. But we will need to borrow 1 first.

We were given mixed numbers, so we leave the answer as a mixed number.
1 4
2 5
Answer
7
4
10
3 5
4 6
Answer
11
2
12
 Example 4.11.14:
5 3
Subtract: 3 −4 .
11 4
Solution
We can see the answer will be negative since we are subtracting 4 from 3. Generally, when we know the answer will be
negative it is easier to subtract with improper fractions rather than mixed numbers.
5 ⋅4 3 ⋅ 11
3 −4
Change to equivalent fractions with the LCD. 11 ⋅ 4

20
4 ⋅ 11
33
3 −4
44 44
152 209
Rewrite as improper fractions. −
44 44
57
Subtract. −
44
13
Rewrite as a mixed number. −1
44
3 7
Subtract: 1 −6 .
4 8
Answer

41
−
8
3 4
Subtract: 10 − 22 .
7 9
Answer
757
−
63

Adding Mixed Numbers
Subtracting Mixed Numbers

Model Addition of Mixed Numbers
In the following exercises, use a model to find the sum. Draw a picture to illustrate your model.
1 1
436. 1 +3
5 5
1 1
437. 2 +1
3 3
3 7
438. 1 +1
8 8
5 5
439. 1 +1
6 6
Add Mixed Numbers with a Common Denominator

1 1
440. 5 +6
3 3
4 1
441. 2 +5
9 9
5 3
442. 4 +9
8 8
9 1
443. 7 +3
10 10
4 4
444. 3 +6
5 5
2 2
445. 9 +1
3 3
9 3
446. 6 +8
10 10
4 8
447. 8 +2
9 9
Model Subtraction of Mixed Numbers

In the following exercises, use a model to find the difference. Draw a picture to illustrate your model.
1 1
448. 1 −
6 6
1 1
449. 1 −
8 8

Subtract Mixed Numbers with a Common Denominator
In the following exercises, find the difference.
7 3
450. 2 −1
8 8
7 5
451. 2 −1
12 12
3 4
452. 8 −4
7 7
13 7
453. 19 − 13
15 15
3 4
454. 8 −4
7 7
2 4
455. 5 −3
9 9
5 7
456. 2 −1
8 8
5 7
457. 2 −1
12 12
Add and Subtract Mixed Numbers with Different Denominators

In the following exercises, write the sum or difference as a mixed number in simplified form.
1 1
458. 3 +6
4 3
1 3
459. 2 +5
6 4
5 1
460. 1 +4
8 2
2 1
461. 7 +8
3 2
5 7
462. 2 −1
12 12
4 1
463. 6 −1
5 4
2 1
464. 2 −3
3 2
7 1
465. 2 −4
8 3
Mixed Practice
In the following exercises, perform the indicated operation and write the result as a mixed number in simplified form.
5 3
466. 2 ⋅1
8 4
2 1
467. 1 ⋅4
3 6
2 4
468. +
7 7
2 5
469. +
9 9
5 1
470. 1 ÷
12 12
3 1
471. 2 ÷
10 10
5 7
472. 13 −9
12 12
5 7
473. 15 −6
8 8
5 4
474. −
9 9

11 7
475. −
15 15
3
476. 4 −
4
2
477. 6 −
5
9 3
478. ÷
20 4
7 14
479. ÷
24 3
6 10
480. 9 +7
11 11
5 9
481. 8 +4
13 13
2 3
482. 3 +5
5 4
5 1
483. 2 +4
6 5
8 10
484. ⋅
15 19
5 8
485. ⋅
12 9
7 1
486. 6 −2
8 3
5 2
487. 6 −4
9 5
2 4
488. 5 −4
9 5
3 2
489. 4 −3
8 3
Everyday Math
3
490. Sewing Renata is sewing matching shirts for her husband and son. According to the patterns she will use, she needs 2 yards
8
1
of fabric for her husband’s shirt and 1 yards of fabric for her son’s shirt. How much fabric does she need to make both shirts?
8
1 2
491. Sewing Pauline has 3 yards of fabric to make a jacket. The jacket uses 2 yards. How much fabric will she have left after
4 3
making the jacket?
1 1
492. Printing Nishant is printing invitations on his computer. The paper is 8 inches wide, and he sets the print area to have a 1 -
2 2
inch border on each side. How wide is the print area on the sheet of paper?
493. Framing a picture Tessa bought a picture frame for her son’s graduation picture. The picture is 8 inches wide. The picture
5
frame is 2 inches wide on each side. How wide will the framed picture be?
8
Writing Exercises
5 7
494. Draw a diagram and use it to explain how to add 1 +2 .
8 8
495. Edgar will have to pay $3.75 in tolls to drive to the city.
a. Explain how he can make change from a $10 bill before he leaves so that he has the exact amount he needs.
3
b. How is Edgar’s situation similar to how you subtract 10 − 3 ?
4
5 7
496. Add 4 +3 twice, first by leaving them as mixed numbers and then by rewriting as improper fractions. Which method do
12 8
you prefer, and why?
7 5
497. Subtract 3 −4 twice, first by leaving them as mixed numbers and then by rewriting as improper fractions. Which method
8 12
do you prefer, and why?

Self Check

[email protected]."
This page titled 4.11: Add and Subtract Mixed Numbers (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated
by OpenStax.

Determine whether a fraction is a solution of an equation
Solve equations with fractions using the Addition, Subtraction, and Division Properties of Equality
Solve equations using the Multiplication Property of Equality
Translate sentences to equations and solve
 be prepared!
Before you get started, take this readiness quiz. If you miss a problem, go back to the section listed and review the material.
1. Evaluate x + 4 when x = −3 If you missed this problem, review Example 3.2.10.
2. Solve: 2y − 3 = 9 . If you missed this problem, review Example 3.5.2.
3. Solve: y − 3 = −9 If you missed this problem, review Example 4.2.10.
Determine Whether a Fraction is a Solution of an Equation

As we saw in Solve Equations with the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality and Solve Equations Using Integers; The
Division Property of Equality, a solution of an equation is a value that makes a true statement when substituted for the variable in
the equation. In those sections, we found whole number and integer solutions to equations. Now that we have worked with
fractions, we are ready to find fraction solutions to equations.
The steps we take to determine whether a number is a solution to an equation are the same whether the solution is a whole number,
an integer, or a fraction.

Step 3. Determine whether the resulting equation is true. If it is true, the number is a solution. If it is not true, the number is not
a solution.
 Example 4.12.1: find solution

3 1
Determine whether each of the following is a solution of x − = .
10 2
a. x =1
4
b. x =
5
4
c. x =−
5
Solution
a.
3 ? 1
Substitute 1 for x. 1 − =
10 2
10 3 ? 5
Change to fractions with a LCD of 10. − =
10 10 10
7 ? 5
Subtract. =
10 10
b.

4 4 3 ? 1
Substitute for x. − =
5 5 10 2
8 3 ? 5
− =
10 10 10
5 5
Subtract. = ✓
10 10
4 4 3 1
Since x = results in a true equation, is a solution to the equation x − = .
5 5 10 2
c.
4 4 3 ? 1
Substitute − for x. − − =
5 5 10 2
8 3 ? 5
− − =
10 10 10
11 5
Subtract. ≠
10 10
4 4
Since x = − does not result in a true equation, − is not a solution to the equation.
5 5
 Exercise 4.12.1
2 1
Determine whether each number is a solution of the given equation. x − =
3 6
a. x =1
5
b. x =
6
5
c. x =−
6
Answer a
no
Answer b
yes
Answer c
no
 Exercise 4.12.2
1 3
Determine whether each number is a solution of the given equation. y − =
4 8
a. y =1
5
b. y = −
8
5
c. y =
8
Answer a
no
Answer b
no
Answer c

yes
Solve Equations with Fractions using the Addition, Subtraction, and Division Properties of Equality
In Solve Equations with the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality and Solve Equations Using Integers; The Division
Property of Equality, we solved equations using the Addition, Subtraction, and Division Properties of Equality. We will use these
same properties to solve equations with fractions.
 Addition, Subtraction, and Division Properties of Equality

Table 4.12.1
if a = b , then a + c = b + c . Addition Property of Equality
if a = b , then a − c = b − c . Subtraction Property of Equality
if a = b , then ac = bc, c ≠ 0. Division Property of Equality
In other words, when you add or subtract the same quantity from both sides of an equation, or divide both sides by the same
quantity, you still have equality.

9 5
Solve: y + = .
16 16
Solution
9 9 9 5 9
Subtract from each side to undo the addition. y + − = −
16 16 16 16 16
4
Simplify on each side of the equation. y +0 = −
16
1
Simplify the fraction. y = −
4
Check:
1 9 ? 5
Substitute y = (− \dfrac{1}{4}\). − + =
4 16 16
\textcolor{red}{- \dfrac{4}{16}} + \dfrac{9}{16} \stackrel{?}{=}

Rewrite as fractions with the LCD.
\dfrac{5}{16}\)
5 ? 5
Add. = ✓
16 16
1 9 5
Since y = − makes y + = a true statement, we know we have found the solution to this equation.
4 16 16
 Exercise 4.12.3
11 5
Solve: y + = .
12 12
Answer
1
−
2

 Exercise 4.12.4
8 4
Solve: y + = .
15 15
Answer
4
−
15
We used the Subtraction Property of Equality in Example 4.12.2. Now we’ll use the Addition Property of Equality.

5 8
Solve: a − =− .
9 9
Solution
5 5 5 8 5
Add from each side to undo the addition. a− + = − +
9 9 9 9 9
3
Simplify on each side of the equation. a+0 = −
9
1
Simplify the fraction. a = −
3
Check:
1 1 5 ? 8
Substitute a = − . − − = −
3 3 9 9
3 5 ? 8
Change to common denominator. − − = −
9 9 9
8 8
Subtract. − = − ✓
9 9
1 1
Since a = − makes the equation true, we know that a = − is the solution to the equation.
3 3
 Exercise 4.12.5
3 8
Solve: a − =− .
5 5
Answer
−1
 Exercise 4.12.6
3 9
Solve: n − =− .
7 7
Answer
6
−
7
The next example may not seem to have a fraction, but let’s see what happens when we solve it.

Solve: 10q = 44.

Solution
10q 44
Divide both sides by 10 to undo the multiplication. =
10 10
22
Simplify. q =
5
Check:
22 22 ?
Substitute q = into the original equation. 10 ( ) = 44
5 5
2
22 ?
Simplify. 10 ( ) = 44
5
Multiply. 44 = 44 ✓
22
The solution to the equation was the fraction . We leave it as an improper fraction.
5
 Exercise 4.12.7
Solve: 12u = −76.
Answer
19
−
3
 Exercise 4.12.8
Solve: 8m = 92.
Answer
23
Solve Equations with Fractions Using the Multiplication Property of Equality

x
Consider the equation =3 . We want to know what number divided by 4 gives 3. So to “undo” the division, we will need to
4
multiply by 4. The Multiplication Property of Equality will allow us to do this. This property says that if we start with two equal
quantities and multiply both by the same number, the results are equal.
 Definition: The Multiplication Property of Equality
For any numbers a , b , and c , if a = b , then ac = bc . If you multiply both sides of an equation by the same quantity, you still
have equality.
x
Let’s use the Multiplication Property of Equality to solve the equation = −9 .
7

x
Solve: = −9 .
7
Solution
Use the Multiplication Property of Equality to multiply both sides by x

7 ⋅ = 7(−9)
7 . This will isolate the variable. 7
7x
Multiply. = −63
7
Simplify. x = −63
−63 ?
Check. Substitute −63 for x in the original equation. = −9
7
The equation is true. −9 = −9; ✓
 Exercise 4.12.9
f
Solve: = −25 .
5
Answer
−125
h
Solve: = −27 .
9
Answer
−243
 Example 4.12.6:solve
p
Solve: = −40 .
−8
Solution
Here, p is divided by −8. We must multiply by −8 to isolate p.
p
Multiply both sides by −8. −8 ( ) = −8(−40)
−8
−8p
Multiply. = 320
−8
Simplify. p = 320
Check:
320 ?
Substitute p = 320. = −40
−8
The equation is true. −40 = −40 ✓

c
Solve: = −35 .
−7
Answer
245
x
Solve: = −12 .
−11
Answer
132
Solve Equations with a Coefficient of −1

Look at the equation −y = 15 . Does it look as if y is already isolated? But there is a negative sign in front of y , so it is not isolated.
There are three different ways to isolate the variable in this type of equation. We will show all three ways in Example 4.12.7.
Solve: −y = 15 .
Solution
One way to solve the equation is to rewrite −y as −1y, and then use the Division Property of Equality to isolate y .
Rewrite −y as −1y. −1y = 15
−1y 15
Divide both sides by −1. =
−1 −1
Simplify each side. y = −15
Another way to solve this equation is to multiply both sides of the equation by −1.
Multiply both sides by −1. −1(−y) = −1(15)
Simplify each side. y = −15
The third way to solve the equation is to read −y as “the opposite of y .” What number has 15 as its opposite? The opposite of
15 is −15. So y = −15 .
For all three methods, we isolated y is isolated and solved the equation.
Check:
Substitute y = −15. ?
−(15) = (15)
Simplify. The equation is true. 15 = 15 ✓
Solve: −y = 48 .
Answer
−48

Solve: −c = −23 .
Answer
23

[email protected]."
This page titled 4.12: Solve Equations with Fractions (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

Solve Equations with a Fraction Coefficient
When we have an equation with a fraction coefficient we can use the Multiplication Property of Equality to make the coefficient
equal to 1. For example, in the equation:
3
x = 24
4
3
The coefficient of x is . To solve for x, we need its coefficient to be 1. Since the product of a number and its reciprocal is 1, our
4
3
strategy here will be to isolate x by multiplying by the reciprocal of . We will do this in Example 4.13.1.
4

3
Solve: x = 24 .
4
Solution
4 3 4
Multiply both sides by the reciprocal of the coefficient. ⋅ x = ⋅ 24
3 4 3
4 24
Simplify. 1x = ⋅
3 1
Multiply. x = 32
Check:
3 ?
Substitute x = 32. ⋅ 32 = 24
4
3 32 ?
Rewrite 32 as a fraction. ⋅ = 24
4 1
Multiply. The equation is true. 24 = 24 ✓
3 3
Notice that in the equation x = 24 , we could have divided both sides by to get x by itself. Dividing is the same as
4 4
multiplying by the reciprocal, so we would get the same result. But most people agree that multiplying by the reciprocal is
easier.
2
Solve: n = 14 .
5
Answer
35
5
Solve: y = 15 .
6
Answer
18

3
Solve: − w = 72 .
8
Solution
The coefficient is a negative fraction. Remember that a number and its reciprocal have the same sign, so the reciprocal of the
coefficient must also be negative.
3 8 3 8
Multiply both sides by the reciprocal of − . − (− w) = (− ) 72
8 3 8 3
8 72
Simplify; reciprocals multiply to one. 1w = − ⋅
3 1
Multiply. w = −192
Check:
3 ?
Let w = −192. − (−192) = 72
8
Multiply. It checks. 72 = 72 ✓
4
Solve: − a = 52 .
7
Answer
−91
7
Solve: − w = 84 .
9
Answer
−108
Translate Sentences to Equations and Solve

Now we have covered all four properties of equality—subtraction, addition, division, and multiplication. We’ll list them all
together here for easy reference.
Table 4.13.2
Subtraction Property of Equality: For any real numbers a, b, and c, if Addition Property of Equality: For any real numbers a, b, and c, if a =
a = b, then a − c = b − c. b, then a + c = b + c.
Division Property of Equality: For any numbers a, b, and c, where c ≠ Multiplication Property of Equality: For any real numbers a, b, and c
a b
0 if a = b, then = . if a = b, then ac = bc.
c c
When you add, subtract, multiply or divide the same quantity from both sides of an equation, you still have equality. In the next
few examples, we’ll translate sentences into equations and then solve the equations. It might be helpful to review the translation
table in Evaluate, Simplify, and Translate Expressions.

Translate and solve: n divided by 6 is −24.

Solution
Translate.
n
Multiply both sides by 6. 6 ⋅ = 6(−24)
6
Simplify. n = −144
Check: Is −144 divided by 6 equal to −24?

−144 ?
Translate. = −24
6
Simplify. It checks. −24 = −24 ✓
Translate and solve: n divided by 7 is equal to −21.
Answer
n
= −21 ; n = −147
7
Translate and solve: n divided by 8 is equal to −56.
Answer
n
= −56 ; n = −448
8
Translate and solve: The quotient of q and −5 is 70.

Solution
Translate.
q
Multiply both sides by −5. −5 ( ) = −5(70)
−5
Simplify. q = −350
Check: Is the quotient of −350 and −5 equal to 70?

−350 ?
Translate. = 70
−5
Simplify. It checks. 70 = 70 ✓

Translate and solve: The quotient of q and −8 is 72.
Answer
q
= 72 ; q = −576
−8
Translate and solve: The quotient of p and −9 is 81.
Answer
p
= 81 ; p = −729
−9
Translate and solve: Two-thirds of f is 18.

Solution
Translate.
3 3 2 3
Multiply both sides by . ⋅ f = ⋅ 18
2 2 3 2
Simplify. f = 27
Check: Is two-thirds of 27 equal to 18?

2 ?
Translate. (27) = 18
3
Simplify. It checks. 18 = 18 ✓
Translate and solve: Two-fifths of f is 16.
Answer
2
;
f = 16 f = 40
5
Translate and solve: Three-fourths of f is 21.
Answer
3
;
f = 21 f = 28
4

5 3
Translate and solve: The quotient of m and is .
6 4
Solution
m 3
=
Translate. 5 4
⎛ ⎞
5 m 5 3
Multiply both sides by f rac56 to isolate m. ⎜
⎜
⎟
⎟
= ( )
6 5 6 4
⎝ ⎠
6
5 ⋅3
Simplify. m =
6 ⋅4
5
Remove common factors and multiply. m =
8
Check:
5
5 5 3 8 ? 3
Is the quotient of and equal to ? =
8 6 4 5 4
5 5 ? 3
Rewrite as division. ÷ =
8 6 4
5 6 ? 3
Multiply the first fraction by the reciprocal of the second. ⋅ =
8 5 4
3 3
Simplify. = ✓
4 4
Our solution checks.
2 5
Translate and solve. The quotient of n and is .
3 12
Answer
n 5 5
= ;n=
2 12 18
3 4
Translate and solve. The quotient of c and is .
8 9
Answer
c 4 1
= ;c=
3 9 6

Translate and solve: The sum of three-eighths and x is three and one-half.
Solution
Translate.
3
Use the Subtraction Property of Equality to subtract from both 3 3 1 3
8 +x − = 3 −
8 8 2 8
sides.
1 3
Combine like terms on the left side. x = 3 −
2 8
1 3
Convert mixed number to improper fraction. x = 3 −
2 8
7 3
Convert to equivalent fractions with LCD of 8. x = −
2 8
25
Subtract. x =
8
1
Write as a mixed number. x = 3
8
We write the answer as a mixed number because the original problem used a mixed number. Check: Is the sum of three-eighths
1
and 3 equal to three and one-half?
8
4 ? 1
Add. 3 = 3
8 2
1 1
Simplify. 3 = 3
2 2
The solution checks.
Translate and solve: The sum of five-eighths and x is one-fourth.
Answer
5 1 3
+x = ;x=−
8 4 8
Translate and solve: The difference of one-and-three-fourths and x is five-sixths.
Answer
3 5 11
1 −x = ;x=
4 6 12

Solve One Step Equations With Fractions
Solve One Step Equations With Fractions by Adding or Subtracting
Solve One Step Equations With Fraction by Multiplying

Determine Whether a Fraction is a Solution of an Equation
2 1
498. x − = :
5 10
a. x = 1
1
b. x =
2
1
c. x = −
2
1 5
499. y − = :
2 12
a. y = 1
3
b. y =
4
3
c. y = −
4
3 2
500. h + = :
4 5
a. h = 1
7
b. h =
20
7
c. h = −
20
2 5
501. k + = :
5 6
a. k = 1
13
b. k =
30
13
c. k = −
30
Solve Equations with Fractions using the Addition, Subtraction, and Division Properties of Equality
1 4
502. y + =
3 3
3 7
503. m + =
8 8
9 2
504. f + =
10 5
5 1
505. h + =
6 6
5 7
506. a − =−
8 8
1 5
507. c − =−
4 4
3 11
508. x − (− ) =−
20 20
5 7
509. z − (− ) =−
12 12
1 3
510. n − =
6 4
3 5
511. p − =
10 8
1 8
512. s + (− ) =−
2 9

1 4
513. k + (− ) =−
3 5
514. 5j = 17
515. 7k = 18
516. −4w = 26
517. −9v = 33
Solve Equations with Fractions Using the Multiplication Property of Equality

f
518. = −20
4
b
519. = −9
3
y
520. = −21
7
x
521. = −32
8
p
522. = −40
−5
q
523. = −40
−4
r
524. = −6
−12
s
525. = −3
−15
526. −x = 23
527. −y = 42
5
528. −h = −
12
17
529. −k = −
20
4
530. n = 20
5
3
531. p = 30
10
3
532. q = −48
8
5
533. m = −40
2
2
534. − a = 16
9
3
535. − b = 9
7
6
536. − u = −24
11
5
537. − v = −15
12
Mixed Practice
538. 3x = 0
539. 8y = 0
4
540. 4f =
5
7
541. 7g =
9
2 1
542. p + =
3 12
5 1
543. q + =
6 12

7 1
544. m=
8 10
1 7
545. n=
4 10
2 3
546. − =x+
5 4
2 3
547. − =y+
3 8
11
548. = −f
20
8
549. = −d
15
Translate Sentences to Equations and Solve

In the following exercises, translate to an algebraic equation and solve.
550. n divided by eight is −16.
551. n divided by six is −24.
552. m divided by −9 is −7.
553. m divided by −7 is −8.
554. The quotient of f and −3 is −18.
555. The quotient of f and −4 is −20.
556. The quotient of g and twelve is 8.
557. The quotient of g and nine is 14.
558. Three-fourths of q is 12.
559. Two-fifths of q is 20.
560. Seven-tenths of p is −63.
561. Four-ninths of p is −28.
562. m divided by 4 equals negative 6.
563. The quotient of h and 2 is 43.
564. Three-fourths of z is the same as 15.
2 3
565. The quotient of a and is .
3 4
1
566. The sum of five-sixths and x is .
2
1
567. The sum of three-fourths and x is .
8
1
568. The difference of y and one-fourth is − .
8
1
569. The difference of y and one-third is − .
6
Everyday Math
2
570. Shopping Teresa bought a pair of shoes on sale for $48. The sale price was of the regular price. Find the regular price of the
3
2
shoes by solving the equation p = 48
3
3
571. Playhouse The table in a child’s playhouse is of an adult-size table. The playhouse table is 18 inches high. Find the height of
5
3
an adult-size table by solving the equation h = 18.
5
Writing Exercises
572. Example 4.100 describes three methods to solve the equation −y = 15. Which method do you prefer? Why?
3
573. Richard thinks the solution to the equation x = 24 is 16. Explain why Richard is wrong.
4

Self Check

[email protected]."
This page titled 4.13: Solve Equations with Fractions (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

CHAPTER OVERVIEW
5: Decimals
Gasoline price changes all the time. They might go down for a period of time, but then they usually rise again. One thing that stays
the same is that the price is not usually a whole number. Instead, it is shown using a decimal point to describe the cost in dollars
and cents. We use decimal numbers all the time, especially when dealing with money. In this chapter, we will explore decimal
numbers and how to perform operations using them.
Topic hierarchy
Figure 5.1 - The price of a gallon of gasoline is written as a decimal number. (credit: Mark Turnauckus, Flickr)

[email protected]."
This page titled 5: Decimals is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.
1
Name decimals
Write decimals
Convert decimals to fractions or mixed numbers
Locate decimals on the number line
Order decimals
Round decimals
 be prepared!
1. Name the number 4,926,015 in words. If you missed this problem, review Example 1.1.4.
2. Round 748 to the nearest ten. If you missed this problem, review Example 1.2.9.
3
3. Locate on a number line. If you missed this problem, review Example 4.2.16.
10
Name Decimals
You probably already know quite a bit about decimals based on your experience with money. Suppose you buy a sandwich and a
bottle of water for lunch. If the sandwich costs $3.45, the bottle of water costs $1.25, and the total sales tax is $0.33, what is the
total cost of your lunch?
$3.45 Sandwich
$1.25 W ater
+$0.33 T ax
$5.03 T otal
The total is $5.03. Suppose you pay with a $5 bill and 3 pennies. Should you wait for change? No, $5 and 3 pennies is the same as
$5.03.
1 1
Because 100 pennies = $1, each penny is worth of a dollar. We write the value of one penny as $0.01, since 0.01 = .
100 100
Writing a number with a decimal is known as decimal notation. It is a way of showing parts of a whole when the whole is a power
of ten. In other words, decimals are another way of writing fractions whose denominators are powers of ten. Just as the counting
numbers are based on powers of ten, decimals are based on powers of ten. Table 5.1.1 shows the counting numbers.
Table 5.1.1
Counting number Name
1 One
10 = 10 Ten
10 • 10 = 100 One hundred
10 • 10 • 10 = 1000 One thousand
10 • 10 • 10 • 10 = 10,000 Ten thousand
How are decimals related to fractions? Table 5.1.2 shows the relation.
Table 5.1.2
Decimal Fraction Name
1
0.1 One tenth
10

Decimal Fraction Name
1
0.01 One hundredth
100
1
0.001 One thousandth
1000
1
0.0001 One ten-thousandth
10, 000
When we name a whole number, the name corresponds to the place value based on the powers of ten. In Whole Numbers, we
learned to read 10,000 as ten thousand. Likewise, the names of the decimal places correspond to their fraction values. Notice how
the place value names in Figure 5.1.1 relate to the names of the fractions from Table 5.1.2.
Figure 5.1.1 - This chart illustrates place values to the left and right of the decimal point.
Notice two important facts shown in Figure 5.1.1.
The “th” at the end of the name means the number is a fraction. “One thousand” is a number larger than one, but “one
thousandth” is a number smaller than one.
The tenths place is the first place to the right of the decimal, but the tens place is two places to the left of the decimal.
Remember that $5.03 lunch? We read $5.03 as five dollars and three cents. Naming decimals (those that don’t represent money) is
done in a similar way. We read the number 5.03 as five and three hundredths.
We sometimes need to translate a number written in decimal notation into words. As shown in Figure 5.1.2, we write the amount
on a check in both words and numbers.
Figure 5.1.2 - When we write a check, we write the amount as a decimal number as well as in words. The bank looks at the check
to make sure both numbers match. This helps prevent errors.
Let’s try naming a decimal, such as 15.68.
We start by naming the number to the left of the decimal. fifteen______
We use the word “and” to indicate the decimal point. fifteen and_____
Then we name the number to the right of the decimal point as if it were
fifteen and sixty-eight_____
a whole number.
Last, name the decimal place of the last digit. fifteen and sixty-eight hundredths

The number 15.68 is read fifteen and sixty-eight hundredths.
 HOW TO: NAME A DECIMAL NUMBER

Name the number to the left of the decimal point.
Write “and” for the decimal point.
Name the “number” part to the right of the decimal point as if it were a whole number.
Name the decimal place of the last digit.
 Example 5.1.1:
Name each decimal: (a) 4.3 (b) 2.45 (c) 0.009 (d) −15.571.
Solution
(a) 4.3
Name the number to the left of the decimal point. four_____
Write "and" for the decimal point. four and_____
Name the number to the right of the decimal point as if it were a

four and three_____
whole number.
Name the decimal place of the last digit. four and three tenths
(b) 2.45
Name the number to the left of the decimal point. two_____
Write "and" for the decimal point. two and_____

two and forty-five_____
whole number.
Name the decimal place of the last digit. two and forty-five hundredths
(c) 0.009
Zero is the number to the left of the decimal; it is not included in the
Name the number to the left of the decimal point.
name.

nine_____
whole number.
Name the decimal place of the last digit. nine thousandths
(d) −15.571
Name the number to the left of the decimal point. negative fifteen
Write "and" for the decimal point. negative fifteen and_____

negative fifteen and five hundred seventyone_____
whole number.
Name the decimal place of the last digit. negative fifteen and five hundred seventyone thousandths
 Exercise 5.1.1:
Name each decimal: (a) 6.7 (b) 19.58 (c) 0.018 (d) −2.053
Answer a
six and seven tenths

Answer b
nineteen and fifty-eight hundredths
Answer c
eighteen thousandths
Answer d
negative two and fifty-three thousandths
 Exercise 5.1.2:
Name each decimal: (a) 5.8 (b) 3.57 (c) 0.005 (d) −13.461
Answer a
five and eight tenths three and fifty-seven hundredths
Answer b
three and fifty-seven hundredths
Answer c
five thousandths
Answer d
negative thirteen and four hundred sixty-one thousandths
Write Decimals
Now we will translate the name of a decimal number into decimal notation. We will reverse the procedure we just used. Let’s start
by writing the number six and seventeen hundredths:
The word and tells us to place a decimal point. ___.___
The word before and is the whole number; write it to the left of the
6._____
decimal point.
The decimal part is seventeen hundredths. Mark two places to the right
6._ _
of the decimal point for hundredths.
Write the numerals for seventeen in the places marked. 6.17
 Example 5.1.2:
Write fourteen and thirty-seven hundredths as a decimal.

Solution
Place a decimal point under the word ‘and’. ______. _________
Translate the words before ‘and’ into the whole number and place it to
14. _________
the left of the decimal point.
Mark two places to the right of the decimal point for “hundredths”. 14.__ __
Translate the words after “and” and write the number to the right of
14.37
the decimal point.
Fourteen and thirty-seven hundredths is written 14.37.

 Exercise 5.1.3:
Write as a decimal: thirteen and sixty-eight hundredths.
Answer
13.68
 Exercise 5.1.4:
Write as a decimal: five and eight hundred ninety-four thousandths.
Answer
5.894
 HOW TO: WRITE A DECIMAL NUMBER FROM ITS NAME
Step 1. Look for the word “and”—it locates the decimal point.
Step 2. Mark the number of decimal places needed to the right of the decimal point by noting the place value indicated by the
last word.
Place a decimal point under the word “and.” Translate the words before “and” into the whole number and place it to the left
of the decimal point.
If there is no “and,” write a “0” with a decimal point to its right.
Step 3. Translate the words after “and” into the number to the right of the decimal point. Write the number in the spaces—
putting the final digit in the last place.
Step 4. Fill in zeros for place holders as needed.
The second bullet in Step 2 is needed for decimals that have no whole number part, like ‘nine thousandths’. We recognize them by
the words that indicate the place value after the decimal – such as ‘tenths’ or ‘hundredths.’ Since there is no whole number, there is
no ‘and.’ We start by placing a zero to the left of the decimal and continue by filling in the numbers to the right, as we did above.
 Example 5.1.3:
Write twenty-four thousandths as a decimal.

Solution
Look for the word "and". There is no "and" so start with 0.
To the right of the decimal point, put three decimal places for
thousandths.
Write the number 24 with the 4 in the thousandths place.
Put zeros as placeholders in the remaining decimal places. 0.024
So, twenty-four thousandths is written 0.024
 Exercise 5.1.5:
Write as a decimal: fifty-eight thousandths.
Answer
0.058

 Exercise 5.1.6:
Write as a decimal: sixty-seven thousandths.
Answer
0.067
Before we move on to our next objective, think about money again. We know that $1 is the same as $1.00. The way we write $1 (or
$1.00) depends on the context. In the same way, integers can be written as decimals with as many zeros as needed to the right of the
decimal.
5 = 5.0 − 2 = −2.0
5 = 5.00 − 2 = −2.00
5 = 5.000 − 2 = −2.000
and so on …
Convert Decimals to Fractions or Mixed Numbers

We often need to rewrite decimals as fractions or mixed numbers. Let’s go back to our lunch order to see how we can convert
decimal numbers to fractions. We know that $5.03 means 5 dollars and 3 cents. Since there are 100 cents in one dollar, 3 cents
3 3
means of a dollar, so 0.03 = .
100 100
We convert decimals to fractions by identifying the place value of the farthest right digit. In the decimal 0.03, the 3 is in the
hundredths place, so 100 is the denominator of the fraction equivalent to 0.03.
3
0.03 =
100
For our $5.03 lunch, we can write the decimal 5.03 as a mixed number.
3
5.03 = 5
100
Notice that when the number to the left of the decimal is zero, we get a proper fraction. When the number to the left of the decimal
is not zero, we get a mixed number.
 HOW TO: CONVERT A DECIMAL NUMBER TO A FRACTION OR MIXED NUMBER
Step 1. Look at the number to the left of the decimal.

If it is zero, the decimal converts to a proper fraction.
If it is not zero, the decimal converts to a mixed number.
Write the whole number.
Step 2. Determine the place value of the final digit.
Step 3. Write the fraction.
numerator—the ‘numbers’ to the right of the decimal point
denominator—the place value corresponding to the final digit
Step 4. Simplify the fraction, if possible.
 Example 5.1.4:
Write each of the following decimal numbers as a fraction or a mixed number: (a) 4.09 (b) 3.7 (c) −0.286
Solution
(a) 4.09

There is a 4 to the left of the decimal point. Write "4" as the whole
number part of the mixed number.
Determine the place value of the final digit.
Write the fraction. Write 9 in the numerator as it is the number to the

right of the decimal point.
Write 100 in the denominator as the place value of the final digit, 9, is 9
4
hundredth. 100
9
The fraction is in simplest form. So, 4.09 = 4
100
Did you notice that the number of zeros in the denominator is the same as the number of decimal places?
(b) 3.7
There is a 3 to the left of the decimal point. Write "3" as the whole
number part of the mixed number.
Determine the place value of the final digit.
Write the fraction. Write 7 in the numerator as it is the number to the

right of the decimal point.
Write 10 in the denominator as the place value of the final digit, 7, is 7

3
tenths. 10
7
The fraction is in simplest form. So, 3.7 = 3
10
(c) −0.286
There is a 0 to the left of the decimal point. Write a negative sign

before the fraction.
Determine the place value of the final digit and write it in the
denominator.
Write the fraction. Write 286 in the numerator as it is the number to

286
the right of the decimal point. Write 1,000 in the denominator as the −
1000
place value of the final digit, 6, is thousandths.
143
We remove a common factor of 2 to simplify the fraction. −
500
 Exercise 5.1.7:
Write as a fraction or mixed number. Simplify the answer if possible. (a) 5.3 (b) 6.07 (c) −0.234
Answer a
3
5
10
Answer b
7
6
100
Answer c
234
−
1000

 Exercise 5.1.8:
Write as a fraction or mixed number. Simplify the answer if possible. (a) 8.7 (b) 1.03 (c) −0.024
Answer a
7
8
10
Answer b
3
1
100
Answer c
24
−
1000

[email protected]."
This page titled 5.1: Decimals (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

Locate Decimals on the Number Line
Since decimals are forms of fractions, locating decimals on the number line is similar to locating fractions on the number line.
 Example 5.2.5:
Locate 0.4 on a number line.
Solution
4
The decimal 0.4 is equivalent to , so 0.4 is located between 0 and 1. On a number line, divide the interval between 0 and 1
10
into 10 equal parts and place marks to separate the parts.
Label the marks 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1.0. We write 0 as 0.0 and 1 as 1.0, so that the numbers are consistently
in tenths. Finally, mark 0.4 on the number line.
 Exercise 5.2.9:
Answer
 Exercise 5.2.10:
Answer
 Example 5.2.6:
Locate −0.74 on a number line.
Solution
74
The decimal −0.74 is equivalent to − , so it is located between 0 and −1. On a number line, mark off and label the
100
multiples of -0.10 in the interval between 0 and −1 (−0.10, −0.20, etc.) and mark −0.74 between −0.70 and −0.80, a little closer
to −0.70.

Answer
Answer
Order Decimals
Which is larger, 0.04 or 0.40?
If you think of this as money, you know that $0.40 (forty cents) is greater than $0.04 (four cents). So, 0.40 > 0.04.
In previous chapters, we used the number line to order numbers.
a < b: ‘a is less than b’ when a is to the left of b on the number line
a > b: ‘a is greater than b’ when a is to the right of b on the number line
Where are 0.04 and 0.40 located on the number line?
We see that 0.40 is to the right of 0.04. So we know 0.40 > 0.04.
How does 0.31 compare to 0.308? This doesn’t translate into money to make the comparison easy. But if we convert 0.31 and 0.308
to fractions, we can tell which is larger.
0.31 0.308
31 308
Convert to fractions. (5.2.1) (5.2.2)
100 1000
We need a common denominator to compare 31 ⋅ 10 308

(5.2.3) (5.2.4)
them. 100 ⋅ 10 1000
310 308
(5.2.5) (5.2.6)
1000 1000
310 308
Because 310 > 308, we know that > . Therefore, 0.31 > 0.308.
1000 1000
31
Notice what we did in converting 0.31 to a fraction—we started with the fraction and ended with the equivalent fraction
100
310 310
. Converting back to a decimal gives 0.310. So 0.31 is equivalent to 0.310. Writing zeros at the end of a decimal does
1000 1000
not change its value.

31 310
= and 0.31 = 0.310 (5.2.7)
100 1000
If two decimals have the same value, they are said to be equivalent decimals.
0.31 = 0.310 (5.2.8)
We say 0.31 and 0.310 are equivalent decimals.
 HOW TO: ORDER DECIMALS
Step 1. Check to see if both numbers have the same number of decimal places. If not, write zeros at the end of the one with
fewer digits to make them match.
Step 2. Compare the numbers to the right of the decimal point as if they were whole numbers.
Step 3. Order the numbers using the appropriate inequality sign.
 Example 5.2.7:
Order the following decimals using < or >: (a) 0.64 __0.6 (b) 0.83 __0.803
Solution
(a) 0.64 __0.6
Check to see if both numbers have the same number of decimal

0.64 __0.60
places. They do not, so write one zero at the right of 0.6.
Compare the numbers to the right of the decimal point as if they were
64 > 60
whole numbers.
0.64 > 0.60

Order the numbers using the appropriate inequality sign.
0.64 > 0.6
(b) 0.83 __0.803
Check to see if both numbers have the same number of decimal

0.830 __0.803
places. They do not, so write one zero at the right of 0.83.
Compare the numbers to the right of the decimal point as if they were
830 > 803
whole numbers.
0.830 > 0.803

Order the numbers using the appropriate inequality sign.
0.83 > 0.803
Order each of the following pairs of numbers, using < or >: (a) 0.42__0.4 (b) 0.76__0.706
Answer a
>
Answer b
>
Order each of the following pairs of numbers, using < or >: (a) 0.1__0.18 (b) 0.305__0.35
Answer a

<
Answer b
<
When we order negative decimals, it is important to remember how to order negative integers. Recall that larger numbers are to the
right on the number line. For example, because −2 lies to the right of −3 on the number line, we know that −2 > −3. Similarly,
smaller numbers lie to the left on the number line. For example, because −9 lies to the left of −6 on the number line, we know that
−9 < −6.
If we zoomed in on the interval between 0 and −1, we would see in the same way that −0.2 > −0.3 and −0.9 < −0.6.
 Example 5.2.8:
Use < or > to order. −0.1__−0.8.
Solution
−0.1
Write the numbers one under the other, lining up the decimal points.
−0.8
They have the same number of digits.
Since −1 > −8, −1 tenth is greater than −8 tenths. −0.1 > −0.8
Order each of the following pairs of numbers, using < or >: −0.3___−0.5
Answer
>
Order each of the following pairs of numbers, using < or >: −0.6___−0.7
Answer
>
Round Decimals
In the United States, gasoline prices are usually written with the decimal part as thousandths of a dollar. For example, a gas station
might post the price of unleaded gas at $3.279 per gallon. But if you were to buy exactly one gallon of gas at this price, you would
pay $3.28 , because the final price would be rounded to the nearest cent. In Whole Numbers, we saw that we round numbers to get
an approximate value when the exact value is not needed. Suppose we wanted to round $2.72 to the nearest dollar. Is it closer to $2
or to $3? What if we wanted to round $2.72 to the nearest ten cents; is it closer to $2.70 or to $2.80? The number lines in Figure
5.2.3 can help us answer those questions.

Figure 5.2.3 - (b) We see that 2.72 is closer to 3 than to 2. So, 2.72 rounded to the nearest whole number is 3. (b) We see that 2.72
is closer to 2.70 than 2.80. So we say that 2.72 rounded to the nearest tenth is 2.7.
Can we round decimals without number lines? Yes! We use a method based on the one we used to round whole numbers.
 HOW TO: ROUND A DECIMAL
Step 1. Locate the given place value and mark it with an arrow.
Step 2. Underline the digit to the right of the given place value.
Step 3. Is this digit greater than or equal to 5?
Yes - add 1 to the digit in the given place value.
No - do not change the digit in the given place value
Step 4. Rewrite the number, removing all digits to the right of the given place value.
 Example 5.2.9:
Round 18.379 to the nearest hundredth.

Solution
Locate the hundredths place and mark it with an arrow.
Underline the digit to the right of the 7.
Because 9 is greater than or equal to 5, add 1 to the 7.
Rewrite the number, deleting all digits to the right of the hundredths
18.38
place.
18.38 is 18.379 rounded to the nearest hundredth.
Round to the nearest hundredth: 1.047.
Answer
1.05

Round to the nearest hundredth: 9.173.
Answer
9.17
 Example 5.2.10:
Round 18.379 to the nearest (a) tenth (b) whole number.

Solution
(a) Round 18.379 to the nearest tenth.
Locate the tenths place and mark it with an arrow.
Underline the digit to the right of the tenths digit.
Because 7 is greater than or equal to 5, add 1 to the 3.
Rewrite the number, deleting all digits to the right of the tenths place. 18.4
So, 18.379 rounded to the nearest tenth is 18.4.

(b) Round 18.379 to the nearest whole number.
Locate the ones place and mark it with an arrow.
Underline the digit to the right of the ones place.
Since 3 is not greater than or equal to 5, do not add 1 to the 8.
Rewrite the number, deleting all digits to the right of the ones place. 18
So 18.379 rounded to the nearest whole number is 18.
Round 6.582 to the nearest (a) hundredth (b) tenth (c) whole number.
Answer a
6.58
Answer b
6.6
Answer c
7

Round 15.2175 to the nearest (a) thousandth (b) hundredth (c) tenth.
Answer a
15.218
Answer b
15.22
Answer c
15.2
 ACCESS ADDITIONAL ONLINE RESOURCES

Introduction to Decimal Notation
Write a Number in Decimal Notation from Words
Identify Decimals on the Number Line
Rounding Decimals
Writing a Decimal as a Simplified Fraction

Name Decimals In the following exercises, name each decimal.
1. 5.5
2. 7.8
3. 5.01
4. 14.02
5. 8.71
6. 2.64
7. 0.002
8. 0.005
9. 0.381
10. 0.479
11. −17.9
12. −31.4
Write Decimals
In the following exercises, translate the name into a decimal number.
13. Eight and three hundredths
14. Nine and seven hundredths
15. Twenty-nine and eighty-one hundredths
16. Sixty-one and seventy-four hundredths
17. Seven tenths
18. Six tenths
19. One thousandth
20. Nine thousandths
21. Twenty-nine thousandths
22. Thirty-five thousandths

23. Negative eleven and nine ten-thousandths
24. Negative fifty-nine and two ten-thousandths
25. Thirteen and three hundred ninety-five ten thousandths
26. Thirty and two hundred seventy-nine thousandths

In the following exercises, convert each decimal to a fraction or mixed number.
27. 1.99
28. 5.83
29. 15.7
30. 18.1
31. 0.239
32. 0.373
33. 0.13
34. 0.19
35. 0.011
36. 0.049
37. −0.00007
38. −0.00003
39. 6.4
40. 5.2
41. 7.05
42. 9.04
43. 4.006
44. 2.008
45. 10.25
46. 12.75
47. 1.324
48. 2.482
49. 14.125
50. 20.375

In the following exercises, locate each number on a number line.
51. 0.8
52. 0.3
53. −0.2
54. −0.9
55. 3.1
56. 2.7
57. −2.5
58. −1.6
Order Decimals
59. 0.9__0.6
60. 0.7__0.8
61. 0.37__0.63
62. 0.86__0.69
63. 0.6__0.59
64. 0.27__0.3
65. 0.91__0.901

66. 0.415__0.41
67. −0.5__−0.3
68. −0.1_−0.4
69. −0.62_−0.619
70. −7.31_−7.3
Round Decimals
In the following exercises, round each number to the nearest tenth.
71. 0.67
72. 0.49
73. 2.84
74. 4.63
In the following exercises, round each number to the nearest hundredth.
75. 0.845
76. 0.761
77. 5.7932
78. 3.6284
79. 0.299
80. 0.697
81. 4.098
82. 7.096
In the following exercises, round each number to the nearest (a) hundredth (b) tenth (c) whole number.
83. 5.781
84. 1.638
85. 63.479
86. 84.281
Everyday Math
87. Salary Increase Danny got a raise and now makes $58,965.95 a year. Round this number to the nearest: (a) dollar (b) thousand
dollars (c) ten thousand dollars.
88. New Car Purchase Selena’s new car cost $23,795.95. Round this number to the nearest: (a) dollar (b) thousand dollars (c) ten
thousand dollars.
89. Sales Tax Hyo Jin lives in San Diego. She bought a refrigerator for $1624.99 and when the clerk calculated the sales tax it came
out to exactly $142.186625. Round the sales tax to the nearest (a) penny (b) dollar.
90. Sales Tax Jennifer bought a $1,038.99 dining room set for her home in Cincinnati. She calculated the sales tax to be exactly
$67.53435. Round the sales tax to the nearest (a) penny (b) dollar.
Writing Exercises
91. How does your knowledge of money help you learn about decimals?
92. Explain how you write “three and nine hundredths” as a decimal.
93. Jim ran a 100-meter race in 12.32 seconds. Tim ran the same race in 12.3 seconds. Who had the faster time, Jim or Tim? How
do you know?
94. Gerry saw a sign advertising postcards marked for sale at “10 for 0.99¢.” What is wrong with the advertised price?
Self Check

help you need.

[email protected]."
This page titled 5.2: Decimals (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

Add and subtract decimals
Multiply decimals
Divide decimals
Use decimals in money applications
 be prepared!
70
1. Simplify . If you missed this problem, review Example 4.3.1.
100
3 9
2. Multiply ⋅ . If you missed this problem, review Example 4.3.7.
10 10
3. Divide −36 ÷ (−9). If you missed this problem, review Example 3.7.3.
Add and Subtract Decimals

Let’s take one more look at the lunch order from the start of Decimals, this time noticing how the numbers were added together.
$3.45 Sandwich
$1.25 W ater
+$0.33 T ax
$5.03 T otal
All three items (sandwich, water, tax) were priced in dollars and cents, so we lined up the dollars under the dollars and the cents
under the cents, with the decimal points lined up between them. Then we just added each column, as if we were adding whole
numbers. By lining up decimals this way, we can add or subtract the corresponding place values just as we did with whole
numbers.
 HOW TO: ADD OR SUBTRACT DECIMALS

Step 1. Write the numbers vertically so the decimal points line up.
Step 2. Use zeros as place holders, as needed.
Step 3. Add or subtract the numbers as if they were whole numbers. Then place the decimal in the answer under the decimal
points in the given numbers.
 Example 5.3.1:
Add: 3.7 + 12.4.

Solution
3.7
Write the numbers vertically so the decimal points line up.
+12.4
Place holders are not needed since both numbers have the same
number of decimal places.
Add the numbers as if they were whole numbers. Then place the 3.7
+12.4
decimal in the answer under the decimal points in the given numbers.
16.1

 Exercise 5.3.1:
Add: 5.7 + 11.9.
Answer
17.6
 Exercise 5.3.2:
Add: 18.32 + 14.79.
Answer
13.11
 Example 5.3.2:
Add: 23.5 + 41.38.

Solution
23.5
+41.38
Place 0 as a place holder after the 5 in 23.5, so that both numbers have 23.50
two decimal places. +41.38
23.50
Add the numbers as if they were whole numbers. Then place the
+41.38
decimal in the answer under the decimal points in the given numbers.
64.88
 Exercise 5.3.3:
Add: 4.8 + 11.69.
Answer
16.49
 Exercise 5.3.4:
Add: 5.123 + 18.47.
Answer
23.593
How much change would you get if you handed the cashier a $20 bill for a $14.65 purchase? We will show the steps to calculate
this in the next example.

 Example 5.3.3:
Subtract: 20 − 14.65.
Solution
Write the numbers vertically so the decimal points line up. Remember 20.
20 is a whole number, so place the decimal point after the 0. −14.65
Place two zeros after the decimal point in 20, as place holders so that 20.00
both numbers have two decimal places. −14.65
9 9 9
1 10 10 10
Subtract the numbers as if they were whole numbers. Then place the 2 0 . 0 0
decimal in the answer under the decimal points in the given numbers. −1 4 . 6 5
5 . 3 5
 Exercise 5.3.5:
Subtract: 10 − 9.58.
Answer
0.42
 Exercise 5.3.6:
Subtract: 50 − 37.42.
Answer
12.58
 Example 5.3.4:
Subtract: 2.51 − 7.4.

Solution
If we subtract 7.4 from 2.51, the answer will be negative since 7.4 > 2.51. To subtract easily, we can subtract 2.51 from 7.4.
Then we will place the negative sign in the result.
7.4
−2.51
Place zero after the 4 in 7.4 as a place holder, so that both numbers 7.40
have two decimal places. −2.51
7.40
Subtract and place the decimal in the answer. −2.51
4.89
Remember that we are really subtracting 2.51 − 7.4 so the answer is

2.51 − 7.4 = − 4.89
negative.

 Exercise 5.3.7:
Subtract: 4.77 − 6.3.
Answer
−1.53
 Exercise 5.3.8:
Subtract: 8.12 − 11.7.
Answer
−3.58
Multiply Decimals
Multiplying decimals is very much like multiplying whole numbers—we just have to determine where to place the decimal point.
The procedure for multiplying decimals will make sense if we first review multiplying fractions.
Do you remember how to multiply fractions? To multiply fractions, you multiply the numerators and then multiply the
denominators. So let’s see what we would get as the product of decimals by converting them to fractions first. We will do two
examples side-by-side in Table 5.22. Look for a pattern.
Table 5.3.1
A B
(0.3)(0.7) (0.2)(0.46)
3 7 2 46
Convert to fractions. ( )( ) (5.3.1) ( )( ) (5.3.2)
10 10 10 100
21 92
Multiply. (5.3.3) (5.3.4)
100 1000
Convert back to decimals 0.21 0.092
There is a pattern that we can use. In A, we multiplied two numbers that each had one decimal place, and the product had two
decimal places. In B, we multiplied a number with one decimal place by a number with two decimal places, and the product had
three decimal places.
How many decimal places would you expect for the product of (0.01)(0.004)? If you said “five”, you recognized the pattern. When
we multiply two numbers with decimals, we count all the decimal places in the factors—in this case two plus three—to get the
number of decimal places in the product—in this case five.
Once we know how to determine the number of digits after the decimal point, we can multiply decimal numbers without converting
them to fractions first. The number of decimal places in the product is the sum of the number of decimal places in the factors.
The rules for multiplying positive and negative numbers apply to decimals, too, of course.

 Definition: Multiplying Two Numbers
When multiplying two numbers,

if their signs are the same, the product is positive.
if their signs are different, the product is negative.
When you multiply signed decimals, first determine the sign of the product and then multiply as if the numbers were both positive.
Finally, write the product with the appropriate sign.
 HOW TO: MULTIPLY DECIMAL NUMBERS
Step 1. Determine the sign of the product.

Step 2. Write the numbers in vertical format, lining up the numbers on the right.
Step 3. Multiply the numbers as if they were whole numbers, temporarily ignoring the decimal points.
Step 4. Place the decimal point. The number of decimal places in the product is the sum of the number of decimal places in the
factors. If needed, use zeros as placeholders.
Step 5. Write the product with the appropriate sign.
 Example 5.3.5:
Multiply: (3.9)(4.075).
Solution
Determine the sign of the product. The signs are the same. The product will be positive.
Write the numbers in vertical format, lining up the numbers on the 4.07 5
right. ×3.9
4.07 5
×3.9
Multiply the numbers as if they were whole numbers, temporarily
3667 5
ignoring the decimal points.
12225
15892 5
4.07 5 3 places
×3.9 1 place
Place the decimal point. Add the number of decimal places in the
3667 5
factors (1 + 3). Place the decimal point 4 places from the right.
12225
15892 5 4 places
The product is positive. (3.9)(4.075) = 15.8925
 Exercise 5.3.9:
Multiply: 4.5(6.107).
Answer
27.4815

Multiply: 10.79(8.12).
Answer
87.6148
 Example 5.3.6:
Multiply: (−8.2)(5.19).
Solution
The signs are different. The product will be negative.
5.19
Write in vertical format, lining up the numbers on the right.
×8.2
5.19
×8.2
Multiply. 10 38
415 2
425 58
5.19
×8.2
10 38
415 2
42.5 58
The product is negative. (−8.2)(5.19) = −42.558
Multiply: (4.63)(−2.9).
Answer
−13.427
Multiply: (−7.78)(4.9).
Answer
−38.122
In the next example, we’ll need to add several placeholder zeros to properly place the decimal point.
 Example 5.3.7:
Multiply: (0.03)(0.045).
Solution

The product is positive. (0.03)(0.045)
0.04 5
Write in vertical format, lining up the numbers on the right.
×0.0 3
0.04 5
Multiply. ×0.0 3
13 5
Add zeros as needed to get the 5 places.
The product is positive. (0.03)(0.045) = 0.00135
Multiply: (0.04)(0.087).
Answer
0.00348
Multiply: (0.09)(0.067).
Answer
0.00603
Multiply by Powers of 10
In many fields, especially in the sciences, it is common to multiply decimals by powers of 10. Let’s see what happens when we
multiply 1.9436 by some powers of 10.
Look at the results without the final zeros. Do you notice a pattern?
1.9436(10) = 19.436
1.9436(100) = 194.36
1.9436(1000) = 1943.6
The number of places that the decimal point moved is the same as the number of zeros in the power of ten. Table 5.26 summarizes
the results.
Table 5.3.2
Multiply by Number of zeros Number of places decimal point moves
10 1 1 place to the right
100 2 2 places to the right
1,000 3 3 places to the right

Multiply by Number of zeros Number of places decimal point moves
10,000 4 4 places to the right
We can use this pattern as a shortcut to multiply by powers of ten instead of multiplying using the vertical format. We can count the
zeros in the power of 10 and then move the decimal point that same of places to the right. So, for example, to multiply 45.86 by
100, move the decimal point 2 places to the right.
Sometimes when we need to move the decimal point, there are not enough decimal places. In that case, we use zeros as
placeholders. For example, let’s multiply 2.4 by 100. We need to move the decimal point 2 places to the right. Since there is only
one digit to the right of the decimal point, we must write a 0 in the hundredths place.
 HOW TO: MULTIPLY A DECIMAL BY A POWER OF 10
Step 1. Move the decimal point to the right the same number of places as the number of zeros in the power of 10.
Step 2. Write zeros at the end of the number as placeholders if needed.
 Example 5.3.8:
Multiply 5.63 by factors of (a) 10 (b) 100 (c) 1000.

Solution
By looking at the number of zeros in the multiple of ten, we see the number of places we need to move the decimal to the right.
(a) 5.63(10)
There is 1 zero in 10, so move the decimal point 1 place to the right.
56.3
(b) 5.63(100)
There are 2 zeros in 100, so move the decimal point 2 places to the
right.
563
(c) 5.63(1000)
There are 3 zeros in 1000, so move the decimal point 3 places to the
right.
A zero must be added at the end. 5,630
Answer a
25.8

Answer b
258
Answer c
2, 580
Answer a
142
Answer b
1, 420
Answer c
14, 200

[email protected]."
This page titled 5.3: Decimal Operations (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

Divide Decimals
Just as with multiplication, division of decimals is very much like dividing whole numbers. We just have to figure out where the
decimal point must be placed.
To understand decimal division, let’s consider the multiplication problem
(0.2)(4) = 0.8 (5.4.1)
Remember, a multiplication problem can be rephrased as a division problem. So we can write 0.8 ÷ 4 = 0.2 We can think of this as
“If we divide 8 tenths into four groups, how many are in each group?” Figure 5.4.1 shows that there are four groups of two-tenths
in eight-tenths. So 0.8 ÷ 4 = 0.2.
Figure 5.4.1
Using long division notation, we would write
Notice that the decimal point in the quotient is directly above the decimal point in the dividend.
To divide a decimal by a whole number, we place the decimal point in the quotient above the decimal point in the dividend and
then divide as usual. Sometimes we need to use extra zeros at the end of the dividend to keep dividing until there is no remainder.
 HOW TO: DIVIDE A DECIMAL BY A WHOLE NUMBER
Step 1. Write as long division, placing the decimal point in the quotient above the decimal point in the dividend.
Step 2. Divide as usual.
 Example 5.4.9:
Divide: 0.12 ÷ 3.
Solution
Write as long division, placing the decimal point in the quotient above
the decimal point in the dividend.
Divide as usual. Since 3 does not go into 0 or 1 we use zeros as

placeholders.
0.12 ÷ 3 = 0.04
Divide: 0.28 ÷ 4.
Answer
0.07

Divide: 0.56 ÷ 7.
Answer
0.08
In everyday life, we divide whole numbers into decimals—money—to find the price of one item. For example, suppose a case of
24 water bottles cost $3.99. To find the price per water bottle, we would divide $3.99 by 24, and round the answer to the nearest
cent (hundredth).
 Example 5.4.10:
Divide: $3.99 ÷ 24.

Solution
Place the decimal point in the quotient above the decimal point in the
dividend.
Divide as usual. When do we stop? Since this division involves

money, we round it to the nearest cent (hundredth). To do this, we
must carry the division to the thousandths place.
Round to the nearest cent. $0.166 ≈ $0.17 (5.4.2)
$3.99 ÷ 24 ≈ $0.17
This means the price per bottle is 17 cents.
Divide: $6.99 ÷ 36.
Answer
$0.19
Divide: $4.99 ÷ 12.
Answer
$0.42
Divide a Decimal by Another Decimal

So far, we have divided a decimal by a whole number. What happens when we divide a decimal by another decimal? Let’s look at
the same multiplication problem we looked at earlier, but in a different way.
(0.2)(4) = 0.8 (5.4.3)
Remember, again, that a multiplication problem can be rephrased as a division problem. This time we ask, “Ho w many times does
0.2 go into 0.8?” Because (0.2)(4) = 0.8, we can say that 0.2 goes into 0.8 four times. This means that 0.8 divided by 0.2 is 4.

0.8 ÷ 0.2 = 4 (5.4.4)
We would get the same answer, 4, if we divide 8 by 2, both whole numbers. Why is this so? Let’s think about the division problem
as a fraction.
0.8
(5.4.5)
0.2
(0.8)10
(5.4.6)
(0.2)10
8
(5.4.7)
2
4 (5.4.8)
We multiplied the numerator and denominator by 10 and ended up just dividing 8 by 2. To divide decimals, we multiply both the
numerator and denominator by the same power of 10 to make the denominator a whole number. Because of the Equivalent
Fractions Property, we haven’t changed the value of the fraction. The effect is to move the decimal points in the numerator and
denominator the same number of places to the right.
We use the rules for dividing positive and negative numbers with decimals, too. When dividing signed decimals, first determine the
sign of the quotient and then divide as if the numbers were both positive. Finally, write the quotient with the appropriate sign. It
may help to review the vocabulary for division:
 HOW TO: DIVIDE DECIMAL NUMBERS
Step 1. Determine the sign of the quotient.

Step 2. Make the divisor a whole number by moving the decimal point all the way to the right. Move the decimal point in the
dividend the same number of places to the right, writing zeros as needed.
Step 3. Divide. Place the decimal point in the quotient above the decimal point in the dividend.
Step 4. Write the quotient with the appropriate sign.
 Example 5.4.11:
Divide: −2.89 ÷ (3.4).

Solution
Determine the sign of the quotient. The quotient will be negative.
Make the divisor the whole number by 'moving' the decimal point all
the way to the right. 'Move' the decimal point in the dividend the
same number of places to the right.
Divide. Place the decimal point in the quotient above the decimal
point in the dividend. Add zeros as needed until the remainder is zero.
Write the quotient with the appropriate sign. −2.89 ÷ (3.4) = −0.85

Divide: −1.989 ÷ 5.1.
Answer
−0.39
Divide: −2.04 ÷ 5.1.
Answer
−0.4
 Example 5.4.12:
Divide: −25.65 ÷ (−0.06).

Solution
The signs are the same. The quotient is positive.
Make the divisor a whole number by 'moving' the decimal point all
the way to the right. 'Move' the decimal point in the dividend the
same number of places.
point in the dividend.
Write the quotient with the appropriate sign. −25.65 ÷ (−0.06) = 427.5
Divide: −23.492 ÷ (−0.04).
Answer
587.3
Divide: −4.11 ÷ (−0.12).
Answer
34.25
Now we will divide a whole number by a decimal number.

 Example 5.4.13
Divide: 4 ÷ (0.05).
Solution
The signs are the same. The quotient is positive.
Make the divisor a whole number by 'moving' the decimal point all
the way to the right. Move the decimal point in the dividend the same
number of places, adding zeros as needed.
point in the dividend.
Write the quotient with the appropriate sign. 4 ÷ 0.05 = 80
We can relate this example to money. How many nickels are there in four dollars? Because 4 ÷ 0.05 = 80, there are 80 nickels
in $4.
Divide: 6 ÷ 0.03.
Answer
200
Divide: 7 ÷ 0.02
Answer
350
Use Decimals in Money Applications

We often apply decimals in real life, and most of the applications involving money. The Strategy for Applications we used in The
Language of Algebra gives us a plan to follow to help find the answer. Take a moment to review that strategy now.
 Strategy for Applications

 Example 5.4.14:
Paul received $50 for his birthday. He spent $31.64 on a video game. How much of Paul’s birthday money was left?
Solution
What are you asked to find? How much did Paul have left?
Write a phrase. $50 less $31.64

Translate. 50 − 31.64
Simplify. 18.36
Write a sentence. Paul has $18.36 left.
Nicole earned $35 for babysitting her cousins, then went to the bookstore and spent $18.48 on books and coffee. How much of
her babysitting money was left?
Answer
$16.52
Amber bought a pair of shoes for $24.75 and a purse for $36.90. The sales tax was $4.32. How much did Amber spend?
Answer
$65.97
 Example 5.4.15:
Jessie put 8 gallons of gas in her car. One gallon of gas costs $3.529. How much does Jessie owe for the gas? (Round the
answer to the nearest cent.)
Solution
What are you asked to find? How much did Jessie owe for all the gas?
Write a phrase. 8 times the cost of one gallon of gas
Translate. 8($3.529)
Simplify. $28.232
Round to the nearest cent. $28.23
Write a sentence. Jessie owes $28.23 for her gas purchase.
Hector put 13 gallons of gas into his car. One gallon of gas costs $3.175. How much did Hector owe for the gas? Round to the
nearest cent.
Answer
$41.28
Christopher bought 5 pizzas for the team. Each pizza cost $9.75. How much did all the pizzas cost?
Answer
$48.75

 Example 5.4.16:
Four friends went out for dinner. They shared a large pizza and a pitcher of soda. The total cost of their dinner was $31.76. If
they divide the cost equally, how much should each friend pay?
Solution
What are you asked to find? How much should each friend pay?
Write a phrase. $31.76 divided equally among the four friends.
Translate to an expression. $31.76 ÷ 4
Simplify. $7.94
Write a sentence. Each friend should pay $7.94 for his share of the dinner.
Six friends went out for dinner. The total cost of their dinner was $92.82. If they divide the bill equally, how much should each
friend pay?
Answer
$15.47
Chad worked 40 hours last week and his paycheck was $570. How much does he earn per hour?
Answer
$14.25
Be careful to follow the order of operations in the next example. Remember to multiply before you add.
 Example 5.4.17:
Marla buys 6 bananas that cost $0.22 each and 4 oranges that cost $0.49 each. How much is the total cost of the fruit?
Solution
What are you asked to find? How much is the total cost of the fruit?
Write a phrase. 6 times the cost of each banana plus 4 times the cost of each orange
Translate to an expression. 6($0.22) + 4($0.49)
Simplify. $1.32 + $1.96
Add. $3.28
Write a sentence. Marla's total cost for the fruit is $3.28.
Suzanne buys 3 cans of beans that cost $0.75 each and 6 cans of corn that cost $0.62 each. How much is the total cost of these
groceries?
Answer
$5.97

Lydia bought movie tickets for the family. She bought two adult tickets for $9.50 each and four children’s tickets for $6.00
each. How much did the tickets cost Lydia in all?
Answer
$43.00
 ACCESS ADDITIONAL ONLINE RESOURCES
Adding and Subtracting Decimals

Multiplying Decimals
Multiplying by Powers of Ten
Dividing Decimals
Dividing by Powers of Ten

In the following exercises, add or subtract.
95. 16.92 + 7.56
96. 18.37 + 9.36
97. 256.37 − 85.49
98. 248.25 − 91.29
99. 21.76 − 30.99
100. 15.35 − 20.88
101. 37.5 + 12.23
102. 38.6 + 13.67
103. −16.53 − 24.38
104. −19.47 − 32.58
105. −38.69 + 31.47
106. −29.83 + 19.76
107. −4.2 + (− 9.3)
108. −8.6 + (− 8.6)
109. 100 − 64.2
110. 100 − 65.83
111. 72.5 − 100
112. 86.2 − 100
113. 15 + 0.73
114. 27 + 0.87
115. 2.51 + 40
116. 9.38 + 60
117. 91.75 − (− 10.462)
118. 94.69 − (− 12.678)
119. 55.01 − 3.7
120. 59.08 − 4.6
121. 2.51 − 7.4
122. 3.84 − 6.1

Multiply Decimals
123. (0.3)(0.4)
124. (0.6)(0.7)
125. (0.24)(0.6)
126. (0.81)(0.3)
127. (5.9)(7.12)
128. (2.3)(9.41)
129. (8.52)(3.14)
130. (5.32)(4.86)
131. (−4.3)(2.71)
132. (− 8.5)(1.69)
133. (−5.18)(− 65.23)
134. (− 9.16)(− 68.34)
135. (0.09)(24.78)
136. (0.04)(36.89)
137. (0.06)(21.75)
138. (0.08)(52.45)
139. (9.24)(10)
140. (6.531)(10)
141. (55.2)(1,000)
142. (99.4)(1,000)
Divide Decimals
143. 0.15 ÷ 5
144. 0.27 ÷ 3
145. 4.75 ÷ 25
146. 12.04 ÷ 43
147. $8.49 ÷ 12
148. $16.99 ÷ 9
149. $117.25 ÷ 48
150. $109.24 ÷ 36
151. 0.6 ÷ 0.2
152. 0.8 ÷ 0.4
153. 1.44 ÷ (− 0.3)
154. 1.25 ÷ (− 0.5)
155. −1.75 ÷ (− 0.05)
156. −1.15 ÷ (− 0.05)
157. 5.2 ÷ 2.5
158. 6.5 ÷ 3.25
159. 12 ÷ 0.08
160. 5 ÷ 0.04
161. 11 ÷ 0.55
162. 14 ÷ 0.35
Mixed Practice
163. 6(12.4 − 9.2)
164. 3(15.7 − 8.6)
165. 24(0.5) + (0.3)2

166. 35(0.2) + (0.9)2
167. 1.15(26.83 + 1.61)
168. 1.18(46.22 + 3.71)
169. $45 + 0.08($45)
170. $63 + 0.18($63)
171. 18 ÷ (0.75 + 0.15)
172. 27 ÷ (0.55 + 0.35)
173. (1.43 + 0.27) ÷ (0.9 − 0.05)
174. (1.5 − 0.06) ÷ (0.12 + 0.24)
175. [$75.42 + 0.18($75.42)] ÷ 5
176. [$56.31 + 0.22($56.31)] ÷ 4

In the following exercises, use the strategy for applications to solve.
177. Spending money Brenda got $40 from the ATM. She spent $15.11 on a pair of earrings. How much money did she have left?
178. Spending money Marissa found $20 in her pocket. She spent $4.82 on a smoothie. How much of the $20 did she have left?
179. Shopping Adam bought a t-shirt for $18.49 and a book for $8.92 The sales tax was $1.65. How much did Adam spend?
180. Restaurant Roberto’s restaurant bill was $20.45 for the entrée and $3.15 for the drink. He left a $4.40 tip. How much did
Roberto spend?
181. Coupon Emily bought a box of cereal that cost $4.29. She had a coupon for $0.55 off, and the store doubled the coupon. How
much did she pay for the box of cereal?
182. Coupon Diana bought a can of coffee that cost $7.99. She had a coupon for $0.75 off, and the store doubled the coupon. How
much did she pay for the can of coffee?
183. Diet Leo took part in a diet program. He weighed 190 pounds at the start of the program. During the first week, he lost 4.3
pounds. During the second week, he had lost 2.8 pounds. The third week, he gained 0.7 pounds. The fourth week, he lost 1.9
pounds. What did Leo weigh at the end of the fourth week?
184. Snowpack On April 1, the snowpack at the ski resort was 4 meters deep, but the next few days were very warm. By April 5, the
snow depth was 1.6 meters less. On April 8, it snowed and added 2.1 meters of snow. What was the total depth of the snow?
185. Coffee Noriko bought 4 coffees for herself and her coworkers. Each coffee was $3.75. How much did she pay for all the
coffees?
186. Subway Fare Arianna spends $4.50 per day on subway fare. Last week she rode the subway 6 days. How much did she spend
for the subway fares? 187. Income Mayra earns $9.25 per hour. Last week she worked 32 hours. How much did she earn?
187. Income Peter earns $8.75 per hour. Last week he worked 19 hours. How much did he earn?
188. Hourly Wage Alan got his first paycheck from his new job. He worked 30 hours and earned $382.50. How much does he earn
per hour?
189. Hourly Wage Maria got her first paycheck from her new job. She worked 25 hours and earned $362.50. How much does she
earn per hour?
190. Restaurant Jeannette and her friends love to order mud pie at their favorite restaurant. They always share just one piece of pie
among themselves. With tax and tip, the total cost is $6.00. How much does each girl pay if the total number sharing the mud
pie is (a) 2? (b) 3? (c) 4? (d) 5? (e) 6?
191. Pizza Alex and his friends go out for pizza and video games once a week. They share the cost of a $15.60 pizza equally. How
much does each person pay if the total number sharing the pizza is (a) 2? (b) 3? (c) 4? (d) 5? (e) 6?
192. Fast Food At their favorite fast food restaurant, the Carlson family orders 4 burgers that cost $3.29 each and 2 orders of fries at
$2.74 each. What is the total cost of the order?
193. Home Goods Chelsea needs towels to take with her to college. She buys 2 bath towels that cost $9.99 each and 6 washcloths
that cost $2.99 each. What is the total cost for the bath towels and washcloths?
194. Zoo The Lewis and Chousmith families are planning to go to the zoo together. Adult tickets cost $29.95 and children’s tickets
cost $19.95. What will the total cost be for 4 adults and 7 children?
195. Ice Skating Jasmine wants to have her birthday party at the local ice skating rink. It will cost $8.25 per child and $12.95 per
adult. What will the total cost be for 12 children and 3 adults?

Everyday Math
197. Paycheck Annie has two jobs. She gets paid $14.04 per hour for tutoring at City College and $8.75 per hour at a coffee shop.
Last week she tutored for 8 hours and worked at the coffee shop for 15 hours. (a) How much did she earn? (b) If she had
worked all 23 hours as a tutor instead of working both jobs, how much more would she have earned?
198. Paycheck Jake has two jobs. He gets paid $7.95 per hour at the college cafeteria and $20.25 at the art gallery. Last week he
worked 12 hours at the cafeteria and 5 hours at the art gallery. (a) How much did he earn? (b) If he had worked all 17 hours at
the art gallery instead of working both jobs, how much more would he have earned?
Writing Exercises
199. In the 2010 winter Olympics, two skiers took the silver and bronze medals in the Men's Super-G ski event. The silver medalist's
time was 1 minute 30.62 seconds and bronze medalist's time was 1 minute 30.65 seconds. Whose time was faster? Find the
difference in their times and then write the name of that decimal.
200. Find the quotient of 0.12 ÷ 0.04 and explain in words all the steps taken.
Self Check

[email protected]."
This page titled 5.4: Decimal Operations (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

Convert fractions to decimals
Order decimals and fractions
Simplify expressions using the order of operations
Find the circumference and area of circles
 be prepared!
1. Divide: 0.24 ÷ 8. If you missed this problem, review Example 5.4.9.
2. Order 0.64__0.6 using < or >. If you missed this problem, review Example 5.2.7.
3. Order −0.2__−0.1 using < or >. If you missed this problem, review Example 5.2.8.
Convert Fractions to Decimals

In Decimals, we learned to convert decimals to fractions. Now we will do the reverse—convert fractions to decimals. Remember
4 ¯
¯¯¯
¯
that the fraction bar indicates division. So can be written 4 ÷ 5 or 5)4. This means that we can convert a fraction to a decimal by
5
treating it as a division problem.
 Note: Convert a Fraction to a Decimal

To convert a fraction to a decimal, divide the numerator of the fraction by the denominator of the fraction.
 Example 5.5.1:
3
Write the fraction as a decimal.
4
Solution
A fraction bar means division, so we can write the fraction 3 4 using

division.
Divide.
3
So the fraction is equal to 0.75.
4
 Exercise 5.5.1:
1
Write the fraction as a decimal: .
4
Answer
0.25

 Exercise 5.5.2:
3
Write the fraction as a decimal: .
8
Answer
0.375
 Example 5.5.2:
7
Write the fraction − as a decimal.
2
Solution
The value of this fraction is negative. After dividing, the value of the
7
decimal will be negative. We do the division ignoring the sign, and − (5.5.1)
2
then write the negative sign in the answer.
Divide 7 by 2.
7
So, − = −3.5.
2
 Exercise 5.5.3:
9
Write the fraction as a decimal: − .
4
Answer
−2.25
 Exercise 5.5.4:
11
Write the fraction as a decimal: − .
2
Answer
−5.5
Repeating Decimals
So far, in all the examples converting fractions to decimals the division resulted in a remainder of zero. This is not always the case.
4 4
Let’s see what happens when we convert the fraction to a decimal. First, notice that is an improper fraction. Its value is
3 3
greater than 1. The equivalent decimal will also be greater than 1.
We divide 4 by 3.

No matter how many more zeros we write, there will always be a remainder of 1, and the threes in the quotient will go on forever.
The number 1.333… is called a repeating decimal. Remember that the “…” means that the pattern repeats.
 Definition: Repeating Decimal
A repeating decimal is a decimal in which the last digit or group of digits repeats endlessly.
How do you know how many ‘repeats’ to write? Instead of writing 1.333 … we use a shorthand notation by placing a line over the
digits that repeat. The repeating decimal 1.333 … is written 1.3. The line above the 3 tells you that the 3 repeats endlessly. So
¯
¯¯
1.333… = 1.3. For other decimals, two or more digits might repeat. Table 5.5.1 shows some more examples of repeating decimals.
¯
¯¯
Table 5.5.1
¯
¯¯
1.333… = 1.3 3 is the repeating digit
¯
¯¯
4.1666… = 4.16 6 is the repeating digit
4.161616… = 4.16
¯
¯¯¯
¯
16 is the repeating block
0.271271271… = 0.271
¯
¯¯¯¯¯¯
¯
271 is the repeating block
 Example 5.5.3:
43
Write as a decimal.
22
Solution
Divide 43 by 22.
Notice that the differences of 120 and 100 repeat, so there is a repeat in the digits of the quotient; 54 will repeat endlessly. The
first decimal place in the quotient, 9, is not part of the pattern. So,
43 ¯
¯¯¯
¯
= 1.9 54 (5.5.2)
22
 Exercise 5.5.5:
27
Write as a decimal: .
11
Answer

¯
¯¯¯
¯
2.45
 Exercise 5.5.6:
51
Write as a decimal: .
22
Answer
¯
¯¯¯
¯
2.318
It is useful to convert between fractions and decimals when we need to add or subtract numbers in different forms. To add a
fraction and a decimal, for example, we would need to either convert the fraction to a decimal or the decimal to a fraction.
 Example 5.5.4:
7
Simplify: + 6.4.
8
Solution
7
Change to a decimal. 0.875 + 6.4
8
Add. 7.275
 Exercise 5.5.7:
3
Simplify: + 4.9.
8
Answer
5.275
 Exercise 5.5.8:
13
Simplify: 5.7 + .
20
Answer
6.35
Order Decimals and Fractions

In Decimals, we compared two decimals and determined which was larger. To compare a decimal to a fraction, we will first convert
the fraction to a decimal and then compare the decimals.
 Example 5.5.5:
3
Order __0.4 using < or >.
8
Solution

3
Convert to a decimal. 0.375__0.4
8
Compare 0.375 to 0.4 0.375 < 0.4

3
Rewrite with the original fraction. < 0.4
8
 Exercise 5.5.9:
Order each of the following pairs of numbers, using < or >.

17
__ 0.82 (5.5.3)
20
Answer
>
Order each of the following pairs of numbers, using < or >.

3
__ 0.785 (5.5.4)
4
Answer
<
When ordering negative numbers, remember that larger numbers are to the right on the number line and any positive number is
greater than any negative number.
 Example 5.5.6:
3
Order −0.5___− using < or >.
4
Solution
3
Convert − to a decimal. −0.5___−0.75
4
Compare −0.5 to −0.75. −0.5 > −0.75

3
Rewrite the inequality with the original fraction. −0.5 > −
4

5
− __ − 0.58 (5.5.5)
8
Answer
<


11
−0.53__ − (5.5.6)
20
Answer
>
 Example 5.5.7:
13 11
Write the numbers , 0.61, in order from smallest to largest.
20 16
Solution
Convert the fractions to decimals. 0.65, 0.61, 0.6875
Write the smallest decimal number first. 0.61, ____, _____
Write the next larger decimal number in the middle place. 0.61, 0.65, _____
Write the last decimal number (the larger) in the third place. 0.61, 0.65, 0.6875
13 11
Rewrite the list with the original fractions. 0.61, ,
20 16
7 4
Write each set of numbers in order from smallest to largest: , , 0.82.
8 5
Answer
4
5
, 0.82, 7
13 3
Write each set of numbers in order from smallest to largest: 0.835, , .
16 4
Answer
3
4
, 13
16
, 0.835

The order of operations introduced in Use the Language of Algebra also applies to decimals. Do you remember what the phrase
“Please excuse my dear Aunt Sally” stands for?
 Example 5.5.8:
2
Simplify the expressions: (a) 7(18.3 − 21.7) (b) (8.3 − 3.8)
3
Solution
(a) 7(18.3 − 21.7)
Simplify inside parentheses. 7(−3.4)

Multiply. −23.8
2
(b) (8.3 − 3.8)
3
2
Simplify inside parentheses. (4.5) (5.5.7)
3
2 4.5
Write 4.5 as a fraction. ( ) (5.5.8)
3 1
9
Multiply. (5.5.9)
3
Simplify. 3 (5.5.10)
3
Simplify: (a) 8(14.6 − 37.5) (b) (9.6 − 2.1).
5
Answer a
−183.2
Answer b
4.5
2
Simplify: (a) 25(25.69 − 56.74) (b) (11.9 − 4.2).
7
Answer a
−776.25
Answer b
2.2
 Example 5.5.9:
2
1
Simplify each expression: (a) 6 ÷ 0.6 + (0.2)4 − (0.1)2 (b) ( ) + (3.5)(0.9)
10
Solution
(a) 6 ÷ 0.6 + (0.2)4 − (0.1)2
Simplify exponents. 6 ÷ 0.6 + (0.2)4 − 0.01
Divide. 10 + (0.2)4 − 0.01
Multiply. 10 + 0.8 − 0.01
Add. 10.8 − 0.01
Subtract. 10.79

2
1
(b) ( ) + (3.5)(0.9)
10
1
Simplify exponents. + (3.5)(0.9)
100
1
Multiply. + 3.15
100
1
Convert to a decimal. 0.01 + 3.15
100
Add. 3.16
Simplify: 9 ÷ 0.9 + (0.4)3 − (0.2)2.
Answer
11.16
2
1
Simplify: ( ) + (0.3)(4.2).
2
Answer
1.51

[email protected]."
This page titled 5.5: Decimals and Fractions (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

Find the Circumference and Area of Circles
The properties of circles have been studied for over 2,000 years. All circles have exactly the same shape, but their sizes are affected
by the length of the radius, a line segment from the center to any point on the circle. A line segment that passes through a circle’s
center connecting two points on the circle is called a diameter. The diameter is twice as long as the radius. See Figure 5.6.1.
The size of a circle can be measured in two ways. The distance around a circle is called its circumference.
Figure 5.6.1
Archimedes discovered that for circles of all different sizes, dividing the circumference by the diameter always gives the same
number. The value of this number is pi, symbolized by Greek letter π (pronounced pie). However, the exact value of π cannot be
calculated since the decimal never ends or repeats (we will learn more about numbers like this in The Properties of Real Numbers.)
If we want the exact circumference or area of a circle, we leave the symbol π in the answer. We can get an approximate answer by
substituting 3.14 as the value of π. We use the symbol ≈ to show that the result is approximate, not exact.
 Note: Properties of Circles
r is the length of the radius.

d is the length of the diameter.
The circumference is 2πr.
C = 2πr (5.6.1)
The area is πr2.

2
A = πr (5.6.2)
Since the diameter is twice the radius, another way to find the circumference is to use the formula C = πd.
Suppose we want to find the exact area of a circle of radius 10 inches. To calculate the area, we would evaluate the formula for the
area when r = 10 inches and leave the answer in terms of π.
2
A = πr
2
A = π(10 )
A = π ⋅ 100

We write π after the 100. So the exact value of the area is A = 100π square inches. To approximate the area, we would substitute π
≈ 3.14.
A = 100π
≈ 100 ⋅ 3.14
≈ 314 square inches
Remember to use square units, such as square inches, when you calculate the area.
 Example 5.6.10:
A circle has radius 10 centimeters. Approximate its (a) circumference and (b) area.
Solution
(a) Find the circumference when r = 10.
Write the formula for circumference. C = 2πr
Substitute 3.14 for π and 10 for r. C ≈ 2(3.14)(10)
Multiply. C ≈ 62.8 centimeters
(b) Find the area when r = 10.
Write the formula for area. A = πr2
Substitute 3.14 for π and 10 for r. A ≈ (3.14)(10)2
Multiply. A ≈ 314 square centimeters
A circle has radius 50 inches. Approximate its (a) circumference and (b) area.
Answer a
314 in.
Answer b
7850 sq. in.
A circle has radius 100 feet. Approximate its (a) circumference and (b) area.
Answer a
628 ft.
Answer b
31,400 sq. ft.
 Example 5.6.11:
A circle has radius 42.5 centimeters. Approximate its (a) circumference and (b) area.
Solution
(a) Find the circumference when r = 42.5.

Substitute 3.14 for π and 42.5 for r. C ≈ 2(3.14)(42.5)
Multiply. C ≈ 266.9 centimeters
(b) Find the area when r = 42.5.
Substitute 3.14 for π and 42.5 for r. A ≈ (3.14)(42.5)2
Multiply. A ≈ 5671.625 square centimeters
A circle has radius 51.8 centimeters. Approximate its (a) circumference and (b) area.
Answer a
325.304 cm
Answer b
8425.3736 sq. cm
A circle has radius 26.4 meters. Approximate its (a) circumference and (b) area.
Answer a
165.792 m
Answer b
2188.4544 sq. m
Approximate π with a Fraction

22
Convert the fraction to a decimal. If you use your calculator, the decimal number will fill up the display and show 3.14285714.
7
But if we round that number to two decimal places, we get 3.14, the decimal approximation of π. When we have a circle with
22 22
radius given as a fraction, we can substitute for π instead of 3.14. And, since is also an approximation of π, we will use the
7 7
≈ symbol to show we have an approximate value.
 Example 5.6.12:
14
A circle has radius meter. Approximate its (a) circumference and (b) area.
15
Solution
14
(a) Find the circumference when r =
15
22 14 22 14
Substitute for π and for r . C ≈ 2( )( ) (5.6.3)
7 15 7 15

88
Multiply. C≈ meters
15
14
.(b) Find the area when r = .
15
2
22 14 22 14
Substitute for π and for r. A ≈ ( )( ) (5.6.4)
7 15 7 15
616
Multiply. A≈ square meters
225
5
A circle has radius meters. Approximate its (a) circumference and (b) area.
21
Answer a
220
147
m
Answer b
550
3087
sq. m
10
A circle has radius inches. Approximate its (a) circumference and (b) area.
33
Answer a
40
21
in.
Answer b
200
693
sq. in.
Converting a Fraction to a Decimal - Part 2

Convert a Fraction to a Decimal (repeating)
Compare Fractions and Decimals using Inequality Symbols
Determine the Area of a Circle
Determine the Circumference of a Circle

In the following exercises, convert each fraction to a decimal.
2
201.
5
4
202.
5

3
203. −
8
5
204. −
8
17
205.
20
13
206.
20
11
207.
4
17
208.
4
310
209. −
25
284
210. −
25
5
211.
9
2
212.
9
15
213.
11
18
214.
11
15
215.
111
25
216.
111
In the following exercises, simplify the expression.

1
217. + 6.5
2
1
218. + 10.75
4
5
219. 2.4 +
8
9
220. 3.9 +
20
17
221. 9.73 +
20
21
222. 6.29 +
40

1
223. ___0.8
8
1
224. ___0.4
4
2
225. ___0.25
5
3
226. ___0.35
5
3
227. 0.725___
4
7
228. 0.92___
8
2
229. 0.66___
3
5
230. 0.83___
6

4
231. −0.75___−
5
9
232. −0.44___−
20
3
233. − ___−0.925
4
2
234. − ___−0.632
3
In the following exercises, write each set of numbers in order from least to greatest.
3 9
235. , , 0.55
5 16
3 7
236. , , 0.36
8 20
13 5
237. 0.702, ,
20 8
3 1
238. 0.15, ,
16 5
1 7
239. −0.3, − ,−
3 20
3 1
240. −0.2, − ,−
20 6
3 7
241. − ,− , −0.7
4 9
8 4
242. − ,− , −0.9
9 5

243. 10(25.1 − 43.8)
244. 30(18.1 − 32.5)
245. 62(9.75 − 4.99)
246. 42(8.45 − 5.97)
3
247. (12.4 − 4.2)
4
4
248. (8.6 + 3.9)
5
5
249. (30.58 + 17.9)
12
9
250. (21.96 − 9.8)
16
251. 10 ÷ 0.1 + (1.8)4 − (0.3)2
252. 5 ÷ 0.5 + (3.9)6 − (0.7)2
253. (37.1 + 52.7) ÷ (12.5 ÷ 62.5)
254. (11.4 + 16.2) ÷ (18 ÷ 60)
2
1
255. ( ) + (1.4)(6.5)
5
2
1
256. ( ) + (2.1)(8.3)
2
9 8
257. − ⋅ + 0.25
10 15
3 14
258. − ⋅ + 0.72
8 15
Mixed Practice
In the following exercises, simplify. Give the answer as a decimal.
1
259. 3 − 6.5
4

2
260. 5 − 8.75
5
2
261. 10.86 ÷
3
3
262. 5.79 ÷
4
7 1
263. (103.48) + 1 (361)
8 2
5 1
264. (117.6) + 2 (699)
16 3
9
265. 3.6( − 2.72)
8
12
266. 5.1( − 3.91)
5

In the following exercises, approximate the (a) circumference and (b) area of each circle. If measurements are given in fractions,
leave answers in fraction form.
267. radius = 5 in.
268. radius = 20 in.
269. radius = 9 ft.
270. radius = 4 ft.
271. radius = 46 cm
272. radius = 38 cm
273. radius = 18.6 m
274. radius = 57.3 m
7
275. radius = mile
10
7
276. radius = mile
11
3
277. radius = yard
8
5
278. radius = yard
12
5
279. diameter = m
6
3
280. diameter = m
4
Everyday Math
2
281. Kelly wants to buy a pair of boots that are on sale for of the original price. The original price of the boots is $84.99. What is
3
the sale price of the shoes?
282. An architect is planning to put a circular mosaic in the entry of a new building. The mosaic will be in the shape of a circle with
radius of 6 feet. How many square feet of tile will be needed for the mosaic? (Round your answer up to the next whole number.)
Writing Exercises
283. Is it easier for you to convert a decimal to a fraction or a fraction to a decimal? Explain.
284. Describe a situation in your life in which you might need to find the area or circumference of a circle.
Self Check


[email protected]."
This page titled 5.6: Decimals and Fractions (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

Determine whether a decimal is a solution of an equation
Solve equations with decimals
 be prepared!
2 1
1. Evaluate x + when x = − . If you missed this problem, review Example 4.9.15.
3 4
2. Evaluate 15 − y when y = −5. If you missed this problem, review Example 3.6.12.
n
3. Solve = 42. If you missed this problem, review Example 4.12.5.
−7
Determine Whether a Decimal is a Solution of an Equation

Solving equations with decimals is important in our everyday lives because money is usually written with decimals. When
applications involve money, such as shopping for yourself, making your family’s budget, or planning for the future of your
business, you’ll be solving equations with decimals.
Now that we’ve worked with decimals, we are ready to find solutions to equations involving decimals. The steps we take to
determine whether a number is a solution to an equation are the same whether the solution is a whole number, an integer, a fraction,
or a decimal. We’ll list these steps here again for easy reference.

If so, the number is a solution.
If not, the number is not a solution.
 Example 5.7.1:
Determine whether each of the following is a solution of x − 0.7 = 1.5: (a) x = 1 (b) x = −0.8 (c) x = 2.2
Solution
(a) x - 0.7 = 1.5
1 − 0.7 = 1.5 (5.7.1)
Subtract. 0.3 ≠ 1.5 (5.7.2)
(b) x - 0.7 = 1.5
Substitute −0.8 for x. ?

−0.8 − 0.7 = 1.5 (5.7.3)
Subtract. −1.5 ≠ 1.5 (5.7.4)

Since x = −0.8 does not result in a true equation, −0.8 is not a solution to the equation.
(c) x - 0.7 = 1.5
Substitute 2.2 for x. ?

2.2 − 0.7 = 1.5 (5.7.5)
Subtract. 1.5 = 1.5 ✓ (5.7.6)
Since x = 2.2 results in a true equation, 2.2 is a solution to the equation.
 Exercise 5.7.1:
Determine whether each value is a solution of the given equation. x − 0.6 = 1.3: (a) x = 0.7 (b) x = 1.9 (c) x = −0.7
Answer a
no
Answer b
yes
Answer c
no
 Exercise 5.7.2:
Determine whether each value is a solution of the given equation. y − 0.4 = 1.7: (a) y = 2.1 (b) y = 1.3 (c) −1.3
Answer a
yes
Answer b
no
Answer c
no
Solve Equations with Decimals

In previous chapters, we solved equations using the Properties of Equality. We will use these same properties to solve equations
with decimals.
 Properties of Equality

For any numbers a, b, and c, If a = b, then a − c = b − c. For any numbers a, b, and c, If a = b, then a + c = b + c.
The Division Property of Equality The Multiplication Property of Equality

a b
For any numbers a, b, and c, and c ≠ 0 If a = b, then = For any numbers a, b, and c, If a = b, then ac = bc
c c
When you add, subtract, multiply or divide the same quantity from both sides of an equation, you still have equality.

 Example 5.7.2:
Solve: y + 2.3 = −4.7.

Solution
We will use the Subtraction Property of Equality to isolate the variable.
Subtract 2.3 from each side, to undo the addition. y + 2.3 − 2.3 = −4.7 − 2.3 (5.7.7)
Simplify. y = −7 (5.7.8)
Check:
Substitute y = −7. ?
−7 + 2.3 = −4.7 (5.7.9)
Simplify. −4.7 = −4.7 ✓ (5.7.10)
Since y = −7 makes y + 2.3 = −4.7 a true statement, we know we have found a solution to this equation.
 Exercise 5.7.3:
Solve: y + 2.7 = −5.3.
Answer
y = −8
 Exercise 5.7.4:
Solve: y + 3.6 = −4.8.
Answer
y = −8.4
 Example 5.7.3:
Solve: a − 4.75 = −1.39.

Solution
We will use the Addition Property of Equality.
Add 4.75 to each side, to undo the subtraction. a − 4.75 + 4.75 = −1.39 + 4.75 (5.7.11)
Simplify. a = 3.36 (5.7.12)
Check:
Substitute a = 3.36. ?
3.36 − 4.75 = −1.39 (5.7.13)
−1.39 = −1.39 ✓ (5.7.14)
Since the result is a true statement, a = 3.36 is a solution to the equation.

 Exercise 5.7.5:
Solve: a − 3.93 = −2.86.
Answer
a = 1.07
 Exercise 5.7.6:
Solve: n − 3.47 = −2.64.
Answer
n = 0.83
 Example 5.7.4:
Solve: −4.8 = 0.8n.

Solution
We will use the Division Property of Equality. Use the Properties of Equality to find a value for n.
−4.8 0.8n
We must divide both sides by 0.8 to isolate n. = (5.7.15)
0.8 08
Simplify. −6 = n (5.7.16)
Check:
Substitute n = −6. ?
−4.8 = 0.8(−6) (5.7.17)
−4.8 = −4.8 ✓ (5.7.18)
Since n = −6 makes −4.8 = 0.8n a true statement, we know we have a solution.
 Exercise 5.7.7:
Solve: −8.4 = 0.7b.
Answer
b = −12
 Exercise 5.7.8:
Solve: −5.6 = 0.7c.
Answer
c = −8

 Example 5.7.5:
p
Solve: = −6.5.
−1.8
Solution
We will use the Multiplication Property of Equality.
p
Here, p is divided by −1.8. We must multiply by −1.8 to isolate p. −1.8 ( ) = −1.8(−6.5) (5.7.19)
−1.8
Multiply. p = 11.7 (5.7.20)
Check:
11.7 ?
Substitute p = 11.7. = −6.5 (5.7.21)
−1.8
−6.5 = −6.5 ✓ (5.7.22)
p
A solution to = −6.5 is p = 11.7.
−1.8
 Exercise 5.7.9:
c
Solve: = −4.5.
−2.6
Answer
c = −11.7
b
Solve: = −5.4.
−1.2
Answer
b = 6.48

Now that we have solved equations with decimals, we are ready to translate word sentences to equations and solve. Remember to
look for words and phrases that indicate the operations to use.
 Example 5.7.6:
Translate and solve: The difference of n and 4.3 is 2.1.
Solution
Translate.
Add 4.3 to both sides of the equation. n − 4.3 + 4.3 = 2.1 + 4.3 (5.7.23)

Simplify. n = 6.4 (5.7.24)
Check:
Let n = 6.4. Is the difference of 6.4 and 4.3 equal to 2.1?
Translate. ?
6.4 − 4.3 = 2.1 (5.7.25)
Simplify. 2.1 = 2.1 ✓ (5.7.26)
Translate and solve: The difference of y and 4.9 is 2.8.
Answer
y − 4.9 = 2.8 ; y = 7.7
Translate and solve: The difference of z and 5.7 is 3.4.
Answer
z − 5.7 = 3.4 ; z = 9.1
 Example 5.7.7:
Translate and solve: The product of −3.1 and x is 5.27.

Solution
Translate.
−3.1x 5.27
Divide both sides by −3.1. = (5.7.27)
−3.1 −3.1
Simplify. x = −1.7 (5.7.28)
Check:
Let x = −1.7. Is the product of −3.1 and −1.7 equal to 5.27?
Translate. ?
−3.1(−1.7) = 5.27 (5.7.29)
Simplify. 5.27 = 5.27 ✓ (5.7.30)
Translate and solve: The product of −4.3 and x is 12.04.
Answer

;
−4.3x = 12.04 x = −2.8
Translate and solve: The product of −3.1 and m is 26.66.
Answer
;
−3.1m = 26.66 m = −8.6
 Example 5.7.8:
Translate and solve: The quotient of p and −2.4 is 6.5.
Solution
Translate.
p
Multiply both sides by −2.4. −2.4 ( ) = −2.4(6.5) (5.7.31)
−2.4
Simplify. p = −15.6 (5.7.32)
Check:
Let p = −15.6. Is the quotient of −15.6 and −2.4 equal to 6.5?
−15.6 ?
Translate. = 6.5 (5.7.33)
−2.4
Simplify. 6.5 = 6.5 ✓ (5.7.34)
Translate and solve: The quotient of q and −3.4 is 4.5.
Answer
1
−3.4
= 4.5 ; q = −15.3
Translate and solve: The quotient of r and −2.6 is 2.5.
Answer
r
−2.6
= 2.5 ; r = −6.5
 Example 5.7.9:
Translate and solve: The sum of n and 2.9 is 1.7.

Solution

Translate.
Subtract 2.9 from each side. n + 2.9 − 2.9 = 1.7 − 2.9 (5.7.35)
Simplify. n = −1.2 (5.7.36)
Check:
Let n = −1.2. Is the sum −1.2 and 2.9 equal to 1.7?
Translate. ?
−1.2 + 2.9 = 1.7 (5.7.37)
Simplify. 1.7 = 1.7 ✓ (5.7.38)
Translate and solve: The sum of j and 3.8 is 2.6.
Answer
j + 3.8 = 2.6 ; j = −1.2
Translate and solve: The sum of k and 4.7 is 0.3.
Answer
k + 4.7 = 0.3 ; k = −4.4

Solving One Step Equations Involving Decimals
Solve a One Step Equation With Decimals by Adding and Subtracting
Solve a One Step Equation With Decimals by Multiplying
Solve a One Step Equation With Decimals by Dividing

285. x − 0.8 = 2.3
a. x = 2
b. x = −1.5
c. x = 3.1
286. y + 0.6 = −3.4
a. y = −4
b. y = −2.8
c. y = 2.6

h
287. = −4.3
1.5
a. h = 6.45
b. h = −6.45
c. h = −2.1
288. 0.75k = −3.6
a. k = −0.48
b. k = −4.8
c. k = −2.7

289. y + 2.9 = 5.7
290. m + 4.6 = 6.5
291. f + 3.45 = 2.6
292. h + 4.37 = 3.5
293. a + 6.2 = −1.7
294. b + 5.8 = −2.3
295. c + 1.15 = −3.5
296. d + 2.35 = −4.8
297. n − 2.6 = 1.8
298. p − 3.6 = 1.7
299. x − 0.4 = −3.9
300. y − 0.6 = −4.5
301. j − 1.82 = −6.5
302. k − 3.19 = −4.6
303. m − 0.25 = −1.67
304. q − 0.47 = −1.53
305. 0.5x = 3.5
306. 0.4p = 9.2
307. −1.7c = 8.5
308. −2.9x = 5.8
309. −1.4p = −4.2
310. −2.8m = −8.4
311. −120 = 1.5q
312. −75 = 1.5y
313. 0.24x = 4.8
314. 0.18n = 5.4
315. −3.4z = −9.18
316. −2.7u = −9.72
a
317. = −20
0.4
b
318. = −9
0.3
x
319. = −0.4
0.7
y
320. = −0.7
0.8
p
321. = −1.65
−5
q
322. = −5.92
−4
r
323. = −6
−1.2

s
324. = −3
−1.5
Mixed Practice
In the following exercises, solve the equation. Then check your solution.
325. x − 5 = −11
2
326. − = x + (\dfrac{3}{4}\)
5
327. p + 8 = −2
2 1
328. p + =
3 12
329. −4.2m = −33.6
330. q + 9.5 = −14
5 1
331. q + =
6 12
8.6
332. =−d
15
7 1
333. m =
8 10
j
334. = −3
−6.2
2 3
335. − =y+
3 8
336. s − 1.75 = −3.2
11
337. =−f
20
338. −3.6b = 2.52
339. −4.2a = 3.36
340. −9.1n = −63.7
341. r − 1.25 = −2.7
1 7
342. n =
4 10
h
343. = −8
−3
344. y − 7.82 = −16

345. The difference of n and 1.9 is 3.4.
346. The difference n and 1.5 is 0.8.
347. The product of −6.2 and x is −4.96.
349. The quotient of y and −1.7 is −5.
350. The quotient of z and −3.6 is 3.
351. The sum of n and −7.3 is 2.4.
352. The sum of n and −5.1 is 3.8.
Everyday Math
353. Shawn bought a pair of shoes on sale for $78. Solve the equation 0.75p = 78 to find the original price of the shoes, p.
354. Mary bought a new refrigerator. The total price including sales tax was $1,350. Find the retail price, r, of the refrigerator before
tax by solving the equation 1.08r = 1,350.
Writing Exercises
355. Think about solving the equation 1.2y = 60, but do not actually solve it. Do you think the solution should be greater than 60 or
less than 60? Explain your reasoning. Then solve the equation to see if your thinking was correct.

356. Think about solving the equation 0.8x = 200, but do not actually solve it. Do you think the solution should be greater than 200
or less than 200? Explain your reasoning. Then solve the equation to see if your thinking was correct.
Self Check
improve this?

[email protected]."
This page titled 5.7: Solve Equations with Decimals is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

Calculate the mean of a set of numbers
Find the median of a set of numbers
Find the mode of a set of numbers
Apply the basic definition of probability
 be prepared!
4 +9 +2
3
2. Simplify: 4(8) + 6(3). If you missed this problem, review Example 2.2.8.
5
3. Convert to a decimal. If you missed this problem, review Example 5.5.1.
2
One application of decimals that arises often is finding the average of a set of numbers. What do you think of when you hear the
word average? Is it your grade point average, the average rent for an apartment in your city, the batting average of a player on your
favorite baseball team? The average is a typical value in a set of numerical data. Calculating an average sometimes involves
working with decimal numbers. In this section, we will look at three different ways to calculate an average.
Calculate the Mean of a Set of Numbers

The mean is often called the arithmetic average. It is computed by dividing the sum of the values by the number of values. Students
want to know the mean of their test scores. Climatologists report that the mean temperature has, or has not, changed. City planners
are interested in the mean household size.
Suppose Ethan’s first three test scores were 85, 88, and 94. To find the mean score, he would add them and divide by 3.
85 + 88 + 94
(5.8.1)
3
267
(5.8.2)
3
89 (5.8.3)
His mean test score is 89 points.
 Definition: The Mean
The mean of a set of n numbers is the arithmetic average of the numbers.

sum of values in data set
mean = (5.8.4)
n
 HOW TO: CALCULATE THE MEAN OF A SET OF NUMBERS

Step 1. Write the formula for the mean
mean = (5.8.5)
n
Step 2. Find the sum of all the values in the set. Write the sum in the numerator.
Step 3. Count the number, n, of values in the set. Write this number in the denominator.
Step 4. Simplify the fraction.

Step 5. Check to see that the mean is reasonable. It should be greater than the least number and less than the greatest number in
the set.
 Example 5.8.1:
Find the mean of the numbers 8, 12, 15, 9, and 6.

Solution

Write the formula for the mean. mean = (5.8.6)
n
8 + 12 + 15 + 9 + 6
Write the sum of the numbers in the numerator. mean = (5.8.7)
n
Count how many numbers are in the set. There are 5 numbers in the 8 + 12 + 15 + 9 + 6
mean = (5.8.8)
set, so n = 5. 5
50
Add the numbers in the numerator. mean = (5.8.9)
5
Then divide. mean = 10
Check to see that the mean is 'typical': 10 is neither less than 6 nor
The mean is 10.
greater than 15.
 Exercise 5.8.1:
Find the mean of the numbers: 8, 9, 7, 12, 10, 5.
Answer
8.5
 Exercise 5.8.2:
Find the mean of the numbers: 9, 13, 11, 7, 5.
Answer
9
 Example 5.8.2:
The ages of the members of a family who got together for a birthday celebration were 16, 26, 53, 56, 65, 70, 93, and 97 years.
Find the mean age.
Solution

n
16 + 26 + 53 + 56 + 65 + 70 + 93 + 97
n
Count how many numbers are in the set. Call this n and write it in the 16 + 26 + 53 + 56 + 65 + 70 + 93 + 97
mean = (5.8.12)
denominator. 8

476
Simplify the fraction. mean = (5.8.13)
5
mean = 59.5
Is 59.5 ‘typical’? Y es, it is neither less than 16 nor greater than 97. The mean age is 59.5 years.
 Exercise 5.8.3:
The ages of the four students in Ben’s carpool are 25, 18, 21, and 22. Find the mean age of the students.
Answer
21.5 years
 Exercise 5.8.4:
Yen counted the number of emails she received last week. The numbers were 4, 9, 15, 12, 10, 12, and 8. Find the mean number
of emails
Answer
10
Did you notice that in the last example, while all the numbers were whole numbers, the mean was 59.5, a number with one decimal
place? It is customary to report the mean to one more decimal place than the original numbers. In the next example, all the numbers
represent money, and it will make sense to report the mean in dollars and cents.
 Example 5.8.3:
For the past four months, Daisy’s cell phone bills were $42.75, $50.12, $41.54, $48.15. Find the mean cost of Daisy’s cell
phone bills.
Solution
sum of all the numbers

n
sum of all the numbers

4
Count how many numbers are in the set. Call this n and write it in the 42.75 + 50.12 + 41.54 + 48.15
mean = (5.8.16)
denominator. 4
182.56
Simplify the fraction. mean = (5.8.17)
4
mean = 45.64
Does $45.64 seem ‘typical’ of this set of numbers? Yes, it is neither less than $41.54 nor greater than $50.12. The mean cost of
her cell phone bill was $45.64.
 Exercise 5.8.5:
Last week Ray recorded how much he spent for lunch each workday. He spent $6.50, $7.25, $4.90, $5.30, and $12.00. Find the
mean of how much he spent each day.

Answer
$7.19
 Exercise 5.8.6:
Lisa has kept the receipts from the past four trips to the gas station. The receipts show the following amounts: $34.87, $42.31,
$38.04, and $43.26. Find the mean.
Answer
$39.62
Find the Median of a Set of Numbers

When Ann, Bianca, Dora, Eve, and Francine sing together on stage, they line up in order of their heights. Their heights, in inches,
are shown in Table 5.70.
Table 5.70
Ann Bianca Dora Eve Francine
59 60 65 68 70
Dora is in the middle of the group. Her height, 65″, is the median of the girls’ heights. Half of the heights are less than or equal to
Dora’s height, and half are greater than or equal. The median is the middle value.
 Definition: Median
The median of a set of data values is the middle value.

Half the data values are less than or equal to the median.
Half the data values are greater than or equal to the median.
What if Carmen, the pianist, joins the singing group on stage? Carmen is 62 inches tall, so she fits in the height order between
Bianca and Dora. Now the data set looks like this:
59, 60, 62, 65, 68, 70 (5.8.18)
There is no single middle value. The heights of the six girls can be divided into two equal parts.
59, 60, 62 65, 68, 70 (5.8.19)

 
Statisticians have agreed that in cases like this the median is the mean of the two values closest to the middle. So the median is the
62 + 65
mean of 62 and 65, . The median height is 63.5 inches.
2
Notice that when the number of girls was 5, the median was the third height, but when the number of girls was 6, the median was
the mean of the third and fourth heights. In general, when the number of values is odd, the median will be the one value in the
middle, but when the number is even, the median is the mean of the two middle values.

 HOW TO: FIND THE MEDIAN OF A SET OF NUMBERS
Step 1. List the numbers from smallest to largest.

Step 2. Count how many numbers are in the set. Call this n.
Step 3. Is n odd or even?
If n is an odd number, the median is the middle value.
If n is an even number, the median is the mean of the two middle values.
 Example 5.8.4:
Find the median of 12, 13, 19, 9, 11, 15, and 18.
Solution
List the numbers in order from smallest to largest. 9, 11, 12, 13, 15, 18, 19
Count how many numbers are in the set. Call this n. n=7
Is n odd or even? odd
The median is the middle value.
The middle is the number in the 4th position. So the median of the data is 13.
 Exercise 5.8.7:
Find the median of the data set: 43, 38, 51, 40, 46.
Answer
43
 Exercise 5.8.8:
Find the median of the data set: 15, 35, 20, 45, 50, 25, 30.
Answer
30
 Example 5.8.5:
Kristen received the following scores on her weekly math quizzes: 83, 79, 85, 86, 92, 100, 76, 90, 88, and 64. Find her median
score.
Solution
List the numbers in order from smallest to largest. 64, 76, 79, 83, 85, 86, 88, 90, 92, 100
Count the number of data values in the set. Call this n. n = 10
Is n odd or even? even

The median is the mean of the two middle values, the 5th and 6th
numbers.
Find the mean of 85 and 86. mean = 85.5
Kristen's median score is 85.5.
 Exercise 5.8.9:
Find the median of the data set: 8, 7, 5, 10, 9, 12.
Answer
8.5
Find the median of the data set: 21, 25, 19, 17, 22, 18, 20, 24.
Answer
20.5
Identify the Mode of a Set of Numbers

The average is one number in a set of numbers that is somehow typical of the whole set of numbers. The mean and median are both
often called the average. Yes, it can be confusing when the word average refers to two different numbers, the mean and the median!
In fact, there is a third number that is also an average. This average is the mode. The mode of a set of numbers is the number that
occurs the most. The frequency, is the number of times a number occurs. So the mode of a set of numbers is the number with the
highest frequency.
 Definition: mode
The mode of a set of numbers is the number with the highest frequency.
Suppose Jolene kept track of the number of miles she ran since the start of the month, as shown in Figure 5.7.
Figure 5.7
If we list the numbers in order it is easier to identify the one with the highest frequency.
2, 3, 5, 8, 8, 8, 15 (5.8.20)
Jolene ran 8 miles three times, and every other distance is listed only once. So the mode of the data is 8 miles.

 HOW TO: IDENTIFY THE MODE OF A SET OF NUMBERS
Step 1. List the data values in numerical order.
Step 2. Count the number of times each value appears.
Step 3. The mode is the value with the highest frequency.
 Example 5.8.6:
The ages of students in a college math class are listed below. Identify the mode.
18, 18, 18, 18, 19, 19, 19, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 21, 21, 22, 22, 22, 22, 22, 23, 24, 24, 25, 29, 30, 40, 44
Solution
The ages are already listed in order. We will make a table of frequencies to help identify the age with the highest frequency.
Now look for the highest frequency. The highest frequency is 7, which corresponds to the age 20. So the mode of the ages in
this class is 20 years.
The number of sick days employees used last year: 3, 6, 2, 3, 7, 5, 6, 2, 4, 2. Identify the mode.
Answer
2
The number of handbags owned by women in a book club: 5, 6, 3, 1, 5, 8, 1, 5, 8, 5. Identify the mode.
Answer
5
 Example 5.8.7:
The data lists the heights (in inches) of students in a statistics class. Identify the mode.
56 61 63 64 65 66 67 67
60 62 63 64 65 66 67 70
60 63 63 64 66 66 67 74
61 63 64 65 66 67 67
Solution
List each number with its frequency.
Now look for the highest frequency. The highest frequency is 6, which corresponds to the height 67 inches. So the mode of this
set of heights is 67 inches.

The ages of the students in a statistics class are listed here: 19, 20, 23, 23, 38, 21, 19, 21, 19, 21, 20, 43, 20, 23, 17, 21, 21, 20,
29, 18, 28. What is the mode?
Answer
21
Students listed the number of members in their household as follows: 6, 2, 5, 6, 3, 7, 5, 6, 5, 3, 4, 4, 5, 7, 6, 4, 5, 2, 1, 5. What

is the mode?
Answer
5
Some data sets do not have a mode because no value appears more than any other. And some data sets have more than one mode.
In a given set, if two or more data values have the same highest frequency, we say they are all modes.

[email protected]."
This page titled 5.8: Averages and Probability (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

Use the Basic Definition of Probability
The probability of an event tells us how likely that event is to occur. We usually write probabilities as fractions or decimals. For example,
picture a fruit bowl that contains five pieces of fruit - three bananas and two apples.
3
If you want to choose one piece of fruit to eat for a snack and don’t care what it is, there is a probability you will choose a banana,
5
because there are three bananas out of the total of five pieces of fruit. The probability of an event is the number of favorable outcomes
divided by the total number of outcomes.
 Definition: Probability
The probability of an event is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the total number of outcomes possible.
number of f avorable outcomes
P robability = (5.9.1)
total number of outcomes
3
Converting the fraction to a decimal, we would say there is a 0.6 probability of choosing a banana.
5
3
Probability of choosing a banana =
5
Probability of choosing a banana = 0.6

This basic definition of probability assumes that all the outcomes are equally likely to occur. If you study probabilities in a later math
class, you’ll learn about several other ways to calculate probabilities.
 Example 5.9.8:
The ski club is holding a raffle to raise money. They sold 100 tickets. All of the tickets are placed in a jar. One ticket will be pulled
out of the jar at random, and the winner will receive a prize. Cherie bought one raffle ticket. (a) Find the probability she will win the
prize. (b) Convert the fraction to a decimal.
Solution
(a)
What are you asked to find? The probability Cherie wins the prize.
What is the number of favorable outcomes? 1, because Cherie has 1 ticket.

Use the definition of probability. P robability of an event = (5.9
1
Substitute into the numerator and denominator. Probability Cherie wins =
100
(b)
1
Write the probability as a fraction. Probability =
100
Convert the fraction to a decimal. Probability = 0.01

Ignaly is attending a fashion show where the guests are seated at tables of ten. One guest from each table will be selected at random
to receive a door prize. (a) Find the probability Ignaly will win the door prize for her table. (b) Convert the fraction to a decimal.
Answer a
1
10
Answer b
0.1
Hoang is among 20 people available to sit on a jury. One person will be chosen at random from the 20. (a) Find the probability
Hoang will be chosen. (b) Convert the fraction to a decimal.
Answer a
1
20
Answer b
0.05
 Example 5.9.9:
Three women and five men interviewed for a job. One of the candidates will be offered the job. (a) Find the probability the job is
offered to a woman. (b) Convert the fraction to a decimal.
Solution
What are you asked to find? The probability the job is offered to a woman.
What is the number of favorable outcomes? 3, because there are three women.
What are the total number of outcomes? 8, because 8 people interviewed.

Use the definition of probability. P robability of an event = (5.9
3
Substitute into the numerator and denominator. Probability =
8
(b)
3
Write the probability as a fraction. Probability =
8
Convert the fraction to a decimal. Probability = 0.375
A bowl of Halloween candy contains 5 chocolate candies and 3 lemon candies. Tanya will choose one piece of candy at random.(a)
Find the probability Tanya will choose a chocolate candy.(b) Convert the fraction to a decimal.
Answer a
5
Answer b
0.625

Dan has 2 pairs of black socks and 6 pairs of blue socks. He will choose one pair at random to wear tomorrow. (a) Find the
probability Dan will choose a pair of black socks (b) Convert the fraction to a decimal.
Answer a
2
Answer b
0.25
Mean, Median, and Mode

Find the Mean of a Data Set
Find the Median of a Data Set
Find the Mode of a Data Set

Calculate the Mean of a Set of Numbers
In the following exercises, find the mean.
357. 3, 8, 2, 2, 5
358. 6, 1, 9, 3, 4, 7
359. 65, 13, 48, 32, 19, 33
360. 34, 45, 29, 61, and 41
361. 202, 241, 265, 274
362. 525, 532, 558, 574
363. 12.45, 12.99, 10.50, 11.25, 9.99, 12.72
364. 28.8, 32.9, 32.5, 27.9, 30.4, 32.5, 31.6, 32.7
365. Four girls leaving a mall were asked how much money they had just spent. The amounts were $0, $14.95, $35.25, and $25.16. Find
the mean amount of money spent.
366. Juan bought 5 shirts to wear to his new job. The costs of the shirts were $32.95, $38.50, $30.00, $17.45, and $24.25. Find the mean
cost.
367. The number of minutes it took Jim to ride his bike to school for each of the past six days was 21, 18, 16, 19, 24, and 19. Find the
mean number of minutes.
368. Norris bought six books for his classes this semester. The costs of the books were $74.28, $120.95, $52.40, $10.59, $35.89, and
$59.24. Find the mean cost.
369. The top eight hitters in a softball league have batting averages of .373, .360, .321, .321, .320, .312, .311, and .311. Find the mean of
the batting averages. Round your answer to the nearest thousandth.
370. The monthly snowfall at a ski resort over a six-month period was 60.3, 79.7, 50.9, 28.0, 47.4, and 46.1 inches. Find the mean
snowfall.

In the following exercises, find the median.
371. 24, 19, 18, 29, 21
372. 48, 51, 46, 42, 50
373. 65, 56, 35, 34, 44, 39, 55, 52, 45
374. 121, 115, 135, 109, 136, 147, 127, 119, 110
375. 4, 8, 1, 5, 14, 3, 1, 12
376. 3, 9, 2, 6, 20, 3, 3, 10
377. 99.2, 101.9, 98.6, 99.5, 100.8, 99.8
378. 28.8, 32.9, 32.5, 27.9, 30.4, 32.5, 31.6, 32.7

379. Last week Ray recorded how much he spent for lunch each workday. He spent $6.50, $7.25, $4.90, $5.30, and $12.00 . Find the
median.
380. Michaela is in charge of 6 two-year olds at a daycare center. Their ages, in months, are 25, 24, 28, 32, 29, and 31. Find the median
age.
381. Brian is teaching a swim class for 6 three-year olds. Their ages, in months, are 38, 41, 45, 36, 40, and 42. Find the median age.
382. Sal recorded the amount he spent for gas each week for the past 8 weeks. The amounts were $38.65, $32.18, $40.23, $51.50, $43.68,
$30.96, $41.37, and $44.72. Find the median amount.
Identify the Mode of a Set of Numbers

In the following exercises, identify the mode.
383. 2, 5, 1, 5, 2, 1, 2, 3, 2, 3, 1
384. 8, 5, 1, 3, 7, 1, 1, 7, 1, 8, 7
385. 18, 22, 17, 20, 19, 20, 22, 19, 29, 18, 23, 25, 22, 24, 23, 22, 18, 20, 22, 20
386. 42, 28, 32, 35, 24, 32, 48, 32, 32, 24, 35, 28, 30, 35, 45, 32, 28, 32, 42, 42, 30
387. The number of children per house on one block: 1, 4, 2, 3, 3, 2, 6, 2, 4, 2, 0, 3, 0.
388. The number of movies watched each month last year: 2, 0, 3, 0, 0, 8, 6, 5, 0, 1, 2, 3.
389. The number of units being taken by students in one class: 12, 5, 11, 10, 10, 11, 5, 11, 11, 11, 10, 12.
390. The number of hours of sleep per night for the past two weeks: 8, 5, 7, 8, 8, 6, 6, 6, 6, 9, 7, 8, 8, 8.

In the following exercises, express the probability as both a fraction and a decimal. (Round to three decimal places, if necessary.)
391. Josue is in a book club with 20 members. One member is chosen at random each month to select the next month’s book. Find the
probability that Josue will be chosen next month.
392. Jessica is one of eight kindergarten teachers at Mandela Elementary School. One of the kindergarten teachers will be selected at
random to attend a summer workshop. Find the probability that Jessica will be selected.
393. There are 24 people who work in Dane’s department. Next week, one person will be selected at random to bring in doughnuts. Find
the probability that Dane will be selected. Round your answer to the nearest thousandth.
394. Monica has two strawberry yogurts and six banana yogurts in her refrigerator. She will choose one yogurt at random to take to work.
Find the probability Monica will choose a strawberry yogurt.
395. Michel has four rock CDs and six country CDs in his car. He will pick one CD to play on his way to work. Find the probability
Michel will pick a rock CD.
396. Noah is planning his summer camping trip. He can’t decide among six campgrounds at the beach and twelve campgrounds in the
mountains, so he will choose one campground at random. Find the probability that Noah will choose a campground at the beach.
397. Donovan is considering transferring to a 4-year college. He is considering 10 out-of state colleges and 4 colleges in his state. He will
choose one college at random to visit during spring break. Find the probability that Donovan will choose an out-of-state college.
398. There are 258,890,850 number combinations possible in the Mega Millions lottery. One winning jackpot ticket will be chosen at
random. Brent chooses his favorite number combination and buys one ticket. Find the probability Brent will win the jackpot. Round
the decimal to the first digit that is not zero, then write the name of the decimal.
Everyday Math
399. Joaquin gets paid every Friday. His paychecks for the past 8 Fridays were $315, $236.25, $236.25, $236.25 $315, $315, $236.25,
$393.75. Find the (a) mean (b) median, and (c) mode.
400. The cash register receipts each day last week at a coffee shop were $1,845, $1,520, $1,438, $1,682, $1,850, $2,721, $2,539. Find the
(a) mean, (b) median, and (c) mode.
Writing Exercises
401. Explain in your own words the difference between the mean, median, and mode of a set of numbers.
402. Make an example of probability that relates to your life. Write your answer as a fraction and explain what the numerator and
denominator represent.
Self Check


under Creative Commons Attribution License v4.0 "Download for free at http://cnx.org/contents/[email protected]."
This page titled 5.9: Averages and Probability (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

5.1 - Decimals
Name Decimals
In the following exercises, name each decimal.
534. 0.8
535. 0.375
536. 0.007
537. 5.24
538. −12.5632
539. −4.09
Write Decimals
In the following exercises, write as a decimal.
540. three tenths
541. nine hundredths
542. twenty-seven hundredths
543. ten and thirty-five thousandths
544. negative twenty and three tenths
545. negative five hundredths

In the following exercises, convert each decimal to a fraction. Simplify the answer if possible.
546. 0.43
547. 0.825
548. 9.7
549. 3.64

550. (a) 0.6 (b) −0.9 (c) 2.2 (d) −1.3
Order Decimals
551. 0.6___0.8
552. 0.2___0.15
553. 0.803____0.83
554. −0.56____−0.562
Round Decimals
In the following exercises, round each number to the nearest: (a) hundredth (b) tenth (c) whole number.
555. 12.529
556. 4.8447
557. 5.897
5.2 - Decimal Operations

In the following exercises, add or subtract.
558. 5.75 + 8.46
559. 32.89 − 8.22

560. 24 − 19.31
561. 10.2 + 14.631
562. −6.4 + (−2.9)
563. 1.83 − 4.2
Multiply Decimals
564. (0.3)(0.7)
565. (−6.4)(0.25)
566. (−3.35)(−12.7)
567. (15.4)(1000)
Divide Decimals
568. 0.48 ÷ 6
569. 4.32 ÷ 24
570. $6.29 ÷ 12
571. (−0.8) ÷ (−0.2)
572. 1.65 ÷ 0.15
573. 9 ÷ 0.045

In the following exercises, use the strategy for applications to solve.
574. Miranda got $40 from her ATM. She spent $9.32 on lunch and $16.99 on a book. How much money did she have left? Round to
the nearest cent if necessary.
575. Jessie put 8 gallons of gas in her car. One gallon of gas costs $3.528. How much did Jessie owe for all the gas?
576. A pack of 16 water bottles cost $6.72. How much did each bottle cost?
577. Alice bought a roll of paper towels that cost $2.49. She had a coupon for $0.35 off, and the store doubled the coupon. How
much did Alice pay for the paper towels?
5.3 - Decimals and Fractions

In the following exercises, convert each fraction to a decimal.
3
578.
5
7
579.
8
19
580. −
20
21
581. −
4
1
582.
3
6
583.
11

1
584. ___0.2
2
3
585. ___0.
5

7
586. − ___−0.84
8
5
587. − ___−0.42
12
13
588. 0.625___
20
5
589. 0.33___
16
In the following exercises, write each set of numbers in order from least to greatest.
2 17
590. , , 0.65
3 20
7 11
591. , 0.75,
9 15

592. 4(10.3 − 5.8)
3
593. (15.44 − 7.4)
4
594. 30 ÷ (0.45 + 0.15)
3
595. 1.6 +
8
596. 52(0.5) + (0.4)2
2 9
597. − ⋅ + 0.14
5 10

In the following exercises, approximate the (a) circumference and (b) area of each circle.
598. radius = 6 in.
599. radius = 3.5 ft.
600. radius = 7 33 m
601. diameter = 11 cm
5.4 - Solve Equations with Decimals

In the following exercises, determine whether the each number is a solution of the given equation.
602. x − 0.4 = 2.1
a. x = 1.7
b. x = 2.5
603. y + 3.2 = −1.5
a. y = 1.7
b. y = −4.7
u
604. = −12.5
2.5
a. u = −5
b. u = −31.25
605. 0.45v = −40.5
a. v = −18.225
b. v = −90

606. m + 3.8 = 7.5
607. h + 5.91 = 2.4
608. a + 2.26 = −1.1
609. p − 4.3 = −1.65
610. x − 0.24 = −8.6
611. j − 7.42 = −3.7
612. 0.6p = 13.2
613. −8.6x = 34.4
614. −22.32 = −2.4z
a
615. = −24
0.3
p
616. = −4.2
−7
s
617. = −10
−2.5

618. The difference of n and 15.2 is 4.4.
620. The quotient of y and −1.8 is −9.
621. The sum of m and −4.03 is 6.8.
5.5 - Averages and Probability

Find the Mean of a Set of Numbers
In the following exercises, find the mean of the numbers.
622. 2, 4, 1, 0, 1, and 1
623. $270, $310.50, $243.75, and $252.15
624. Each workday last week, Yoshie kept track of the number of minutes she had to wait for the bus. She waited 3, 0, 8, 1, and 8
minutes. Find the mean
625. In the last three months, Raul’s water bills were $31.45, $48.76, and $42.60. Find the mean.

In the following exercises, find the median.
626. 41, 45, 32, 60, 58
627. 25, 23, 24, 26, 29, 19, 18, 32
628. The ages of the eight men in Jerry’s model train club are 52, 63, 45, 51, 55, 75, 60, and 59. Find the median age.
629. The number of clients at Miranda’s beauty salon each weekday last week were 18, 7, 12, 16, and 20. Find the median number of
clients.
Find the Mode of a Set of Numbers

In the following exercises, identify the mode of the numbers.
630. 6, 4, 4, 5, 6, 6, 4, 4, 4, 3, 5
631. The number of siblings of a group of students: 2, 0, 3, 2, 4, 1, 6, 5, 4, 1, 2, 3

In the following exercises, solve. (Round decimals to three places.)
632. The Sustainability Club sells 200 tickets to a raffle, and Albert buys one ticket. One ticket will be selected at random to win the
grand prize. Find the probability Albert will win the grand prize. Express your answer as a fraction and as a decimal.

633. Luc has to read 3 novels and 12 short stories for his literature class. The professor will choose one reading at random for the
final exam. Find the probability that the professor will choose a novel for the final exam. Express your answer as a fraction and
as a decimal.
5.6 - Ratios and Rate

Write a Ratio as a Fraction
In the following exercises, write each ratio as a fraction. Simplify the answer if possible.
634. 28 to 40
635. 56 to 32
636. 3.5 to 0.5
637. 1.2 to 1.8
3 5
638. 1 to 1
4 8
1 1
639. 2 to 5
3 4
640. 64 ounces to 30 ounces
641. 28 inches to 3 feet
Write a Rate as a Fraction

In the following exercises, write each rate as a fraction. Simplify the answer if possible.
642. 180 calories per 8 ounces 643. 90 pounds per 7.5 square inches
643. 126 miles in 4 hours 645. $612.50 for 35 hours
Find Unit Rates

In the following exercises, find the unit rate.
646. 180 calories per 8 ounces
647. 90 pounds per 7.5 square inches
648. 126 miles in 4 hours
649. $612.50 for 35 hours
Find Unit Price

In the following exercises, find the unit price.
650. T-shirts: 3 for $8.97
651. Highlighters: 6 for $2.52
652. An office supply store sells a box of pens for $11. The box contains 12 pens. How much does each pen cost?
653. Anna bought a pack of 8 kitchen towels for $13.20. How much did each towel cost? Round to the nearest cent if necessary.
In the following exercises, find each unit price and then determine the better buy.
654. Shampoo: 12 ounces for $4.29 or 22 ounces for $7.29?
655. Vitamins: 60 tablets for $6.49 or 100 for $11.99?

656. 535 miles per h hours
657. a adults to 45 children
658. the ratio of 4y and the difference of x and 10
659. the ratio of 19 and the sum of 3 and n
5.7 - Simplify and Use Square Roots

Simplify Expressions with Square Roots
−−
660. √64
−−−
661. √144
− −
662. −√25
− −
663. −√81
–
664. −√9
−−−−
665. √−36
−− −−−
666. √64 + √225
−−− −−−−
667. √64 + 225
Estimate Square Roots

In the following exercises, estimate each square root between two consecutive whole numbers.
−−
668. √28
−−−
669. √155
Approximate Square Roots

In the following exercises, approximate each square root and round to two decimal places.
−−
670. √15
−−
671. √57
Simplify Variable Expressions with Square Roots

In the following exercises, simplify. (Assume all variables are greater than or equal to zero.)
−
−
672. √q 2
−−−−
673. √64b 2
−−−−−
674. −√121a 2
−−−−−− −
675. √225m n 2 2
−−−−−
676. −√100q 2
−−−−
677. √49y 2
−−−−−
678. √4a b 2 2
−−−−− −
679. √121c d 2 2
Use Square Roots in Applications

In the following exercises, solve. Round to one decimal place.
680. Art Diego has 225 square inch tiles. He wants to use them to make a square mosaic. How long can each side of the mosaic be?
681. Landscaping Janet wants to plant a square flower garden in her yard. She has enough topsoil to cover an area of 30 square feet.
How long can a side of the flower garden be?
682. Gravity A hiker dropped a granola bar from a lookout spot 576 feet above a valley. How long did it take the granola bar to
reach the valley floor?
683. Accident investigation The skid marks of a car involved in an accident were 216 feet. How fast had the car been going before
applying the brakes?
PRACTICE TEST
684. Write six and thirty-four thousandths as a decimal.
685. Write 1.73 as a fraction.
686. Write 5 8 as a decimal.
687. Round 16.749 to the nearest (a) tenth (b) hundredth (c) whole number
4 2
688. Write the numbers , −0.1, 0.804, , −7.4, 0.21 in order from smallest to largest.
5 9

689. 15.4 + 3.02
690. 20 − 5.71
691. (0.64)(0.3)
692. (−4.2)(100)
693. 0.96 ÷ (−12)
694. −5 ÷ 0.025
695. −0.6 ÷ (−0.3)
696. (0.7) 2
697. 24 ÷ (0.1 + 0.02)
698. 4(10.3 − 5.8)
3
699. 1.6 +
8
2
700. (14.65 − 4.6)
3

701. m + 3.7 = 2.5
h
702. = 4.38
0.5
703. −6.5y = −57.2
704. 1.94 = a − 2.6
705. Three friends went out to dinner and agreed to split the bill evenly. The bill was $79.35. How much should each person pay?
706. A circle has radius 12. Find the (a) circumference and (b) area. [Use 3.14 for π.]
707. The ages, in months, of 10 children in a preschool class are: 55, 55, 50, 51, 52, 50, 53, 51, 55, 49. Find the (a) mean (b) median
(c) mode
708. Of the 16 nurses in Doreen’s department, 12 are women and 4 are men. One of the nurses will be assigned at random to work an
extra shift next week. (a) Find the probability a woman nurse will be assigned the extra shift. (b) Convert the fraction to a
decimal.
709. Find each unit price and then the better buy. Laundry detergent: 64 ounces for $10.99 or 48 ounces for $8.49
−−−−−−
710. √36 + 64
− −−−−
711. √144n 2
−−
712. Estimate √54 to between two whole numbers.
713. Yanet wants a square patio in her backyard. She has 225 square feet of tile. How long can a side of the patio be?

[email protected]."
This page titled 5.E: Decimals (Exercises) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

Key Terms
circumference of a circle The distance around a circle
A line segment that passes through a circle’s center connecting two

diameter of a circle
points on the circle.
Two decimals are equivalent decimals if they convert to equivalent
equivalent decimals
fractions.
The mean of a set of n numbers is the arithmetic average of the numbers.
mean sum of values in data set
mean = (5.S.1)
n
The median of a set of data values is the middle value. Half the data
median values are less than or equal to the median. Half the data values are
greater than or equal to the median.
mode The mode of a set of numbers is the number with the highest frequency.
radius of a circle A line segment from the center to any point on the circle.
A comparison of two quantities with different units. A rate is usually

rate
written as a fraction.
A comparison of two numbers or two quantities that are measured with
ratio a
the same unit. The ratio of a to b is written a to b, , or a : b.
b
repeating decimal A decimal in which the last digit or group of digits repeats endlessly.
unit price A unit rate that gives the price of one item.
unit rate A rate with denominator of 1 unit.
Key Concepts
5.1 - Decimals
Name a decimal number.
1. Name the number to the left of the decimal point.
2. Write “and” for the decimal point.
3. Name the “number” part to the right of the decimal point as if it were a whole number.
4. Name the decimal place of the last digit.
Write a decimal number from its name.
1. Look for the word “and”—it locates the decimal point. Place a decimal point under the word “and.” Translate the words
before “and” into the whole number and place it to the left of the decimal point. If there is no “and,” write a “0” with a
decimal point to its right.
2. Mark the number of decimal places needed to the right of the decimal point by noting the place value indicated by the last
word.
3. Translate the words after “and” into the number to the right of the decimal point. Write the number in the spaces—putting
the final digit in the last place.
4. Fill in zeros for place holders as needed.
Convert a decimal number to a fraction or mixed number.
1. Look at the number to the left of the decimal. If it is zero, the decimal converts to a proper fraction. If it is not zero, the
decimal converts to a mixed number. Write the whole number.
2. Determine the place value of the final digit.
3. Write the fraction. numerator—the ‘numbers’ to the right of the decimal point denominator—the place value corresponding
to the final digit

4. Simplify the fraction, if possible.
Order decimals.
1. Check to see if both numbers have the same number of decimal places. If not, write zeros at the end of the one with fewer
digits to make them match.
2. Compare the numbers to the right of the decimal point as if they were whole numbers.
3. Order the numbers using the appropriate inequality sign.
Round a decimal.
1. Locate the given place value and mark it with an arrow.
2. Underline the digit to the right of the given place value.
3. Is this digit greater than or equal to 5? Yes - add 1 to the digit in the given place value. No - do not change the digit in the
given place value
4. Rewrite the number, removing all digits to the right of the given place value.
5.2 - Decimal Operations

Add or subtract decimals.
1. Write the numbers vertically so the decimal points line up.
2. Use zeros as place holders, as needed.
3. Add or subtract the numbers as if they were whole numbers. Then place the decimal in the answer under the decimal points
in the given numbers.
Multiply decimal numbers.
1. Determine the sign of the product.
2. Write the numbers in vertical format, lining up the numbers on the right.
3. Multiply the numbers as if they were whole numbers, temporarily ignoring the decimal points.
4. Place the decimal point. The number of decimal places in the product is the sum of the number of decimal places in the
factors. If needed, use zeros as placeholders.
5. Write the product with the appropriate sign.
Multiply a decimal by a power of 10.
1. Move the decimal point to the right the same number of places as the number of zeros in the power of 10.
2. Write zeros at the end of the number as placeholders if needed.
Divide a decimal by a whole number.
1. Write as long division, placing the decimal point in the quotient above the decimal point in the dividend.
2. Divide as usual.
Divide decimal numbers.
1. Determine the sign of the quotient.
2. Make the divisor a whole number by moving the decimal point all the way to the right. Move the decimal point in the
dividend the same number of places to the right, writing zeros as needed.
3. Divide. Place the decimal point in the quotient above the decimal point in the dividend.
4. Write the quotient with the appropriate sign.
Strategy for Applications
5.3 - Decimals and Fractions

Convert a Fraction to a Decimal: To convert a fraction to a decimal, divide the numerator of the fraction by the denominator
of the fraction.
Properties of Circles

r is the length of the radius
d is the length of the diameter
The circumference is 2πr.
C = 2πr (5.S.2)
The area is πr2.

2
A = πr (5.S.3)
5.4 - Solve Equations with Decimals

Substitute the number for the variable in the equation.
Simplify the expressions on both sides of the equation.
Determine whether the resulting equation is true. If so, the number is a solution. If not, the number is not a solution.
Properties of Equality
Table 5.S. 1
For any numbers a, b, and c, if a = b then a − c = b − c. For any numbers a, b, and c, if a = b then a + c = b + c.
Division of Property of Equality

Multiplication Property of Equality
For any numbers a, b, and c ≠ 0, if a = b then \(\dfrac{a}{c} = \dfrac{b}
For any numbers a, b, and c, if a = b then a • c = b • c.
{c}).
5.5 - Averages and Probability

Calculate the mean of a set of numbers.
1. Write the formula for the mean
mean = (5.S.4)
n
2. Find the sum of all the values in the set. Write the sum in the numerator.
3. Count the number, n, of values in the set. Write this number in the denominator.
5. Check to see that the mean is reasonable. It should be greater than the least number and less than the greatest number in the
set.
Find the median of a set of numbers.
1. List the numbers from least to greatest.
2. Count how many numbers are in the set. Call this n.
3. Is n odd or even? If n is an odd number, the median is the middle value. If n is an even number, the median is the mean of
the two middle values.
Identify the mode of a set of numbers.
1. List the data values in numerical order.
2. Count the number of times each value appears.
3. The mode is the value with the highest frequency.

5.7 - Simplify and Use Square Roots
Square Root Notation: √−−
m is read ‘the square root of m ’
If m = n2, then √−
−
m = n, for n ≥ 0 .
Use a strategy for applications with square roots.

Identify what you are asked to find.
Write a phrase that gives the information to find it.
Translate the phrase to an expression.
Simplify the expression.
Write a complete sentence that answers the question.

[email protected]."
This page titled 5.S: Decimals (Summary) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

Write a ratio as a fraction
Write a rate as a fraction
Find unit rates
Find unit price
Translate phrases to expressions with fractions
 be prepared!
16
24
2. Divide: 2.76 ÷ 11.5. If you missed this problem, review Example 5.4.9.
1
1
2
3
2
4

When you apply for a mortgage, the loan officer will compare your total debt to your total income to decide if you qualify for the
loan. This comparison is called the debt-to-income ratio. A ratio compares two quantities that are measured with the same unit. If
a
we compare a and b , the ratio is written as a to b, , or a:b.
b
 Definition: ratios
a
A ratio compares two numbers or two quantities that are measured with the same unit. The ratio of a to b is written a to b, ,
b
or a:b.
In this section, we will use the fraction notation. When a ratio is written in fraction form, the fraction should be simplified. If it is
4
an improper fraction, we do not change it to a mixed number. Because a ratio compares two quantities, we would leave a ratio as
1
instead of simplifying it to 4 so that we can see the two parts of the ratio.
 Example 5.10.1:
Write each ratio as a fraction: (a) 15 to 27 (b) 45 to 18.
Solution
(a) 15 to 27
Write as a fraction with the first number in the numerator and the 15
(5.10.1)
second in the denominator. 27
5
Simplify the fraction. (5.10.2)
9
(b) 45 to 18
Write as a fraction with the first number in the numerator and the 45
(5.10.3)
second in the denominator. 18

5
Simplify. (5.10.4)
2
We leave the ratio in (b) as an improper fraction.
Answer a
3
Answer b
3
Answer a
1
Answer b
3
Ratios Involving Decimals

We will often work with ratios of decimals, especially when we have ratios involving money. In these cases, we can eliminate the
decimals by using the Equivalent Fractions Property to convert the ratio to a fraction with whole numbers in the numerator and
denominator.
For example, consider the ratio 0.8 to 0.05. We can write it as a fraction with decimals and then multiply the numerator and
denominator by 100 to eliminate the decimals.
0.8
(5.10.5)
0.05
(0.8)100
(5.10.6)
(0.05)100
80
(5.10.7)
5
8 5 8
Do you see a shortcut to find the equivalent fraction? Notice that 0.8 = and 0.05 = . The least common denominator of
10 100 10
0.8
and 5 100 is 100. By multiplying the numerator and denominator of by 100, we ‘moved’ the decimal two places to the right
0.05
to get the equivalent fraction with no decimals. Now that we understand the math behind the process, we can find the fraction with
no decimals like this:

80
"Move" the decimal 2 places. (5.10.8)
5
16
Simplify. (5.10.9)
1
You do not have to write out every step when you multiply the numerator and denominator by powers of ten. As long as you move
both decimal places the same number of places, the ratio will remain the same.
 Example 5.10.2:
Write each ratio as a fraction of whole numbers: (a) 4.8 to 11.2 (b) 2.7 to 0.54
Solution
(a) 4.8 to 11.2
4.8
Write as a fraction. (5.10.10)
11.2
Rewrite as an equivalent fraction without decimals, by moving both 48

(5.10.11)
decimal points 1 place to the right. 112
3
Simplify. (5.10.12)
7
3
So 4.8 to 11.2 is equivalent to .
7
(b) 2.7 to 0.54
2.7
0.54
The numerator has one decimal place and the denominator has 2. To 270
(5.10.14)
clear both decimals we need to move the decimal 2 places to the right. 54
5
Simplify. (5.10.15)
1
5
So 2.7 to 0.54 is equivalent to .
1
Write each ratio as a fraction: (a) 4.6 to 11.5 (b) 2.3 to 0.69.
Answer a
2
Answer b
10

Write each ratio as a fraction: (a) 3.4 to 15.3 (b) 3.4 to 0.68.
Answer a
2
Answer b
5
Some ratios compare two mixed numbers. Remember that to divide mixed numbers, you first rewrite them as improper fractions.
 Example 5.10.3:
1 3
Write the ratio of 1 to 2 as a fraction.
4 8
Solution
1
1
4
3
2
8
4
Convert the numerator and denominator to improper fractions. (5.10.17)
19
5 19
Rewrite as a division of fractions. ÷ (5.10.18)
4 8
5 8
Invert the divisor and multiply. ⋅ (5.10.19)
4 19
10
Simplify. (5.10.20)
19
3 5
Write each ratio as a fraction: 1 to 2 .
4 8
Answer
\(\dfrac{2}{3}\
1 3
Write each ratio as a fraction: 1 to 2 .
8 4
Answer
9
22

Applications of Ratios
One real-world application of ratios that affects many people involves measuring cholesterol in blood. The ratio of total cholesterol
to HDL cholesterol is one way doctors assess a person's overall health. A ratio of less than 5 to 1 is considered good.
 Example 5.10.4:
Hector's total cholesterol is 249 mg/dl and his HDL cholesterol is 39 mg/dl. (a) Find the ratio of his total cholesterol to his
HDL cholesterol. (b) Assuming that a ratio less than 5 to 1 is considered good, what would you suggest to Hector?
Solution
(a) First, write the words that express the ratio. We want to know the ratio of Hector's total cholesterol to his HDL cholesterol.
total cholesterol
HDL cholesterol
249
Substitute the values. (5.10.22)
39
83
Simplify. (5.10.23)
13
83 6.4
(b) Is Hector's cholesterol ratio ok? If we divide 83 by 13 we obtain approximately 6.4, so ≈ . Hector's cholesterol
13 1
ratio is high! Hector should either lower his total cholesterol or raise his HDL cholesterol.
Find the patient's ratio of total cholesterol to HDL cholesterol using the given information. Total cholesterol is 185 mg/dL and
HDL cholesterol is 40 mg/dL.
Answer
\(\dfrac{37}{8}\
Find the patient’s ratio of total cholesterol to HDL cholesterol using the given information. Total cholesterol is 204 mg/dL and
HDL cholesterol is 38 mg/dL.
Answer
\(\dfrac{102}{19}\
Ratios of Two Measurements in Different Units

To find the ratio of two measurements, we must make sure the quantities have been measured with the same unit. If the
measurements are not in the same units, we must first convert them to the same units.
We know that to simplify a fraction, we divide out common factors. Similarly in a ratio of measurements, we divide out the
common unit.
 Example 5.10.5:
The Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Guidelines for wheel chair ramps require a maximum vertical rise of 1 inch for
every 1 foot of horizontal run. What is the ratio of the rise to the run?
Solution

In a ratio, the measurements must be in the same units. We can change feet to inches, or inches to feet. It is usually easier to
convert to the smaller unit, since this avoids introducing more fractions into the problem. Write the words that express the
ratio.
rise
Write the ratio as a fraction. (5.10.24)
run
1 inch
Substitute in the given values. (5.10.25)
1 f oot
1 inch
Convert 1 foot to inches. (5.10.26)
12 inches
1
Simplify, dividing out common factors and units. (5.10.27)
12
So the ratio of rise to run is 1 to 12. This means that the ramp should rise 1 inch for every 12 inches of horizontal run to
comply with the guidelines.
Find the ratio of the first length to the second length: 32 inches to 1 foot.
Answer
\(\dfrac{8}{3}\
Find the ratio of the first length to the second length: 1 foot to 54 inches.
Answer a
\(\dfrac{2}{9}\

Frequently we want to compare two different types of measurements, such as miles to gallons. To make this comparison, we use a
rate. Examples of rates are 120 miles in 2 hours, 160 words in 4 minutes, and $5 dollars per 64 ounces.
 Definition: rate
A rate compares two quantities of different units. A rate is usually written as a fraction.
When writing a fraction as a rate, we put the first given amount with its units in the numerator and the second amount with its units
in the denominator. When rates are simplified, the units remain in the numerator and denominator.
 Example 5.10.6:
Bob drove his car 525 miles in 9 hours. Write this rate as a fraction.
Solution
Write as a fraction, with 525 miles in the numerator and 9 hours in the 525 miles
(5.10.28)
denominator. 9 hours

175 miles
(5.10.29)
3 hours
175 miles
So 525 miles in 9 hours is equivalent to .
3 hours
Write the rate as a fraction: 492 miles in 8 hours.
Answer
123 miles
2 hours
Write the rate as a fraction: 242 miles in 6 hours.
Answer
121 miles
3 hours

[email protected]."
This page titled 5.10: Ratios and Rate (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

Find Unit Rates
175 miles
In the last example, we calculated that Bob was driving at a rate of . This tells us that every three hours, Bob will travel
3 hours
175 miles. This is correct, but not very useful. We usually want the rate to reflect the number of miles in one hour. A rate that has a
denominator of 1 unit is referred to as a unit rate.
 Definition: Unit rate

A unit rate is a rate with denominator of 1 unit.
Unit rates are very common in our lives. For example, when we say that we are driving at a speed of 68 miles per hour we mean
that we travel 68 miles in 1 hour. We would write this rate as 68 miles/hour (read 68 miles per hour). The common abbreviation for
this is 68 mph. Note that when no number is written before a unit, it is assumed to be 1. So 68 miles/hour really means 68 miles/1
hour.
Two rates we often use when driving can be written in different forms, as shown:
Example Rate Write Abbreviate Read
68 miles
68 miles in 1 hour (5.11.1) 68 miles/hour 68 mph 68 miles per hour
1 hour
36 miles
36 miles to 1 gallon (5.11.2) 36 miles/gallon 36 mpg 36 miles per gallon
1 gallon
Another example of unit rate that you may already know about is hourly pay rate. It is usually expressed as the amount of money
earned for one hour of work. For example, if you are paid $12.50 for each hour you work, you could write that your hourly (unit)
pay rate is $12.50/hour (read $12.50 per hour.)
To convert a rate to a unit rate, we divide the numerator by the denominator. This gives us a denominator of 1.
 Example 5.11.7:
Anita was paid $384 last week for working 32 hours. What is Anita’s hourly pay rate?
Solution
Start with a rate of dollars to hours. Then divide. $384 last week for 32 hours
$384
Write as a rate. (5.11.3)
32 hours
$12
Divide the numerator by the denominator. (5.11.4)
1 hour
Rewrite as a rate. $12 / hour
Anita’s hourly pay rate is $12 per hour.
Find the unit rate: $630 for 35 hours.
Answer
$18 / hour

Find the unit rate: $684 for 36 hours.
Answer
$19 / hour
 Example 5.11.8:
Sven drives his car 455 miles, using 14 gallons of gasoline. How many miles per gallon does his car get?
Solution
Start with a rate of miles to gallons. Then divide.
455 miles
14 gallons
32.5 miles
Divide 455 by 14 to get the unit rate. (5.11.6)
1 gallon
Sven’s car gets 32.5 miles/gallon, or 32.5 mpg.
Find the unit rate: 423 miles to 18 gallons of gas.
Answer
23.5 mpg
Find the unit rate: 406 miles to 14.5 gallons of gas.
Answer
28 mpg
Find Unit Price

Sometimes we buy common household items ‘in bulk’, where several items are packaged together and sold for one price. To
compare the prices of different sized packages, we need to find the unit price. To find the unit price, divide the total price by the
number of items. A unit price is a unit rate for one item.
 Definition: unit price
A unit price is a unit rate that gives the price of one item.
 Example 5.11.9:
The grocery store charges $3.99 for a case of 24 bottles of water. What is the unit price?
Solution
What are we asked to find? We are asked to find the unit price, which is the price per bottle.

$3.99
24 bottles
$0.16625
Divide to find the unit price. (5.11.8)
1 bottle
$0.17
Round the result to the nearest penny. (5.11.9)
1 bottle
The unit price is approximately $0.17 per bottle. Each bottle costs about $0.17.
Find the unit price. Round your answer to the nearest cent if necessary: 24-pack of juice boxes for $6.99
Answer
$0.29
1 box
Find the unit price. Round your answer to the nearest cent if necessary: 24-pack of bottles of ice tea for $12.72
Answer
$0.53
1 bottle
Unit prices are very useful if you comparison shop. The better buy is the item with the lower unit price. Most grocery stores list the
unit price of each item on the shelves.
 Example 5.11.10:
Paul is shopping for laundry detergent. At the grocery store, the liquid detergent is priced at $14.99 for 64 loads of laundry and
the same brand of powder detergent is priced at $15.99 for 80 loads. Which is the better buy, the liquid or the powder
detergent?
Solution
To compare the prices, we first find the unit price for each type of detergent.
Liquid Powder
$14.99 $15.99
Write as a rate. (5.11.10) (5.11.11)
64 loads 80 loads
$0.234 … $0.199 …
Find the unit price. (5.11.12) (5.11.13)
1 load 1 load
$0.23/load $0.20/load
Round to the nearest cent.
(23 cents per load.) (20 cents per load)
Now we compare the unit prices. The unit price of the liquid detergent is about $0.23 per load and the unit price of the powder
detergent is about $0.20 per load. The powder is the better buy.

Find each unit price and then determine the better buy. Round to the nearest cent if necessary.
Brand A Storage Bags, $4.59 for 40 count, or Brand B Storage Bags, $3.99 for 30 count
Answer
Brand A costs $0.12 per bag. Brand B costs $0.13 per bag. Brand A is the better buy
Find each unit price and then determine the better buy. Round to the nearest cent if necessary.
Brand C Chicken Noodle Soup, $1.89 for 26 ounces, or Brand D Chicken Noodle Soup, $0.95 for 10.75 ounces
Answer
Brand C costs $0.07 per ounce. Brand D costs $0.09 per ounce. Brand C is the better buy
Notice in Example 5.11.10 that we rounded the unit price to the nearest cent. Sometimes we may need to carry the division to one
more place to see the difference between the unit prices.

Have you noticed that the examples in this section used the comparison words ratio of, to, per, in, for, on, and from? When you
translate phrases that include these words, you should think either ratio or rate. If the units measure the same quantity (length, time,
etc.), you have a ratio. If the units are different, you have a rate. In both cases, you write a fraction.
 Example 5.11.11:
Translate the word phrase into an algebraic expression: (a) 427 miles per h hours (b) x students to 3 teachers (c) y dollars for
18 hours
Solution
(a) 427 miles per h hours
427 miles
h hours
(b) x students to 3 teachers
x students
3 teachers
(c) y dollars for 18 hours
$y
18 hours
Translate the word phrase into an algebraic expression. (a) 689 miles per h hours (b) y parents to 22 students (c) d dollars for 9
minutes
Answer a

689 mi
h hours
Answer b
y parents
22 students
Answer c
$d
9 min
Translate the word phrase into an algebraic expression. (a) m miles per 9 hours (b) x students to 8 buses (c) y dollars for 40
hours
Answer a
m mi
9 h
Answer b
x students
8 buses
Answer c
$y
40 h
 ACCESS ADDITIONAL ONLINE RESOURCES
Ratios
Write Ratios as a Simplified Fractions Involving Decimals and Fractions
Write a Ratio as a Simplified Fraction
Rates and Unit Rates
Unit Rate for Cell Phone Plan

In the following exercises, write each ratio as a fraction.
403. 20 to 36
404. 20 to 32
405. 42 to 48
406. 45 to 54
407. 49 to 21
408. 56 to 16
409. 84 to 36
410. 6.4 to 0.8
411. 0.56 to 2.8
412. 1.26 to 4.2
2 5
413. 1 to 2
3 6

3 5
414. 1 to 2
4 8
1 1
415. 4 to 3
6 3
3 3
416. 5 to 3
5 5
417. $18 to $63
418. $16 to $72
419. $1.21 to $0.44
420. $1.38 to $0.69
423. 12 feet to 46 feet
424. 15 feet to 57 feet
425. 246 milligrams to 45 milligrams
426. 304 milligrams to 48 milligrams
427. total cholesterol of 175 to HDL cholesterol of 45
428. total cholesterol of 215 to HDL cholesterol of 55
429. 27 inches to 1 foot 430. 28 inches to 1 foot

In the following exercises, write each rate as a fraction.
433. 8.2 pounds per 3 square inches
437. $595 for 40 hours
438. $798 for 40 hours
Find Unit Rates

In the following exercises, find the unit rate. Round to two decimal places, if necessary.
445. $595 for 40 hours
446. $798 for 40 hours
447. 576 miles on 18 gallons of gas
448. 435 miles on 15 gallons of gas
449. 43 pounds in 16 weeks
450. 57 pounds in 24 weeks
451. 46 beats in 0.5 minute
452. 54 beats in 0.5 minute
453. The bindery at a printing plant assembles 96,000 magazines in 12 hours. How many magazines are assembled in one hour?
454. The pressroom at a printing plant prints 540,000 sections in 12 hours. How many sections are printed per hour?
Find Unit Price

In the following exercises, find the unit price. Round to the nearest cent.
455. Soap bars at 8 for $8.69

456. Soap bars at 4 for $3.39
457. Women’s sports socks at 6 pairs for $7.99
458. Men’s dress socks at 3 pairs for $8.49
459. Snack packs of cookies at 12 for $5.79
460. Granola bars at 5 for $3.69
461. CD-RW discs at 25 for $14.99
462. CDs at 50 for $4.49
463. The grocery store has a special on macaroni and cheese. The price is $3.87 for 3 boxes. How much does each box cost?
464. The pet store has a special on cat food. The price is $4.32 for 12 cans. How much does each can cost?
In the following exercises, find each unit price and then identify the better buy. Round to three decimal places.
465. Mouthwash, 50.7-ounce size for $6.99 or 33.8-ounce size for $4.79
466. Toothpaste, 6 ounce size for $3.19 or 7.8-ounce size for $5.19
467. Breakfast cereal, 18 ounces for $3.99 or 14 ounces for $3.29
468. Breakfast Cereal, 10.7 ounces for $2.69 or 14.8 ounces for $3.69
469. Ketchup, 40-ounce regular bottle for $2.99 or 64-ounce squeeze bottle for $4.39
470. Mayonnaise, 15-ounce regular bottle for $3.49 or 22-ounce squeeze bottle for $4.99
1
471. Cheese, $6.49 for 1 lb. block or $3.39 for lb. block
2
1
472. Candy, $10.99 for a 1 lb. bag or $2.89 for lb. of loose candy
4

473. 793 miles per p hours
474. 78 feet per r seconds
475. $3 for 0.5 lbs.
476. j beats in 0.5 minutes
477. 105 calories in x ounces
478. 400 minutes for m dollars
479. the ratio of y and 5x
480. the ratio of 12x and y
Everyday Math
481. One elementary school in Ohio has 684 students and 45 teachers. Write the student-to-teacher ratio as a unit rate.
482. The average American produces about 1,600 pounds of paper trash per year (365 days). How many pounds of paper trash does
the average American produce each day? (Round to the nearest tenth of a pound.)
483. A popular fast food burger weighs 7.5 ounces and contains 540 calories, 29 grams of fat, 43 grams of carbohydrates, and 25
grams of protein. Find the unit rate of (a) calories per ounce (b) grams of fat per ounce (c) grams of carbohydrates per ounce (d)
grams of protein per ounce. Round to two decimal places.
484. A 16-ounce chocolate mocha coffee with whipped cream contains 470 calories, 18 grams of fat, 63 grams of carbohydrates, and
15 grams of protein. Find the unit rate of (a) calories per ounce (b) grams of fat per ounce (c) grams of carbohydrates per ounce
(d) grams of protein per ounce.
Writing Exercises
485. Would you prefer the ratio of your income to your friend’s income to be 3/1 or 1/3? Explain your reasoning.
486. The parking lot at the airport charges $0.75 for every 15 minutes. (a) How much does it cost to park for 1 hour? (b) Explain
how you got your answer to part (a). Was your reasoning based on the unit cost or did you use another method?
487. Kathryn ate a 4-ounce cup of frozen yogurt and then went for a swim. The frozen yogurt had 115 calories. Swimming burns 422
calories per hour. For how many minutes should Kathryn swim to burn off the calories in the frozen yogurt? Explain your
reasoning.
488. Mollie had a 16-ounce cappuccino at her neighborhood coffee shop. The cappuccino had 110 calories. If Mollie walks for one
hour, she burns 246 calories. For how many minutes must Mollie walk to burn off the calories in the cappuccino? Explain your

reasoning.
Self Check

[email protected]."
This page titled 5.11: Ratios and Rate (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

Simplify expressions with square roots
Estimate square roots
Approximate square roots
Simplify variable expressions with square roots
Use square roots in applications
 be prepared!
1. Simplify: (−9)2. If you missed this problem, review Example 3.7.6.
2. Round 3.846 to the nearest hundredth. If you missed this problem, review Example 5.2.9.
3. Evaluate 12d for d = 80. If you missed this problem, review Example 2.3.2.

To start this section, we need to review some important vocabulary and notation. Remember that when a number n is multiplied by
itself, we can write this as n2, which we read aloud as “n squared.” For example, 82 is read as “8 squared.” We call 64 the square of
8 because 82 = 64. Similarly, 121 is the square of 11, because 112 = 121.
 Definition: square of a number

If n2 = m, then m is the square of n.
Modeling Squares
Do you know why we use the word square? If we construct a square with three tiles on each side, the total number of tiles would be
nine.
This is why we say that the square of three is nine.

2
3 =9 (5.12.1)
The number 9 is called a perfect square because it is the square of a whole number.
The chart shows the squares of the counting numbers 1 through 15. You can refer to it to help you identify the perfect squares.
 Definition: perfect squares
A perfect square is the square of a whole number.
What happens when you square a negative number?

2
(−8) = (−8)(−8)
= 64
When we multiply two negative numbers, the product is always positive. So, the square of a negative number is always positive.
The chart shows the squares of the negative integers from −1 to −15.

Did you notice that these squares are the same as the squares of the positive numbers?
Square Roots
Sometimes we will need to look at the relationship between numbers and their squares in reverse. Because 102 = 100, we say 100 is
the square of 10. We can also say that 10 is a square root of 100.
 Definition: Square Root of a Number
A number whose square is m is called a square root of m. If n2 = m, then n is a square root of m.
Notice (−10)2 = 100 also, so −10 is also a square root of 100. Therefore, both 10 and −10 are square roots of 100. So, every positive
number has two square roots: one positive and one negative.
What if we only want the positive square root of a positive number? The radical sign, √−−, stands for the positive square root. The
positive square root is also called the principal square root.
 Definition: Square Root Notation

−
−
√m is read as “the square root of m.” If m = n2, then m = n for n ≥ 0.
–
We can also use the radical sign for the square root of zero. Because 02 = 0, √0 = 0. Notice that zero has only one square root. The
chart shows the square roots of the first 15 perfect square numbers.
 Example 5.12.1:
−− −−−
Simplify: (a) √25 (b) √121.
Solution
−−
(a) √25
Since 52 = 25 5
−−−
(b) √121
Since 112 = 121 11
−− −−−
Simplify: (a) √36 (b) √169.
Answer a
6
Answer b
13

−− −−−
Simplify: (a) √16 (b) √196.
Answer a
4
Answer b
14
−−−
Every positive number has two square roots and the radical sign indicates the positive one. We write √100 = 10. If we want to find
−−−
the negative square root of a number, we place a negative in front of the radical sign. For example, −√100 = −10.
 Example 5.12.2:
– −−−
Simplify. (a) −√9 (b) −√144.
Solution
–
(a) −√9
The negative is in front of the radical sign. -3
−−−
(b) −√144
The negative is in front of the radical sign. -12
– −−−
Simplify: (a) −√4 (b) −√225.
Answer a
-2
Answer b
-15
−− −−
Simplify: (a) −√81 (b) −√64.
Answer a
-9
Answer b
-8
Square Root of a Negative Number

−
− −
−
Can we simplify √−25? Is there a number whose square is −25?
2
( ) = −25? (5.12.2)
None of the numbers that we have dealt with so far have a square that is −25. Why? Any positive number squared is positive, and
any negative number squared is also positive. In the next chapter we will see that all the numbers we work with are called the real

−
− −
−
numbers. So we say there is no real number equal to √−25. If we are asked to find the square root of any negative number, we say
that the solution is not a real number.
 Example 5.12.3:
−−−− −−−
Simplify: (a) √−169 (b) −√121.
Solution
−−−−
(a) There is no real number whose square is −169. Therefore, √−169 is not a real number.
(b) The negative is in front of the radical sign, so we find the opposite of the square root of 121.
The negative is in front of the radical. -11
−−−− −−
Simplify: (a) √−196 (b) −√81.
Answer a
not a real number
Answer b
-9
−− −−−−
Simplify: (a) −√49 (b) √−121.
Answer a
-7
Answer b
not a real number
Square Roots and the Order of Operations

When using the order of operations to simplify an expression that has square roots, we treat the radical sign as a grouping symbol.
We simplify any expressions under the radical sign before performing other operations.
 Example 5.12.4:
−− −−− −−−−−−−
Simplify: (a) √25 + √144 (b) √25 + 144 .
Solution
(a)
−− −−−
Use the order of operations. √25 + √144 (5.12.3)
Simplify each radical. 5 + 12
Add. 17
(b)
− −−−− −−
Use the order of operations. √ 25 + 144 (5.12.4)

−−−
Add under the radical sign. √169 (5.12.5)
Simplify. 13
– −− −−−−−
Simplify: (a) √9 + √16 (b) √9 + 16 .
Answer a
7
Answer b
5
−−−−−−− −− −−−
Simplify: (a) √64 + 225 (b) √64 + √225 .
Answer a
17
Answer b
23
Notice the different answers in parts (a) and (b) of Example 5.12.4. It is important to follow the order of operations correctly. In
(a), we took each square root first and then added them. In (b), we added under the radical sign first and then found the square root.

So far we have only worked with square roots of perfect squares. The square roots of other numbers are not whole numbers.
We might conclude that the square roots of numbers between 4 and 9 will be between 2 and 3, and they will not be whole numbers.
–
Based on the pattern in the table above, we could say that √5 is between 2 and 3. Using inequality symbols, we write
–
2 < √5 < 3 (5.12.6)
 Example 5.12.5:
−−
Estimate √60 between two consecutive whole numbers.
Solution
Think of the perfect squares closest to 60. Make a small table of these perfect squares and their squares roots.

Locate 60 between two consecutive perfect squares. 49 < 60 < 64
−− −−
√60 is between their square roots. 7 < √60 < 8 (5.12.7)
−−
Answer
−−
6 < √38 < 7
−−
Answer
−−
9 < √84 < 10

[email protected]."
This page titled 5.12: Simplify and Use Square Roots (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

Approximate Square Roots with a Calculator
There are mathematical methods to approximate square roots, but it is much more convenient to use a calculator to find square
−
roots. Find the √ or √x key on your calculator. You will to use this key to approximate square roots. When you use your
calculator to find the square root of a number that is not a perfect square, the answer that you see is not the exact number. It is an
approximation, to the number of digits shown on your calculator’s display. The symbol for an approximation is ≈ and it is read
approximately.
Suppose your calculator has a 10-digit display. Using it to find the square root of 5 will give 2.236067977. This is the approximate
square root of 5. When we report the answer, we should use the “approximately equal to” sign instead of an equal sign.
–
√5 ≈ 2.236067978 (5.13.1)
–
You will seldom use this many digits for applications in algebra. So, if you wanted to round √5 to two decimal places, you would
write
–
√5 ≈ 2.24 (5.13.2)
How do we know these values are approximations and not the exact values? Look at what happens when we square them.
2
2.236067978 = 5.000000002
2
2.24 = 5.0176
The squares are close, but not exactly equal, to 5.
 Example 5.13.6:
−−
Round √17 to two decimal places using a calculator.
Solution
Use the calculator square root key. 4.123105626
Round to two decimal places. 4.12
−−
√17 ≈ 4.12 (5.13.3)
−−
Round √11 to two decimal places.
Answer
≈ 3.32
−−
Round √13 to two decimal places
Answer
≈ 3.61

Expressions with square root that we have looked at so far have not had any variables. What happens when we have to find a
square root of a variable expression?

−−−
Consider √9x , where x ≥ 0. Can you think of an expression whose square is 9x2?
2
2 2
(?) = 9x
2 2
(3x) = 9x
−−−
2
so √9x = 3x
When we use a variable in a square root expression, for our work, we will assume that the variable represents a nonnegative
number. In every example and exercise that follows, each variable in a square root expression is greater than or equal to zero.
 Example 5.13.7:
Simplify: x2.
Solution
Think about what we would have to square to get x2. Algebraically, (?)2 = x2
Since (x)2 = x2 x
−−
Simplify: √y . 2
Answer
y
−
−−
Simplify: √m . 2
Answer
m
 Example 5.13.8:
−−−−
Simplify: √16x . 2
Solution
Since (4x)2 = 16x2 4x
−−−−
Simplify: √64x . 2
Answer
8x
−−−−−
Simplify: √169y . 2
Answer
13y

 Example 5.13.9:
−−−−
Simplify: −√81y . 2
Solution
Since (9y)2 = 81y2 -9y
−−−−−
Simplify: −√121y . 2
Answer
−11y
−−−−−
Simplify: −√100p . 2
Answer
−10p
 Example 5.13.10:
−−−−−−
Simplify: √36x 2
y
2
.
Solution
Since (6xy)2 = 36x2 y2 6xy
−−−−−−
Simplify: √100a2 2
b .
Answer
10ab
−−−−−− −
Simplify: √225m 2
n
2
.
Answer
10mn

As you progress through your college courses, you’ll encounter several applications of square roots. Once again, if we use our
strategy for applications, it will give us a plan for finding the answer!

 HOW TO: USE A STRATEGY FOR APPLICATIONS WITH SQUARE ROOTS
Step 5. Write a complete sentence that answers the question.
Square Roots and Area

We have solved applications with area before. If we were given the length of the sides of a square, we could find its area by
squaring the length of its sides. Now we can find the length of the sides of a square if we are given the area, by finding the square
root of the area.
If the area of the square is A square units, the length of a side is A units. See Table 5.13.1.
Table 5.13.1
Area (square units) Length of side (units)
–
9 √9 = 3 (5.13.4)
−−−
144 √144 = 12 (5.13.5)
−
−
A √A (5.13.6)
 Example 5.13.11:
Mike and Lychelle want to make a square patio. They have enough concrete for an area of 200 square feet. To the nearest tenth
of a foot, how long can a side of their square patio be?
Solution
We know the area of the square is 200 square feet and want to find the length of the side. If the area of the square is A square
−
−
units, the length of a side is √A units.
What are you asked to find? The length of each side of a square patio
Write a phrase. The length of a side
−
−
Translate to an expression. √A (5.13.7)
−
− −−−
Evaluate √A when A = 200. √200 (5.13.8)
Use your calculator. 14.142135...
Round to one decimal place. 14.1 feet
Write a sentence. Each side of the patio should be 14.1 feet.
Katie wants to plant a square lawn in her front yard. She has enough sod to cover an area of 370 square feet. To the nearest
tenth of a foot, how long can a side of her square lawn be?
Answer
19.2 feet

Sergio wants to make a square mosaic as an inlay for a table he is building. He has enough tile to cover an area of 2704 square
centimeters. How long can a side of his mosaic be?
Answer
52 centimeters
Square Roots and Gravity

Another application of square roots involves gravity. On Earth, if an object is dropped from a height of h feet, the time in seconds it
−
√h
will take to reach the ground is found by evaluating the expression . For example, if an object is dropped from a height of 64
4
− −
√64
feet, we can find the time it takes to reach the ground by evaluating .
4
8
Take the square root of 64. (5.13.9)
4
It would take 2 seconds for an object dropped from a height of 64 feet to reach the ground.
 Example 5.13.12:
Christy dropped her sunglasses from a bridge 400 feet above a river. How many seconds does it take for the sunglasses to reach
the river?
Solution
What are you asked to find? The number of seconds it takes for the sunglasses to reach the river
Write a phrase. The time it will take to reach the river
−
√h
Translate to an expression. (5.13.10)
4
− −−−
√h √400
Evaluate when h = 400. (5.13.11)
4 4
Find the square root of 400. 14.142135...
Simplify. 14.1 feet
Write a sentence. Each side of the patio should be 14.1 feet.
A helicopter drops a rescue package from a height of 1296 feet. How many seconds does it take for the package to reach the
ground?
Answer
9 seconds

A window washer drops a squeegee from a platform 196 feet above the sidewalk. How many seconds does it take for the
squeegee to reach the sidewalk?
Answer
3.5 seconds
Square Roots and Accident Investigations

Police officers investigating car accidents measure the length of the skid marks on the pavement. Then they use square roots to
determine the speed, in miles per hour, a car was going before applying the brakes. According to some formulas, if the length of the
−−−
skid marks is d feet, then the speed of the car can be found by evaluating √24d.
 Example 5.13.13:
After a car accident, the skid marks for one car measured 190 feet. To the nearest tenth, what was the speed of the car (in mph)
before the brakes were applied?
Solution
What are you asked to find? The speed of the car before the brakes were applied
Write a phrase. The speed of the car
−−−
Translate to an expression. √24d (5.13.12)
−−− − −−−− −
Evaluate √24d when d = 190. √ 24 ⋅ 190 (5.13.13)
− −− −
−
Multiply. √ 4, 560 (5.13.14)
Use your calculator. 67.527772...
Round to tenths. 67.5
Write a sentence. The speed of the car was approximately 67.5 miles per hour.
An accident investigator measured the skid marks of a car and found their length was 76 feet. To the nearest tenth, what was
the speed of the car before the brakes were applied?
Answer
42.7 mph
The skid marks of a vehicle involved in an accident were 122 feet long. To the nearest tenth, how fast had the vehicle been
going before the brakes were applied?
Answer
54.1 mph

Introduction to Square Roots
Estimating Square Roots with a Calculator

−−
489. √36
–
490. √4
−−
491. √64
−−−
492. √144
–
493. −√4
−−−
494. −√100
–
495. −√1
−−−
496. −√121
−−− −
497. √−121
−−−−
498. √−36
−−−
499. √−9
−−−−
500. √−49
−−−− −
501. √9 + 16
−− −−−−−
502. √25 + 144
– −−
503. √9 + √16
−− −−−
504. √25 + √144

In the following exercises, estimate each square root between two consecutive whole numbers.
−−
505. √70
–
506. √5
−−−
507. √200
−−−
508. √172
Approximate Square Roots with a Calculator

In the following exercises, use a calculator to approximate each square root and round to two decimal places.
−−
509. √19
−−
510. √21
−−
511. √53
−−
512. √47

In the following exercises, simplify. (Assume all variables are greater than or equal to zero.)
−−
513. √y 2
−
−
514. √b2
−− −−
515. √49x 2
− −−−−
516. √100y 2
−−−−
517. −√64a 2
−−−−
518. −√25x 2
− −−−−−−
519. √144x y 2 2
− −−−−−
520. √196a b 2 2

In the following exercises, solve. Round to one decimal place.
521. Landscaping Reed wants to have a square garden plot in his backyard. He has enough compost to cover an area of 75 square
feet. How long can a side of his garden be?
522. Landscaping Vince wants to make a square patio in his yard. He has enough concrete to pave an area of 130 square feet. How
long can a side of his patio be?
523. Gravity An airplane dropped a flare from a height of 1,024 feet above a lake. How many seconds did it take for the flare to
reach the water?
524. Gravity A hang glider dropped his cell phone from a height of 350 feet. How many seconds did it take for the cell phone to
reach the ground?
525. Gravity A construction worker dropped a hammer while building the Grand Canyon skywalk, 4,000 feet above the Colorado
River. How many seconds did it take for the hammer to reach the river?
526. Accident investigation The skid marks from a car involved in an accident measured 54 feet. What was the speed of the car
527. Accident investigation The skid marks from a car involved in an accident measured 216 feet. What was the speed of the car
528. Accident investigation An accident investigator measured the skid marks of one of the vehicles involved in an accident. The
length of the skid marks was 175 feet. What was the speed of the vehicle before the brakes were applied?
529. Accident investigation An accident investigator measured the skid marks of one of the vehicles involved in an accident. The
length of the skid marks was 117 feet. What was the speed of the vehicle before the brakes were applied?
Everyday Math
530. Decorating Denise wants to install a square accent of designer tiles in her new shower. She can afford to buy 625 square
centimeters of the designer tiles. How long can a side of the accent be?
531. Decorating Morris wants to have a square mosaic inlaid in his new patio. His budget allows for 2,025 tiles. Each tile is square
with an area of one square inch. How long can a side of the mosaic be?
Writing Exercises
−
− −
−
532. Why is there no real number equal to √−64?
–
533. What is the difference between 92 and √9?
Self Check

[email protected]."
This page titled 5.13: Simplify and Use Square Roots (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

CHAPTER OVERVIEW
6: Percents
When you deposit money in a savings account at a bank, it earns additional money. Figuring out how your money will grow
involves understanding and applying concepts of percents. In this chapter, we will find out what percents are and how we can use
them to solve problems.
Figure 6.1 - Banks provide money for savings and charge money for loans. The interest on savings and loans is usually given as a
percent. (credit: Mike Mozart, Flickr)

[email protected]."
This page titled 6: Percents is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.
1
Use the definition of percent
Convert percents to fractions and decimals
Convert decimals and fractions to percents
 be prepared!
1. Translate “the ratio of 33 to 5” into an algebraic expression. If you missed this problem, review Table 2.4.3.
2. Write 3 5 as a decimal. If you missed this problem, review Example 5.5.1.
3. Write 0.62 as a fraction. If you missed this problem, review Example 5.1.4.
Use the Definition of Percent

How many cents are in one dollar? There are 100 cents in a dollar. How many years are in a century? There are 100 years in a
century. Does this give you a clue about what the word “per cent” means? It is really two words, “per cent,” and means per one
hundred. A percent is a ratio whose denominator is 100. We use the percent symbol %, to show percent.
 Definition: Percent
A percent is a ratio whose denominator is 100.
According to data from the American Association of Community Colleges (2015), about 57% of community college students are
female. This means 57 out of every 100 community college students are female, as Figure 6.1.1 shows. Out of the 100 squares on
57
the grid, 57 are shaded, which we write as the ratio .
100
Figure 6.1.1 - Among every 100 community college students, 57 are female.
25 3 100
Similarly, 25% means a ratio of , 3% means a ratio of and 100% means a ratio of . In words, "one hundred percent"
100 100 100
100 100
means the total 100% is , and since = 1, we see that 100% means 1 whole.
100 100
 Example 6.1.1:
According to the Public Policy Institute of California (2010), 44% of parents of public school children would like their
youngest child to earn a graduate degree. Write this percent as a ratio.
Solution
The amount we want to convert is 44%. 44%
44
Write the percent as a ratio. Remember that percent means per 100. (6.1.1)
100

 Exercise 6.1.1:
Write the percent as a ratio. According to a survey, 89% of college students have a smartphone.
Answer
89
100
 Exercise 6.1.2:
Write the percent as a ratio. A study found that 72% of U.S. teens send text messages regularly.
Answer
72
100
 Example 6.1.2:
In 2007, according to a U.S. Department of Education report, 21 out of every 100 first-time freshmen college students at 4-year
public institutions took at least one remedial course. Write this as a ratio and then as a percent.
Solution
The amount we want to convert is 21 out of 100. 21 out of 100
21
Write as a ratio. (6.1.2)
100
Convert the 21 per 100 to percent. 21%
 Exercise 6.1.3:
Write as a ratio and then as a percent: The American Association of Community Colleges reported that 62 out of 100 full-time
community college students balance their studies with full-time or part time employment.
Answer
62
100
, 62%
 Exercise 6.1.4:
Write as a ratio and then as a percent: In response to a student survey, 41 out of 100 Santa Ana College students expressed a
goal of earning an Associate's degree or transferring to a four-year college.
Answer
41
100
, 41%
Convert Percents to Fractions and Decimals

Since percents are ratios, they can easily be expressed as fractions. Remember that percent means per 100, so the denominator of
the fraction is 100.

 HOW TO: CONVERT A PERCENT TO A FRACTION
Step 1. Write the percent as a ratio with the denominator 100.

Step 2. Simplify the fraction if possible.
 Example 6.1.3:
Convert each percent to a fraction: (a) 36% (b) 125%

Solution
(a) 36%
36
Write as a ratio with denominator 100. (6.1.3)
100
9
Simplify. (6.1.4)
25
(b) 125%
125
100
5
Simplify. (6.1.6)
4
 Exercise 6.1.5:
Answer a
12
25
Answer b
11
10
 Exercise 6.1.6:
Answer a
16
25
Answer b
3
125 5
The previous example shows that a percent can be greater than 1. We saw that 125% means , or . These are improper
100 4
fractions, and their values are greater than one.

 Example 6.1.4:
1
Convert each percent to a fraction: (a) 24.5% (b) 33 %
3
Solution
(a) 24.5%
24.5
100
24.5(10)
Clear the decimal by multiplying numerator and denominator by 10. (6.1.8)
100(10)
245
Multiply. (6.1.9)
1000
5 ⋅ 49
Rewrite showing common factors. (6.1.10)
5 ⋅ 200
49
Simplify. (6.1.11)
200
1
(b) 33 %
3
1
33
Write as a ratio with denominator 100. 3
(6.1.12)
100
100
Write the numerator as an improper fraction. 3

(6.1.13)
100
100 100 100

Rewrite as fraction division, replacing 100 with . ÷ (6.1.14)
1 3 1
100 1
Multiply by the reciprocal. ⋅ (6.1.15)
3 100
1
Simplify. (6.1.16)
3
 Exercise 6.1.7:
2
3
Answer a
161
250
Answer b
2

 Exercise 6.1.8:
3
4
Answer a
113
250
Answer b
7
80
In Decimals, we learned how to convert fractions to decimals. To convert a percent to a decimal, we first convert it to a fraction and
then change the fraction to a decimal.
 HOW TO: CONVERT A PERCENT TO A DECIMAL
Step 1. Write the percent as a ratio with the denominator 100.

Step 2. Convert the fraction to a decimal by dividing the numerator by the denominator.
 Example 6.1.5:
Convert each percent to a decimal: (a) 6% (b) 78%

Solution
Because we want to change to a decimal, we will leave the fractions with denominator 100 instead of removing common
factors.
(a) 6%
6
100
Change the fraction to a decimal by dividing the numerator by the

0.06
denominator.
(b) 78%
78
100

0.78
denominator.
 Exercise 6.1.9:
Answer a
0.09
Answer b
0.87

Answer a
0.03
Answer b
0.91
 Example 6.1.6:
Convert each percent to a decimal: (a) 135% (b) 12.5%

Solution
135
100

1.35
denominator.
(b) 12.5%
12.5
100

0.125
denominator.
Answer a
1.15
Answer b
0.235
Answer a
1.23
Answer b
0.168
Let's summarize the results from the previous examples in Table 6.1.1, and look for a pattern we could use to quickly convert a
percent number to a decimal number.
Table 6.1.1

Percent Decimal
6% 0.06
78% 0.78
135% 1.35
12.5% 0.125
Do you see the pattern? To convert a percent number to a decimal number, we move the decimal point two places to the left and
remove the % sign. (Sometimes the decimal point does not appear in the percent number, but just like we can think of the integer 6
as 6.0, we can think of 6% as 6.0%.) Notice that we may need to add zeros in front of the number when moving the decimal to the
left.
Figure 6.1.2 uses the percents in Table 6.1.1 and shows visually how to convert them to decimals by moving the decimal point two
places to the left.
Figure 6.1.2
 Example 6.1.7:
Among a group of business leaders, 77% believe that poor math and science education in the U.S. will lead to higher
unemployment rates. Convert the percent to: (a) a fraction (b) a decimal
Solution
(a)
77
100
(b)

0.77
denominator.
Twitter's share of web traffic jumped 24% when one celebrity tweeted live on air. Convert the percent to: (a) a fraction and (b)
a decimal.
Answer a
6
25
Answer b
0.24

The U.S. Census estimated that in 2013, 44% of the population of Boston age 25 or older have a bachelor's or higher degrees.
Convert the percent to: (a) a fraction and (b) a decimal.
Answer a
22
50
Answer b
0.44
 Example 6.1.8:
There are four suits of cards in a deck of cards—hearts, diamonds, clubs, and spades. The probability of randomly choosing a
heart from a shuffled deck of cards is 25%. Convert the percent to: (a) a fraction (b) a decimal.
Figure 6.1.3 - (credit: Riles32807, Wikimedia Commons)

Solution
(a)
25
100
1
Simplify. (6.1.23)
4
(b)

0.25
denominator.
The probability that it will rain Monday is 30%. Convert the percent to: (a) a fraction, and (b) a decimal.
Answer a
3
10
Answer b
0.3

The probability of getting heads three times when tossing a coin three times is 12.5%. Convert the percent to: (a) a fraction,
and (b) a decimal.
Answer a
12.5
100
Answer b
0.125
Convert Decimals and Fractions to Percents

To convert a decimal to a percent, remember that percent means per hundred. If we change the decimal to a fraction whose
denominator is 100, it is easy to change that fraction to a percent.
 HOW TO: CONVERT A DECIMAL TO A PERCENT
Step 1. Write the decimal as a fraction.

Step 2. If the denominator of the fraction is not 100, rewrite it as an equivalent fraction with denominator 100.
Step 3. Write this ratio as a percent.
 Example 6.1.9:
Convert each decimal to a percent: (a) 0.05 (b) 0.83

Solution
(a) 0.05
5
Write as a fraction. The denominator is 100. (6.1.24)
100
Write this ratio as a percent. 5%
(b)
83
The denominator is 100. (6.1.25)
100
Convert each decimal to a percent: (a) 0.01 (b) 0.17.
Answer a
1%
Answer b
17%

Convert each decimal to a percent: (a) 0.04 (b) 0.41.
Answer a
4%
Answer b
41%
To convert a mixed number to a percent, we first write it as an improper fraction.
 Example 6.1.10:

Solution
(a) 1.05
5
Write as a fraction. 1 (6.1.26)
100
105
Write as an improper fraction. The denominator is 100. (6.1.27)
100
Notice that since 1.05 > 1, the result is more than 100%.
(b) 0.075
75
1, 000
Divide the numerator and denominator by 10, so that the denominator 7.5
(6.1.29)
is 100. 100
Write this ratio as a percent. 7.5%
Answer a
175%
Answer b
8.25%
Answer a
225%

Answer b
9.25%
Let's summarize the results from the previous examples in Table 6.20 so we can look for a pattern.
Table 6.1.2
Decimal Percent
0.05 5%
0.83 83%
1.05 105%
0.075 7.5%
Do you see the pattern? To convert a decimal to a percent, we move the decimal point two places to the right and then add the
percent sign.
Figure 6.1.4 uses the decimal numbers in Table 6.1.2 and shows visually to convert them to percents by moving the decimal point
two places to the right and then writing the % sign.
Figure 6.1.4
In Decimals, we learned how to convert fractions to decimals. Now we also know how to change decimals to percents. So to
convert a fraction to a percent, we first change it to a decimal and then convert that decimal to a percent.
 HOW TO: CONVERT A FRACTION TO A PERCENT
Step 1. Convert the fraction to a decimal.

Step 2. Convert the decimal to a percent.
 Example 6.1.11:
3 11 1
Convert each fraction or mixed number to a percent: (a) (b) (c) 2
4 8 5
Solution
To convert a fraction to a decimal, divide the numerator by the denominator.
(a)
3
Change to a decimal. (6.1.30)
4
Write as a percent by moving the decimal two places.
75%
(b)
11
8

Write as a percent by moving the decimal two places.
137.5%
(c)
1
Write as an improper fraction. 2 (6.1.32)
5
11
5
Write as a percent.
220%
Notice that we needed to add zeros at the end of the number when moving the decimal two places to the right.
5 11 2
8 4 5
Answer a
62.5%
Answer b
275%
Answer c
340%
7 9 3
8 4 5
Answer a
87.5%
Answer b
225%
Answer c
160%
Sometimes when changing a fraction to a decimal, the division continues for many decimal places and we will round off the
quotient. The number of decimal places we round to will depend on the situation. If the decimal involves money, we round to the
hundredths place. For most other cases in this book we will round the number to the nearest thousandth, so the percent will be
rounded to the nearest tenth.

 Example 6.1.12:
5
Convert to a percent.
7
Solution
To change a fraction to a decimal, we divide the numerator by the denominator.
Change to a decimal—rounding to the nearest thousandth. 0.714
Write as a percent. 71.4%
3
Convert the fraction to a percent:
7
Answer
42.9%
4
Convert the fraction to a percent:
7
Answer
57.1%
When we first looked at fractions and decimals, we saw that fractions converted to a repeating decimal. When we converted the
4
fraction to a decimal, we wrote the answer as 1.3. We will use this same notation, as well as fraction notation, when we convert
¯
¯¯
3
fractions to percents in the next example.
 Example 6.1.13:
1 1
An article in a medical journal claimed that approximately of American adults are obese. Convert the fraction to a
3 3
percent.
Solution
Change to a decimal.
Write as a repeating decimal. 0.333 …

1
Write as a percent. 33 %
3
¯
¯¯
We could also write the percent as 33.3%.

1
According to the U.S. Census Bureau, about of United States housing units have just 1 bedroom. Convert the fraction to a
9
percent.
Answer
¯
¯¯
11. 1% , or 11 1
9
%
1
According to the U.S. Census Bureau, about of Colorado residents speak a language other than English at home. Convert
6
the fraction to a percent.
Answer
¯
¯¯
16. 6% , or 16 2
3
%

Use the Definition of Percents
In the following exercises, write each percent as a ratio.
1. In 2014, the unemployment rate for those with only a high school degree was 6.0%.
2. In 2015, among the unemployed, 29% were long-term unemployed.
3. The unemployment rate for those with Bachelor's degrees was 3.2% in 2014.
4. The unemployment rate in Michigan in 2014 was 7.3%.
In the following exercises, write as (a) a ratio and (b) a percent.
5. 57 out of 100 nursing candidates received their degree at a community college.
6. 80 out of 100 firefighters and law enforcement officers were educated at a community college.
7. 42 out of 100 first-time freshmen students attend a community college.
8. 71 out of 100 full-time community college faculty have a master's degree.
Convert Percents to Fractions and Decimals

In the following exercises, convert each percent to a fraction and simplify all fractions.
9. 4%
10. 8%
11. 17%
12. 19%
13. 52%
14. 78%
15. 125%
16. 135%
17. 37.5%
18. 42.5%
19. 18.4%
20. 46.4%
1
21. 9 %
2
1
22. 8 %
2
1
23. 5 %
3

2
24. 6 %
3
In the following exercises, convert each percent to a decimal.

25. 5%
26. 9%
27. 1%
28. 2%
29. 63%
30. 71%
31. 40%
32. 50%
33. 115%
34. 125%
35. 150%
36. 250%
37. 21.4%
38. 39.3%
39. 7.8%
40. 6.4%
In the following exercises, convert each percent to (a) a simplified fraction and (b) a decimal.
41. In 2010, 1.5% of home sales had owner financing. (Source: Bloomberg Businessweek, 5/ 23–29/2011)
42. In 2000, 4.2% of the United States population was of Asian descent. (Source: www.census.gov)
43. According to government data, in 2013 the number of cell phones in India was 70.23% of the population.
44. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, among Americans age 25 or older who had doctorate degrees in 2014, 37.1% are women.
45. A couple plans to have two children. The probability they will have two girls is 25%.
46. Javier will choose one digit at random from 0 through 9. The probability he will choose 3 is 10%.
47. According to the local weather report, the probability of thunderstorms in New York City on July 15 is 60%.
48. A club sells 50 tickets to a raffle. Osbaldo bought one ticket. The probability he will win the raffle is 2%.
Convert Decimals and Fractions to Percents

In the following exercises, convert each decimal to a percent.
49. 0.01
50. 0.03
51. 0.18
52. 0.15
53. 1.35
54. 1.56
55. 3
56. 4
57. 0.009
58. 0.008
59. 0.0875
60. 0.0625
61. 1.5
62. 2.2
63. 2.254
64. 2.317
In the following exercises, convert each fraction to a percent.
1
65.
4

1
66.
5
3
67.
8
5
68.
8
7
69.
4
9
70.
8
4
71. 6
5
1
72. 5
4
5
73.
12
11
74.
12
2
75. 2
3
2
76. 1
3
3
77.
7
6
78.
7
5
79.
9
4
80.
9

1
81. of washing machines needed repair.
4
1
82. of dishwashers needed repair.
5

83. According to the National Center for Health Statistics, in 2012, 7 20 of American adults were obese.
84. The U.S. Census Bureau estimated that in 2013, 85% of Americans lived in the same house as they did 1 year before.
In the following exercises, complete the table.
85. Table 6.26

Fraction Decimal Percent
1
(6.1.34)
2
0.45
18%
1
(6.1.35)
3
0.0008
86.

Table 6.27
Fraction Decimal Percent
1
(6.1.36)
4
0.65
22%
2
(6.1.37)
3
0.0004
Everyday Math
87. Sales tax Felipa says she has an easy way to estimate the sales tax when she makes a purchase. The sales tax in her city is
9.05%. She knows this is a little less than 10%.
a. Convert 10% to a fraction.
b. Use your answer from (a) to estimate the sales tax Felipa would pay on a $95 dress.
88. Savings Ryan has 25% of each paycheck automatically deposited in his savings account.
a. Write 25% as a fraction.
b. Use your answer from (a) to find the amount that goes to savings from Ryan's $2,400 paycheck.
89. Amelio is shopping for textbooks online. He found three sellers that are offering a book he needs for the same price, including
shipping. To decide which seller to buy from he is comparing their customer satisfaction ratings. The ratings are given in the
chart.
Seller Rating
A 4/5
B 3.5/4
C 85%
90. Write seller C’s rating as a fraction and a decimal.

91. Write seller B’s rating as a percent and a decimal.
92. Write seller A’s rating as a percent and a decimal.
93. Which seller should Amelio buy from and why?
Writing Exercises
94. Convert 25%, 50%, 75%, and 100% to fractions. Do you notice a pattern? Explain what the pattern is.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
95. Convert , , , , , , , , and to percents. Do you notice a pattern? Explain what the pattern is.
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
96. When the Szetos sold their home, the selling price was 500% of what they had paid for the house 30 years ago. Explain what
500% means in this context.
97. According to cnn.com, cell phone use in 2008 was 600% of what it had been in 2001. Explain what 600% means in this context.
Self Check

help you need.

[email protected]."
This page titled 6.1: Understand Percent is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

Translate and solve basic percent equations
Solve applications of percent
Find percent increase and percent decrease
 be prepared!
3
1. Translate and solve: of x is 24. If you missed this problem, review Example 4.13.11.
4
2. Simplify: (4.5)(2.38). If you missed this problem, review Example 5.3.5.
3. Solve: 3.5 = 0.7n. If you missed this problem, review Example 5.7.4.
Translate and Solve Basic Percent Equations

We will solve percent equations by using the methods we used to solve equations with fractions or decimals. In the past, you may
have solved percent problems by setting them up as proportions. That was the best method available when you did not have the
tools of algebra. Now as a prealgebra student, you can translate word sentences into algebraic equations, and then solve the
equations.
We'll look at a common application of percent—tips to a server at a restaurant—to see how to set up a basic percent application.
When Aolani and her friends ate dinner at a restaurant, the bill came to $80. They wanted to leave a 20% tip. What amount would
the tip be? To solve this, we want to find what amount is 20% of $80. The $80 is called the base. The amount of the tip would be
0.20(80), or $16 See Figure 6.2.1. To find the amount of the tip, we multiplied the percent by the base.
Figure 6.2.1 - A 20% tip for an $80 restaurant bill comes out to $16.
In the next examples, we will find the amount. We must be sure to change the given percent to a decimal when we translate the
words into an equation.
 Example 6.2.1:
What number is 35% of 90?
Solution

Translate into algebra. Let n = the number.
Multiply. n = 31.5
31.5 is 35% of 90
 Exercise 6.2.1:
Answer
36
 Exercise 6.2.2:
Answer
33
 Example 6.2.2:
125% of 28 is what number?

Solution
Translate into algebra. Let a = the number.
Multiply. 35 = a
125% of 28 is 35
Remember that a percent over 100 is a number greater than 1. We found that 125% of 28 is 35, which is greater than 28.
 Exercise 6.2.3:
Answer
117
 Exercise 6.2.4:
Answer
126
In the next examples, we are asked to find the base.

 Example 6.2.3:
Translate and solve: 36 is 75% of what number?

Solution
Translate. Let b = the number.
36 0.75b
Divide both sides by 0.75. = (6.2.1)
0.75 0.75
Simplify. 48 = b
36 is 75% of 48
 Exercise 6.2.5:
17 is 25% of what number?
Answer
68
 Exercise 6.2.6:
40 is 62.5% of what number?
Answer
64
 Example 6.2.4:
6.5% of what number is $1.17?

Solution
Translate. Let b = the number.
0.065n 1.17
0.065 0.065
Simplify. n = 18
6.5% of $18 is $1.17.
 Exercise 6.2.7:
Answer
$26

 Exercise 6.2.8:
Answer
$36
In the next examples, we will solve for the percent.
 Example 6.2.5:
What percent of 36 is 9?
Solution
Translate into algebra. Let p = the percent.
36p 9
Divide by 36. = (6.2.3)
36 36
1
Simplify. p = (6.2.4)
4
Convert to decimal form. p = 0.25
Convert to percent. p = 25%
25% of 36 is 9.
 Exercise 6.2.9:
Answer
75%
Answer
80%
 Example 6.2.6:
144 is what percent of 96?
Solution
Translate into algebra. Let p = the percent.
144 96p
Divide by 96. = (6.2.5)
96 96
Simplify. 1.5 = p

Convert to percent. 150% = p
144 is 150% of 96.
Answer
125%
Answer
175%
Solve Applications of Percent

Many applications of percent occur in our daily lives, such as tips, sales tax, discount, and interest. To solve these applications we'll
translate to a basic percent equation, just like those we solved in the previous examples in this section. Once you translate the
sentence into a percent equation, you know how to solve it.
We will update the strategy we used in our earlier applications to include equations now. Notice that we will translate a sentence
into an equation.
 HOW TO: SOLVE AN APPLICATION

Step 1. Identify what you are asked to find and choose a variable to represent it.
Step 2. Write a sentence that gives the information to find it.
Step 3. Translate the sentence into an equation.
Step 4. Solve the equation using good algebra techniques.
Step 5. Check the answer in the problem and make sure it makes sense.
Now that we have the strategy to refer to, and have practiced solving basic percent equations, we are ready to solve percent
applications. Be sure to ask yourself if your final answer makes sense—since many of the applications we'll solve involve everyday
situations, you can rely on your own experience.
 Example 6.2.7:
Dezohn and his girlfriend enjoyed a dinner at a restaurant, and the bill was $68.50. They want to leave an 18% tip. If the tip
will be 18% of the total bill, how much should the tip be?
Solution
What are you asked to find? the amount of the tip
Choose a variable to represent it. Let t = amount of tip.
Write a sentence that give the information to find it. The tip is 18% of the total bill.
Translate the sentence into an equation.
Multiply. t = 12.33

If we approximate the bill to $70 and the percent to 20%, we would
Check. Is this answer reasonable?
have a tip of $14. So a tip of $12.33 seems reasonable.
Write a complete sentence that answers the question. The couple should leave a tip of $12.33.
Cierra and her sister enjoyed a special dinner in a restaurant, and the bill was $81.50. If she wants to leave 18% of the total bill
as her tip, how much should she leave?
Answer
$14.67
Kimngoc had lunch at her favorite restaurant. She wants to leave 15% of the total bill as her tip. If her bill was $14.40, how
much will she leave for the tip?
Answer
$2.16
 Example 6.2.8:
The label on Masao's breakfast cereal said that one serving of cereal provides 85 milligrams (mg) of potassium, which is 2% of
the recommended daily amount. What is the total recommended daily amount of potassium?
Solution
What are you asked to find? the total amount of potassium recommended
Choose a variable to represent it. Let a = total amount of potassium.
Write a sentence that gives the information to find it. 85 mg is 2% of the total amount.

85 0.02a
0.02 0.02
Simplify. 4,250 =a
Check: Is this answer reasonable? Yes. 2% is a small percent and 85 is a small part of 4,250.
Write a complete sentence that answers the question. The amount of potassium that is recommended is 4250 mg.
One serving of wheat square cereal has 7 grams of fiber, which is 29% of the recommended daily amount. What is the total
recommended daily amount of fiber?
Answer
24.1 grams
One serving of rice cereal has 190 mg of sodium, which is 8% of the recommended daily amount. What is the total
recommended daily amount of sodium?
Answer
2,375 mg
 Example 6.2.9:
Mitzi received some gourmet brownies as a gift. The wrapper said each brownie was 480 calories, and had 240 calories of fat.
What percent of the total calories in each brownie comes from fat?
Solution
What are you asked to find? the percent of the total calories from fat
Choose a variable to represent it. Let p = percent from fat.
Write a sentence that gives the information to find it. What percent of 480 is 240?
p ⋅ 480 240
Divide both sides by 480. = (6.2.7)
480 480
Simplify. p = 0.5
Convert to percent form. p = 50%
Check. Is this answer reasonable? Yes. 240 is half of 480, so 50% makes sense.
Write a complete sentence that answers the question. Of the total calories in each brownie, 50% is fat.
Veronica is planning to make muffins from a mix. The package says each muffin will be 230 calories and 60 calories will be
from fat. What percent of the total calories is from fat? (Round to the nearest whole percent.)
Answer

26%
The brownie mix Ricardo plans to use says that each brownie will be 190 calories, and 70 calories are from fat. What percent
of the total calories are from fat?
Answer
37%
Find Percent Increase and Percent Decrease

People in the media often talk about how much an amount has increased or decreased over a certain period of time. They usually
express this increase or decrease as a percent.
To find the percent increase, first we find the amount of increase, which is the difference between the new amount and the original
amount. Then we find what percent the amount of increase is of the original amount.
 how to: find percent increase
Step 1. Find the amount of increase.

increase = new amount − original amount
Step 2. Find the percent increase as a percent of the original amount.
 Example 6.2.10:
In 2011, the California governor proposed raising community college fees from $26 per unit to $36 per unit. Find the percent
increase. (Round to the nearest tenth of a percent.)
Solution
What are you asked to find? the percent increase
Choose a variable to represent it. Let p = percent.
Find the amount of increase.
Find the percent increase. The increase is what percent of the original amount?
Translate to an equation.
10 26p
26 26
Round to the nearest thousandth. 0.384 = p
Convert to percent form. 38.4% = p
Write a complete sentence. The new fees represent a 38.4% increase over the old fees.
In 2011, the IRS increased the deductible mileage cost to 55.5 cents from 51 cents. Find the percent increase. (Round to the
nearest tenth of a percent.)

Answer
8.8%
In 1995, the standard bus fare in Chicago was $1.50. In 2008, the standard bus fare was $2.25. Find the percent increase.
(Round to the nearest tenth of a percent.)
Answer
50%
Finding the percent decrease is very similar to finding the percent increase, but now the amount of decrease is the difference
between the original amount and the final amount. Then we find what percent the amount of decrease is of the original amount.
 HOW TO: FIND PERCENT DECREASE

Step 1. Find the amount of decrease.
decrease = original amount − new amount
Step 2. Find the percent decrease as a percent of the original amount.
 Example 6.2.11:
The average price of a gallon of gas in one city in June 2014 was $3.71. The average price in that city in July was $3.64. Find
the percent decrease.
Solution
The average price of a gallon of gas in one city in June 2014 was $3.71. The average price in that city in July was $3.64. Find
the percent decrease.
What are you asked to find? the percent decrease
Choose a variable to represent it. Let p = percent.
Find the amount of decrease.
Find the percent of decrease. The decrease is what percent of the original amount?
Translate to an equation.
0.07 3.71p
3.71 3.71
Round to the nearest thousandth. 0.019 = p
Convert to percent form. 1.9% = p
Write a complete sentence. The price of gas decreased 1.9%.
The population of one city was about 672,000 in 2010. The population of the city is projected to be about 630,000 in 2020.
Find the percent decrease. (Round to the nearest tenth of a percent.)
Answer

6.3%
Last year Sheila's salary was $42,000. Because of furlough days, this year her salary was $37,800. Find the percent decrease.
(Round to the nearest tenth of a percent.)
Answer
10%
Percent Increase and Percent Decrease Visualization

Translate and Solve Basic Percent Equations
98. What number is 45% of 120?
102. 250% of 65 is what number?
104. 800% of 2,250 is what number?
105. 600% of 1,740 is what number?
106. 28 is 25% of what number?
110. 8.2% of what number is $2.87?
112. 11.5% of what number is $108.10?
113. 12.3% of what number is $92.25?
114. What percent of 260 is 78?
116. What percent of 1,500 is 540?
118. 30 is what percent of 20?
Solve Applications of Percents

In the following exercises, solve the applications of percents.
122. Geneva treated her parents to dinner at their favorite restaurant. The bill was $74.25. She wants to leave 16% of the total bill as
a tip. How much should the tip be?
123. When Hiro and his co-workers had lunch at a restaurant the bill was $90.50. They want to leave 18% of the total bill as a tip.
How much should the tip be?
124. Trong has 12% of each paycheck automatically deposited to his savings account. His last paycheck was $2,165. How much
money was deposited to Trong's savings account?

125. Cherise deposits 8% of each paycheck into her retirement account. Her last paycheck was $1,485. How much did Cherise
deposit into her retirement account?
126. One serving of oatmeal has 8 grams of fiber, which is 33% of the recommended daily amount. What is the total recommended
daily amount of fiber?
127. One serving of trail mix has 67 grams of carbohydrates, which is 22% of the recommended daily amount. What is the total
recommended daily amount of carbohydrates?
128. A bacon cheeseburger at a popular fast food restaurant contains 2,070 milligrams (mg) of sodium, which is 86% of the
recommended daily amount. What is the total recommended daily amount of sodium?
129. A grilled chicken salad at a popular fast food restaurant contains 650 milligrams (mg) of sodium, which is 27% of the
recommended daily amount. What is the total recommended daily amount of sodium?
130. The nutrition fact sheet at a fast food restaurant says the fish sandwich has 380 calories, and 171 calories are from fat. What
percent of the total calories is from fat?
131. The nutrition fact sheet at a fast food restaurant says a small portion of chicken nuggets has 190 calories, and 114 calories are
from fat. What percent of the total calories is from fat?
132. Emma gets paid $3,000 per month. She pays $750 a month for rent. What percent of her monthly pay goes to rent?
133. Dimple gets paid $3,200 per month. She pays $960 a month for rent. What percent of her monthly pay goes to rent?
Find Percent Increase and Percent Decrease

In the following exercises, find the percent increase or percent decrease.
134. Tamanika got a raise in her hourly pay, from $15.50 to $17.55. Find the percent increase.
135. Ayodele got a raise in her hourly pay, from $24.50 to $25.48. Find the percent increase.
136. Annual student fees at the University of California rose from about $4,000 in 2000 to about $9,000 in 2014. Find the percent
increase.
137. The price of a share of one stock rose from $12.50 to $50. Find the percent increase.
138. According to Time magazine (7/19/2011) annual global seafood consumption rose from 22 pounds per person in 1960 to 38
pounds per person today. Find the percent increase. (Round to the nearest tenth of a percent.)
139. In one month, the median home price in the Northeast rose from $225,400 to $241,500. Find the percent increase. (Round to the
140. A grocery store reduced the price of a loaf of bread from $2.80 to $2.73. Find the percent decrease.
141. The price of a share of one stock fell from $8.75 to $8.54. Find the percent decrease.
142. Hernando's salary was $49,500 last year. This year his salary was cut to $44,055. Find the percent decrease.
143. From 2000 to 2010, the population of Detroit fell from about 951,000 to about 714,000. Find the percent decrease. (Round to
the nearest tenth of a percent.)
144. In one month, the median home price in the West fell from $203,400 to $192,300. Find the percent decrease. (Round to the
145. Sales of video games and consoles fell from $1,150 million to $1,030 million in one year. Find the percent decrease. (Round to
the nearest tenth of a percent.)
Everyday Math
146. Tipping At the campus coffee cart, a medium coffee costs $1.65. MaryAnne brings $2.00 with her when she buys a cup of
coffee and leaves the change as a tip. What percent tip does she leave?
147. Late Fees Alison was late paying her credit card bill of $249. She was charged a 5% late fee. What was the amount of the late
fee?
Writing Exercises
148. Without solving the problem “44 is 80% of what number”, think about what the solution might be. Should it be a number that is
greater than 44 or less than 44? Explain your reasoning.
149. Without solving the problem “What is 20% of 300?” think about what the solution might be. Should it be a number that is
greater than 300 or less than 300? Explain your reasoning.
150. After returning from vacation, Alex said he should have packed 50% fewer shorts and 200% more shirts. Explain what Alex
meant.

151. Because of road construction in one city, commuters were advised to plan their Monday morning commute to take 150% of
their usual commuting time. Explain what this means.
Self Check

[email protected]."
This page titled 6.2: Solve General Applications of Percent is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

Solve sales tax applications
Solve commission applications
Solve discount applications
Solve mark-up applications
 be prepared!
1. Solve 0.0875(720) through multiplication. If you missed this problem, review Example 5.3.7.
2. Solve 12.96 ÷ 0.04 through division. If you missed this problem, review Example 5.4.12.
Solve Sales Tax Applications

Sales tax and commissions are applications of percent in our everyday lives. To solve these applications, we will follow the same
strategy we used in the section on decimal operations. We show it again here for easy reference.
 HOW TO: Solve an application

Step 1. Identify what you are asked to find and choose a variable to represent it.
Step 2. Write a sentence that gives the information to find it.
Step 3. Translate the sentence into an equation.
Remember that whatever the application, once we write the sentence with the given information (Step 2), we can translate it to a
percent equation and then solve it.
Do you pay a tax when you shop in your city or state? In many parts of the United States, sales tax is added to the purchase price of
an item. See Figure 6.3.1. The sales tax is determined by computing a percent of the purchase price.
To find the sales tax multiply the purchase price by the sales tax rate. Remember to convert the sales tax rate from a percent to a
decimal number. Once the sales tax is calculated, it is added to the purchase price. The result is the total cost—this is what the
customer pays.

Figure 6.3.1 - The sales tax is calculated as a percent of the purchase price.
 Definition: sales tax
The sales tax is a percent of the purchase price.

Sales Tax = Tax Rate • Purchase Price
Total Cost = Purchase Price + Sales Tax
 Example 6.3.1:
Cathy bought a bicycle in Washington, where the sales tax rate was 6.5% of the purchase price. What was (a) the sales tax and
(b) the total cost of a bicycle if the purchase price of the bicycle was $392?
Solution
(a)
Identify what you are asked to find. What is the sales tax?
Choose a variable to represent it. Let t = sales tax.
Write a sentence that gives the information to find it. The sales tax is 6.5% of the purchase price.
Translate into an equation. (Remember to change the percent to a

decimal).
Simplify. t = 25.48
Yes, because the sales tax amount is less than 10% of the purchase
Check: Is this answer reasonable?
price.
Write a complete sentence that answers the question. The sales tax is $25.48.
(b)
Identify what you are asked to find. What is the total cost of the bicycle?
Choose a variable to represent it. Let c = total cost of bicycle.
Write a sentence that gives the information to find it. The total cost is the purchase price plus the sales tax.

Translate into an equation. (Remember to change the percent to a
decimal).
Simplify. c = 417.48
Check: Is this answer reasonable? Yes, because the total cost is a little more than the purchase price.
Write a complete sentence that answers the question. The total cost of the bicycle is $417.48.
 Exercise 6.3.1:
Find (a) the sales tax and (b) the total cost: Alexandra bought a television set for $724 in Boston, where the sales tax rate was
6.25% of the purchase price.
Answer a
$45.25
Answer b
$769.25
 Exercise 6.3.2:
Find (a) the sales tax and (b) the total cost: Kim bought a winter coat for $250 in St. Louis, where the sales tax rate was 8.2%
of the purchase price.
Answer a
$20.50
Answer b
$270.50
 Example 6.3.2:
Evelyn bought a new smartphone for $499 plus tax. She was surprised when she got the receipt and saw that the tax was
$42.42. What was the sales tax rate for this purchase?
Solution
Identify what you are asked to find. What is the sales tax rate?
Choose a variable to represent it. Let r = sales tax.
Write a sentence that gives the information to find it. What percent of the price is the sales tax?
Translate into an equation.
499r 42.42
Divide. = (6.3.1)
499 499
Simplify r = 0.085
Yes, because 8.5% is close to 10%. 10% of $500 is $50, which is close
Check. Is this answer reasonable?
to $42.42.
Write a complete sentence that answers the question. The sales tax rate is 8.5%.

 Exercise 6.3.3:
Diego bought a new car for $26,525. He was surprised that the dealer then added $2,387.25. What was the sales tax rate for
this purchase?
Answer
9%
 Exercise 6.3.4:
What is the sales tax rate if a $7,594 purchase will have $569.55 of sales tax added to it?
Answer
7.5%
Solve Commission Applications

Sales people often receive a commission, or percent of total sales, for their sales. Their income may be just the commission they
earn, or it may be their commission added to their hourly wages or salary. The commission they earn is calculated as a certain
percent of the price of each item they sell. That percent is called the rate of commission.
 Definition: commission
A commission is a percentage of total sales as determined by the rate of commission.

commission = rate of commission • total sales
To find the commission on a sale, multiply the rate of commission by the total sales. Just as we did for computing sales tax,
remember to first convert the rate of commission from a percent to a decimal.
 Example 6.3.3:
Helene is a realtor. She receives 3% commission when she sells a house. How much commission will she receive for selling a
house that costs $260,000?
Solution
Identify what you are asked to find. What is the commission?
Choose a variable to represent it. Let c = the commission.
Write a sentence that gives the information to find it. The commission is 3% of the price.
Simplify. c = 7800
Change to percent form. r = 8.5%
Check. Is this answer reasonable? Yes. 1% of $260,000 is $2,600, and $7,800 is three times $2,600.
Write a complete sentence that answers the question. Helene will receive a commission of $7,800.
 Exercise 6.3.5:
Bob is a travel agent. He receives 7% commission when he books a cruise for a customer. How much commission will he
receive for booking a $3,900 cruise?

Answer
$273
 Exercise 6.3.6:
Fernando receives 18% commission when he makes a computer sale. How much commission will he receive for selling a
computer for $2,190?
Answer
$394.20
 Example 6.3.4:
Rikki earned $87 commission when she sold a $1,450 stove. What rate of commission did she get?
Solution
Identify what you are asked to find. What is the rate of commission?
Choose a variable to represent it. Let r = the rate of commission.
Write a sentence that gives the information to find it. The commission is what percent of the sale?
87 1450r
Divide. = (6.3.2)
1450 1450
Simplify. 0.06 = r
Change to percent form. r = 6%
Yes. A 10% commission would have been $145. The 6% commission,

Check if this answer is reasonable.
$87, is a little more than half of that.
Write a complete sentence that answers the question. The commission was 6% of the price of the stove.
 Exercise 6.3.7:
Homer received $1,140 commission when he sold a car for $28,500. What rate of commission did he get?
Answer
4%
 Exercise 6.3.8:
Bernice earned $451 commission when she sold an $8,200 living room set. What rate of commission did she get?
Answer
5.5%
Solve Discount Applications

Applications of discount are very common in retail settings Figure 6.8. When you buy an item on sale, the original price of the
item has been reduced by some dollar amount. The discount rate, usually given as a percent, is used to determine the amount of

the discount. To determine the amount of discount, we multiply the discount rate by the original price. We summarize the discount
model in the box below.
Figure 6.8 - Applications of discounts are common in everyday life. (credit: Charleston's TheDigitel, Flickr)
 Definition: discount
An amount of discount is a percent off the original price.

amount of discount = discount rate • original price
sale price = original price − discount
The sale price should always be less than the original price. In some cases, the amount of discount is a fixed dollar amount. Then
we just find the sale price by subtracting the amount of discount from the original price.
 Example 6.3.5:
Jason bought a pair of sunglasses that were on sale for $10 off. The original price of the sunglasses was $39. What was the sale
price of the sunglasses?
Solution
Identify what you are asked to find. What is the sale price?
Choose a variable to represent it. Let s = the sale price.
Write a sentence that gives the information to find it. The sale price is the original price minus the discount.
Simplify. s = 29
Check if this answer is reasonable. Yes. The sale price, $29, is less than the original price, $39.
Write a complete sentence that answers the question. The sale price of the sunglasses was $29.
 Exercise 6.3.9:
Marta bought a dishwasher that was on sale for $75 off. The original price of the dishwasher was $525. What was the sale
price of the dishwasher?
Answer
$450

Orlando bought a pair of shoes that was on sale for $30 off. The original price of the shoes was $112. What was the sale price
of the shoes?
Answer
$82
In Example 6.29, the amount of discount was a set amount, $10. In Example 6.30 the discount is given as a percent of the original
price.
 Example 6.3.6:
Elise bought a dress that was discounted 35% off of the original price of $140. What was (a) the amount of discount and (b) the
sale price of the dress?
Solution
(a) Before beginning, you may find it helpful to organize the information in a list. Original price = $140, Discount rate = 35%,
Amount of discount = ?
Identify what you are asked to find. What is the amount of discount?
Choose a variable to represent it. Let d = the amount of discount.
Write a sentence that gives the information to find it. The discount is 35% of the original price.
Simplify. d = 49
Check if this answer is reasonable. Yes. A $49 discount is reasonable for a $140 dress.
Write a complete sentence that answers the question. The amount of discount was $49.
(b) Original price = $140, Amount of discount = $49, Sale price = ?
Identify what you are asked to find. What is the sale price of the dress?
Choose a variable to represent it. Let s = the sale price.
Write a sentence that gives the information to find it. The sale price is the original price minus the discount.
Simplify. s = 91
Check if this answer is reasonable. Yes. The sale price, $91, is less than the original price, $140.
Write a complete sentence that answers the question. The sale price of the dress was $91.
Find (a) the amount of discount and (b) the sale price: Sergio bought a belt that was discounted 40% from an original price of
$29.
Answer a
$11.60

Answer b
$17.40
Find (a) the amount of discount and (b) the sale price: Oscar bought a barbecue grill that was discounted 65% from an original
price of
$395.
Answer a
$256.75
Answer b
$138.25
There may be times when you buy something on sale and want to know the discount rate. The next example will show this case.
 Example 6.3.7:
Jeannette bought a swimsuit at a sale price of $13.95. The original price of the swimsuit was $31. Find the (a) amount of
discount and (b) discount rate.
Solution
(a) Before beginning, you may find it helpful to organize the information in a list. Original price = $31, Amount of discount =
?, Sale price = $13.95
Choose a variable to represent it. Let d = the amount of discount.
Write a sentence that gives the information to find it. The discount is the original price minus the sale price.
Simplify. d = 17.05
Check if this answer is reasonable. Yes. The $17.05 discount is less than the original price.
Write a complete sentence that answers the question. The amount of discount was $17.05.
(b) Before beginning, you may find it helpful to organize the information in a list. Original price = $31, Amount of discount =
$17.05, Discount rate = ?
Choose a variable to represent it. Let r = the discount rate.
Write a sentence that gives the information to find it. The discount is what percent of the original price?
17.05 r(31)
Divide. = (6.3.3)
31 31
Simplify. 0.55 = r

The rate of discount was a little more than 50% and the amount of
discount is a little more than half of $31.
Write a complete sentence that answers the question. The rate of discount was 55%.
Find (a) the amount of discount and (b) the discount rate: Lena bought a kitchen table at the sale price of $375.20. The original
price of the table was $560.
Answer a
$184.80
Answer b
33%
Find (a) the amount of discount and (b) the discount rate: Nick bought a multi-room air conditioner at a sale price of $340. The
original price of the air conditioner was $400.
Answer a
$60
Answer b
15%
Solve Mark-up Applications

Applications of mark-up are very common in retail settings. The price a retailer pays for an item is called the wholesale price. The
retailer then adds a mark-up to the wholesale price to get the list price, the price he sells the item for. The mark-up is usually
calculated as a percent of the wholesale price. The percent is called the mark-up rate. To determine the amount of mark-up,
multiply the mark-up rate by the wholesale price. We summarize the mark-up model in the box below.
 Definition: mark-up
The mark-up is the amount added to the wholesale price.

amount of mark-up = mark-up rate • wholesale price
list price = wholesale price + mark up
The list price should always be more than the wholesale price.
 Example 6.3.8:
Adam's art gallery bought a photograph at the wholesale price of $250. Adam marked the price up 40%. Find the (a) amount of
mark-up and (b) the list price of the photograph.
Solution
(a)
Identify what you are asked to find. What is the amount of mark-up?
Choose a variable to represent it. Let m = the amount of each mark-up.

Write a sentence that gives the information to find it. The mark-up is 40% of the wholesale price.
Simplify. m = 100
Yes. The markup rate is less than 50% and $100 is less than half of
$250.
Write a complete sentence that answers the question. The mark-up on the photograph was $100.
(b)
Identify what you are asked to find. What is the list price?
Choose a variable to represent it. Let p = the list price.
Write a sentence that gives the information to find it. The list price is the wholesale price plus the mark-up.
Simplify. p = 350
Check if this answer is reasonable. Yes. The list price, $350, is more than the wholesale price, $250.
Write a complete sentence that answers the question. The list price of the photograph was $350.
Jim's music store bought a guitar at wholesale price $1,200. Jim marked the price up 50%. Find the (a) amount of mark-up and
(b) the list price.
Answer a
600%
Answer b
$1,800
The Auto Resale Store bought Pablo's Toyota for $8,500. They marked the price up 35%. Find the (a) amount of mark-up and
(b) the list price.
Answer a
$2,975
Answer b
$11,475

Solve Sales Tax Applications
In the following exercises, find (a) the sales tax and (b) the total cost.
152. The cost of a pair of boots was $84. The sales tax rate is 5% of the purchase price.

153. The cost of a refrigerator was $1,242. The sales tax rate is 8% of the purchase price.
154. The cost of a microwave oven was $129. The sales tax rate is 7.5% of the purchase price.
155. The cost of a tablet computer is $350. The sales tax rate is 8.5% of the purchase price.
156. The cost of a file cabinet is $250. The sales tax rate is 6.85% of the purchase price.
157. The cost of a luggage set $400. The sales tax rate is 5.75% of the purchase price.
158. The cost of a 6 -drawer dresser $1,199. The sales tax rate is 5.125% of the purchase price.
159. The cost of a sofa is $1,350. The sales tax rate is 4.225% of the purchase price.
In the following exercises, find the sales tax rate.
160. Shawna bought a mixer for $300. The sales tax on the purchase was $19.50.
161. Orphia bought a coffee table for $400. The sales tax on the purchase was $38.
162. Bopha bought a bedroom set for $3,600. The sales tax on the purchase was $246.60.
163. Ruth bought a washer and dryer set for $2,100. The sales tax on the purchase was $152.25.
Solve Commission Applications

In the following exercises, find the commission.
164. Christopher sold his dinette set for $225 through an online site, which charged him 9% of the selling price as commission. How
much was the commission?
165. Michele rented a booth at a craft fair, which charged her 8% commission on her sales. One day her total sales were $193. How
much was the commission?
166. Farrah works in a jewelry store and receives 12% commission when she makes a sale. How much commission will she receive
for selling a $8,125 ring?
167. Jamal works at a car dealership and receives 9% commission when he sells a car. How much commission will he receive for
selling a $32,575 car?
168. Hector receives 17.5% commission when he sells an insurance policy. How much commission will he receive for selling a
policy for $4,910?
169. Denise receives 10.5% commission when she books a tour at the travel agency. How much commission will she receive for
booking a tour with total cost $7,420?
In the following exercises, find the rate of commission.
170. Dontay is a realtor and earned $11,250 commission on the sale of a $375,000 house. What is his rate of commission?
171. Nevaeh is a cruise specialist and earned $364 commission after booking a cruise that cost $5,200. What is her rate of
commission?
172. As a waitress, Emily earned $420 in tips on sales of $2,625 last Saturday night. What was her rate of commission?
173. Alejandra earned $1,393.74 commission on weekly sales of $15,486 as a salesperson at the computer store. What is her rate of
commission?
174. Maureen earned $7,052.50 commission when she sold a $45,500 car. What was the rate of commission?
175. Lucas earned $4,487.50 commission when he brought a $35,900 job to his office. What was the rate of commission?
Solve Discount Applications

In the following exercises, find the sale price.
176. Perla bought a cellphone that was on sale for $50 off. The original price of the cellphone was $189.
177. Sophie saw a dress she liked on sale for $15 off. The original price of the dress was $96.
178. Rick wants to buy a tool set with original price $165. Next week the tool set will be on sale for 40% off.
179. Angelo's store is having a sale on TV sets. One set, with an original price of $859, is selling for $125 off.
In the following exercises, find (a) the amount of discount and (b) the sale price.
180. Janelle bought a beach chair on sale at 60% off. The original price was $44.95
181. Errol bought a skateboard helmet on sale at 40% off. The original price was $49.95.
182. Kathy wants to buy a camera that lists for $389. The camera is on sale with a 33% discount.
183. Colleen bought a suit that was discounted 25% from an original price of $245.
184. Erys bought a treadmill on sale at 35% off. The original price was $949.95.
185. Jay bought a guitar on sale at 45% off. The original price was $514.75.

In the following exercises, find (a) the amount of discount and (b) the discount rate. (Round to the nearest tenth of a percent if
needed.)
186. Larry and Donna bought a sofa at the sale price of $1,344. The original price of the sofa was $1,920.
187. Hiroshi bought a lawnmower at the sale price of $240. The original price of the lawnmower is $300.
188. Patty bought a baby stroller on sale for $301.75. The original price of the stroller was $355.
189. Bill found a book he wanted on sale for $20.80. The original price of the book was $32.
190. Nikki bought a patio set on sale for $480. The original price was $850.
191. Stella bought a dinette set on sale for $725. The original price was $1,299.
Solve Mark-up Applications

In the following exercises, find (a) the amount of the mark-up and (b) the list price.
192. Daria bought a bracelet at wholesale cost $16 to sell in her handicraft store. She marked the price up 45%.
193. Regina bought a handmade quilt at wholesale cost $120 to sell in her quilt store. She marked the price up 55%.
194. Tom paid $0.60 a pound for tomatoes to sell at his produce store. He added a 33% mark-up.
195. Flora paid her supplier $0.74 a stem for roses to sell at her flower shop. She added an 85% mark-up.
196. Alan bought a used bicycle for $115. After re-conditioning it, he added 225% mark-up and then advertised it for sale.
197. Michael bought a classic car for $8,500. He restored it, then added 150% mark-up before advertising it for sale.
Everyday Math
198. Coupons Yvonne can use two coupons for the same purchase at her favorite department store. One coupon gives her $20 off and
the other gives her 25% off. She wants to buy a bedspread that sells for $195.
a. Calculate the discount price if Yvonne uses the $20 coupon first and then takes 25% off.
b. Calculate the discount price if Yvonne uses the 25% off coupon first and then uses the $20 coupon.
c. In which order should Yvonne use the coupons?
199. Cash Back Jason can buy a bag of dog food for $35 at two different stores. One store offers 6% cash back on the purchase plus
$5 off his next purchase. The other store offers 20% cash back.
a. Calculate the total savings from the first store, including the savings on the next purchase.
b. Calculate the total savings from the second store.
c. Which store should Jason buy the dog food from? Why?
Writing Exercises
200. Priam bought a jacket that was on sale for 40% off. The original price of the jacket was $150. While the sales clerk figured the
price by calculating the amount of discount and then subtracting that amount from $150, Priam found the price faster by
calculating 60% of $150.
a. Explain why Priam was correct.
b. Will Priam's method work for any original price?
201. Roxy bought a scarf on sale for 50% off. The original price of the scarf was $32.90. Roxy claimed that the price she paid for the
scarf was the same as the amount she saved. Was Roxy correct? Explain.
Self Check

[email protected]."
This page titled 6.3: Solve Sales Tax, Commission, and Discount Applications is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed,

Use the simple interest formula
Solve simple interest applications
 Be prepared!
1. Solve 0.6y = 45. If you missed this problem, review Example 5.7.4.
n
2. Solve = 4.6. If you missed this problem, review Example 5.7.5.
1.45
Use the Simple Interest Formula

Do you know that banks pay you to let them keep your money? The money you put in the bank is called the principal, P , and the
bank pays you interest, I . The interest is computed as a certain percent of the principal; called the rate of interest, r. The rate of
interest is usually expressed as a percent per year, and is calculated by using the decimal equivalent of the percent. The variable for
time, t, represents the number of years the money is left in the account.
 Definition: simple interest
If an amount of money, P , the principal, is invested for a period of t years at an annual interest rate r, the amount of interest, I ,
earned is
I = P rt
where
I = interest
P = principal
r = rate
t = time
Interest earned according to this formula is called simple interest.
The formula we use to calculate simple interest is I = Prt. To use the simple interest formula we substitute in the values for
variables that are given, and then solve for the unknown variable. It may be helpful to organize the information by listing all four
variables and filling in the given information.
 Example 6.4.1
Find the simple interest earned after 3 years on $500 at an interest rate of 6%.
Solution
Organize the given information in a list.
I = ?, P = $500, r = 6%, t = 3 years
We will use the simple interest formula to find the interest.
Write the formula. I = Prt
Substitute the given information. Remember to write the percent in

I = (500)(0.06)(3)
decimal form.
Simplify. I = 90

Check your answer. Is $90 a reasonable interest earned on $500 in 3 In 3 years the money earned 18%. If we rounded to 20%, the interest
years? would have been 500(0.20) or $100. Yes, $90 is reasonable.
Write a complete sentence that answers the question. The simple interest is $90.
 Exercise 6.4.1:
Answer
$160
 Exercise 6.4.2:
Answer
$56
In the next example, we will use the simple interest formula to find the principal.
 Example 6.4.2:
Find the principal invested if $178 interest was earned in 2 years at an interest rate of 4%.
Solution
Organize the given information in a list.
I = $178, P = ?, r = 4%, t = 2 years
We will use the simple interest formula to find the principal.
Substitute the given information. 178 = P(0.04)(2)
178 0.08P
Divide. = (6.4.1)
0.08 0.08
Simplify. 2,225 = P
Check your answer. Is it reasonable that $2,225 would earn $178 in 2 ?

178 = 2, 225(0.04)(2) (6.4.2)
years?
178 = 178 ✓ (6.4.3)
Write a complete sentence that answers the question. The principal is $2,225.
 Exercise 6.4.3:
Find the principal invested if $495 interest was earned in 3 years at an interest rate of 6%.
Answer
$2,750

 Exercise 6.4.4
Find the principal invested if $1,246 interest was earned in 5 years at an interest rate of 7%.
Answer
$3,560
Now we will solve for the rate of interest.
 Example 6.4.3
Find the rate if a principal of $8,200 earned $3,772 interest in 4 years.

Solution
Organize the given information.
I = $3,772, P = $8,200, r = ?, t = 4 years
We will use the simple interest formula to find the rate.
Substitute the given information. 3,772 = 8,200r(4)
Multiply. 3,772 = 32,800r
3, 772 32, 800r

Divide. = (6.4.4)
32, 800 32, 800
Simplify. 0.115 = r
Write as a percent. 11.5% = r
Check your answer. Is 11.5% a reasonable rate if $3,772 was earned ?

3, 772 = 8, 200(0.115)(4) (6.4.5)
in 4 years?
3, 772 = 3, 772 ✓ (6.4.6)
Write a complete sentence that answers the question. The rate was 11.5%.
 Exercise 6.4.5:
Answer
4.5%
 Exercise 6.4.6:
Answer
6.5%
Solve Simple Interest Applications

Applications with simple interest usually involve either investing money or borrowing money. To solve these applications, we
continue to use the same strategy for applications that we have used earlier in this chapter. The only difference is that in place of

translating to get an equation, we can use the simple interest formula.
We will start by solving a simple interest application to find the interest.
 Example 6.4.4:
Nathaly deposited $12,500 in her bank account where it will earn 4% interest. How much interest will Nathaly earn in 5 years?
Solution
We are asked to find the Interest, I. Organize the given information in a list.
I = ?, P = $12,500, r = 4%, t = 5 years
Substitute the given information. I = (12,500)(0.04)(5)
Simplify. I = 2,500
Check your answer. Is $2,500 a reasonable interest on $12,500 over 5 At 4% interest per year, in 5 years the interest would be 20% of the
years? principal. Is 20% of $12,500 equal to $2,500? Yes.
Write a complete sentence that answers the question. The interest is $2,500.
 Exercise 6.4.7:
Areli invested a principal of $950 in her bank account with interest rate 3%. How much interest did she earn in 5 years?
Answer
$142.50
 Exercise 6.4.8:
Susana invested a principal of $36,000 in her bank account with interest rate 6.5%. How much interest did she earn in 3 years?
Answer
$7,020
There may be times when you know the amount of interest earned on a given principal over a certain length of time, but you don't
know the rate. For instance, this might happen when family members lend or borrow money among themselves instead of dealing
with a bank. In the next example, we'll show how to solve for the rate.
 Example 6.4.5:
Loren lent his brother $3,000 to help him buy a car. In 4 years his brother paid him back the $3,000 plus $660 in interest. What
was the rate of interest?
Solution
We are asked to find the rate of interest, r. Organize the given information.
I = 660, P = $3,000, r = ?, t = 4 years
Substitute the given information. 660 = (3,000)r(4)
Multiply. 660 = (12,000)r

660 (12, 000)r
Divide. = (6.4.7)
12, 000 12, 000
Simplify. 0.055 = r
Change to percent form. 5.5% = r
Check your answer. Is 5.5% a reasonable interest rate to pay your ?

660 = (3, 000)(0.055)(4) (6.4.8)
brother?
660 = 660 ✓ (6.4.9)
Write a complete sentence that answers the question. The rate of interest was 5.5%.
 Exercise 6.4.9:
Jim lent his sister $5,000 to help her buy a house. In 3 years, she paid him the $5,000, plus $900 interest. What was the rate of
interest?
Answer
6%
Hang borrowed $7,500 from her parents to pay her tuition. In 5 years, she paid them $1,500 interest in addition to the $7,500
she borrowed. What was the rate of interest?
Answer
4%
There may be times when you take a loan for a large purchase and the amount of the principal is not clear. This might happen, for
instance, in making a car purchase when the dealer adds the cost of a warranty to the price of the car. In the next example, we will
solve a simple interest application for the principal.
 Example 6.4.6:
Eduardo noticed that his new car loan papers stated that with an interest rate of 7.5%, he would pay $6,596.25 in interest over 5
years. How much did he borrow to pay for his car?
Solution
We are asked to find the principal, P. Organize the given information.
I = 6,596.25, P = ?, r = 7.5%, t = 5 years
Substitute the given information. 6,596.25 = P(0.075)(5)
Multiply. 6,596.25 = 0.375P
6, 596.25 0.375P
Divide. = (6.4.10)
0.375 0.375
Simplify. 17,590 = P
Check your answer. Is $17,590 a reasonable amount to borrow to buy ?

6, 596.25 = (17, 590)(0.075)(5) (6.4.11)
a car?

6, 596.25 = 6, 596.25 ✓ (6.4.12)
Write a complete sentence that answers the question. The amount borrowed was $17,590.
Sean's new car loan statement said he would pay $4,866.25 in interest from an interest rate of 8.5% over 5 years. How much
did he borrow to buy his new car?
Answer
$11,450
In 5 years, Gloria's bank account earned $2,400 interest at 5%. How much had she deposited in the account?
Answer
$9,600
In the simple interest formula, the rate of interest is given as an annual rate, the rate for one year. So the units of time must be in
years. If the time is given in months, we convert it to years.
 Example 6.4.7:
Caroline got $900 as graduation gifts and invested it in a 10-month certificate of deposit that earned 2.1% interest. How much
interest did this investment earn?
Solution
We are asked to find the interest, I. Organize the given information.
I = ?, P = $900, r = 2.1%, t = 10 months

10
Substitute the given information, converting 10 months to of a 10
12 I = $900(0.021) ( ) (6.4.13)
12
year.
Multiply. I = 15.75
If Caroline had invested the $900 for a full year at 2% interest, the
Check your answer. Is $15.75 a reasonable amount of interest?
amount of interest would have been $18. Yes, $15.75 is reasonable.
Write a complete sentence that answers the question. The interest earned was $15.75.
Adriana invested $4,500 for 8 months in an account that paid 1.9% interest. How much interest did she earn?
Answer
$57.00

Milton invested $2,460 for 20 months in an account that paid 3.5% interest How much interest did he earn?
Answer
$143.50

Use the Simple Interest Formula
In the following exercises, use the simple interest formula to fill in the missing information.
202.
Table 6.4.1
Interest Principal Rate Time (years)
$1200 3% 5
203.
Table 6.4.2
$1500 2% 4
204.
Table 6.4.3
$4410 4.5% 7
205.
Table 6.4.4
$2212 3.2% 6
206.
Table 6.4.5
$577.08 $4580 2
207.
Table 6.4.6
$528.12 $3260 3
In the following exercises, solve the problem using the simple interest formula.
208. Find the simple interest earned after 5 years on $600 at an interest rate of 3%.
209. Find the simple interest earned after 4 years on $900 at an interest rate of 6%.
210. Find the simple interest earned after 2 years on $8,950 at an interest rate of 3.24%.

214. Find the principal invested if $656 interest was earned in 5 years at an interest rate of 4%.
216. Find the principal invested if $70.95 interest was earned in 3 years at an interest rate of 2.75%.
217. Find the principal invested if $636.84 interest was earned in 6 years at an interest rate of 4.35%.
218. Find the principal invested if $15,222.57 interest was earned in 6 years at an interest rate of 10.28%.
219. Find the principal invested if $10,953.70 interest was earned in 5 years at an interest rate of 11.04%.
220. Find the rate if a principal of $5,400 earned $432 interest in 2 years.
221. Find the rate if a principal of $2,600 earned $468 interest in 6 years.
222. Find the rate if a principal of $11,000 earned $1,815 interest in 3 years.
223. Find the rate if a principal of $8,500 earned $3,230 interest in 4 years.
Solve Simple Interest Applications

In the following exercises, solve the problem using the simple interest formula.
224. Casey deposited $1,450 in a bank account with interest rate 4%. How much interest was earned in 2 years?
225. Terrence deposited $5,720 in a bank account with interest rate 6%. How much interest was earned in 4 years?
226. Robin deposited $31,000 in a bank account with interest rate 5.2%. How much interest was earned in 3 years?
227. Carleen deposited $16,400 in a bank account with interest rate 3.9%. How much interest was earned in 8 years?
228. Hilaria borrowed $8,000 from her grandfather to pay for college. Five years later, she paid him back the $8,000, plus $1,200
interest. What was the rate of interest?
229. Kenneth lent his niece $1,200 to buy a computer. Two years later, she paid him back the $1,200, plus $96 interest. What was the
rate of interest?
230. Lebron lent his daughter $20,000 to help her buy a condominium. When she sold the condominium four years later, she paid
him the $20,000, plus $3,000 interest. What was the rate of interest?
231. Pablo borrowed $50,000 to start a business. Three years later, he repaid the $50,000, plus $9,375 interest. What was the rate of
interest?
232. In 10 years, a bank account that paid 5.25% earned $18,375 interest. What was the principal of the account?
233. In 25 years, a bond that paid 4.75% earned $2,375 interest. What was the principal of the bond?
234. Joshua's computer loan statement said he would pay $1,244.34 in interest for a 3 year loan at 12.4%. How much did Joshua
borrow to buy the computer?
235. Margaret's car loan statement said she would pay $7,683.20 in interest for a 5 year loan at 9.8%. How much did Margaret
borrow to buy the car?
236. Caitlin invested $8,200 in an 18-month certificate of deposit paying 2.7% interest. How much interest did she earn form this
investment?
237. Diego invested $6,100 in a 9-month certificate of deposit paying 1.8% interest. How much interest did he earn form this
investment?
238. Airin borrowed $3,900 from her parents for the down payment on a car and promised to pay them back in 15 months at a 4%
rate of interest. How much interest did she owe her parents?
239. Yuta borrowed $840 from his brother to pay for his textbooks and promised to pay him back in 5 months at a 6% rate of
interest. How much interest did Yuta owe his brother?
Everyday Math
240. Interest on savings Find the interest rate your local bank pays on savings accounts.
a. What is the interest rate?
b. Calculate the amount of interest you would earn on a principal of $8,000 for 5 years.
241. Interest on a loan Find the interest rate your local bank charges for a car loan.
a. What is the interest rate?
b. Calculate the amount of interest you would pay on a loan of $8,000 for 5 years.

Writing Exercises
242. Why do banks pay interest on money deposited in savings accounts?
243. Why do banks charge interest for lending money?
Self Check
improve this?

[email protected]."
This page titled 6.4: Solve Simple Interest Applications is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

Use the definition of proportion
Solve proportions
Solve applications using proportions
Write percent equations as proportions
Translate and solve percent proportions
 be prepared!
1
3
4
x
2. Solve: = 20. If you missed this problem, review Example 4.12.5.
4
3. Write as a rate: Sale rode his bike 24 miles in 2 hours. If you missed this problem, review Example 5.10.6.
Use the Definition of Proportion

In the section on Ratios and Rates we saw some ways they are used in our daily lives. When two ratios or rates are equal, the
equation relating them is called a proportion.
 Definition: proportion
a c
A proportion is an equation of the form = , where b ≠ 0, d ≠ 0.
b d
The proportion states two ratios or rates are equal. The proportion is read “a is to b, as c is to d”.
1 4 1 4
The equation = is a proportion because the two fractions are equal. The proportion = is read “1 is to 2 as 4 is to 8”.
2 8 2 8
If we compare quantities with units, we have to be sure we are comparing them in the right order. For example, in the proportion
20 students 60 students
= we compare the number of students to the number of teachers. We put students in the numerators
1 teacher 3 teachers
and teachers in the denominators.
 Example 6.5.1:
Write each sentence as a proportion: (a) 3 is to 7 as 15 is to 35. (b) 5 hits in 8 at bats is the same as 30 hits in 48 at-bats. (c)
$1.50 for 6 ounces is equivalent to $2.25 for 9 ounces.
Solution
(a) 3 is to 7 as 15 is to 35
3 15
Write as a proportion. = (6.5.1)
7 35
(b) 5 hits in 8 at bats is the same as 30 hits in 48 at-bats
hits hits
Write each fraction to compare hits to at-bats. = (6.5.2)
at − bats at − bats

5 30
8 48
(c) $1.50 for 6 ounces is equivalent to $2.25 for 9 ounces
$ $
Write each fraction to compare dollars to ounces. = (6.5.4)
ounces ounces
1.50 2.25
6 9
 Exercise 6.5.1:
Write each sentence as a proportion: (a) 5 is to 9 as 20 is to 36. (b) 7 hits in 11 at-bats is the same as 28 hits in 44 at-bats. (c)
$2.50 for 8 ounces is equivalent to $3.75 for 12 ounces.
Answer a
5 20
=
9 36
Answer b
7 28
=
11 44
Answer c
2.50 3.75
=
8 12
 Exercise 6.5.2:
Write each sentence as a proportion: (a) 6 is to 7 as 36 is to 42. (b) 8 adults for 36 children is the same as 12 adults for 54
children. (c) $3.75 for 6 ounces is equivalent to $2.50 for 4 ounces.
Answer a
6 36
=
7 42
Answer b
8 12
=
36 54
Answer c
3.75 2.50
=
6 4
1 4 2 6
Look at the proportions = and = . From our work with equivalent fractions we know these equations are true. But how
2 8 3 9
do we know if an equation is a proportion with equivalent fractions if it contains fractions with larger numbers? To determine if a
proportion is true, we find the cross products of each proportion. To find the cross products, we multiply each denominator with
the opposite numerator (diagonally across the equal sign). The results are called a cross products because of the cross formed. The
cross products of a proportion are equal.

 Definition: Cross Products of a Proportion
a c
For any proportion of the form = , where b ≠ 0, d ≠ 0, its cross products are equal.
b d
Cross products can be used to test whether a proportion is true. To test whether an equation makes a proportion, we find the cross
products. If they are the equal, we have a proportion.
 Example 6.5.2:
4 12 17.5 7
Determine whether each equation is a proportion: (a) = (b) =
9 28 37.5 15
Solution
To determine if the equation is a proportion, we find the cross products. If they are equal, the equation is a proportion.
4 12
(a) =
9 28
Find the cross products.

28 ⋅ 4 = 112 9 ⋅ 12 = 108 (6.5.6)
Since the cross products are not equal, 28 · 4 ≠ 9 · 12, the equation is not a proportion.
17.5 7
(b) =
37.5 15
Find the cross products.

15 ⋅ 17.5 = 262.5 37.5 ⋅ 7 = 262.5 (6.5.7)
Since the cross products are equal, 15 • 17.5 = 37.5 • 7, the equation is a proportion.
 Exercise 6.5.3:
7 54 24.5 7
9 72 45.5 13
Answer a
no
Answer b
yes
 Exercise 6.5.4:
8 56 28.5 8
9 73 52.5 15
Answer a
no
Answer b

no
Solve Proportions
To solve a proportion containing a variable, we remember that the proportion is an equation. All of the techniques we have used so
far to solve equations still apply. In the next example, we will solve a proportion by multiplying by the Least Common
Denominator (LCD) using the Multiplication Property of Equality.
 Example 6.5.3:
x 4
Solve: = .
63 7
Solution
x 4
To isolate x, multiply both sides by the LCD, 63. 63 ( ) = 63 ( ) (6.5.8)
63 7
9 ⋅ 7 ⋅4
Simplify. x = (6.5.9)
7
Divide the common factors. x = 36 (6.5.10)
Check: To check our answer, we substitute into the original proportion.
36 4
Substitute x = 36 ?
= (6.5.11)
63 7
4 ⋅9 4
Show common factors. =
?
(6.5.12)
7 ⋅9 7
4 4
Simplify. = ✓ (6.5.13)
7 7
 Exercise 6.5.5:
n 11
Solve the proportion: = .
84 12
Answer
77
 Exercise 6.5.6:
y 13
96 12
Answer
104
When the variable is in a denominator, we’ll use the fact that the cross products of a proportion are equal to solve the proportions.
We can find the cross products of the proportion and then set them equal. Then we solve the resulting equation using our familiar
techniques.

 Example 6.5.4:
144 9
Solve: = .
a 4
Solution
Notice that the variable is in the denominator, so we will solve by finding the cross products and setting them equal.
Find the cross products and set them equal. 4 • 144 = a • 9
Simplify. 576 = 9a
576 9a
9 9
Simplify. 64 = a (6.5.15)
Check your answer.
144 ? 9
Substitute a = 64 = (6.5.16)
64 4
9 ⋅ 16 ? 9
Show common factors. = (6.5.17)
4 ⋅ 16 4
9 9
Simplify. = ✓ (6.5.18)
4 4
Another method to solve this would be to multiply both sides by the LCD, 4a. Try it and verify that you get the same solution.
 Exercise 6.5.7:
91 7
b 5
Answer
65
 Exercise 6.5.8:
39 13
c 8
Answer
24
 Example 6.5.5:
52 −4
Solve: =
91 y
Solution
Find the cross products and set them equal.

y • 52 = 91(-4)
Simplify. 52y = -364
52y −364
52 52
Simplify. y = −7 (6.5.20)
Check:
52 ? −4
Substitute y = −7 = (6.5.21)
91 −7
13 ⋅ 4 ? −4
Show common factors. = (6.5.22)
13 ⋅ 7 −7
4 4
Simplify. = ✓ (6.5.23)
7 7
 Exercise 6.5.9:
84 −6
98 x
Answer
-7
−7 105
y 135
Answer
-9
Solve Applications Using Proportions

The strategy for solving applications that we have used earlier in this chapter, also works for proportions, since proportions are
equations. When we set up the proportion, we must make sure the units are correct—the units in the numerators match and the units
in the denominators match.
 Example 6.5.6:
When pediatricians prescribe acetaminophen to children, they prescribe 5 milliliters (ml) of acetaminophen for every 25
pounds of the child’s weight. If Zoe weighs 80 pounds, how many milliliters of acetaminophen will her doctor prescribe?
Solution
Identify what you are asked to find. How many ml of acetaminophen the doctor will prescribe?
Choose a variable to represent it. Let a = ml of acetaminophen.
If 5 ml is prescribed for every 25 pounds, how much will be

Write a sentence that gives the information to find it.
prescribed for 80 pounds?

ml ml
Translate into a proportion. = (6.5.24)
pounds pounds
5 a
Substitute given values—be careful of the units. = (6.5.25)
25 80
5 a
Multiply both sides by 80. 80 ⋅ = 80 ⋅ (6.5.26)
25 80
16 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 5 80a
Multiply and show common factors. = (6.5.27)
5 ⋅5 80
Simplify. 16 = a (6.5.28)
Yes. Since 80 is about 3 times 25, the medicine should be about 3

Check if the answer is reasonable.
times 5.
Write a complete sentence. The pediatrician would prescribe 16 ml of acetaminophen to Zoe.
You could also solve this proportion by setting the cross products equal.
Pediatricians prescribe 5 milliliters (ml) of acetaminophen for every 25 pounds of a child’s weight. How many milliliters of
acetaminophen will the doctor prescribe for Emilia, who weighs 60 pounds?
Answer
12 ml
For every 1 kilogram (kg) of a child’s weight, pediatricians prescribe 15 milligrams (mg) of a fever reducer. If Isabella weighs
12 kg, how many milligrams of the fever reducer will the pediatrician prescribe?
Answer
180 mg
 Example 6.5.7:
One brand of microwave popcorn has 120 calories per serving. A whole bag of this popcorn has 3.5 servings. How many
calories are in a whole bag of this microwave popcorn?
Solution
Identify what you are asked to find. How many calories are in a whole bag of microwave popcorn?
Choose a variable to represent it. Let c = number of calories.
If there are 120 calories per serving, how many calories are in a whole
bag with 3.5 servings?
calories calories
serving serving
120 c
Substitute given values. = (6.5.30)
1 3.5

120 c
Multiply both sides by 3.5. (3.5) ( ) = (3.5) ( ) (6.5.31)
1 3.5
Multiply. 420 = c (6.5.32)
Yes. Since 3.5 is between 3 and 4, the total calories should be between
360 (3 • 120) and 480 (4 • 120).
Write a complete sentence. The whole bag of microwave popcorn has 420 calories.
Marissa loves the Caramel Macchiato at the coffee shop. The 16 oz. medium size has 240 calories. How many calories will she
get if she drinks the large 20 oz. size?
Answer
300
Yaneli loves Starburst candies, but wants to keep her snacks to 100 calories. If the candies have 160 calories for 8 pieces, how
many pieces can she have in her snack?
Answer
5
 Example 6.5.8:
Josiah went to Mexico for spring break and changed $325 dollars into Mexican pesos. At that time, the exchange rate had $1
U.S. is equal to 12.54 Mexican pesos. How many Mexican pesos did he get for his trip?
Solution
Identify what you are asked to find. How many Mexican pesos did Josiah get?
Choose a variable to represent it. Let p = number of pesos.
If $1 U.S. is equal to 12.54 Mexican pesos, then $325 is how many

pesos?
$ $
pesos pesos
1 325
Substitute given values. = (6.5.34)
12.54 p
The variable is in the denominator, so find the cross products and set
p ⋅ 1 = 12.54(325) (6.5.35)
them equal.
Simplify. c = 4, 075.5 (6.5.36)
Yes, $100 would be $1,254 pesos. $325 is a little more than 3 times
this amount.
Write a complete sentence. Josiah has 4075.5 pesos for his spring break trip.

Yurianna is going to Europe and wants to change $800 dollars into Euros. At the current exchange rate, $1 US is equal to 0.738
Euro. How many Euros will she have for her trip?
Answer
590 Euros
Corey and Nicole are traveling to Japan and need to exchange $600 into Japanese yen. If each dollar is 94.1 yen, how many
yen will they get?
Answer
56,460 yen

[email protected]."
This page titled 6.5: Solve Proportions and their Applications (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or

Write Percent Equations As Proportions
Previously, we solved percent equations by applying the properties of equality we have used to solve equations throughout this text.
Some people prefer to solve percent equations by using the proportion method. The proportion method for solving percent problems
involves a percent proportion. A percent proportion is an equation where a percent is equal to an equivalent ratio.
60 60 3 60 3
For example, 60% = and we can simplify = . Since the equation = shows a percent equal to an equivalent ratio,
100 100 5 100 5
we call it a percent proportion. Using the vocabulary we used earlier:
amount percent
=
base 100
3 60
=
5 100
 Definition: Percent Proportion
The amount is to the base as the percent is to 100.

amount percent
= (6.5.37)
base 100
If we restate the problem in the words of a proportion, it may be easier to set up the proportion:
The amount is to the base as the percent is to one hundred.
We could also say:
The amount out of the base is the same as the percent out of one hundred.
First we will practice translating into a percent proportion. Later, we’ll solve the proportion.
 Example 6.6.9:
Translate to a proportion. What number is 75% of 90?

Solution
If you look for the word "of", it may help you identify the base.
Identify the parts of the percent proportion.
Restate as a proportion. W hat number out of 90 is the same as 75 out of 100? (6.6.1)
n 75
Set up the proportion. Let n = number. = (6.5.38)
90 100
 Exercise 6.6.17
Translate to a proportion: What number is 60% of 105?
Answer
n 60
=
105 100

 Exercise 6.6.18
Translate to a proportion: What number is 40% of 85?
Answer
n 40
=
85 100
 Example 6.6.10
Translate to a proportion. 19 is 25% of what number?

Solution
Restate as a proportion. 19 out of what number is the same as 25 out of 100? (6.6.2)
19 25
n 100
Translate to a proportion: 36 is 25% of what number?
Answer
36 25
=
n 100
Translate to a proportion: 27 is 36% of what number?
Answer
27 36
=
n 100
 Example 6.6.11:
Translate to a proportion. What percent of 27 is 9?
Solution
Restate as a proportion. 9 out of 27 is the same as what number out of 100 (6.6.3)
9 p
Set up the proportion. Let p = percent. = (6.5.40)
27 100
Translate to a proportion: What percent of 52 is 39?
Answer

n 39
=
100 52
Translate to a proportion: What percent of 92 is 23?
Answer
n 23
=
100 92
Translate and Solve Percent Proportions

Now that we have written percent equations as proportions, we are ready to solve the equations.
 Example 6.6.12:
Translate and solve using proportions: What number is 45% of 80?

Solution
n 45
80 100
Find the cross products and set them equal. 100 ⋅ n = 80 ⋅ 45 (6.5.42)
Simplify. 100n = 3, 600 (6.5.43)
100n 3, 600
100 100
Simplify. n = 36 (6.5.45)
Check if the answer is reasonable. Yes. 45 is a little less than half of 100 and 36 is a little less than half 80.
Write a complete sentence that answers the question. 36 is 45% of 80.
Answer
26
Answer
34
In the next example, the percent is more than 100, which is more than one whole. So the unknown number will be more than the base.

 Example 6.6.13:
Translate and solve using proportions: 125% of 25 is what number?
Solution
n 125
25 100
Simplify. 100n = 3, 125 (6.5.48)
100n 3, 125
100 100
Simplify. n = 31.25 (6.5.50)
Check if the answer is reasonable. Yes. 125 is more than 100 and 31.25 is more than 25.
Write a complete sentence that answers the question. 125% of 25 is 31.25.
Answer
80
Answer
147
Percents with decimals and money are also used in proportions.
 Example 6.6.14:
Translate and solve: 6.5% of what number is $1.56?

Solution
Restate as a proportion. $1.56 out of what number is the same as 6.5 out of 100? (6.6.
1.56 6.5
n 100

Find the cross products and set them equal. 100(1.56) = n ⋅ 6.5 (6.5.52)
Simplify. 156 = 6.5n (6.5.53)
156 6.5n
Divide both sides by 6.5 to isolate the variable. = (6.5.54)
6.5 6.5
Simplify. 24 = n (6.5.55)
Check if the answer is reasonable. Yes. 6.5% is a small amount and $1.56 is much less than $24.
Write a complete sentence that answers the question. 6.5% of $24 is $1.56.
Translate and solve using proportions: 8.5% of what number is $3.23?
Answer
38
Translate and solve using proportions: 7.25% of what number is $4.64?
Answer
64
 Example 6.6.15:
Translate and solve using proportions: What percent of 72 is 9?
Solution
Restate as a proportion. 9 out of 72 is the same as what number out of 100? (6.6.7)
9 n
72 100
Simplify. 72n = 900 (6.5.58)
72n 900
72 72
Simplify. n = 12.5 (6.5.60)
1 1
Check if the answer is reasonable. Yes. 9 is of 72 and is 12.5%.
8 8
Write a complete sentence that answers the question. 12.5% of 72 is 9.

Answer
37.5%
Answer
25%

Use the Definition of Proportion
In the following exercises, write each sentence as a proportion.
244. 4 is to 15 as 36 is to 135.
245. 7 is to 9 as 35 is to 45.
246. 12 is to 5 as 96 is to 40.
247. 15 is to 8 as 75 is to 40.
248. 5 wins in 7 games is the same as 115 wins in 161 games.
249. 4 wins in 9 games is the same as 36 wins in 81 games.
250. 8 campers to 1 counselor is the same as 48 campers to 6 counselors.
251. 6 campers to 1 counselor is the same as 48 campers to 8 counselors.
252. $9.36 for 18 ounces is the same as $2.60 for 5 ounces.
254. $18.04 for 11 pounds is the same as $4.92 for 3 pounds.
255. $12.42 for 27 pounds is the same as $5.52 for 12 pounds.
In the following exercises, determine whether each equation is a proportion.
7 56
256. =
15 120
5 45
257. =
12 108
11 21
258. =
6 16
9 39
259. =
4 34
12 4.99
260. =
18 7.56
9 2.16
261. =
16 3.89
13.5 31.05
262. =
8.5 19.55
10.1 3.03
263. =
8.4 2.52
Solve Proportions
In the following exercises, solve each proportion.
x 7
264. =
56 8
n 8
265. =
91 13
49 z
266. =
63 9

56 y
267. =
72 9
5 65
268. =
a 117
4 64
269. =
b 144
98 −7
270. =
154 p
72 −6
271. =
156 q
a −42
272. =
−8 48
b −30
273. =
−7 42
2.6 c
274. =
3.9 3
2.7 d
275. =
3.6 4
2.7 0.9
276. =
j 0.2
2.8 2.1
277. =
k 1.5
1
2 m
278. =
1 8
1
3 9
279. =
3 n
Solve Applications Using Proportions

In the following exercises, solve the proportion problem.
280. Pediatricians prescribe 5 milliliters (ml) of acetaminophen for every 25 pounds of a child’s weight. How many milliliters of
acetaminophen will the doctor prescribe for Jocelyn, who weighs 45 pounds?
281. Brianna, who weighs 6 kg, just received her shots and needs a pain killer. The pain killer is prescribed for children at 15 milligrams
(mg) for every 1 kilogram (kg) of the child’s weight. How many milligrams will the doctor prescribe?
282. At the gym, Carol takes her pulse for 10 sec and counts 19 beats. How many beats per minute is this? Has Carol met her target heart
rate of 140 beats per minute?
283. Kevin wants to keep his heart rate at 160 beats per minute while training. During his workout he counts 27 beats in 10 seconds. How
many beats per minute is this? Has Kevin met his target heart rate?
284. A new energy drink advertises 106 calories for 8 ounces. How many calories are in 12 ounces of the drink?
285. One 12 ounce can of soda has 150 calories. If Josiah drinks the big 32 ounce size from the local mini-mart, how many calories does
he get?
286. Karen eats \(\dfrac{1}{2}) cup of oatmeal that counts for 2 points on her weight loss program. Her husband, Joe, can have 3 points
of oatmeal for breakfast. How much oatmeal can he have?
1
287. An oatmeal cookie recipe calls for cup of butter to make 4 dozen cookies. Hilda needs to make 10 dozen cookies for the bake
2
sale. How many cups of butter will she need?
288. Janice is traveling to Canada and will change $250 US dollars into Canadian dollars. At the current exchange rate, $1 US is equal to
$1.01 Canadian. How many Canadian dollars will she get for her trip?
289. Todd is traveling to Mexico and needs to exchange $450 into Mexican pesos. If each dollar is worth 12.29 pesos, how many pesos
will he get for his trip?
290. Steve changed $600 into 480 Euros. How many Euros did he receive per US dollar?
291. Martha changed $350 US into 385 Australian dollars. How many Australian dollars did she receive per US dollar?
292. At the laundromat, Lucy changed $12.00 into quarters. How many quarters did she get?
293. When she arrived at a casino, Gerty changed $20 into nickels. How many nickels did she get?
294. Jesse’s car gets 30 miles per gallon of gas. If Las Vegas is 285 miles away, how many gallons of gas are needed to get there and then
home? If gas is $3.09 per gallon, what is the total cost of the gas for the trip?

295. Danny wants to drive to Phoenix to see his grandfather. Phoenix is 370 miles from Danny’s home and his car gets 18.5 miles per
gallon. How many gallons of gas will Danny need to get to and from Phoenix? If gas is $3.19 per gallon, what is the total cost for
the gas to drive to see his grandfather?
296. Hugh leaves early one morning to drive from his home in Chicago to go to Mount Rushmore, 812 miles away. After 3 hours, he has
gone 190 miles. At that rate, how long will the whole drive take?
297. Kelly leaves her home in Seattle to drive to Spokane, a distance of 280 miles. After 2 hours, she has gone 152 miles. At that rate,
how long will the whole drive take?
298. Phil wants to fertilize his lawn. Each bag of fertilizer covers about 4,000 square feet of lawn. Phil’s lawn is approximately 13,500
square feet. How many bags of fertilizer will he have to buy?
299. April wants to paint the exterior of her house. One gallon of paint covers about 350 square feet, and the exterior of the house
measures approximately 2000 square feet. How many gallons of paint will she have to buy?
Write Percent Equations as Proportions

In the following exercises, translate to a proportion.
Translate and Solve Percent Proportions

In the following exercises, translate and solve using proportions.
318. What is 300% of 488?
319. What is 500% of 315?
320. 17% of what number is $7.65?
321. 19% of what number is $6.46?
322. $13.53 is 8.25% of what number?
323. $18.12 is 7.55% of what number?
Everyday Math
328. Mixing a concentrate Sam bought a large bottle of concentrated cleaning solution at the warehouse store. He must mix the
concentrate with water to make a solution for washing his windows. The directions tell him to mix 3 ounces of concentrate with 5
ounces of water. If he puts 12 ounces of concentrate in a bucket, how many ounces of water should he add? How many ounces of the
solution will he have altogether?
329. Mixing a concentrate Travis is going to wash his car. The directions on the bottle of car wash concentrate say to mix 2 ounces of
concentrate with 15 ounces of water. If Travis puts 6 ounces of concentrate in a bucket, how much water must he mix with the
concentrate?

Writing Exercises
330. To solve “what number is 45% of 350” do you prefer to use an equation like you did in the section on Decimal Operations or a
proportion like you did in this section? Explain your reason.
331. To solve “what percent of 125 is 25” do you prefer to use an equation like you did in the section on Decimal Operations or a
proportion like you did in this section? Explain your reason.
Self Check

This page titled 6.6: Solve Proportions and their Applications (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated
by OpenStax.

6.1 - Understand Percent
In the following exercises, write each percent as a ratio.
332. 32% admission rate for the university
333. 53.3% rate of college students with student loans
In the following exercises, write as a ratio and then as a percent.
334. 13 out of 100 architects are women.
335. 9 out of every 100 nurses are men.
In the following exercises, convert each percent to a fraction.
336. 48%
337. 175%
338. 64.1%
1
339. 8 %
4
In the following exercises, convert each percent to a decimal.

340. 6%
341. 23%
342. 128%
343. 4.9%
In the following exercises, convert each percent to (a) a simplified fraction and (b) a decimal.
344. In 2012, 13.5% of the United States population was age 65 or over. (Source: www.census.gov)
345. In 2012, 6.5% of the United States population was under 5 years old. (Source: www.census.gov)
346. When a die is tossed, the probability it will land with an even number of dots on the top side is 50%.
347. A couple plans to have three children. The probability they will all be girls is 12.5%.
In the following exercises, convert each decimal to a percent.
348. 0.04
349. 0.15
350. 2.82
351. 3
352. 0.003
353. 1.395
354. 3 4
355. 11 5
356. 3 5 8
357. 2 9
2
358. According to the Centers for Disease Control, of adults do not take a vitamin or supplement.
5
3
359. According to the Centers for Disease Control, among adults who do take a vitamin or supplement, take a multivitamin.
4

364. 200% of what number is 50?

366. What percent of 120 is 81.6?
6.2 - Solve General Applications of Percents

368. When Aurelio and his family ate dinner at a restaurant, the bill was $83.50. Aurelio wants to leave 20% of the total bill as a tip.
How much should the tip be?
369. One granola bar has 2 grams of fiber, which is 8% of the recommended daily amount. What is the total recommended daily
amount of fiber?
370. The nutrition label on a package of granola bars says that each granola bar has 190 calories, and 54 calories are from fat. What
371. Elsa gets paid $4,600 per month. Her car payment is $253. What percent of her monthly pay goes to her car payment?
372. Jorge got a raise in his hourly pay, from $19.00 to $19.76. Find the percent increase.
373. Last year Bernard bought a new car for $30,000. This year the car is worth $24,000. Find the percent decrease.
6.3 - Solve Sales Tax, Commission, and Discount Applications

In the following exercises, find (a) the sales tax (b) the total cost.
374. The cost of a lawn mower was $750. The sales tax rate is 6% of the purchase price.
375. The cost of a water heater is $577. The sales tax rate is 8.75% of the purchase price.
In the following exercises, find the sales tax rate.
376. Andy bought a piano for $4,600. The sales tax on the purchase was $333.50.
377. Nahomi bought a purse for $200. The sales tax on the purchase was $16.75.
In the following exercises, find the commission.
378. Ginny is a realtor. She receives 3% commission when she sells a house. How much commission will she receive for selling a
house for $380,000?
379. Jackson receives 16.5% commission when he sells a dinette set. How much commission will he receive for selling a dinette set
for $895?
In the following exercises, find the rate of commission.
380. Ruben received $675 commission when he sold a $4,500 painting at the art gallery where he works. What was the rate of
commission?
381. Tori received $80.75 for selling a $950 membership at her gym. What was her rate of commission?
In the following exercises, find the sale price.
382. Aya bought a pair of shoes that was on sale for $30 off. The original price of the shoes was $75.
383. Takwanna saw a cookware set she liked on sale for $145 off. The original price of the cookware was $312.
In the following exercises, find (a) the amount of discount and (b) the sale price.
384. Nga bought a microwave for her office. The microwave was discounted 30% from an original price of $84.90.
385. Jarrett bought a tie that was discounted 65% from an original price of $45.
In the following exercises, find (a) the amount of discount (b) the discount rate. (Round to the nearest tenth of a percent if needed.)
386. Hilda bought a bedspread on sale for $37. The original price of the bedspread was $50.
387. Tyler bought a phone on sale for $49.99. The original price of the phone was $79.99.
In the following exercises, find (a) the amount of the mark-up (b) the list price.
388. Manny paid $0.80 a pound for apples. He added 60% markup before selling them at his produce stand. What price did he
charge for the apples?

389. It cost Noelle $17.40 for the materials she used to make a purse. She added a 325% markup before selling it at her friend’s
store. What price did she ask for the purse?
6.4 - Solve Simple Interest Applications

In the following exercises, solve the simple interest problem.
390. Find the simple interest earned after 4 years on $2,250 invested at an interest rate of 5%.
391. Find the simple interest earned after 7 years on $12,000 invested at an interest rate of 8.5%.
393. Find the interest rate if $2,898 interest was earned from a principal of $23,000 invested for 3 years.
394. Kazuo deposited $10,000 in a bank account with interest rate 4.5%. How much interest was earned in 2 years?
395. Brent invested $23,000 in a friend’s business. In 5 years the friend paid him the $23,000 plus $9,200 interest. What was the rate
of interest?
396. Fresia lent her son $5,000 for college expenses. Three years later he repaid her the $5,000 plus $375 interest. What was the rate
of interest?
397. In 6 years, a bond that paid 5.5% earned $594 interest. What was the principal of the bond?
6.5 - Solve Proportions and their Applications

In the following exercises, write each sentence as a proportion.
398. 3 is to 8 as 12 is to 32.
399. 95 miles to 3 gallons is the same as 475 miles to 15 gallons.
400. 1 teacher to 18 students is the same as 23 teachers to 414 students.
In the following exercises, determine whether each equation is a proportion.
5 30
402. =
13 78
16 48
403. =
7 23
12 6.99
404. =
18 10.99
11.6 37.12
405. =
9.2 29.44
In the following exercises, solve each proportion.

x 5
406. =
36 9
7 −6
407. =
a 84
1.2 d
408. =
1.8 6
1
2 m
409. =
2 20
In the following exercises, solve the proportion problem.

410. The children’s dosage of acetaminophen is 5 milliliters (ml) for every 25 pounds of a child’s weight. How many milliliters of
acetaminophen will be prescribed for a 60 pound child?
411. After a workout, Dennis takes his pulse for 10 sec and counts 21 beats. How many beats per minute is this?
412. An 8 ounce serving of ice cream has 272 calories. If Lavonne eats 10 ounces of ice cream, how many calories does she get?
413. Alma is going to Europe and wants to exchange $1,200 into Euros. If each dollar is 0.75 Euros, how many Euros will Alma get?
414. Zack wants to drive from Omaha to Denver, a distance of 494 miles. If his car gets 38 miles to the gallon, how many gallons of
gas will Zack need to get to Denver?
415. Teresa is planning a party for 100 people. Each gallon of punch will serve 18 people. How many gallons of punch will she
need?

In the following exercises, translate to a proportion.
In the following exercises, translate and solve using proportions.
421. 6% of what number is $24?
422. $3.51 is 4.5% of what number?
PRACTICE TEST
In the following exercises, convert each percent to (a) a decimal (b) a simplified fraction.
424. 24%
425. 5%
426. 350%
In the following exercises, convert each fraction to a percent. (Round to 3 decimal places if needed.)
7
427.
8
1
428.
3
11
429.
12
In the following exercises, solve the percent problem.

431. What number is 27% of 3,000?
432. 150% of what number is 60?
433. Yuki’s monthly paycheck is $3,825. She pays $918 for rent. What percent of her paycheck goes to rent?
434. The total number of vehicles on one freeway dropped from 84,000 to 74,000. Find the percent decrease (round to the nearest
tenth of a percent).
435. Kyle bought a bicycle in Denver where the sales tax was 7.72% of the purchase price. The purchase price of the bicycle was
$600. What was the total cost?
436. Mara received $31.80 commission when she sold a $795 suit. What was her rate of commission?
437. Kiyoshi bought a television set on sale for $899. The original price was $1,200. Find: (a) the amount of discount (b) the
discount rate (round to the nearest tenth of a percent)
438. Oxana bought a dresser at a garage sale for $20. She refinished it, then added a 250% markup before advertising it for sale.
What price did she ask for the dresser?
439. Find the simple interest earned after 5 years on $3000 invested at an interest rate of 4.2%.
440. Brenda borrowed $400 from her brother. Two years later, she repaid the $400 plus $50 interest. What was the rate of interest?
441. Write as a proportion: 4 gallons to 144 miles is the same as 10 gallons to 360 miles.
12 −15
442. Solve for a: =
a 65
443. Vin read 10 pages of a book in 12 minutes. At that rate, how long will it take him to read 35 pages?

[email protected]."
This page titled 6.E: Percents (Exercises) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

Key Terms
commission A percentage of total sales as determined by the rate of commission
discount A percent off the original price, determined by the discount rate
The amount added to the wholesale price, determined by the mark-up

mark-up
rate
percent A ratio whose denominator is 100
percent decrease The percent the amount of decrease is of the original amount
percent increase The percent the amount of increase is of the original amount
a c
An equation of the form = , where b ≠ 0, d ≠ 0.The proportion
b d
proportion states two ratios or rates are equal. The proportion is read “ a is to b, as c
is to d”.
sales tax A percent of the purchase price
If an amount of money, P, the principal, is invested for a period of t years

simple interest at an annual interest rate r, the amount of interest, I, earned is I = Prt.
Key Concepts
6.1 - Understand Percent
Convert a percent to a fraction.
1. Write the percent as a ratio with the denominator 100.
2. Simplify the fraction if possible.
Convert a percent to a decimal.
1. Write the percent as a ratio with the denominator 100.
2. Convert the fraction to a decimal by dividing the numerator by the denominator.
Convert a decimal to a percent.
1. Write the decimal as a fraction.
2. If the denominator of the fraction is not 100, rewrite it as an equivalent fraction with denominator 100.
3. Write this ratio as a percent.
Convert a fraction to a percent.
1. Convert the fraction to a decimal.
2. Convert the decimal to a percent.
6.2 - Solve General Applications of Percent

Solve an application.
1. Identify what you are asked to find and choose a variable to represent it.
2. Write a sentence that gives the information to find it.
3. Translate the sentence into an equation.
4. Solve the equation using good algebra techniques.
5. Write a complete sentence that answers the question.
6. Check the answer in the problem and make sure it makes sense.
Find percent increase.
1. Find the amount of increase: increase = new amount − original amount
2. Find the percent increase as a percent of the original amount.
Find percent decrease.

1. Find the amount of decrease. decrease = original amount − new amount
2. Find the percent decrease as a percent of the original amount.
6.3 - Solve Sales Tax, Commission, and Discount Applications

Sales Tax: The sales tax is a percent of the purchase price.
sales tax = tax rate • purchase price
total cost = purchase price + sales tax
Commission: A commission is a percentage of total sales as determined by the rate of commission.
commission = rate of commission • original price
Discount: An amount of discount is a percent off the original price, determined by the discount rate.
amount of discount = discount rate • original price
sale price = original price – discount
Mark-up: The mark-up is the amount added to the wholesale price, determined by the mark-up rate.
amount of mark-up = mark-up rate wholesale price
list price = wholesale price + mark up
6.4 - Solve Simple Interest Applications

Simple interest
If an amount of money, P, the principal, is invested for a period of t years at an annual interest rate r, the amount of interest,
I, earned is I = Prt
6.5 - Solve Proportions and their Applications

Proportion
a c
A proportion is an equation of the form = , where b ≠ 0, d ≠ 0.The proportion states two ratios or rates are equal. The
b d
proportion is read “ a is to b, as c is to d”.
Cross Products of a Proportion
a c
For any proportion of the form = , where b ≠ 0, its cross products are equal: a • d = b • c.
b d
Percent Proportion
amount percent
The amount is to the base as the percent is to 100. =
base 100

[email protected]."
This page titled 6.S: Percents (Summary) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

CHAPTER OVERVIEW
7: The Properties of Real Numbers

A quilt is formed by sewing many different pieces of fabric together. The pieces can vary in color, size, and shape. The
combinations of different kinds of pieces provide for an endless possibility of patterns. Much like the pieces of fabric,
mathematicians distinguish among different types of numbers. The kinds of numbers in an expression provide for an endless
possibility of outcomes. We have already described counting numbers, whole numbers, and integers. In this chapter, we will learn
about other types of numbers and their properties.
Figure 7.1 - Quiltmakers know that by rearranging the same basic blocks the resulting quilts can look very different. What happens
when we rearrange the numbers in an expression? Does the resulting value change? We will answer these questions in this chapter
as we will learn about the properties of numbers. (credit: Hans, Public Domain)

[email protected]."
This page titled 7: The Properties of Real Numbers is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.
1
Identify rational numbers and irrational numbers
Classify different types of real numbers
 be prepared!
1. Write 3.19 as an improper fraction. If you missed this problem, review Example 5.1.4.
5
2. Write as a decimal. If you missed this problem, review Example 5.5.3.
11
−−−
3. Simplify: √144. If you missed this problem, review Example 5.12.1.
Identify Rational Numbers and Irrational Numbers

Congratulations! You have completed the first six chapters of this book! It's time to take stock of what you have done so far in this
course and think about what is ahead. You have learned how to add, subtract, multiply, and divide whole numbers, fractions,
integers, and decimals. You have become familiar with the language and symbols of algebra, and have simplified and evaluated
algebraic expressions. You have solved many different types of applications. You have established a good solid foundation that you
need so you can be successful in algebra.
In this chapter, we'll make sure your skills are firmly set. We'll take another look at the kinds of numbers we have worked with in
all previous chapters. We'll work with properties of numbers that will help you improve your number sense. And we'll practice
using them in ways that we'll use when we solve equations and complete other procedures in algebra.
We have already described numbers as counting numbers, whole numbers, and integers. Do you remember what the difference is
among these types of numbers?
counting numbers 1, 2, 3, 4…
whole numbers 0, 1, 2, 3, 4…
integers …−3, −2, −1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4…
Rational Numbers
What type of numbers would you get if you started with all the integers and then included all the fractions? The numbers you
would have form the set of rational numbers. A rational number is a number that can be written as a ratio of two integers.
 Definition: Rational Numbers

p
A rational number is a number that can be written in the form , where p and q are integers and q ≠ 0.
q
All fractions, both positive and negative, are rational numbers. A few examples are
4 7 13 20
,− , , and − (7.1.1)
5 8 4 3
Each numerator and each denominator is an integer.

We need to look at all the numbers we have used so far and verify that they are rational. The definition of rational numbers tells us
that all fractions are rational. We will now look at the counting numbers, whole numbers, integers, and decimals to make sure they
are rational.
Are integers rational numbers? To decide if an integer is a rational number, we try to write it as a ratio of two integers. An easy way
to do this is to write it as a fraction with denominator one.

3 −8 0
3 = −8 = 0 = (7.1.2)
1 1 1
Since any integer can be written as the ratio of two integers, all integers are rational numbers. Remember that all the counting
numbers and all the whole numbers are also integers, and so they, too, are rational.
What about decimals? Are they rational? Let's look at a few to see if we can write each of them as the ratio of two integers. We've
already seen that integers are rational numbers. The integer −8 could be written as the decimal −8.0. So, clearly, some decimals are
rational.
3
Think about the decimal 7.3. Can we write it as a ratio of two integers? Because 7.3 means 7 , we can write it as an improper
10
3
fraction, 7 . So 7.3 is the ratio of the integers 73 and 10. It is a rational number.
10
In general, any decimal that ends after a number of digits (such as 7.3 or −1.2684) is a rational number. We can use the reciprocal
(or multiplicative inverse) of the place value of the last digit as the denominator when writing the decimal as a fraction.
 Example 7.1.1:
6
Write each as the ratio of two integers: (a) −15 (b) 6.81 (c) −3 .
7
Solution
(a) −15
−15
Write the integer as a fraction with denominator 1. (7.1.3)
1
(b) 6.81
81
Write the decimal as a mixed number. 6 (7.1.4)
100
681
Then convert it to an improper fraction. (7.1.5)
100
6
(c) −3
7
27
Convert the mixed number to an improper fraction. − (7.1.6)
7
 Exercise 7.1.1:
Write each as the ratio of two integers: (a) −24 (b) 3.57.
Answer a
−24
Answer b
357
100

 Exercise 7.1.2:
Write each as the ratio of two integers: (a) −19 (b) 8.41.
Answer a
−19
Answer b
841
100
Let's look at the decimal form of the numbers we know are rational. We have seen that every integer is a rational number, since a =
a
for any integer, a. We can also change any integer to a decimal by adding a decimal point and a zero.
1
I nteger − 2, −1, 0, 1, 2, 3
Decimal − 2.0, −1.0, 0.0, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
These decimal numbers stop.

We have also seen that every fraction is a rational number. Look at the decimal form of the fractions we just considered.
4 7 13 20
Ratio of I ntegers , − , , −
5 8 4 3
Decimal f orms 0.8, −0.875, 3.25, − 6.666 …
¯
¯¯¯
¯
− 6.66
These decimals either stop or repeat.

What do these examples tell you? Every rational number can be written both as a ratio of integers and as a decimal that either stops
or repeats. The table below shows the numbers we looked at expressed as a ratio of integers and as a decimal.
Rational Numbers
Fractions Integers
4 7 13 −20
Number ,− , , (7.1.7) −2, −1, 0, 1, 2, 3 (7.1.8)
5 8 4 3
4 −7 13 −20 −2 −1 0 1 2 3
Ratio of Integer , , , (7.1.9) , , , , , (7.1.10)
5 8 4 3 1 1 1 1 1 1
Decimal number 0.8, −0.875, 3.25, −6.6

¯
¯¯
(7.1.11) −2.0, −1.0, 0.0, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0 (7.1.12)
Irrational Numbers
Are there any decimals that do not stop or repeat? Yes. The number π (the Greek letter pi, pronounced ‘pie’), which is very
important in describing circles, has a decimal form that does not stop or repeat.
π = 3.141592654 … … (7.1.13)
Similarly, the decimal representations of square roots of whole numbers that are not perfect squares never stop and never repeat.
For example,
–
√5 = 2.236067978 … … (7.1.14)
A decimal that does not stop and does not repeat cannot be written as the ratio of integers. We call this kind of number an
irrational number.

 Definition: Irrational Number
An irrational number is a number that cannot be written as the ratio of two integers. Its decimal form does not stop and does
not repeat.
Let's summarize a method we can use to determine whether a number is rational or irrational.
If the decimal form of a number
stops or repeats, the number is rational.
does not stop and does not repeat, the number is irrational.
 Example 7.1.2:
Identify each of the following as rational or irrational: (a) 0.583 (b) 0.475 (c) 3.605551275…
¯
¯¯
Solution
(a) 0.583
¯
¯¯
The bar above the 3 indicates that it repeats. Therefore, 0.583 – is a repeating decimal, and is therefore a rational number.
(b) 0.475
This decimal stops after the 5, so it is a rational number.
(c) 3.605551275…
The ellipsis (…) means that this number does not stop. There is no repeating pattern of digits. Since the number doesn't stop
and doesn't repeat, it is irrational.
 Exercise 7.1.3:
¯
¯¯
Answer a
rational
Answer b
rational
Answer c
irrational
 Exercise 7.1.4:
¯
¯¯
Answer a
rational
Answer b
rational
Answer c
irrational

Let's think about square roots now. Square roots of perfect squares are always whole numbers, so they are rational. But the decimal
forms of square roots of numbers that are not perfect squares never stop and never repeat, so these square roots are irrational.
 Example 7.1.3:
Identify each of the following as rational or irrational: (a) 36 (b) 44

Solution
−− −−
(a) The number 36 is a perfect square, since 62 = 36. So √36 = 6. Therefore √36 is rational.
−−
(b)Remember that 62 = 36 and 72 = 49, so 44 is not a perfect square. This means √44 is irrational.
 Exercise 7.1.5:
−− −−
Identify each of the following as rational or irrational: (a) √81 (b) √17
Answer a
rational
Answer b
irrational
 Exercise 7.1.6:
−−− −−−
Identify each of the following as rational or irrational: (a) √116 (b) √121
Answer a
irrational
Answer b
rational
Classify Real Numbers

We have seen that all counting numbers are whole numbers, all whole numbers are integers, and all integers are rational numbers.
Irrational numbers are a separate category of their own. When we put together the rational numbers and the irrational numbers, we
get the set of real numbers. Figure 7.1.1 illustrates how the number sets are related.
Figure 7.1.1 - This diagram illustrates the relationships between the different types of real numbers.

 Definition: Real Numbers
Real numbers are numbers that are either rational or irrational.
Does the term “real numbers” seem strange to you? Are there any numbers that are not “real”, and, if so, what could they be? For
centuries, the only numbers people knew about were what we now call the real numbers. Then mathematicians discovered the set
of imaginary numbers. You won't encounter imaginary numbers in this course, but you will later on in your studies of algebra.
 Example 7.1.4:
Determine whether each of the numbers in the following list is a (a) whole number, (b) integer, (c) rational number, (d)
irrational number, and (e) real number.
14 – −−
−7, , 8, √5, 5.9, −√64 (7.1.15)
5
Solution
a. The whole numbers are 0, 1, 2, 3,… The number 8 is the only whole number given.
b. The integers are the whole numbers, their opposites, and 0. From the given numbers, −7 and 8 are integers. Also, notice that
−− − −
64 is the square of 8 so −√64 = −8. So the integers are −7, 8, −√64.
−−
c. Since all integers are rational, the numbers −7, 8, and −√64 are also rational. Rational numbers also include fractions and
14
decimals that terminate or repeat, so and 5.9 are rational.
5
–
d. The number 5 is not a perfect square, so √5 is irrational.
e. All of the numbers listed are real.
We'll summarize the results in a table.
Number Whole Integer Rational Irrational Real
-7 ✓ ✓ ✓
14
✓ ✓
5
8 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
–
√5 ✓ ✓
5.9 ✓ ✓
−−
−√64 ✓ ✓ ✓
 Exercise 7.1.7:
Determine whether each number is a (a) whole number,(b) integer,(c) rational number,(d) irrational number, and (e) real
– 9 −−
number: −3, −√2, 0.3, , 4, √49 .
¯
¯¯
Answer
Number Whole Integer Rational Irrational Real
-3 ✓ ✓ ✓
–
−√2 ✓ ✓
¯
¯¯
0.3 ✓ ✓
9
✓ ✓
5
4 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

−−
Number
√49 Whole
✓ Integer
✓ Rational
✓ Irrational Real
✓
-3 ✓ ✓ ✓
–
 Exercise 7.1.8: −√2 ✓ ✓
¯
¯¯
✓ ✓
Determine whether
0.3
each number is a (a) whole number,(b) integer,(c) rational number,(d) irrational number, and (e) real
9 3 −−−
−−
number: −√25
5
,− , −1, 6, √121, 2.041975… ✓ ✓
8
4 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Answer
Number
−− Whole Integer Rational Irrational Real
√49 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
−−
−√25 ✓ ✓ ✓
3
− ✓ ✓
8
−1 ✓ ✓ ✓
6 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
−−−
√121 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
2.041975 … ✓ ✓

Sets of Real Numbers
Real Numbers

Rational Numbers
In the following exercises, write as the ratio of two integers.
1. (a) 5 (b) 3.19
2. (a) 8 (b) −1.61
3. (a) −12 (b) 9.279
4. (a) −16 (b) 4.399
In the following exercises, determine which of the given numbers are rational and which are irrational.
¯
¯¯
5. 0.75, 0.223, 1.39174…
¯
¯¯
6. 0.36, 0.94729…, 2.528
7. 0.45, 1.919293…, 3.59
¯
¯¯¯
¯
8. 0.13, 0.42982…, 1.875

¯
¯¯
In the following exercises, identify whether each number is rational or irrational.

9. (a) 25 (b) 30
10. (a) 44 (b) 49
11. (a) 164 (b) 169
12. (a) 225 (b) 216
Classifying Real Numbers

In the following exercises, determine whether each number is whole, integer, rational, irrational, and real.
12 −−
13. −8, 0, 1.95286...., , √36,9
5

4 – ¯¯¯¯
¯ 11
14. −9 , −3 , −√9, 0.4 09, ,7
9 6
−−− 8 1
15. −√100 , −7, − , −1, 0.77, 3
3 4
Everyday Math
16. Field trip All the 5th graders at Lincoln Elementary School will go on a field trip to the science museum. Counting all the
children, teachers, and chaperones, there will be 147 people. Each bus holds 44 people.
a. How many buses will be needed?
b. Why must the answer be a whole number?
c. Why shouldn't you round the answer the usual way?
17. Child care Serena wants to open a licensed child care center. Her state requires that there be no more than 12 children for each
teacher. She would like her child care center to serve 40 children.
a. How many teachers will be needed?
b. Why must the answer be a whole number?
c. Why shouldn't you round the answer the usual way?
Writing Exercises
18. In your own words, explain the difference between a rational number and an irrational number.
19. Explain how the sets of numbers (counting, whole, integer, rational, irrationals, reals) are related to each other.
Self Check

help you need.

[email protected]."
This page titled 7.1: Rational and Irrational Numbers is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

Use the commutative and associative properties
Evaluate expressions using the commutative and associative properties
Simplify expressions using the commutative and associative properties
 be prepared!
1. Simplify: 7y + 2 + y + 13. If you missed this problem, review Example 2.3.10.
2
2. Multiply: ⋅ 18 . If you missed this problem, review Example 4.3.10.
3
3. Find the opposite of 15. If you missed this problem, review Example 3.1.3.
In the next few sections, we will take a look at the properties of real numbers. Many of these properties will describe things you
already know, but it will help to give names to the properties and define them formally. This way we’ll be able to refer to them and
use them as we solve equations in the next chapter.
Use the Commutative and Associative Properties

Think about adding two numbers, such as 5 and 3.
5 +3 3 +5
8 8
The results are the same. 5 + 3 = 3 + 5

Notice, the order in which we add does not matter. The same is true when multiplying 5 and 3.
5 ⋅3 3⋅5
15 15
Again, the results are the same! 5 • 3 = 3 • 5. The order in which we multiply does not matter. These examples illustrate the
commutative properties of addition and multiplication.
 Definition: Commutative Properties

Commutative Property of Addition: if a and b are real numbers, then a + b = b + a
Commutative Property of Multiplication: if a and b are real numbers, then a • b = b • a
The commutative properties have to do with order. If you change the order of the numbers when adding or multiplying, the result is
the same.
 Example 7.2.1:
Use the commutative properties to rewrite the following expressions: (a) −1 + 3 = _____ (b) 4 • 9 = _____
Solution
(a) −1 + 3 = _____
Use the commutative property of addition to change the order. −1 + 3 = 3 + (−1)
(b) 4 • 9 = _____
Use the commutative property of multiplication to change the order. 4•9=9•4

 Exercise 7.2.1:
Use the commutative properties to rewrite the following expressions: (a) −4 + 7 = _____ (b) 6 • 12 = _____
Answer a
−4 + 7 = 7 + (−4)
Answer b
6 ⋅ 12 = 12 ⋅ 6
 Exercise 7.2.2:
Use the commutative properties to rewrite the following expressions: (a) 14 + (-2) = _____ (b) 3(-5) = _____
Answer a
14 + (−2) = −2 + 14
Answer b
3(−5) = (−5)3
What about subtraction? Does order matter when we subtract numbers? Does 7 − 3 give the same result as 3 − 7?
7 −3 3 −7
4 −4
4 ≠ −4
The results are not the same. 7 − 3 ≠ 3 − 7

Since changing the order of the subtraction did not give the same result, we can say that subtraction is not commutative. Let’s see
what happens when we divide two numbers. Is division commutative?
12 ÷ 4 4 ÷ 12
12 4
4 12
1
3
3
1
3 ≠
3
The results are not the same. So 12 ÷ 4 ≠ 4 ÷ 12

Since changing the order of the division did not give the same result, division is not commutative.
Addition and multiplication are commutative. Subtraction and division are not commutative.
Suppose you were asked to simplify this expression.
7 +8 +2 (7.2.1)
How would you do it and what would your answer be?

Some people would think 7 + 8 is 15 and then 15 + 2 is 17. Others might start with 8 + 2 makes 10 and then 7 + 10 makes 17.
Both ways give the same result, as shown in Figure 7.2.1 . (Remember that parentheses are grouping symbols that indicate which
operations should be done first.)

Figure 7.2.1
When adding three numbers, changing the grouping of the numbers does not change the result. This is known as the Associative
Property of Addition.
The same principle holds true for multiplication as well. Suppose we want to find the value of the following expression:
1
5⋅ ⋅3 (7.2.2)
3
Changing the grouping of the numbers gives the same result, as shown in Figure 7.2.2.
Figure 7.2.2
When multiplying three numbers, changing the grouping of the numbers does not change the result. This is known as the
Associative Property of Multiplication.
If we multiply three numbers, changing the grouping does not affect the product. You probably know this, but the terminology may
be new to you. These examples illustrate the Associative Properties.
 Definition: Associative Properties
Associative Property of Addition: if a, b, and c are real numbers, then (a + b) + c = a + (b + c)

Associative Property of Multiplication: if a, b, and c are real numbers, then (a • b) • c = a • (b • c)
 Example 7.2.2:
2
Use the associative properties to rewrite the following: (a) (3 + 0.6) + 0.4 = __________ (b) (−4 ⋅ ) ⋅ 15 = __________
5
Solution
(a) (3 + 0.6) + 0.4 = __________
Change the grouping. (3 + 0.6) + 0.4 = 3 + (0.6 + 0.4)
Notice that 0.6 + 0.4 is 1, so the addition will be easier if we group as shown on the right.
2
(b) (−4 ⋅ ) ⋅ 15 = __________
5
Change the grouping. (3 + 0.6) + 0.4 = 3 + (0.6 + 0.4)
2
Notice that ⋅ 15 is 6. The multiplication will be easier if we group as shown on the right.
5
 Exercise 7.2.3:
3
Use the associative properties to rewrite the following: (a) (1 + 0.7) + 0.3 = __________ (b) (−9 • 8) • = __________
4
Answer a
(1 + 0.7) + 0.3 = 1 + (0.7 + 0.3)
Answer b

3 3
(−9 ⋅ 8) ⋅ = −9 (8 ⋅ )
4 4
 Exercise 7.2.4:
5
Use the associative properties to rewrite the following: (a) (4 + 0.6) + 0.4 = __________ (b) (−2 • 12) • = __________
6
Answer a
(4 + 0.6) + 0.4 = 4 + (0.6 + 0.4)
Answer b
5 5
(−2 ⋅ 12) ⋅ = −2 (12 ⋅ )
6 6
Besides using the associative properties to make calculations easier, we will often use it to simplify expressions with variables.
 Example 7.2.3:
Use the Associative Property of Multiplication to simplify: 6(3x).
Solution
Change the grouping. (6 • 3)x
Multiply in the parentheses. 18x
Notice that we can multiply 6 • 3, but we could not multiply 3 • x without having a value for x.
 Exercise 7.2.5:
Use the Associative Property of Multiplication to simplify the given expression: 8(4x).
Answer
32x
 Exercise 7.2.6:
Use the Associative Property of Multiplication to simplify the given expression: −9(7y).
Answer
−63y
Evaluate Expressions using the Commutative and Associative Properties

The commutative and associative properties can make it easier to evaluate some algebraic expressions. Since order does not matter
when adding or multiplying three or more terms, we can rearrange and re-group terms to make our work easier, as the next several
examples illustrate.
 Example 7.2.4:
7
Evaluate each expression when x = . (a) x + 0.37 + (− x) (b) x + (− x) + 0.37
8
Solution
(a) x + 0.37 + (− x)

7 7 7
Substitute for x. + 0.37 + (− ) (7.2.3)
8 8 8
Convert fractions to decimals. 0.875 + 0.37 + (-0.875)
Add left to right. 1.245 - 0.875
Subtract. 0.37
(b) x + (− x) + 0.37
7 7 7
Substitute for x. + (− ) + 0.37 (7.2.4)
8 8 8
Add opposites first. 0.37
What was the difference between part (a) and part (b)? Only the order changed. By the Commutative Property of Addition, x +
0.37 + (− x) = x + (− x) + 0.37. But wasn’t part (b) much easier?
 Exercise 7.2.7:
3
Evaluate each expression when y = : (a) y + 0.84 + (− y) (b) y + (− y) + 0.84.
8
Answer a
0.84
Answer b
0.84
 Exercise 7.2.8:
17
Evaluate each expression when f = : (a) f + 0.975 + (− f) (b) f + (− f) + 0.975.
20
Answer a
0.975
Answer b
0.975
Let’s do one more, this time with multiplication.
 Example 7.2.5:
4 3 4 3
Evaluate each expression when n = 17. (a) ( n) (b) ( ⋅ )n
3 4 3 4
Solution
4 3
(a) ( n)
3 4
4 3
Substitute 17 for n. ( ⋅ 17) (7.2.5)
3 4

4 51
Multiply in the parentheses first. ( ) (7.2.6)
3 4
Multiply again. 17 (7.2.7)
4 3
(b) ( ⋅ )n
3 4
4 3
Substitute 17 for n. ( ⋅ ) ⋅ 17 (7.2.8)
3 4
Multiply. The product of reciprocals is 1. (1) ⋅ 17 (7.2.9)
Multiply again. 17 (7.2.10)
What was the difference between part (a) and part (b) here? Only the grouping changed. By the Associative Property of
4 3 4 3
Multiplication, ( n) = ( ⋅ )n . By carefully choosing how to group the factors, we can make the work easier.
3 4 3 4
 Exercise 7.2.9:
5 9 5 9
Evaluate each expression when p = 24. (a) ( p) (b) ( ⋅ )p
9 5 9 5
Answer a
24
Answer b
24
7 11 7 11
Evaluate each expression when q = 15. (a) ( q) (b) ( ⋅ )q
11 7 11 7
Answer a
15
Answer b
15

[email protected]."
This page titled 7.2: Commutative and Associative Properties (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or

Simplify Expressions Using the Commutative and Associative Properties
When we have to simplify algebraic expressions, we can often make the work easier by applying the Commutative or Associative
Property first instead of automatically following the order of operations. Notice that in Example 7.2.4 part (b) was easier to
simplify than part (a) because the opposites were next to each other and their sum is 0. Likewise, part (b) in Example 7.2.5 was
easier, with the reciprocals grouped together, because their product is 1. In the next few examples, we’ll use our number sense to
look for ways to apply these properties to make our work easier.
 Example 7.3.6:
Simplify: −84n + (−73n) + 84n.
Solution
Notice the first and third terms are opposites, so we can use the commutative property of addition to reorder the terms.
Re-order the terms. −84n + 84n + (−73n)
Add left to right. 0 + (−73n)
Add. −73n
Simplify: −27a + (−48a) + 27a.
Answer
−48a
Simplify: 39x + (−92x) + (−39x).
Answer
−92x
Now we will see how recognizing reciprocals is helpful. Before multiplying left to right, look for reciprocals—their product is 1.
 Example 7.3.7:
7 8 15
Simplify: ⋅ ⋅ .
15 23 7
Solution
Notice the first and third terms are reciprocals, so we can use the Commutative Property of Multiplication to reorder the
factors.
7 15 8
Re-order the terms. ⋅ ⋅ (7.3.1)
15 7 23
8
Multiply left to right. 1 ⋅ (7.3.2)
23

8
Multiply. (7.3.3)
23
9 5 16
Simplify: ⋅ ⋅ .
16 49 9
Answer
5
49
6 11 17
Simplify: ⋅ ⋅ .
17 25 6
Answer
11
25
In expressions where we need to add or subtract three or more fractions, combine those with a common denominator first.
 Example 7.3.8:
5 3 1
Simplify: ( + )+ .
13 4 4
Solution
Notice that the second and third terms have a common denominator, so this work will be easier if we change the grouping.
5 3 1
Group the terms with a common denominator. +( + ) (7.3.4)
13 4 4
5 4
Add in the parentheses first. +( ) (7.3.5)
13 4
5
Simplify the fraction. +1 (7.3.6)
13
5
Add. 1 (7.3.7)
13
18
Convert to an improper fraction. (7.3.8)
13
7 5 3
Simplify: ( + )+ .
15 8 8
Answer
22
15

2 7 5
Simplify: ( + )+ .
9 12 12
Answer
11
When adding and subtracting three or more terms involving decimals, look for terms that combine to give whole numbers.
 Example 7.3.9:
Simplify: (6.47q + 9.99q) + 1.01q.

Solution
Notice that the sum of the second and third coefficients is a whole number.
Change the grouping. 6.47q + (9.99q + 1.01q)
Add in the parentheses first. 6.47q + (11.00q)
Add. 17.47q
Many people have good number sense when they deal with money. Think about adding 99 cents and 1 cent. Do you see how
this applies to adding 9.99 + 1.01?
Simplify: (5.58c + 8.75c) + 1.25c.
Answer
15.58c
Simplify: (8.79d + 3.55d) + 5.45d.
Answer
17.79d
No matter what you are doing, it is always a good idea to think ahead. When simplifying an expression, think about what your steps
will be. The next example will show you how using the Associative Property of Multiplication can make your work easier if you
plan ahead.
 Example 7.3.10:
Simplify the expression: [1.67(8)](0.25).

Solution
Notice that multiplying (8)(0.25) is easier than multiplying 1.67(8) because it gives a whole number. (Think about having 8
quarters—that makes $2.)
Regroup. 1.67[(8)(0.25)]
Multiply in the brackets first. 1.67[2]

Multiply. 3.34
Simplify: [1.17(4)](2.25).
Answer
10.53
Simplify: [3.52(8)](2.5).
Answer
70.4
When simplifying expressions that contain variables, we can use the commutative and associative properties to re-order or regroup
terms, as shown in the next pair of examples.
 Example 7.3.11:
Simplify: 6(9x).
Solution
Use the associative property of multiplication to re-group. (6 • 9)x
Multiply in the parentheses. 54x
Simplify: 8(3y).
Answer
24y
Simplify: 12(5z).
Answer
60z
In The Language of Algebra, we learned to combine like terms by rearranging an expression so the like terms were together. We
simplified the expression 3x + 7 + 4x + 5 by rewriting it as 3x + 4x + 7 + 5 and then simplified it to 7x + 12. We were using the
Commutative Property of Addition.
 Example 7.3.12:
Simplify: 18p + 6q + (−15p) + 5q.
Solution
Use the Commutative Property of Addition to re-order so that like terms are together.

Re-order terms. 18p + (−15p) + 6q + 5q
Combine like terms. 3p + 11q
Simplify: 23r + 14s + 9r + (−15s).
Answer
32r − s
Simplify: 37m + 21n + 4m + (−15n).
Answer
41m + 6n

Use the Commutative and Associative Properties
In the following exercises, use the commutative properties to rewrite the given expression.
20. 8 + 9 = ___
21. 7 + 6 = ___
22. 8(−12) = ___
23. 7(−13) = ___
24. (−19)(−14) = ___
25. (−12)(−18) = ___
26. −11 + 8 = ___
27. −15 + 7 = ___
28. x + 4 = ___
29. y + 1 = ___
30. −2a = ___
31. −3m = ___
In the following exercises, use the associative properties to rewrite the given expression.
32. (11 + 9) + 14 = ___
33. (21 + 14) + 9 = ___
34. (12 · 5) • 7 = ___
35. (14 · 6) • 9 = ___
36. (−7 + 9) + 8 = ___
37. (−2 + 6) + 7 = ___
38. \(\left(16 \cdot \dfrac{4}{5}\right) • 15 = ___
39. \(\left(13 \cdot \dfrac{2}{3}\right) • 18 = ___
40. 3(4x) = ___
41. 4(7x) = ___
42. (12 + x) + 28 = ___
43. (17 + y) + 33 = ___
Evaluate Expressions using the Commutative and Associative Properties

In the following exercises, evaluate each expression for the given value.

5
44. If y = , evaluate:
8
a. y + 0.49 + (− y)
b. y + (− y) + 0.49
7
45. If z = , evaluate:
8
a. z + 0.97 + (− z)
b. z + (− z) + 0.97
11
46. If c = − , evaluate:
4
a. c + 3.125 + (− c)
b. c + (− c) + 3.125
9
47. If d = − , evaluate:
4
a. d + 2.375 + (− d)
b. d + (− d) + 2.375
48. If j = 11, evaluate:
5 6
a. ( j)
6 5
5 6
b. ( ⋅ )j
6 5
49. If k = 21, evaluate:

4 13
a. ( k)
13 4
4 13
b. ( ⋅ )k
13 4
50. If m = −25, evaluate:

3 7
a. − ( m)
7 3
3 7
b. (− ⋅ )m
7 3
51. If n = −8, evaluate:

5 21
a. − ( n)
21 5
5 21
b. (− ⋅ )n
21 5
Simplify Expressions Using the Commutative and Associative Properties

52. −45a + 15 + 45a
53. 9y + 23 + (−9y)
1 7 1
54. + + (− )
2 8 2
2 5 2
55. + + (− )
5 12 5
3 49 20
56. ⋅ ⋅
20 11 3
13 25 18
57. ⋅ ⋅
18 7 13
7 9 24
58. ⋅ ⋅
12 17 7

3 13 50
59. ⋅ ⋅
10 23 3
3
60. −24 • 7 •
8
4
61. −36 • 11 •
9
5 8 7
62. ( + )+
6 15 15
1 4 5
63. ( + )+
12 9 9
5 3 1
64. + +
13 4 4
8 5 2
65. + +
15 7 7
66. (4.33p + 1.09p) + 3.91p
67. (5.89d + 2.75d) + 1.25d
68. 17(0.25)(4)
69. 36(0.2)(5)
70. [2.48(12)](0.5)
71. [9.731(4)](0.75)
72. 7(4a)
73. 9(8w)
74. −15(5m)
75. −23(2n)
5
76. 12( p)
6
3
77. 20( q)
5
78. 14x + 19y + 25x + 3y

79. 15u + 11v + 27u + 19v
80. 43m + (−12n) + (−16m) + (−9n)
81. −22p + 17q + (−35p) + (−27q)
3 1 7 5
82. g+ h+ g+ h
8 12 8 12
5 3 1 9
83. a+ b+ a+ b
6 10 6 10
84. 6.8p + 9.14q + (−4.37p) + (−0.88q)
85. 9.6m + 7.22n + (−2.19m) + (−0.65n)
Everyday Math
86. Stamps Allie and Loren need to buy stamps. Allie needs four $0.49 stamps and nine $0.02 stamps. Loren needs eight $0.49
stamps and three $0.02 stamps.
a. How much will Allie’s stamps cost?
b. How much will Loren’s stamps cost?
c. What is the total cost of the girls’ stamps?
d. How many $0.49 stamps do the girls need altogether? How much will they cost?
e. How many $0.02 stamps do the girls need altogether? How much will they cost?
87. Counting Cash Grant is totaling up the cash from a fundraising dinner. In one envelope, he has twenty-three $5 bills, eighteen
$10 bills, and thirty-four $20 bills. In another envelope, he has fourteen $5 bills, nine $10 bills, and twenty-seven $20 bills.
a. How much money is in the first envelope?
b. How much money is in the second envelope?
c. What is the total value of all the cash?
d. What is the value of all the $5 bills?
e. What is the value of all $10 bills?

f. What is the value of all $20 bills?
Writing Exercises
88. In your own words, state the Commutative Property of Addition and explain why it is useful.
89. In your own words, state the Associative Property of Multiplication and explain why it is useful.
Self Check

[email protected]."
This page titled 7.3: Commutative and Associative Properties (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or

Simplify expressions using the distributive property
Evaluate expressions using the distributive property
 be prepared!
1. Multiply: 3(0.25). If you missed this problem, review Example 5.3.5
2. Simplify: 10 − (−2)(3). If you missed this problem, review Example 3.7.5.
3. Combine like terms: 9y + 17 + 3y − 2. If you missed this problem, review Example 2.3.10.
Simplify Expressions Using the Distributive Property

Suppose three friends are going to the movies. They each need $9.25; that is, 9 dollars and 1 quarter. How much money do they
need all together? You can think about the dollars separately from the quarters.
They need 3 times $9, so $27, and 3 times 1 quarter, so 75 cents. In total, they need $27.75. If you think about doing the math in
this way, you are using the Distributive Property.
 Definition: Distributive Property

If a, b, c are real numbers, then a(b + c) = ab + ac.
Back to our friends at the movies, we could show the math steps we take to find the total amount of money they need like this:
3(9 .25)
3(9 + 0.25)
3(9) + 3(0.25)
27 + 0.75
27 .75
In algebra, we use the Distributive Property to remove parentheses as we simplify expressions. For example, if we are asked to
simplify the expression 3(x + 4), the order of operations says to work in the parentheses first. But we cannot add x and 4, since they
are not like terms. So we use the Distributive Property, as shown in Example 7.4.1.

 Example 7.4.1:
Simplify: 3(x + 4).

Solution
Distribute. 3•x+3•4
Multiply. 3x + 12
 Exercise 7.4.1:
Simplify: 4(x + 2).
Answer
4x + 8
 Exercise 7.4.2:
Simplify: 6(x + 7).
Answer
6x + 42
Some students find it helpful to draw in arrows to remind them how to use the Distributive Property. Then the first step in Example
7.17 would look like this:
3 ⋅ x +3 ⋅ 4 (7.4.1)
 Example 7.4.2:
Simplify: 6(5y + 1).

Solution
Distribute. 6 ⋅ 5y + 6 ⋅ 1 (7.4.2)
Multiply. 30y + 6 (7.4.3)
 Exercise 7.4.3:
Simplify: 9(3y + 8).
Answer
27y + 72

 Exercise 7.4.4:
Simplify: 5(5w + 9).
Answer
25w + 45
The distributive property can be used to simplify expressions that look slightly different from a(b + c). Here are two other forms.
If a, b, c are real numbers, then
a(b + c) = ab + ac$$Otherf orms$$a(b − c) = ab − ac$$$$(b + c)a = ba + ca (7.4.4)
 Example 7.4.3:
Simplify: 2(x − 3).

Solution
Distribute. 2 ⋅x +2 ⋅3 (7.4.5)
Multiply. 2x − 6 (7.4.6)
 Exercise 7.4.5:
Answer
7x - 42
 Exercise 7.4.6:
Answer
8x - 40
Do you remember how to multiply a fraction by a whole number? We’ll need to do that in the next two examples.
 Example 7.4.4:
3
Simplify: (n + 12).
4
Solution

3 3
Distribute. ⋅n+ ⋅ 12 (7.4.7)
4 4
3
Multiply. n+9 (7.4.8)
4
 Exercise 7.4.7:
2
Simplify: (p + 10).
5
Answer
2
p +4
5
 Exercise 7.4.8:
3
Simplify: (u + 21).
7
Answer
3
u +9
7
 Example 7.4.5:
3 1
Simplify: 8 ( x+ ) .
8 4
Solution
3 1
Distribute. 8 ⋅ x +8 ⋅ (7.4.9)
8 4
Multiply. 3x + 2 (7.4.10)
 Exercise 7.4.9:
5 1
Simplify: 6 ( y+ ) .
6 2
Answer
5y + 3
1 3
Simplify: 12 ( n+ ) .
3 4
Answer
4n + 9

Using the Distributive Property as shown in the next example will be very useful when we solve money applications later.
 Example 7.4.6:
Simplify: 100(0.3 + 0.25q).

Solution
Distribute. 100(0.3) + 100(0.25q) (7.4.11)
Multiply. 30 + 25q (7.4.12)
Simplify: 100(0.7 + 0.15p).
Answer
70 + 15p
Simplify: 100(0.04 + 0.35d).
Answer
4 + 35d
In the next example we’ll multiply by a variable. We’ll need to do this in a later chapter.
 Example 7.4.7:
Simplify: m(n − 4) .
Solution
Distribute. m⋅n−m⋅4 (7.4.13)
Multiply. mn − 4m (7.4.14)
Notice that we wrote m • 4 as 4m. We can do this because of the Commutative Property of Multiplication. When a term is the
product of a number and a variable, we write the number first.
Simplify: r(s − 2).
Answer
rs - 2r

Simplify: y(z − 8).
Answer
yz - 8y
The next example will use the ‘backwards’ form of the Distributive Property, (b + c)a = ba + ca.
 Example 7.4.8:
Simplify: (x + 8)p.
Solution
Distribute. px + 8p (7.4.15)
Simplify: (x + 2)p.
Answer
xp + 2p
Simplify: (y + 4)q.
Answer
yq + 4q
When you distribute a negative number, you need to be extra careful to get the signs correct.
 Example 7.4.9:
Simplify: −2(4y + 1).

Solution
Distribute. −2 ⋅ 4y + (−2) ⋅ 1 (7.4.16)
Simplify. −8y − 2 (7.4.17)
Simplify: −3(6m + 5).
Answer

-18m - 15
Simplify: −6(8n + 11).
Answer
-48n - 66
 Example 7.4.10:
Simplify: −11(4 − 3a).
Solution
Distribute. −11 ⋅ 4 − (−11) ⋅ 3a (7.4.18)
Multiply. −44 − (−33a) (7.4.19)
Simplify. −44 + 33a (7.4.20)
You could also write the result as 33a − 44. Do you know why?
Simplify: −5(2 − 3a).
Answer
-10 + 15a
Simplify: −7(8 − 15y).
Answer
-56 + 105y
In the next example, we will show how to use the Distributive Property to find the opposite of an expression. Remember, −a = −1 •
a.
 Example 7.4.11:
Simplify: −(y + 5).

Solution
Multiplying by −1 results in the opposite. −1(y + 5) (7.4.21)
Distribute. −1 ⋅ y + (−1) ⋅ 5 (7.4.22)
Simplify. −y + (−5) (7.4.23)

Simplify. −y − 5 (7.4.24)
Simplify: −(z − 11).
Answer
-z + 11
Simplify: −(x − 4).
Answer
-x + 4
Sometimes we need to use the Distributive Property as part of the order of operations. Start by looking at the parentheses. If the
expression inside the parentheses cannot be simplified, the next step would be multiply using the distributive property, which
removes the parentheses. The next two examples will illustrate this.
 Example 7.4.12:
Simplify: 8 − 2(x + 3).

Solution
Distribute. 8 −2 ⋅x −2 ⋅3 (7.4.25)
Multiply. 8 − 2x − 6 (7.4.26)
Combine like terms. −2x + 2 (7.4.27)
Simplify: 9 − 3(x + 2).
Answer
-3x + 3
Simplify: 7x − 5(x + 4).
Answer
2x - 20

 Example 7.4.13:
Simplify: 4(x − 8) − (x + 3).
Solution
Distribute. 4x − 32 − x − 3 (7.4.28)
Combine like terms. 3x − 35 (7.4.29)
Simplify: 6(x − 9) − (x + 12).
Answer
5x - 66
Simplify: 8(x − 1) − (x + 5).
Answer
7x - 13
Evaluate Expressions Using the Distributive Property

Some students need to be convinced that the Distributive Property always works. In the examples below, we will practice
evaluating some of the expressions from previous examples; in part (a), we will evaluate the form with parentheses, and in part (b)
we will evaluate the form we got after distributing. If we evaluate both expressions correctly, this will show that they are indeed
equal.
 Example 7.4.14:
When y = 10 evaluate: (a) 6(5y + 1) (b) 6 • 5y + 6 • 1.

Solution
(a) 6(5y + 1)
Substitute 10 for y. 6(5 ⋅ 10 + 1) (7.4.30)
Simplify in the parentheses. 6(51) (7.4.31)
Multiply. 306 (7.4.32)
(b) 6 • 5y + 6 • 1
Substitute 10 for y. 6 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 10 + 6 ⋅ 1 (7.4.33)
Simplify. 300 + 6 (7.4.34)
Add. 306 (7.4.35)

Notice, the answers are the same. When y = 10, 6(5y + 1) = 6 • 5y + 6 • 1. Try it yourself for a different value of y.
Evaluate when w = 3: (a) 5(5w + 9) (b) 5 • 5w + 5 • 9.
Answer a
120
Answer b
120
Evaluate when y = 2: (a) 9(3y + 8) (b) 9 • 3y + 9 • 8.
Answer a
126
Answer b
126
 Example 7.4.15:
When y = 3, evaluate (a) −2(4y + 1) (b) −2 • 4y + (−2) • 1.

Solution
(a) −2(4y + 1)
Substitute 3 for y. −2(4 ⋅ 3 + 1) (7.4.36)
Simplify in the parentheses. −2(13) (7.4.37)
Multiply. −26 (7.4.38)
(b) −2 • 4y + (−2) • 1
Substitute 3 for y. −2 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 3 + (−2) ⋅ 1 (7.4.39)
Multiply. −24 − 2 (7.4.40)
Subtract. −26 (7.4.41)
The answers are the same when y = 3. −2(4y + 1) = −8y − 2 (7.4.42)
Evaluate when n = −2: (a) −6(8n + 11) (b) −6 • 8n + (−6) • 11.
Answer a
30

Answer b
30
Evaluate when m = −1: (a) −3(6m + 5) (b) −3 • 6m + (−3) • 5.
Answer a
3
Answer b
3
 Example 7.4.16:
When y = 35 evaluate (a) −(y + 5) and (b) −y − 5 to show that −(y + 5) = −y − 5.

Solution
(a) −(y + 5)
Substitute 35 for y. −(35 + 5) (7.4.43)
Add in the parentheses. −(40) (7.4.44)
Simplify. −40 (7.4.45)
(b) −y − 5
Substitute 35 for y. −35 − 5 (7.4.46)
Simplify. −40 (7.4.47)
The answers are the same when y = 35, demonstrating that −(y + 5) = −y − 5 (7.4.48)
Evaluate when x = 36: (a) −(x − 4) (b) −x + 4 to show that −(x − 4) = − x + 4.
Answer a
−32
Answer b
−32
Evaluate when z = 55: (a) −(z − 10) (b) −z + 10 to show that −(z − 10) = − z + 10.
Answer a
−45
Answer b

−45
Model Distribution
The Distributive Property

Simplify Expressions Using the Distributive Property
In the following exercises, simplify using the distributive property.
90. 4(x + 8)
91. 3(a + 9)
92. 8(4y + 9)
93. 9(3w + 7)
94. 6(c − 13)
95. 7(y − 13)
96. 7(3p − 8)
97. 5(7u − 4)
1
98. (n + 8)
2
1
99. (u + 9)
3
1
100. (3q + 12)
4
1
101. (4m + 20)
5
5 1
102. 9 ( y− )
9 3
3 2
103. 10 ( x− )
10 5
1 2
104. 12 ( + r)
4 3
1 3
105. 12 ( + s)
6 4
106. r(s − 18)

107. u(v − 10)
108. (y + 4)p
109. (a + 7)x
110. −2(y + 13)
111. −3(a + 11)
112. −7(4p + 1)
113. −9(9a + 4)
114. −3(x − 6)
115. −4(q − 7)
116. −9(3a − 7)
117. −6(7x − 8)
118. −(r + 7)
119. −(q + 11)
120. −(3x − 7)
121. −(5p − 4)
122. 5 + 9(n − 6)
123. 12 + 8(u − 1)

124. 16 − 3(y + 8)
125. 18 − 4(x + 2)
126. 4 − 11(3c − 2)
127. 9 − 6(7n − 5)
128. 22 − (a + 3)
129. 8 − (r − 7)
130. −12 − (u + 10)
131. −4 − (c − 10)
132. (5m − 3) − (m + 7)
133. (4y − 1) − (y − 2)
134. 5(2n + 9) + 12(n − 3)
135. 9(5u + 8) + 2(u − 6)
136. 9(8x − 3) − (−2)
137. 4(6x − 1) − (−8)
138. 14(c − 1) − 8(c − 6)
139. 11(n − 7) − 5(n − 1)
140. 6(7y + 8) − (30y − 15)
141. 7(3n + 9) − (4n − 13)
Evaluate Expressions Using the Distributive Property

In the following exercises, evaluate both expressions for the given value.
142. If v = −2, evaluate
a. 6(4v + 7)
b. 6 · 4v + 6 · 7
143. If u = −1, evaluate
a. 8(5u + 12)
b. 8 · 5u + 8 · 12
2
144. If n = , evaluate
3
5
a. 3 (n + )
6
5
b. 3 • n + 3 •
6
145. If y = 3 4 , evaluate
a. 4 ⎛ ⎝ y + 3 8 ⎞ ⎠
3
b. 4 • y + 4 •
8
7
146. If y = , evaluate
12
a. −3(4y + 15)
b. 3 • 4y + (−3) • 15
23
147. If p = , evaluate
30
a. −6(5p + 11)
b. −6 • 5p + (−6) • 11
148. If m = 0.4, evaluate
a. −10(3m − 0.9)
b. −10 • 3m − (−10)(0.9)
149. If n = 0.75, evaluate
a. −100(5n + 1.5)
b. −100 • 5n + (−100)(1.5)

150. If y = −25, evaluate
a. −(y − 25)
b. −y + 25
151. If w = −80, evaluate
a. −(w − 80)
b. −w + 80
152. If p = 0.19, evaluate
a. −(p + 0.72)
b. −p − 0.72
153. If q = 0.55, evaluate
a. −(q + 0.48)
b. −q − 0.48
Everyday Math
154. Buying by the case Joe can buy his favorite ice tea at a convenience store for $1.99 per bottle. At the grocery store, he can buy
a case of 12 bottles for $23.88.
a. Use the distributive property to find the cost of 12 bottles bought individually at the convenience store. (Hint: notice that
$1.99 is $2 − $0.01.)
b. Is it a bargain to buy the iced tea at the grocery store by the case?
155. Multi-pack purchase Adele’s shampoo sells for $3.97 per bottle at the drug store. At the warehouse store, the same shampoo is
sold as a 3-pack for $10.49.
a. Show how you can use the distributive property to find the cost of 3 bottles bought individually at the drug store.
b. How much would Adele save by buying the 3-pack at the warehouse store?
Writing Exercises
1
156. Simplify 8 (x − ) using the distributive property and explain each step.
4
157. Explain how you can multiply 4($5.97) without paper or a calculator by thinking of $5.97 as 6 − 0.03 and then using the
distributive property.
Self Check

[email protected]."
This page titled 7.4: Distributive Property is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

Recognize the identity properties of addition and multiplication
Use the inverse properties of addition and multiplication
Use the properties of zero
Simplify expressions using the properties of identities, inverses, and zero
 be prepared!
1. Find the opposite of −4. If you missed this problem, review Example 3.1.3.
5
2. Find the reciprocal of . If you missed this problem, review Example 4.4.11.
2
3a 9
3. Multiply: ⋅ . If you missed this problem, review Example 4.3.9.
5 2a
Recognize the Identity Properties of Addition and Multiplication

What happens when we add zero to any number? Adding zero doesn’t change the value. For this reason, we call 0 the additive
identity. For example,
13 + 0 − 14 + 0 0 + (−3x)
13 − 14 − 3x
 Definition: Identity Properties

The identity property of addition: for any real number a,
a+0 = a 0 +a = a (7.5.1)
0 is called the additive identity

The identity property of multiplication: for any real number a
a⋅1 = a 1⋅a =a (7.5.2)
1 is called the multiplicative identity
 Example 7.5.1:
Identify whether each equation demonstrates the identity property of addition or multiplication. (a) 7 + 0 = 7 (b) −16(1) = −16
Solution
(a) 7 + 0 = 7
We are adding 0. We are using the identity property of addition.
(b) −16(1) = −16
We are multiplying by 1. We are using the identity property of multiplication.
 Exercise 7.5.1:
Identify whether each equation demonstrates the identity property of addition or multiplication: (a) 23 + 0 = 23 (b) −37(1) =
−37.

Answer a
identity property of addition
Answer b
identity property of multiplication
 Exercise 7.5.2:
Identify whether each equation demonstrates the identity property of addition or multiplication: (a) 1 • 29 = 29 (b) 14 + 0 = 14.
Answer a
identity property of multiplication
Answer b
additive identity
Use the Inverse Properties of Addition and Multiplication

What number added to 5 gives the additive identity, 0?
5 + _____ = 0 We know 5 + (−5) = 0
What number added to −6 gives the additive identity, 0?
-6 + _____ = 0 We know −6 + (6) = 0
Notice that in each case, the missing number was the opposite of the number. We call −a the additive inverse of a. The opposite of
a number is its additive inverse. A number and its opposite add to 0, which is the additive identity.
2
What number multiplied by gives the multiplicative identity, 1? In other words, two-thirds times what results in 1?
3
2 2 3
⋅ _____ = 1 We know ⋅ = 1
3 3 2
What number multiplied by 2 gives the multiplicative identity, 1? In other words two times what results in 1?
1
2 • _____ = 1 We know 2 ⋅ = 1
2
Notice that in each case, the missing number was the reciprocal of the number.
1
We call the multiplicative inverse of a (a ≠ 0). The reciprocal of a number is its multiplicative inverse. A number and its
a
reciprocal multiply to 1, which is the multiplicative identity.
We’ll formally state the Inverse Properties here:
 Definition: Inverse Properties
Inverse Property of Addition for any real number a,

a + (−a) = 0 (7.5.3)
−a is the additive inverse of a.

Inverse Property of Multiplication for any real number a ≠ 0,
1
a⋅ =1 (7.5.4)
a

1
is the multiplicative inverse of a.
a
 Example 7.5.2:
5
Find the additive inverse of each expression: (a) 13 (b) − (c) 0.6.
8
Solution
To find the additive inverse, we find the opposite.
a. The additive inverse of 13 is its opposite, −13.
5 5
b. The additive inverse of − is its opposite, .
8 8
c. The additive inverse of 0.6 is its opposite, −0.6.
 Exercise 7.5.3:
7
Find the additive inverse of each expression: (a) 18 (b) (c) 1.2.
9
Answer a
−18
Answer b
7
−
9
Answer c
−1.2
 Exercise 7.5.4:
7
Find the additive inverse of each expression: (a) 47(b) (c) 8.4.
13
Answer a
−47
Answer b
7
−
13
Answer c
−8.4
 Example 7.5.3:
1
Find the multiplicative inverse: (a) 9 (b) − (c) 0.9.
9
Solution
To find the additive inverse, we find the opposite.
1
a. The multiplicative inverse of 9 is its reciprocal, .
9
1
b. The multiplicative inverse of − is its reciprocal, -9.
9

9 10
c. To find the multiplicative inverse of 0.9, we first convert 0.9 to a fraction, . Then we find the reciprocal, .
10 9
 Exercise 7.5.5:
1
7
Answer a
1
Answer b
−7
Answer c
10
 Exercise 7.5.6:
4
5
Answer a
1
18
Answer b
5
−
4
Answer c
5
Use the Properties of Zero

We have already learned that zero is the additive identity, since it can be added to any number without changing the number’s
identity. But zero also has some special properties when it comes to multiplication and division.
Multiplication by Zero
What happens when you multiply a number by 0? Multiplying by 0 makes the product equal zero. The product of any real number
and 0 is 0.
 Definition: Multiplication by Zero
For any real number a,
a⋅0 = 0 0⋅a =0 (7.5.5)
 Example 7.5.4:
5
Simplify: (a) −8 • 0 (b) ⋅0 (c) 0(2.94).
12
Solution
(a) −8 • 0

The product of any real number and 0 is 0. 0
5
(b) ⋅0
12
(c) 0(2.94)
 Exercise 7.5.7:
2
Simplify: (a) −14 • 0 (b) 0 ⋅ (c) (16.5) • 0.
3
Answer a
0
Answer b
0
Answer c
0
 Exercise 7.5.8:
5
Simplify: (a) (1.95) • 0 (b) 0(-17) (c) 0 ⋅ .
4
Answer a
0
Answer b
0
Answer c
0
Dividing with Zero

What about dividing with 0? Think about a real example: if there are no cookies in the cookie jar and three people want to share
them, how many cookies would each person get? There are 0 cookies to share, so each person gets 0 cookies.
0 ÷3 = 0 (7.5.6)
Remember that we can always check division with the related multiplication fact. So, we know that
0 ÷ 3 = 0 because 0 ⋅ 3 = 0. (7.5.7)
 Definition: Division of Zero

0
For any real number a, except 0, = 0 and 0 ÷ a = 0.
a
Zero divided by any real number except zero is zero.

 Example 7.5.5:
0 7
Simplify: (a) 0 ÷ 5 (b) (c) 0 ÷ .
−2 8
Solution
(a) 0 ÷ 5
Zero divided by any real number, except 0, is zero. 0
0
(b)
−2
7
(c) 0 ÷
8
 Exercise 7.5.9:
0 3
Simplify: (a) 0 ÷ 11 (b) (c) 0 ÷ .
−6 10
Answer a
0
Answer b
0
Answer c
0
8
Simplify: (a) 0 ÷ (b) 0 ÷ (-10) (c) 0 ÷ 12.75.
3
Answer a
0
Answer b
0
Answer c
0
Now let’s think about dividing a number by zero. What is the result of dividing 4 by 0? Think about the related multiplication fact.
Is there a number that multiplied by 0 gives 4?
4 ÷ 0 = ___ means ___ • 0 = 4
Since any real number multiplied by 0 equals 0, there is no real number that can be multiplied by 0 to obtain 4. We can conclude
that there is no answer to 4 ÷ 0, and so we say that division by zero is undefined.

 Definition: Division by Zero
a
For any real number a, , and a ÷ 0 are undefined.
0
Division by zero is undefined.
 Example 7.5.6:
−32 4
Simplify: (a) 7.5 ÷ 0 (b) (c) ÷ 0.
0 9
Solution
(a) 7.5 ÷ 0
Division by zero is undefined. undefined
−32
(b)
0
4
(c) ÷0
9
−2 1
Simplify: (a) 16.4 ÷ 0 (b) (c) ÷ 0.
0 5
Answer a
undefined
Answer b
undefined
Answer c
undefined
−5 4
Simplify: (a) (b) 96.9 ÷ 0 (c) ÷ 0.
0 15
Answer a
undefined
Answer b
undefined
Answer c
undefined

We summarize the properties of zero.
 Definition: properties of zero
Multiplication by Zero: For any real number a,

a⋅0 = 0 0⋅a =0 (7.5.8)

Division by Zero: For any real number a, a ≠ 0
0
=0 (7.5.9)
a
Zero divided by any real number, except itself, is zero.

a
is undef ined. (7.5.10)
0
Simplify Expressions using the Properties of Identities, Inverses, and Zero

We will now practice using the properties of identities, inverses, and zero to simplify expressions.
 Example 7.5.7:
Simplify: 3x + 15 − 3x.
Solution
Notice the additive inverses, 3x and −3x. 0 + 15
Add. 15
Simplify: −12z + 9 + 12z.
Answer
9
Simplify: −25u − 18 + 25u.
Answer
-18
 Example 7.5.8:
Simplify: 4(0.25q).
Solution
Regroup, using the associative property. [4(0.25)]q
Multiply. 1.00q
Simplify; 1 is the multiplicative identity. q

Simplify: 2(0.5p).
Answer
p
Simplify: 25(0.04r).
Answer
r
 Example 7.5.9:
0
Simplify: , where n ≠ −5.
n+5
Solution
Zero divided by any real number except itself is zero. 0
0
Simplify: , where m ≠ −7.
m +7
Answer
0
0
Simplify: , where d ≠ 4.
d−4
Answer
0
 Example 7.5.10:
10 − 3p
Simplify: .
0
Solution
18 − 6c
Simplify: .
0

Answer
undefined
15 − 4q
Simplify: .
0
Answer
undefined
 Example 7.5.11:
3 4
Simplify: ⋅ (6x + 12).
4 3
Solution
We cannot combine the terms in parentheses, so we multiply the two fractions first.
Multiply; the product of reciprocals is 1. 1(6x + 12)
Simplify by recognizing the multiplicative identity. 6x + 12
2 5
Simplify: ⋅ (20y+ 50).
5 2
Answer
20y + 50
3 8
Simplify: ⋅ (12z+ 16).
8 3
Answer
12z + 16
All the properties of real numbers we have used in this chapter are summarized in Table 7.5.1.
Table 7.5.1 : Properties of Real Numbers
Property Of Addition Of Multiplication
Commutative Property
If a and b are real numbers then… a+b=b+a a•b=b•a
Associative Property
If a, b, and c are real numbers then… (a + b) + c = a + (b + c) (a • b) • c = (b • c)
Identity Property 0 is the additive identity 1 is the multiplicative identity
a+0=a a•1=a
0+a=a 1•a=a

Property Of Addition Of Multiplication
a, a ≠ 0
Inverse Property −a is the additive inverse of a
1/a is the multiplicative inverse of a
For any real number a, a + (−a) = 0 a • 1/a = 1
Distributive Property
If a, b, c are real numbers, then a(b + c) = ab + ac
Properties of Zero
a•0=0
0•a=0
0
= 0
For any real number a where a ≠ 0 a
a
is undefined
0
Multiplying and Dividing Involving Zero

Recognize the Identity Properties of Addition and Multiplication
In the following exercises, identify whether each example is using the identity property of addition or multiplication.
158. 101 + 0 = 101
3 3
159. (1) =
5 5
160. −9 • 1 = −9
161. 0 + 64 = 64
Use the Inverse Properties of Addition and Multiplication

In the following exercises, find the multiplicative inverse.
162. 8
163. 14
164. −17
165. −19
7
166.
12
8
167.
13
3
168. −
10
5
169. −
12
170. 0.8
171. 0.4
172. −0.2
173. −0.5
Use the Properties of Zero

In the following exercises, simplify using the properties of zero.
174. 48 • 0
0
175.
6

3
176.
0
177. 22 • 0
11
178. 0 ÷
12
6
179.
0
0
180.
3
7
181. 0 ÷
15
8
182. 0 •
15
183. (−3.14)(0)
184. 5.72 ÷ 0
1
10
185.
0
Simplify Expressions using the Properties of Identities, Inverses, and Zero

In the following exercises, simplify using the properties of identities, inverses, and zero.
186. 19a + 44 − 19a
187. 27c + 16 − 27c
188. 38 + 11r − 38
189. 92 + 31s − 92
190. 10(0.1d)
191. 100(0.01p)
192. 5(0.6q)
193. 40(0.05n)
0
194. , where r ≠ −20
r + 20
0
195. , where s ≠ −13
s + 13
0
196. , where u ≠ 4.99
u − 4.99
0
197. , where v ≠ 65.1
v − 65.1
1 1
198. 0 ÷ (x − ) , where x ≠
2 2
1 1
199. 0 ÷ (y − ) , where y ≠
6 6
32 − 5a
200. , where 32 − 5a ≠ 0
0
28 − 9b
201. , where 28 − 9b ≠ 0
0
2.1 + 0.4c
202. , where 2.1 + 0.4c ≠ 0
0
1.75 + 9f
203. , where 1.75 + 9 f ≠ 0
0
3 9
204. \left\dfrac{3}{4} + \dfrac{9}{10}m \right) \div 0 , where + m ≠0
4 10
5 3 5 3
205. ( n− ) ÷0 , where n− ≠0
16 7 16 7
9 10
206. ⋅ (18p − 21)
10 9
5 7
207. ⋅ (20q − 35)
7 5

3
208. 15 ⋅ (4d + 10)
5
5
209. 18 ⋅ (15h + 24)
6
Everyday Math
210. Insurance copayment Carrie had to have 5 fillings done. Each filling cost $80. Her dental insurance required her to pay 20%
of the cost. Calculate Carrie’s cost
a. by finding her copay for each filling, then finding her total cost for 5 fillings, and
b. by multiplying 5(0.20)(80).
c. Which of the Properties of Real Numbers did you use for part (b)?
211. Cooking time Helen bought a 24-pound turkey for her family’s Thanksgiving dinner and wants to know what time to put the
turkey in the oven. She wants to allow 20 minutes per pound cooking time.
a. Calculate the length of time needed to roast the turkey by multiplying 24 · 20 to find the number of minutes and then
multiplying the product by 1 60 to convert minutes into hours.
1
b. Multiply 24(20 ⋅ ) .
60
1 1
c. Which of the Properties of Real Numbers allows you to multiply 24(20 ⋅ ) instead of (24 • 20) ?
60 60
Writing Exercises
212. In your own words, describe the difference between the additive inverse and the multiplicative inverse of a number.
213. How can the use of the properties of real numbers make it easier to simplify expressions?
Self Check
improve this?

[email protected]."
This page titled 7.5: Properties of Identity, Inverses, and Zero is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

Make unit conversions in the U.S. system
Use mixed units of measurement in the U.S. system
Make unit conversions in the metric system
Use mixed units of measurement in the metric system
Convert between the U.S. and the metric systems of measurement
Convert between Fahrenheit and Celsius temperatures
 be prepared!
1. Multiply: 4.29(1000). If you missed this problem, review Example 5.3.8.
30
54
7 25
3. Multiply: ⋅ . If you missed this problem, review Example 4.3.9.
15 28
In this section we will see how to convert among different types of units, such as feet to miles or kilograms to pounds. The basic
idea in all of the unit conversions will be to use a form of 1, the multiplicative identity, to change the units but not the value of a
quantity.
Make Unit Conversions in the U.S. System

There are two systems of measurement commonly used around the world. Most countries use the metric system. The United States
uses a different system of measurement, usually called the U.S. system. We will look at the U.S. system first.
The U.S. system of measurement uses units of inch, foot, yard, and mile to measure length and pound and ton to measure weight.
For capacity, the units used are cup, pint, quart and gallons. Both the U.S. system and the metric system measure time in seconds,
minutes, or hours.
The equivalencies among the basic units of the U.S. system of measurement are listed in Table 7.6.1 . The table also shows, in
parentheses, the common abbreviations for each measurement.
Table 7.6.1
U.S. System Units
Length Volume
3 teaspoons (t) = 1 tablespoon (T)

16 Tablespoons (T) = 1 cup (C)
1 foot (ft) = 12 inches (in)
1 cup (C) = 8 fluid ounces (fl oz)
1 yard (yd) = 3 feet (ft)
1 pint (pt) = 2 cups (C)
1 mile (mi) = 5280 feet (ft)
1 quart (qt) = 2 pints (pt)
1 gallon (gal) = 4 quarts (qt)
Weight Time
1 minute (min) = 60 seconds (s)

1 hour (h) = 60 minutes (min)
1 pound (lb) = 16 ounces (oz)
1 day = 24 hours (h)
1 ton = 2000 pounds (lb)
1 week (wk) = 7 days
1 year (yr) = 365 days
In many real-life applications, we need to convert between units of measurement. We will use the identity property of
multiplication to do these conversions. We’ll restate the Identity Property of Multiplication here for easy reference.

a⋅1 = a 1⋅a =a (7.6.1)
To use the identity property of multiplication, we write 1 in a form that will help us convert the units. For example, suppose we
1 ft
want to convert inches to feet. We know that 1 foot is equal to 12 inches, so we can write 1 as the fraction . When we
12 in
12 in
multiply by this fraction, we do not change the value but just change the units. But also equals 1. How do we decide
1 ft
1 ft 12 in
whether to multiply by or ? We choose the fraction that will make the units we want to convert from divide out. For
12 in 1 ft
example, suppose we wanted to convert 60 inches to feet. If we choose the fraction that has inches in the denominator, we can
eliminate the inches.
1 ft
60 in ⋅ = 5 ft (7.6.2)
12 in
On the other hand, if we wanted to convert 5 feet to inches, we would choose the fraction that has feet in the denominator.
12 in
5 ft ⋅ = 60 in (7.6.3)
1 ft
We treat the unit words like factors and ‘divide out’ common units like we do common factors.
 HOW TO: MAKE UNIT CONVERSIONS
Step 1. Multiply the measurement to be converted by 1; write 1 as a fraction relating the units given and the units needed.
Step 2. Multiply.
Step 3. Simplify the fraction, performing the indicated operations and removing the common units.
 Example 7.6.1:
Mary Anne is 66 inches tall. What is her height in feet?

Solution
Convert 66 inches into feet.
Multiply the measurement to be converted by 1. 66 inches • 1
1 f oot
Write 1 as a fraction relating the units given and the units needed. 66 inches ⋅ (7.6.4)
12 inches
66 inches ⋅ 1 f oot
Multiply. (7.6.5)
12 inches
66 inches ⋅ 1 f oot 66 f eet

Simplify the fraction. = (7.6.6)
12
12 inches
5.5 feet
Notice that the when we simplified the fraction, we first divided out the inches. Mary Anne is 5.5 feet tall.
 Exercise 7.6.1:
Lexie is 30 inches tall. Convert her height to feet.
Answer
2.5 feet

 Exercise 7.6.2:
Rene bought a hose that is 18 yards long. Convert the length to feet.
Answer
54 feet
When we use the Identity Property of Multiplication to convert units, we need to make sure the units we want to change from will
divide out. Usually this means we want the conversion fraction to have those units in the denominator.
 Example 7.6.2:
Ndula, an elephant at the San Diego Safari Park, weighs almost 3.2 tons. Convert her weight to pounds.
Figure 7.6.1 (credit: Guldo Da Rozze, Flickr)

Solution
We will convert 3.2 tons into pounds, using the equivalencies in Table 7.6.1. We will use the Identity Property of
2000 pounds
Multiplication, writing 1 as the fraction
1 ton
Multiply the measurement to be converted by 1. 3.2 tons • 1
2000 lbs
Write 1 as a fraction relating tons and pounds. 3.2 tons ⋅ (7.6.7)
1 tons
3.2 tons ⋅ 2000 lbs

Simplify. (7.6.8)
1 tons
Multiply. 6400 lbs
.Ndula weighs almost 6,400 pounds.
 Exercise 7.6.3:
Arnold’s SUV weighs about 4.3 tons. Convert the weight to pounds.
Answer
8600 pounds
 Exercise 7.6.4:
A cruise ship weighs 51,000 tons. Convert the weight to pounds.
Answer
102,000,000 pounds

Sometimes to convert from one unit to another, we may need to use several other units in between, so we will need to multiply
several fractions.
 Example 7.6.3:
Juliet is going with her family to their summer home. She will be away for 9 weeks. Convert the time to minutes.
Solution
To convert weeks into minutes, we will convert weeks to days, days to hours, and then hours to minutes. To do this, we will
multiply by conversion factors of 1.
7 days 24 hours 60 minutes 9 wk 7 days 24 hr 60 min

Write 1 as , , . ⋅ ⋅ ⋅ (7.6.9)
1 week 1 day 1 hour 1 1 wk 1 day 1 hr
9 wk 7 days 24 hr 60 min
Cancel common units. ⋅ ⋅ ⋅ (7.6.10)
1
1 wk 1 day 1 hr
9 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 24 ⋅ ⋅60 min
Multiply. = 90, 720 min (7.6.11)
1 ⋅1 ⋅1 ⋅1
Juliet will be away for 90,720 minutes.
 Exercise 7.6.5
The distance between Earth and the moon is about 250,000 miles. Convert this length to yards.
Answer
440,000,000 yards
 Exercise 7.6.6:
A team of astronauts spends 15 weeks in space. Convert the time to minutes.
Answer
151,200 minutes
 Example 7.6.4:
How many fluid ounces are in 1 gallon of milk?
Figure 7.6.2 (credit: www.bluewaikiki.com, Flickr)

Solution
Use conversion factors to get the right units: convert gallons to quarts, quarts to pints, pints to cups, and cups to fluid ounces.

1 gal 4 qt 2 pt 2 C 8 f l oz
Multiply the measurement to be converted by 1. ⋅ ⋅ ⋅ ⋅ (7.6.12)
1 1 gal 1 qt 1 pt 1 C
1 gal 4 qt 2 pt 2 C 8 f l oz
Simplify. ⋅ ⋅ ⋅ ⋅ (7.6.13)
1 1 qt 1 pt
1 gal 1 C
1 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 8 f l oz
Multiply. (7.6.14)
1 ⋅1 ⋅1 ⋅1 ⋅1
Simplify. 128 fluid ounces
There are 128 fluid ounces in a gallon.
 Exercise 7.6.7:
How many cups are in 1 gallon?
Answer
16 cups
 Exercise 7.6.8:
How many teaspoons are in 1 cup?
Answer
48 teaspoons
Use Mixed Units of Measurement in the U.S. System

Performing arithmetic operations on measurements with mixed units of measures requires care. Be sure to add or subtract like
units.
 Example 7.6.5:
Charlie bought three steaks for a barbecue. Their weights were 14 ounces, 1 pound 2 ounces, and 1 pound 6 ounces. How many
total pounds of steak did he buy?
Figure 7.6.3 (credit: Helen Penjam, Flickr)

Solution
We will add the weights of the steaks to find the total weight of the steaks.
14 ounces
1 pound 2 ounces
Add the ounces. Then add the pounds.
+ 1 pound 6 ounces
2 pounds 22 ounces

Convert 22 ounces to pounds and ounces. 22 ounces = 1 pound, 6 ounces (7.6.15)
Add the pounds. 2 pounds + 1 pound, 6 ounces = 3 pounds, 6 ounces
Charlie bought 3 pounds 6 ounces of steak.
 Exercise 7.6.9:
Laura gave birth to triplets weighing 3 pounds 12 ounces, 3 pounds 3 ounces, and 2 pounds 9 ounces. What was the total birth
weight of the three babies?
Answer
9 lbs. 8 oz
Seymour cut two pieces of crown molding for his family room that were 8 feet 7 inches and 12 feet 11 inches. What was the
total length of the molding?
Answer
21 ft. 6 in.
 Example 7.6.6:
Anthony bought four planks of wood that were each 6 feet 4 inches long. If the four planks are placed end-to-end, what is the
total length of the wood?
Solution
We will multiply the length of one plank by 4 to find the total length.
6 f eet 4 inches
Multiply the inches and then the feet. × 4
24 f eet 16 inches
Convert 16 inches to feet. 24 feet + 1 foot 4 inches
Add the feet. 25 feet 4 inches
Anthony bought 25 feet 4 inches of wood.
Henri wants to triple his spaghetti sauce recipe, which calls for 1 pound 8 ounces of ground turkey. How many pounds of
ground turkey will he need?
Answer
4 lbs. 8 oz.

Joellen wants to double a solution of 5 gallons 3 quarts. How many gallons of solution will she have in all?
Answer
11 gal. 2 qts.
Make Unit Conversions in the Metric System

In the metric system, units are related by powers of 10. The root words of their names reflect this relation. For example, the basic
1
unit for measuring length is a meter. One kilometer is 1000 meters; the prefix kilo- means thousand. One centimeter is of a
100
1
meter, because the prefix centi- means one one-hundredth (just like one cent is of one dollar).
100
The equivalencies of measurements in the metric system are shown in Table 7.6.2 . The common abbreviations for each
measurement are given in parentheses.
Table 7.6.2
Metric Measurements
Length Mass Volume/Capacity
1 kilometer (km) = 1000 m 1 kilogram (kg) = 1000 g 1 kiloliter (kL) = 1000 L

1 hectometer (hm) = 100 m 1 hectogram (hg) = 100 g 1 hectoliter (hL) = 100 L
1 dekameter (dam) = 10 m 1 dekagram (dag) = 10 g 1 dekaliter (daL) = 10 L
1 meter (m) = 1 m 1 gram (g) = 1 g 1 liter (L) = 1 L
1 decimeter (dm) = 0.1 m 1 decigram (dg) = 0.1 g 1 deciliter (dL) = 0.1 L
1 centimeter (cm) = 0.01 m 1 centigram (cg) = 0.01 g 1 centiliter (cL) = 0.01 L
1 millimeter (mm) = 0.001 m 1 milligram (mg) = 0.001 g 1 milliliter (mL) = 0.001 L
1 meter = 100 centimeters 1 gram = 100 centigrams 1 liter = 100 centiliters

1 meter = 1000 millimeters 1 gram = 1000 milligrams 1 liter = 1000 milliliters
To make conversions in the metric system, we will use the same technique we did in the U.S. system. Using the identity property of
multiplication, we will multiply by a conversion factor of one to get to the correct units.
Have you ever run a 5 k or 10 k race? The lengths of those races are measured in kilometers. The metric system is commonly used
in the United States when talking about the length of a race.
 Example 7.6.7:
Nick ran a 10-kilometer race. How many meters did he run?
Figure 7.6.4 (credit: William Warby, Flickr)

Solution
We will convert kilometers to meters using the Identity Property of Multiplication and the equivalencies in Table 7.63.
Multiply the measurement to be converted by 1. 10 km ⋅ 1 (7.6.16)

1000 m
Write 1 as a fraction relating kilometers and meters. 10 km ⋅ (7.6.17)
1 km
10 km ⋅ 1000 m
Simplify. (7.6.18)
1 km
Multiply. 10, 000 m (7.6.19)
Nick ran 10,000 meters.
Sandy completed her first 5-km race. How many meters did she run?
Answer
5000 m
Herman bought a rug 2.5 meters in length. How many centimeters is the length?
Answer
250 cm
 Example 7.6.8:
Eleanor’s newborn baby weighed 3200 grams. How many kilograms did the baby weigh?
Solution
We will convert grams to kilograms.
Multiply the measurement to be converted by 1. 3200 g ⋅ 1 (7.6.20)
1 kg
Write 1 as a fraction relating kilograms and grams. 3200 g ⋅ (7.6.21)
1000 g
1 kg
Simplify. 3200 g ⋅ (7.6.22)
1000 g
3200 kilograms
Multiply. (7.6.23)
1000
Divide. 3.2 kilograms (7.6.24)
The baby weighed 3.2 kilograms.
 Exercise 7.6.15
Kari’s newborn baby weighed 2800 grams. How many kilograms did the baby weigh?
Answer
2.8 kilograms

 Exercise 7.6.16
Anderson received a package that was marked 45004500 grams. How many kilograms did this package weigh?
Answer
4.5 kilograms
Since the metric system is based on multiples of ten, conversions involve multiplying by multiples of ten. In Decimal Operations,
we learned how to simplify these calculations by just moving the decimal. To multiply by 10, 100, or 1000, we move the decimal to
the right 1, 2, or 3 places, respectively. To multiply by 0.1, 0.01, or 0.001 we move the decimal to the left 1, 2, or 3 places
respectively. We can apply this pattern when we make measurement conversions in the metric system.
In Example 7.51, we changed 3200 grams to kilograms by multiplying by 1 1000 (or 0.001). This is the same as moving the
decimal 3 places to the left.
 Example 7.6.9:
Convert: (a) 350 liters to kiloliters (b) 4.1 liters to milliliters.

Solution
(a) We will convert liters to kiloliters. In Table 7.63, we see that 1 kiloliter = 1000 liters.
1 kL
Multiply by 1, writing 1 as a fraction relating liters to kiloliters. 350 L ⋅ (7.6.25)
1000 L
1 kL
Simplify. 350 L ⋅ (7.6.26)
1000 L
Move the decimal 3 units to the left.
0.35 kL
(b) We will convert liters to milliliters. In Table 7.63, we see that 1 liter = 1000 milliliters.
1000 mL
Multiply by 1, writing 1 as a fraction relating milliliters to liters. 4.1 L ⋅ (7.6.27)
1 L
1000 mL
Simplify. 4.1 L ⋅ (7.6.28)
1 L
Move the decimal 3 units to the left.
4100 mL

Convert: (a) 7.25 L to kL (b) 6.3 L to mL.
Answer a
0.00725 kL
Answer b
6300 mL
Convert: (a) 350 hL to L (b) 4.1 L to cL.
Answer a
35,000 L
Answer b
410 cL

[email protected]."
This page titled 7.6: Systems of Measurement (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

Use Mixed Units of Measurement in the Metric System
Performing arithmetic operations on measurements with mixed units of measures in the metric system requires the same care we
used in the U.S. system. But it may be easier because of the relation of the units to the powers of 10. We still must make sure to add
or subtract like units.
 Example 7.7.10:
Ryland is 1.6 meters tall. His younger brother is 85 centimeters tall. How much taller is Ryland than his younger brother?
Solution
We will subtract the lengths in meters. Convert 85 centimeters to meters by moving the decimal 2 places to the left; 85 cm is
the same as 0.85 m.
Now that both measurements are in meters, subtract to find out how much taller Ryland is than his brother.
1.60 m
− 0.85 m
0.75 m
Ryland is 0.75 meters taller than his brother.
Mariella is 1.58 meters tall. Her daughter is 75 centimeters tall. How much taller is Mariella than her daughter? Write the
answer in centimeters.
Answer
83 cm
The fence around Hank’s yard is 2 meters high. Hank is 96 centimeters tall. How much shorter than the fence is Hank? Write
the answer in meters.
Answer
1.04 m
 Example 7.7.11:
Dena’s recipe for lentil soup calls for 150 milliliters of olive oil. Dena wants to triple the recipe. How many liters of olive oil
will she need?
Solution
We will find the amount of olive oil in milliliters then convert to liters.
Translate to algebra. 3 • 150 mL
Multiply. 450 mL
0.001 L
Convert to liters. 450 mL ⋅ (7.7.1)
1 mL
Simplify. 0.45 L

Dena needs 0.45 liter of olive oil.
A recipe for Alfredo sauce calls for 250 milliliters of milk. Renata is making pasta with Alfredo sauce for a big party and needs
to multiply the recipe amounts by 8. How many liters of milk will she need?
Answer
2L
To make one pan of baklava, Dorothea needs 400 grams of filo pastry. If Dorothea plans to make 6 pans of baklava, how many
kilograms of filo pastry will she need?
Answer
2.4 kg
Convert Between U.S. and Metric Systems of Measurement

Many measurements in the United States are made in metric units. A drink may come in 2-liter bottles, calcium may come in 500-
mg capsules, and we may run a 5-K race. To work easily in both systems, we need to be able to convert between the two systems.
Table 7.7.3 shows some of the most common conversions.
Table 7.7.3
Conversion Factors Between U.S. and Metric Systems
Length Weight Volume
1 in = 2.54 cm
1 ft = 0.305 m 1 lb = 0.45 kg 1 qt = 0.95 L
1 yd = 0.914 m 1 oz = 28 g 1 fl oz = 30 mL
1 mi = 1.61 km
1 m = 3.28 ft 1 kg = 2.2 lb 1 L = 1.06 qt
We make conversions between the systems just as we do within the systems—by multiplying by unit conversion factors.
 Example 7.7.12:
Lee’s water bottle holds 500 mL of water. How many fluid ounces are in the bottle? Round to the nearest tenth of an ounce.
Solution
1 f l oz
Multiply by a unit conversion factor relating mL and ounces. 500 mL ⋅ (7.5.29)
30 mL
500 f l oz
Simplify. (7.5.30)
30
Divide. 16.7 fl. oz
The water bottle holds 16.7 fluid ounces.

How many quarts of soda are in a 2-liter bottle?
Answer
2.12 quarts
How many liters are in 4 quarts of milk?
Answer
3.8 liters
The conversion factors in Table 7.7.3 are not exact, but the approximations they give are close enough for everyday purposes. In
Example 7.7.12, we rounded the number of fluid ounces to the nearest tenth.
 Example 7.7.13:
Soleil lives in Minnesota but often travels in Canada for work. While driving on a Canadian highway, she passes a sign that
says the next rest stop is in 100 kilometers. How many miles until the next rest stop? Round your answer to the nearest mile.
Solution
1 mile
Multiply by a unit conversion factor relating kilometers and miles. 100 kilometers ⋅ (7.5.31)
1.61 kilometers
1 mi
Simplify. 100 ⋅ (7.5.32)
1.61 km
Divide. 62 mi
It is about 62 miles to the next rest stop.
The height of Mount Kilimanjaro is 5,895 meters. Convert the height to feet. Round to the nearest foot.
Answer
19,328 ft
The flight distance from New York City to London is 5,586 kilometers. Convert the distance to miles. Round to the nearest
mile.
Answer
3,470 mi
Convert Between Fahrenheit and Celsius Temperatures

Have you ever been in a foreign country and heard the weather forecast? If the forecast is for 22°C. What does that mean?
The U.S. and metric systems use different scales to measure temperature. The U.S. system uses degrees Fahrenheit, written °F. The
metric system uses degrees Celsius, written °C. Figure 7.7.5 shows the relationship between the two systems.

Figure 7.7.5 - A temperature of 37°C is equivalent to 98.6°F.
If we know the temperature in one system, we can use a formula to convert it to the other system.
 Definition: Temperature Conversion

To convert from Fahrenheit temperature, F, to Celsius temperature, C, use the formula
5
C = (F − 32) (7.5.33)
9
To convert from Celsius temperature, C, to Fahrenheit temperature, F, use the formula

9
F = C + 32 (7.5.34)
5
 Example 7.7.14:
Convert 50°F into degrees Celsius.
Solution
We will substitute 50°F into the formula to find C.
5
Use the formula for converting °F to °C C = (F − 32) (7.5.35)
9
5
Substitute 50 for F. C = (50 − 32) (7.5.36)
9
5
Simplify in parentheses. C = (18) (7.5.37)
9
Multiply. C = 10 (7.5.38)
A temperature of 50°F is equivalent to 10°C.

Convert the Fahrenheit temperatures to degrees Celsius: 59°F.
Answer
15°C
Convert the Fahrenheit temperatures to degrees Celsius: 41°F.
Answer
5°C
 Example 7.7.15:
The weather forecast for Paris predicts a high of 20°C. Convert the temperature into degrees Fahrenheit.
Solution
We will substitute 20°C into the formula to find F.
9
Use the formula for converting °F to °C F = C + 32 (7.5.39)
5
9
Substitute 20 F = (20) + 32 (7.5.40)
5
Multiply. F = 36 + 32 (7.5.41)
Add. F = 68 (7.5.42)
So 20°C is equivalent to 68°F.
Convert the Celsius temperatures to degrees Fahrenheit: The temperature in Helsinki, Finland was 15°C.
Answer
59°F
Convert the Celsius temperatures to degrees Fahrenheit: The temperature in Sydney, Australia was 10°C.
Answer
50°F
American Unit Conversion

Time Conversions

Metric Unit Conversions
American and Metric Conversions
Convert from Celsius to Fahrenheit
Convert from Fahrenheit to Celsius

Make Unit Conversions in the U.S. System
In the following exercises, convert the units.
214. A park bench is 6 feet long. Convert the length to inches.
215. A floor tile is 2 feet wide. Convert the width to inches.
216. A ribbon is 18 inches long. Convert the length to feet.
217. Carson is 45 inches tall. Convert his height to feet.
218. Jon is 6 feet 4 inches tall. Convert his height to inches.
219. Faye is 4 feet 10 inches tall. Convert her height to inches.
220. A football field is 160 feet wide. Convert the width to yards.
221. On a baseball diamond, the distance from home plate to first base is 30 yards. Convert the distance to feet.
222. Ulises lives 1.5 miles from school. Convert the distance to feet.
223. Denver, Colorado, is 5,183 feet above sea level. Convert the height to miles.
224. A killer whale weighs 4.6 tons. Convert the weight to pounds.
225. Blue whales can weigh as much as 150 tons. Convert the weight to pounds.
226. An empty bus weighs 35,000 pounds. Convert the weight to tons.
227. At take-off, an airplane weighs 220,000 pounds. Convert the weight to tons.
228. The voyage of the Mayflower took 2 months and 5 days. Convert the time to days.
229. Lynn’s cruise lasted 6 days and 18 hours. Convert the time to hours.
1
230. Rocco waited 1 hours for his appointment. Convert the time to seconds.
2
1
231. Misty’s surgery lasted 2 hours. Convert the time to seconds.
4
232. How many teaspoons are in a pint?
233. How many tablespoons are in a gallon?
234. JJ’s cat, Posy, weighs 14 pounds. Convert her weight to ounces.
235. April’s dog, Beans, weighs 8 pounds. Convert his weight to ounces.
236. Baby Preston weighed 7 pounds 3 ounces at birth. Convert his weight to ounces.
237. Baby Audrey weighed 6 pounds 15 ounces at birth. Convert her weight to ounces.
238. Crista will serve 20 cups of juice at her son’s party. Convert the volume to gallons.
239. Lance needs 500 cups of water for the runners in a race. Convert the volume to gallons.
Use Mixed Units of Measurement in the U.S. System

In the following exercises, solve and write your answer in mixed units.
240. Eli caught three fish. The weights of the fish were 2 pounds 4 ounces, 1 pound 11 ounces, and 4 pounds 14 ounces. What was
the total weight of the three fish?
241. Judy bought 1 pound 6 ounces of almonds, 2 pounds 3 ounces of walnuts, and 8 ounces of cashews. What was the total weight
of the nuts?
242. One day Anya kept track of the number of minutes she spent driving. She recorded trips of 45, 10, 8, 65, 20, and 35 minutes.
How much time (in hours and minutes) did Anya spend driving?
243. Last year Eric went on 6 business trips. The number of days of each was 5, 2, 8, 12, 6, and 3. How much time (in weeks and
days) did Eric spend on business trips last year?
244. Renee attached a 6-foot-6-inch extension cord to her computer’s 3-foot-8-inch power cord. What was the total length of the
cords?

245. Fawzi’s SUV is 6 feet 4 inches tall. If he puts a 2-foot-10-inch box on top of his SUV, what is the total height of the SUV and
the box?
246. Leilani wants to make 8 placemats. For each placemat she needs 18 inches of fabric. How many yards of fabric will she need
for the 8 placemats?
247. Mireille needs to cut 24 inches of ribbon for each of the 12 girls in her dance class. How many yards of ribbon will she need
altogether?
Make Unit Conversions in the Metric System

In the following exercises, convert the units.
248. Ghalib ran 5 kilometers. Convert the length to meters.
249. Kitaka hiked 8 kilometers. Convert the length to meters.
250. Estrella is 1.55 meters tall. Convert her height to centimeters.
251. The width of the wading pool is 2.45 meters. Convert the width to centimeters.
252. Mount Whitney is 3,072 meters tall. Convert the height to kilometers.
253. The depth of the Mariana Trench is 10,911 meters. Convert the depth to kilometers.
254. June’s multivitamin contains 1,500 milligrams of calcium. Convert this to grams.
255. A typical ruby-throated hummingbird weights 3 grams. Convert this to milligrams.
256. One stick of butter contains 91.6 grams of fat. Convert this to milligrams.
257. One serving of gourmet ice cream has 25 grams of fat. Convert this to milligrams.
258. The maximum mass of an airmail letter is 2 kilograms. Convert this to grams.
259. Dimitri’s daughter weighed 3.8 kilograms at birth. Convert this to grams.
260. A bottle of wine contained 750 milliliters. Convert this to liters.
261. A bottle of medicine contained 300 milliliters. Convert this to liters.
Use Mixed Units of Measurement in the Metric System

In the following exercises, solve and write your answer in mixed units.
262. Matthias is 1.8 meters tall. His son is 89 centimeters tall. How much taller, in centimeters, is Matthias than his son?
263. Stavros is 1.6 meters tall. His sister is 95 centimeters tall. How much taller, in centimeters, is Stavros than his sister?
264. A typical dove weighs 345 grams. A typical duck weighs 1.2 kilograms. What is the difference, in grams, of the weights of a
duck and a dove?
265. Concetta had a 2-kilogram bag of flour. She used 180 grams of flour to make biscotti. How many kilograms of flour are left in
the bag?
266. Harry mailed 5 packages that weighed 420 grams each. What was the total weight of the packages in kilograms?
267. One glass of orange juice provides 560 milligrams of potassium. Linda drinks one glass of orange juice every morning. How
many grams of potassium does Linda get from her orange juice in 30 days?
268. Jonas drinks 200 milliliters of water 8 times a day. How many liters of water does Jonas drink in a day?
269. One serving of whole grain sandwich bread provides 6 grams of protein. How many milligrams of protein are provided by 7
servings of whole grain sandwich bread?
Convert Between U.S. and Metric Systems

In the following exercises, make the unit conversions. Round to the nearest tenth.
270. Bill is 75 inches tall. Convert his height to centimeters.
271. Frankie is 42 inches tall. Convert his height to centimeters.
272. Marcus passed a football 24 yards. Convert the pass length to meters.
273. Connie bought 9 yards of fabric to make drapes. Convert the fabric length to meters.
274. Each American throws out an average of 1,650 pounds of garbage per year. Convert this weight to kilograms.
275. An average American will throw away 90,000 pounds of trash over his or her lifetime. Convert this weight to kilograms.
276. A 5K run is 5 kilometers long. Convert this length to miles.
277. Kathryn is 1.6 meters tall. Convert her height to feet.
278. Dawn’s suitcase weighed 20 kilograms. Convert the weight to pounds.
279. Jackson’s backpack weighs 15 kilograms. Convert the weight to pounds.
280. Ozzie put 14 gallons of gas in his truck. Convert the volume to liters.

281. Bernard bought 8 gallons of paint. Convert the volume to liters.
Convert between Fahrenheit and Celsius

In the following exercises, convert the Fahrenheit temperature to degrees Celsius. Round to the nearest tenth.
282. 86°F
283. 77°F
284. 104°F
285. 14°F
286. 72°F
287. 4°F
288. 0°F
289. 120°F
In the following exercises, convert the Celsius temperatures to degrees Fahrenheit. Round to the nearest tenth.
290. 5°C
291. 25°C
292. −10°C
293. −15°C
294. 22°C
295. 8°C
296. 43°C
297. 16°C
Everyday Math
298. Nutrition Julian drinks one can of soda every day. Each can of soda contains 40 grams of sugar. How many kilograms of sugar
does Julian get from soda in 1 year?
299. Reflectors The reflectors in each lane-marking stripe on a highway are spaced 16 yards apart. How many reflectors are needed
for a one-mile-long stretch of highway?
Writing Exercises
300. Some people think that 65° to 75° Fahrenheit is the ideal temperature range.
a. What is your ideal temperature range? Why do you think so?
b. Convert your ideal temperatures from Fahrenheit to Celsius.
301. (a) Did you grow up using the U.S. customary or the metric system of measurement? (b) Describe two examples in your life
when you had to convert between systems of measurement. (c) Which system do you think is easier to use? Explain.
Self Check
(b) Overall, after looking at the checklist, do you think you are well-prepared for the next chapter? Why or why not?

[email protected]."
This page titled 7.7: Systems of Measurement (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

7.1 - Rational and Irrational Numbers
In the following exercises, write as the ratio of two integers.
302. 6
303. −5
304. 2.9
305. 1.8
In the following exercises, determine which of the numbers is rational.
¯
¯¯
306. 0.42, 0.3, 2.56813…
¯
¯¯¯
¯
307. 0.75319…, 0.16, 1.95
In the following exercises, identify whether each given number is rational or irrational.
308. (a) 49 (b) 55
309. (a) 72 (b) 64
In the following exercises, list the (a) whole numbers, (b) integers, (c) rational numbers, (d) irrational numbers, (e) real numbers for
each set of numbers.
8 −−
310. −9, 0, 0.361...., ,9
, √16
9
1 – ¯¯¯¯
¯ 13
311. −5, −2 , −√4, 0. 25, ,4
4 5
7.2 - Commutative and Associative Properties

In the following exercises, use the commutative property to rewrite the given expression.
312. 6 + 4 = ____
313. −14 • 5 = ____
314. 3n = ____
315. a + 8 = ____
In the following exercises, use the associative property to rewrite the given expression.
316. (13 • 5) • 2 = _____
317. (22 + 7) + 3 = _____
318. (4 + 9x) + x = _____
1
319. (22y) = _____
2
In the following exercises, evaluate each expression for the given value.
11
320. If y = , evaluate:
12
a. y + 0.7 + (− y)
b. y + (− y) + 0.7
5
321. If z = − , evaluate:
3
a. z + 5.39 + (− z)
b. z + (− z) + 5.39
322. If k = 65, evaluate:
4 9
a. ( k)
9 4
4 9
b. ( ⋅ )k
9 4

323. If m = −13, evaluate:
2 5
a. − ( m)
5 2
2 5
b. (− ⋅ )m
5 2
In the following exercises, simplify using the commutative and associative properties.
324. 6y + 37 + (−6y)
1 11 1
325. + + (− )
4 15 4
14 35 14
326. ⋅ ⋅
11 9 11
2
327. −18 • 15 •
9
7 4 1
328. ( + )+
12 5 5
329. (3.98d + 0.75d) + 1.25d

330. −12(4m)
5
331. 30( q)
6
332. 11x + 8y + 16x + 15y

333. 52m + (−20n) + (−18m) + (−5n)
7.3 - Distributive Property

In the following exercises, simplify using the distributive property.
334. 7(x + 9)
335. 9(u − 4)
336. −3(6m − 1)
337. −8(−7a − 12)
1
338. (15n − 6)
3
339. (y + 10) • p
340. (a − 4) − (6a + 9)
341. 4(x + 3) − 8(x − 7)
In the following exercises, evaluate using the distributive property.
342. If u = 2, evaluate
a. 3(8u + 9) and
b. 3 • 8u + 3 • 9 to show that 3(8u + 9) = 3 • 8u + 3 • 9
343. If n = 7 8 , evaluate
1
a. 8(n + ) and
4
1 1 1
b. 8 • n + 8 • to show that 8(n + ) =8•n+8•
4 4 4
344. If d = 14, evaluate

a. −100(0.1d + 0.35) and
b. −100 • (0.1d) + (−100)(0.35) to show that −100(0.1d + 0.35) = −100 • (0.1d) + (−100)(0.35)
345. If y = −18, evaluate
a. −(y − 18) and
b. −y + 18 to show that −(y − 18) = − y + 18

7.4 - Properties of Identities, Inverses, and Zero
In the following exercises, identify whether each example is using the identity property of addition or multiplication.
346. −35(1) = −35
347. 29 + 0 = 29
348. (6x + 0) + 4x = 6x + 4x
349. 9 • 1 + (−3) = 9 + (−3)
In the following exercises, find the additive inverse.
350. −32
351. 19.4
3
352.
5
7
353. −
15
In the following exercises, find the multiplicative inverse.

9
354.
2
355. −5
1
356.
10
4
357. −
9

358. 83 • 0
0
359.
9
5
360.
0
2
361. 0 ÷
3
362. 43 + 39 + (−43)
363. (n + 6.75) + 0.25
5 13
364. ⋅ 57 ⋅
13 5
1
365. • 17 • 12
6
2 3
366. ⋅ 28 ⋅
3 7
367. 9(6x − 11) + 15
7.5 - Systems of Measurement

In the following exercises, convert between U.S. units. Round to the nearest tenth.
368. A floral arbor is 7 feet tall. Convert the height to inches.
369. A picture frame is 42 inches wide. Convert the width to feet.
370. Kelly is 5 feet 4 inches tall. Convert her height to inches.
371. A playground is 45 feet wide. Convert the width to yards.
372. The height of Mount Shasta is 14,179 feet. Convert the height to miles.
373. Shamu weighs 4.5 tons. Convert the weight to pounds.
3
374. The play lasted 1 hours. Convert the time to minutes.
4
375. How many tablespoons are in a quart?
376. Naomi’s baby weighed 5 pounds 14 ounces at birth. Convert the weight to ounces.
377. Trinh needs 30 cups of paint for her class art project. Convert the volume to gallons.

In the following exercises, solve, and state your answer in mixed units.
378. John caught 4 lobsters. The weights of the lobsters were 1 pound 9 ounces, 1 pound 12 ounces, 4 pounds 2 ounces, and 2
pounds 15 ounces. What was the total weight of the lobsters?
379. Every day last week, Pedro recorded the amount of time he spent reading. He read for 50, 25, 83, 45, 32, 60, and 135 minutes.
How much time, in hours and minutes, did Pedro spend reading?
380. Fouad is 6 feet 2 inches tall. If he stands on a rung of a ladder 8 feet 10 inches high, how high off the ground is the top of
Fouad’s head?
381. Dalila wants to make pillow covers. Each cover takes 30 inches of fabric. How many yards and inches of fabric does she need
for 4 pillow covers?
In the following exercises, convert between metric units.
382. Donna is 1.7 meters tall. Convert her height to centimeters.
383. Mount Everest is 8,850 meters tall. Convert the height to kilometers.
384. One cup of yogurt contains 488 milligrams of calcium. Convert this to grams.
385. One cup of yogurt contains 13 grams of protein. Convert this to milligrams.
386. Sergio weighed 2.9 kilograms at birth. Convert this to grams.
387. A bottle of water contained 650 milliliters. Convert this to liters.
388. Minh is 2 meters tall. His daughter is 88 centimeters tall. How much taller, in meters, is Minh than his daughter?
389. Selma had a 1-liter bottle of water. If she drank 145 milliliters, how much water, in milliliters, was left in the bottle?
390. One serving of cranberry juice contains 30 grams of sugar. How many kilograms of sugar are in 30 servings of cranberry juice?
391. One ounce of tofu provides 2 grams of protein. How many milligrams of protein are provided by 5 ounces of tofu?
In the following exercises, convert between U.S. and metric units. Round to the nearest tenth.
392. Majid is 69 inches tall. Convert his height to centimeters.
393. A college basketball court is 84 feet long. Convert this length to meters.
394. Caroline walked 2.5 kilometers. Convert this length to miles.
395. Lucas weighs 78 kilograms. Convert his weight to pounds.
396. Steve’s car holds 55 liters of gas. Convert this to gallons.
397. A box of books weighs 25 pounds. Convert this weight to kilograms.
In the following exercises, convert the Fahrenheit temperatures to degrees Celsius. Round to the nearest tenth.
398. 95°F
399. 23°F
400. 20°F
401. 64°F
In the following exercises, convert the Celsius temperatures to degrees Fahrenheit. Round to the nearest tenth.
402. 30°C
403. −5°C
404. −12°C
405. 24°C
PRACTICE TEST
406. For the numbers 0.18349…, 0.2, 1.67, list the (a) rational numbers and (b) irrational numbers.
¯
¯¯
− −
−
407. Is √144 rational or irrational?
1 5 –
408. From the numbers −4, −1 , 0, , √2, 7, which are (a) integers (b) rational (c) irrational (d) real numbers?
2 8
409. Rewrite using the commutative property: x • 14 = _________
410. Rewrite the expression using the associative property: (y + 6) + 3 = _______________
411. Rewrite the expression using the associative property: (8 · 2) · 5 = ___________

3 16
412. Evaluate ( n) when n = 42.
16 3
2
413. For the number find the (a) additive inverse (b) multiplicative inverse.
5
In the following exercises, simplify the given expression.

3 4
414. (−29)( )
4 3
415. −3 + 15y + 3
416. (1.27q + 0.25q) + 0.75q
8 2 7
417. ( + )+
15 9 9
3
418. −18( n)
2
419. 14y + (−6z) + 16y + 2z

420. 9(q + 9)
421. 6(5x − 4)
422. −10(0.4n + 0.7)
1
423. (8a + 12)
4
424. m(n + 2)
425. 8(6p − 1) + 2(9p + 3)
426. (12a + 4) − (9a + 6)
0
427.
8
4.5
428.
0
2
429. 0 ÷ ( )
3
In the following exercises, solve using the appropriate unit conversions.

1
430. Azize walked 4 miles. Convert this distance to feet. (1 mile = 5,280 feet).
2
431. One cup of milk contains 276 milligrams of calcium. Convert this to grams. (1 milligram = 0.001 gram)
432. Larry had 5 phone customer phone calls yesterday. The calls lasted 28, 44, 9, 75, and 55 minutes. How much time, in hours and
minutes, did Larry spend on the phone? (1 hour = 60 minutes)
433. Janice ran 15 kilometers. Convert this distance to miles. Round to the nearest hundredth of a mile. (1 mile = 1.61 kilometers)
434. Yolie is 63 inches tall. Convert her height to centimeters. Round to the nearest centimeter. (1 inch = 2.54 centimeters)
9
435. Use the formula F = C + 32 to convert 35°C to degrees F.
5

[email protected]."
This page titled 7.E: The Properties of Real Numbers (Exercises) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated
by OpenStax.

Key Terms
The additive identity is 0. When zero is added to any number, it does not
Additive Identity
change the value.
The opposite of a number is its additive inverse. The additive inverse of
Additive Inverse
a is −a .
A number that cannot be written as the ratio of two integers. Its decimal
Irrational number
form does not stop and does not repeat.
The multiplicative identity is 1. When one multiplies any number, it does
Multiplicative Identity
not change the value.
The reciprocal of a number is its multiplicative inverse. The
Multiplicative Inverse 1
multiplicative inverse of a is .
a
p
A number that can be written in the form , where p and q are integers
Rational number q
and q ≠ 0. Its decimal form stops or repeats.
Real number A number that is either rational or irrational.
Key Concepts
7.1 - Rational and Irrational Numbers
Real numbers
7.2 - Commutative and Associative Properties

Commutative Properties
Commutative Property of Addition: If a, b are real numbers, then a + b = b + a
Commutative Property of Multiplication: If a, b are real numbers, then a • b = b • a
Associative Properties
Associative Property of Addition: If a, b, c are real numbers then (a + b) + c = a + (b + c)
Associative Property of Multiplication: If a, b, c are real numbers then (a • b) • c = a • (b • c)
7.3 - Distributive Property

Distributive Property:
If a, b, c are real numbers then
a(b + c) = ab + ac
(b + c)a = ba + ca

a(b - c) = ab - ac
7.4 - Properties of Identity, Inverses, and Zero

Identity Properties
Identity Property of Addition: For any real number a: a + 0 = a, 0 + a = a
0 is the additive identity
Identity Property of Multiplication: For any real number a: a • 1 = a, 1 • a = a
1 is the multiplicative identity
Inverse Properties
Inverse Property of Addition: For any real number a: a + (- a) = 0
- a is the additive inverse of a
1
Inverse Property of Multiplication: For any real number a: (a ≠ 0) a • =1
a
1
is the multiplicative inverse of a
a
Properties of Zero
Multiplication by Zero: For any real number a, a • 0 = 0, 0 • a = 0
Division of Zero: For any real number a, 0
a
=0 , 0 ÷a = 0
Zero divided by any real number, except itself, is zero.
a
Division by Zero: For any real number a, is undefined and a ÷ 0 is undefined.
0

[email protected]."
This page titled 7.S: The Properties of Real Numbers (Summary) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated
by OpenStax.

CHAPTER OVERVIEW
8: Solving Linear Equations

Teetering high above the floor, this amazing mobile remains aloft thanks to its carefully balanced mass. Any shift in either direction
could cause the mobile to become lopsided, or even crash downward. In this chapter, we will solve equations by keeping quantities
on both sides of an equal sign in perfect balance.
Figure 8.1 - A Calder mobile is balanced and has several elements on each side. (credit: paurian, Flickr)

[email protected]."
This page titled 8: Solving Linear Equations is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.
1
8.1: Solve Equations Using the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality (Part
1)
Solve equations using the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality
Solve equations that need to be simplified
Translate an equation and solve
Translate and solve applications
 be prepared!
1. Solve: n − 12 = 16. If you missed this problem, review Example 2.5.6.
2. Translate into algebra ‘five less than x.’ If you missed this problem, review Example 2.4.12.
3. Is x = 2 a solution to 5x − 3 = 7? If you missed this problem, review Example 2.5.1.
We are now ready to “get to the good stuff.” You have the basics down and are ready to begin one of the most important topics in
algebra: solving equations. The applications are limitless and extend to all careers and fields. Also, the skills and techniques you
learn here will help improve your critical thinking and problem-solving skills. This is a great benefit of studying mathematics and
will be useful in your life in ways you may not see right now.
Solve Equations Using the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality

We began our work solving equations in previous chapters. It has been a while since we have seen an equation, so we will review
some of the key concepts before we go any further.
We said that solving an equation is like discovering the answer to a puzzle. The purpose in solving an equation is to find the value
or values of the variable that make each side of the equation the same. Any value of the variable that makes the equation true is
called a solution to the equation. It is the answer to the puzzle.
 Definition: Solution of an Equation
A solution of an equation is a value of a variable that makes a true statement when substituted into the equation.
In the earlier sections, we listed the steps to determine if a value is a solution. We restate them here.

 Example 8.1.1:
3
Determine whether y = is a solution for 4y + 3 = 8y.
4
Solution
3 3 ? 3
Substitute for y. 4( )+ 3 = 8( ) (8.1.1)
4 4 4

Multiply. ?
3 +3 = 6 (8.1.2)
Add. 6 = 6 ✓ (8.1.3)
3 3
Since y = results in a true equation, is a solution to the equation 4y + 3 = 8y.
4 4
 Exercise 8.1.1:
2
Is y = a solution for 9y + 2 = 6y?
3
Answer
no
 Exercise 8.1.2:
2
Is y = a solution for 5y − 3 = 10y?
5
Answer
no
We introduced the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality in Solving Equations Using the Subtraction and Addition
Properties of Equality. In that section, we modeled how these properties work and then applied them to solving equations with
whole numbers. We used these properties again each time we introduced a new system of numbers. Let’s review those properties
here.
 Definition: Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality

For all real numbers a, b, and c, if a = b, then a − c = b − c.
For all real numbers a, b, and c, if a = b, then a + c = b + c.
When you add or subtract the same quantity from both sides of an equation, you still have equality.
We introduced the Subtraction Property of Equality earlier by modeling equations with envelopes and counters. Figure 8.1.1
models the equation x + 3 = 8.
Figure 8.1.1
The goal is to isolate the variable on one side of the equation. So we ‘took away’ 3 from both sides of the equation and found the
solution x = 5.
Some people picture a balance scale, as in Figure 8.1.2, when they solve equations.

Figure 8.1.2
The quantities on both sides of the equal sign in an equation are equal, or balanced. Just as with the balance scale, whatever you do
to one side of the equation you must also do to the other to keep it balanced.
Let’s review how to use Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality to solve equations. We need to isolate the variable on one
side of the equation. And we check our solutions by substituting the value into the equation to make sure we have a true statement.
 Example 8.1.2:
Solve: x + 11 = −3.
Solution
To isolate x, we undo the addition of 11 by using the Subtraction Property of Equality.
Subtract 11 from each side to "undo" the addition. x + 11 − 11 = −3 − 11 (8.1.4)
Simplify. x = −14 (8.1.5)
Check:
Substitute x = −14. ?
−14 + 11 = −3 (8.1.6)
−3 = −3 ✓ (8.1.7)
Since x = −14 makes x + 11 = −3 a true statement, we know that it is a solution to the equation.
 Exercise 8.1.3:
Solve: x + 9 = −7.
Answer
x = -16

 Exercise 8.1.4:
Solve: x + 16 = −4.
Answer
x = -20
In the original equation in the previous example, 11 was added to the x, so we subtracted 11 to ‘undo’ the addition. In the next
example, we will need to ‘undo’ subtraction by using the Addition Property of Equality.
 Example 8.1.3:
Solve: m + 4 = −5.
Solution
Add 4 to each side to "undo" the subtraction. m + 4 − 4 = −5 − 4 (8.1.8)
Simplify. m = −9 (8.1.9)
Check:
Substitute m = −9. −9 + 4 = −5
?
(8.1.10)
−5 = −5 ✓ (8.1.11)
The solution to m + 4 = −5 is m = −9.
 Exercise 8.1.5:
Solve: n − 6 = −7.
Answer
n = -1
 Exercise 8.1.6:
Solve: x − 5 = −9.
Answer
x = -4
Now let’s review solving equations with fractions.
 Example 8.1.4:
3 1
Solve: n − = .
8 2
Solution
3 3 1 3
Use the Addition Property of Equality. n− + = + (8.1.12)
8 8 2 8

3 3 4 3
Find the LCD to add the fractions on the right. n− + = + (8.1.13)
8 8 8 8
7
Simplify. n = (8.1.14)
8
Check:
7 7 3 1
Substitute n = . − =
?
(8.1.15)
8 8 8 2
4 1
Subtract. ?
= (8.1.16)
8 2
1 1
Simplify. = ✓ (8.1.17)
2 2
 Exercise 8.1.7:
1 5
Solve: p − = .
3 6
Answer
7
p =
6
 Exercise 8.1.8:
1 1
Solve: q − = .
2 6
Answer
2
q =
3
In Solve Equations with Decimals, we solved equations that contained decimals. We’ll review this next.
 Example 8.1.5:
Solve a − 3.7 = 4.3.

Solution
Use the Addition Property of Equality. a − 3.7 + 3.7 = 4.3 + 3.7 (8.1.18)
Add. a = 8 (8.1.19)
Check:
Substitute a = 8. 8 − 3.7 = 4.3

?
(8.1.20)
Simplify. 4.3 = 4.3 ✓ (8.1.21)

 Exercise 8.1.9:
Solve: b − 2.8 = 3.6.
Answer
b = 6.4
Solve: c − 6.9 = 7.1.
Answer
c = 14
Solve Equations That Need to Be Simplified

In the examples up to this point, we have been able to isolate the variable with just one operation. Many of the equations we
encounter in algebra will take more steps to solve. Usually, we will need to simplify one or both sides of an equation before using
the Subtraction or Addition Properties of Equality. You should always simplify as much as possible before trying to isolate the
variable.
 Example 8.1.6:
Solve: 3x − 7 − 2x − 4 = 1.
Solution
The left side of the equation has an expression that we should simplify before trying to isolate the variable.
Rearrange the terms, using the Commutative Property of Addition. 3x − 2x − 7 − 4 = 1 (8.1.22)
Combine like terms. x − 11 = 1 (8.1.23)
Add 11 to both sides to isolate x. x − 11 + 11 = 1 + 11 (8.1.24)
Simplify. x = 12 (8.1.25)
3x − 2x − 7 − 4 = 1
3(12) − 7 − 2(12) − 4 = 1
36 − 7 − 24 − 4 = 1
Check. Substitute x = 12 into the original equation.
29 − 24 − 4 = 1
5 −4 = 1
1 = 1 ✓
Solve: 8y − 4 − 7y − 7 = 4.
Answer
y = 15

Solve: 6z + 5 − 5z − 4 = 3.
Answer
z=2
 Example 8.1.7:
Solve: 3(n − 4) − 2n = −3.

Solution
The left side of the equation has an expression that we should simplify.
Distribute on the left. 3n − 12 − 2n = −3 (8.1.26)
Use the Commutative Property to rearrange terms. 3n − 2n − 12 = −3 (8.1.27)
Combine like terms. n − 12 = −3 (8.1.28)
Isolate n using the Addition Property of Equality. n − 12 + 12 = −3 + 12 (8.1.29)
Simplify. n = 9 (8.1.30)
3(n − 4) − 2n = −3
3(9 − 4) − 2 ⋅ 9 = −3
Check. Substitute n = 9 into the original equation. 3(5) − 18 = −3
15 − 18 = −3
−3 = −3 ✓
Solve: 5(p − 3) − 4p = −10.
Answer
p=5
Solve: 4(q + 2) − 3q = −8.
Answer
q = -16
 Example 8.1.8:
Solve: 2(3k − 1) − 5k = −2 − 7.
Solution
Both sides of the equation have expressions that we should simplify before we isolate the variable.

Distribute on the left, subtract on the right. 6k − 2 − 5k = −9 (8.1.31)
Use the Commutative Property of Addition. 6k − 5k − 2 = −9 (8.1.32)
Combine like terms. k − 2 = −9 (8.1.33)
Undo subtraction by using the Addition Property of Equality. k − 2 + 2 = −9 + 2 (8.1.34)
Simplify. k = −7 (8.1.35)
\[
2(3k − 1) − 5k = −2 − 7
2[3(−7) − 1] − 5(−7) = −2 − 7
Check. Let k = −7. 2(−21 − 1) − 5(−7) = −9
2(−22) + 35 = −9
−9 = −9 ✓
$$
Solve: 4(2h − 3) − 7h = −6 − 7.
Answer
h = -1
Solve: 2(5x + 2) − 9x = −2 + 7.
Answer
x=1

[email protected]."
This page titled 8.1: Solve Equations Using the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and
was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

8.2: Solve Equations Using the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality (Part
2)
Translate an Equation and Solve
In previous chapters, we translated word sentences into equations. The first step is to look for the word (or words) that translate(s)
to the equal sign. Table 8.2.1 reminds us of some of the words that translate to the equal sign.
Table 8.2.1
Equals (=)
is is equal to is the same as the result is gives was will be
Let’s review the steps we used to translate a sentence into an equation.
 HOW TO: TRANSLATE A WORD SENTENCE TO AN ALGEBRAIC EQUATION

Step 1. Locate the "equals" word(s). Translate to an equal sign.
Step 2. Translate the words to the left of the "equals" word(s) into an algebraic expression.
Step 3. Translate the words to the right of the "equals" word(s) into an algebraic expression.
Now we are ready to try an example.
 Example 8.2.9:
Translate and solve: five more than x is equal to 26.
Solution
Translate.
Subtract 5 from both sides. x + 5 − 5 = 26 − 5 (8.2.1)
Simplify. x = 21 (8.2.2)
?
21 + 5 = 26
Check: Is 26 five more than 21?
26 = 26 ✓
Translate and solve: Eleven more than x is equal to 41.
Answer
x + 11 = 41; x = 30
Translate and solve: Twelve less than y is equal to 51.
Answer
y - 12 = 51; y = 63

 Example 8.2.10:
Translate and solve: The difference of 5p and 4p is 23.

Solution
Translate.
Simplify. p = 23
5p − 4p = 23
?
5(23) − 4(23) = 23
Check.
?
115 − 22 = 23
23 = 23 ✓
Translate and solve: The difference of 4x and 3x is 14.
Answer
4x - 3x = 14; x = 14
Translate and solve: The difference of 7a and 6a is −8.
Answer
7a - 6a = -8; a = -8
Translate and Solve Applications

In most of the application problems we solved earlier, we were able to find the quantity we were looking for by simplifying an
algebraic expression. Now we will be using equations to solve application problems. We’ll start by restating the problem in just one
sentence, assign a variable, and then translate the sentence into an equation to solve. When assigning a variable, choose a letter that
reminds you of what you are looking for.
 Example 8.2.11:
The Robles family has two dogs, Buster and Chandler. Together, they weigh 71 pounds. Chandler weighs 28 pounds. How
much does Buster weigh?
Solution
Read the problem carefully.
Identify what you are asked to find, and choose a variable to represent
How much does Buster weigh? Let b = Buster's weight.
it.
Write a sentence that gives the information to find it. Buster's weight plus Chandler's weight equals 71 pounds.
We will restate the problem, and then include the given information. Buster's weight plus 28 equals 71.
Translate the sentence into an equation, using the variable b. b + 28 = 71 (8.2.3)

b + 28 − 28 = 71 − 28
Solve the equation using good algebraic techniques.
b = 43
Check the answer in the problem and make sure it makes sense.
Is 43 pounds a reasonable weight for a dog? Yes. Does Buster's ?

43 + 28 = 71
weight plus Chandler's weight equal 71 pounds? 71 = 71 ✓
Write a complete sentence that answers the question, "How much

Buster weighs 43 pounds
does Buster weigh?"
Translate into an algebraic equation and solve: The Pappas family has two cats, Zeus and Athena. Together, they weigh 13
pounds. Zeus weighs 6 pounds. How much does Athena weigh?
Answer
a + 6 = 13; Athena weighs 7 pounds
Translate into an algebraic equation and solve: Sam and Henry are roommates. Together, they have 68 books. Sam has 26
books. How many books does Henry have?
Answer
26 + h = 68; Henry has 42 books.
 HOW TO: DEVISE A PROBLEM-SOLVING STRATEGY
Step 1. Read the problem. Make sure you understand all the words and ideas.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for.
Step 3. Name what you are looking for. Choose a variable to represent that quantity
Step 4. Translate into an equation. It may be helpful to restate the problem in one sentence with all the important information.
Then, translate the English sentence into an algebra equation.
 Example 8.2.12:
Shayla paid $24,575 for her new car. This was $875 less than the sticker price. What was the sticker price of the car?
Solution
What are you asked to find? "What was the sticker price of the car?"
Assign a variable. Let s = the sticker price of the car.
$24,575 is $875 less than the sticker price

$24,575 is $875 less than s
Translate into an equation. 24, 575 = s − 875 (8.2.4)

24, 575 + 876 = s − 875 + 875
Solve.
24, 575 = s
?
25, 450 − 875 = 24, 575
Check: Is $875 less than $25,450 equal to $24,575?
24, 575 = 24, 575 ✓
Write a sentence that answers the question. The sticker price was $25,450.
Translate into an algebraic equation and solve: Eddie paid $19,875 for his new car. This was $1,025 less than the sticker price.
What was the sticker price of the car?
Answer
19,875 = s − 1025; the sticker price is $20,900.
Translate into an algebraic equation and solve: The admission price for the movies during the day is $7.75. This is $3.25 less
than the price at night. How much does the movie cost at night?
Answer
7.75 = n − 3.25; the price at night is $11.00.
Solving One Step Equations By Addition and Subtraction

Solve One Step Equations By Add and Subtract Whole Numbers (Variable on Left)
Solve One Step Equations By Add and Subtract Whole Numbers (Variable on Right)

Solve Equations Using the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality
In the following exercises, determine whether the given value is a solution to the equation.
1
1. Is y = a solution of 4y + 2 = 10y?
3
3
2. Is x = a solution of 5x + 3 = 9x ?
4
1
3. Is u = − a solution of 8u − 1 = 6u?
2
1
4. Is v = − a solution of 9v − 2 = 3v?
3

5. x + 7 = 12
6. y + 5 = −6
1 3
7. b + =
4 4
2 4
8. a + =
5 5
9. p + 2.4 = −9.3
10. m + 7.9 = 11.6

11. a − 3 = 7
12. m − 8 = −20
1
13. x − =2
3
1
14. x − =4
5
15. y − 3.8 = 10
16. y − 7.2 = 5
17. x − 15 = −42
18. z + 5.2 = −8.5
3 1
19. q + =
4 2
2 2
20. p − =
5 3
3 3
21. y − =
4 5
Solve Equations that Need to be Simplified

22. c + 3 − 10 = 18
23. m + 6 − 8 = 15
24. 9x + 5 − 8x + 14 = 20
25. 6x + 8 − 5x + 16 = 32
26. −6x − 11 + 7x − 5 = −16
27. −8n − 17 + 9n − 4 = −41
28. 3(y − 5) − 2y = −7
29. 4(y − 2) − 3y = −6
30. 8(u + 1.5) − 7u = 4.9
31. 5(w + 2.2) − 4w = 9.3
32. −5(y − 2) + 6y = −7 + 4
33. −8(x − 1) + 9x = −3 + 9
34. 3(5n − 1) − 14n + 9 = 1 − 2
35. 2(8m + 3) − 15m − 4 = 3 − 5
36. −(j + 2) + 2j − 1 = 5
37. −(k + 7) + 2k + 8 = 7
38. 6a − 5(a − 2) + 9 = −11
39. 8c − 7(c − 3) + 4 = −16
40. 8(4x + 5) − 5(6x) − x = 53
41. 6(9y − 1) − 10(5y) − 3y = 22

In the following exercises, translate to an equation and then solve.
42. Five more than x is equal to 21.
43. The sum of x and −5 is 33.
44. Ten less than m is −14.
45. Three less than y is −19.
46. The sum of y and −3 is 40.
47. Eight more than p is equal to 52.
48. The difference of 9x and 8x is 17.
49. The difference of 5c and 4c is 60.
1 1
50. The difference of n and is .
6 2
1 1
51. The difference of f and is .
3 12

52. The sum of −4n and 5n is −32.
53. The sum of −9m and 10m is −25.
Translate and Solve Applications

In the following exercises, translate into an equation and solve.
54. Pilar drove from home to school and then to her aunt’s house, a total of 18 miles. The distance from Pilar’s house to school is 7
miles. What is the distance from school to her aunt’s house?
55. Jeff read a total of 54 pages in his English and Psychology textbooks. He read 41 pages in his English textbook. How many
pages did he read in his Psychology textbook?
56. Pablo’s father is 3 years older than his mother. Pablo’s mother is 42 years old. How old is his father?
57. Eva’s daughter is 5 years younger than her son. Eva’s son is 12 years old. How old is her daughter?
58. Allie weighs 8 pounds less than her twin sister Lorrie. Allie weighs 124 pounds. How much does Lorrie weigh?
59. For a family birthday dinner, Celeste bought a turkey that weighed 5 pounds less than the one she bought for Thanksgiving. The
birthday dinner turkey weighed 16 pounds. How much did the Thanksgiving turkey weigh?
60. The nurse reported that Tricia’s daughter had gained 4.2 pounds since her last checkup and now weighs 31.6 pounds. How
much did Tricia’s daughter weigh at her last checkup?
61. Connor’s temperature was 0.7 degrees higher this morning than it had been last night. His temperature this morning was 101.2
degrees. What was his temperature last night?
62. Melissa’s math book cost $22.85 less than her art book cost. Her math book cost $93.75. How much did her art book cost?
63. Ron’s paycheck this week was $17.43 less than his paycheck last week. His paycheck this week was $103.76. How much was
Ron’s paycheck last week?
Everyday Math
2 1
64. Baking Kelsey needs cup of sugar for the cookie recipe she wants to make. She only has cup of sugar and will borrow the
3 4
1 2
rest from her neighbor. Let s equal the amount of sugar she will borrow. Solve the equation +s= to find the amount of
4 3
sugar she should ask to borrow.

5 1
65. Construction Miguel wants to drill a hole for a -inch screw. The screw should be inch larger than the hole. Let d equal
8 12
1 5
the size of the hole he should drill. Solve the equation d + = to see what size the hole should be.
12 8
Writing Exercises
66. Is −18 a solution to the equation 3x = 16 − 5x ? How do you know?
67. Write a word sentence that translates the equation y − 18 = 41 and then make up an application that uses this equation in its
solution.
Self Check


help you need.

[email protected]."
This page titled 8.2: Solve Equations Using the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and
was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

Solve equations using the Division and Multiplication Properties of Equality
Solve equations that need to be simplified
 be prepared!
1
1. Simplify: −7( ). If you missed this problem, review Example 4.3.10.
−7
3
2. What is the reciprocal of − ? If you missed this problem, review Example 4.4.11.
8
3. Evaluate 9x + 2 when x = −3. If you missed this problem, review Example 3.8.10.
Solve Equations Using the Division and Multiplication Properties of Equality

We introduced the Multiplication and Division Properties of Equality in Solve Equations Using Integers; The Division Property of
Equality and Solve Equations with Fractions. We modeled how these properties worked using envelopes and counters and then
applied them to solving equations (See Solve Equations Using Integers; The Division Property of Equality). We restate them again
here as we prepare to use these properties again.
 Definition: Division and Multiplication Properties of Equality

a b
Division Property of Equality: For all real numbers a, b, c, and c ≠ 0, if a = b, then = .
c c
Multiplication Property of Equality: For all real numbers a, b, c, if a = b, then ac = bc.
When you divide or multiply both sides of an equation by the same quantity, you still have equality.
Let’s review how these properties of equality can be applied in order to solve equations. Remember, the goal is to ‘undo’ the
operation on the variable. In the example below the variable is multiplied by 4, so we will divide both sides by 4 to ‘undo’ the
multiplication.
 Example 8.3.1:
Solve: 4x = −28.
Solution
We use the Division Property of Equality to divide both sides by 4.
4x −28
Divide both sides by 4 to undo the multiplication. = (8.3.1)
4 4
Simplify. x = −7 (8.3.2)
4x = −28
Check your answer. Let x = −7. 4(−7) = −28

?
−28 = −28 ✓
Since this is a true statement, x = −7 is a solution to 4x = −28.

 Exercise 8.3.1:
Solve: 3y = −48.
Answer
y = -16
 Exercise 8.3.2:
Solve: 4z = −52.
Answer
z = -13
In the previous example, to ‘undo’ multiplication, we divided. How do you think we ‘undo’ division?
 Example 8.3.2:
a
Solve: = −42.
−7
Solution
Here a is divided by −7. We can multiply both sides by −7 to isolate a.
a
Multiply both sides by −7. −7 ( ) = 7(−42) (8.3.3)
−7
Simplify. a = 294 (8.3.4)
a
= −42
−7
Check your answer. Let a = 294. 294 ?

= −42
−7
−42 = −42 ✓
 Exercise 8.3.3:
b
Solve: = −24.
−6
Answer
b = 144
 Exercise 8.3.4:
c
Solve: = −16.
−8
Answer
c = 128

 Example 8.3.3:
Solve: −r = 2.
Solution
Remember −r is equivalent to −1r.
Rewrite −r as −1r. −1r = 2 (8.3.5)
−1r 2
Divide both sides by −1. = (8.3.6)
−1 −1
Check.
Substitute r = −2. −r = 2 (8.3.7)
?
−(−2) = 2
Simplify.
2 = 2 ✓
In Solve Equations with Fractions, we saw that there are two other ways to solve −r = 2.
1. We could multiply both sides by −1.
2. We could take the opposite of both sides.
 Exercise 8.3.5:
Solve: −k = 8.
Answer
k = -8
 Exercise 8.3.6:
Solve: −g = 3.
Answer
g = -3
 Example 8.3.4:
2
Solve: x = 18.
3
Solution
2
Since the product of a number and its reciprocal is 1, our strategy will be to isolate x by multiplying by the reciprocal of .
3
2 3 2 3
Multiply by the reciprocal of . ⋅ x = ⋅ 18 (8.3.8)
3 2 3 2
3 18
Reciprocals multiply to one. 1x = ⋅ (8.3.9)
2 1
Multiply. x = 27 (8.3.10)

2
x = 18
3
Check your answer. Let x = 27. 2 ?

⋅ 27 = 18
3
18 = 18 ✓
2 2
Notice that we could have divided both sides of the equation x = 18 by to isolate x. While this would work, multiplying
3 3
by the reciprocal requires fewer steps.
 Exercise 8.3.7:
2
Solve: n = 14.
5
Answer
n = 35
 Exercise 8.3.8:
5
Solve: y = 15.
6
Answer
y = 18
Solve Equations That Need to be Simplified

Many equations start out more complicated than the ones we’ve just solved. First, we need to simplify both sides of the equation as
much as possible.
 Example 8.3.5:
Solve: 8x + 9x − 5x = −3 + 15.
Solution
Start by combining like terms to simplify each side.
Combine like terms. 12x = 12 (8.3.11)
12x 12
Divide both sides by 12 to isolate x. = (8.3.12)
12 12
Simplify. x = 1 (8.3.13)
8x + 9x − 5x = −3 + 15
Check your answer. Let x = 1. 8 ⋅1 +9 ⋅1 −5 ⋅1

?
= −3 + 15
12 = 12 ✓
 Exercise 8.3.9:
Solve: 7x + 6x − 4x = −8 + 26.
Answer

x=2
Solve: 11n − 3n − 6n = 7 − 17.
Answer
n = -5
 Example 8.3.6:
Solve: 11 − 20 = 17y − 8y − 6y.

Solution
Simplify each side by combining like terms.
Simplify each side. −9 = 3y (8.3.14)
−9 3y
Divide both sides by 3 to isolate y. = (8.3.15)
3 3
Simplify. −3 = y (8.3.16)
11 − 20 = 17y − 8y − 6y
?
11 − 20 = 17(−3) − 8(−3) − 6(−3)
Check your answer. Let y = −3. ?
11 − 20 = −51 + 24 + 18
?
−9 = −9 ✓
Notice that the variable ended up on the right side of the equal sign when we solved the equation. You may prefer to take one
more step to write the solution with the variable on the left side of the equal sign.
Solve: 18 − 27 = 15c − 9c − 3c.
Answer
c = -3
Solve: 18 − 22 = 12x − x − 4x.
Answer
4
x =−
7
 Example 8.3.7:
Solve: −3(n − 2) − 6 = 21.

Solution
Remember—always simplify each side first.

Distribute. −3n + 6 = 21 (8.3.17)
Simplify. −3x = 21 (8.3.18)
−3n 21
=
Divide both sides by -3 to isolate n. −3 −3
n = −7
−3(n − 2) − 6 = 21
?
−3(−7 − 2) − 6 = 21
Check your answer. Let n = −7. ?

−3(−9) − 6 = 21
?
27 − 6 = 21
21 = 21 ✓
Solve: −4(n − 2) − 8 = 24.
Answer
n = -6
Solve: −6(n − 2) − 12 = 30.
Answer
n = -5

Solving One Step Equation by Mult/Div. Integers (Var on Left)
Solving One Step Equation by Mult/Div. Integers (Var on Right)
Solving One Step Equation in the Form: −x = −a

Solve Equations Using the Division and Multiplication Properties of Equality
In the following exercises, solve each equation for the variable using the Division Property of Equality and check the solution.
68. 8x = 32
69. 7p = 63
70. −5c = 55
71. −9x = −27
72. −90 = 6y
73. −72 = 12y
74. −16p = −64
75. −8m = −56
76. 0.25z = 3.25
77. 0.75a = 11.25
78. −3x = 0

79. 4x = 0
In the following exercises, solve each equation for the variable using the Multiplication Property of Equality and check the
solution.
x
80. = 15
4
z
81. = 14
2
q
82. −20 =
−5
c
83. = −12
−3
y
84. = −6
9
q
85. = −8
6
m
86. =5
−12
p
87. −4 =
−20
2
88. y = 18
3
3
89. r = 15
5
5
90. − w = 40
8
3
91. 24 = − x
4
2 1
92. − = a
5 10
1 5
93. − q =−
3 6
Solve Equations That Need to be Simplified

94. 8a + 3a − 6a = −17 + 27
95. 6y − 3y + 12y = −43 + 28
96. −9x − 9x + 2x = 50 − 2
97. −5m + 7m − 8m = −6 + 36
98. 100 − 16 = 4p − 10p − p
99. −18 − 7 = 5t − 9t − 6t
7 3
100. n− n =9+2
8 4
5 1
101. q+ q = 25 − 3
12 2
102. 0.25d + 0.10d = 6 − 0.75
103. 0.05p − 0.01p = 2 + 0.24
Everyday Math
104. Balloons Ramona bought 18 balloons for a party. She wants to make 3 equal bunches. Find the number of balloons in each
bunch, b, by solving the equation 3b = 18.
105. Teaching Connie’s kindergarten class has 24 children. She wants them to get into 4 equal groups. Find the number of children
in each group, g, by solving the equation 4g = 24.
106. Ticket price Daria paid $36.25 for 5 children’s tickets at the ice skating rink. Find the price of each ticket, p, by solving the
equation 5p = 36.25.
107. Unit price Nishant paid $12.96 for a pack of 12 juice bottles. Find the price of each bottle, b, by solving the equation 12b =
12.96.

108. Fuel economy Tania’s SUV gets half as many miles per gallon (mpg) as her husband’s hybrid car. The SUV gets 18 mpg. Find
1
the miles per gallons, m, of the hybrid car, by solving the equation m = 18.
2
109. Fabric The drill team used 14 yards of fabric to make flags for one-third of the members. Find how much fabric, f, they would
1
need to make flags for the whole team by solving the equation f = 14.
3
Writing Exercises
110. Frida started to solve the equation −3x = 36 by adding 3 to both sides. Explain why Frida’s method will result in the correct
solution.
1
111. Emiliano thinks x = 40 is the solution to the equation x = 80. Explain why he is wrong.
2
Self Check

[email protected]."
This page titled 8.3: Solve Equations Using the Division and Multiplication Properties of Equality is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was

Solve an equation with constants on both sides
Solve an equation with variables on both sides
Solve an equation with variables and constants on both sides
Solve equations using a general strategy
 be prepared!
1. Simplify: 4y − 9 + 9. If you missed this problem, review Example 2.3.10.
2. Solve: y + 12 = 16. If you missed this problem, review Example 2.5.4.
3. Solve: −3y = 63. If you missed this problem, review Example 3.9.6.
Solve an Equation with Constants on Both Sides

You may have noticed that in all the equations we have solved so far, all the variable terms were on only one side of the equation
with the constants on the other side. This does not happen all the time—so now we’ll see how to solve equations where the variable
terms and/or constant terms are on both sides of the equation.
Our strategy will involve choosing one side of the equation to be the variable side, and the other side of the equation to be the
constant side. Then, we will use the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality, step by step, to get all the variable terms
together on one side of the equation and the constant terms together on the other side.
By doing this, we will transform the equation that started with variables and constants on both sides into the form ax = b. We
already know how to solve equations of this form by using the Division or Multiplication Properties of Equality.
 Example 8.4.1:
Solve: 4x + 6 = −14.
Solution
In this equation, the variable is only on the left side. It makes sense to call the left side the variable side. Therefore, the right
side will be the constant side. We’ll write the labels above the equation to help us remember what goes where.
Since the left side is the variable side, the 6 is out of place. We must
"undo" adding 6 by subtracting 6, and to keep the equality we must 4x + 6 − 6 = −14 − 6 (8.4.1)
subtract 6 from both sides. Use the Subtraction Property of Equality.
Simplify. 4x = −20 (8.4.2)
Now all the x's are on the left and the constant on the right.
4x −20
Use the Division Property of Equality. = (8.4.3)
4 4
Simplify. x = −5 (8.4.4)
4x + 6 = −14
4(−5) + 6 = −14
Check: Let x = −5.
−20 + 6 = −14
−14 = −14 ✓

 Exercise 8.4.1:
Solve: 3x + 4 = −8.
Answer
x = -4
 Exercise 8.4.2:
Solve: 5a + 3 = −37.
Answer
a = -8
 Example 8.4.2:
Solve: 2y − 7 = 15.
Solution
Notice that the variable is only on the left side of the equation, so this will be the variable side and the right side will be the
constant side. Since the left side is the variable side, the 7 is out of place. It is subtracted from the 2y, so to ‘undo’ subtraction,
add 7 to both sides.
Add 7 to both sides. 2y − 7 + 7 = 15 + 7 (8.4.5)
Simplify. 2y = 22 (8.4.6)
The variables are now on one side and the constants on the other.
2y 22
2 2
Simplify. y = 11 (8.4.8)
2y − 7 = 15
?
2 ⋅ 11 − 7 = 15
Check: Substitute: y = 11. ?
22 − 7 = 15
15 = 15 ✓
 Exercise 8.4.3:
Solve: 5y − 9 = 16.
Answer
y=5
 Exercise 8.4.4:
Solve: 3m − 8 = 19.
Answer
m=9

Solve an Equation with Variables on Both Sides
What if there are variables on both sides of the equation? We will start like we did above—choosing a variable side and a constant
side, and then use the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality to collect all variables on one side and all constants on the
other side. Remember, what you do to the left side of the equation, you must do to the right side too.
 Example 8.4.3:
Solve: 5x = 4x + 7.
Solution
Here the variable, x, is on both sides, but the constants appear only on the right side, so let’s make the right side the “constant”
side. Then the left side will be the “variable” side.
We don't want any variables on the right, so subtract the 4x. 5x − 4x = 4x − 4x + 7 (8.4.9)
Simplify. x = 7 (8.4.10)
We have all the variables on one side and the constants on the other.
We have solved the equation.
5x = 4x + 7
?
5(7) = 4(7) + 7
Check: Substitute 7 for x. ?
35 = 28 + 7
35 = 35 ✓
 Exercise 8.4.5:
Solve: 6n = 5n + 10.
Answer
n = 10
 Exercise 8.4.6:
Solve: −6c = −7c + 1.
Answer
c=1
 Example 8.4.4:
Solve: 5y − 8 = 7y.
Solution
The only constant, −8, is on the left side of the equation and variable, y, is on both sides. Let’s leave the constant on the left and
collect the variables to the right.
Subtract 5y from both sides. 5y − 5y − 8 = 7y − 5y (8.4.11)
Simplify. −8 = 2y (8.4.12)

We have the variables on the right and the constants on the left. −8 2y
= (8.4.13)
Divide both sides by 2. 2 2
Simplify. −4 = y (8.4.14)
Rewrite with the variable on the left. y = −4 (8.4.15)
5y − 8 = 7y
?
5(−4) − 8 = 7(−4)
Check: Let y = −4.
?
−20 − 8 = −28
−28 = −28 ✓
 Exercise 8.4.7:
Solve: 3p − 14 = 5p.
Answer
p = -7
 Exercise 8.4.8:
Solve: 8m + 9 = 5m.
Answer
m = -3
 Example 8.4.5:
Solve: 7x = − x + 24.
Solution
The only constant, 24, is on the right, so let the left side be the variable side.
Remove the −x from the right side by adding x to both sides. 7x + x = −x + x + 24 (8.4.16)
Simplify. 8x = 24 (8.4.17)
All the variables are on the left and the constants are on the right. 8x 24
= (8.4.18)
Divide both sides by 8. 8 8
Simplify. x = 3 (8.4.19)
7x = −x + 24
Check: Substitute x = 3. ?
7(3) = −(3) + 24
21 = 21 ✓

 Exercise 8.4.9:
Solve: 12j = −4j + 32.
Answer
j=2
Solve: 8h = −4h + 12.
Answer
h=1
Solve Equations with Variables and Constants on Both Sides

The next example will be the first to have variables and constants on both sides of the equation. As we did before, we’ll collect the
variable terms to one side and the constants to the other side.
 Example 8.4.6:
Solve: 7x + 5 = 6x + 2.
Solution
Start by choosing which side will be the variable side and which side will be the constant side. The variable terms are 7x and
6x. Since 7 is greater than 6, make the left side the variable side and so the right side will be the constant side.
Collect the variable terms to the left side by subtracting 6x from both
7x − 6x + 5 = 6x − 6x + 2 (8.4.20)
sides.
Simplify. x +5 = 2 (8.4.21)
Now, collect the constants to the right side by subtracting 5 from both
x +5 −5 = 2 −5 (8.4.22)
sides.
Simplify. x = −3 (8.4.23)
The solution is x = −3.
7x + 5 = 6x + 2
?
7(−3) + 5 = 6(−3) + 2
?
−21 + 5 = −18 + 2
−16 = −16 ✓
Solve: 12x + 8 = 6x + 2.
Answer
x = -1

Solve: 9y + 4 = 7y + 12.
Answer
y=4
We’ll summarize the steps we took so you can easily refer to them.
 HOW TO: SOLVE AN EQUATION WITH VARIABLES AND CONSTANTS ON BOTH SIDES
Step 1. Choose one side to be the variable side and then the other will be the constant side.
Step 2. Collect the variable terms to the variable side, using the Addition or Subtraction Property of Equality.
Step 3. Collect the constants to the other side, using the Addition or Subtraction Property of Equality.
Step 4. Make the coefficient of the variable 1, using the Multiplication or Division Property of Equality.
Step 5. Check the solution by substituting it into the original equation.
It is a good idea to make the variable side the one in which the variable has the larger coefficient. This usually makes the arithmetic
easier.
 Example 8.4.7:
Solve: 6n − 2 = −3n + 7.
Solution
We have 6n on the left and −3n on the right. Since 6 > − 3, make the left side the “variable” side.
We don't want variables on the right side—add 3n to both sides to

6n + 3n − 2 = −3n + 3n + 7 (8.4.24)
leave only constants on the right.
Combine like terms. 9n − 2 = 7 (8.4.25)
We don't want any constants on the left side, so add 2 to both sides. 9n − 2 + 2 = 7 + 2 (8.4.26)
Simplify. 9n = 9 (8.4.27)
The variable term is on the left and the constant term is on the right. 9n 9
= (8.4.28)
To get the coefficient of n to be one, divide both sides by 9. 9 9
Simplify. n = 1 (8.4.29)
6n − 2 = −3n + 7
Check: Substitute 1 for n. 6(1) − 2 = +7

?
4 = 4 ✓
Solve: 8q − 5 = −4q + 7.
Answer
q=1

Solve: 7n − 3 = n + 3.
Answer
n=1
 Example 8.4.8:
Solve: 2a − 7 = 5a + 8.
Solution
This equation has 2a on the left and 5a on the right. Since 5 > 2, make the right side the variable side and the left side the
constant side.
Subtract 2a from both sides to remove the variable term from the left. 2a − 2a − 7 = 5a − 2a + 8 (8.4.30)
Combine like terms. −7 = 3a + 8 (8.4.31)
Subtract 8 from both sides to remove the constant from the right. −7 − 8 = 3a + 8 − 8 (8.4.32)
Simplify. −15 = 3a (8.4.33)
−15 3a
Divide both sides by 3 to make 1 the coefficient of a. = (8.4.34)
3 3
Simplify. −5 = a (8.4.35)
2a − 7 = 5a + 8
?
2(−5) − 7 = 5(−5) + 8
Check: Let a = −5.
?
−10 − 7 = −25 + 8
−17 = −17 ✓
Note that we could have made the left side the variable side instead of the right side, but it would have led to a negative
coefficient on the variable term. While we could work with the negative, there is less chance of error when working with
positives. The strategy outlined above helps avoid the negatives!
Solve: 2a − 2 = 6a + 18.
Answer
a = -5
Solve: 4k − 1 = 7k + 17.
Answer
k = -6
To solve an equation with fractions, we still follow the same steps to get the solution.

 Example 8.4.9:
3 1
Solve: x+5= x − 3.
2 2
Solution
3 1
Since > , make the left side the variable side and the right side the constant side.
2 2
1 3 1 1 1
Subtract x from both sides. x − x +5 = x x −3 (8.4.36)
2 2 2 2 2
Combine like terms. x + 5 = −3 (8.4.37)
Subtract 5 from both sides. x + 5 − 5 = −3 − 5 (8.4.38)
Simplify. x = −8 (8.4.39)
3 1
x +5 = x −3
2 2
3 ? 1
Check: Let x = −8. 2
(−8) + 5 =
2
(−8) − 3
?
−12 + 5 = −4 − 3
−7 = −7 ✓
7 1
Solve: x - 12 = − x − 2.
8 8
Answer
x = 10
7 1
Solve: y + 11 = y + 8.
6 6
Answer
y = -3
We follow the same steps when the equation has decimals, too.
 Example 8.4.10:
Solve: 3.4x + 4 = 1.6x − 5.

Solution
Since 3.4 > 1.6, make the left side the variable side and the right side the constant side.
Subtract 1.6x from both sides. 3.4x − 1.6x + 4 = 1.6x − 1.6x − 5 (8.4.40)
Combine like terms. 1.8x + 4 = −5 (8.4.41)

Subtract 4 from both sides. 1.8x + 4 − 4 = −5 − 4 (8.4.42)
Simplify. 1.8x = −9 (8.4.43)
1.8x −9
Use the Division Property of Equality. = (8.4.44)
1.8 1.8
Simplify. x = −5 (8.4.45)
3.4x + 4 = 1.6x − 5
?
3.4(−5) + 4 = 1.6(−5) − 5
Check: Let x = −5. ?
−17 + 4 = −8 − 5
−13 = −13 ✓
Solve: 2.8x + 12 = −1.4x − 9.
Answer
x = -5
Solve: 3.6y + 8 = 1.2y − 4.
Answer
y = -5

[email protected]."
This page titled 8.4: Solve Equations with Variables and Constants on Both Sides (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored,

Solve Equations Using a General Strategy
Each of the first few sections of this chapter has dealt with solving one specific form of a linear equation. It’s time now to lay out
an overall strategy that can be used to solve any linear equation. We call this the general strategy. Some equations won’t require all
the steps to solve, but many will. Simplifying each side of the equation as much as possible first makes the rest of the steps easier.
 HOW TO: USE A GENERAL STRATEGY FOR SOLVING LINEAR EQUATIONS

Step 1. Simplify each side of the equation as much as possible. Use the Distributive Property to remove any parentheses.
Combine like terms.
Step 2. Collect all the variable terms to one side of the equation. Use the Addition or Subtraction Property of Equality.
Step 3. Collect all the constant terms to the other side of the equation. Use the Addition or Subtraction Property of Equality.
Step 4. Make the coefficient of the variable term to equal to 1. Use the Multiplication or Division Property of Equality. State
the solution to the equation.
Step 5. Check the solution. Substitute the solution into the original equation to make sure the result is a true statement.
 Example 8.5.11:
Solve: 3(x + 2) = 18.

Solution
Simplify each side of the equation as much as possible. Use the

3x + 6 = 18 (8.3.46)
Distributive Property.
Collect all variable terms on one side of the equation—all x's are
already on the left side.
Collect constant terms on the other side of the equation. Subtract 6

3x + 6 − 6 = 18 − 6 (8.3.47)
from each side.
Simplify. 3x = 12 (8.3.48)
Make the coefficient of the variable term equal to 1. Divide each side 3x 12
= (8.3.49)
by 3. 3 3
Simplify. x = 4 (8.3.50)
3(x + 2) = 18
?
3(4 + 2 = 18
Check: Let x = 4. ?
3(6) = 18
?
18 = 18 ✓
Solve: 5(x + 3) = 35.
Answer
x=4

Solve: 6(y − 4) = −18.
Answer
y=1
 Example 8.5.12:
Solve: −(x + 5) = 7.
Solution
Simplify each side of the equation as much as possible by

distributing. The only x term is on the left side, so all variable terms −x − 5 = 7 (8.3.51)
are on the left side of the equation.
Add 5 to both sides to get all constant terms on the right side of the
−x − 5 + 5 = 7 + 5 (8.3.52)
equation.
Simplify. −x = 12 (8.3.53)
Make the coefficient of the variable term equal to 1 by multiplying

−1(−x) = −1(12) (8.3.54)
both sides by -1.
Simplify. x = −12 (8.3.55)
−(x + 5) = 7
?
−(−12 + 5) = 7
?
−(−7) = 7
7 = 7 ✓
Solve: −(y + 8) = −2.
Answer
y = -6
Solve: −(z + 4) = −12.
Answer
z=8
 Example 8.5.13:
Solve: 4(x − 2) + 5 = −3.

Solution
Simplify each side of the equation as much as possible. Distribute. 4x − 8 + 5 = −3 (8.3.56)

Combine like terms. 4x − 3 = −3 (8.3.57)
The only x is on the left side, so all variable terms are on one side of
the equation.
Add 3 to both sides to get all constant terms on the other side of the
4x − 3 + 3 = −3 + 3 (8.3.58)
equation.
Simplify. 4x = 0 (8.3.59)
Make the coefficient of the variable term equal to 1 by dividing both 4x 0

= (8.3.60)
sides by 4. 4 4
Simplify. x = 0 (8.3.61)
4(x − 2) + 5 = −3
?
4(0 − 2) + 5 = −3
Check: Let x = 0. ?
4(−2) + 5 = −3
?
−8 + 5 = −3
−3 = −3 ✓
Solve: 2(a − 4) + 3 = −1.
Answer
a=2
Solve: 7(n − 3) − 8 = −15.
Answer
n=2
 Example 8.5.14:
Solve: 8 − 2(3y + 5) = 0.
Solution
Be careful when distributing the negative.
Simplify—use the Distributive Property. 8 − 6y − 10 = 0 (8.3.62)
Combine like terms. −6y − 2 = 0 (8.3.63)
Add 2 to both sides to collect constants on the right. −6y − 2 + 2 = 0 + 2 (8.3.64)
1
Simplify. y = − (8.3.65)
3

−6y 2
Divide both sides by −6. = (8.3.66)
−6 −6
1
Simplify. y = − (8.3.67)
3
\[
8 − 2(3y + 5) = 0
1
8 − 2[3 (− ) + 5] = 0
3
1
Check: Let y = − . 8 − 2(−1 + 5) = 0
?
3
?
8 − 2(4) = 0
?
8 −8 = 0
0 = 0; ✓
$$
Solve: 12 − 3(4j + 3) = −17.
Answer
5
j=
3
Solve: −6 − 8(k − 2) = −10.
Answer
5
k =
2
 Example 8.5.15:
Solve: 3(x − 2) − 5 = 4(2x + 1) + 5.

Solution
Distribute. 3x − 6 − 5 = 8x + 4 + 5 (8.3.68)
Combine like terms. 3x − 11 = 8x + 9 (8.3.69)
Subtract 3x to get all the variables on the right since 8 > 3. 3x − 3x − 11 = 8x − 3x + 9 (8.3.70)
Simplify. −11 = 5x + 9 (8.3.71)
Subtract 9 to get the constants on the left. −11 − 9 = 5x + 9 − 9 (8.3.72)
Simplify. −20 = 5x (8.3.73)
−20 5x
Divide by 5. = (8.3.74)
5 5

Simplify. −4 = x (8.3.75)
\[
3(x − 2) − 5 = 4(2x + 1) + 5
?
3(−4 − 2) − 5 = 4[2(−4) + 1] + 5
?
3(−6) − 5 = 4(−8 + 1) + 5
Check: Substitute: −4 = x. ?
−18 − 5 = 4(−7) + 5
?
−23 = −28 + 5
−23 = −23 ✓
$$
Solve: 6(p − 3) − 7 = 5(4p + 3) − 12.
Answer
p = -2
Solve: 8(q + 1) − 5 = 3(2q − 4) − 1.
Answer
q = -8
 Example 8.5.16:
1
Solve: (6x − 2) = 5 − x.
2
Solution
Distribute. 3x − 1 = 5 − x (8.3.76)
Add x to get all the variables on the left. 3x − 1 + x = 5 − x + x (8.3.77)
Simplify. 4x − 1 = 5 (8.3.78)
Add 1 to get constants on the right. 4x − 1 + 1 = 5 + 1 (8.3.79)
Simplify. 4x = 6 (8.3.80)
4x 6
Divide by 4. = (8.3.81)
4 4
3
Simplify. x = (8.3.82)
2

1
(6x − 2) = 5 − x
2
1 3 ? 3
(6 ⋅ − 2) = 5 −
2 2 2
3 1 10 3
Check: Let x = . (9 − 2) =
?
−
2 2 2 2
1 ? 7
(7) =
2 2
7 7
= ✓
2 2
1
Solve: (6u + 3) = 7 − u.
3
Answer
u=2
2
Solve: (9x − 12) = 8 + 2x.
3
Answer
x=4
In many applications, we will have to solve equations with decimals. The same general strategy will work for these equations.
 Example 8.5.17:
Solve: 0.24(100x + 5) = 0.4(30x + 15).
Solution
Distribute. 24x + 1.2 = 12x + 6 (8.3.83)
Subtract 12x to get all the x s to the left. 24x + 1.2 − 12x = 12x + 6 − 12x (8.3.84)
Simplify. 12x + 1.2 = 6 (8.3.85)
Subtract 1.2 to get the constants to the right. 12x + 1.2 − 1.2 = 6 − 1.2 (8.3.86)
Simplify. 12x = 4.8 (8.3.87)
12x 4.8
Divide. = (8.3.88)
12 12
Simplify. x = 0.4 (8.3.89)

\[
0.24(100x + 5) = 0.4(30x + 15)
?
0.24[100(0.4) + 5] = 0.4[30(0.4) + 15]
Check: Let x = 0.4. ?

0.24(40 + 5) = 0.4(12 + 15)
?
0.24(45) = 0.4(27)
10.8 = 10.8 ✓
$$
Solve: 0.55(100n + 8) = 0.6(85n + 14).
Answer
n=1
Solve: 0.15(40m − 120) = 0.5(60m + 12).

n = -1

Solving Multi-Step Equations
Solve an Equation with Variable Terms on Both Sides
Solving Multi-Step Equations (L5.4)
Solve an Equation with Variables and Parentheses on Both Sides

Solve an Equation with Constants on Both Sides
In the following exercises, solve the equation for the variable.
112. 6x − 2 = 40
113. 7x − 8 = 34
114. 11w + 6 = 93
115. 14y + 7 = 91
116. 3a + 8 = −46
117. 4m + 9 = −23
118. −50 = 7n − 1
119. −47 = 6b + 1
120. 25 = −9y + 7
121. 29 = −8x − 3
122. −12p − 3 = 15
123. −14q − 15 = 13
Solve an Equation with Variables on Both Sides

In the following exercises, solve the equation for the variable.
124. 8z = 7z − 7
125. 9k = 8k − 11
126. 4x + 36 = 10x

127. 6x + 27 = 9x
128. c = −3c − 20
129. b = −4b − 15
130. 5q = 44 − 6q
131. 7z = 39 − 6z
1
132. 3y + = 2y
2
3
133. 8x + = 7x
4
134. −12a − 8 = −16a
135. −15r − 8 = −11r
Solve an Equation with Variables and Constants on Both Sides

In the following exercises, solve the equations for the variable.
136. 6x − 15 = 5x + 3
137. 4x − 17 = 3x + 2
138. 26 + 8d = 9d + 11
139. 21 + 6 f = 7 f + 14
140. 3p − 1 = 5p − 33
141. 8q − 5 = 5q − 20
142. 4a + 5 = − a − 40
143. 9c + 7 = −2c − 37
144. 8y − 30 = −2y + 30
145. 12x − 17 = −3x + 13
146. 2z − 4 = 23 − z
147. 3y − 4 = 12 − y
5 1
148. c−3= c − 16
4 4
4 1
149. m−7= m − 13
3 3
2 3
150. 8 − q= q+6
5 5
1 3
151. 11 − a= a+4
4 4
4 1
152. n+9= n−9
3 3
5 3
153. a + 15 = a−5
4 4
1 3
154. y+7= y−3
4 4
3 4
155. p+2= p−1
5 5
156. 14n + 8.25 = 9n + 19.60
157. 13z + 6.45 = 8z + 23.75
158. 2.4w − 100 = 0.8w + 28
159. 2.7w − 80 = 1.2w + 10
160. 5.6r + 13.1 = 3.5r + 57.2
161. 6.6x − 18.9 = 3.4x + 54.7
Solve an Equation Using the General Strategy

In the following exercises, solve the linear equation using the general strategy.
162. 5(x + 3) = 75
163. 4(y + 7) = 64
164. 8 = 4(x − 3)
165. 9 = 3(x − 3)

166. 20(y − 8) = −60
167. 14(y − 6) = −42
168. −4(2n + 1) = 16
169. −7(3n + 4) = 14
170. 3(10 + 5r) = 0
171. 8(3 + 3p) = 0
2
172. (9c − 3) = 22
3
3
173. (10x − 5) = 27
5
174. 5(1.2u − 4.8) = −12
175. 4(2.5v − 0.6) = 7.6
176. 0.2(30n + 50) = 28
177. 0.5(16m + 34) = −15
178. −(w − 6) = 24
179. −(t − 8) = 17
180. 9(3a + 5) + 9 = 54
181. 8(6b − 7) + 23 = 63
182. 10 + 3(z + 4) = 19
183. 13 + 2(m − 4) = 17
184. 7 + 5(4 − q) = 12
185. −9 + 6(5 − k) = 12
186. 15 − (3r + 8) = 28
187. 18 − (9r + 7) = −16
188. 11 − 4(y − 8) = 43
189. 18 − 2(y − 3) = 32
190. 9(p − 1) = 6(2p − 1)
191. 3(4n − 1) − 2 = 8n + 3
192. 9(2m − 3) − 8 = 4m + 7
193. 5(x − 4) − 4x = 14
194. 8(x − 4) − 7x = 14
195. 5 + 6(3s − 5) = −3 + 2(8s − 1)
196. −12 + 8(x − 5) = −4 + 3(5x − 2)
197. 4(x − 1) − 8 = 6(3x − 2) − 7
198. 7(2x − 5) = 8(4x − 1) − 9
Everyday Math
199. Making a fence Jovani has a fence around the rectangular garden in his backyard. The perimeter of the fence is 150 feet. The
length is 15 feet more than the width. Find the width, w, by solving the equation 150 = 2(w + 15) + 2w.
200. Concert tickets At a school concert, the total value of tickets sold was $1,506. Student tickets sold for $6 and adult tickets sold
for $9. The number of adult tickets sold was 5 less than 3 times the number of student tickets. Find the number of student
tickets sold, s, by solving the equation 6s + 9(3s − 5) = 1506.
201. Coins Rhonda has $1.90 in nickels and dimes. The number of dimes is one less than twice the number of nickels. Find the
number of nickels, n, by solving the equation 0.05n + 0.10(2n − 1) = 1.90.
202. Fencing Micah has 74 feet of fencing to make a rectangular dog pen in his yard. He wants the length to be 25 feet more than the
width. Find the length, L, by solving the equation 2L + 2(L − 25) = 74.
Writing Exercises
203. When solving an equation with variables on both sides, why is it usually better to choose the side with the larger coefficient as
the variable side? 204. Solve the equation 10x + 14 = −2x + 38, explaining all the steps of your solution. 205. What is the first step
you take when solving the equation 3 − 7(y − 4) = 38? Explain why this is your first step. 206. Solve the equation 1 4 (8x + 20) =
3x − 4 explaining all the steps of your solution as in the examples in this section. 207. Using your own words, list the steps in the

General Strategy for Solving Linear Equations. 208. Explain why you should simplify both sides of an equation as much as
possible before collecting the variable terms to one side and the constant terms to the other side.
Self Check

[email protected]."
This page titled 8.5: Solve Equations with Variables and Constants on Both Sides (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored,

Solve equations with fraction coefficients
Solve equations with decimal coefficients
 be prepared!
3
1. Multiply: 8 • . If you missed this problem, review Example 4.3.10.
8
5 1
2. Find the LCD of and . If you missed this problem, review Example 4.8.1.
6 4
3. Multiply: 4.78 by 100. If you missed this problem, review Example 5.3.8.
Solve Equations with Fraction Coefficients

1 1 1
Let’s use the General Strategy for Solving Linear Equations introduced earlier to solve the equation x+ = .
8 2 4
1 1 1 1 1 1
To isolate the x term, subtract from both sides. x + − = − (8.6.1)
2 8 2 2 4 2
1 1 1
Simplify the left side. x = − (8.6.2)
8 4 2
1 1 2
Change the constants to equivalent fractions with the LCD. x = − (8.6.3)
8 4 4
1 1
Subtract. x = − (8.6.4)
8 4
1 8 1 8 1
Multiply both sides by the reciprocal of . ⋅ x = (− ) (8.6.5)
8 1 8 1 4
Simplify. x = −2 (8.6.6)
This method worked fine, but many students don’t feel very confident when they see all those fractions. So we are going to show
an alternate method to solve equations with fractions. This alternate method eliminates the fractions.
We will apply the Multiplication Property of Equality and multiply both sides of an equation by the least common denominator of
all the fractions in the equation. The result of this operation will be a new equation, equivalent to the first, but with no fractions.
This process is called clearing the equation of fractions. Let’s solve the same equation again, but this time use the method that
clears the fractions.
 Example 8.6.1:
1 1 1
Solve: x+ = .
8 2 4
Solution
Find the least common denominator of all the fractions in the 1 1 1

x + = LCD = 8 (8.6.7)
equation. 8 2 4

Multiply both sides of the equation by that LCD, 8. This clears the 1 1 1
8( x + ) = 8( ) (8.6.8)
fractions. 8 2 4
1 1 1
Use the Distributive Property. 8 ⋅ x +8 ⋅ = 8 ⋅ (8.6.9)
8 2 4
Simplify — and notice, no more fractions! x +4 = 2 (8.6.10)
Solve using the General Strategy for Solving Linear Equations. x +4 −4 = 2 −4 (8.6.11)
Simplify. x = −2 (8.6.12)
1 1 1
x + =
8 2 4
1 1 ? 1
(−2) + =
8 2 4
2 1 ? 1
− + =
8 2 4
2 4 ? 1
− + =
8 8 4
2 ? 1
=
4 4
1 1
= ✓
4 4
 Exercise 8.6.1:
1 1 5
Solve: x+ = .
4 2 8
Answer
1
x =
2
 Exercise 8.6.2:
1 1 1
Solve: y− = .
6 3 6
Answer
y=3
Notice in Example 8.37 that once we cleared the equation of fractions, the equation was like those we solved earlier in this chapter.
We changed the problem to one we already knew how to solve! We then used the General Strategy for Solving Linear Equations.
 HOW TO: SOLVE EQUATIONS WITH FRACTION COEFFICIENTS BY CLEARING THE FRACTIONS
Step 1. Find the least common denominator of all the fractions in the equation.
Step 2. Multiply both sides of the equation by that LCD. This clears the fractions.
Step 3. Solve using the General Strategy for Solving Linear Equations.

 Example 8.6.2:
1 3 2
Solve: 7 = x+ x− x .
2 4 3
Solution
We want to clear the fractions by multiplying both sides of the equation by the LCD of all the fractions in the equation.
Find the least common denominator of all the fractions in the 1 3 2

7 = x + x − x LCD = 12 (8.6.13)
equation. 2 4 3
1 3 2
Multiply both sides of the equation by 12. 12(7) = 12 ⋅ x + x − x (8.6.14)
2 4 3
1 3 2
Distribute. 12(7) = 12 ⋅ x + 12 ⋅ x − 12 ⋅ x (8.6.15)
2 4 3
Simplify — and notice, no more fractions! 84 = 6x + 9x − 8x (8.6.16)
Combine like terms. 84 = 7x (8.6.17)
84 7x
Divide by 7. = (8.6.18)
7 7
Simplify. 12 = x (8.6.19)
1 3 2
7 = x + x − x
2 4 3
? 1 3 2
Check: Let x = 12. 7 =
2
(12) +
4
(12) −
3
(12)
?
7 = 6 +9 −8
7 = 7 ✓
 Exercise 8.6.3:
1 2 3
Solve: 6 = v+ v− v .
2 5 4
Answer
v = 40
 Exercise 8.6.4:
1 1 2
Solve: -1 = u+ u− u .
2 4 3
Answer
u = -12
In the next example, we’ll have variables and fractions on both sides of the equation.

 Example 8.6.3:
1 1 1
Solve: x + = x− .
3 6 2
Solution
1 1 1
Find the LCD of all the fractions in the equation. x + = x − LCD = 6 (8.6.20)
3 6 2
1 1 1
Multiply both sides by the LCD. 6 (x + ) = 6( x − ) (8.6.21)
3 6 2
1 1 1
Distribute. 6 ⋅x +6 ⋅ = 6 ⋅ x −6 ⋅ (8.6.22)
3 6 2
Simplify — no more fractions! 6x + 2 = x − 3 (8.6.23)
Subtract x from both sides. 6x − x + 2 = x − x − 3 (8.6.24)
Simplify. 5x + 2 = −3 (8.6.25)
Subtract 2 from both sides. 5x + 2 − 2 = −3 − 2 (8.6.26)
Simplify. 5x = −5 (8.6.27)
5x −5
Divide by 5. = (8.6.28)
5 5
Simplify. x = −1 (8.6.29)
1 1 1
x + = x −
3 6 2
1 ? 1 1
(−1) + = (−1) −
3 6 2
1 ? 1 1
(−1) + = − −
3 6 2
Check: Substitute x = −1.
3 1 ? 1 3
− + = − −
3 3 6 6
2 ? 4
− = −
3 6
2 2
− = − ✓
3 3
 Exercise 8.6.5:
3 3 1
Solve: a + = a− .
4 8 2
Answer
a = -2

 Exercise 8.6.6:
3 1 1
Solve: c + = c− .
4 2 4
Answer
c = -2
In Example 8.40, we’ll start by using the Distributive Property. This step will clear the fractions right away!
 Example 8.6.4:
1
Solve: 1 = (4x + 2).
2
Solution
1 1
Distribute. 1 = ⋅ 4x + ⋅2 (8.6.30)
2 2
Simplify. Now there are no fractions to clear! 1 = 2x + 1 (8.6.31)
Subtract 1 from both sides. 1 − 1 = 2x + 1 − 1 (8.6.32)
Simplify. 0 = 2x (8.6.33)
0 2x
Divide by 2. = (8.6.34)
2 2
Simplify. 0 = x (8.6.35)
\[
1
1 = (4x + 2)
2
? 1
1 = [4(0) + 2]
2
Check: Let x = 0. ? 1
1 = (2)
2
? 2
1 =
2
1 = 1 ✓
$$
 Exercise 8.6.7:
1
Solve: −11 = (6p + 2).
2
Answer
p = -4
 Exercise 8.6.8:
1
Solve: 8 = (9q + 6).
3

Answer
q=2
Many times, there will still be fractions, even after distributing.
 Example 8.6.5:
1 1
Solve: (y − 5) = (y − 1).
2 4
Solution
1 1 1 1
Distribute. ⋅y − ⋅5 = ⋅y − ⋅1 (8.6.36)
2 2 4 4
1 5 1 1
Simplify. y − = y − (8.6.37)
2 2 4 4
1 5 1 1
Multiply by the LCD, 4. 4( y − ) = 4( y − ) (8.6.38)
2 2 4 4
1 5 1 1
Distribute. 4 ⋅ y −4 ⋅ = 4 ⋅ y −4 ⋅ (8.6.39)
2 2 4 4
Simplify. 2y − 10 = y − 1 (8.6.40)
Collect the y terms to the left. 2y − 10 − y = y − 1 − y (8.6.41)
Simplify. y − 10 = −1 (8.6.42)
Collect the constants to the right. y − 10 + 10 = −1 + 10 (8.6.43)
Simplify. y = 9 (8.6.44)
1 1
(y − 5) = (y − 1)
2 4
1 ? 1
(9 − 5) = (9 − 1)
Check: Substitute 9 for y. 2 4
1 ? 1
(4) = (8)
2 4
2 = 2 ✓
 Exercise 8.6.9:
1 1
Solve: (n + 3) = (n + 2).
5 4
Answer
n=2
1 1
Solve: (m − 3) = (m − 7).
2 4

Answer
m = -1
Solve Equations with Decimal Coefficients

Some equations have decimals in them. This kind of equation will occur when we solve problems dealing with money and percent.
3 17
But decimals are really another way to represent fractions. For example, 0.3 = and 0.17 = . So, when we have an equation
10 100
with decimals, we can use the same process we used to clear fractions—multiply both sides of the equation by the least common
denominator.
 Example 8.6.6:
Solve: 0.8x − 5 = 7.
Solution
8
The only decimal in the equation is 0.8. Since 0.8 = , the LCD is 10. We can multiply both sides by 10 to clear the decimal.
10
Multiply both sides by the LCD. 10(0.8x − 5) = 10(7) (8.6.45)
Distribute. 10(0.8x) − 10(5) = 10(7) (8.6.46)
Multiply, and notice, no more decimals! 8x − 50 = 70 (8.6.47)
Add 50 to get all constants to the right. 8x − 50 + 50 = 70 + 50 (8.6.48)
Simplify. 8x = 120 (8.6.49)
8x 120
8 8
Simplify. x = 15 (8.6.51)
?
0.8(15) − 5 = 7
Check: Let x = 15. 12 − 5 = 7

?
7 = 7 ✓
Solve: 0.6x − 1 = 11.
Answer
x = 20
Solve: 1.2x − 3 = 9.
Answer
x = 10

 Example 8.6.7:
Solve: 0.06x + 0.02 = 0.25x − 1.5.
Solution
Look at the decimals and think of the equivalent fractions.
6 2 25 5
0.06 = , 0.02 = , 0.25 = , 1.5 = 1 (8.6.52)
100 100 100 10
Notice, the LCD is 100. By multiplying by the LCD we will clear the decimals.
Multiply both sides by 100. 100(0.06x + 0.02) = 100(0.25x − 1.5) (8.6.53)
Distribute. 100(0.06x) + 100(0.02) = 100(0.25x) − 100(1.5) (8.6.54)
Multiply, and now no more decimals. 6x + 2 = 25x − 150 (8.6.55)
Collect the variables to the right. 6x − 6x + 2 = 25x − 6x − 150 (8.6.56)
Simplify. 2 = 19x − 150 (8.6.57)
Collect the constants to the left. 2 + 150 = 19x − 150 + 150 (8.6.58)
Simplify. 152 = 19x (8.6.59)
152 19x
Divide by 19. = (8.6.60)
19 19
Simplify. 8 = x (8.6.61)
0.06(8) + 0.02 = 0.25(8) − 1.5
Check: Let x = 8. 0.48 + 0.02 = 2.00 − 1.5
0.50 = 0.50 ✓
Solve: 0.14h + 0.12 = 0.35h − 2.4.
Answer
h = 12
Solve: 0.65k − 0.1 = 0.4k − 0.35.
Answer
k = -1
The next example uses an equation that is typical of the ones we will see in the money applications in the next chapter. Notice that
we will distribute the decimal first before we clear all decimals in the equation.

 Example 8.6.8:
Solve: 0.25x + 0.05(x + 3) = 2.85.
Solution
Distribute first. 0.25x + 0.05x + 0.15 = 2.85 (8.6.62)
Combine like terms. 0.30x + 0.15 = 2.85 (8.6.63)
To clear decimals, multiply by 100. 100(0.30x + 0.15) = 100(2.85) (8.6.64)
Distribute. 30x + 15 = 285 (8.6.65)
Subtract 15 from both sides. 30x + 15 − 15 = 285 − 15 (8.6.66)
Simplify. 30x = 270 (8.6.67)
30x 270
Divide by 30. = (8.6.68)
30 30
Simplify. x = 9 (8.6.69)
0.25x + 0.05(x + 3) = 2.85
?
0.25(9) + 0.05(9 + 3) = 2.85
Check: Let x = 9. ?
2.25 + 0.05(12) = 2.85
?
2.25 + 0.60 = 2.85
2.85 = 2.85 ✓
Solve: 0.25n + 0.05(n + 5) = 2.95.
Answer
n=9
Solve: 0.10d + 0.05(d − 5) = 2.15.
Answer
d = 16
Solve an Equation with Fractions with Variable Terms on Both Sides

Ex 1: Solve an Equation with Fractions with Variable Terms on Both Sides
Ex 2: Solve an Equation with Fractions with Variable Terms on Both Sides
Solving Multiple Step Equations Involving Decimals
Ex: Solve a Linear Equation With Decimals and Variables on Both Sides

Ex: Solve an Equation with Decimals and Parentheses

Solve equations with fraction coefficients
In the following exercises, solve the equation by clearing the fractions.
1 1 3
209. x− =−
4 2 4
3 1 1
210. x− =
4 2 4
5 2 3
211. y− =−
6 3 2
5 1 7
212. y− =−
6 3 6
1 3 3
213. a+ =
2 8 4
5 1 3
214. b+ =−
8 2 4
1 1 2
215. 2 = x− x+ x
3 2 3
3 1 2
216. 2 = x− x+ x
5 3 5
1 4 1
217. m− m+ m = −1
4 5 2
5 1 1
218. n− n− n = −2
6 4 2
1 2 1
219. x + = x−
2 3 2
3 1 5
220. x + = x−
4 2 4
1 5 1
221. w+ =w−
3 4 4
3 1 2
222. z+ = z−
2 3 3
1 1 1 1
223. x− = x+
2 4 12 6
1 1 1 1
224. a− = a+
2 4 6 12
1 1 2 3
225. b+ = b−
3 5 5 5
1 2 1 2
226. x+ = x−
3 5 5 5
1
227. 1 = (12x − 6)
6
1
228. 1 = (15x − 10)
5
1 1
229. (p − 7) = (p + 5)
4 3
1 1
230. (q + 3) = (q − 3)
5 2
1 3
231. (x + 4) =
2 4
1 5
232. (x + 5) =
3 6
Solve Equations with Decimal Coefficients

In the following exercises, solve the equation by clearing the decimals.
233. 0.6y + 3 = 9
234. 0.4y − 4 = 2

235. 3.6j − 2 = 5.2
236. 2.1k + 3 = 7.2
237. 0.4x + 0.6 = 0.5x − 1.2
238. 0.7x + 0.4 = 0.6x + 2.4
239. 0.23x + 1.47 = 0.37x − 1.05
240. 0.48x + 1.56 = 0.58x − 0.64
241. 0.9x − 1.25 = 0.75x + 1.75
242. 1.2x − 0.91 = 0.8x + 2.29
243. 0.05n + 0.10(n + 8) = 2.15
244. 0.05n + 0.10(n + 7) = 3.55
245. 0.10d + 0.25(d + 5) = 4.05
246. 0.10d + 0.25(d + 7) = 5.25
247. 0.05(q − 5) + 0.25q = 3.05
248. 0.05(q − 8) + 0.25q = 4.10
Everyday Math
249. Coins Taylor has $2.00 in dimes and pennies. The number of pennies is 2 more than the number of dimes. Solve the equation
0.10d + 0.01(d + 2) = 2 for d, the number of dimes.
250. Stamps Travis bought $9.45 worth of 49-cent stamps and 21-cent stamps. The number of 21-cent stamps was 5 less than the
number of 49-cent stamps. Solve the equation 0.49s + 0.21(s − 5) = 9.45 for s, to find the number of 49-cent stamps Travis
bought.
Writing Exercises
3 1 2
251. Explain how to find the least common denominator of , , and .
8 6 3
252. If an equation has several fractions, how does multiplying both sides by the LCD make it easier to solve?
253. If an equation has fractions only on one side, why do you have to multiply both sides of the equation by the LCD?
254. In the equation 0.35x + 2.1 = 3.85, what is the LCD? How do you know?
Self Check

[email protected]."
This page titled 8.6: Solve Equations with Fraction or Decimal Coefficients is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed,

8.1 - Solve Equations using the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality
In the following exercises, determine whether the given number is a solution to the equation.
255. x + 16 = 31, x = 15
256. w − 8 = 5, w = 3
257. −9n = 45, n = 54
258. 4a = 72, a = 18
In the following exercises, solve the equation using the Subtraction Property of Equality.
259. x + 7 = 19
260. y + 2 = −6
1 5
261. a + =
3 3
262. n + 3.6 = 5.1
In the following exercises, solve the equation using the Addition Property of Equality.
263. u − 7 = 10
264. x − 9 = −4
3 9
265. c − =
11 11
266. p − 4.8 = 14
267. n − 12 = 32
268. y + 16 = −9
2
269. f + =4
3
270. d − 3.9 = 8.2
271. y + 8 − 15 = −3
272. 7x + 10 − 6x + 3 = 5
273. 6(n − 1) − 5n = −14
274. 8(3p + 5) − 23(p − 1) = 35
275. The sum of −6 and m is 25.
276. Four less than n is 13.
In the following exercises, translate into an algebraic equation and solve.
277. Rochelle’s daughter is 11 years old. Her son is 3 years younger. How old is her son?
278. Tan weighs 146 pounds. Minh weighs 15 pounds more than Tan. How much does Minh weigh?
279. Peter paid $9.75 to go to the movies, which was $46.25 less than he paid to go to a concert. How much did he pay for the
concert?
280. Elissa earned $152.84 this week, which was $21.65 more than she earned last week. How much did she earn last week?
8.2 - Solve Equations using the Division and Multiplication Properties of Equality
In the following exercises, solve each equation using the Division Property of Equality.
281. 8x = 72
282. 13a = −65
283. 0.25p = 5.25
284. −y = 4
In the following exercises, solve each equation using the Multiplication Property of Equality.

n
285. = 18
6
286. y −10 = 30
3
287. 36 = x
4
5 15
288. u =
8 16

289. −18m = −72
c
290. = 36
9
291. 0.45x = 6.75
11 2
292. = y
12 3
293. 5r − 3r + 9r = 35 − 2
294. 24x + 8x − 11x = −7−14
8.3 - Solve Equations with Variables and Constants on Both Sides

In the following exercises, solve the equations with constants on both sides.
295. 8p + 7 = 47
296. 10w − 5 = 65
297. 3x + 19 = −47
298. 32 = −4 − 9n
In the following exercises, solve the equations with variables on both sides.
299. 7y = 6y − 13
300. 5a + 21 = 2a
301. k = −6k − 35
3
302. 4x − = 3x
8
In the following exercises, solve the equations with constants and variables on both sides.
303. 12x − 9 = 3x + 45
304. 5n − 20 = −7n − 80
305. 4u + 16 = −19 − u
5 3
306. c −4= c +4
8 8
In the following exercises, solve each linear equation using the general strategy.
307. 6(x + 6) = 24
308. 9(2p − 5) = 72
309. −(s + 4) = 18
310. 8 + 3(n − 9) = 17
311. 23 − 3(y − 7) = 8
1
312. (6m + 21) = m − 7
3
313. 8(r − 2) = 6(r + 10)
314. 5 + 7(2 − 5x) = 2(9x + 1) − (13x − 57)
315. 4(3.5y + 0.25) = 365
316. 0.25(q − 8) = 0.1(q + 7)
8.4 - Solve Equations with Fraction or Decimal Coefficients

In the following exercises, solve each equation by clearing the fractions.

2 1 7
317. n− =
5 10 10
1 1
318. x+ x =8
3 5
3 1 1 5
319. a− = a+
4 3 2 6
1 1
320. (k + 3) = (k + 16)
2 3
In the following exercises, solve each equation by clearing the decimals.

321. 0.8x − 0.3 = 0.7x + 0.2
322. 0.36u + 2.55 = 0.41u + 6.8
323. 0.6p − 1.9 = 0.78p + 1.7
324. 0.10d + 0.05(d − 4) = 2.05
PRACTICE TEST
325. Determine whether each number is a solution to the equation. 3x + 5 = 23.
a. 6
23
b.
5

326. n − 18 = 31
327. 9c = 144
328. 4y − 8 = 16
329. −8x − 15 + 9x − 1 = −21
330. −15a = 120
2
331. x=6
3
332. x + 3.8 = 8.2
333. 10y = −5y + 60
334. 8n + 2 = 6n + 12
335. 9m − 2 − 4m + m = 42 − 8
336. −5(2x + 1) = 45
337. −(d + 9) = 23
1
338. (6m + 21) = m − 7
3
339. 2(6x + 5) − 8 = −22
340. 8(3a + 5) − 7(4a − 3) = 20 − 3a
1 1 1
341. p+ =
4 3 2
342. 0.1d + 0.25(d + 8) = 4.1
343. Translate and solve: The difference of twice x and 4 is 16.
344. Samuel paid $25.82 for gas this week, which was $3.47 less than he paid last week. How much did he pay last week?

[email protected]."
This page titled 8.E: Solving Linear Equations (Exercises) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

Key Terms
A value of a variable that makes a true statement when substituted into
solution of an equation
the equation
Key Concepts
8.1 - Solve Equations Using the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality
solution.
Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality
Subtraction Property of Equality: For all real numbers a, b, and c, if a = b then a - c = b - c.
Addition Property of Equality: For all real numbers a, b, and c, if a = b then a + c = b + c.
Translate a word sentence to an algebraic equation.
1. Locate the “equals” word(s). Translate to an equal sign.
2. Translate the words to the left of the “equals” word(s) into an algebraic expression.
3. Translate the words to the right of the “equals” word(s) into an algebraic expression.
Problem-solving strategy
1. Read the problem. Make sure you understand all the words and ideas.
2. Identify what you are looking for.
3. Name what you are looking for. Choose a variable to represent that quantity.
4. Translate into an equation. It may be helpful to restate the problem in one sentence with all the important information. Then,
translate the English sentence into an algebra equation.
8.2 - Solve Equations Using the Division and Multiplication Properties of Equality
Division and Multiplication Properties of Equality
a b
Division Property of Equality: For all real numbers a, b, c, and c ≠ 0, if a = b, then = .
c c
Multiplication Property of Equality: For all real numbers a, b, c, if a = b, then ac = bc.
8.3 - Solve Equations with Variables and Constants on Both Sides

Solve an equation with variables and constants on both sides
1. Choose one side to be the variable side and then the other will be the constant side.
2. Collect the variable terms to the variable side, using the Addition or Subtraction Property of Equality.
3. Collect the constants to the other side, using the Addition or Subtraction Property of Equality.
4. Make the coefficient of the variable 1, using the Multiplication or Division Property of Equality.
5. Check the solution by substituting into the original equation.
General strategy for solving linear equations
1. Simplify each side of the equation as much as possible. Use the Distributive Property to remove any parentheses. Combine
like terms.
2. Collect all the variable terms to one side of the equation. Use the Addition or Subtraction Property of Equality.
3. Collect all the constant terms to the other side of the equation. Use the Addition or Subtraction Property of Equality.

4. Make the coefficient of the variable term to equal to 1. Use the Multiplication or Division Property of Equality. State the
solution to the equation.
5. Check the solution. Substitute the solution into the original equation to make sure the result is a true statement.
8.4 - Solve Equations with Fraction or Decimal Coefficients

Solve equations with fraction coefficients by clearing the fractions.
1. Find the least common denominator of all the fractions in the equation.
2. Multiply both sides of the equation by that LCD. This clears the fractions.
3. Solve using the General Strategy for Solving Linear Equations.

[email protected]."
This page titled 8.S: Solving Linear Equations (Summary) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

CHAPTER OVERVIEW
9: Math Models and Geometry

We are surrounded by all sorts of geometry. Architects use geometry to design buildings. Artists create vivid images out of colorful
geometric shapes. Street signs, automobiles, and product packaging all take advantage of geometric properties. In this chapter, we
will begin by considering a formal approach to solving problems and use it to solve a variety of common problems, including
making decisions about money. Then we will explore geometry and relate it to everyday situations, using the problem-solving
strategy we develop.
Figure 9.1 - Note the many individual shapes in this building. (credit: Bert Kaufmann, Flickr)

[email protected]."
This page titled 9: Math Models and Geometry is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.
1
Approach word problems with a positive attitude
Use a problem solving strategy for word problems
Solve number problems
 be prepared!
1. Translate “6 less than twice x” into an algebraic expression. If you missed this problem, review Example 2.4.13.
2
2. Solve: x = 24. If you missed this problem, review Example 8.3.4.
3
3. Solve: 3x + 8 = 14. If you missed this problem, review Example 8.4.1.
Approach Word Problems with a Positive Attitude

The world is full of word problems. How much money do I need to fill the car with gas? How much should I tip the server at a
restaurant? How many socks should I pack for vacation? How big a turkey do I need to buy for Thanksgiving dinner, and what time
do I need to put it in the oven? If my sister and I buy our mother a present, how much will each of us pay?
Now that we can solve equations, we are ready to apply our new skills to word problems. Do you know anyone who has had
negative experiences in the past with word problems? Have you ever had thoughts like the student in Figure 9.1.1?
Figure 9.1.1 - Negative thoughts about word problems can be barriers to success.
When we feel we have no control, and continue repeating negative thoughts, we set up barriers to success. We need to calm our
fears and change our negative feelings.
Start with a fresh slate and begin to think positive thoughts like the student in Figure . Read the positive thoughts and say
9.1.2
them out loud.

Figure 9.1.2 - When it comes to word problems, a positive attitude is a big step toward success.
If we take control and believe we can be successful, we will be able to master word problems.
Think of something that you can do now but couldn't do three years ago. Whether it's driving a car, snowboarding, cooking a
gourmet meal, or speaking a new language, you have been able to learn and master a new skill. Word problems are no different.
Even if you have struggled with word problems in the past, you have acquired many new math skills that will help you succeed
now!
Use a Problem-solving Strategy for Word Problems

In earlier chapters, you translated word phrases into algebraic expressions, using some basic mathematical vocabulary and symbols.
Since then you've increased your math vocabulary as you learned about more algebraic procedures, and you've had more practice
translating from words into algebra.
You have also translated word sentences into algebraic equations and solved some word problems. The word problems applied
math to everyday situations. You had to restate the situation in one sentence, assign a variable, and then write an equation to solve.
This method works as long as the situation is familiar to you and the math is not too complicated.
Now we'll develop a strategy you can use to solve any word problem. This strategy will help you become successful with word
problems. We'll demonstrate the strategy as we solve the following problem.
 Example 9.1.1:
Pete bought a shirt on sale for $18, which is one-half the original price. What was the original price of the shirt?
Solution
Step 1. Read the problem. Make sure you understand all the words and ideas. You may need to read the problem two or more
times. If there are words you don't understand, look them up in a dictionary or on the Internet.
In this problem, do you understand what is being discussed? Do you understand every word?
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. It's hard to find something if you are not sure what it is! Read the problem again and
look for words that tell you what you are looking for!
In this problem, the words “what was the original price of the shirt” tell you that what you are looking for: the original
price of the shirt.
Step 3. Name what you are looking for. Choose a variable to represent that quantity. You can use any letter for the variable, but
it may help to choose one that helps you remember what it represents.
Let p = the original price of the shirt.

Step 4. Translate into an equation. It may help to first restate the problem in one sentence, with all the important information.
Then translate the sentence into an equation.
Step 5. Solve the equation using good algebra techniques. Even if you know the answer right away, using algebra will better
prepare you to solve problems that do not have obvious answers.
1
Write the equation. 18 = p
2
1
Multiply both sides by 2. 2 ⋅ 18 = 2 ⋅ p
2
Simplify. 36 = p
We found that p = 36, which means the original price was $36. Does $36 make sense in the problem? Yes, because 18 is
one-half of 36, and the shirt was on sale at half the original price.
The problem asked “What was the original price of the shirt?” The answer to the question is: “The original price of the
shirt was $36.”
If this were a homework exercise, our work might look like this:
18 is one-half the original price.

1
18 = p
Let p = the original price. 2

1
2 ⋅ 18 = 2 ⋅ p
2
36 = p
Check:
Is $36 a reasonable price for a shirt? Yes. The original price of the shirt was $36.
Is 18 one-half of 36? Yes.
 Exercise 9.1.1:
Joaquin bought a bookcase on sale for $120, which was two-thirds the original price. What was the original price of the
bookcase?
Answer
$180
 Exercise 9.1.2:
Two-fifths of the people in the senior center dining room are men. If there are 16 men, what is the total number of people in the
dining room?
Answer
40
We list the steps we took to solve the previous example.

 Problem-Solving Strategy
Step 1. Read the word problem. Make sure you understand all the words and ideas. You may need to read the problem two
or more times. If there are words you don't understand, look them up in a dictionary or on the internet.
Step 3. Name what you are looking for. Choose a variable to represent that quantity.
Step 4. Translate into an equation. It may be helpful to first restate the problem in one sentence before translating.
Step 6. Check the answer in the problem. Make sure it makes sense.
Let's use this approach with another example.
 Example 9.1.2:
Yash brought apples and bananas to a picnic. The number of apples was three more than twice the number of bananas. Yash
brought 11 apples to the picnic. How many bananas did he bring?
Solution
Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. How many bananas did he bring?
Step 3. Name what you are looking for. Choose a variable to

Let b = number of bananas
represent the number of bananas.
Step 4. Translate. Restate the problem in one sentence with all the
important information. Translate into an equation.
Step 5. Solve the equation. 11 = 3b + 3 (9.1.1)
Subtract 3 from each side. 11 − 3 = 2b + 3 − 3
Simplify. 8 = 2b
8 2b
Divide each side by 2. =
2 2
Simplify. 4 = b
Step 6. Check: First, is our answer reasonable? Yes, bringing four

bananas to a picnic seems reasonable. The problem says the number
of apples was three more than twice the number of bananas. If there
are four bananas, does that make eleven apples? Twice 4 bananas is 8.
Three more than 8 is 11.
Step 7. Answer the question. Yash brought 4 bananas to the picnic.
 Exercise 9.1.3:
Guillermo bought textbooks and notebooks at the bookstore. The number of textbooks was 3 more than the number of
notebooks. He bought 5 textbooks. How many notebooks did he buy?
Answer
2

 Exercise 9.1.4:
Gerry worked Sudoku puzzles and crossword puzzles this week. The number of Sudoku puzzles he completed is seven more
than the number of crossword puzzles. He completed 14 Sudoku puzzles. How many crossword puzzles did he complete?
Answer
7
In Solve Sales Tax, Commission, and Discount Applications, we learned how to translate and solve basic percent equations and
used them to solve sales tax and commission applications. In the next example, we will apply our Problem Solving Strategy to
more applications of percent.
 Example 9.1.3:
Nga's car insurance premium increased by $60, which was 8% of the original cost. What was the original cost of the premium?
Solution
Step 1. Read the problem. Remember, if there are words you don't
understand, look them up.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the original cost of the premium
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent the original cost of

Let c = the original cost
premium.
Step 4. Translate. Restate as one sentence. Translate into an equation.
Step 5. Solve the equation. 60 = 0.08c (9.1.2)
60 0.08c
0.08 0.08
Simplify. c = 750 (9.1.4)
Step 6. Check: Is our answer reasonable? Yes, a $750 premium on 750 = c
auto insurance is reasonable. Now let's check our algebra. Is 8% of 0.08(750) = 60
750 equal to 60? 60 = 60 ✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The original cost of Nga's premium was $750.
 Exercise 9.1.5:
Pilar's rent increased by 4%. The increase was $38. What was the original amount of Pilar's rent?
Answer
$950
 Exercise 9.1.6:
Steve saves 12% of his paycheck each month. If he saved $504 last month, how much was his paycheck?
Answer
$4200

Solve Number Problems
Now we will translate and solve number problems. In number problems, you are given some clues about one or more numbers,
and you use these clues to build an equation. Number problems don't usually arise on an everyday basis, but they provide a good
introduction to practicing the Problem Solving Strategy. Remember to look for clue words such as difference, of, and and.
 Example 9.1.4:
The difference of a number and six is 13. Find the number.

Solution
Step 1. Read the problem. Do you understand all the words?
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the number
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent the number. Let n = the number
n − 6 = 13
Step 5. Solve the equation. Add 6 to both sides. Simplify. n − +6 = 13 + 6
n = 19
Step 6. Check: The difference of 19 and 6 is 13. It checks.
Step 7. Answer the question. The number is 19.
 Exercise 9.1.7:
The difference of a number and eight is 17. Find the number.
Answer
25
 Exercise 9.1.8:
The difference of a number and eleven is −7. Find the number.
Answer
4
 Example 9.1.5:
The sum of twice a number and seven is 15. Find the number.
Solution
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the number
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent the number. Let n = the number
Step 4. Translate. Restate the problem as one sentence. Translate into

an equation.
Step 5. Solve the equation. 2n + 7 = 15 (9.1.5)

Subtract 7 from each side and simplify. 2n = 8 (9.1.6)
Divide each side by 2 and simplify. n = 4 (9.1.7)
2 ⋅ 4 + 7 = 15
Step 6. Check: is the sum of twice 4 and 7 equal to 15? 8 + 7 = 15
15 = 15 ✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The number is 4.
 Exercise 9.1.9:
The sum of four times a number and two is 14. Find the number.
Answer
3
The sum of three times a number and seven is 25. Find the number.
Answer
6

[email protected]."
This page titled 9.1: Use a Problem Solving Strategy (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

Some number word problems ask you to find two or more numbers. It may be tempting to name them all with different variables,
but so far we have only solved equations with one variable. We will define the numbers in terms of the same variable. Be sure to
read the problem carefully to discover how all the numbers relate to each other.
 Example 9.2.6:
One number is five more than another. The sum of the numbers is twenty-one. Find the numbers.
Solution
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. You are looking for two numbers.
Let n = 1st number.

Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent the first number. What
One number is five more than another.
do you know about the second number? Translate.
x + 5 = 2nd number
The sum of the numbers is 21. The sum of the 1st number and the 2nd
Step 4. Translate. Restate the problem as one sentence with all the
number is 21.
important information. Translate into an equation. Substitute the
variable expressions.
Step 5. Solve the equation. n + n + 5 = 21 (9.1.15)
Combine like terms. 2n + 5 = 21 (9.1.16)
Subtract five from both sides and simplify. 2n = 16 (9.1.17)
Divide by two and simplify. n = 8 1

st
number (9.1.18)
Find the second number too. n+5

nd
2 number (9.1.19)
Substitute n = 8. 8 +5 (9.1.20)
Step 6. Check: Do these numbers check in the problem? Is one ?

13 = 8 + 5
number 5 more than the other? Is thirteen, 5 more than 8? Yes. 13 = 13 ✓
8 + 13 = 21
Is the sum of the two numbers 21?
21 = 21 ✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The numbers are 8 and 13.
One number is six more than another. The sum of the numbers is twenty-four. Find the numbers.
Answer
9, 15

The sum of two numbers is fifty-eight. One number is four more than the other. Find the numbers.
Answer
27, 31
 Example 9.2.7:
The sum of two numbers is negative fourteen. One number is four less than the other. Find the numbers.
Solution
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. two numbers
Let n = 1st number

Step 3. Name. Choose a variable. What do you know about the
One number is 4 less than the other.
second number? Translate.
n - 4 = 2nd number
The sum of two numbers is negative fourteen.
Step 4. Translate. Write as one sentence. Translate into an equation.
Substitute the variable expressions.
Step 5. Solve the equation. n + n − 4 = −14 (9.1.21)
Combine like terms. 2n − 4 = −14 (9.1.22)
Add 4 to each side and simplify. 2n = −10 (9.1.23)
Divide by 2. n = −5 1
st
number (9.1.24)
nd
n−4 2 number
Substitute n = −5 to find the 2nd number. −5−4
−9
?
−5 − 4 = −9
Step 6. Check: Is −9 four less than −5?
−9 = −9 ✓
?
−5 + (−9) = −14
Is their sum −14?
−14 = −14 ✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The numbers are −5 and −9.
The sum of two numbers is negative twenty-three. One number is 7 less than the other. Find the numbers.
Answer
-8, -15

The sum of two numbers is negative eighteen. One number is 40 more than the other. Find the numbers.
Answer
-29, 11
 Example 9.2.8:
One number is ten more than twice another. Their sum is one. Find the numbers.
Solution
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. two numbers
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable. One number is ten more than twice Let x = 1st number
another. 2x + 10 = 2nd number
Step 4. Translate. Restate as one sentence. Their sum is one.
Step 5. Solve the equation. x + 2x + 10 = 1 (9.1.25)
Combine like terms. 3x + 10 = 1 (9.1.26)
Subtract 10 from each side. 3x = −9 (9.1.27)
Divide each side by 3 to get the first number. x = −3 (9.1.28)
2x+10
Substitute to get the second number. 2(−3)+10
?
2(−3) + 10 = 4
Step 6. Check: Is 4 ten more than twice −3? −6 + 10 = 4
4 = 4 ✓
?
−3 + 4 = 1
Is their sum 1?
1 = 1 ✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The numbers are −3 and 4.
One number is eight more than twice another. Their sum is negative four. Find the numbers.
Answer
-4, 0

One number is three more than three times another. Their sum is negative five. Find the numbers.
Answer
-2, -3
Consecutive integers are integers that immediately follow each other. Some examples of consecutive integers are:
… 1, 2, 3, 4, … (9.1.29)
… − 10, −9, −8, −7, … (9.1.30)
… 150, 151, 152, 153, … (9.1.31)
Notice that each number is one more than the number preceding it. So if we define the first integer as n, the next consecutive
integer is n + 1. The one after that is one more than n + 1, so it is n + 1 + 1, or n + 2.
st
n 1 integer
nd
n+1 2 consecutive integer
rd
n+2 3 consecutive integer
 Example 9.2.9:
The sum of two consecutive integers is 47. Find the numbers.

Solution
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. two consecutive integers
Let n = 1st integer

Step 3. Name.
n + 1 = next consecutive integer
Step 5. Solve the equation. n + n + 1 = 47 (9.1.32)
Subtract 1 from each side. 2n = 46 (9.1.34)
Divide each side by 2. n = 23 1

st
integer (9.1.35)
nd
n+1 2 integer
Substitute to get the second number. 23 + 1
24
?
23 + 24 = 47
Step 6. Check.
47 = 47 ✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The two consecutive integers are 23 and 24.

The sum of two consecutive integers is 95. Find the numbers.
Answer
47, 48
The sum of two consecutive integers is −31. Find the numbers.
Answer
-15, -16
 Example 9.2.10:
Find three consecutive integers whose sum is 42.

Solution
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. three consecutive integers
Let n = 1st integer

Step 3. Name. n + 1 = 2nd consecutive integer
n + 2 = 3rd consecutive integer
Step 5. Solve the equation. n + n + 1 + n + 2 = 42 (9.1.36)
Subtract 3 from each side. 3n = 39 (9.1.38)
Divide each side by 3. n = 13 1

st
integer (9.1.39)
nd
n+1 2 integer
Substitute to get the second number. 13 + 1
24
rd
n+2 3 integer
Substitute to get the third number. 13 + 2
15
?
13 + 14 + 15 = 42
Step 6. Check.
42 = 42 ✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The three consecutive integers are 13, 14, and 15.

Find three consecutive integers whose sum is 96.
Answer
31, 32, 33
Find three consecutive integers whose sum is −36.
Answer
-11, -12, -13

Use a Problem-solving Strategy for Word Problems
In the following exercises, use the problem-solving strategy for word problems to solve. Answer in complete sentences.
1. Two-thirds of the children in the fourth-grade class are girls. If there are 20 girls, what is the total number of children in the
class?
2. Three-fifths of the members of the school choir are women. If there are 24 women, what is the total number of choir members?
3. Zachary has 25 country music CDs, which is one-fifth of his CD collection. How many CDs does Zachary have?
4. One-fourth of the candies in a bag of are red. If there are 23 red candies, how many candies are in the bag?
5. There are 16 girls in a school club. The number of girls is 4 more than twice the number of boys. Find the number of boys in the
club.
6. There are 18 Cub Scouts in Troop 645. The number of scouts is 3 more than five times the number of adult leaders. Find the
number of adult leaders.
7. Lee is emptying dishes and glasses from the dishwasher. The number of dishes is 8 less than the number of glasses. If there are
9 dishes, what is the number of glasses?
8. The number of puppies in the pet store window is twelve less than the number of dogs in the store. If there are 6 puppies in the
window, what is the number of dogs in the store?
9. After 3 months on a diet, Lisa had lost 12% of her original weight. She lost 21 pounds. What was Lisa's original weight?
10. Tricia got a 6% raise on her weekly salary. The raise was $30 per week. What was her original weekly salary?
11. Tim left a $9 tip for a $50 restaurant bill. What percent tip did he leave?
12. Rashid left a $15 tip for a $75 restaurant bill. What percent tip did he leave?
13. Yuki bought a dress on sale for $72. The sale price was 60% of the original price. What was the original price of the dress?
14. Kim bought a pair of shoes on sale for $40.50. The sale price was 45% of the original price. What was the original price of the
shoes?

In the following exercises, solve each number word problem.
15. The sum of a number and eight is 12. Find the number.
16. The sum of a number and nine is 17. Find the number.
17. The difference of a number and twelve is 3. Find the number.
18. The difference of a number and eight is 4. Find the number.
19. The sum of three times a number and eight is 23. Find the number.
20. The sum of twice a number and six is 14. Find the number.
21. The difference of twice a number and seven is 17. Find the number.
22. The difference of four times a number and seven is 21. Find the number.
23. Three times the sum of a number and nine is 12. Find the number.
24. Six times the sum of a number and eight is 30. Find the number.

25. One number is six more than the other. Their sum is forty-two. Find the numbers.
26. One number is five more than the other. Their sum is thirty-three. Find the numbers.
27. The sum of two numbers is twenty. One number is four less than the other. Find the numbers.
28. The sum of two numbers is twenty-seven. One number is seven less than the other. Find the numbers.
29. A number is one more than twice another number. Their sum is negative five. Find the numbers.
30. One number is six more than five times another. Their sum is six. Find the numbers.
31. The sum of two numbers is fourteen. One number is two less than three times the other. Find the numbers.
32. The sum of two numbers is zero. One number is nine less than twice the other. Find the numbers.
33. One number is fourteen less than another. If their sum is increased by seven, the result is 85. Find the numbers.
34. One number is eleven less than another. If their sum is increased by eight, the result is 71. Find the numbers.
35. The sum of two consecutive integers is 77. Find the integers.
36. The sum of two consecutive integers is 89. Find the integers.
37. The sum of two consecutive integers is −23. Find the integers.
38. The sum of two consecutive integers is −37. Find the integers.
39. The sum of three consecutive integers is 78. Find the integers.
40. The sum of three consecutive integers is 60. Find the integers.
41. Find three consecutive integers whose sum is −36.
42. Find three consecutive integers whose sum is −3.
Everyday Math
43. Shopping Patty paid $35 for a purse on sale for $10 off the original price. What was the original price of the purse?
44. Shopping Travis bought a pair of boots on sale for $25 off the original price. He paid $60 for the boots. What was the original
price of the boots?
45. Shopping Minh spent $6.25 on 5 sticker books to give his nephews. Find the cost of each sticker book.
46. Shopping Alicia bought a package of 8 peaches for $3.20. Find the cost of each peach.
47. Shopping Tom paid $1,166.40 for a new refrigerator, including $86.40 tax. What was the price of the refrigerator before tax?
48. Shopping Kenji paid $2,279 for a new living room set, including $129 tax. What was the price of the living room set before
tax?
Writing Exercises
49. Write a few sentences about your thoughts and opinions of word problems. Are these thoughts positive, negative, or neutral? If
they are negative, how might you change your way of thinking in order to do better?
50. When you start to solve a word problem, how do you decide what to let the variable represent?
Self Check


help you need.

[email protected]."
This page titled 9.2: Use a Problem Solving Strategy (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

Solve coin word problems
Solve ticket and stamp word problems
 be prepared!
1. Multiply: 14(0.25). If you missed this problem, review Example 5.3.5.
2. Simplify: 100(0.2 + 0.05n). If you missed this problem, review Example 7.4.6.
3. Solve: 0.25x + 0.10(x + 4) = 2.5 If you missed this problem, review Example 8.6.8.
Solve Coin Word Problems

Imagine taking a handful of coins from your pocket or purse and placing them on your desk. How would you determine the value
of that pile of coins?
If you can form a step-by-step plan for finding the total value of the coins, it will help you as you begin solving coin word
problems.
One way to bring some order to the mess of coins would be to separate the coins into stacks according to their value. Quarters
would go with quarters, dimes with dimes, nickels with nickels, and so on. To get the total value of all the coins, you would add the
total value of each pile.
Figure 9.3.1 - To determine the total value of a stack of nickels, multiply the number of nickels times the value of one nickel.
(Credit: Darren Hester via ppdigital)
How would you determine the value of each pile? Think about the dime pile—how much is it worth? If you count the number of
dimes, you'll know how many you have—the number of dimes.
But this does not tell you the value of all the dimes. Say you counted 17 dimes, how much are they worth? Each dime is worth
$0.10 —that is the value of one dime. To find the total value of the pile of 17 dimes, multiply 17 by $0.10 to get $1.70. This is the
total value of all 17 dimes.
17 ⋅ $0.10 = $1.70
number ⋅ value = total value

 Definition: Finding the Total Value for Coins of the Same Type
For coins of the same type, the total value can be found as follows:
number ⋅ value = total value (9.3.1)
where number is the number of coins, value is the value of each coin, and total value is the total value of all the coins.
You could continue this process for each type of coin, and then you would know the total value of each type of coin. To get the total
value of all the coins, add the total value of each type of coin.
Let's look at a specific case. Suppose there are 14 quarters, 17 dimes, 21 nickels, and 39 pennies. We'll make a table to organize the
information – the type of coin, the number of each, and the value.
Table 9.3.1
Type Number Value ($) Total Value ($)
Quarters 14 0.25 3.50
Dimes 17 0.10 1.70
Nickels 21 0.05 1.05
Pennies 39 0.01 0.39
6.64
The total value of all the coins is $6.64. Notice how Table 9.3.1 helped us organize all the information. Let's see how this method is
used to solve a coin word problem.
 Example 9.3.1:
Adalberto has $2.25 in dimes and nickels in his pocket. He has nine more nickels than dimes. How many of each type of coin
does he have?
Solution
Step 1. Read the problem. Make sure you understand all the words and ideas.
Determine the types of coins involved.
Think about the strategy we used to find the value of the handful of coins. The first thing you need is to notice what types of
coins are involved. Adalberto has dimes and nickels.
Create a table to organize the information.
Label the columns ‘type’, ‘number’, ‘value’, ‘total value’.
List the types of coins.
Write in the value of each type of coin.
Write in the total value of all the coins.
We can work this problem all in cents or in dollars. Here we will do it in dollars and put in the dollar sign ($) in the table as a
reminder.
The value of a dime is $0.10 and the value of a nickel is $0.05. The total value of all the coins is $2.25.
Dimes 0.10
Nickels 0.05
2.25

We are asked to find the number of dimes and nickels Adalberto has.

Step 3. Name what you are looking for.
Use variable expressions to represent the number of each type of coin.
Multiply the number times the value to get the total value of each type of coin. In this problem you cannot count each type
of coin—that is what you are looking for—but you have a clue. There are nine more nickels than dimes. The number of
nickels is nine more than the number of dimes.
Let d = number of dimes.
d + 9 = number of nickels
Fill in the “number” column to help get everything organized.
Dimes d 0.10
Nickels d+9 0.05
2.25
Now we have all the information we need from the problem!

You multiply the number times the value to get the total value of each type of coin. While you do not know the actual number,
you do have an expression to represent it.
And so now multiply number • value and write the results in the Total Value column.
Dimes d 0.10 0.10d
Nickels d+9 0.05 0.05(d + 9)
2.25
Step 4. Translate into an equation. Restate the problem in one sentence. Then translate into an equation.
Write the equation. 0.10d + 0.05(d + 9) = 2.25 (9.3.2)
Distribute. 0.10d + 0.05d + 0.45 = 2.25 (9.3.3)
Combine like terms. 0.15d + 0.45 = 2.25 (9.3.4)
Subtract 0.45 from each side. 0.15d = 1.80 (9.3.5)
Divide to find the number of dimes. d = 12 (9.3.6)
d+9
The number of nickels is d + 9. 12 + 9
21
Step 6. Check.

12 dimes : 12(0.10) = 1.20
21 nickels : 21(0.05) = 1.05
$2.25 ✓
Step 7. Answer the question.

Adalberto has twelve dimes and twenty-one nickels.
If this were a homework exercise, our work might look like this:
Check:
12 dimes 12(0.10) = 1.20
21 nickels 21(0.05) = 1.05
$2.25
 Exercise 9.3.1:
Michaela has $2.05 in dimes and nickels in her change purse. She has seven more dimes than nickels. How many coins of each
type does she have?
Answer
9 nickels, 16 dimes
 Exercise 9.3.2:
Liliana has $2.10 in nickels and quarters in her backpack. She has 12 more nickels than quarters. How many coins of each type
does she have?
Answer
17 nickels, 5 quarters
 HOW TO: SOLVE A COIN WORD PROBLEM
Step 1. Read the problem. Make sure you understand all the words and ideas, and create a table to organize the information.

Use variable expressions to represent the number of each type of coin and write them in the table.
Multiply the number times the value to get the total value of each type of coin.
Step 4. Translate into an equation. Write the equation by adding the total values of all the types of coins.
You may find it helpful to put all the numbers into the table to make sure they check.
Table 9.3.2
Total
Type Number Value ($)
Value ($)
 Example 9.3.2:
Maria has $2.43 in quarters and pennies in her wallet. She has twice as many pennies as quarters. How many coins of each type
does she have?
Solution
Determine the types of coins involved. We know that Maria has quarters and pennies.
Label the columns type, number, value, total value.
List the types of coins.
Write in the total value of all the coins.
Quarters 0.25
Pennies 0.01
2.43

We are looking for the number of quarters and pennies.
Step 3. Name: Represent the number of quarters and pennies using variables.
We know Maria has twice as many pennies as quarters. The number of pennies is defined in terms of quarters.
Let q represent the number of quarters. Then the number of pennies is 2q.
Quarters q 0.25
Pennies 2q 0.01
2.43
Multiply the ‘number’ and the ‘value’ to get the ‘total value’ of each type of coin.

Quarters q 0.25 0.25q
Pennies 2q 0.01 0.01(2q)
2.43
Step 4. Translate. Write the equation by adding the 'total value’ of all the types of coins.
Step 5. Solve the equation.
Write the equation. 0.25q + 0.01(2q) = 2.43 (9.3.7)
Multiply. 0.25q + 0.02q = 2.43 (9.3.8)
Combine like terms. 0.27q = 2.43 (9.3.9)
Divide by 0.27. q = 9 quarters (9.3.10)
2q
The number of pennies is 2q. 2 ⋅ 9
18 pennies
Step 6. Check the answer in the problem. Maria has 9 quarters and 18 pennies. Does this make $2.43?
9 quarters 9(0.25) = 2.25
18 pennies 18(0.01) = 0.18
T otal $2.43 ✓
Step 7. Answer the question. Maria has nine quarters and eighteen pennies.
 Exercise 9.3.3:
Sumanta has $4.20 in nickels and dimes in her desk drawer. She has twice as many nickels as dimes. How many coins of each
type does she have?
Answer
42 nickels, 21 dimes
 Exercise 9.3.4:
Alison has three times as many dimes as quarters in her purse. She has $9.35 altogether. How many coins of each type does she
have?
Answer
51 dimes, 17 quarters
In the next example, we'll show only the completed table—make sure you understand how to fill it in step by step.
 Example 9.3.3:
Danny has $2.14 worth of pennies and nickels in his piggy bank. The number of nickels is two more than ten times the number
of pennies. How many nickels and how many pennies does Danny have?
Solution

Step 1: Read the problem.
Determine the types of coins involved. Create a table. Pennies and nickels
Pennies are worth $0.01.

Nickels are worth $0.05.
Step 2: Identify what you are looking for. the number of pennies and nickels
Step 3: Name. Represent the number of each type of coin using

variables. The number of nickels is defined in terms of the number of Let p = number of pennies
pennies, so start with pennies.
The number of nickels is two more than then times the number of
10p + 2 = number of nickels
pennies.
Multiply the number and the value to get the total value of each type of coin.
pennies p 0.01 0.01p
nickels 10p + 2 0.05 0.05(10p + 2)
$2.14
Step 4. Translate: Write the equation by adding the total value of all the types of coins.
0.01p + 0.50p + 0.10 = 2.14 (9.3.11)
0.51p + 0.10 = 2.14 (9.3.12)
0.51p = 2.04 (9.3.13)
p = 4 pennies (9.3.14)
How many nickels? 10p + 2 (9.3.15)
10(4) + 2 (9.3.16)
42 nickels (9.3.17)
Step 6. Check. Is the total value of 4 pennies and 42 nickels equal to $2.14?
?
4(0.01) + 42(0.05) = 2.14
2.14 = 2.14 ✓
Step 7. Answer the question. Danny has 4 pennies and 42 nickels.
 Exercise 9.3.5:
Jesse has $6.55 worth of quarters and nickels in his pocket. The number of nickels is five more than two times the number of
quarters. How many nickels and how many quarters does Jesse have?
Answer
41 nickels, 18 quarters

 Exercise 9.3.6:
Elaine has $7.00 in dimes and nickels in her coin jar. The number of dimes that Elaine has is seven less than three times the
number of nickels. How many of each coin does Elaine have?
Answer
22 nickels, 59 dimes
Solve Ticket and Stamp Word Problems

The strategies we used for coin problems can be easily applied to some other kinds of problems too. Problems involving tickets or
stamps are very similar to coin problems, for example. Like coins, tickets and stamps have different values; so we can organize the
information in tables much like we did for coin problems.
 Example 9.3.4:
At a school concert, the total value of tickets sold was $1,506. Student tickets sold for $6 each and adult tickets sold for $9
each. The number of adult tickets sold was 5 less than three times the number of student tickets sold. How many student tickets
and how many adult tickets were sold?
Solution
Step 1: Read the problem.
Determine the types of tickets involved. There are student tickets and adult tickets.
Student 6
Adult 9
1,506
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. We are looking for the number of student and adult tickets.
Step 3. Name. Represent the number of each type of ticket using variables.
We know the number of adult tickets sold was 5 less than three times the number of student tickets sold. Let s be the
number of student tickets.
Then 3s − 5 is the number of adult tickets.
Multiply the number times the value to get the total value of each type of ticket.
Student s 6 6s
Adult 3s - 5 9 9(9s - 5)
1,506
Step 4. Translate: Write the equation by adding the total values of each type of ticket.
6s + 9(3s − 5) = 1506 (9.3.18)

6s + 27s − 45 = 1506
33s − 45 = 1506
33s = 1551
s = 47 students

Substitute to find the number of adults.
3s − 5 = number of adults
3(47) − 5 = 136 adults
Step 6. Check. There were 47 student tickets at $6 each and 136 adult tickets at $9 each. Is the total value $1506? We find the
total value of each type of ticket by multiplying the number of tickets times its value; we then add to get the total value of all
the tickets sold.
47 ⋅ 6 = 282
136 ⋅ 9 = 1224
1506
Step 7. Answer the question. They sold 47 student tickets and 136 adult tickets.
 Exercise 9.3.7:
The first day of a water polo tournament, the total value of tickets sold was $17,610. One-day passes sold for $20 and
tournament passes sold for $30. The number of tournament passes sold was 37 more than the number of day passes sold. How
many day passes and how many tournament passes were sold?
Answer
330 day passes, 367 tournament passes
 Exercise 9.3.8:
At the movie theater, the total value of tickets sold was $2,612.50. Adult tickets sold for $10 each and senior/ child tickets sold
for $7.50 each. The number of senior/child tickets sold was 25 less than twice the number of adult tickets sold. How many
senior/child tickets and how many adult tickets were sold?
Answer
112 adult tickets, 199 senior/child tickets
Now we'll do one where we fill in the table all at once.
 Example 9.3.5:
Monica paid $10.44 for stamps she needed to mail the invitations to her sister's baby shower. The number of 49-cent stamps
was four more than twice the number of 8-cent stamps. How many 49-cent stamps and how many 8-cent stamps did Monica
buy?
Solution
The type of stamps are 49-cent stamps and 8-cent stamps. Their names also give the value. “The number of 49 cent stamps was
four more than twice the number of 8 cent stamps.”
Let x = number of 8-cent stamps
2x + 4 = number of 49-cent stamps
49-cent stamps 2x + 4 0.49 0.49(2x + 4)
8-cent stamps x 0.08 0.08x
10.44

Write the equation from the total values. 0.49(2x + 4) + 0.08x = 10.44 (9.3.19)
0.98x + 1.96 + 0.08x = 10.44
1.06x + 1.96 = 10.44

Solve the equation.
1.06x = 8.48
x = 8
Monica bought 8 eight-cent stamps.
2x + 4 for x = 8.
2x + 4
Find the number of 49-cent stamps she bought by evaluating. 2 ⋅8 +4
16 + 4
20
?
8(0.08) + 20(0.49) = 10.44
Check. ?
0.64 + 9.80 = 10.44
10.44 = 10.44 ✓
Monica bought eight 8-cent stamps and twenty 49-cent stamps.
 Exercise 9.3.9:
Eric paid $16.64 for stamps so he could mail thank you notes for his wedding gifts. The number of 49-cent stamps was eight
more than twice the number of 8-cent stamps. How many 49-cent stamps and how many 8-cent stamps did Eric buy?
Answer
32 at 49 cents, 12 at 8 cents
Kailee paid $14.84 for stamps. The number of 49-cent stamps was four less than three times the number of 21-cent stamps.
How many 49-cent stamps and how many 21-cent stamps did Kailee buy?
Answer
26 at 49 cents, 10 at 21 cents

In the following exercises, solve the coin word problems.
51. Jaime has $2.60 in dimes and nickels. The number of dimes is 14 more than the number of nickels. How many of each coin
does he have?
52. Lee has $1.75 in dimes and nickels. The number of nickels is 11 more than the number of dimes. How many of each coin does
he have?
53. Ngo has a collection of dimes and quarters with a total value of $3.50. The number of dimes is 7 more than the number of
quarters. How many of each coin does he have?
54. Connor has a collection of dimes and quarters with a total value of $6.30. The number of dimes is 14 more than the number of
quarters. How many of each coin does he have?
55. Carolyn has $2.55 in her purse in nickels and dimes. The number of nickels is 9 less than three times the number of dimes. Find
the number of each type of coin.

56. Julio has $2.75 in his pocket in nickels and dimes. The number of dimes is 10 less than twice the number of nickels. Find the
number of each type of coin.
57. Chi has $11.30 in dimes and quarters. The number of dimes is 3 more than three times the number of quarters. How many
dimes and nickels does Chi have?
58. Tyler has $9.70 in dimes and quarters. The number of quarters is 8 more than four times the number of dimes. How many of
each coin does he have?
59. A cash box of $1 and $5 bills is worth $45. The number of $1 bills is 3 more than the number of $5 bills. How many of each bill
does it contain?
60. Joe's wallet contains $1 and $5 bills worth $47. The number of $1 bills is 5 more than the number of $5 bills. How many of
each bill does he have?
61. In a cash drawer there is $125 in $5 and $10 bills. The number of $10 bills is twice the number of $5 bills. How many of each
are in the drawer?
62. John has $175 in $5 and $10 bills in his drawer. The number of $5 bills is three times the number of $10 bills. How many of
each are in the drawer?
63. Mukul has $3.75 in quarters, dimes and nickels in his pocket. He has five more dimes than quarters and nine more nickels than
quarters. How many of each coin are in his pocket?
64. Vina has $4.70 in quarters, dimes and nickels in her purse. She has eight more dimes than quarters and six more nickels than
quarters. How many of each coin are in her purse?

In the following exercises, solve the ticket and stamp word problems.
65. The play took in $550 one night. The number of $8 adult tickets was 10 less than twice the number of $5 child tickets. How
many of each ticket were sold?
66. If the number of $8 child tickets is seventeen less than three times the number of $12 adult tickets and the theater took in $584,
how many of each ticket were sold?
67. The movie theater took in $1,220 one Monday night. The number of $7 child tickets was ten more than twice the number of $9
adult tickets. How many of each were sold?
68. The ball game took in $1,340 one Saturday. The number of $12 adult tickets was 15 more than twice the number of $5 child
tickets. How many of each were sold?
69. Julie went to the post office and bought both $0.49 stamps and $0.34 postcards for her office's bills She spent $62.60. The
number of stamps was 20 more than twice the number of postcards. How many of each did she buy?
70. Before he left for college out of state, Jason went to the post office and bought both $0.49 stamps and $0.34 postcards and spent
$12.52. The number of stamps was 4 more than twice the number of postcards. How many of each did he buy?
71. Maria spent $16.80 at the post office. She bought three times as many $0.49 stamps as $0.21 stamps. How many of each did she
buy?
72. Hector spent $43.40 at the post office. He bought four times as many $0.49 stamps as $0.21 stamps. How many of each did he
buy?
73. Hilda has $210 worth of $10 and $12 stock shares. The numbers of $10 shares is 5 more than twice the number of $12 shares.
How many of each does she have?
74. Mario invested $475 in $45 and $25 stock shares. The number of $25 shares was 5 less than three times the number of $45
shares. How many of each type of share did he buy?
Everyday Math
75. Parent Volunteer As the treasurer of her daughter's Girl Scout troop, Laney collected money for some girls and adults to go to
a 3-day camp. Each girl paid $75 and each adult paid $30. The total amount of money collected for camp was $765. If the
number of girls is three times the number of adults, how many girls and how many adults paid for camp?
76. Parent Volunteer Laurie was completing the treasurer's report for her son's Boy Scout troop at the end of the school year. She
didn't remember how many boys had paid the $24 full-year registration fee and how many had paid a $16 partial-year fee. She
knew that the number of boys who paid for a full-year was ten more than the number who paid for a partial-year. If $400 was
collected for all the registrations, how many boys had paid the full-year fee and how many had paid the partial-year fee?

Writing Exercises
77. Suppose you have 6 quarters, 9 dimes, and 4 pennies. Explain how you find the total value of all the coins.
78. Do you find it helpful to use a table when solving coin problems? Why or why not?
79. In the table used to solve coin problems, one column is labeled “number” and another column is labeled ‘“value.” What is the
difference between the number and the value?
80. What similarities and differences did you see between solving the coin problems and the ticket and stamp problems?
Self Check

[email protected]."
This page titled 9.3: Solve Money Applications is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

Use the properties of angles
Use the properties of triangles
Use the Pythagorean Theorem
 be prepared!
1. Solve: x + 3 + 6 = 11. If you missed this problem, review Example 8.1.6.
a 4
2. Solve: = . If you missed this problem, review Example 6.5.3.
45 3
−−−−− −
3. Simplify: √36 + 64 . If you missed this problem, review Example 5.12.4.
So far in this chapter, we have focused on solving word problems, which are similar to many real-world applications of algebra. In
the next few sections, we will apply our problem-solving strategies to some common geometry problems.
Use the Properties of Angles

Are you familiar with the phrase ‘do a 180’? It means to turn so that you face the opposite direction. It comes from the fact that the
measure of an angle that makes a straight line is 180 degrees. See Figure 9.4.1.
Figure 9.4.1
An angle is formed by two rays that share a common endpoint. Each ray is called a side of the angle and the common endpoint is
called the vertex. An angle is named by its vertex. In Figure 9.4.2, ∠A is the angle with vertex at point A. The measure of ∠A is
written m ∠ A.
Figure 9.4.2 - ∠ A is the angle with vertex at point A.

We measure angles in degrees, and use the symbol ° to represent degrees. We use the abbreviation m for the measure of an angle.
So if ∠A is 27°, we would write m ∠ A = 27.
If the sum of the measures of two angles is 180°, then they are called supplementary angles. In Figure 9.4.3, each pair of angles is
supplementary because their measures add to 180°. Each angle is the supplement of the other.
Figure 9.4.3 - The sum of the measures of supplementary angles is 180°.

If the sum of the measures of two angles is 90°, then the angles are complementary angles. In Figure 9.4.4, each pair of angles is
complementary, because their measures add to 90°. Each angle is the complement of the other.

Figure 9.4.4 - The sum of the measures of complementary angles is 90°.
 Definition: Supplementary and Complementary Angles
If the sum of the measures of two angles is 180°, then the angles are supplementary.
If ∠A and ∠B are supplementary, then m∠A + m∠B = 180°.
If the sum of the measures of two angles is 90°, then the angles are complementary.
If ∠A and ∠B are complementary, then m∠A + m∠B = 90°.
In this section and the next, you will be introduced to some common geometry formulas. We will adapt our Problem Solving
Strategy for Geometry Applications. The geometry formula will name the variables and give us the equation to solve.
In addition, since these applications will all involve geometric shapes, it will be helpful to draw a figure and then label it with the
information from the problem. We will include this step in the Problem Solving Strategy for Geometry Applications.
 HOW TO: USE A PROBLEM SOLVING STRATEGY FOR GEOMETRY APPLICATIONS
Step 1. Read the problem and make sure you understand all the words and ideas. Draw a figure and label it with the given
information.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for
Step 3. Name what you are looking for and choose a variable to represent it.
Step 4. Translate into an equation by writing the appropriate formula or model for the situation. Substitute in the given
information.
The next example will show how you can use the Problem Solving Strategy for Geometry Applications to answer questions about
supplementary and complementary angles.
 Example 9.4.1:
An angle measures 40°. Find (a) its supplement, and (b) its complement.
Solution
(a)
Step 1. Read the problem. Draw the figure and label it with the given
information.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the supplement of a 40°
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it. let s = the measure of the supplement

Step 4. Translate. Write the appropriate formula for the situation and
m∠A + m∠B = 180 (9.4.1)
substitute in the given information.
s + 40 = 180
s = 140
?
140 + 40 = 180
Step 6. Check.
180 = 180 ✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The supplement of the 40° angle is 140°.
(b)
information.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the complement of a 40°
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it. let c = the measure of the complement
m∠A + m∠B = 90 (9.4.2)
c + 40 = 90
c = 50
?
50 + 40 = 90
Step 6. Check.
90 = 90 ✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The supplement of the 40° angle is 50°.
 Exercise 9.4.1:
Answer a
155°
Answer b
65°
 Exercise 9.4.2:
Answer a
103°
Answer b
13°

Did you notice that the words complementary and supplementary are in alphabetical order just like 90 and 180 are in numerical
order?
 Example 9.4.2:
Two angles are supplementary. The larger angle is 30° more than the smaller angle. Find the measure of both angles.
Solution
information.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the measures of both angles
let a = measure of the smaller angle

Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it.
a + 30 = measure of larger angle
m∠A + m∠B = 180 (9.4.3)
(a + 30) + a = 180
2a + 30 = 180
2a = 150
Step 5. Solve the equation. a = 75 measure of smaller angle
a + 30 measure of larger angle
75 + 30
105
m∠A + m∠B = 180
Step 6. Check. ?
75 + 105 = 180
180 = 180 ✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The measures of the angles are 75° and 105°.
 Exercise 9.4.3:
Two angles are supplementary. The larger angle is 100° more than the smaller angle. Find the measures of both angles.
Answer
40°, 140°
 Exercise 9.4.4:
Two angles are complementary. The larger angle is 40° more than the smaller angle. Find the measures of both angles.
Answer
25°, 65°
Use the Properties of Triangles

What do you already know about triangles? Triangle have three sides and three angles. Triangles are named by their vertices. The
triangle in Figure 9.4.5 is called ΔABC, read ‘triangle ABC’. We label each side with a lower case letter to match the upper case
letter of the opposite vertex.

Figure 9.4.5 - ΔABC has vertices A, B, and C and sides a, b, and c.
The three angles of a triangle are related in a special way. The sum of their measures is 180°.
m∠A + m∠B + m∠C = 180° (9.4.4)
 Definition: Sum of the Measures of the Angles of a Triangle
For any ΔABC, the sum of the measures of the angles is 180°.
m∠A + m∠B + m∠C = 180° (9.4.5)
 Example 9.4.3:
The measures of two angles of a triangle are 55° and 82°. Find the measure of the third angle.
Solution
information.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the measure of the third angle in a triangle
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it. let x = the measure of the angle
m∠A + m∠B + m∠C = 180 (9.4.6)
55 + 82 + x = 180
Step 5. Solve the equation. 137 + x = 180
x = 43
?
55 + 82 + 43 = 180
Step 6. Check.
180 = 180 ✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The measure of the third angle is 43 degrees.
 Exercise 9.4.5:
The measures of two angles of a triangle are 31° and 128°. Find the measure of the third angle.
Answer
21°

 Exercise 9.4.6:
A triangle has angles of 49° and 75°. Find the measure of the third angle.
Answer
56°
Right Triangles
Some triangles have special names. We will look first at the right triangle. A right triangle has one 90° angle, which is often
marked with the symbol shown in Figure 9.4.6.
Figure 9.4.6
If we know that a triangle is a right triangle, we know that one angle measures 90° so we only need the measure of one of the other
angles in order to determine the measure of the third angle.
 Example 9.4.4:
One angle of a right triangle measures 28°. What is the measure of the third angle?
Solution
information.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the measure of an angle
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it. let x = the measure of the angle
m∠A + m∠B + m∠C = 180 (9.4.7)
x + 90 + 28 = 180
Step 5. Solve the equation. x + 118 = 180
x = 62
?
180 = 90 + 28 + 62
Step 6. Check.
180 = 180 ✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The measure of the third angle is 62°.
 Exercise 9.4.7:
One angle of a right triangle measures 56°. What is the measure of the other angle?
Answer
34°

 Exercise 9.4.8:
One angle of a right triangle measures 45°. What is the measure of the other angle?
Answer
45°
In the examples so far, we could draw a figure and label it directly after reading the problem. In the next example, we will have to
define one angle in terms of another. So we will wait to draw the figure until we write expressions for all the angles we are looking
for.
 Example 9.4.5:
The measure of one angle of a right triangle is 20° more than the measure of the smallest angle. Find the measures of all three
angles.
Solution
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the measures of all three angles
1st
Let a = angle
a + 20 = 2nd angle
90 = 3rd angle (the right angle)
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it. Now draw the figure
and label it with the given information.
Step 4. Translate. Write the appropriate formula for the situation and m∠A + m∠B + m∠C = 180
substitute in the given information. a + (a + 20) + 90 = 180
2a + 110 = 180
2a = 70
a = 35 f irst angle
Step 5. Solve the equation. a+20 second angle
35+20
55
90 third angle
?
35 + 55 + 90 = 180
Step 6. Check.
180 = 180 ✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The three angles measure 35°, 55°, and 90°.
 Exercise 9.4.9:
angles.
Answer
20°, 70°, 90°

angles.
Answer
30°, 60°, 90°
Similar Triangles
When we use a map to plan a trip, a sketch to build a bookcase, or a pattern to sew a dress, we are working with similar figures. In
geometry, if two figures have exactly the same shape but different sizes, we say they are similar figures. One is a scale model of
the other. The corresponding sides of the two figures have the same ratio, and all their corresponding angles are have the same
measures.
The two triangles in Figure 9.4.7 are similar. Each side of ΔABC is four times the length of the corresponding side of ΔXYZ and
their corresponding angles have equal measures.
Figure 9.4.7 - ΔABC and ΔXYZ are similar triangles. Their corresponding sides have the same ratio and the corresponding angles
have the same measure.
 Definition: Properties of Similar Triangles
If two triangles are similar, then their corresponding angle measures are equal and their corresponding side lengths are in the
same ratio.
The length of a side of a triangle may be referred to by its endpoints, two vertices of the triangle. For example, in ΔABC:
the length a can also be written BC
the length b can also be written AC
the length c can also be written AB
We will often use this notation when we solve similar triangles because it will help us match up the corresponding side lengths.
 Example 9.4.6:
ΔABC and ΔXYZ are similar triangles. The lengths of two sides of each triangle are shown. Find the lengths of the third side
of each triangle.

Solution
The figure is provided.
information.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. The length of the sides of similar triangles
Let a = length of the third side of ΔABC, y = length of the third side
ΔXYZ
The triangles are similar, so the corresponding sides are in the same
ratio. So
AB BC AC
= = (9.4.8)
XY Y Z XZ
Since the side AB = 4 corresponds to the side XY = 3 , we will use the

AB 4
Step 4. Translate. ratio = to find the other sides.
XY 3
Be careful to match up corresponding sides correctly.
3a = 4(4.5) 4y = 3(3.2)
Step 5. Solve the equation. 3a = 18 4y = 9.6
a = 6 y = 2.4
4 ? 6 4 ? 3.2
= =
3 4.5 3 2.4
Step 6. Check. ? ?
4(4.5) = 6(3) 4(2.4) = 3.2(3)
18 = 18 ✓ 9.6 = 9.6 ✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The third side of ΔABC is 6 and the third side of ΔXYZ is 2.4.
ΔABC is similar to ΔXYZ. Find a.
Answer
a=8
ΔABC is similar to ΔXYZ. Find y.

Answer
y = 22.5

[email protected]."
This page titled 9.4: Use Properties of Angles, Triangles, and the Pythagorean Theorem (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was

The Pythagorean Theorem is a special property of right triangles that has been used since ancient times. It is named after the
Greek philosopher and mathematician Pythagoras who lived around 500 BCE.
Remember that a right triangle has a 90° angle, which we usually mark with a small square in the corner. The side of the triangle
opposite the 90° angle is called the hypotenuse, and the other two sides are called the legs. See Figure 9.5.8.
Figure 9.5.8 - In a right triangle, the side opposite the 90° angle is called the hypotenuse and each of the other sides is called a leg.
The Pythagorean Theorem tells how the lengths of the three sides of a right triangle relate to each other. It states that in any right
triangle, the sum of the squares of the two legs equals the square of the hypotenuse.
 Definition: The Pythagorean Theorem

In any right triangle ΔABC,
2 2 2
a +b =c (9.5.1)
where c is the length of the hypotenuse a and b are the lengths of the legs.
To solve problems that use the Pythagorean Theorem, we will need to find square roots. In Simplify and Use Square Roots we
introduced the notation m and defined it in this way:
2 −
−
I f m = n , then √m = n f or n ≥ 0 (9.5.2)
−−
For example, we found that √25 is 5 because 52 = 25.
We will use this definition of square roots to solve for the length of a side in a right triangle.
 Example 9.5.7:
Use the Pythagorean Theorem to find the length of the hypotenuse.
Solution
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the length of the hypotenuse of the triangle

Let c = the length of the hypotenuse
2 2 2
a +b = c
Step 4. Translate. Write the appropriate formula. Substitute. 2 2 2
3 +4 = c
2
9 + 16 = c
2
25 = c
Step 5. Solve the equation. −− 2
√25 = c
5 = c
2 2 2
3 +4 = 5
Step 6. Check. 9 + 16 = 25
?
25 = 25 ✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The length of the hypotenuse is 5.
Answer
c = 10
Answer
c = 17
 Example 9.5.8:
Use the Pythagorean Theorem to find the length of the longer leg.

Solution
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. The length of the leg of the triangle
Let b = the leg of the triangle

Label side b
2 2 2
a +b = c
5 +b = 13
2
25 + b = 169
2
b = 144
Step 5. Solve the equation. 2 −−−
b = √144
b = 12
2 2 ? 2
5 + 12 = 13
Step 6. Check. 25 + 144 = 169

?
169 = 169 ✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The length of the leg is 12.
Use the Pythagorean Theorem to find the length of the leg.
Answer
b=8
Use the Pythagorean Theorem to find the length of the leg.

Answer
b = 12
 Example 9.5.9:
Kelvin is building a gazebo and wants to brace each corner by placing a 10-inch wooden bracket diagonally as shown. How far
below the corner should he fasten the bracket if he wants the distances from the corner to each end of the bracket to be equal?
Approximate to the nearest tenth of an inch.
Solution
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the distance from the corner that the bracket should be attached
Let x = the distance from the corner
2 2 2
a +b = c
x +x = 10
2
2x = 100
Step 5. Solve the equation. Isolate the variable. Use the definition of x
2
= 50
−−
the square root. Simplify. Approximate to the nearest tenth. x = √50
b ≈ 7.1
2 2 2
a +b = c
Step 6. Check. (7.1 )

2
+ (7.1 )
2
?
≈ 10
2
Y es.
Kelvin should fasten each piece of wood approximately 7.1" from the
Step 7. Answer the question.
corner.
John puts the base of a 13-ft ladder 5 feet from the wall of his house. How far up the wall does the ladder reach?
Answer

12 feet
Randy wants to attach a 17-ft string of lights to the top of the 15-ft mast of his sailboat. How far from the base of the mast
should he attach the end of the light string?
Answer
8 feet
Animation: The Sum of the Interior Angles of a Triangle

Similar Polygons
Example: Determine the Length of the Hypotenuse of a Right Triangle

Use the Properties of Angles
In the following exercises, find (a) the supplement and (b) the complement of the given angle.
81. 53°
82. 16°
83. 29°
84. 72°
In the following exercises, use the properties of angles to solve.
85. Find the supplement of a 135° angle.
86. Find the complement of a 38° angle.
87. Find the complement of a 27.5° angle.
88. Find the supplement of a 109.5° angle.
89. Two angles are supplementary. The larger angle is 56° more than the smaller angle. Find the measures of both angles.
90. Two angles are supplementary. The smaller angle is 36° less than the larger angle. Find the measures of both angles.
91. Two angles are complementary. The smaller angle is 34° less than the larger angle. Find the measures of both angles.
92. Two angles are complementary. The larger angle is 52° more than the smaller angle. Find the measures of both angles.

In the following exercises, solve using properties of triangles.
93. The measures of two angles of a triangle are 26° and 98°. Find the measure of the third angle.
97. One angle of a right triangle measures 33°. What is the measure of the other angle?
98. One angle of a right triangle measures 51°. What is the measure of the other angle?

99. One angle of a right triangle measures 22.5°. What is the measure of the other angle?
100. One angle of a right triangle measures 36.5°. What is the measure of the other angle?
101. The two smaller angles of a right triangle have equal measures. Find the measures of all three angles.
102. The measure of the smallest angle of a right triangle is 20° less than the measure of the other small angle. Find the measures of
all three angles.
103. The angles in a triangle are such that the measure of one angle is twice the measure of the smallest angle, while the measure of
the third angle is three times the measure of the smallest angle. Find the measures of all three angles.
104. The angles in a triangle are such that the measure of one angle is 20° more than the measure of the smallest angle, while the
measure of the third angle is three times the measure of the smallest angle. Find the measures of all three angles.
Find the Length of the Missing Side

In the following exercises, Δ ABC is similar to Δ XYZ. Find the length of the indicated side.
105. side b
106. side x
On a map, San Francisco, Las Vegas, and Los Angeles form a triangle whose sides are shown in the figure below. The actual
distance from Los Angeles to Las Vegas is 270 miles.
107. Find the distance from Los Angeles to San Francisco.

108. Find the distance from San Francisco to Las Vegas.

In the following exercises, use the Pythagorean Theorem to find the length of the hypotenuse.
109.
110.
111.

112.
Find the Length of the Missing Side

In the following exercises, use the Pythagorean Theorem to find the length of the missing side. Round to the nearest tenth, if
necessary.
113.
114.
115.
116.
117.
118.
119.
120.
In the following exercises, solve. Approximate to the nearest tenth, if necessary.

121. A 13-foot string of lights will be attached to the top of a 12-foot pole for a holiday display. How far from the base of the pole
should the end of the string of lights be anchored?
122. Pam wants to put a banner across her garage door to congratulate her son on his college graduation. The garage door is 12 feet
high and 16 feet wide. How long should the banner be to fit the garage door?
123. Chi is planning to put a path of paving stones through her flower garden. The flower garden is a square with sides of 10 feet.
What will the length of the path be?
124. Brian borrowed a 20-foot extension ladder to paint his house. If he sets the base of the ladder 6 feet from the house, how far up
will the top of the ladder reach?
Everyday Math
125. Building a scale model Joe wants to build a doll house for his daughter. He wants the doll house to look just like his house. His
house is 30 feet wide and 35 feet tall at the highest point of the roof. If the dollhouse will be 2.5 feet wide, how tall will its
highest point be?
126. Measurement A city engineer plans to build a footbridge across a lake from point X to point Y, as shown in the picture below.
To find the length of the footbridge, she draws a right triangle XYZ, with right angle at X. She measures the distance from X to
Z, 800 feet, and from Y to Z, 1,000 feet. How long will the bridge be?

Writing Exercises
127. Write three of the properties of triangles from this section and then explain each in your own words.
128. Explain how the figure below illustrates the Pythagorean Theorem for a triangle with legs of length 3 and 4.
Self Check

[email protected]."
This page titled 9.5: Use Properties of Angles, Triangles, and the Pythagorean Theorem (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was

Understand linear, square, and cubic measure
Use properties of rectangles
Use properties of triangles
Use properties of trapezoids
 be prepared!
1. The length of a rectangle is 3 less than the width. Let w represent the width. Write an expression for the length of the
rectangle. If you missed this problem, review Example 2.4.14.
1
2. Simplify: (6h). If you missed this problem, review Example 7.2.3.
2
5
3. Simplify: (10.3 − 7.9). If you missed this problem, review Example 5.5.9.
2
In this section, we’ll continue working with geometry applications. We will add some more properties of triangles, and we’ll learn
about the properties of rectangles and trapezoids.
Understand Linear, Square, and Cubic Measure

When you measure your height or the length of a garden hose, you use a ruler or tape measure (Figure 9.6.1). A tape measure
might remind you of a line—you use it for linear measure, which measures length. Inch, foot, yard, mile, centimeter and meter are
units of linear measure.
Figure 9.6.1 - This tape measure measures inches along the top and centimeters along the bottom.
When you want to know how much tile is needed to cover a floor, or the size of a wall to be painted, you need to know the area, a
measure of the region needed to cover a surface. Area is measured is square units. We often use square inches, square feet, square
centimeters, or square miles to measure area. A square centimeter is a square that is one centimeter (cm) on each side. A square
inch is a square that is one inch on each side (Figure 9.6.2).
Figure 9.6.2 - Square measures have sides that are each 1 unit in length.
Figure 9.6.3 shows a rectangular rug that is 2 feet long by 3 feet wide. Each square is 1 foot wide by 1 foot long, or 1 square foot.
The rug is made of 6 squares. The area of the rug is 6 square feet.
Figure 9.6.3 - The rug contains six squares of 1 square foot each, so the total area of the rug is 6 square feet.

When you measure how much it takes to fill a container, such as the amount of gasoline that can fit in a tank, or the amount of
medicine in a syringe, you are measuring volume. Volume is measured in cubic units such as cubic inches or cubic centimeters.
When measuring the volume of a rectangular solid, you measure how many cubes fill the container. We often use cubic
centimeters, cubic inches, and cubic feet. A cubic centimeter is a cube that measures one centimeter on each side, while a cubic
inch is a cube that measures one inch on each side (Figure 9.6.4).
Figure 9.6.4 - Cubic measures have sides that are 1 unit in length.
Suppose the cube in Figure 9.6.5 measures 3 inches on each side and is cut on the lines shown. How many little cubes does it
contain? If we were to take the big cube apart, we would find 27 little cubes, with each one measuring one inch on all sides. So
each little cube has a volume of 1 cubic inch, and the volume of the big cube is 27 cubic inches.
Figure 9.6.5 - A cube that measures 3 inches on each side is made up of 27 one-inch cubes, or 27 cubic inches.
 Example 9.6.1:
For each item, state whether you would use linear, square, or cubic measure: (a) amount of carpeting needed in a room (b)
extension cord length (c) amount of sand in a sandbox (d) length of a curtain rod (e) amount of flour in a canister (f) size of the
roof of a doghouse.
Solution
(a) You are measuring how much surface the carpet covers, which is
square measure
the area.
(b) You are measuring how long the extension cord is, which is the
linear measure
length.
(c) You are measuring the volume of the sand. cubic measure
(d) You are measuring the length of the curtain rod. linear measure
(e) You are measuring the volume of the flour. cubic measure
(f) You are measuring the area of the roof. square measure
 Exercise 9.6.1:
Determine whether you would use linear, square, or cubic measure for each item. (a) amount of paint in a can (b) height of a
tree (c) floor of your bedroom (d) diameter of bike wheel (e) size of a piece of sod (f) amount of water in a swimming pool
Answer a
cubic
Answer b
linear

Answer c
square
Answer d
linear
Answer e
square
Answer f
cubic
 Exercise 9.6.2:
Determine whether you would use linear, square, or cubic measure for each item. (a) volume of a packing box (b) size of patio
(c) amount of medicine in a syringe (d) length of a piece of yarn (e) size of housing lot (f) height of a flagpole
Answer a
cubic
Answer b
square
Answer c
cubic
Answer d
linear
Answer e
square
Answer f
linear
Many geometry applications will involve finding the perimeter or the area of a figure. There are also many applications of
perimeter and area in everyday life, so it is important to make sure you understand what they each mean.
Picture a room that needs new floor tiles. The tiles come in squares that are a foot on each side—one square foot. How many of
those squares are needed to cover the floor? This is the area of the floor.
Next, think about putting new baseboard around the room, once the tiles have been laid. To figure out how many strips are needed,
you must know the distance around the room. You would use a tape measure to measure the number of feet around the room. This
distance is the perimeter.
 Definition: Perimeter and Area
The perimeter is a measure of the distance around a figure.

The area is a measure of the surface covered by a figure.
Figure 9.6.6 shows a square tile that is 1 inch on each side. If an ant walked around the edge of the tile, it would walk 4 inches.
This distance is the perimeter of the tile.

Since the tile is a square that is 1 inch on each side, its area is one square inch. The area of a shape is measured by determining how
many square units cover the shape.
Figure 9.6.6 - Perimeter = 4 inches, Area = 1 square inch. When the ant walks completely around the tile on its edge, it is tracing
the perimeter of the tile. The area of the tile is 1 square inch.
 Example 9.6.2:
Each of two square tiles is 1 square inch. Two tiles are shown together. (a) What is the perimeter of the figure? (b) What is the
area?
Solution
(a) The perimeter is the distance around the figure. The perimeter is 6 inches.
(b) The area is the surface covered by the figure. There are 2 square inch tiles so the area is 2 square inches.
 Exercise 9.6.3:
Find the (a) perimeter and (b) area of the figure:
Answer a
8 inches
Answer b
3 sq. inches
 Exercise 9.6.4:
Find the (a) perimeter and (b) area of the figure:

Answer a
8 centimeters
Answer b
4 sq. centimeters
Use the Properties of Rectangles

A rectangle has four sides and four right angles. The opposite sides of a rectangle are the same length. We refer to one side of the
rectangle as the length, L, and the adjacent side as the width, W. See Figure 9.6.7.
Figure 9.6.7 - A rectangle has four sides, and four right angles. The sides are labeled L for length and W for width.
The perimeter, P, of the rectangle is the distance around the rectangle. If you started at one corner and walked around the rectangle,
you would walk L + W + L + W units, or two lengths and two widths. The perimeter then is
P = L+ W + L + W
or
P = 2L + 2W
What about the area of a rectangle? Remember the rectangular rug from the beginning of this section. It was 2 feet long by 3 feet
wide, and its area was 6 square feet. See Figure 9.6.8. Since A = 2 • 3, we see that the area, A, is the length, L, times the width, W,
so the area of a rectangle is A = L • W.
Figure 9.6.8 - The area of this rectangular rug is 6 square feet, its length times its width.
 Definition: Properties of Rectangles

Rectangles have four sides and four right (90°) angles.
The lengths of opposite sides are equal.
The perimeter, P, of a rectangle is the sum of twice the length and twice the width. See Figure 9.19.
P = 2L + 2W (9.6.1)
The area, A, of a rectangle is the length times the width.
A = L⋅W (9.6.2)

For easy reference as we work the examples in this section, we will restate the Problem Solving Strategy for Geometry
Applications here.
 HOW TO: USE A PROBLEM SOLVING STRATEGY FOR GEOMETRY APPLICATIONS
Step 1. Read the problem and make sure you understand all the words and ideas. Draw the figure and label it with the given
information.
information.
 Example 9.6.3:
The length of a rectangle is 32 meters and the width is 20 meters. Find (a) the perimeter, and (b) the area.
Solution
(a)
information.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the perimeter of a rectangle
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it. Let P = the perimeter
Step 4. Translate. Write the appropriate formula. Substitute.
P = 64 + 40
P = 104
?
P = 104
Step 6. Check. ?
20 + 32 + 20 + 32 = 104
104 = 104 ✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The perimeter of the rectangle is 104 meters.
(b)
information.

Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the area of a rectangle
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it. Let A = the area
Step 5. Solve the equation. A = 640 (9.6.3)
?
A = 640
Step 6. Check. ?
32 ⋅ 20 = 640
640 = 640 ✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The area of the rectangle is 60 square meters.
 Exercise 9.6.5:
The length of a rectangle is 120 yards and the width is 50 yards. Find (a) the perimeter and (b) the area.
Answer a
340 yd
Answer b
6000 sq. yd
 Exercise 9.6.6:
The length of a rectangle is 62 feet and the width is 48 feet. Find (a) the perimeter and (b) the area.
Answer a
220 ft
Answer b
2976 sq. ft
 Example 9.6.4:
Find the length of a rectangle with perimeter 50 inches and width 10 inches.
Solution
information.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the length of the rectangle
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it. Let L = the length

50 − 20 = 2L + 20 − 20
30 = 2L
Step 5. Solve the equation. 30 2L

=
2 2
15 = L
?
P = 50
Step 6. Check. 15 + 10 + 15 + 10 = 50
?
50 = 50 ✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The length is 15 inches.
 Exercise 9.6.7:
Find the length of a rectangle with a perimeter of 80 inches and width of 25 inches.
Answer
15 inches
 Exercise 9.6.8:
Find the length of a rectangle with a perimeter of 30 yards and width of 6 yards.
Answer
9 yd
In the next example, the width is defined in terms of the length. We’ll wait to draw the figure until we write an expression for the
width so that we can label one side with that expression.
 Example 9.6.5:
The width of a rectangle is two inches less than the length. The perimeter is 52 inches. Find the length and width.
Solution
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the length and width of the rectangle
Since the width is defined in terms of the length, we let L = length.

The width is two feet less that the length, so we let L − 2 = width.
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it. Now we can draw a

figure using these expressions for the length and width.
Step 4. Translate. Write the appropriate formula. The formula for the
perimeter of a rectangle relates all the information. Substitute in the
given information.
Step 5. Solve the equation. 52 = 2L + 2L − 4 (9.6.4)

Combine like terms. 52 = 4L − 4 (9.6.5)
Add 4 to each side. 56 = 4L (9.6.6)
56 4L
=
4 4
Divide by 4. 14 = L
14 = L
The length is 14 inches.
L−2
14 − 2
Now we need to find the width. The width is L − 2.
12
The width is 12 inches.
Step 6. Check. Since 14 + 12 + 14 + 12 = 52 , this works!
Step 7. Answer the question. The length is 14 feet and the width is 12 feet.
 Exercise 9.6.9:
The width of a rectangle is seven meters less than the length. The perimeter is 58 meters. Find the length and width.
Answer
18 m, 11 m
The length of a rectangle is eight feet more than the width. The perimeter is 60 feet. Find the length and width.
Answer
11 ft, 19 ft
 Example 9.6.6:
The length of a rectangle is four centimeters more than twice the width. The perimeter is 32 centimeters. Find the length and
width.
Solution
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the length and width
let W = width
The length is four more than twice the width.
2w + 4 = length
Step 4. Translate. Write the appropriate formula and substitute in the

given information.

32 = 4w + 8 + 2w
32 = 6w + 8
24 = 6w
Step 5. Solve the equation. 4 = w width
2w + 4 length
2(4) + 4
12 T he length is 12 cm.
p = 2L + 2W
Step 6. Check. ?
32 = 2 ⋅ 12 + 2 ⋅ 4
32 = 32 ✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The length is 12 cm and the width is 4 cm.
The length of a rectangle is eight more than twice the width. The perimeter is 64 feet. Find the length and width.
Answer
8 ft, 24 ft
The width of a rectangle is six less than twice the length. The perimeter is 18 centimeters. Find the length and width.
Answer
5 cm, 4 cm
 Example 9.6.7:
The area of a rectangular room is 168 square feet. The length is 14 feet. What is the width?
Solution
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the width of a rectangular room
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it. Let W = width
Step 4. Translate. Write the appropriate formula and substitute in the A = LW
given information. 168 = 14W
168 14W
=
Step 5. Solve the equation. 14 14
12 = W
A = LW
Step 6. Check. ?
168 = 14 ⋅ 12
168 = 168 ✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The width of the room is 12 feet.

The area of a rectangle is 598 square feet. The length is 23 feet. What is the width?
Answer
26 ft
The width of a rectangle is 21 meters. The area is 609 square meters. What is the length?
Answer
29 m
 Example 9.6.8:
The perimeter of a rectangular swimming pool is 150 feet. The length is 15 feet more than the width. Find the length and
width.
Solution
information.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the length and width of the pool
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it. The length is 15 feet Let W = width
more than the width. W + 15 = length
Step 4. Translate. Write the appropriate formula and substitute.
150 = 2w + 30 + 2w
150 = 4w + 30
120 = 4w
Step 5. Solve the equation. 30 = w the width of the pool
w + 15 the length of the pool
30 + 15
45
p = 2L + 2W
Step 6. Check. ?
150 = 2(45) + 2(30)
150 = 150 ✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The length of the pool is 45 feet and the width is 30 feet.
The perimeter of a rectangular swimming pool is 200 feet. The length is 40 feet more than the width. Find the length and
width.
Answer

30 ft, 70 ft
The length of a rectangular garden is 30 yards more than the width. The perimeter is 300 yards. Find the length and width.
Answer
60 yd, 90 yd

[email protected]."
This page titled 9.6: Use Properties of Rectangles, Triangles, and Trapezoids (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored,

We now know how to find the area of a rectangle. We can use this fact to help us visualize the formula for the area of a triangle. In the
rectangle in Figure 9.7.9, we’ve labeled the length b and the width h, so it’s area is bh.
Figure 9.7.9 - The area of a rectangle is the base, b, times the height, h.
We can divide this rectangle into two congruent triangles (Figure 9.7.10). Triangles that are congruent have identical side lengths and angles,
1
and so their areas are equal. The area of each triangle is one-half the area of the rectangle, or bh. This example helps us see why the formula
2
1
for the area of a triangle is A = bh.
2
Figure 9.7.10 - A rectangle can be divided into two triangles of equal area. The area of each triangle is one-half the area of the rectangle.
1
The formula for the area of a triangle is A = bh, where b is the base and h is the height. To find the area of the triangle, you need to know its
2
base and height. The base is the length of one side of the triangle, usually the side at the bottom. The height is the length of the line that
connects the base to the opposite vertex, and makes a 90° angle with the base. Figure 9.7.11 shows three triangles with the base and height of
each marked.
Figure 9.7.11 - The height h of a triangle is the length of a line segment that connects the the base to the opposite vertex and makes a 90°
angle with the base.
 Definition: Triangle Properties

For any triangle ΔABC, the sum of the measures of the angles is 180°.
m∠A + m∠B + m∠C = 180°$$T heperimeterof atriangleisthesumof thelengthsof thesides. $$P = a + b + c$ (9.7.1)
1
$T heareaof atriangleisone − half thebase, b, timestheheight, h. $$A = bh
2
 Example 9.7.9:
Find the area of a triangle whose base is 11 inches and whose height is 8 inches.
Solution

information.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the area of the triangle
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it. let A = area of the triangle
Step 4.Translate. Write the appropriate formula. Substitute.
Step 5. Solve the equation. A = 44 square inches
1
A = bh
2
Step 6. Check. ? 1
44 = (11)8
2
44 = 44 ✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The area is 44 square inches.
Find the area of a triangle with base 13 inches and height 2 inches.
Answer
13 sq. in.
Find the area of a triangle with base 14 inches and height 7 inches.
Answer
49 sq. in.
 Example 9.7.10:
The perimeter of a triangular garden is 24 feet. The lengths of two sides are 4 feet and 9 feet. How long is the third side?
Solution
information.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. length of the third side of a triangle
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it. Let c = the third side
Step 4.Translate. Write the appropriate formula. Substitute in the given

information.

24 = 13 + c
11 = c
P = a+b+c
Step 6. Check. ?
24 = 4 + 9 + 11
24 = 24 ✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The third side is 11 feet long.
The perimeter of a triangular garden is 48 feet. The lengths of two sides are 18 feet and 22 feet. How long is the third side?
Answer
8 ft
The lengths of two sides of a triangular window are 7 feet and 5 feet. The perimeter is 18 feet. How long is the third side?
Answer
6 ft
 Example 9.7.11:
The area of a triangular church window is 90 square meters. The base of the window is 15 meters. What is the window’s height?
Solution
information.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. height of a triangle
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it. Let h = the height

information.
15
90 = h
Step 5. Solve the equation. 2
12 = h
1
A = bh
2
Step 6. Check. ? 1
90 = ⋅ 15 ⋅ 12
2
90 = 90 ✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The height of the triangle is 12 meters.

The area of a triangular painting is 126 square inches. The base is 18 inches. What is the height?
Answer
14 in.
A triangular tent door has an area of 15 square feet. The height is 5 feet. What is the base?
Answer
6 ft
Isosceles and Equilateral Triangles

Besides the right triangle, some other triangles have special names. A triangle with two sides of equal length is called an isosceles triangle. A
triangle that has three sides of equal length is called an equilateral triangle. Figure 9.7.12 shows both types of triangles.
Figure 9.7.12 - In an isosceles triangle, two sides have the same length, and the third side is the base. In an equilateral triangle, all three sides
have the same length.
 Definition: Isosceles and Equilateral Triangles
An isosceles triangle has two sides the same length.

An equilateral triangle has three sides of equal length.
 Example 9.7.12:
The perimeter of an equilateral triangle is 93 inches. Find the length of each side.
Solution
information.
Perimeter = 93 in.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. length of the sides of an equilateral triangle
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it. Let s = length of each side
93 = 3s
31 = s

Step 6. Check.
93 = 31 + 31 + 31
93 = 93 ✓
Step 7. Answer the question. Each side is 31 inches.
Find the length of each side of an equilateral triangle with perimeter 39 inches.
Answer
13 in.
Find the length of each side of an equilateral triangle with perimeter 51 centimeters.
Answer
17 cm
 Example 9.7.13:
Arianna has 156 inches of beading to use as trim around a scarf. The scarf will be an isosceles triangle with a base of 60 inches. How long
can she make the two equal sides?
Solution
information.
P = 156 in.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the lengths of the two equal sides
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it. Let s = the length of each side

information.
156 = 2s + 60
Step 5. Solve the equation. 96 = 2s
48 = s
p = a+b+c
Step 6. Check. ?
156 = 48 + 60 + 48
156 = 156 ✓
Step 7. Answer the question. Arianna can make each of the two equal sides 48 inches long.

A backyard deck is in the shape of an isosceles triangle with a base of 20 feet. The perimeter of the deck is 48 feet. How long is each of
the equal sides of the deck?
Answer
14 ft
A boat’s sail is an isosceles triangle with base of 8 meters. The perimeter is 22 meters. How long is each of the equal sides of the sail?
Answer
7m
Use the Properties of Trapezoids

A trapezoid is four-sided figure, a quadrilateral, with two sides that are parallel and two sides that are not. The parallel sides are called the
bases. We call the length of the smaller base b, and the length of the bigger base B. The height, h, of a trapezoid is the distance between the
two bases as shown in Figure 9.7.13.
Figure 9.7.13 - A trapezoid has a larger base, B, and a smaller base, b. The height h is the distance between the bases.
The formula for the area of a trapezoid is:
1
Areatrapezoid = h(b + B) (9.7.2)
2
Splitting the trapezoid into two triangles may help us understand the formula. The area of the trapezoid is the sum of the areas of the two
triangles. See Figure 9.7.14.
Figure 9.7.14 - Splitting a trapezoid into two triangles may help you understand the formula for its area.
The height of the trapezoid is also the height of each of the two triangles. See Figure 9.7.15.
Figure 9.7.15
The formula for the area of a trapezoid is
1
Areatrapezoid = h(b + B) (9.7.3)
2
If we distribute, we get,

 Definition: Properties of Trapezoids
A trapezoid has four sides. See Figure 9.25.
Two of its sides are parallel and two sides are not.
1
The area, A, of a trapezoid is A = h(b + B).
2
 Example 9.7.14:
Find the area of a trapezoid whose height is 6 inches and whose bases are 14 and 11 inches.
Solution
information.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the area of the trapezoid
1
A = ⋅ 6(25)
2
A = 3(25)
A = 75 square inches
Step 6. Check: Is this answer reasonable?
If we draw a rectangle around the trapezoid that has the same big base B and a height h, its area should be greater than that of the
trapezoid.
If we draw a rectangle inside the trapezoid that has the same little base b and a height h, its area should be smaller than that of the
trapezoid.
The area of the larger rectangle is 84 square inches and the area of the smaller rectangle is 66 square inches. So it makes sense that the
area of the trapezoid is between 84 and 66 square inches
Step 7. Answer the question. The area of the trapezoid is 75 square inches.
The height of a trapezoid is 14 yards and the bases are 7 and 16 yards. What is the area?
Answer
161 sq. yd

The height of a trapezoid is 18 centimeters and the bases are 17 and 8 centimeters. What is the area?
Answer
255 sq. cm
 Example 9.7.15:
Find the area of a trapezoid whose height is 5 feet and whose bases are 10.3 and 13.7 feet.
Solution
information.
1
A = ⋅ 5(24)
2
A = 12 ⋅ 5
A = 60 square f eet
Step 6. Check: Is this answer reasonable? The area of the trapezoid should
be less than the area of a rectangle with base 13.7 and height 5, but more
than the area of a rectangle with base 10.3 and height 5.
Step 7. Answer the question. The area of the trapezoid is 60 square feet.
The height of a trapezoid is 7 centimeters and the bases are 4.6 and 7.4 centimeters. What is the area?
Answer
42 sq. cm
The height of a trapezoid is 9 meters and the bases are 6.2 and 7.8 meters. What is the area?
Answer
63 sq. m

 Example 9.7.16:
Vinny has a garden that is shaped like a trapezoid. The trapezoid has a height of 3.4 yards and the bases are 8.2 and 5.6 yards. How many
square yards will be available to plant?
Solution
information.
1
A = ⋅ (3.4)(13.8)
Step 5. Solve the equation. 2
A = 23.46 square yards
Step 6. Check: Is this answer reasonable? Yes. The area of the trapezoid is less than the area of a rectangle with a base of 8.2 yd and height 3.4 yd, but
more than the area of a rectangle with base 5.6 yd and height 3.4 yd.
Step 7. Answer the question. Vinny has 23.46 square yards in which he can plant.
Lin wants to sod his lawn, which is shaped like a trapezoid. The bases are 10.8 yards and 6.7 yards, and the height is 4.6 yards. How
many square yards of sod does he need?
Answer
40.25 sq. yd
Kira wants cover his patio with concrete pavers. If the patio is shaped like a trapezoid whose bases are 18 feet and 14 feet and whose
height is 15 feet, how many square feet of pavers will he need?
Answer
240 sq. ft
Perimeter of a Rectangle
Area of a Rectangle
Perimeter and Area Formulas
Area of a Triangle

Area of a Triangle with Fractions
Area of a Trapezoid

Understand Linear, Square, and Cubic Measure
In the following exercises, determine whether you would measure each item using linear, square, or cubic units.
129. amount of water in a fish tank
130. length of dental floss
131. living area of an apartment
132. floor space of a bathroom tile
133. height of a doorway
134. capacity of a truck trailer
In the following exercises, find the (a) perimeter and (b) area of each figure. Assume each side of the square is 1 cm.
135.
136.
137.
138.
139.
140.
Use the Properties of Rectangles

In the following exercises, find the (a) perimeter and (b) area of each rectangle.
141. The length of a rectangle is 85 feet and the width is 45 feet.
142. The length of a rectangle is 26 inches and the width is 58 inches.
143. A rectangular room is 15 feet wide by 14 feet long.
144. A driveway is in the shape of a rectangle 20 feet wide by 35 feet long.
145. Find the length of a rectangle with perimeter 124 inches and width 38 inches.
146. Find the length of a rectangle with perimeter 20.2 yards and width of 7.8 yards.
147. Find the width of a rectangle with perimeter 92 meters and length 19 meters.
148. Find the width of a rectangle with perimeter 16.2 meters and length 3.2 meters.
149. The area of a rectangle is 414 square meters. The length is 18 meters. What is the width?

150. The area of a rectangle is 782 square centimeters. The width is 17 centimeters. What is the length?
151. The length of a rectangle is 9 inches more than the width. The perimeter is 46 inches. Find the length and the width.
152. The width of a rectangle is 8 inches more than the length. The perimeter is 52 inches. Find the length and the width.
153. The perimeter of a rectangle is 58 meters. The width of the rectangle is 5 meters less than the length. Find the length and the width of the
rectangle.
154. The perimeter of a rectangle is 62 feet. The width is 7 feet less than the length. Find the length and the width.
155. The width of the rectangle is 0.7 meters less than the length. The perimeter of a rectangle is 52.6 meters. Find the dimensions of the
rectangle.
156. The length of the rectangle is 1.1 meters less than the width. The perimeter of a rectangle is 49.4 meters. Find the dimensions of the
rectangle.
157. The perimeter of a rectangle of 150 feet. The length of the rectangle is twice the width. Find the length and width of the rectangle.
158. The length of a rectangle is three times the width. The perimeter is 72 feet. Find the length and width of the rectangle.
159. The length of a rectangle is 3 meters less than twice the width. The perimeter is 36 meters. Find the length and width.
160. The length of a rectangle is 5 inches more than twice the width. The perimeter is 34 inches. Find the length and width.
161. The width of a rectangular window is 24 inches. The area is 624 square inches. What is the length?
162. The length of a rectangular poster is 28 inches. The area is 1316 square inches. What is the width?
163. The area of a rectangular roof is 2310 square meters. The length is 42 meters. What is the width?
164. The area of a rectangular tarp is 132 square feet. The width is 12 feet. What is the length?
165. The perimeter of a rectangular courtyard is 160 feet. The length is 10 feet more than the width. Find the length and the width.
166. The perimeter of a rectangular painting is 306 centimeters. The length is 17 centimeters more than the width. Find the length and the
width.
167. The width of a rectangular window is 40 inches less than the height. The perimeter of the doorway is 224 inches. Find the length and the
width.
168. The width of a rectangular playground is 7 meters less than the length. The perimeter of the playground is 46 meters. Find the length and
the width.

In the following exercises, solve using the properties of triangles.
169. Find the area of a triangle with base 12 inches and height 5 inches.
170. Find the area of a triangle with base 45 centimeters and height 30 centimeters.
171. Find the area of a triangle with base 8.3 meters and height 6.1 meters.
172. Find the area of a triangle with base 24.2 feet and height 20.5 feet.
173. A triangular flag has base of 1 foot and height of 1.5 feet. What is its area?
174. A triangular window has base of 8 feet and height of 6 feet. What is its area?
175. If a triangle has sides of 6 feet and 9 feet and the perimeter is 23 feet, how long is the third side?
176. If a triangle has sides of 14 centimeters and 18 centimeters and the perimeter is 49 centimeters, how long is the third side?
177. What is the base of a triangle with an area of 207 square inches and height of 18 inches?
178. What is the height of a triangle with an area of 893 square inches and base of 38 inches?
179. The perimeter of a triangular reflecting pool is 36 yards. The lengths of two sides are 10 yards and 15 yards. How long is the third side?
180. A triangular courtyard has perimeter of 120 meters. The lengths of two sides are 30 meters and 50 meters. How long is the third side?
181. An isosceles triangle has a base of 20 centimeters. If the perimeter is 76 centimeters, find the length of each of the other sides.
182. An isosceles triangle has a base of 25 inches. If the perimeter is 95 inches, find the length of each of the other sides.
183. Find the length of each side of an equilateral triangle with a perimeter of 51 yards.
184. Find the length of each side of an equilateral triangle with a perimeter of 54 meters.
185. The perimeter of an equilateral triangle is 18 meters. Find the length of each side.
186. The perimeter of an equilateral triangle is 42 miles. Find the length of each side.
187. The perimeter of an isosceles triangle is 42 feet. The length of the shortest side is 12 feet. Find the length of the other two sides.
188. The perimeter of an isosceles triangle is 83 inches. The length of the shortest side is 24 inches. Find the length of the other two sides.
189. A dish is in the shape of an equilateral triangle. Each side is 8 inches long. Find the perimeter.
190. A floor tile is in the shape of an equilateral triangle. Each side is 1.5 feet long. Find the perimeter.
191. A road sign in the shape of an isosceles triangle has a base of 36 inches. If the perimeter is 91 inches, find the length of each of the other
sides.
192. A scarf in the shape of an isosceles triangle has a base of 0.75 meters. If the perimeter is 2 meters, find the length of each of the other
sides.
193. The perimeter of a triangle is 39 feet. One side of the triangle is 1 foot longer than the second side. The third side is 2 feet longer than the
second side. Find the length of each side.

194. The perimeter of a triangle is 35 feet. One side of the triangle is 5 feet longer than the second side. The third side is 3 feet longer than the
second side. Find the length of each side.
195. One side of a triangle is twice the smallest side. The third side is 5 feet more than the shortest side. The perimeter is 17 feet. Find the
lengths of all three sides.
196. One side of a triangle is three times the smallest side. The third side is 3 feet more than the shortest side. The perimeter is 13 feet. Find the
lengths of all three sides.
Use the Properties of Trapezoids

In the following exercises, solve using the properties of trapezoids.
197. The height of a trapezoid is 12 feet and the bases are 9 and 15 feet. What is the area?
198. The height of a trapezoid is 24 yards and the bases are 18 and 30 yards. What is the area?
199. Find the area of a trapezoid with a height of 51 meters and bases of 43 and 67 meters.
200. Find the area of a trapezoid with a height of 62 inches and bases of 58 and 75 inches.
201. The height of a trapezoid is 15 centimeters and the bases are 12.5 and 18.3 centimeters. What is the area?
202. The height of a trapezoid is 48 feet and the bases are 38.6 and 60.2 feet. What is the area?
203. Find the area of a trapezoid with a height of 4.2 meters and bases of 8.1 and 5.5 meters.
204. Find the area of a trapezoid with a height of 32.5 centimeters and bases of 54.6 and 41.4 centimeters.
205. Laurel is making a banner shaped like a trapezoid. The height of the banner is 3 feet and the bases are 4 and 5 feet. What is the area of the
banner?
206. Niko wants to tile the floor of his bathroom. The floor is shaped like a trapezoid with width 5 feet and lengths 5 feet and 8 feet. What is the
area of the floor?
207. Theresa needs a new top for her kitchen counter. The counter is shaped like a trapezoid with width 18.5 inches and lengths 62 and 50
inches. What is the area of the counter?
208. Elena is knitting a scarf. The scarf will be shaped like a trapezoid with width 8 inches and lengths 48.2 inches and 56.2 inches. What is the
area of the scarf?
Everyday Math
209. Fence Jose just removed the children’s playset from his back yard to make room for a rectangular garden. He wants to put a fence around
the garden to keep out the dog. He has a 50 foot roll of fence in his garage that he plans to use. To fit in the backyard, the width of the
garden must be 10 feet. How long can he make the other side if he wants to use the entire roll of fence?
210. Gardening Lupita wants to fence in her tomato garden. The garden is rectangular and the length is twice the width. It will take 48 feet of
fencing to enclose the garden. Find the length and width of her garden.
211. Fence Christa wants to put a fence around her triangular flowerbed. The sides of the flowerbed are 6 feet, 8 feet, and 10 feet. The fence
costs $10 per foot. How much will it cost for Christa to fence in her flowerbed?
212. Painting Caleb wants to paint one wall of his attic. The wall is shaped like a trapezoid with height 8 feet and bases 20 feet and 12 feet.
The cost of the painting one square foot of wall is about $0.05. About how much will it cost for Caleb to paint the attic wall?
Writing Exercises
213. If you need to put tile on your kitchen floor, do you need to know the perimeter or the area of the kitchen? Explain your reasoning.
214. If you need to put a fence around your backyard, do you need to know the perimeter or the area of the backyard? Explain your reasoning.
215. Look at the two figures. (a) Which figure looks like it has the larger area? Which looks like it has the larger perimeter? (b) Now calculate
the area and perimeter of each figure. Which has the larger area? Which has the larger perimeter?
216. The length of a rectangle is 5 feet more than the width. The area is 50 square feet. Find the length and the width. (a) Write the equation
you would use to solve the problem. (b) Why can’t you solve this equation with the methods you learned in the previous chapter?

Self Check
(b) On a scale of 1–10, how would you rate your mastery of this section in light of your responses on the checklist? How can you improve
this?

This page titled 9.7: Use Properties of Rectangles, Triangles, and Trapezoids (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or

Use the properties of circles
Find the area of irregular figures
 be prepared!
1. Evaluate x2 when x = 5. If you missed this problem, review Example 2.3.3.
2. Using 3.14 for π, approximate the (a) circumference and (b) the area of a circle with radius 8 inches. If you missed this
problem, review Example 5.6.12.
22
3. Simplify (0.25)2 and round to the nearest thousandth. If you missed this problem, review Example 5.5.9.
7
In this section, we’ll continue working with geometry applications. We will add several new formulas to our collection of formulas.
To help you as you do the examples and exercises in this section, we will show the Problem Solving Strategy for Geometry
Applications here.
 Problem Solving Strategy for Geometry Applications
information.
Step 3. Name what you are looking for. Choose a variable to represent that quantity
information.
Use the Properties of Circles

Do you remember the properties of circles from Decimals and Fractions? We’ll show them here again to refer to as we use them to
solve applications.
 Definition: Properties of Circles
r is the length of the radius

d is the length of the diameter
d = 2r
Circumference is the perimeter of a circle. The formula for circumference is C = 2πr
The formula for area of a circle is A = πr2

22
Remember, that we approximate π with 3.14 or depending on whether the radius of the circle is given as a decimal or a
7
fraction. If you use the π key on your calculator to do the calculations in this section, your answers will be slightly different from
the answers shown. That is because the π key uses more than two decimal places.
 Example 9.8.1:
A circular sandbox has a radius of 2.5 feet. Find the (a) circumference and (b) area of the sandbox.
Solution
(a)
information.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the circumference of the circle
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it. Let c = circumference of the circle
C = 2πr
C = 2π(2.5)
C ≈ 2(3.14)(2.5)
C ≈ 15 f t
Yes. If we draw a square around the circle, its sides would be 5 ft

(twice the radius), so its perimeter would be 20 ft. This is slightly
more than the circle's circumference, 15.7 ft.
Step 6. Check. Does this answer make sense?
Step 7. Answer the question. The circumference of the sandbox is 15.7 feet.
(b)
information.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the area of the circle
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it. Let A = the area of the circle
2
A = πr
Step 4. Translate. Write the appropriate formula. Substitute. 2
A = π(2.5)

2
A ≈ (3.14)(2.5)
A ≈ 19.625 sq. f t
Yes. If we draw a square around the circle, its sides would be 5 ft, as
Step 6. Check. Does this answer make sense? shown in part (a). So the area of the square would be 25 sq. ft. This is
slightly more than the circle's area, 19.625 sq. ft.
Step 7. Answer the question. The area of the circle is 19.625 square feet.
 Exercise 9.8.1:
A circular mirror has radius of 5 inches. Find the (a) circumference and (b) area of the mirror.
Answer a
31.4 in.
Answer b
78.5 sq. in.
 Exercise 9.8.2:
A circular spa has radius of 4.5 feet. Find the (a) circumference and (b) area of the spa.
Answer a
28.26 ft
Answer b
63.585 sq. ft
We usually see the formula for circumference in terms of the radius r of the circle:
C = 2πr (9.8.1)
But since the diameter of a circle is two times the radius, we could write the formula for the circumference in terms of d.
C = 2πr
U sing the commutative property, we get C = π ⋅ 2r
T hen substituting d = 2r C =π⋅d
So C = πd
We will use this form of the circumference when we’re given the length of the diameter instead of the radius.
 Example 9.8.2:
A circular table has a diameter of four feet. What is the circumference of the table?
Solution
information.

Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the circumference of the table
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it. Let c = the circumference of the table
Step 4. Translate. Write the appropriate formula for the situation. C = πd
Substitute. C = π(4)
C ≈ (3.14)(4)
Step 5. Solve the equation, using 3.14 for π.
C ≈ 12.56 f t
If we put a square around the circle, its side would be 4. The perimeter
would be 16. It makes sense that the circumference of the circle,
12.56, is a little less than 16.
Step 6. Check.
Step 7. Answer the question. The diameter of the table is 12.56 square feet.
 Exercise 9.8.3:
Find the circumference of a circular fire pit whose diameter is 5.5 feet.
Answer
17.27 ft
 Exercise 9.8.4:
If the diameter of a circular trampoline is 12 feet, what is its circumference?
Answer
37.68 ft.
 Example 9.8.3:
Find the diameter of a circle with a circumference of 47.1 centimeters.

Solution
information.

Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the diameter of the circle
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it. Let d = the diameter of the circle
Step 4. Translate. Write the formula. Substitute, using 3.14 to C = πd
approximate π. 47.1 ≈ 3.14d
47.11 3.14d
≈
Step 5. Solve. 3.14 3.14
15 ≈ d
?
47.1 = (3.14)(15)
Step 6. Check.
47.1 = 47.1 ✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The diameter of the circle is approximately 15 centimeters.
 Exercise 9.8.5:
Find the diameter of a circle with circumference of 94.2 centimeters.
Answer
30 cm
 Exercise 9.8.6:
Find the diameter of a circle with circumference of 345.4 feet.
Answer
110 ft
Find the Area of Irregular Figures

So far, we have found area for rectangles, triangles, trapezoids, and circles. An irregular figure is a figure that is not a standard
geometric shape. Its area cannot be calculated using any of the standard area formulas. But some irregular figures are made up of
two or more standard geometric shapes. To find the area of one of these irregular figures, we can split it into figures whose
formulas we know and then add the areas of the figures.
 Example 9.8.4:
Find the area of the shaded region.
Solution
The given figure is irregular, but we can break it into two rectangles. The area of the shaded region will be the sum of the areas
of both rectangles.

The blue rectangle has a width of 12 and a length of 4. The red rectangle has a width of 2, but its length is not labeled. The
right side of the figure is the length of the red rectangle plus the length of the blue rectangle. Since the right side of the blue
rectangle is 4 units long, the length of the red rectangle must be 6 units.
Af igure = Arectangle + Arectangle
Af igure = bh + bh
Af igure = 12 ⋅ 4 + 2 ⋅ 6
Af igure = 48 + 12
Af igure = 60
The area of the figure is 60 square units.

Is there another way to split this figure into two rectangles? Try it, and make sure you get the same area.
 Exercise 9.8.7:
Find the area of each shaded region:
Answer
28 sq. units
 Exercise 9.8.8:
Find the area of each shaded region:
Answer
110 sq. units

 Example 9.8.5:
Find the area of the shaded region.
Solution
We can break this irregular figure into a triangle and rectangle. The area of the figure will be the sum of the areas of triangle
and rectangle.
The rectangle has a length of 8 units and a width of 4 units.
We need to find the base and height of the triangle.
Since both sides of the rectangle are 4, the vertical side of the triangle is 3, which is 7 − 4. The length of the rectangle is 8, so
the base of the triangle will be 3, which is 8 − 4.
Now we can add the areas to find the area of the irregular figure.
Af igure = Arectangle + Atriangle
1
Af igure = lw + bh
2
1
Af igure =8⋅4+ ⋅3⋅3
2
Af igure = 32 + 4.5
Af igure = 3.65 sq. units
The area of the figure is 36.5 square units.
 Exercise 9.8.9:
Find the area of each shaded region.
Answer
36.5 sq. units
Find the area of each shaded region.

Answer
70 sq. units
 Example 9.8.6:
A high school track is shaped like a rectangle with a semi-circle (half a circle) on each end. The rectangle has length 105
meters and width 68 meters. Find the area enclosed by the track. Round your answer to the nearest hundredth.
Solution
We will break the figure into a rectangle and two semi-circles. The area of the figure will be the sum of the areas of the
rectangle and the semicircles.
The rectangle has a length of 105 m and a width of 68 m. The semi-circles have a diameter of 68 m, so each has a radius of 34
m.
Af igure = Arectangle + Asemicircles
1
2
Af igure = bh + 2 ( π⋅r )
2
1
2
Af igure ≈ 105 ⋅ 68 + 2 ( ⋅ 3.14 ⋅ 34 )
2
Af igure ≈ 7140 + 3629.84
Af igure ≈ 10, 769.84 square meters
Find the area:
Answer
103.2 sq. units
Find the area:

Answer
38.24 sq. units
Circumference of a Circle
Area of a Circle
Area of an L-shaped polygon
Area of an L-shaped polygon with Decimals
Perimeter Involving a Rectangle and Circle
Area Involving a Rectangle and Circle

Use the Properties of Circles
In the following exercises, solve using the properties of circles.
217. The lid of a paint bucket is a circle with radius 7 inches. Find the (a) circumference and (b) area of the lid.
218. An extra-large pizza is a circle with radius 8 inches. Find the (a) circumference and (b) area of the pizza.
219. A farm sprinkler spreads water in a circle with radius of 8.5 feet. Find the (a) circumference and (b) area of the watered circle.
220. A circular rug has radius of 3.5 feet. Find the (a) circumference and (b) area of the rug.
221. A reflecting pool is in the shape of a circle with diameter of 20 feet. What is the circumference of the pool?
222. A turntable is a circle with diameter of 10 inches. What is the circumference of the turntable?
223. A circular saw has a diameter of 12 inches. What is the circumference of the saw?
224. A round coin has a diameter of 3 centimeters. What is the circumference of the coin?
225. A barbecue grill is a circle with a diameter of 2.2 feet. What is the circumference of the grill?
226. The top of a pie tin is a circle with a diameter of 9.5 inches. What is the circumference of the top?
227. A circle has a circumference of 163.28 inches. Find the diameter.
228. A circle has a circumference of 59.66 feet. Find the diameter.
229. A circle has a circumference of 17.27 meters. Find the diameter.
230. A circle has a circumference of 80.07 centimeters. Find the diameter.
In the following exercises, find the radius of the circle with given circumference.
231. A circle has a circumference of 150.72 feet.
232. A circle has a circumference of 251.2 centimeters.
233. A circle has a circumference of 40.82 miles.
234. A circle has a circumference of 78.5 inches.

In the following exercises, find the area of the irregular figure. Round your answers to the nearest hundredth.

235.
236.
237.
238.
239.
240.
241.
242.

243.
244.
245.
246.
247.
248.

249.
250.
251.
252.
253.
254.
255. A city park covers one block plus parts of four more blocks, as shown. The block is a square with sides 250 feet long, and the
triangles are isosceles right triangles. Find the area of the park.

256. A gift box will be made from a rectangular piece of cardboard measuring 12 inches by 20 inches, with squares cut out of the
corners of the sides, as shown. The sides of the squares are 3 inches. Find the area of the cardboard after the corners are cut out.
257. Perry needs to put in a new lawn. His lot is a rectangle with a length of 120 feet and a width of 100 feet. The house is
rectangular and measures 50 feet by 40 feet. His driveway is rectangular and measures 20 feet by 30 feet, as shown. Find the
area of Perry’s lawn.
258. Denise is planning to put a deck in her back yard. The deck will be a 20-ft by 12-ft rectangle with a semicircle of diameter 6
feet, as shown below. Find the area of the deck.
Everyday Math
259. Area of a Tabletop Yuki bought a drop-leaf kitchen table. The rectangular part of the table is a 1-ft by 3-ft rectangle with a
semicircle at each end, as shown.(a) Find the area of the table with one leaf up. (b) Find the area of the table with both leaves
up.
260. Painting Leora wants to paint the nursery in her house. The nursery is an 8-ft by 10-ft rectangle, and the ceiling is 8 feet tall.
There is a 3-ft by 6.5-ft door on one wall, a 3-ft by 6.5-ft closet door on another wall, and one 4-ft by 3.5-ft window on the third
wall. The fourth wall has no doors or windows. If she will only paint the four walls, and not the ceiling or doors, how many
square feet will she need to paint?
Writing Exercises
261. Describe two different ways to find the area of this figure, and then show your work to make sure both ways give the same area.

22
262. A circle has a diameter of 14 feet. Find the area of the circle (a) using 3.14 for π (b) using for π. (c) Which calculation to do
7
prefer? Why?
Self Check

[email protected]."
This page titled 9.8: Solve Geometry Applications- Circles and Irregular Figures is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed,

Find volume and surface area of rectangular solids
Find volume and surface area of spheres
Find volume and surface area of cylinders
Find volume of cones
 be prepared!
1. Evaluate x3 when x = 5. If you missed this problem, review Example 2.3.3.
2. Evaluate 2x when x = 5. If you missed this problem, review Example 2.3.4.
7
3. Find the area of a circle with radius . If you missed this problem, review Example 5.6.12.
2
In this section, we will finish our study of geometry applications. We find the volume and surface area of some three-dimensional
figures. Since we will be solving applications, we will once again show our Problem-Solving Strategy for Geometry Applications.
 Problem Solving Strategy for Geometry Applications

information.
information.
Find Volume and Surface Area of Rectangular Solids

A cheerleading coach is having the squad paint wooden crates with the school colors to stand on at the games. (See Figure 9.9.1).
The amount of paint needed to cover the outside of each box is the surface area, a square measure of the total area of all the sides.
The amount of space inside the crate is the volume, a cubic measure.
Figure 9.9.1 - This wooden crate is in the shape of a rectangular solid.

Each crate is in the shape of a rectangular solid. Its dimensions are the length, width, and height. The rectangular solid shown in
Figure 9.9.2 has length 4 units, width 2 units, and height 3 units. Can you tell how many cubic units there are altogether? Let’s look
layer by layer.

Figure 9.9.2 - Breaking a rectangular solid into layers makes it easier to visualize the number of cubic units it contains. This 4 by 2
by 3 rectangular solid has 24 cubic units.
Altogether there are 24 cubic units. Notice that 24 is the length × width × height.
The volume, V, of any rectangular solid is the product of the length, width, and height.
V = LW H (9.9.1)
We could also write the formula for volume of a rectangular solid in terms of the area of the base. The area of the base, B, is equal
to length × width.
B = L⋅W (9.9.2)
We can substitute B for L • W in the volume formula to get another form of the volume formula.
V = L⋅W ⋅H
V = (L ⋅ W ) ⋅ H
V = Bh
We now have another version of the volume formula for rectangular solids. Let’s see how this works with the 4 × 2 × 3 rectangular
solid we started with. See Figure 9.9.3.
Figure 9.9.3
To find the surface area of a rectangular solid, think about finding the area of each of its faces. How many faces does the
rectangular solid above have? You can see three of them.
Af ront = L×W Aside = L × W Atop = L × W
Af ront =4⋅3 Aside = 2 ⋅ 3 Atop = 4 ⋅ 2
Af ront = 12 Aside = 6 Atop = 8
Notice for each of the three faces you see, there is an identical opposite face that does not show.
S = (f ront + back) + (lef t side + right side) + (top + bottom)
S = (2 ⋅ f ront) + (2 ⋅ lef t side) + (2 ⋅ top)
S = 2 ⋅ 12 + 2 ⋅ 6 + 2 ⋅ 8
S = 24 + 12 + 16
S = 52 sq. units
The surface area S of the rectangular solid shown in Figure 9.9.3 is 52 square units.
In general, to find the surface area of a rectangular solid, remember that each face is a rectangle, so its area is the product of its
length and its width (see Figure 9.9.4). Find the area of each face that you see and then multiply each area by two to account for the
face on the opposite side.
S = 2LH + 2LW + 2W H (9.9.3)

Figure 9.9.4 - For each face of the rectangular solid facing you, there is another face on the opposite side. There are 6 faces in all.
 Definition: Volume and Surface Area of a Rectangular Solid
For a rectangular solid with length L, width W, and height H:
 Example 9.9.1:
For a rectangular solid with length 14 cm, height 17 cm, and width 9 cm, find the (a) volume and (b) surface area.
Solution
Step 1 is the same for both (a) and (b), so we will show it just once.
information.
(a)
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the volume of the rectangular solid
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it. Let V = volume
V = LW H
V = 14 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 17
Step 5. Solve the equation. V = 2, 142 (9.9.4)
Step 6. Check. We leave it to you to check your calculations.
Step 7. Answer the question. The volume is 2,142 cubic centimeters.
(b)
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the surface area of the solid
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it. Let S = surface area
S = 2LH + 2LW + 2W H
S = 2(14 ⋅ 17) + 2(14 ⋅ 9) + 2(9 ⋅ 17)
Step 5. Solve the equation. S = 1, 034 (9.9.5)

Step 6. Check. Double-check with a calculator.
Step 7. Answer the question. The surface area is 1,034 square centimeters.
 Exercise 9.9.1:
Find the (a) volume and (b) surface area of rectangular solid with the: length 8 feet, width 9 feet, and height 11 feet.
Answer a
792 cu. ft
Answer b
518 sq. ft
 Exercise 9.9.2:
Find the (a) volume and (b) surface area of rectangular solid with the: length 15 feet, width 12 feet, and height 8 feet.
Answer a
1,440 cu. ft
Answer b
792 sq. ft
 Example 9.9.2:
A rectangular crate has a length of 30 inches, width of 25 inches, and height of 20 inches. Find its (a) volume and (b) surface
area.
Solution
information.
(a)
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the volume of the crate
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it. let V = volume
V = LW H
V = 30 ⋅ 25 ⋅ 20
Step 5. Solve the equation. V = 15, 000 (9.9.6)
Step 6. Check. Double check your math.
Step 7. Answer the question. The volume is 15,000 cubic inches.
(b)
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the surface area of the crate

Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it. the surface area of the crate
S = 2LH + 2LW + 2W H
S = 2(30 ⋅ 20) + 2(30 ⋅ 25) + 2(25 ⋅ 20)
Step 5. Solve the equation. S = 3, 700 (9.9.7)
Step 6. Check. Check it yourself!
Step 7. Answer the question. The surface area is 3,700 square inches.
 Exercise 9.9.3:
A rectangular box has length 9 feet, width 4 feet, and height 6 feet. Find its (a) volume and (b) surface area.
Answer a
216 cu. ft
Answer b
228 sq. ft
 Exercise 9.9.4:
A rectangular suitcase has length 22 inches, width 14 inches, and height 9 inches. Find its (a) volume and (b) surface area.
Answer a
2,772 cu. in
Answer b
1,264 sq. in.
Volume and Surface Area of a Cube

A cube is a rectangular solid whose length, width, and height are equal. See Volume and Surface Area of a Cube, below.
Substituting, s for the length, width and height into the formulas for volume and surface area of a rectangular solid, we get:
V = LW H S = 2LH + 2LW + 2W H
V = s⋅ s⋅ s S = 2s ⋅ s + 2s ⋅ s + 2s ⋅ s
3 2 2 2
V =s S = 2s + 2s + 2s
2
S = 6s
So for a cube, the formulas for volume and surface area are V = s3 and S = 6s2.
 Definition: Volume and Surface Area of a Cube
For any cube with sides of length s,

 Example 9.9.3:
A cube is 2.5 inches on each side. Find its (a) volume and (b) surface area.
Solution
information.
(a)
Step 4. Translate. Write the appropriate formula. V = s

3
(9.9.8)
3
V = (2.5)
Step 5. Solve. Substitute and solve.
V = 15.625
Step 6. Check. Check your work.
Step 7. Answer the question. The volume is 15.625 cubic inches.
(b)
Step 4. Translate. Write the appropriate formula. S = 6s

2
(9.9.9)
2
S = 6 ⋅ (2.5)
Step 5. Solve. Substitute and solve.
S = 37.5
Step 6. Check. The check is left to you.
Step 7. Answer the question. The surface area is 37.5 square inches.
 Exercise 9.9.5:
For a cube with side 4.5 meters, find the (a) volume and (b) surface area of the cube.
Answer a
91.125 cu. m
Answer b
121.5 sq. m

 Exercise 9.9.6:
For a cube with side 7.3 yards, find the (a) volume and (b) surface area of the cube.
Answer a
389.017 cu. yd.
Answer b
319.74 sq. yd.
 Example 9.9.4:
A notepad cube measures 2 inches on each side. Find its (a) volume and (b) surface area.
Solution
information.
(a)
Step 4. Translate. Write the appropriate formula. V = s

3
(9.9.10)
3
V = 2
V = 8
Step 6. Check. Check that you did the calculations correctly.
Step 7. Answer the question. The volume is 8 cubic inches
(b)
Step 4. Translate. Write the appropriate formula. S = 6s

2
(9.9.11)
2
S = 6 ⋅2
S = 24
Step 6. Check. The check is left to you.
Step 7. Answer the question. The surface area is 24 square inches.
 Exercise 9.9.7:
A packing box is a cube measuring 4 feet on each side. Find its (a) volume and (b) surface area.
Answer a
64 cu. ft

Answer b
96 sq. ft
 Exercise 9.9.8:
A wall is made up of cube-shaped bricks. Each cube is 16 inches on each side. Find the (a) volume and (b) surface area of each
cube.
Answer a
4,096 cu. in.
Answer b
1,536

[email protected]."
This page titled 9.9: Solve Geometry Applications- Volume and Surface Area (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored,

9.1 - Use a Problem Solving Strategy
Approach Word Problems with a Positive Attitude
361. How has your attitude towards solving word problems changed as a result of working through this chapter? Explain.
362. Did the Problem Solving Strategy help you solve word problems in this chapter? Explain.
Use a Problem Solving Strategy for Word Problems

In the following exercises, solve using the problem-solving strategy for word problems. Remember to write a complete sentence to
answer each question.
363. Three-fourths of the people at a concert are children. If there are 87 children, what is the total number of people at the concert?
364. There are 9 saxophone players in the band. The number of saxophone players is one less than twice the number of tuba players.
Find the number of tuba players
365. Reza was very sick and lost 15% of his original weight. He lost 27 pounds. What was his original weight?
366. Dolores bought a crib on sale for $350. The sale price was 40% of the original price. What was the original price of the crib?

In the following exercises, solve each number word problem.
367. The sum of a number and three is forty-one. Find the number.
368. Twice the difference of a number and ten is fifty-four. Find the number.
369. One number is nine less than another. Their sum is twenty-seven. Find the numbers.
370. The sum of two consecutive integers is −135. Find the numbers.
9.2 - Solve Money Applications

In the following exercises, solve each coin word problem.
371. Francie has $4.35 in dimes and quarters. The number of dimes is 5 more than the number of quarters. How many of each coin
does she have?
372. Scott has $0.39 in pennies and nickels. The number of pennies is 8 times the number of nickels. How many of each coin does he
have?
373. Paulette has $140 in $5 and $10 bills. The number of $10 bills is one less than twice the number of $5 bills. How many of each
does she have?
374. Lenny has $3.69 in pennies, dimes, and quarters. The number of pennies is 3 more than the number of dimes. The number of
quarters is twice the number of dimes. How many of each coin does he have?

In the following exercises, solve each ticket or stamp word problem.
375. A church luncheon made $842. Adult tickets cost $10 each and children’s tickets cost $6 each. The number of children was 12
more than twice the number of adults. How many of each ticket were sold?
376. Tickets for a basketball game cost $2 for students and $5 for adults. The number of students was 3 less than 10 times the
number of adults. The total amount of money from ticket sales was $619. How many of each ticket were sold?
377. Ana spent $4.06 buying stamps. The number of $0.41 stamps she bought was 5 more than the number of $0.26 stamps. How
many of each did she buy?
378. Yumi spent $34.15 buying stamps. The number of $0.56 stamps she bought was 10 less than 4 times the number of $0.41
stamps. How many of each did she buy?

9.3 - Use Properties of Angles, Triangles, and the Pythagorean Theorem
Use Properties of Angles
In the following exercises, solve using properties of angles.
379. What is the supplement of a 48° angle?
380. What is the complement of a 61° angle?
381. Two angles are complementary. The smaller angle is 24° less than the larger angle. Find the measures of both angles.
382. Two angles are supplementary. The larger angle is 45° more than the smaller angle. Find the measures of both angles.
Use Properties of Triangles

In the following exercises, solve using properties of triangles.
383. The measures of two angles of a triangle are 22 and 85 degrees. Find the measure of the third angle.
384. One angle of a right triangle measures 41.5 degrees. What is the measure of the other small angle?
385. One angle of a triangle is 30° more than the smallest angle. The largest angle is the sum of the other angles. Find the measures
of all three angles.
386. One angle of a triangle is twice the measure of the smallest angle. The third angle is 60° more than the measure of the smallest
angle. Find the measures of all three angles.
In the following exercises, ΔABC is similar to ΔXYZ. Find the length of the indicated side.
387. side x
388. side b

In the following exercises, use the Pythagorean Theorem to find the length of the missing side. Round to the nearest tenth, if
necessary
389.
390.
391.
392.
393.

394.
In the following exercises, solve. Approximate to the nearest tenth, if necessary.
395. Sergio needs to attach a wire to hold the antenna to the roof of his house, as shown in the figure. The antenna is 8 feet tall and
Sergio has 10 feet of wire. How far from the base of the antenna can he attach the wire?
396. Seong is building shelving in his garage. The shelves are 36 inches wide and 15 inches tall. He wants to put a diagonal brace
across the back to stabilize the shelves, as shown. How long should the brace be?
9.4 - Use Properties of Rectangles, Triangles, and Trapezoids

Understand Linear, Square, Cubic Measure
In the following exercises, would you measure each item using linear, square, or cubic measure?
397. amount of sand in a sandbag
398. height of a tree
399. size of a patio
400. length of a highway
In the following exercises, find (a) the perimeter (b) the area of each figure
401.
402.

Use Properties of Rectangles
In the following exercises, find the (a) perimeter (b) area of each rectangle
403. The length of a rectangle is 42 meters and the width is 28 meters.
404. The length of a rectangle is 36 feet and the width is 19 feet.
405. A sidewalk in front of Kathy’s house is in the shape of a rectangle 4 feet wide by 45 feet long.
406. A rectangular room is 16 feet wide by 12 feet long.
407. Find the length of a rectangle with perimeter of 220 centimeters and width of 85 centimeters.
408. Find the width of a rectangle with perimeter 39 and length 11.
409. The area of a rectangle is 2356 square meters. The length is 38 meters. What is the width?
410. The width of a rectangle is 45 centimeters. The area is 2700 square centimeters. What is the length?
411. The length of a rectangle is 12 centimeters more than the width. The perimeter is 74 centimeters. Find the length and the width.
412. The width of a rectangle is 3 more than twice the length. The perimeter is 96 inches. Find the length and the width.
Use Properties of Triangles

In the following exercises, solve using the properties of triangles.
413. Find the area of a triangle with base 18 inches and height 15 inches.
414. Find the area of a triangle with base 33 centimeters and height 21 centimeters.
415. A triangular road sign has base 30 inches and height 40 inches. What is its area?
416. If a triangular courtyard has sides 9 feet and 12 feet and the perimeter is 32 feet, how long is the third side?
417. A tile in the shape of an isosceles triangle has a base of 6 inches. If the perimeter is 20 inches, find the length of each of the
other sides.
418. Find the length of each side of an equilateral triangle with perimeter of 81 yards.
419. The perimeter of a triangle is 59 feet. One side of the triangle is 3 feet longer than the shortest side. The third side is 5 feet
longer than the shortest side. Find the length of each side.
420. One side of a triangle is three times the smallest side. The third side is 9 feet more than the shortest side. The perimeter is 39
feet. Find the lengths of all three sides.
Use Properties of Trapezoids

In the following exercises, solve using the properties of trapezoids.
421. The height of a trapezoid is 8 feet and the bases are 11 and 14 feet. What is the area?
422. The height of a trapezoid is 5 yards and the bases are 7 and 10 yards. What is the area?
423. Find the area of the trapezoid with height 25 meters and bases 32.5 and 21.5 meters.
424. A flag is shaped like a trapezoid with height 62 centimeters and the bases are 91.5 and 78.1 centimeters. What is the area of the
flag?
9.5 - Solve Geometry Applications: Circles and Irregular Figures

Use Properties of Circle
s In the following exercises, solve using the properties of circles. Round answers to the nearest hundredth.
425. A circular mosaic has radius 3 meters. Find the (a) circumference (b) area of the mosaic
426. A circular fountain has radius 8 feet. Find the (a) circumference (b) area of the fountain
427. Find the diameter of a circle with circumference 150.72 inches.
428. Find the radius of a circle with circumference 345.4 centimeters

In the following exercises, find the area of each shaded region.

429.
430.
431.
432.
433.
434.
9.6 - Solve Geometry Applications: Volume and Surface Area

In the following exercises, find the (a) volume (b) surface area of the rectangular solid
435. a rectangular solid with length 14 centimeters, width 4.5 centimeters, and height 10 centimeters
436. a cube with sides that are 3 feet long
437. a cube of tofu with sides 2.5 inches

438. a rectangular carton with length 32 inches, width 18 inches, and height 10 inches
Find Volume and Surface Area of Spheres

In the following exercises, find the (a) volume (b) surface area of the sphere.
439. a sphere with radius 4 yards
440. a sphere with radius 12 meters
441. a baseball with radius 1.45 inches
442. a soccer ball with radius 22 centimeters
Find Volume and Surface Area of Cylinders

In the following exercises, find the (a) volume (b) surface area of the cylinder
443. a cylinder with radius 2 yards and height 6 yards
444. a cylinder with diameter 18 inches and height 40 inches
445. a juice can with diameter 8 centimeters and height 15 centimeters
446. a cylindrical pylon with diameter 0.8 feet and height 2.5 feet
Find Volume of Cones

In the following exercises, find the volume of the cone.
447. a cone with height 5 meters and radius 1 meter
448. a cone with height 24 feet and radius 8 feet
449. a cone-shaped water cup with diameter 2.6 inches and height 2.6 inches
450. a cone-shaped pile of gravel with diameter 6 yards and height 5 yards
9.7 - Solve a Formula for a Specific Variable

Use the Distance, Rate, and Time Formula
In the following exercises, solve using the formula for distance, rate, and time.
451. A plane flew 4 hours at 380 miles per hour. What distance was covered?
1
452. Gus rode his bike for 1 hours at 8 miles per hour. How far did he ride?
2
453. Jack is driving from Bangor to Portland at a rate of 68 miles per hour. The distance is 107 miles. To the nearest tenth of an hour,
how long will the trip take?
454. Jasmine took the bus from Pittsburgh to Philadelphia. The distance is 305 miles and the trip took 5 hours. What was the speed
of the bus?
Solve a Formula for a Specific Variable

In the following exercises, use the formula d = rt.
455. Solve for t: (a) when d = 403 and r = 65 (b) in general
456. Solve for r: (a) when d = 750 and t = 15 (b) in general
1
In the following exercises, use the formula A = bh.
2
457. Solve for b: (a) when A = 416 and h = 32 (b) in general

458. Solve for h: (a) when A = 48 and b = 8 (b) in general
In the following exercises, use the formula I = Prt.
459. Solve for the principal, P, for: (a) I = $720, r = 4%, t = 3 years (b) in general
460. Solve for the time, t for: (a) I = $3630, P = $11,000, r = 5.5% (b) in general
461. Solve the formula 6x + 5y = 20 for y: (a) when x = 0 (b) in general
462. Solve the formula 2x + y = 15 for y: (a) when x = −5 (b) in general
463. Solve a + b = 90 for a.

464. Solve 180 = a + b + c for a.
465. Solve the formula 4x + y = 17 for y.
466. Solve the formula −3x + y = −6 for y.
467. Solve the formula P = 2L + 2W for W.
468. Solve the formula V = LWH for H.
469. Describe how you have used two topics from this chapter in your life outside of math class during the past month.
PRACTICE TEST
470. Four-fifths of the people on a hike are children. If there are 12 children, what is the total number of people on the hike?
471. The sum of 13 and twice a number is −19. Find the number.
472. One number is 3 less than another number. Their sum is 65. Find the numbers.
473. Bonita has $2.95 in dimes and quarters in her pocket. If she has 5 more dimes than quarters, how many of each coin does she
have?
474. At a concert, $1600 in tickets were sold. Adult tickets were $9 each and children’s tickets were $4 each. If the number of adult
tickets was 30 fewer than twice the number of children’s tickets, how many of each kind were sold?
475. Find the complement of a 52° angle.
476. The measure of one angle of a triangle is twice the measure of the smallest angle. The measure of the third angle is 14 more
than the measure of the smallest angle. Find the measures of all three angles.
477. The perimeter of an equilateral triangle is 145 feet. Find the length of each side.
478. ΔABC is similar to ΔXYZ. Find the length of side c.
479. Find the length of the missing side. Round to the nearest tenth, if necessary.
480. Find the length of the missing side. Round to the nearest tenth, if necessary.
481. A baseball diamond is shaped like a square with sides 90 feet long. How far is it from home plate to second base, as shown?
482. The length of a rectangle is 2 feet more than five times the width. The perimeter is 40 feet. Find the dimensions of the rectangle.
483. A triangular poster has base 80 centimeters and height 55 centimeters. Find the area of the poster.
484. A trapezoid has height 14 inches and bases 20 inches and 23 inches. Find the area of the trapezoid.
485. A circular pool has diameter 90 inches. What is its circumference? Round to the nearest tenth.
486. Find the area of the shaded region. Round to the nearest tenth.

487. Find the volume of a rectangular room with width 12 feet, length 15 feet, and height 8 feet.
488. A coffee can is shaped like a cylinder with height 7 inches and radius 5 inches. Find (a) the surface area and (b) the volume of
the can. Round to the nearest tenth.
489. A traffic cone has height 75 centimeters. The radius of the base is 20 centimeters. Find the volume of the cone. Round to the
nearest tenth.
490. Leon drove from his house in Cincinnati to his sister’s house in Cleveland. He drove at a uniform rate of 63 miles per hour and
the trip took 4 hours. What was the distance?
1
491. The Catalina Express takes 1 hours to travel from Long Beach to Catalina Island, a distance of 22 miles. To the nearest tenth,
2
what is the speed of the boat?
492. Use the formula I = Prt to solve for the principal, P, for: (a) I = $1380, r = 5%, t = 3 years (b) in general
1
493. Solve the formula A = bh for h: (a) when A = 1716 and b = 66 (b) in general
2
494. Solve x + 5y = 14 for y.

[email protected]."
This page titled 9.E: Math Models and Geometry (Exercises) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

Key Terms
An angle is formed by two rays that share a common endpoint. Each ray
angle
is called a side of the angle.
area The area is a measure of the surface covered by a figure.
If the sum of the measures of two angles is 90°, then they are called
complementary angles
complementary angles.
cone A cone is a solid figure with one circular base and a vertex.
cube A cube is a rectangular solid whose length, width, and height are equal.
A cylinder is a solid figure with two parallel circles of the same size at
cylinder
the top and bottom.
A triangle with all three sides of equal length is called an equilateral
equilateral triangle
triangle.
hypotenuse The side of the triangle opposite the 90° angle is called the hypotenuse.
A figure that is not a standard geometric shape. Its area cannot be

irregular figure
calculated using any of the standard area formulas.
isosceles triangle A triangle with two sides of equal length is called an isosceles triangle.
legs of a right triangle The sides of a right triangle adjacent to the right angle
perimeter The perimeter is a measure of the distance around a figure.
rectangle A geometric figure that has four sides and four right angles.
right triangle A triangle that has one 90° angle.
In geometry, if two figures have exactly the same shape but different
similar figures
sizes, we say they are similar figures.
If the sum of the measures of two angles is 180°, then they are called
supplementary angles
supplementary angles.
A four-sided figure, a quadrilateral, with two sides that are parallel and
trapezoid
two sides that are not.
triangle A geometric figure with three sides and three angles.
When two rays meet to form an angle, the common endpoint is called the
vertex of an angle
vertex of the angle.
Key Concepts
9.1 - Use a Problem Solving Strategy
Problem Solving Strategy
1. Read the word problem. Make sure you understand all the words and ideas. You may need to read the problem two or more
times. If there are words you don't understand, look them up in a dictionary or on the internet.
4. Translate into an equation. It may be helpful to first restate the problem in one sentence before translating.
6. Check the answer in the problem. Make sure it makes sense.

9.2 - Solve Money Applications
Finding the Total Value for Coins of the Same Type
For coins of the same type, the total value can be found as follows:
number ⋅ value = total value (9.S.1)
where number is the number of coins, value is the value of each coin, and total value is the total value of all the coins.
Solve a Coin Word Problem
1. Read the problem. Make sure you understand all the words and ideas, and create a table to organize the information.
Use variable expressions to represent the number of each type of coin and write them in the table.
Multiply the number times the value to get the total value of each type of coin.
4. Translate into an equation. Write the equation by adding the total values of all the types of coins.
Table 9.16
9.3 - Use Properties of Angles, Triangles, and the Pythagorean Theorem

Supplementary and Complementary Angles
If the sum of the measures of two angles is 180°, then the angles are supplementary.
If ∠A and ∠B are supplementary, then m∠A + m∠B = 180 .
If the sum of the measures of two angles is 90°, then the angles are complementary.
If ∠A and ∠B are complementary, then m∠A + m∠B = 90.
Solve Geometry Applications
1. Read the problem and make sure you understand all the words and ideas. Draw a figure and label it with the given
information.
3. Name what you are looking for and choose a variable to represent it.
4. Translate into an equation by writing the appropriate formula or model for the situation. Substitute in the given information.
Sum of the Measures of the Angles of a Triangle
For any ΔABC, the sum of the measures is 180°
m∠A + m∠B = 180
Right Triangle
A right triangle is a triangle that has one 90° angle, which is often marked with a symbol.

Properties of Similar Triangles
If two triangles are similar, then their corresponding angle measures are equal and their corresponding side lengths have the
same ratio.
9.4 - Use Properties of Rectangles, Triangles, and Trapezoids

Properties of Rectangles
Rectangles have four sides and four right (90°) angles.
The lengths of opposite sides are equal.
The perimeter, P , of a rectangle is the sum of twice the length and twice the width.
P = 2L + 2W (9.S.2)
The area, A, of a rectangle is the length times the width.$$A = L \cdot W$

Triangle Properties
For any triangle ΔABC , the sum of the measures of the angles is 180°.
m∠A + m∠B + m∠C = 180° (9.S.3)
The perimeter of a triangle is the sum of the lengths of the sides.
P = a+b +c (9.S.4)
The area of a triangle is one-half the base, b, times the height, h.

1
A = bh (9.S.5)
2
9.5 - Solve Geometry Applications: Circles and Irregular Figures

Problem Solving Strategy for Geometry Applications
1. Read the problem and make sure you understand all the words and ideas. Draw the figure and label it with the given
information.
4. Translate into an equation by writing the appropriate formula or model for the situation. Substitute in the given information.
Properties of Circles
d = 2r
Circumference: C = 2πr or C = πd
Area: A = πr2
9.6 - Solve Geometry Applications: Volume and Surface Area

Volume and Surface Area of a Rectangular Solid
V = LWH
S = 2LH + 2LW + 2WH

Volume and Surface Area of a Cube
V = s3
S = 6s2
Volume and Surface Area of a Sphere
4
V= πr3
3
S = 4πr2
Volume and Surface Area of a Cylinder
V = πr2h
S = 2πr2 + 2πrh
Volume of a Cone
1
For a cone with radius r and height h: Volume: V = π r2h
3
9.7 - Solve a Formula for a Specific Variable

Distance, Rate, and Time
d = rt

[email protected]."
This page titled 9.S: Math Models and Geometry (Summary) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

Find the Volume and Surface Area of Spheres
A sphere is the shape of a basketball, like a three-dimensional circle. Just like a circle, the size of a sphere is determined by its
radius, which is the distance from the center of the sphere to any point on its surface. The formulas for the volume and surface area
of a sphere are given below.
Showing where these formulas come from, like we did for a rectangular solid, is beyond the scope of this course. We will
approximate π with 3.14.
 Definition: Volume and Surface Area of a Sphere
For a sphere with radius r:
 Example 9.10.5:
A sphere has a radius 6 inches. Find its (a) volume and (b) surface area.
Solution
information.
(a)
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the volume of the sphere
4
Step 4. Translate. Write the appropriate formula. V = πr
3
(9.6.12)
3
4
3
V ≈ (3.14)6
Step 5. Solve. 3
V ≈ 904.32 cubic inches
Step 6. Check. Double-check your math on a calculator.
Step 7. Answer the question. The volume is approximately 904.32 cubic inches.
(b)
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the surface area of the cube
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it. let S = surface area
Step 4. Translate. Write the appropriate formula. S = 4πr

2
(9.6.13)

2
S ≈ 4(3.14)6
Step 5. Solve.
S ≈ 452.16 sq. inches
Step 6. Check. Double-check your math on a calculator.
Step 7. Answer the question. The surface area is approximately 452.16 square inches.
Find the (a) volume and (b) surface area of a sphere with radius 3 centimeters.
Answer a
113.04 cu. cm
Answer b
113.04 sq. cm
Find the (a) volume and (b) surface area of each sphere with a radius of 1 foot
Answer a
4.19 cu. ft
Answer b
12.56 sq. ft
 Example 9.10.6:
A globe of Earth is in the shape of a sphere with radius 14 centimeters. Find its (a) volume and (b) surface area. Round the
answer to the nearest hundredth.
information.
(a)
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the volume of the sphere
4
3
V = πr
Step 4. Translate. Write the appropriate formula. Substitute. (Use 3
3.14 for π) 4
3
V ≈ (3.14)14
3
Step 5. Solve. V ≈ 11, 488.21 (9.6.14)
Step 7. Answer the question. The volume is approximately 11,488.21 cubic inches.

(b)
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the surface area of the sphere
2
S = 4πr
Step 4. Translate. Write the appropriate formula. 2
S ≈ 4(3.14)14
Step 5. Solve. S ≈ 2461.76 (9.6.15)
A beach ball is in the shape of a sphere with radius of 9 inches. Find its (a) volume and (b) surface area.
Answer a
3052.08 cu. in
Answer b
1017.36 sq. in.
A Roman statue depicts Atlas holding a globe with radius of 1.5 feet. Find the (a) volume and (b) surface area of the globe.
Answer a
14.13 cu. ft
Answer b
28.26 sq. ft
Find the Volume and Surface Area of a Cylinder

If you have ever seen a can of soda, you know what a cylinder looks like. A cylinder is a solid figure with two parallel circles of
the same size at the top and bottom. The top and bottom of a cylinder are called the bases. The height h of a cylinder is the distance
between the two bases. For all the cylinders we will work with here, the sides and the height, h, will be perpendicular to the bases.
Figure 9.10.5 - A cylinder has two circular bases of equal size. The height is the distance between the bases.
Rectangular solids and cylinders are somewhat similar because they both have two bases and a height. The formula for the volume
of a rectangular solid, V = Bh, can also be used to find the volume of a cylinder.
For the rectangular solid, the area of the base, B, is the area of the rectangular base, length × width. For a cylinder, the area of the
base, B, is the area of its circular base, πr2. Figure 9.10.6 compares how the formula V = Bh is used for rectangular solids and
cylinders.

Figure 9.10.6 - Seeing how a cylinder is similar to a rectangular solid may make it easier to understand the formula for the volume
of a cylinder.
To understand the formula for the surface area of a cylinder, think of a can of vegetables. It has three surfaces: the top, the bottom,
and the piece that forms the sides of the can. If you carefully cut the label off the side of the can and unroll it, you will see that it is
a rectangle. See Figure 9.10.7.
Figure 9.10.7 - By cutting and unrolling the label of a can of vegetables, we can see that the surface of a cylinder is a rectangle.
The length of the rectangle is the circumference of the cylinder’s base, and the width is the height of the cylinder.
The distance around the edge of the can is the circumference of the cylinder’s base it is also the length L of the rectangular label.
The height of the cylinder is the width W of the rectangular label. So the area of the label can be represented as
To find the total surface area of the cylinder, we add the areas of the two circles to the area of the rectangle.
The surface area of a cylinder with radius r and height h, is

2
S = 2π r + 2πrh (9.6.16)
 Definition: Volume and Surface Area of a Cylinder

For a cylinder with radius r and height h:

 Example 9.10.7:
A cylinder has height 5 centimeters and radius 3 centimeters. Find the (a) volume and (b) surface area.
Solution
information.
(a)
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the volume of the cylinder
Step 4. Translate. Write the appropriate formula. Substitute. (Use V = πr h

2
3.14 for π) V ≈ (3.14)3

2
⋅5
Step 5. Solve. V ≈ 141.3 (9.6.17)
(b)
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the surface area of the cylinder
2
S = 2πr + 2πrh
S ≈ 2(3.14)3 + 2(3.14)(3)5
Step 5. Solve. S ≈ 150.72 (9.6.18)
Find the (a) volume and (b) surface area of the cylinder with radius 4 cm and height 7 cm.
Answer a
351.68 cu. cm
Answer b
276.32 sq. ft

Find the (a) volume and (b) surface area of the cylinder with given radius 2 ft and height 8 ft.
Answer a
100.48 cu. ft
Answer b
125.6 sq. ft
 Example 9.10.8:
Find the (a) volume and (b) surface area of a can of soda. The radius of the base is 4 centimeters and the height is 13
centimeters. Assume the can is shaped exactly like a cylinder.
Solution
information.
(a)
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the volume of the cylinder
Step 4. Translate. Write the appropriate formula. Substitute. (Use V = πr h

2
3.14 for π) V ≈ (3.14)4

2
⋅ 13
Step 5. Solve. V ≈ 653.12 (9.6.19)
Step 6. Check. We leave it to you to check.
Step 7. Answer the question. The volume is approximately 653.12 cubic centimeters.
(b)
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the surface area of the cylinder
2
S = 2πr + 2πrh
S ≈ 2(3.14)4 + 2(3.14)(4)13
Step 5. Solve. S ≈ 427.04 (9.6.20)
Step 7. Answer the question. The surface area is approximately 427.04 square centimeters.

Find the (a) volume and (b) surface area of a can of paint with radius 8 centimeters and height 19 centimeters. Assume the can
is shaped exactly like a cylinder.
Answer a
3,818.24 cu. cm
Answer b
1,356.48 sq. cm
Find the (a) volume and (b) surface area of a cylindrical drum with radius 2.7 feet and height 4 feet. Assume the drum is
shaped exactly like a cylinder.
Answer a
91.5624 cu. ft
Answer b
113.6052 sq. ft
Find the Volume of Cones

The first image that many of us have when we hear the word ‘cone’ is an ice cream cone. There are many other applications of
cones (but most are not as tasty as ice cream cones). In this section, we will see how to find the volume of a cone.
In geometry, a cone is a solid figure with one circular base and a vertex. The height of a cone is the distance between its base and
the vertex.The cones that we will look at in this section will always have the height perpendicular to the base. See Figure 9.10.8.
Figure 9.10.8 - The height of a cone is the distance between its base and the vertex.
Earlier in this section, we saw that the volume of a cylinder is V = πr2h. We can think of a cone as part of a cylinder. Figure 9.10.9
shows a cone placed inside a cylinder with the same height and same base. If we compare the volume of the cone and the cylinder,
we can see that the volume of the cone is less than that of the cylinder.
Figure 9.10.9 - The volume of a cone is less than the volume of a cylinder with the same base and height.
In fact, the volume of a cone is exactly one-third of the volume of a cylinder with the same base and height. The volume of a cone
is
1
V = Bh (9.6.21)
3
Since the base of a cone is a circle, we can substitute the formula of area of a circle, πr2, for B to get the formula for volume of a
cone.

1 2
V = πr h (9.6.22)
3
In this book, we will only find the volume of a cone, and not its surface area.
 Definition: Volume of a Cone
For a cone with radius r and height h .
 Example 9.10.9:
Find the volume of a cone with height 6 inches and radius of its base 2 inches.
Solution
information.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the volume of the cone
1
2
V = πr h
Step 4. Translate. Write the appropriate formula. Substitute. (Use 3
3.14 for π) 1
2
V ≈ (3.14)(2 ) (6)
3
Step 5. Solve. V ≈ 25.12 (9.6.23)
Find the volume of a cone with height 7 inches and radius 3 inches
Answer
65.94 cu. in.
Find the volume of a cone with height 9 centimeters and radius 5 centimeters
Answer
235.5 cu. cm

 Example 9.10.10:
Marty’s favorite gastro pub serves French fries in a paper wrap shaped like a cone. What is the volume of a conic wrap that is 8
inches tall and 5 inches in diameter? Round the answer to the nearest hundredth.
Solution
information.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the volume of the cone
1
Step 4. Translate. Write the appropriate formula. Substitute. (Use V =
2
πr h
3
3.14 for π, and notice that we were given the distance across the
1
2
circle, which is its diameter. The radius is 2.5 inches.) V ≈ (3.14)(2.5 ) (8)
3
Step 5. Solve. V ≈ 52.33 (9.6.24)
Step 7. Answer the question. The volume of the wrap is approximately 52.33 cubic inches.
How many cubic inches of candy will fit in a cone-shaped piñata that is 18 inches long and 12 inches across its base? Round
the answer to the nearest hundredth.
Answer
678.24 cu. in.
What is the volume of a cone-shaped party hat that is 10 inches tall and 7 inches across at the base? Round the answer to the
nearest hundredth.
Answer
128.2 cu. in.
Summary of Geometry Formulas

The following charts summarize all of the formulas covered in this chapter.

Volume of a Cone

In the following exercises, find (a) the volume and (b) the surface area of the rectangular solid with the given dimensions.
263. length 2 meters, width 1.5 meters, height 3 meters
264. length 5 feet, width 8 feet, height 2.5 feet
265. length 3.5 yards, width 2.1 yards, height 2.4 yards
266. length 8.8 centimeters, width 6.5 centimeters, height 4.2 centimeters
267. Moving van A rectangular moving van has length 16 feet, width 8 feet, and height 8 feet. Find its (a) volume and (b) surface
area.
268. Gift box A rectangular gift box has length 26 inches, width 16 inches, and height 4 inches. Find its (a) volume and (b) surface
area.
269. Carton A rectangular carton has length 21.3 cm, width 24.2 cm, and height 6.5 cm. Find its (a) volume and (b) surface area.
270. Shipping container A rectangular shipping container has length 22.8 feet, width 8.5 feet, and height 8.2 feet. Find its (a)
volume and (b) surface area.
In the following exercises, find (a) the volume and (b) the surface area of the cube with the given side length.
271. 5 centimeters

272. 6 inches
273. 10.4 feet
274. 12.5 meters
275. Science center Each side of the cube at the Discovery Science Center in Santa Ana is 64 feet long. Find its (a) volume and (b)
surface area.
276. Museum A cube-shaped museum has sides 45 meters long. Find its (a) volume and (b) surface area.
277. Base of statue The base of a statue is a cube with sides 2.8 meters long. Find its (a) volume and (b) surface area.
278. Tissue box A box of tissues is a cube with sides 4.5 inches long. Find its (a) volume and (b) surface area.
Find the Volume and Surface Area of Spheres

In the following exercises, find (a) the volume and (b) the surface area of the sphere with the given radius. Round answers to the
nearest hundredth.
279. 3 centimeters
280. 9 inches
281. 7.5 feet
282. 2.1 yards
In the following exercises, solve. Round answers to the nearest hundredth.
283. Exercise ball An exercise ball has a radius of 15 inches. Find its (a) volume and (b) surface area.
284. Balloon ride The Great Park Balloon is a big orange sphere with a radius of 36 feet . Find its (a) volume and (b) surface area.
285. Golf ball A golf ball has a radius of 4.5 centimeters. Find its (a) volume and (b) surface area.
286. Baseball A baseball has a radius of 2.9 inches. Find its (a) volume and (b) surface area.
Find the Volume and Surface Area of a Cylinder

In the following exercises, find (a) the volume and (b) the surface area of the cylinder with the given radius and height. Round
answers to the nearest hundredth.
287. radius 3 feet, height 9 feet
288. radius 5 centimeters, height 15 centimeters
289. radius 1.5 meters, height 4.2 meters
290. radius 1.3 yards, height 2.8 yards
291. Coffee can A can of coffee has a radius of 5 cm and a height of 13 cm. Find its (a) volume and (b) surface area.
292. Snack pack A snack pack of cookies is shaped like a cylinder with radius 4 cm and height 3 cm. Find its (a) volume and (b)
surface area.
293. Barber shop pole A cylindrical barber shop pole has a diameter of 6 inches and height of 24 inches. Find its (a) volume and (b)
surface area.
294. Architecture A cylindrical column has a diameter of 8 feet and a height of 28 feet. Find its (a) volume and (b) surface area.
Find the Volume of Cones

In the following exercises, find the volume of the cone with the given dimensions. Round answers to the nearest hundredth.
295. height 9 feet and radius 2 feet
296. height 8 inches and radius 6 inches
297. height 12.4 centimeters and radius 5 cm
298. height 15.2 meters and radius 4 meters
299. Teepee What is the volume of a cone-shaped teepee tent that is 10 feet tall and 10 feet across at the base?
300. Popcorn cup What is the volume of a cone-shaped popcorn cup that is 8 inches tall and 6 inches across at the base?
301. Silo What is the volume of a cone-shaped silo that is 50 feet tall and 70 feet across at the base?
302. Sand pile What is the volume of a cone-shaped pile of sand that is 12 meters tall and 30 meters across at the base?

Everyday Math
303. Street light post The post of a street light is shaped like a truncated cone, as shown in the picture below. It is a large cone
minus a smaller top cone. The large cone is 30 feet tall with base radius 1 foot. The smaller cone is 10 feet tall with base radius
of 0.5 feet. To the nearest tenth, (a) find the volume of the large cone. (b) find the volume of the small cone. (c) find the volume
of the post by subtracting the volume of the small cone from the volume of the large cone.
304. Ice cream cones A regular ice cream cone is 4 inches tall and has a diameter of 2.5 inches. A waffle cone is 7 inches tall and
has a diameter of 3.25 inches. To the nearest hundredth, (a) find the volume of the regular ice cream cone. (b) find the volume
of the waffle cone. (c) how much more ice cream fits in the waffle cone compared to the regular cone?
Writing Exercises
305. The formulas for the volume of a cylinder and a cone are similar. Explain how you can remember which formula goes with
which shape.
306. Which has a larger volume, a cube of sides of 8 feet or a sphere with a diameter of 8 feet? Explain your reasoning.
Self Check

[email protected]."
This page titled 9.10: Solve Geometry Applications- Volume and Surface Area (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored,

Use the distance, rate, and time formula
Solve a formula for a specific variable
 Be Prepared!
1. Write 35 miles per gallon as a unit rate. If you missed this problem, review Example 5.11.8.
2. Solve 6x + 24 = 96. If you missed this problem, review Example 8.4.1.
3. Find the simple interest earned after 5 years on $1,000 at an interest rate of 4%. If you missed this problem, review
Example 6.4.1.

One formula you’ll use often in algebra and in everyday life is the formula for distance traveled by an object moving at a constant
speed. The basic idea is probably already familiar to you. Do you know what distance you travel if you drove at a steady rate of 60
miles per hour for 2 hours? (This might happen if you use your car’s cruise control while driving on the Interstate.) If you said 120
miles, you already know how to use this formula!
The math to calculate the distance might look like this:
60 miles
distance = ( ) (2 hours)
1 hour
distance = 120 miles
In general, the formula relating distance, rate, and time is
distance = rate ⋅ time (9.11.1)
 Definition: Distance, Rate and Time

For an object moving in at a uniform (constant) rate, the distance traveled, the elapsed time, and the rate are related by the
formula
d = rt (9.11.2)
where d = distance, r = rate, and t = time.
miles
Notice that the units we used above for the rate were miles per hour, which we can write as a ratio . Then when we
hour
multiplied by the time, in hours, the common units ‘hour’ divided out. The answer was in miles.
 Example 9.11.1:
1
Jamal rides his bike at a uniform rate of 12 miles per hour for 3 hours. How much distance has he traveled?
2
Solution
d = ?
Step 1. Read the problem. You may want to create a mini-chart to r = 12 mph
summarize the information in the problem. 1

t = 3 hours
2
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. distance traveled

Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it. let d = distance
d = rt
Step 4. Translate. Write the appropriate formula for the situation.
1
Substitute in the given information. d = 12 ⋅ 3
2
Step 5. Solve the equation. d = 42 miles
Step 6. Check: Does 42 miles make sense?
Step 7. Answer the question with a complete sentence. Jamal rode 42 miles.
1
Lindsay drove for 5 hours at 60 miles per hour. How much distance did she travel?
2
Answer
330 mi
1
Trinh walked for 2 hours at 3 miles per hour. How far did she walk?
3
Answer
7 mi
 Example 9.11.2:
Rey is planning to drive from his house in San Diego to visit his grandmother in Sacramento, a distance of 520 miles. If he can
drive at a steady rate of 65 miles per hour, how many hours will the trip take?
Solution
d = 520 miles
Step 1. Read the problem. Summarize the information in the problem. r = 65 mph
t = ?
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. how many hours (time)
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it. let t = time
Step 4. Translate. Write the appropriate formula for the situation. d = rt
Substitute in the given information. 520 = 65t
Step 5. Solve the equation. t=8
d = rt
Step 6. Check: Substitute the numbers into the formula and make sure ?
520 = 65 ⋅ 8
the result is a true statement.
520 = 520 ✓

Step 7. Answer the question with a complete sentence. We know the
units of time will be hours because we divided miles by miles per Rey's trip will take 8 hours.
hour.
Lee wants to drive from Phoenix to his brother’s apartment in San Francisco, a distance of 770 miles. If he drives at a steady
rate of 70 miles per hour, how many hours will the trip take?
Answer
11 hours
Yesenia is 168 miles from Chicago. If she needs to be in Chicago in 3 hours, at what rate does she need to drive?
Answer
56 mph

In this chapter, you became familiar with some formulas used in geometry. Formulas are also very useful in the sciences and social
sciences—fields such as chemistry, physics, biology, psychology, sociology, and criminal justice. Healthcare workers use formulas,
too, even for something as routine as dispensing medicine. The widely used spreadsheet program Microsoft ExcelTM relies on
formulas to do its calculations. Many teachers use spreadsheets to apply formulas to compute student grades. It is important to be
familiar with formulas and be able to manipulate them easily.
In Example 9.57 and Example 9.58, we used the formula d = rt. This formula gives the value of d when you substitute in the values
of r and t. But in Example 9.58, we had to find the value of t. We substituted in values of d and r and then used algebra to solve to t.
If you had to do this often, you might wonder why there isn’t a formula that gives the value of t when you substitute in the values
of d and r. We can get a formula like this by solving the formula d = rt for t.
To solve a formula for a specific variable means to get that variable by itself with a coefficient of 1 on one side of the equation
and all the other variables and constants on the other side. We will call this solving an equation for a specific variable in general.
This process is also called solving a literal equation. The result is another formula, made up only of variables. The formula contains
letters, or literals.
Let’s try a few examples, starting with the distance, rate, and time formula we used above.
 Example 9.11.3:
Solve the formula d = rt for t: (a) when d = 520 and r = 65 (b) in general.
Solution
We’ll write the solutions side-by-side so you can see that solving a formula in general uses the same steps as when we have
numbers to substitute.
(a) when d = 520 and r = 65 (b) in general
Write the formula. d = rt d = rt
Substitute any given values. 520 = 65t
520 65t d rt
Divide to isolate t. = (9.11.3) = (9.11.4)
65 65 r r

d
= t
8 = t
r
Simplify.
t = 8 d
t =
r
d
Notice that the solution for (a) is the same as that in Example 9.58. We say the formula t = is solved for t. We can use this
r
version of the formula anytime we are given the distance and rate and need to find the time.
Solve the formula d = rt for r: (a) when d = 180 and t = 4 (b) in general
Answer a
r = 45
Answer b
d
r =
t
Solve the formula d = rt for r: (a) when d = 780 and t = 12 (b) in general
Answer a
r = 65
Answer b
d
r =
t
1
We used the formula A = bh in Use Properties of Rectangles, Triangles, and Trapezoids to find the area of a triangle when we
2
were given the base and height. In the next example, we will solve this formula for the height.
 Example 9.11.4:
1
The formula for area of a triangle is A = bh. Solve this formula for h: (a) when A = 90 and b = 15 (b) in general
2
Solution
(a) when A = 90 and b = 15 (b) in general

1 1
Write the formula. A= bh A= bh
2 2
1
Substitute any given values. 90 = ⋅ 15 ⋅ h (9.11.5)
2
1 1
Clear the fractions. 2 ⋅ 90 = 2 ⋅ ⋅ 15 ⋅ h (9.11.6) 2 ⋅A = 2 ⋅ ⋅b⋅h (9.11.7)
2 2
Simplify. 180 = 15h 2A = bh

2A
Solve for h. 12 = h =h
b
We can now find the height of a triangle, if we know the area and the base, by using the formula

2A
h = (9.11.8)
b
1
Use the formula A = bh to solve for h: (a) when A = 170 and b = 17 (b) in general
2
Answer a
h = 20
Answer b
2A
h =
b
1
Use the formula A = bh to solve for b: (a) when A = 62 and h = 31 (b) in general
2
Answer a
b =4
Answer b
2A
b =
h
In Solve Simple Interest Applications, we used the formula I = Prt to calculate simple interest, where I is interest, P is principal, r is
rate as a decimal, and t is time in years.
 Example 9.11.5:
Solve the formula I = Prt to find the principal, P: (a) when I = $5,600, r = 4%, t = 7 years (b) in general
Solution
(a) when I = $5,600, r = 4%, t = 7 years (b) in general
Write the forumla. I = Prt I = Prt
Substitute any given values. 5600 = P(0.04)(7) I = Prt
Multiply r • t. 5600 = P(0.28) I = P(rt)
5600 P (0.28) I P (rt)

Divide to isolate P. = (9.11.9) = (9.11.10)
0.28 0.28 rt rt
I
Simplify. 20,000 = P =P
rt
I
State the answer. The principal is $20,000. P = (9.11.11)
rt
Use the formula I = Prt. Find t: (a) when I = $2,160, r = 6%, P = $12,000; (b) in general
Answer a
t =3 years

Answer b
I
t =
Pr
Use the formula I = Prt. Find r: (a) when I = $5,400, P = $9,000, t = 5 years; (b) in general
Answer a
r = 0.12 = 12%
Answer b
I
t =
Pt
Later in this course, and in future algebra classes, you’ll encounter equations that relate two variables, usually x and y. You might
be given an equation that is solved for y and need to solve it for x, or vice versa. In the following example, we’re given an equation
with both x and y on the same side and we’ll solve it for y. To do this, we will follow the same steps that we used to solve a formula
for a specific variable.
 Example 9.11.6:
Solve the formula 3x + 2y = 18 for y: (a) when x = 4 (b) in general

Solution
(a) when x = 4 (b) in general
Write the equation. 3x + 2y = 18 3x + 2y = 18
Substitute any given values. 3(4) + 2y = 18 3x + 2y = 18
Simplify if possible. 12 + 2y = 18 3x + 2y = 18
Subtract to isolate the y-term. 12 − 12 + 2y = 18 − 12 (9.11.12) 3x − 3x + 2y = 18 − 3x (9.11.13)
Simplify. 2y = 6 2y = 18 - 3x
2y 6 2y 18 − 3x
Divide. = (9.11.14) = (9.11.15)
2 2 2 2
18 − 3x
Simplify. y=3 y = (9.11.16)
2
Answer a
y =1
Answer b
10−3x
y =
4

Answer a
y = −1
Answer b
18−5x
y =
2
In the previous examples, we used the numbers in part (a) as a guide to solving in general in part (b). Do you think you’re ready to
solve a formula in general without using numbers as a guide?
 Example 9.11.7:
Solve the formula P = a + b + c for a.
Solution
We will isolate a on one side of the equation.
We will isolate a on one side of the equation.
Write the equation. P=a+b+c
Subtract b and c from both sides to isolate a. P −b−c = a+b+c−b−c (9.11.17)
Simplify. P−b−c=a
So, a = P − b − c.
Solve the formula P = a + b + c for b.
Answer
b=P-a-c
Solve the formula P = a + b + c for c.
Answer
c=P-a-b
 Example 9.11.8:
Solve the equation 3x + y = 10 for y.

Solution
We will isolate y on one side of the equation.
Write the equation. 3x + y = 10

Subtract 3x from both sides to isolate y. 3x − 3x + y = 10 − 3x (9.11.18)
Simplify. y = 10 - 3x
Solve the formula 7x + y = 11 for y
Answer
y = 11 - 7x
Solve the formula 11x + y = 8 for y.
Answer
y = 8 - 11x
 Example 9.11.9:
Solve the equation 6x + 5y = 13 for y.

Solution
Write the equation. 6x + 5y = 13
Subtract to isolate the term with y. 6x + 5y − 6x = 13 − 6x (9.11.19)
Simplify. 5y = 13 - 6x
5y 13 − 6x
Divide 5 to make the coefficient 1. = (9.11.20)
5 5
13 − 6x
Simplify. y = (9.11.21)
5
Solve the formula 4x + 7y = 9 for y.
Answer
9−4x
y =
7
Solve the formula 5x + 8y = 1 for y.
Answer
1−5x
y =
8

Distance = Rate x Time
Distance, Rate, Time
Simple Interest
Solving a Formula for a Specific Variable
Solving a Formula for a Specific Variable

1
307. Steve drove for 8 hours at 72 miles per hour. How much distance did he travel?
2
5
308. Socorro drove for 4 hours at 60 miles per hour. How much distance did she travel?
6
3
309. Yuki walked for 1 hours at 4 miles per hour. How far did she walk?
4
1
310. Francie rode her bike for 2 hours at 12 miles per hour. How far did she ride?
2
311. Connor wants to drive from Tucson to the Grand Canyon, a distance of 338 miles. If he drives at a steady rate of 52 miles per
hour, how many hours will the trip take?
312. Megan is taking the bus from New York City to Montreal. The distance is 384 miles and the bus travels at a steady rate of 64
miles per hour. How long will the bus ride be?
313. Aurelia is driving from Miami to Orlando at a rate of 65 miles per hour. The distance is 235 miles. To the nearest tenth of an
hour, how long will the trip take?
314. Kareem wants to ride his bike from St. Louis, Missouri to Champaign, Illinois. The distance is 180 miles. If he rides at a steady
rate of 16 miles per hour, how many hours will the trip take?
315. Javier is driving to Bangor, Maine, which is 240 miles away from his current location. If he needs to be in Bangor in 4 hours, at
what rate does he need to drive?
316. Alejandra is driving to Cincinnati, Ohio, 450 miles away. If she wants to be there in 6 hours, at what rate does she need to
drive?
317. Aisha took the train from Spokane to Seattle. The distance is 280 miles, and the trip took 3.5 hours. What was the speed of the
train?
318. Philip got a ride with a friend from Denver to Las Vegas, a distance of 750 miles. If the trip took 10 hours, how fast was the
friend driving?

In the following exercises, use the formula. d = rt.
325. Solve for r: (a) when d = 160 and t = 2.5 (b) in general
326. Solve for r: (a) when d = 180 and t = 4.5 (b) in general.
1
In the following exercises, use the formula A = bh.
2


In the following exercises, use the formula I = Prt.
331. Solve for the principal, P for: (a) I = $5,480, r = 4%, t = 7 years (b) in general
332. Solve for the principal, P for: (a) I = $3,950, r = 6%, t = 5 years (b) in general
333. Solve for the time, t for: (a) I = $2,376, P = $9,000, r = 4.4% (b) in general
334. Solve for the time, t for: (a) I = $624, P = $6,000, r = 5.2% (b) in general
339. Solve a + b = 90 for b.
340. Solve a + b = 90 for a.
341. Solve 180 = a + b + c for a.
342. Solve 180 = a + b + c for c.
347. Solve the formula 4x + 3y = 7 for y.
348. Solve the formula 3x + 2y = 11 for y.
349. Solve the formula x − y = −4 for y.
350. Solve the formula x − y = −3 for y.
351. Solve the formula P = 2L + 2W for L.
352. Solve the formula P = 2L + 2W for W.
353. Solve the formula C = πd for d.
354. Solve the formula C = πd for π.
355. Solve the formula V = LWH for L.
356. Solve the formula V = LWH for H.
Everyday Math
357. Converting temperature While on a tour in Greece, Tatyana saw that the temperature was 40° Celsius. Solve for F in the
5
formula C = (F − 32) to find the temperature in Fahrenheit.
9
358. Converting temperature Yon was visiting the United States and he saw that the temperature in Seattle was 50° Fahrenheit.
9
Solve for C in the formula F = C + 32 to find the temperature in Celsius.
5
Writing Exercises
359. Solve the equation 2x + 3y = 6 for y: (a) when x = −3 (b) in general (c) Which solution is easier for you? Explain why.
360. Solve the equation 5x − 2y = 10 for x: (a) when y = 10 (b) in general (c) Which solution is easier for you? Explain why.
Self Check

[email protected]."
This page titled 9.11: Solve a Formula for a Specific Variable is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

CHAPTER OVERVIEW
10: Polynomials
Expressions known as polynomials are used widely in algebra. Applications of these expressions are essential to many careers,
including economists, engineers, and scientists. In this chapter, we will find out what polynomials are and how to manipulate them
through basic mathematical operations.
Figure 10.1 - The paths of rockets are calculated using polynomials. (credit: NASA, Public Domain)

[email protected]."
This page titled 10: Polynomials is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.
1
Identify polynomials, monomials, binomials, and trinomials
Determine the degree of polynomials
Add and subtract monomials
Add and subtract polynomials
Evaluate a polynomial for a given value
 be prepared!
1. Simplify: 8x + 3x. If you missed this problem, review Example 2.3.10.
2. Subtract: (5n + 8) − (2n − 1). If you missed this problem, review Example 7.4.13.
3. Evaluate: 4y2 when y = 5 If you missed this problem, review Example 2.3.6.
Identify Polynomials, Monomials, Binomials, and Trinomials

In Evaluate, Simplify, and Translate Expressions, you learned that a term is a constant or the product of a constant and one or more
variables. When it is of the form axm, where a is a constant and m is a whole number, it is called a monomial. A monomial, or a
sum and/or difference of monomials, is called a polynomial.
 Definition: Polynomials
polynomial — A monomial, or two or more monomials, combined by addition or subtraction
monomial — A polynomial with exactly one term
binomial — A polynomial with exactly two terms
trinomial — A polynomial with exactly three terms
Notice the roots:

poly- means many
mono- means one
bi- means two
tri- means three
Here are some examples of polynomials:
Polynomial b+1 4y2 − 7y + 2 5x5 − 4x4 + x3 + 8x2 − 9x + 1
Monomial 5 4b2 -9x3
Binomial 3a - 7 y2 - 9 17x3 + 14x2
Trinomial x2 - 5x + 6 4y2 - 7y + 2 5a4 - 3a3 + a
Notice that every monomial, binomial, and trinomial is also a polynomial. They are special members of the family of polynomials
and so they have special names. We use the words ‘monomial’, ‘binomial’, and ‘trinomial’ when referring to these special
polynomials and just call all the rest ‘polynomials’.
 Example 10.1.1:
Determine whether each polynomial is a monomial, binomial, trinomial, or other polynomial: (a) 8x2 − 7x − 9 (b) −5a4 (c) x4 −
7x3 − 6x2 + 5x + 2 (d) 11 − 4y3 (e) n
Solution

Polynomial Number of terms Type
(a) 8x2 − 7x − 9 3 Trinomial
(b) −5a4 1 Monomial
(c) x4 − 7x3 − 6x2 + 5x + 2 5 Polynomial
(d) 11 − 4y3 2 Binomial
(e) n 1 Monomial
Determine whether each polynomial is a monomial, binomial, trinomial, or other polynomial. (a) z (b) 2x3 − 4x2 − x − 8 (c)
6x2 − 4x + 1 (d) 9 − 4y2 (e) 3x7
Answer a
monomial
Answer b
polynomial
Answer c
trinomial
Answer d
binomial
Answer e
monomial
Determine whether each polynomial is a monomial, binomial, trinomial, or other polynomial. (a) y3 − 8 (b) 9x3 − 5x2 − x (c) x4
− 3x2 − 4x − 7 (d) −y4 (e) w
Answer a
binomial
Answer b
trinomial
Answer c
polynomial
Answer d
monomial
Answer e
monomial
Determine the Degree of Polynomials

In this section, we will work with polynomials that have only one variable in each term. The degree of a polynomial and the degree
of its terms are determined by the exponents of the variable.

A monomial that has no variable, just a constant, is a special case. The degree of a constant is 0 —it has no variable.
 Definition: Degree of a Polynomial
The degree of a term is the exponent of its variable.

The degree of a constant is 0.
The degree of a polynomial is the highest degree of all its terms.
Let's see how this works by looking at several polynomials. We'll take it step by step, starting with monomials, and then
progressing to polynomials with more terms.
Remember: Any base written without an exponent has an implied exponent of 1.
 Example 10.1.2:
Find the degree of the following polynomials: (a) 4x (b) 3x3 − 5x + 7 (c) −11 (d) −6x2 + 9x − 3 (e) 8x + 2
Solution
(a) 4x
The exponent of x is one. x = x1 The degree is 1.
(b) 3x3 − 5x + 7
The highest degree of all the terms is 3. The degree is 3.
(c) −11
The degree of a constant is 0. The degree is 0.
(d) −6x2 + 9x − 3
(e) 8x + 2

Find the degree of the following polynomials: (a) −6y (b) 4x − 1 (c) 3x4 + 4x2 − 8 (d) 2y2 + 3y + 9 (e) −18
Answer a
1
Answer b
1
Answer c
4
Answer d
2
Answer e
0
Find the degree of the following polynomials: (a) 47 (b) 2x2 − 8x + 2 (c) x4 − 16 (d) y5 − 5y3 + y (e) 9a3
Answer a
0
Answer b
2
Answer c
4
Answer d
5
Answer e
3
Working with polynomials is easier when you list the terms in descending order of degrees. When a polynomial is written this way,
it is said to be in standard form. Look back at the polynomials in Example 10.2. Notice that they are all written in standard form.
Get in the habit of writing the term with the highest degree first.
Add and Subtract Monomials

In The Language of Algebra, you simplified expressions by combining like terms. Adding and subtracting monomials is the same
as combining like terms. Like terms must have the same variable with the same exponent. Recall that when combining like terms
only the coefficients are combined, never the exponents.

 Example 10.1.3:
Add: 17x2 + 6x2.

Solution
Combine like terms. 23x2
Add: 12x2 + 5x2.
Answer
17x2
Add: −11y2 + 8y2.
Answer
-3y2
 Example 10.1.4:
Subtract: 11n − (−8n).

Solution
Combine like terms. 19n
Subtract: 9n − (−5n).
Answer
14n
Subtract: −7a3 − (−5a3).
Answer
-2a3
 Example 10.1.5:
Simplify: a2 + 4b2 − 7a2.

Solution
Combine like terms. −6a2 + 4b2
Remember, −6a2 and 4b2 are not like terms. The variables are not the same.

Add: 3x2 + 3y2 − 5x2.
Answer
-2x2 + 3y2
Add: 2a2 + b2 − 4a2.
Answer
-2a2 + b2
Add and Subtract Polynomials

Adding and subtracting polynomials can be thought of as just adding and subtracting like terms. Look for like terms—those with
the same variables with the same exponent. The Commutative Property allows us to rearrange the terms to put like terms together.
It may also be helpful to underline, circle, or box like terms.
 Example 10.1.6:
Find the sum: (4x2 − 5x + 1) + (3x2 − 8x − 9)

Solution
Identify like terms.
Rearrange to get the like terms together.
Combine like terms.
Find the sum: (3x2 − 2x + 8) + (x2 − 6x + 2).
Answer
4x2 - 8x + 10
Find the sum: (7y2 + 4y − 6) + (4y2 + 5y + 1)
Answer
11y2 + 9y - 5
Parentheses are grouping symbols. When we add polynomials as we did in Example 10.6, we can rewrite the expression without
parentheses and then combine like terms. But when we subtract polynomials, we must be very careful with the signs.
 Example 10.1.7:
Find the difference: (7u2 − 5u + 3) − (4u2 − 2).
Solution

Distribute and identify like terms.
Rearrange the terms.
Combine like terms.
Find the difference: (6y2 + 3y − 1) − (3y2 − 4).
Answer
3y2 + 3y + 3
Find the difference: (8u2 − 7u − 2) − (5u2 − 6u − 4).
Answer
3u2 - u + 2
 Example 10.1.8:
Subtract: (m2 − 3m + 8) from (9m2 − 7m + 4).

Solution
Distribute and identify like terms.
Rearrange the terms.
Combine like terms.
Subtract: (4n2 − 7n − 3) from (8n2 + 5n − 3).
Answer
4n2 + 12n
Subtract: (a2 − 4a − 9) from (6a2 + 4a − 1).
Answer
5a2 + 8a + 8
Evaluate a Polynomial for a Given Value

In The Language of Algebra we evaluated expressions. Since polynomials are expressions, we'll follow the same procedures to
evaluate polynomials—substitute the given value for the variable into the polynomial, and then simplify.

 Example 10.1.9:
Evaluate 3x 2 − 9x + 7 when (a) x = 3 (b) x = −1
Solution
(a) x = 3
Substitute 3 for x. 3(3)2 − 9(3) + 7
Simplify the expression with the exponent. 3 • 9 − 9(3) + 7
Multiply. 27 − 27 + 7
Simplify. 7
(b) x = −1
Substitute -1 for x. 3(-1)2 − 9(-1) + 7
Simplify the expression with the exponent. 3 • 1 − 9(-1) + 7
Multiply. 3+9+7
Simplify. 19
Evaluate: 2x2 + 4x − 3 when (a) x = 2 (b) x = −3
Answer a
13
Answer b
3
Evaluate: 7y2 − y − 2 when (a) y = −4 (b) y = 0
Answer a
114
Answer b
-2
 Example 10.1.10:
The polynomial −16t 2 + 300 gives the height of an object t seconds after it is dropped from a 300 foot tall bridge. Find the
height after t = 3 seconds.
Solution
Substitute 3 for t. -16(3)2 + 300
Simplify the expression with the exponent. -16 • 9 + 300
Multiply. -144 + 300
Simplify. 156

The polynomial −8t2 + 24t + 4 gives the height, in feet, of a ball t seconds after it is tossed into the air, from an initial height of
4 feet. Find the height after t = 3 seconds.
Answer
4 feet
The polynomial −8t2 + 24t + 4 gives the height, in feet, of a ball x seconds after it is tossed into the air, from an initial height of
4 feet. Find the height after t = 2 seconds.
Answer
20 feet
Adding Polynomials
Subtracting Polynomials

Identify Polynomials, Monomials, Binomials and Trinomials
In the following exercises, determine if each of the polynomials is a monomial, binomial, trinomial, or other polynomial.
1. 5x + 2
2. z2 − 5z − 6
3. a2 + 9a + 18
4. −12p4
5. y3 − 8y2 + 2y − 16
6. 10 − 9x
7. 23y2
8. m4 + 4m3 + 6m2 + 4m + 1

In the following exercises, determine the degree of each polynomial.
9. 8a5 − 2a3 + 1
10. 5c3 + 11c2 − c − 8
11. 3x − 12
12. 4y + 17
13. −13
14. −22

In the following exercises, add or subtract the monomials.
15. 6x2 + 9x2
16. 4y3 + 6y3
17. −12u + 4u
18. −3m + 9m
19. 5a + 7b
20. 8y + 6z

21. Add: 4a, − 3b, − 8a
22. Add: 4x, 3y, − 3x
23. 18x − 2x
24. 13a − 3a
25. Subtract 5x6 from − 12x6
26. Subtract 2p4 from − 7p4

In the following exercises, add or subtract the polynomials.
27. (4y2 + 10y + 3) + (8y2 − 6y + 5)
28. (7x2 − 9x + 2) + (6x2 − 4x + 3)
29. (x2 + 6x + 8) + (−4x2 + 11x − 9)
30. (y2 + 9y + 4) + (−2y2 − 5y − 1)
31. (3a2 + 7) + (a2 − 7a − 18)
32. (p2 − 5p − 11) + (3p2 + 9)
33. (6m2 − 9m − 3) − (2m2 + m − 5)
34. (3n2 − 4n + 1) − (4n2 − n − 2)
35. (z2 + 8z + 9) − (z2 − 3z + 1)
36. (z2 − 7z + 5) − (z2 − 8z + 6)
37. (12s2 − 15s) − (s − 9)
38. (10r2 − 20r) − (r − 8)
39. Find the sum of (2p3 − 8) and (p2 + 9p + 18)
40. Find the sum of (q2 + 4q + 13) and (7q3 − 3)
41. Subtract (7x2 − 4x + 2) from (8x2 − x + 6)
42. Subtract (5x2 − x + 12) from (9x2 − 6x − 20)
43. Find the difference of (w2 + w − 42) and (w2 − 10w + 24)
44. Find the difference of (z2 − 3z − 18) and (z2 + 5z − 20)
Evaluate a Polynomial for a Given Value

In the following exercises, evaluate each polynomial for the given value.
45. Evaluate 8y2 − 3y + 2
a. y = 5
b. y = −2
c. y = 0
46. Evaluate 5y2 − y − 7 when:
a. y = −4
b. y = 1
c. y = 0
47. Evaluate 4 − 36x when:
a. x = 3
b. x = 0
c. x = −1
48. Evaluate 16 − 36x2 when:
a. x = −1
b. x = 0
c. x = 2
49. A window washer drops a squeegee from a platform 275 feet high. The polynomial −16t2 + 275 gives the height of the
squeegee t seconds after it was dropped. Find the height after t = 4 seconds.
50. A manufacturer of microwave ovens has found that the revenue received from selling microwaves at a cost of p dollars each is
given by the polynomial −5p2 + 350p. Find the revenue received when p = 50 dollars.

Everyday Math
51. Fuel Efficiency The fuel efficiency (in miles per gallon) of a bus going at a speed of x miles per hour is given by the
1 1
polynomial − 2
x + x . Find the fuel efficiency when x = 40 mph.
160 2
52. Stopping Distance The number of feet it takes for a car traveling at x miles per hour to stop on dry, level concrete is given by
the polynomial 0.06x2 + 1.1x. Find the stopping distance when x = 60 mph.
Writing Exercises
53. Using your own words, explain the difference between a monomial, a binomial, and a trinomial.
54. Eloise thinks the sum 5x2 + 3x4 is 8x6. What is wrong with her reasoning?
Self Check

math, every topic builds upon previous work. It is important to make sure you have a strong foundation before you move on.
Who can you ask for help? Your fellow classmates and instructor are good resources. Is there a place on campus where math tutors
are available? Can your study skills be improved?
help you need.

[email protected]."
This page titled 10.1: Add and Subtract Polynomials is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

Simplify expressions with exponents
Simplify expressions using the Product Property of Exponents
Simplify expressions using the Power Property of Exponents
Simplify expressions using the Product to a Power Property
Simplify expressions by applying several properties
Multiply monomials
 be prepared!
3 3
1. Simplify: ⋅ . If you missed the problem, review Example 4.3.7.
4 4
2. Simplify: (−2)(−2)(−2). If you missed the problem, review Example 3.7.6.

Remember that an exponent indicates repeated multiplication of the same quantity. For example, 24 means to multiply four factors
of 2, so 24 means 2 • 2 • 2 • 2. This format is known as exponential notation.
 Definition: Exponential Notation
This is read a to the mth power.
In the expression am, the exponent tells us how many times we use the base a as a factor.
Before we begin working with variable expressions containing exponents, let’s simplify a few expressions involving only numbers.
 Example 10.2.1:
Simplify: (a) 53 (b) 91
Solution
(a) 53
Multiply 3 factors of 5. 5•5•5
Simplify. 125
(b) 91
Multiply 1 factor of 9. 9

Answer a
64
Answer b
11
Answer a
81
Answer b
21
 Example 10.2.2:
2
7
Simplify: (a) ( ) (b) (0.74)2
8
Solution
2
7
(a) ( )
8
7 7
Multiply two factors. ( )( ) (10.2.1)
8 8
49
Simplify. (10.2.2)
64
(b) (0.74)2
Multiply two factors. (0.74)(0.74)
Simplify. 0.5476
2
5
Simplify: (a) ( ) (b) (0.67)2
8
Answer a
25
64
Answer b
0.4489

3
2
Simplify: (a) ( ) (b) (0.127)2
5
Answer a
8
125
Answer b
0.016129
 Example 10.2.3:
Simplify: (a) (−3)4 (b) −34

Solution
(a) (−3)4
Multiply four factors of −3. (−3)(−3)(−3)(−3)
Simplify. 81
(b) −34
Multiply two factors. −(3 • 3 • 3 • 3)
Simplify. −81
Notice the similarities and differences in parts (a) and (b). Why are the answers different? In part (a) the parentheses tell us to
raise the (−3) to the 4th power. In part (b) we raise only the 3 to the 4th power and then find the opposite.
Simplify: (a) (−2)4 (b) −24
Answer a
16
Answer b
-16
Simplify: (a) (−8)2 (b) −82
Answer a
64
Answer b
-64

Simplify Expressions Using the Product Property of Exponents
You have seen that when you combine like terms by adding and subtracting, you need to have the same base with the same
exponent. But when you multiply and divide, the exponents may be different, and sometimes the bases may be different, too. We’ll
derive the properties of exponents by looking for patterns in several examples. All the exponent properties hold true for any real
numbers, but right now we will only use whole number exponents.
First, we will look at an example that leads to the Product Property.
2 2
x ⋅x (10.2.3)
What does this mean? How many factors altogether?
So, we have x
5
(10.2.4)
Notice that 5 is the sum of the exponents, 2 and 3. 2

x
3
⋅x is x
2+3 5
, or x (10.2.5)
2 3
x ⋅x
We write: x
2+3
5
x
The base stayed the same and we added the exponents. This leads to the Product Property for Exponents.
 Definition: Product Property of Exponents

If a is a real number and m, n are counting numbers, then
m n m+n
a ⋅a =a (10.2.6)
To multiply with like bases, add the exponents.
An example with numbers helps to verify this property.

2 3 ? 2+3
2 ⋅2 = 2
? 5
4⋅8 = 2
32 = 32 ✓
 Example 10.2.4:
Simplify: x5 • x7.
Solution
Use the product property, am • an = am + n. x

5+7
(10.2.7)
Simplify. x
12
(10.2.8)
Answer
x15

Answer
x16
 Example 10.2.5:
Simplify: b4 • b.
Solution
Rewrite, b = b1. 4
b ⋅b
1
(10.2.9)
Use the product property, am • an = am + n. b

4+1
(10.2.10)
Simplify. b
5
(10.2.11)
Simplify: p9 • p.
Answer
p10
Simplify: m • m7.
Answer
m8
 Example 10.2.6:
Simplify: 27 • 29.
Solution
Use the product property, am • an = am + n. 2

7+9
(10.2.12)
Simplify. 16
2 (10.2.13)
Simplify: 6 • 69.
Answer
610

Simplify: 96 • 99.
Answer
915
 Example 10.2.7:
Simplify: y17 • y23.

Solution
Notice, the bases are the same, so add the exponents. y

17+23
(10.2.14)
Simplify. y
40
(10.2.15)
Simplify: y24 • y19.
Answer
y43
Simplify: z15 • z24.
Answer
z39
We can extend the Product Property of Exponents to more than two factors.
 Example 10.2.8:
Simplify: x3 • x4 • x2.
Solution
Add the exponents, since the bases are the same. 3+4+2
x (10.2.16)
Simplify. x
9
(10.2.17)
Simplify: x7 • x5 • x9.
Answer
x21

Simplify: y3 • y8 • y4.
Answer
y15
Simplify Expressions Using the Power Property of Exponents

Now let’s look at an exponential expression that contains a power raised to a power. See if you can discover a general property.
2 3
(x ) (10.2.18)
What does this mean? x

2
⋅x
2
⋅x
2
(10.2.19)
How many factors altogether?
So, we have x
6
(10.2.20)
Notice that 6 is the product of the exponents, 2 and 3. 2

(x )
3
is x
2⋅3
or x
6
(10.2.21)
2 3
(x )
We write: x
2⋅3
6
x
We multiplied the exponents. This leads to the Power Property for Exponents.
 Definition: Power Property of Exponents
If a is a real number and m, n are whole numbers, then

m n m⋅n
(a ) =a (10.2.22)
To raise a power to a power, multiply the exponents.
An example with numbers helps to verify this property.

?
2 3 2⋅3
(5 ) = 5
3 ? 6
(25) = 5
15, 625 = 15, 625 ✓
 Example 10.2.9:
Simplify: (a) (x5)7 (b) (36)8

Solution
(a) (x5)7
Use the Power Property, (am)n = am • n. x

5⋅7
(10.2.23)
Simplify. x
35
(10.2.24)

(b) (36)8
Use the Power Property, (am)n = am • n. 3

6⋅8
(10.2.25)
Simplify. x
48
(10.2.26)
Simplify: (a) (x7)4 (b) (74)8
Answer a
x28
Answer b
732
Simplify: (a) (x6)9 (b) (86)7
Answer a
y54
Answer b
842

[email protected]."
This page titled 10.2: Use Multiplication Properties of Exponents (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or

Simplify Expressions Using the Product to a Power Property
We will now look at an expression containing a product that is raised to a power. Look for a pattern.
(2x)3
What does this mean? 2x • 2x • 2x
We group the like factors together. 2•2•2•x•x•x
How many factors of 2 and of x? 23 • x3
Notice that each factor was raised to the power. (2x)3 is 23 • x3
3
(2x)
We write: 3 3
2 ⋅x
The exponent applies to each of the factors. This leads to the Product to a Power Property for Exponents.
 Definition: Product to a Power Property of Exponents

If a and b are real numbers and m is a whole number, then
m m m
(ab ) =a b (10.2.27)
To raise a product to a power, raise each factor to that power.
An example with numbers helps to verify this property:

2 ? 2 2
(2 ⋅ 3) = 2 ⋅3
2 ?
6 = 4⋅9
?
36 = 36 ✓
 Example 10.3.10:
Simplify: (−11x)2.
Solution
Use the Power of a Product Property, (ab)m = am bm. (−11) x

2 2
(10.2.28)
Simplify. 121x
2
(10.2.29)
Simplify: (−14x)2.
Answer
196x2
Simplify: (−12a)2.
Answer

144a2
 Example 10.3.11:
Simplify: (3xy)3.
Solution
Raise each factor to the third power. 3

3 x y
3 3
(10.2.30)
Simplify. 27x y
3 3
(10.2.31)
Simplify: (−4xy)4.
Answer
256x4y4
Simplify: (6xy)3.
Answer
216x3y3
Simplify Expressions by Applying Several Properties

We now have three properties for multiplying expressions with exponents. Let’s summarize them and then we’ll do some examples
that use more than one of the properties.
 Definition: Properties of Exponents
If a, b are real numbers and m, n are whole numbers, then
Product Property am • an = am + n
Power Property (am)n = am • n
Product to a Power Property (ab)m = ambm
 Example 10.3.12:
Simplify: (x2)6(x5)4.
Solution
Use the Power Property. x12 • x20
Add the exponents. x32

Simplify: (x4)3(x7)4.
Answer
x40
Simplify: (y9)2(y8)3.
Answer
y42
 Example 10.3.13:
Simplify: (−7x3y4)2.
Solution
Take each factor to the second power. (−7)2(x3)2(y4)2
Use the Power Property. 49x6y8
Simplify: (−8x4y7)3.
Answer
-512x12y21
Simplify: (−3a5b6)4.
Answer
81a20b24
 Example 10.3.14:
Simplify: (6n)2(4n3).
Solution
Raise 6n to the second power. 62n2 • 4n3
Simplify. 36n2 • 4n3
Use the Commutative Property. 36 • 4 • n2 • n3
Multiply the constants and add the exponents. 144n5
Notice that in the first monomial, the exponent was outside the parentheses and it applied to both factors inside. In the second
monomial, the exponent was inside the parentheses and so it only applied to the n.

Simplify: (7n)2 (2n12).
Answer
98n14
Simplify: (4m)2(3m3).
Answer
48m5
 Example 10.3.15:
Simplify: (3p2q)4(2pq2)3.
Solution
Use the Power of a Product Property. 34(p2)4q4 • 23p3(q2)3
Use the Power Property. 81p8q4 • 8p3q6
Use the Commutative Property. 81 • 8 • p8 • p3 • q4 • q6
Multiply the constants and add the exponents for each variable. 648p11q10
Simplify: (u3v2)5(4uv4)3.
Answer
64u18v22
Simplify: (5x2y3)2(3xy4)3.
Answer
675x7y18
Multiply Monomials
Since a monomial is an algebraic expression, we can use the properties for simplifying expressions with exponents to multiply the
monomials.
 Example 10.3.16:
Multiply: (4x2)(−5x3).
Solution
Use the Commutative Property to rearrange the factors. 4 • (−5) • x2 • x3
Multiply. −20x5

Multiply: (7x7)(−8x4).
Answer
-56x11
Multiply: (−9y4)(−6y5).
Answer
54y9
 Example 10.3.17:
3
Multiply: ( 3
c d) (12cd2).
4
Solution
3
Use the Commutative Property to rearrange the factors. • 12 • c3 • c • d • d2
4
Multiply. 9c4d3
4
Multiply: ( 4
m n d)
3
(15mn3).
5
Answer
12m5n6
2
Multiply: ( 5
p qd) (18p6q7).
3
Answer
12p11q8
Exponent Properties
Exponent Properties 2

In the following exercises, simplify each expression with exponents.
55. 45

56. 103
2
1
57. ( )
2
2
3
58. ( )
5
59. (0.2)3
60. (0.4)3
61. (−5)4
62. (−3)5
63. −54
64. −35
65. −104
66. −26
3
2
67. −( )
3
4
1
68. −( )
4
69. −0.52
70. −0.14

In the following exercises, simplify each expression using the Product Property of Exponents.
71. x3 • x6
72. m4 • m2
73. a • a4
74. y12 • y
75. 35 • 39
76. 510 • 56
77. z • z2 • z3
78. a • a3 • a5
79. xa • x2
80. yp • y3
81. ya • yb
82. xp • xq

In the following exercises, simplify each expression using the Power Property of Exponents.
83. (u4)2
84. (x2)7
85. (y5)4
86. (a3)2
87. (102)6
88. (28)3
89. (x15)6
90. (y12)8
91. (x2)y
92. (y3)x
93. (5x)y
94. (7a)b

In the following exercises, simplify each expression using the Product to a Power Property.
95. (5a)2
96. (7x)2
97. (−6m)3
98. (−9n)3
99. (4rs)2
100. (5ab)3
101. (4xyz)4
102. (−5abc)3

103. (x2)4 • (x3)2
104. (y4)3 • (y5)2
105. (a2)6 • (a3)8
106. (b7)5 • (b2)6
107. (3x)2(5x)
108. (2y)3 (6y)
109. (5a)2(2a)3
110. (4b)2(3b)3
111. (2m6)3
112. (3y2)4
113. (10x2y)3
114. (2mn4)5
115. (−2a3b2)4
116. (−10u2v4)3
3
2
117. (
2
x y)
3
2
7
118. ( pq )
4
119. (8a3)2(2a)4
120. (5r2)3(3r)2
121. (10p4)3(5p6)2
122. (4x3)3(2x5)4
4
1
123. ( 2
x y )
3
(4x5y3)2
2
4
1
124. ( 3
m n )
2
(9m8n3)2
3
125. (3m2n)2(2mn5)4
126. (2pq4)3(5p6q)2
Multiply Monomials
In the following exercises, multiply the following monomials.
127. (12x2)(−5x4)
128. (−10y3)(7y2)
129. (−8u6)(−9u)
130. (−6c4)(−12c)
1
131. ( 8
r ) (20r3)
5

1
132. ( 5
a ) (36a2)
4
133. (4a3b)(9a2b6)
134. (6m4n3)(7mn5)
4
135. ( xy )
2
(14xy3)
7
3
5
136. ( 3
u v) (24u5v)
8
2 3
137. ( 2
x y) ( xy )
2
3 4
3 5
138. ( 3
m n )(
2 2
m n )
3
5 9
Everyday Math
139. Email Janet emails a joke to six of her friends and tells them to forward it to six of their friends, who forward it to six of their
friends, and so on. The number of people who receive the email on the second round is 62, on the third round is 63, as shown in
the table. How many people will receive the email on the eighth round? Simplify the expression to show the number of people
who receive the email.
Round Number of people
1 6
2 62
3 63
… …
8 ?
140. Salary Raul’s boss gives him a 5% raise every year on his birthday. This means that each year, Raul’s salary is 1.05 times his
last year’s salary. If his original salary was $40,000, his salary after 1 year was $40,000(1.05), after 2 years was $40,000(1.05)2,
after 3 years was $40,000(1.05)3, as shown in the table below. What will Raul’s salary be after 10 years? Simplify the
expression, to show Raul’s salary in dollars.
Year Salary
1 $40,000(1.05)
2 $40,000(1.05)2
3 $40,000(1.05)3
… …
10 ?
Writing Exercises
141. Use the Product Property for Exponents to explain why x • x = x2.
142. Explain why −53 = (−5)3 but −54 ≠ (−5)4.
2
1
143. Jorge thinks ( ) is 1. What is wrong with his reasoning?
2
144. Explain why x3 • x5 is x8, and not x15.
Self Check


[email protected]."
This page titled 10.3: Use Multiplication Properties of Exponents (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or

Multiply a polynomial by a monomial
Multiply a binomial by a binomial
Multiply a trinomial by a binomial
 be prepared!
1. Distribute: 2(x + 3). If you missed the problem, review Example 7.4.1.
2. Distribute: −11(4 − 3a). If you missed the problem, review Example 7.4.10.
3. Combine like terms: x2 + 9x + 7x + 63. If you missed the problem, review Example 2.3.9.
Multiply a Polynomial by a Monomial

In Distributive Property you learned to use the Distributive Property to simplify expressions such as 2(x − 3). You multiplied both
terms in the parentheses, x and 3, by 2, to get 2x − 6. With this chapter's new vocabulary, you can say you were multiplying a
binomial, x − 3, by a monomial, 2. Multiplying a binomial by a monomial is nothing new for you!
 Example 10.4.1:
Multiply: 3(x + 7).
Solution
Distribute.
3•x+3•7
Simplify. 3x + 21
Multiply: 6(x + 8).
Answer
6x + 48
Multiply: 2(y + 12).
Answer
2y + 24
 Example 10.4.2:
Multiply: x(x − 8).
Solution
Distribute.

x2 - 8x
Simplify. x2 - 8x
Multiply: y(y − 9).
Answer
2
y − 9y
Multiply: p(p − 13).
Answer
2
p − 13p
 Example 10.4.3:
Multiply: 10x(4x + y).

Solution
Distribute.
10x • 4x + 10x • y
Simplify. 40x2 + 10xy
Multiply: 8x(x + 3y).
Answer
2
8x + 24xy
Multiply: 3r(6r + s).
Answer
2
18 r + 3rs
Multiplying a monomial by a trinomial works in much the same way.
 Example 10.4.4:
Multiply: −2x(5x2 + 7x − 3).

Solution
Distribute.

-2x • 5x2 + (-2x) • 7x - (-2x) • 3
Simplify. -10x3 -14x2 + 6x
Multiply: −4y(8y2 + 5y − 9).
Answer
3 2
−32 y − 20 y + 36y
Multiply: −6x(9x2 + x − 1).
Answer
3 2
−54 x − 6x + 6x
 Example 10.4.5:
Multiply: 4y3(y2 − 8y + 1).

Solution
Distribute.
4y3 • y2 - 4y3 • 8y + 4y3 • 1
Simplify. 4y5 -32y4 + 4y3
Multiply: 3x2 (4x2 − 3x + 9).
Answer
4 3 2
12 x − 9x + 27 x
Multiply: 8y2 (3y2 − 2y − 4).
Answer
4 3 2
24 y − 16 y − 32 y
Now we will have the monomial as the second factor.
 Example 10.4.6:
Multiply: (x + 3)p.
Solution
Distribute.

x•p+3•p
Simplify. xp + 3p
Multiply: (x + 8)p.
Answer
xp + 8p
Multiply: (a + 4)p.
Answer
ap + 4p
Multiply a Binomial by a Binomial

Just like there are different ways to represent multiplication of numbers, there are several methods that can be used to multiply a
binomial times a binomial.
Using the Distributive Property

We will start by using the Distributive Property. Look again at Example 10.4.6.
We distributed the p to get
What if we have (x + 7) instead of p? Think of the (x + 7) as the p

above.
Distribute (x + 7).
Distribute again. x2 + 7x + 3x + 21
Combine like terms. x2 + 10x + 21
Notice that before combining like terms, we had four terms. We multiplied the two terms of the first binomial by the two terms of
the second binomial—four multiplications.
Be careful to distinguish between a sum and a product.
Sum Product
x +x x⋅x
2
2x x
combine like terms add exponents of like bases
 Example 10.4.7:
Multiply: (x + 6)(x + 8).

Solution

Distribute (x + 8).
Distribute again. x2 + 8x + 6x + 48
Simplify. x2 + 14x + 48
Multiply: (x + 8)(x + 9).
Answer
2
x + 17x + 72
Multiply: (a + 4)(a + 5).
Answer
2
a + 9a + 20
Now we'll see how to multiply binomials where the variable has a coefficient.
 Example 10.4.8:
Multiply: (2x + 9)(3x + 4).

Solution
Distribute (3x + 4).
Distribute again. 6x2 + 8x + 27x + 36
Simplify. 6x2 + 35x + 36
Multiply: (5x + 9)(4x + 3).
Answer
2
20 x + 51x + 27
Multiply: (10m + 9)(8m + 7).
Answer
2
80 m + 142m + 63
In the previous examples, the binomials were sums. When there are differences, we pay special attention to make sure the signs of
the product are correct.

 Example 10.4.9:
Multiply: (4y + 3)(6y − 5).

Solution
Distribute.
Distribute again. 24y2 − 20y + 18y − 15
Simplify. 24y2 − 2y − 15
Multiply: (7y + 1)(8y − 3).
Answer
2
56 y − 13y − 3
Multiply: (3x + 2)(5x − 8).
Answer
2
15 x − 14x − 16
Up to this point, the product of two binomials has been a trinomial. This is not always the case.
 Example 10.4.10:
Multiply: (x + 2)(x − y).

Solution
Distribute.
Distribute again. x2 - xy + 2x - 2y
Simplify. There are no like terms to combine.
Multiply: (x + 5)(x − y).
Answer
2
x − xy + 5x − 5y
Multiply: (x + 2y)(x − 1).
Answer
2
x − x + 2xy − 2y

[email protected]."
This page titled 10.4: Multiply Polynomials (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

Using the FOIL Method
Remember that when you multiply a binomial by a binomial you get four terms. Sometimes you can combine like terms to get a
trinomial, but sometimes there are no like terms to combine. Let's look at the last example again and pay particular attention to how
we got the four terms.
(x + 2) (x − y)
2
x − xy + 2x − 2y
2
Where did the first term, x , come from?
It is the product of x and x, the first terms in (x + 2) and (x − y).
The next term, −xy, is the product of x and − y, the two outer terms.
The third term, +2x, is the product of 2 and x, the two inner terms.
And the last term, −2y, came from multiplying the two last terms.
We abbreviate “First, Outer, Inner, Last” as FOIL. The letters stand for ‘First, Outer, Inner, Last’. The word FOIL is easy to
remember and ensures we find all four products. We might say we use the FOIL method to multiply two binomials.
Let's look at (x + 3)(x + 7) again. Now we will work through an example where we use the FOIL pattern to multiply two binomials.
 Example 10.5.11:
Multiply using the FOIL method: (x + 6)(x + 9).
Solution

Step 1: Multiply the First terms.
Step 2: Multiply the Outer terms.
Step 3: Multiply the Inner terms.
Step 4: Multiply the Last terms.
Step 5: Combine like terms, when possible. x2 + 15x + 54
Multiply using the FOIL method: (x + 7)(x + 8).
Answer
2
x + 15x + 56
Multiply using the FOIL method: (y + 14)(y + 2).
Answer
2
y + 16y + 28
We summarize the steps of the FOIL method below. The FOIL method only applies to multiplying binomials, not other
polynomials!
 HOW TO: USE THE FOIL METHOD FOR MULTIPLYING TWO BINOMIALS
Step 1. Multiply the First terms.

Step 2. Multiply the Outer terms.
Step 3. Multiply the Inner terms.
Step 4. Multiply the Last terms.
Step 5. Combine like terms, when possible.
 Example 10.5.12:
Multiply: (y − 8)(y + 6).

Solution
Step 1: Multiply the First terms.

Step 2: Multiply the Outer terms.
Step 3: Multiply the Inner terms.
Step 4: Multiply the Last terms.
Step 5: Combine like terms, when possible. y2 - 2y - 48
Multiply: (y − 3)(y + 8).
Answer
2
y + 5y − 24
Multiply: (q − 4)(q + 5).
Answer
2
q + q − 20
 Example 10.5.13:
Multiply: (2a + 3)(3a − 1).

Solution
Multiply the First terms.
Multiply the Outer terms.
Multiply the Inner terms.
Multiply the Last terms.
Combine like terms. 6a2 + 7a - 3
Multiply: (4a + 9)(5a − 2).
Answer
2
20 a + 37a − 18

Multiply: (7x + 4)(7x − 8).
Answer
2
49 x − 28x − 32
 Example 10.5.14:
Multiply: (5x − y)(2x − 7).

Solution
Multiply the First terms.
Multiply the Outer terms.
Multiply the Inner terms.
Multiply the Last terms.
Combine like terms. There are none. 10x2 - 35x - 2xy + 7y
Multiply: (12x − y)(x − 5).
Answer
2
12 x − 60x − xy + 5y
Multiply: (6a − b)(2a − 9).
Answer
2
12 a − 54a − 2ab + 9b
Using the Vertical Method

The FOIL method is usually the quickest method for multiplying two binomials, but it works only for binomials. You can use the
Distributive Property to find the product of any two polynomials. Another method that works for all polynomials is the Vertical
Method. It is very much like the method you use to multiply whole numbers. Look carefully at this example of multiplying two-
digit numbers.

You start by multiplying 23 by 6 to get 138. Then you multiply 23 by 4, lining up the partial product in the correct columns. Last,
you add the partial products. Now we'll apply this same method to multiply two binomials.
 Example 10.5.15:
Multiply using the vertical method: (5x − 1)(2x − 7).

Solution
It does not matter which binomial goes on the top. Line up the columns when you multiply as we did when we multiplied
23(46).
Multiply 2x − 7 by −1.
Multiply 2x − 7 by 5x.
Add like terms.
Notice the partial products are the same as the terms in the FOIL method.
Multiply using the vertical method: (4m − 9)(3m − 7).
Answer
2
12 m − 55m + 63
Multiply using the vertical method: (6n − 5)(7n − 2).
Answer
2
42 n − 47n + 10
We have now used three methods for multiplying binomials. Be sure to practice each method, and try to decide which one you
prefer. The three methods are listed here to help you remember them.
 Definition: Multiplying Two Binomials
To multiply binomials, use the:

FOIL Method
Vertical Method
Remember, FOIL only works when multiplying two binomials.
Multiply a Trinomial by a Binomial

We have multiplied monomials by monomials, monomials by polynomials, and binomials by binomials. Now we're ready to
multiply a trinomial by a binomial. Remember, the FOIL method will not work in this case, but we can use either the Distributive
Property or the Vertical Method. We first look at an example using the Distributive Property.
 Example 10.5.16:
Multiply using the Distributive Property: (x + 3)(2x2 − 5x + 8).

Solution
Distribute.
Multiply. 2x3 − 5x2 + 8x + 6x2 − 15x + 24
Combine like terms. 2x3 + x2 − 7x + 24
Multiply using the Distributive Property: (y − 1)(y2 − 7y + 2).
Answer
3 2
y − 8y + 9y − 2
Multiply using the Distributive Property: (x + 2)(3x2 − 4x + 5).
Answer
3 2
3x + 2x − 3x + 10
Now let's do this same multiplication using the Vertical Method.
 Example 10.5.17:
Multiply using the Vertical Method: (x + 3)(2x2 − 5x + 8).
Solution
It is easier to put the polynomial with fewer terms on the bottom because we get fewer partial products this way.
Multiply (2x2 − 5x + 8) by 3.
Multiply (2x2 − 5x + 8) by x.
Add like terms.
Multiply using the Vertical Method: (y − 1)(y2 − 7y + 2).
Answer

3 2
y − 8y + 9y − 2
Multiply using the Vertical Method: (x + 2)(3x2 − 4x + 5).
Answer
3 2
3x + 2x − 3x + 10

Multiply Monomials
Multiply Polynomials
Multiply Polynomials 2
Multiply Polynomials Review
Multiply Polynomials Using the Distributive Property
Multiply Binomials

145. 4(x + 10)
146. 6(y + 8)
147. 15(r − 24)
148. 12(v − 30)
149. −3(m + 11)
150. −4(p + 15)
151. −8(z − 5)
152. −3(x − 9)
153. u(u + 5)
154. q(q + 7)
155. n(n2 − 3n)
156. s(s2 − 6s)
157. 12x(x − 10)
158. 9m(m − 11)
159. −9a(3a + 5)
160. −4p(2p + 7)
161. 6x(4x + y)
162. 5a(9a + b)
163. 5p(11p − 5q)
164. 12u(3u − 4v)
165. 3(v2 + 10v + 25)
166. 6(x2 + 8x + 16)
167. 2n(4n2 − 4n + 1)
168. 3r(2r2 − 6r + 2)
169. −8y(y2 + 2y − 15)
170. −5m(m2 + 3m − 18)
171. 5q3(q2 − 2q + 6)

172. 9r3(r2 − 3r + 5)
173. −4z2(3z2 + 12z − 1)
174. −3x2(7x2 + 10x − 1)
175. (2y − 9)y
176. (8b − 1)b
177. (w − 6) • 8
178. (k − 4) • 5

In the following exercises, multiply the following binomials using: (a) the Distributive Property (b) the FOIL method (c) the
Vertical method
179. (x + 4)(x + 6)
180. (u + 8)(u + 2)
181. (n + 12)(n − 3)
182. (y + 3)(y − 9)
In the following exercises, multiply the following binomials. Use any method.
183. (y + 8)(y + 3)
184. (x + 5)(x + 9)
185. (a + 6)(a + 16)
186. (q + 8)(q + 12)
187. (u − 5)(u − 9)
188. (r − 6)(r − 2)
189. (z − 10)(z − 22)
190. (b − 5)(b − 24)
191. (x − 4)(x + 7)
192. (s − 3)(s + 8)
193. (v + 12)(v − 5)
194. (d + 15)(d − 4)
195. (6n + 5)(n + 1)
196. (7y + 1)(y + 3)
197. (2m − 9)(10m + 1)
198. (5r − 4)(12r + 1)
199. (4c − 1)(4c + 1)
200. (8n − 1)(8n + 1)
201. (3u − 8)(5u − 14)
202. (2q − 5)(7q − 11)
203. (a + b)(2a + 3b)
204. (r + s)(3r + 2s)
205. (5x − y)(x − 4)
206. (4z − y)(z − 6)

In the following exercises, multiply using (a) the Distributive Property and (b) the Vertical Method.
207. (u + 4)(u2 + 3u + 2)
208. (x + 5)(x2 + 8x + 3)
209. (a + 10)(3a2 + a − 5)
210. (n + 8)(4n2 + n − 7)
In the following exercises, multiply. Use either method.
211. (y − 6)(y2 − 10y + 9)
212. (k − 3)(k2 − 8k + 7)

213. (2x + 1)(x2 − 5x − 6)
214. (5v + 1)(v2 − 6v − 10)
Everyday Math
215. Mental math You can use binomial multiplication to multiply numbers without a calculator. Say you need to multiply 13 times
15. Think of 13 as 10 + 3 and 15 as 10 + 5.
a. Multiply (10 + 3)(10 + 5) by the FOIL method.
b. Multiply 13 • 15 without using a calculator.
c. Which way is easier for you? Why?
216. Mental math You can use binomial multiplication to multiply numbers without a calculator. Say you need to multiply 18 times
17. Think of 18 as 20 − 2 and 17 as 20 − 3.
a. Multiply (20 − 2)(20 − 3) by the FOIL method.
b. Multiply 18 • 17 without using a calculator.
c. Which way is easier for you? Why?
Writing Exercises
217. Which method do you prefer to use when multiplying two binomials—the Distributive Property, the FOIL method, or the
Vertical Method? Why?
218. Which method do you prefer to use when multiplying a trinomial by a binomial—the Distributive Property or the Vertical
Method? Why?
Self Check

[email protected]."
This page titled 10.5: Multiply Polynomials (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

Simplify expressions using the Quotient Property of Exponents
Simplify expressions with zero exponents
Simplify expressions using the Quotient to a Power Property
Simplify expressions by applying several properties
Divide monomials
 be prepared!
8
1. Simplify: . If you missed the problem, review Example 4.3.1.
24
3 5
2. Simplify:(2m ) . If you missed the problem, review Example 10.3.13.
12x
3. Simplify: . If you missed the problem, review Example 4.3.5.
12y
Simplify Expressions Using the Quotient Property of Exponents

Earlier in this chapter, we developed the properties of exponents for multiplication. We summarize these properties here.
 Summary of Exponent Properties for Multiplication
Product to a Power (ab)m = ambm
Now we will look at the exponent properties for division. A quick memory refresher may help before we get started. In Fractions
you learned that fractions may be simplified by dividing out common factors from the numerator and denominator using the
Equivalent Fractions Property. This property will also help us work with algebraic fractions—which are also quotients.

If a, b, c are whole numbers where b ≠ 0, c ≠ 0, then
a a⋅c a⋅c a
= and = (10.6.1)
b b⋅c b⋅c b
As before, we'll try to discover a property by looking at some examples.
5 2
x x
Consider (10.6.2) and (10.6.3)
2 3
x x
x ⋅x ⋅x ⋅x ⋅x x ⋅x
What do they mean? (10.6.4) (10.6.5)
x ⋅x x ⋅x ⋅x
Use the Equivalent Fractions x ⋅ x ⋅x ⋅x ⋅x x ⋅ x ⋅1

(10.6.6) (10.6.7)
Property x ⋅ x ⋅1 x ⋅ x ⋅x

1
Simplify. 3
x (10.6.8) (10.6.9)
x
Notice that in each case the bases were the same and we subtracted the exponents.
When the larger exponent was in the numerator, we were left with factors in the numerator and 1 in the denominator, which we
simplified.
When the larger exponent was in the denominator, we were left with factors in the denominator, and 1 in the numerator, which
could not be simplified.
We write:
5 2
x x
2 3
x x
5−2
1
x
3−2
x
3
1
x
x
 Definition: Quotient Property of Exponents
If a is a real number, a ≠ 0, and m, n are whole numbers, then

m m
a m−n
a 1
=a , m >n and = , n >m (10.6.10)
n n n−m
a a a
A couple of examples with numbers may help to verify this property.

4 2
3 ? 4−2
5 ? 1
= 3 =
2 3 3−2
3 5 5
81 ? 25 ? 1
2
= 3 =
1
9 125 5
1 1
9 =9 ✓ = ✓
5 5
When we work with numbers and the exponent is less than or equal to 3, we will apply the exponent. When the exponent is greater
than 3, we leave the answer in exponential form.
 Example 10.6.1:
10 9
x 2
Simplify: (a) 8
(b) 2
x 2
Solution
To simplify an expression with a quotient, we need to first compare the exponents in the numerator and denominator.
(a)
10
x
Since 10 > 8, there are more factors of x in the numerator. (10.6.11)
8
x
m
a
Use the quotient property with m > n, n
= a
m−n
. 10−8
x (10.6.12)
a
Simplify. 2
x (10.6.13)
(b)

9
2
Since 9 > 2, there are more factors of 2 in the numerator. (10.6.14)
2
2
m
a
= a
m−n
. 2
9−2
(10.6.15)
a
Simplify. 2
7
(10.6.16)
Notice that when the larger exponent is in the numerator, we are left with factors in the numerator.
12 14
x 7
Simplify: (a) 9
(b) 5
x 7
Answer a
3
x
Answer b
9
7
23 15
y 8
Simplify: (a) 17
(b) 7
y 8
Answer a
6
y
Answer b
8
8
 Example 10.6.2:
10 3
b 3
Simplify: (a) 15
(b) 5
b 3
Solution
To simplify an expression with a quotient, we need to first compare the exponents in the numerator and denominator.
(a)
10
b
Since 15 > 10, there are more factors of b in the denominator. (10.6.17)
15
b
m
a 1 1
Use the quotient property with n > m, n
=
n−m
. (10.6.18)
a a 15−10
b
1
Simplify. (10.6.19)
5
b
(b)

3
3
Since 5 > 3, there are more factors of 3 in the denominator. (10.6.20)
5
3
m
a 1 1
=
n−m
. 5−3
(10.6.21)
a a 3
1
Simplify. 2
(10.6.22)
3
1
Apply the exponent. (10.6.23)
9
Notice that when the larger exponent is in the denominator, we are left with factors in the denominator and 1 in the numerator.
8 11
x 12
Simplify: (a) 15
(b) 21
x 12
Answer a
1
7
x
Answer b
1
1
12 0
17 8
m 7
Simplify: (a) 26
(b) 14
m 7
Answer a
1
9
m
Answer b
1
6
7
 Example 10.6.3:
5 11
a x
Simplify: (a) 9
(b) 7
a x
Solution
(a)
Since 9 > 5, there are more a's in the denominator and so we will end a
5
(10.6.24)
up with factors in the denominator. a
9
m
a 1 1
=
n−m
. (10.6.25)
a a 9−5
a
1
Simplify. (10.6.26)
4
a

(b)
Notice there are more factors of x in the numerator, since 11 > 7. So x

11
(10.6.27)
we will end up with factors in the numerator. x
97
m
a
= a
m−n
. a
11−7
(10.6.28)
a
Simplify. x
4
(10.6.29)
19 5
b z
Simplify: (a) 11
(b) 11
b z
Answer a
8
b
Answer b
1
6
z
9 13
p w
Simplify: (a) 17
(b) 9
p w
Answer a
1
8
p
Answer b
4
w
Simplify Expressions with Zero Exponents

A special case of the Quotient Property is when the exponents of the numerator and denominator are equal, such as an expression
m
a
like m
. From earlier work with fractions, we know that
a
2 17 −43
=1 =1 =1 (10.6.30)
2 17 −43
x
In words, a number divided by itself is 1. So = 1, for any x (x ≠ 0), since any number divided by itself is 1.
x
m
a
The Quotient Property of Exponents shows us how to simplify n
when m > n and when n < m by subtracting exponents. What if
a
m = n?
m
a 8
Now we will simplify m
in two ways to lead us to the definition of the zero exponent. Consider first , which we know is 1.
a 8
8
= 1 (10.6.31)
8
3
2
Write 8 as 23. = 1 (10.6.32)
3
2

Subtract exponents. 3−3
2 = 1 (10.6.33)
Simplify. 2
0
= 1 (10.6.34)
m
a
We see n
simplifies to a0 and to 1. So a0 = 1.
a
 Definition: Zero Exponent
If a is a non-zero number, then a0 = 1. Any nonzero number raised to the zero power is 1.
In this text, we assume any variable that we raise to the zero power is not zero.
 Example 10.6.4:
Simplify: (a) 120 (b) y0

Solution
The definition says any non-zero number raised to the zero power is 1.
(a) 120
Use the definition of the zero exponent. 1
(b) y0
Simplify: (a) 170 (b) m0
Answer a
1
Answer b
1
Simplify: (a) k0 (b) 290
Answer a
1
Answer b

1
Now that we have defined the zero exponent, we can expand all the Properties of Exponents to include whole number exponents.
What about raising an expression to the zero power? Let's look at (2x)0. We can use the product to a power rule to rewrite this
expression.
(2x)0
Use the Product to a Power Rule. 20x0
Use the Zero Exponent Property. 1•1
Simplify. 1
This tells us that any non-zero expression raised to the zero power is one.
 Example 10.6.5:
Simplify: (7z)0.
Solution
Simplify: (−4y)0.
Answer
1
0
2
Simplify: ( x) .
3
Answer
1
 Example 10.6.6:
Simplify: (a) (−3x2y)0 (b) −3x2y0
Solution
(a) (−3x2y)0
The product is raised to the zero power. (−3x2y)0
(b) −3x2y0
Notice that only the variable y is being raised to the zero power. −3x2y0
Use the definition of the zero exponent. −3x2 • 1
Simplify. −3x2

Simplify: (a) (7x2y)0 (b) 7x2y0
Answer a
1
Answer b
2
7x
Simplify: (a) −23x2y0 (b) (−23x2y)0
Answer a
2
−23x
Answer b
1
Simplify Expressions Using the Quotient to a Power Property

Now we will look at an example that will lead us to the Quotient to a Power Property.
3
x
( ) (10.6.35)
y
x x x
This means ⋅ ⋅ (10.6.36)
y y y
x ⋅x ⋅x
Multiply the fractions. (10.6.37)
y ⋅y ⋅y
3
x
Write with exponents. (10.6.38)
3
y
3 3
x x
Notice that the exponent applies to both the numerator and the denominator. We see that ( ) is 3
. We write:
y y
3 3
x x
( ) = (10.6.39)
3
y y
This leads to the Quotient to a Power Property for Exponents.
 Definition: Quotient to a Power Property of Exponents

If a and b are real numbers, b ≠ 0, and m is a counting number, then
m m
a a
( ) = (10.6.40)
m
b b
To raise a fraction to a power, raise the numerator and denominator to that power.
An example with numbers may help you understand this property:

3 3
2 ? 2
( ) =
3
3 3
2 2 2 ? 8
⋅ ⋅ =
3 3 3 27
8 8
= ✓
27 27
 Example 10.6.7:
2
4 3
5 x y
Simplify: (a) ( ) (b) ( ) (c) ( )
8 3 m
Solution
2
5
(a) ( )
8
m m 2
a a 5
Use the Quotient to a Power Property, ( ) =
m
. (10.6.41)
b b 2
8
25
Simplify. (10.6.42)
64
4
x
(b) ( )
3
m m 4
a a x
Use the Quotient to a Power Property, ( ) =
m
. (10.6.43)
b b 4
3
4
x
Simplify. (10.6.44)
81
y 3
(c) ( )
m
3
y
Raise the numerator and denominator to the third power. (10.6.45)
3
m
2 6
3
7 y p
Simplify: (a) ( ) (b) ( ) (c) ( )
9 8 q
Answer a
49
81
Answer b
3
y
512
Answer c
6
p
6
q

2 3
4
1 −5 r
Simplify: (a) ( ) (b) ( ) (c) ( )
8 m s
Answer a
1
64
Answer b
125
−
3
m
Answer c
4
r
s4

[email protected]."
This page titled 10.6: Divide Monomials (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

We'll now summarize all the properties of exponents so they are all together to refer to as we simplify expressions using several
properties. Notice that they are now defined for whole number exponents.
 Summary of Exponent Properties

Product Property a
m
∙ a
n
= a
m+n
Power Property (a
m n
) = a
m∙n
Product to a Power Property (ab)

m
= a
m m
b
m
a
Quotient Property n
= a
m−n
, a ≠ 0, m > n
a
m
a 1
= , a ≠ 0, n > m
n n−m
a a
Zero Exponent Property a

0
= 1, a ≠ 0
m m
a a
Quotient to a Power Property ( ) =
m
,b ≠ 0
b b
 Example 10.7.8:
2 3
(x )
Simplify: 5
.
x
Solution
6
x
Multiply the exponents in the numerator, using the Power Property.
5
x
Subtract the exponents. x
4 5
(a )
Simplify: 9
.
a
Answer
11
a
5 6
(b )
Simplify: 11
.
b
Answer
19
b

 Example 10.7.9:
8
(m )
Simplify: 2 4
.
(m )
Solution
8
m
Multiply the exponents in the numerator, using the Power Property.
8
m
Subtract the exponents. m

0
Zero power property 1
11
(k
Simplify: 3 3
.
(k )
Answer
2
k
23
(d
Simplify: 4 6
.
(d )
Answer
1
 Example 10.7.10:
2
7
x
Simplify: ( 3
) .
x
Solution
Remember parentheses come before exponents, and the bases are the
same so we can simplify inside the parentheses. Subtract the 7−3
(x )
2
exponents.
Simplify. (x )
4 2
Multiply the exponents. 8

x
2
14
f
Simplify: ( 8
) .
f
Answer
12
f

2
6
b
Simplify: ( 11
) .
b
Answer
1
10
b
 Example 10.7.11:
3
2
p
Simplify: ( 5
) .
q
Solution
Here we cannot simplify inside the parentheses first, since the bases are not the same.
Raise the numerator and denominator to the third power using the (p )
2 3
m m
a a
Quotient to a Power Property, ( ) =
m
(q )
5 3
b b
6
p
Use the Power Property, (am)n = am • n.
15
q
3 5
m
Simplify: ( 8
) .
n
Answer
15
m
40
n
10 2
t
Simplify: ( 7
) .
u
Answer
20
t
14
u
 Example 10.7.12:
3 4
2x
Simplify: ( ) .
3y
Solution
3 4
Raise the numerator and denominator to the fourth power using the (2x )
Quotient to a Power Property. (3y)

4
4
Raise each factor to the fourth power, using the Power to a Power 2 (x )
3 4
Property. 3 y
4 4
12
16x
Use the Power Property and simplify. 4
81y

2
5b
Simplify: ( 3
) .
9c
Answer
2
25b
6
81c
3
4
4p
Simplify: ( 5
) .
7q
Answer
12
64p
15
343q
 Example 10.7.13:
2 3 2 4
(y ) (y )
Simplify: 5 4
.
(y )
Solution
6 8
(y )(y )
Use the Power Property.
20
y
14
y
Add the exponents in the numerator, using the Product Property. 20
y
1
Use the Quotient Property. 6
y
4 4 3 5
(y ) (y )
Simplify: 7 6
.
(y )
Answer
1
y 11
4 2 3 4
(3 x ) (x )
Simplify: 5 3
.
(x )
Answer
5
9x
Divide Monomials
We have now seen all the properties of exponents. We'll use them to divide monomials. Later, you'll use them to divide
polynomials.

 Example 10.7.14:
Find the quotient: 56x5 ÷ 7x2.

Solution
5
56x
Rewrite as a fraction.
2
7x
Use fraction multiplication to separate the number part from the 56 x

5
⋅
variable part. 7 x
2
Use the Quotient Property. 8x

3
Find the quotient: 63x8 ÷ 9x4.
Answer
4
7x
Find the quotient: 96y11 ÷ 6y8.
Answer
3
16y
When we divide monomials with more than one variable, we write one fraction for each variable.
 Example 10.7.15:
2 3
42x y
Find the quotient: 5
.
−7xy
Solution
2 3
42 x y
Use fraction multiplication. ⋅ ⋅
5
−7 x y
1
Simplify and use the Quotient Property. −6 ⋅ x ⋅
2
y
6x
Multiply. −
2
y
8 3
−84x y
Find the quotient: 10 2
.
7x y
Answer
12y
−
2
x

4 5
−72a b
.
−8a b
Answer
9
5
a
 Example 10.7.16:
5 3
24a b
.
48ab
Solution
5 3
24 a b
Use fraction multiplication. ⋅ ⋅
4
48 a b
1 1
Simplify and use the Quotient Property. ⋅a
4
⋅
2 b
4
a
Multiply.
2b
7 6
16a b
.
24ab
Answer
6
2a
2
3b
4 7
27p q
.
−45 p q
Answer
6
3q
−
5p8
Once you become familiar with the process and have practiced it step by step several times, you may be able to simplify a fraction
in one step.
 Example 10.7.17:
7 12
14x y
.
21x y
Solution
6
2y
Simplify and use the Quotient Property.
4
3x
14
Be very careful to simplify by dividing out a common factor, and to simplify the variables by subtracting their exponents.
21

5 14
28x y
.
49x y
Answer
2
4y
7x4
5 11
30m n
.
48m n
Answer
5
8m5 n3
In all examples so far, there was no work to do in the numerator or denominator before simplifying the fraction. In the next
example, we'll first find the product of two monomials in the numerator before we simplify the fraction.
 Example 10.7.18:
3 2 2 3
(3 x y )(10 x y )
.
6x y
Solution
Remember, the fraction bar is a grouping symbol. We will simplify the numerator first.
5 5
30x y
4 5
6x y
Simplify, using the Quotient Rule. 5x
4 5 2 5
(3 x y )(8 x y )
.
12x y
Answer
2
2xy
6 9 5 8
(−6 a b )(−8 a b )
.
−12a b
Answer
5
−4ab

Simplify a Quotient
Zero Exponent
Quotient Rule
Polynomial Division
Polynomial Division 2

8
4
219. 2
4
12
3
220. 4
3
12
x
221. 3
x
9
u
222. 3
u
5
r
223.
r
4
y
224.
y
4
y
225. 20
y
10
x
226. 30
x
3
10
227. 15
10
2
r
228. 8
r
a
229. 9
a
2
230. 5
2

231. 50
232. 100
233. a0
234. x0
235. −70
236. −40
237. (a) (10p)0 (b) 10p0
238. (a) (3a)0 (b) 3a0
239. (a) (−27x5y)0 (b) −27x5y0
240. (a) (−92y8z)0 (b) −92y8z0
241. (a) 150 (b) 151
242. (a) −60 (b) −61
243. 2 • x0 + 5 • y0

244. 8 • m0 − 4 • n0

5
3
245. ( )
2
3
4
246. ( )
5
3
m
247. ( )
6
5
p
248. ( )
2
10
x
249. ( )
y
a 8
250. ( )
b
2
a
251. ( )
3b
4
2x
252. ( )
y

2 4
(x )
253. 5
x
4 3
(y )
254. 7
y
3 4
(u )
255. 10
u
2 5
(y )
256. 6
y
8
y
257. 5 2
(y )
11
p
258. 5 3
(p )
5
r
259. 4
(r ⋅r
3 4
a ⋅a
260. 7
(a
2 3
x
261. ( 8
)
x
2
u
262. ( 10
)
u
2
4 6
a ⋅a
263. ( 3
)
a
8
3
3⋅x
x
264. ( 4
)
x
3 5
(y )
265. 4 3
(y )
6 2
(z )
266. 2 4
(z )

3 6
(x )
267.
(x4 )7
4 8
(x )
268. 5 7
(x )
4
3
2r
269. ( )
5s
3
2
3m
270. ( )
4n
2 5 0
3y ⋅y
271. ( 15 8
)
y ⋅y
4 9 0
15 z ⋅z
272. ( 2
)
0.3z
2 5 4 2
(r ) (r )
273. 3 7
(r )
4 2 3 5
(p ) (p )
274. 2 9
(p )
4 3 3 2
(3 x ) (2 x )
275. 5 2
(6x )
3 4 4 2
(−2 y ) (3 y )
276.
(−6y 3 )2
Divide Monomials
In the following exercises, divide the monomials.
277. 48b8 ÷ 6b2
278. 42a14 ÷ 6a2
279. 36x3 ÷ (−2x9)
280. 20u8 ÷ (−4u6)
3
18x
281. 2
9x
9
36y
282. 7
4y
7
−35x
283. 13
−42x
5
18x
284. 9
−27x
5
18 r s
285. 3 9
3r s
7
24 p q
286. 2 5
6p q
10
8mn
287. 4
64mn
4
10 a b
288. 2 6
50a b
4 9
−12x y
289. 6 3
15x y
11 9 3
48x y z
290. 6 8 5
36x y z
5 9 7
64x y z
291. 7 12 6
48x y z
2 3 6
(10 u v)(4 u v )
292. 9 2
5u v

2 4 3
(6 m n)(5 m n )
293.
3m10 n2
4 3 5
(6 a b )(4ab )
294. 8 3
(12 a b)(a b)
5 4 8
(4 u v )(15 u v)
295. 3 6
(12 u v)(u v)
Mixed Practice
296. (a) 24a5 + 2a5 (b) 24a5 − 2a5 (c) 24a5 • 2a5 (d) 24a5 ÷ 2a5
297. (a) 15n10 + 3n10 (b) 15n10 − 3n10 (c) 15n10 • 3n10 (d) 15n10 ÷ 3n10
298. (a) p4 • p6 (b) (p4)6
299. (a) q5 • q3 (b) (q5)3
3
y y
300. (a) (b) 3
y y
6 5
z z
301. (a) 5
(b) 6
z z
302. (8x )(9x) ÷ 6x3
5
303. (4y5)(12y7) ÷ 8y2

7 9
27a 54a
304. 3
+
5
3a 9a
11 9
32c 42c
305. 5
+
3
4c 6c
5 10
32y 60y
306. 2
−
7
8y 5y
6 9
48x 35x
307. 4
−
7
6x 7x
6 3 2 2
63r s 72r s
308. 4 2
−
9r s 6s
4 5 2 2
56y z 45y z
309. 3 3
−
7y z 5y
Everyday Math
310. Memory One megabyte is approximately 106 bytes. One gigabyte is approximately 109 bytes. How many megabytes are in one
gigabyte?
311. Memory One megabyte is approximately 106 bytes. One terabyte is approximately 1012 bytes. How many megabytes are in one
terabyte?
Writing Exercises
20
x
312. Vic thinks the quotient 4
simplifies to x5. What is wrong with his reasoning?
x
3 3
y y
313. Mai simplifies the quotient by writing = 3. What is wrong with her reasoning?
y y
314. When Dimple simplified −30 and (−3)0 she got the same answer. Explain how using the Order of Operations correctly gives
different answers.
315. Roxie thinks n0 simplifies to 0. What would you say to convince Roxie she is wrong?
Self Check

improve this?

[email protected]."
This page titled 10.7: Divide Monomials (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

Use the definition of a negative exponent
Simplify expressions with integer exponents
Convert from decimal notation to scientific notation
Convert scientific notation to decimal form
Multiply and divide using scientific notation
 be prepared!
1. What is the place value of the 6 in the number 64,891? If you missed this problem, review Example 1.1.3.
2. Name the decimal 0.0012. If you missed this problem, review Exercise 5.1.1.
3. Subtract: 5 − (−3). If you missed this problem, review Example 3.5.8.
Use the Definition of a Negative Exponent

The Quotient Property of Exponents, introduced in Divide Monomials, had two forms depending on whether the exponent in the
numerator or denominator was larger.
 Definition: Quotient Property of Exponents

m m
a m−n
a 1
=a , m >n and = , n >m (10.8.1)
n n n−m
a a a
2
x
What if we just subtract exponents, regardless of which is larger? Let’s consider 5
. We subtract the exponent in the denominator
x
from the exponent in the numerator.
2
x
5
x
2−5
x
−3
x
2 2
x x
We can also simplify 5
by dividing out common factors: 5
.
x x
x ⋅ x
x ⋅ x ⋅x⋅x⋅x
3
x
1
This implies that x−3
=
3
and it leads us to the definition of a negative exponent.
x
 Definition: negative exponent

1
If n is a positive integer and a ≠ 0, then a −n
=
n
.
a
The negative exponent tells us to re-write the expression by taking the reciprocal of the base and then changing the sign of the
exponent. Any expression that has negative exponents is not considered to be in simplest form. We will use the definition of a
negative exponent and other properties of exponents to write an expression with only positive exponents.

 Example 10.8.1:
Simplify: (a) 4−2 (b) 10−3

Solution
(a) 4−2
1 1
Use the definition of a negative exponent, a
−n
=
n
. 2
(10.8.2)
a 4
1
Simplify. (10.8.3)
16
(b) 10−3
1 1
Use the definition of a negative exponent, a
−n
=
n
. 3
(10.8.4)
a 10
1
Simplify. (10.8.5)
1000
Simplify: (a) 2−3 (b) 10−2
Answer a
1
Answer b
1
100
Simplify: (a) 3−2 (b) 10−4
Answer a
1
Answer b
1
10,000
When simplifying any expression with exponents, we must be careful to correctly identify the base that is raised to each exponent.
 Example 10.8.2:
Simplify: (a) (−3)−2 (b) −3−2

Solution
The negative in the exponent does not affect the sign of the base.
a) (−3)−2

The exponent applies to the base, −3. (−3)
−2
(10.8.6)
1
Take the reciprocal of the base and change the sign of the exponent. 2
(10.8.7)
(−3)
1
Simplify. (10.8.8)
9
(b) −3−2
The expression −3−2 means "find the opposite of 3−2. The exponent −2
−3 (10.8.9)
applies only to the base, 3.
Rewrite as a product with −1. −1 ⋅ 3

−2
(10.8.10)
1
Take the reciprocal of the base and change the sign of the exponent. −1 ⋅
2
(10.8.11)
3
1
Simplify. − (10.8.12)
9
Simplify: (a) (−5)−2 (b) −5−2
Answer a
1
25
Answer b
1
−
25
Simplify: (a) (−2)−2 (b) −2−2
Answer a
1
Answer b
1
−
4
We must be careful to follow the order of operations. In the next example, parts (a) and (b) look similar, but we get different results.
 Example 10.8.3:
Simplify: (a) 4 • 2−1 (b) (4 • 2)−1

Solution
Remember to always follow the order of operations.
(a) 4 • 2−1

Do exponents before multiplication. 4 ⋅2
−1
(10.8.13)
1 1
Use a−n
=
n
. 4 ⋅
1
(10.8.14)
a 2
Simplify. 2 (10.8.15)
(b) (4 • 2)−1
Simplify inside the parentheses first. (8)

−1
(10.8.16)
1 1
Use a−n
=
n
. 1
(10.8.17)
a 8
1
Simplify. (10.8.18)
8
Simplify: (a) 6 • 3−1 (b) (6 • 3)−1
Answer a
2
Answer b
1
18
Simplify: (a) 8 • 2−2 (b) (8 • 2)−2
Answer a
2
Answer b
1
256
When a variable is raised to a negative exponent, we apply the definition the same way we did with numbers.
 Example 10.8.4:
Simplify: x−6.
Solution
1 1
Use the definition of a negative exponent, a−n
=
n
. (10.8.19)
a 6
x

Simplify: y−7.
Answer
1
7
y
Simplify: z-8.
Answer
1
8
z
When there is a product and an exponent we have to be careful to apply the exponent to the correct quantity. According to the order
of operations, expressions in parentheses are simplified before exponents are applied. We’ll see how this works in the next
example.
 Example 10.8.5:
Simplify: (a) 5y−1 (b) (5y)−1 (c) (−5y)−1

Solution
(a) 5y−1
Notice the exponent applies to just the base y . 5y

−1
(10.8.20)
1
Take the reciprocal of y and change the sign of the exponent. 5 ⋅
1
(10.8.21)
y
5
Simplify. (10.8.22)
y
(b) (5y)−1
Here the parentheses make the exponent apply to the base 5y. (5y)
−1
(10.8.23)
1
Take the reciprocal of 5y and change the sign of the exponent. 1
(10.8.24)
(5y)
1
Simplify. (10.8.25)
5y
(c) (−5y)−1
The base is −5y . Take the reciprocal of −5y and change the sign of 1
(10.8.26)
the exponent. (−5y)
1
1
Simplify. (10.8.27)
−5y

a a 1
Use = − . − (10.8.28)
−b b 5y
Simplify: (a) 8p−1 (b) (8p)−1 (c) (−8p)−1
Answer a
8
Answer b
1
8p
Answer c
1
−
8p
Simplify: (a) 11q−1 (b) (11q)−1 (c) (−11q)−1
Answer a
11
Answer b
1
11q
Answer c
1
−
11q
m
a
Now that we have defined negative exponents, the Quotient Property of Exponents needs only one form, n
=a
m−n
, where a ≠ 0
a
and m and n are integers.
When the exponent in the denominator is larger than the exponent in the numerator, the exponent of the quotient will be negative. If
1
the result gives us a negative exponent, we will rewrite it by using the definition of negative exponents, a −n
=
n
.
a
Simplify Expressions with Integer Exponents

All the exponent properties we developed earlier in this chapter with whole number exponents apply to integer exponents, too. We
restate them here for reference.
 Summary of Exponent Properties

If a, b are real numbers and m, n are integers, then

m
a
Quotient Property n
= am − n, a ≠ 0, m > n
a

m
a 1
n
=
n−m
, a ≠ 0, n > m
a a
Zero Exponent Property a0 = 1, a ≠ 0

m m
a a
m
,b≠0
b b
1
Definition of a Negative Exponent a
−n
=
n
a
 Example 10.8.6:
Simplify: (a) x−4 • x6 (b) y−6 • y4 (c) z−5 • z−3

Solution
(a) x−4 • x6
Use the Product Property, am • an = am + n. x

−4+6
(10.8.29)
Simplify. x
2
(10.8.30)
(b) y−6 • y4
The bases are the same, so add the exponents. y

−6+4
(10.8.31)
Simplify. y
−2
(10.8.32)
1 1
=
n
. 2
(10.8.33)
a y
(c) z−5 • z−3
The bases are the same, so add the exponents. z

−5−3
(10.8.34)
Simplify. z
−8
(10.8.35)
1 1
=
n
. (10.8.36)
a z
8
Simplify: (a) x−3 • x7 (b) y−7 • y2 (c) z−4 • z−5
Answer a
4
x
Answer b
1
5
y
Answer c
1
z9

Simplify: (a) a−1 • a6 (b) b−6 • b4 (c) c−8 • c−7
Answer a
5
a
Answer b
1
4
b
Answer c
1
15
c
In the next two examples, we’ll start by using the Commutative Property to group the same variables together. This makes it easier
to identify the like bases before using the Product Property of Exponents.
 Example 10.8.7:
Simplify: (m4n−3)(m−5n−2).
Solution
Use the Commutative Property to get like bases together. 4

m m
−5
⋅n
−2
n
−3
(10.8.37)
Add the exponents for each base. −1

m ⋅n
−5
(10.8.38)
1 1
Take reciprocals and change the signs of the exponents. 1
⋅
5
(10.8.39)
m n
1
Simplify. 5
(10.8.40)
mn
Simplify: (p6q−2)(p−9q−1).
Answer
1
p3 q 3
Simplify: (r5s−3)(r−7s−5).
Answer
1
r2 s8
If the monomials have numerical coefficients, we multiply the coefficients, just as we did in Use Multiplication Properties of
Exponents.

 Example 10.8.8:
Simplify: (2x−6y8)(−5x5 y−3).
Solution
Rewrite with the like bases together. −6

2(−5) ⋅ (x
5
x ) ⋅ (y y
8 −3
) (10.8.41)
Simplify. −10 ⋅ x
−1
⋅y
5
(10.8.42)
1 1
Use the definition of a negative exponent, a −n
=
n
. −10 ⋅ ⋅y
5
(10.8.43)
a 1
x
5
−10y
Simplify. (10.8.44)
x
Simplify: (3u−5v7)(−4u4v−2).
Answer
5
12v
−
u
Simplify: (−6c−6d4)(−5c−2d−1).
Answer
3
30d
8
c
In the next two examples, we’ll use the Power Property and the Product to a Power Property.
 Example 10.8.9:
Simplify: (k3)−2.
Solution
Use the Product to a Power Property, (ab)m = ambm. k

3(−2)
(10.8.45)
Simplify. k
−6
(10.8.46)
1
Rewrite with a positive exponent. (10.8.47)
6
k
Simplify: (x4)−1.
Answer
1
4
x

Simplify: (y2)−2.
Answer
1
4
y
 Example 10.8.10:
Simplify: (5x−3)2.
Solution
Use the Product to a Power Property, (ab)m = ambm. 2

5 (x
−3
)
2
(10.8.48)
Simplify 52 and multiply the exponents of x using the Power Property, −6

25k (10.8.49)
(am)n = am • n.
Rewrite x−6 by using the definition of a negative exponent, 1

1 25 ⋅ (10.8.50)
a
−n
=
n
. x
6
25
Simplify. (10.8.51)
6
x
Simplify: (8a−4)2.
Answer
64
a8
Simplify: (2c−4)3.
Answer
8
1
c 2
To simplify a fraction, we use the Quotient Property.
 Example 10.8.11:
5
r
Simplify: −4
.
r
Solution
m
a
Use the Quotient Property, n
m−n
= a . r
5−(−4)
(10.8.52)
a
Be careful to subtract 5 - (\textcolor{red}{-4}).
Simplify. r
9
(10.8.53)

8
x
Simplify: −3
.
x
Answer
11
x
7
y
Simplify: −6
.
y
Answer
13
y

[email protected]."
This page titled 10.8: Integer Exponents and Scientific Notation (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or

Convert from Decimal Notation to Scientific Notation
Remember working with place value for whole numbers and decimals? Our number system is based on powers of 10. We use tens,
hundreds, thousands, and so on. Our decimal numbers are also based on powers of tens—tenths, hundredths, thousandths, and so
on.
1
Consider the numbers 4000 and 0.004. We know that 4000 means 4 × 1000 and 0.004 means 4 × . If we write the 1000 as a
1000
power of ten in exponential form, we can rewrite these numbers in this way:
4000 0.004
1
4 × 1000 4×
1000
3
1
4 × 10 4×
3
10
−3
4 × 10
When a number is written as a product of two numbers, where the first factor is a number greater than or equal to one but less than
10, and the second factor is a power of 10 written in exponential form, it is said to be in scientific notation.
 Definition: Scientific Notation

A number is expressed in scientific notation when it is of the form a × 10n where a ≥ 1 and a < 10 and n is an integer.
It is customary in scientific notation to use × as the multiplication sign, even though we avoid using this sign elsewhere in algebra.
Scientific notation is a useful way of writing very large or very small numbers. It is used often in the sciences to make calculations
easier.
If we look at what happened to the decimal point, we can see a method to easily convert from decimal notation to scientific
notation.
In both cases, the decimal was moved 3 places to get the first factor, 4, by itself.
The power of 10 is positive when the number is larger than 1: 4000 = 4 × 103.
The power of 10 is negative when the number is between 0 and 1: 0.004 = 4 × 10−3.
 Example 10.9.12:
Write 37,000 in scientific notation.
Solution
Step 1: Move the decimal point so that the first factor is greater than
or equal to 1 but less than 10.
Step 2: Count the number of decimal places, n, that the decimal point 3.70000
was moved. 4 places
Step 3: Write the number as a product with a power of 10. 3.7×104
If the original number is:

greater than 1, the power of 10 will be 10n
between 0 and 1, the power of 10 will be 10−n

Step 4: Check.104 is 10,000 and 10,000 times 3.7 will be 37,000. 37,000 = 3.7×104
Write in scientific notation: 96,000.
Answer
9.6 × 104
Write in scientific notation: 48,300.
Answer
4.83 × 104
 HOW TO: CONVERT FROM DECIMAL NOTATION TO SCIENTIFIC NOTATION
Step 1. Move the decimal point so that the first factor is greater than or equal to 1 but less than 10.
Step 2. Count the number of decimal places, n, that the decimal point was moved.
Step 3. Write the number as a product with a power of 10.
If the original number is:
greater than 1, the power of 10 will be 10n.
between 0 and 1, the power of 10 will be 10−n.
Step 4. Check.
 Example 10.9.13:
Write in scientific notation: 0.0052.

Solution
Move the decimal point to get 5.2, a number between 1 and 10.
Count the number of decimal places the point was moved. 3 places
Write as a product with a power of 10. 5.2 × 10−3
−3
5.2 × 10
1
5.2 ×
3
10
Check your answer: 1
5.2 ×
1000
5.2 × 0.001
0.0052
0.0052 = 5.2 × 10−3
Answer

7.8 × 10-3
Answer
1.29 × 10-2
Convert Scientific Notation to Decimal Form

How can we convert from scientific notation to decimal form? Let’s look at two numbers written in scientific notation and see.
4 −4
9.12 × 10 9.12 × 10
9.12 × 10, 000 9.12 × 0.0001
91, 200 0.000912
If we look at the location of the decimal point, we can see an easy method to convert a number from scientific notation to decimal
form.
In both cases the decimal point moved 4 places. When the exponent was positive, the decimal moved to the right. When the
exponent was negative, the decimal point moved to the left.
 Example 10.9.14:
Convert to decimal form: 6.2 × 103.

Solution
Step 1: Determine the exponent, n, on the factor 10. 6.2 × 103
Step 2: Move the decimal point n places, adding zeros if needed.
If the exponent is positive, move the decimal point n places to the

right.
6,200
If the exponent is negative, move the decimal point |n| places to
the left.
Step 3: Check to see if your answer makes sense.
103 is 1000 and 1000 times 6.2 will be 6,200. 6.2 × 103 = 6,200
Answer
1,300
Answer

92,500
 HOW TO: CONVERT SCIENTIFIC NOTATION TO DECIMAL FORM
Step 1. Determine the exponent, n, on the factor 10.

Step 2. Move the decimal n places, adding zeros if needed.
If the exponent is positive, move the decimal point n places to the right.
If the exponent is negative, move the decimal point |n| places to the left.
Step 3. Check.
 Example 10.9.15:
Convert to decimal form: 8.9 × 10−2.

Solution
Determine the exponent n, on the factor 10. The exponent is −2.
Move the decimal point 2 places to the left.
Add zeros as needed for placeholders. 0.089
8.9 × 10−2 = 0.089
The Check is left to you.
Answer
0.00012
Answer
0.075
Multiply and Divide Using Scientific Notation

We use the Properties of Exponents to multiply and divide numbers in scientific notation.
 Example 10.9.16:
Multiply. Write answers in decimal form: (4 × 105)(2 × 10−7).
Solution
Use the Commutative Property to rearrange the factors. 4 • 2 • 105 • 10−7
Multiply 4 by 2 and use the Product Property to multiply 105 by 10−7. 8 × 10−2
Change to decimal form by moving the decimal two places left. 0.08

Multiply. Write answers in decimal form: (3 × 106)(2 × 10−8).
Answer
0.06
Multiply. Write answers in decimal form: (3 × 10−2)(3 × 10−1).
Answer
0.009
 Example 10.9.17:
3
9 × 10
Divide. Write answers in decimal form: −2
.
3 × 10
Solution
3
9 10
Separate the factors. × (10.9.1)
3 −2
10
Divide 9 by 3 and use the Quotient Property to divide 103 by 10−2. 3 × 105
Change to decimal form by moving the decimal five places right. 300,000
Divide. Write answers in decimal form:\dfrac{8 \times 10^{4}}{2 \times 10^{-1}}.
Answer
400,000
Divide. Write answers in decimal form:\dfrac{8 \times 10^{2}}{4 \times 10^{-2}}.
Answer
20,000

Negative Exponents
Examples of Simplifying Expressions with Negative Exponents
Scientific Notation

316. 5−3
317. 8−2
318. 3−4
319. 2−5
320. 7−1
321. 10−1
322. 2−3 + 2−2
323. 3−2 + 3−1
324. 3−1 + 4−1
325. 10−1 + 2−1
326. 100 − 10−1 + 10−2
327. 20 − 2−1 + 2−2
328. (a) (−6)−2 (b) −6−2
329. (a) (−8)−2 (b) −8−2
330. (a) (−10)−4 (b) −10−4
331. (a) (−4)−6 (b) −4−6
332. (a) 5 • 2−1 (b) (5 • 2)−1
333. (a) 10 • 3−1 (b) (10 • 3)−1
334. (a) 4 • 10−3 (b) (4 • 10)−3
335. (a) 3 • 5−2 (b) (3 • 5)−2
336. n−4
337. p−3
338. c−10
339. m−5
340. (a) 4x−1 (b) (4x)−1 (c) (−4x)−1
341. (a) 3q−1 (b) (3q)−1 (c) (−3q)−1
342. (a) 6m−1 (b) (6m)−1 (c) (−6m)−1
343. (a) 10k−1 (b) (10k)−1 (c) (−10k)−1

344. p−4 • p8
345. r−2 • r5
346. n−10 • n2
347. q−8 • q3
348. k−3 • k−2
349. z−6 • z −2
350. a • a−4
351. m • m−2
352. p5 • p−2 • p−4
353. x4 • x−2 • x−3
354. a3b−3
355. u2 v−2
356. (x5y−1)(x−10 y−3)
357. (a3b−3)(a−5b−1)
358. (uv−2)(u−5v−4)
359. (pq−4)(p−6q−3)
360. (−2r−3s9)(6r4s−5)
361. (−3p−5q8)(7p2q−3)

362. (−6m−8n−5)(−9m4n2)
363. (−8a−5b−4)(−4a2b3)
364. (a3)−3
365. (q10)−10
366. (n2)−1
367. (x4)−1
368. (y−5)4
369. (p−3)2
370. (q−5)−2
371. (m−2)−3
372. (4y−3)2
373. (3q−5)2
374. (10p−2)−5
375. (2n−3)−6
376. u9u−2
377. b5b−3
378. x−6x4
379. m5m−2
380. q3q12
381. r6r9
382. n−4n−10
383. p−3p−6

In the following exercises, write each number in scientific notation.
384. 45,000
385. 280,000
386. 8,750,000
387. 1,290,000
388. 0.036
389. 0.041
390. 0.00000924
391. 0.0000103
392. The population of the United States on July 4, 2010 was almost 310,000,000.
393. The population of the world on July 4, 2010 was more than 6,850,000,000.
394. The average width of a human hair is 0.0018 centimeters.
395. The probability of winning the 2010 Megamillions lottery is about 0.0000000057.

In the following exercises, convert each number to decimal form.
396. 4.1 × 102
397. 8.3 × 102
398. 5.5 × 108
399. 1.6 × 1010
400. 3.5 × 10−2
401. 2.8 × 10−2
402. 1.93 × 10−5
403. 6.15 × 10−8
404. In 2010, the number of Facebook users each day who changed their status to ‘engaged’ was 2 × 104.
405. At the start of 2012, the US federal budget had a deficit of more than $1.5 × 1013.
406. The concentration of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere is 3.9 × 10−4.
407. The width of a proton is 1 × 10−5 of the width of an atom.

In the following exercises, multiply or divide and write your answer in decimal form.
408. (2 × 105)(2 × 10−9)
409. (3 × 102)(1 × 10−5)
410. (1.6 × 10−2)(5.2 × 10−6)
411. (2.1 × 10−4)(3.5 × 10−2)
4
6 × 10
412. −2
3 × 10
6
8 × 10
413. −1
4 × 10
−2
7 × 10
414. −8
1 × 10
−3
5 × 10
415. −10
1 × 10
Everyday Math
416. Calories In May 2010 the Food and Beverage Manufacturers pledged to reduce their products by 1.5 trillion calories by the end
of 2015.
1. Write 1.5 trillion in decimal notation.
2. Write 1.5 trillion in scientific notation.
417. Length of a year The difference between the calendar year and the astronomical year is 0.000125 day.
1. Write this number in scientific notation.
2. How many years does it take for the difference to become 1 day?
418. Calculator display Many calculators automatically show answers in scientific notation if there are more digits than can fit in
the calculator’s display. To find the probability of getting a particular 5-card hand from a deck of cards, Mario divided 1 by
2,598,960 and saw the answer 3.848 × 10−7. Write the number in decimal notation.
419. Calculator display Many calculators automatically show answers in scientific notation if there are more digits than can fit in
the calculator’s display. To find the number of ways Barbara could make a collage with 6 of her 50 favorite photographs, she
multiplied 50 • 49 • 48 • 47 • 46 • 45. Her calculator gave the answer 1.1441304 × 1010. Write the number in decimal notation.
Writing Exercises
420. (a) Explain the meaning of the exponent in the expression 23. (b) Explain the meaning of the exponent in the expression 2−3.
421. When you convert a number from decimal notation to scientific notation, how do you know if the exponent will be positive or
negative?
Self Check

[email protected]."

This page titled 10.9: Integer Exponents and Scientific Notation (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or

10.1 - Add and Subtract Polynomials
Identify Polynomials, Monomials, Binomials and Trinomials
In the following exercises, determine if each of the following polynomials is a monomial, binomial, trinomial, or other polynomial.
494. y2 + 8y − 20
495. −6a4
496. 9x3 − 1
497. n3 − 3n2 + 3n − 1

In the following exercises, determine the degree of each polynomial.
498. 16x2 − 40x − 25
499. 5m + 9
500. −15
501. y2 + 6y3 + 9y4

In the following exercises, add or subtract the monomials.
502. 4p + 11p
503. −8y3 − 5y3
504. Add 4n5, −n5, −6n5
505. Subtract 10x2 from 3x2

In the following exercises, add or subtract the polynomials.
506. (4a 2 + 9a − 11) + (6a 2 − 5a + 10)
507. (8m 2 + 12m − 5) − (2m 2 − 7m − 1)
508. (y 2 − 3y + 12) + (5y 2 − 9)
509. (5u 2 + 8u) − (4u − 7)
510. Find the sum of 8q3 − 27 and q2 + 6q − 2
511. Find the difference of x2 + 6x + 8 and x2 − 8x + 15
Evaluate a Polynomial for a Given Value of the Variable

In the following exercises, evaluate each polynomial for the given value.
1
512. 200x − 2
x when x = 5
5
1
513. 200x − 2
x when x = 0
5
1
514. 200x − 2
x when x = 15
5
1
515. 5 + 40x − x
2
when x = 10
2
1
516. 5 + 40x − x
2
when x = −4
2
1
517. 5 + 40x − x
2
when x = 0
2
518. A pair of glasses is dropped off a bridge 640 feet above a river. The polynomial −16t2 + 640 gives the height of the glasses t
seconds after they were dropped. Find the height of the glasses when t = 6.
519. The fuel efficiency (in miles per gallon) of a bus going at a speed of x miles per hour is given by the polynomial
1 1
−
2
x + x . Find the fuel efficiency when x = 20 mph.
160 2

10.2 - Use Multiplication Properties of Exponents
520. 63
4
1
521. ( )
2
522. (−0.5)2
523. −32

524. p3 • p10
525. 2 • 26
526. a • a2 • a3
527. x • x8

528. (y4)3
529. (r3)2
530. (32)5
531. (a10)y

532. (8n)2
533. (−5x)3
534. (2ab)8
535. (−10mnp)4

536. (3a5)3
537. (4y)2(8y)
538. (x3)5(x2)3
539. (5st2)3(2s3t4)2
Multiply Monomials
In the following exercises, multiply the monomials.
540. (−6p4)(9p)
1
541. ( 2
c ) (30c8)
3
542. (8x2y5)(7xy6)
2 1
543. ( 3
m n )(
6 4
m n )
4
3 6
10.3 - Multiply Polynomials

544. 7(10 − x)
545. a2(a2 − 9a − 36)
546. −5y(125y3 − 1)
547. (4n − 5)(2n3)

In the following exercises, multiply the binomials using various methods.
548. (a + 5)(a + 2)
549. (y − 4)(y + 12)
550. (3x + 1)(2x − 7)
551. (6p − 11)(3p − 10)
552. (n + 8)(n + 1)
553. (k + 6)(k − 9)
554. (5u − 3)(u + 8)
555. (2y − 9)(5y − 7)
556. (p + 4)(p + 7)
557. (x − 8)(x + 9)
558. (3c + 1)(9c − 4)
559. (10a − 1)(3a − 3)

In the following exercises, multiply using any method.
560. (x + 1)(x2 − 3x − 21)
561. (5b − 2)(3b2 + b − 9)
562. (m + 6)(m2 − 7m − 30)
563. (4y − 1)(6y2 − 12y + 5)
10.4 - Divide Monomials

8
2
564. 2
2
6
a
565.
a
3
n
566. 12
n
x
567. 5
x

568. 30
569. y0
570. (14t)0
571. 12a0 − 15b0


2
3
572. ( )
5
5
x
573. ( )
2
3
5m
574. ( )
n
s 2
575. ( )
10t

3 2
(a )
576. 4
a
3
u
577. 2 4
u ⋅u
5
x
578. ( 9
)
x
4 5 2
p ⋅p
579. ( 3
)
p
5 3
(n )
580. 2 8
(n )
3
2
5s
581. ( )
4t
Divide Monomials
In the following exercises, divide the monomials.
582. 72p12 ÷ 8p3
583. −26a8 ÷ (2a2)
6
45y
584. 10
−15y
8
−30x
585. 9
−36x
9
28 a b
586. 4 3
7a b
6 3
11u v
587. 2 8
55u v
9 3 3 2
(5 m n )(8 m n )
588.
(10m n4 )(m2 n5 )
2 4 2
42r s 54rs
589. 3
−
6rs 9s
10.5 - Integer Exponents and Scientific Notation

590. 6−2
591. (−10)−3
592. 5 • 2−4
593. (8n)−1


594. x−3 • x9
595. r−5 •r−4
596. (uv−3)(u−4v−2)
597. (m5)−1
598. (k−2)−3
4
q
599. 20
q
8
b
600. −2
b
−3
n
601. −5
n

In the following exercises, write each number in scientific notation.
602. 5,300,000
603. 0.00814
604. The thickness of a piece of paper is about 0.097 millimeter.
605. According to www.cleanair.com, U.S. businesses use about 21,000,000 tons of paper per year.

In the following exercises, convert each number to decimal form.
606. 2.9 × 104
607. 1.5 × 108
608. 3.75 × 10−1
609. 9.413 × 10−5

In the following exercises, multiply and write your answer in decimal form.
610. (3 × 107)(2 × 10−4)
611. (1.5 × 10−3)(4.8 × 10−1)
9
6 × 10
612. −1
2 × 10
−3
9 × 10
613. −6
1 × 10
10.6 - Introduction to Factoring Polynomials

Find the Greatest Common Factor of Two or More Expressions
In the following exercises, find the greatest common factor.
614. 5n, 45
615. 8a, 72
616. 12x2, 20x3, 36x4
617. 9y4, 21y5, 15y6
Factor the Greatest Common Factor from a Polynomial

In the following exercises, factor the greatest common factor from each polynomial.
618. 16u − 24
619. 15r + 35
620. 6p2 + 6p
621. 10c2 − 10c
622. −9a5 − 9a3
623. −7x8 − 28x3

624. 5y2 − 55y + 45
625. 2q5 − 16q3 + 30q2
PRACTICE TEST
626. For the polynomial 8y4 − 3y2 + 1
a. Is it a monomial, binomial, or trinomial?
b. What is its degree?
627. (5a2 + 2a − 12) + (9a2 + 8a − 4)
628. (10x2 − 3x + 5) − (4x2 − 6)
3
3
629. (− )
4
630. n • n4
631. (10p3q5)2
632. (8xy3)(−6x4y6)
633. 4u(u2 − 9u + 1)
634. (s + 8)(s + 9)
635. (m + 3)(7m − 2)
636. (11a − 6)(5a − 1)
637. (n − 8)(n 2 − 4n + 11)
638. (4a + 9b)(6a − 5b)
6
5
639. 8
5
2
3 9
x ⋅x
640. ( 5
)
x
18 23 5 0
641. (47a b c )
3
24 r s
642. 2 7
6r s
2
8y − 16y + 20
643.
4y
644. (15xy3 − 35x2y) ÷ 5xy

645. 4−1
646. (2y)−3
647. p−3 • p−8
4
x
648. −5
x
649. (2.4 × 108)(2 × 10−5)
650. 80a3 + 120a2 + 40a
651. −6x2 − 30x
652. Convert 5.25 × 10−4 to decimal form.
In the following exercises, simplify, and write your answer in decimal form.
4
9 × 10
653. −1
3 × 10
654. A hiker drops a pebble from a bridge 240 feet above a canyon. The polynomial −16t2 + 240 gives the height of the pebble t
seconds a after it was dropped. Find the height when t = 3.
655. According to www.cleanair.org, the amount of trash generated in the US in one year averages out to 112,000 pounds of trash per
person. Write this number in scientific notation.

[email protected]."
This page titled 10.E: Polynomials (Exercises) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

Key Terms
binomial A polynomial with exactly two terms
degree of a constant The degree of a constant is 0.
degree of a polynomial The degree of a polynomial is the highest degree of all its terms.
degree of a term The degree of a term of a polynomial is the exponent of its variable.
The greatest common factor (GCF) of two or more expressions is the

greatest common factor
largest expression that is a factor of all the expressions.
A term of the form axm, where a is a constant and m is a whole number,
monomial
is called a monomial.
1
negative exponent If n is a positive integer and a ≠ 0, then a−n
=
n
.
a
A polynomial is a monomial, or two or more monomials, combined by

polynomial
addition or subtraction.
A number expressed in scientific notation when it is of the form a × 10n,
scientific notation
where a ≥ 1 and a < 10, and n is an integer.
trinomial A trinomial is a polynomial with exactly three terms.
If a is a non-zero number, then a0 = 1. Any nonzero number raised to the

zero exponent
zero power is 1.
Key Concepts
10.2 - Use Multiplication Properties of Exponents
This is read a to the mth power.

Product Property of Exponents
If a is a real number and m, n are counting numbers, then am • an = am + n
To multiply with like bases, add the exponents.
Power Property for Exponents
If a is a real number and m, n are counting numbers, then (am)n = am • n
Product to a Power Property for Exponents
If a and b are real numbers and m is a whole number, then (ab)m = ambm
10.3 - Multiply Polynomials

• Use the FOIL method for multiplying two binomials.
Step 1. Multiply the First terms.
Step 2. Multiply the Outer terms.

Step 3. Multiply the Inner terms.
Step 4. Multiply the Last terms.
Step 5. Combine like terms, when possible.

Multiplying Two Binomials: To multiply binomials, use the:
FOIL Method
Vertical Method
Multiplying a Trinomial by a Binomial: To multiply a trinomial by a binomial, use the:
Vertical Method
10.4 - Divide Monomials

If a, b, c are whole numbers where b ≠ 0, c ≠ 0, then
a a⋅c a⋅c a
= and = (10.S.1)
b b⋅c b⋅c b
Zero Exponent
If a is a non-zero number, then a0 = 1.
Any nonzero number raised to the zero power is 1.
Quotient Property for Exponents
m m
a a 1
m−n
=a , m >n and = , n >m (10.S.2)
n n n−m
a a a
Quotient to a Power Property for Exponents

If a and b are real numbers, b ≠ 0, and m is a counting number, then
m
a m a
( ) = (10.S.3)
m
b b
To raise a fraction to a power, raise the numerator and denominator to that power.
10.5 - Integer Exponents and Scientific Notation

Summary of Exponent Properties
If a, b are real numbers and m, n are integers, then

m
a
Quotient Property n
= am − n, a ≠ 0, m > n
a
m
a 1
n
=
n−m
, a ≠ 0, n > m
a a
Zero Exponent Property a0 = 1, a ≠ 0

m m
a a
m
,b≠0
b b
1
Definition of a Negative Exponent a
−n
=
n
a
Convert from Decimal Notation to Scientific Notation: To convert a decimal to scientific notation:
1. Move the decimal point so that the first factor is greater than or equal to 1 but less than 10.
2. Count the number of decimal places, n, that the decimal point was moved. Write the number as a product with a power of
10.
If the original number is greater than 1, the power of 10 will be 10n.
If the original number is between 0 and 1, the power of 10 will be 10n.

3. Check.
Convert Scientific Notation to Decimal Form: To convert scientific notation to decimal form:
1. Determine the exponent, n, on the factor 10.
2. Move the decimal n places, adding zeros if needed.
If the exponent is positive, move the decimal point n places to the right.
If the exponent is negative, move the decimal point |n| places to the left.
3. Check.
10.6 - Introduction to Factoring Polynomials

Find the greatest common factor.
1. Factor each coefficient into primes. Write all variables with exponents in expanded form.
2. List all factors—matching common factors in a column. In each column, circle the common factors.
3. Bring down the common factors that all expressions share.
4. Multiply the factors.
If a , b , c are real numbers, then a(b + c) = ab + ac and ab + ac = a(b + c).
Factor the greatest common factor from a polynomial.
1. Find the GCF of all the terms of the polynomial.
2. Rewrite each term as a product using the GCF.
3. Use the Distributive Property ‘in reverse’ to factor the expression.
4. Check by multiplying the factors.

[email protected]."
This page titled 10.S: Polynomials (Summary) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

Find the greatest common factor of two or more expressions
Factor the greatest common factor from a polynomial
 be prepared!
1. Factor 56 into primes. If you missed this problem, review Example 2.9.1.
2. Multiply: −3(6a + 11). If you missed this problem, review Example 7.4.9.
3. Multiply: 4x2(x2 + 3x − 1). If you missed this problem, review Example 10.4.5.

Earlier we multiplied factors together to get a product. Now, we will be reversing this process; we will start with a product and then
break it down into its factors. Splitting a product into factors is called factoring.
In The Language of Algebra we factored numbers to find the least common multiple (LCM) of two or more numbers. Now we will
factor expressions and find the greatest common factor of two or more expressions. The method we use is similar to what we used
to find the LCM.
 Definition: Greatest Common Factor
The greatest common factor (GCF) of two or more expressions is the largest expression that is a factor of all the expressions.
First we will find the greatest common factor of two numbers
 Example 10.10.1:
Find the greatest common factor of 24 and 36.
Solution
Step 1: Factor each coefficient into primes.

Write all variables with exponents in Factor 24 and 36.
expanded form.
Step 2: List all factors—matching common

factors in a column.

Circle the 2, 2, and 3 that are shared by both
In each column, circle the common factors.
numbers.
Step 3: Bring down the common factors that

Bring down the 2, 2, 3 and then multiply.
all expressions share.
Step 4: Multiply the factors. The GCF of 24 and 36 is 12.
Notice that since the GCF is a factor of both numbers, 24 and 36 can be written as multiples of 12.
24 = 12 ⋅ 2
36 = 12 ⋅ 3
Find the greatest common factor: 54, 36.
Answer
18
Find the greatest common factor: 48, 80.
Answer
16
In the previous example, we found the greatest common factor of constants. The greatest common factor of an algebraic expression
can contain variables raised to powers along with coefficients. We summarize the steps we use to find the greatest common factor.
 HOW TO: FIND THE GREATEST COMMON FACTOR
Step 1. Factor each coefficient into primes. Write all variables with exponents in expanded form.
Step 2. List all factors—matching common factors in a column. In each column, circle the common factors.
Step 3. Bring down the common factors that all expressions share.
Step 4. Multiply the factors.
 Example 10.10.2:
Find the greatest common factor of 5x and 15.

Solution
Factor each number into primes.

Circle the common factors in each column.
Bring down the common factors.
The GCF of 5x and 15 is 5.

Find the greatest common factor: 7y, 14.
Answer
7
Find the greatest common factor: 22, 11m.
Answer
11
In the examples so far, the greatest common factor was a constant. In the next two examples we will get variables in the greatest
common factor.
 Example 10.10.3:
Find the greatest common factor of 12x2 and 18x3.

Solution
Factor each coefficient into primes and write the variables with
exponents in expanded form.
Multiply the factors.
The GCF of 12x2 and 18x3 is 6x2.
Find the greatest common factor: 16x2, 24x3.
Answer
2
8x
Find the greatest common factor: 27y3, 18y4.
Answer
3
9y
 Example 10.10.4:
Find the greatest common factor of 14x3, 8x2, 10x.

Solution

Factor each coefficient into primes and write the variables with
exponents in expanded form.
Multiply the factors.
The GCF of 14x3 and 8x2, and 10x is 2x.
Find the greatest common factor: 21x3, 9x2, 15x.
Answer
3x
Find the greatest common factor: 25m4, 35m3, 20m2.
Answer
2
5m

Just like in arithmetic, where it is sometimes useful to represent a number in factored form (for example, 12 as 2 • 6 or 3 • 4), in
algebra it can be useful to represent a polynomial in factored form. One way to do this is by finding the greatest common factor of
all the terms. Remember that you can multiply a polynomial by a monomial as follows:
2(x + 7) f actors
2 ⋅ x +2 ⋅ 7
2x + 14 product
Here, we will start with a product, like 2x + 14, and end with its factors, 2(x + 7). To do this we apply the Distributive Property “in
reverse”.

If a, b, c are real numbers, then a(b + c) = ab + ac and ab + ac = a(b + c).
The form on the left is used to multiply. The form on the right is used to factor.
So how do we use the Distributive Property to factor a polynomial? We find the GCF of all the terms and write the polynomial as a
product!
 Example 10.10.5:
Factor: 2x + 14.
Solution
Step 1: Find the GCF of all the terms of the

Find the GCF of 2x and 14.
polynomial.

Rewrite 2x and 14 as products of their GCF,
2.
Step 2: Rewrite each term as a product using 2x + 14
the GCF. 2x = 2 ⋅ x 2 ⋅x +2 ⋅7
14 = 2 ⋅ 7
Step 3: Use the Distributive Property 'in

2(x + 7)
reverse' to factor the expression.
2(x + 7)
Step 4: Check by multiplying the factors. Check. 2 ⋅x +2 ⋅7
2x + 14 ✓
Factor: 4x + 12.
Answer
4(x + 3)
Factor: 6a + 24.
Answer
6(a + 4)
Notice that in Example 10.84, we used the word factor as both a noun and a verb:
Noun 7 is a factor of 14
Verb Factor 2 from 2x + 14
 HOW TO: FACTOR THE GREATEST COMMON FACTOR FROM A POLYNOMIAL
Step 1. Find the GCF of all the terms of the polynomial.

Step 2. Rewrite each term as a product using the GCF.
Step 3. Use the Distributive Property ‘in reverse’ to factor the expression.
Step 4. Check by multiplying the factors.
 Example 10.10.6:
Factor: 3a + 3.
Solution
Rewrite each term as a product using the GCF. 3 ⋅a+3 ⋅1 (10.10.1)
Use the Distributive Property 'in reverse' to factor the GCF. 3(a + 1) (10.10.2)

3(a + 1)
Check by multiplying the factors to get the original polynomial. 3 ⋅a = 3 ⋅1
3a + 3 ✓
Factor: 9a + 9.
Answer
9(a + 1)
Factor: 11x + 11.
Answer
11(x + 1)
The expressions in the next example have several factors in common. Remember to write the GCF as the product of all the
common factors.
 Example 10.10.7:
Factor: 12x − 60.
Rewrite each term as a product using the GCF. 12 ⋅ x − 12 ⋅ 5 (10.10.3)
Factor the GCF. 12(x − 5) (10.10.4)
12(x − 5)
Check by multiplying the factors. 12 ⋅ x − 12 ⋅ 5
12x − 60 ✓
Factor: 11x − 44.
Answer
11(x - 4)
Factor: 13y − 52.
Answer
13(y - 4)

Now we’ll factor the greatest common factor from a trinomial. We start by finding the GCF of all three terms.
 Example 10.10.8:
Factor: 3y2 + 6y + 9.
Solution
Rewrite each term as a product using the GCF. 3 ⋅y

2
+ 3 ⋅ 2y + 3 ⋅ 3 (10.10.5)
Factor the GCF. 3(y

2
+ 2y + 3) (10.10.6)
2
3(y + 2y + 3)
Check by multiplying. 3 ⋅y
2
+ 3 ⋅ 2y + 3 ⋅ 3
2
3y + 6y + 9 ✓
Factor: 4y2 + 8y + 12.
Answer
2
4 (y + 2y + 3)
Factor: 6x2 + 42x − 12.
Answer
2
6 (x + 7x − 2)
In the next example, we factor a variable from a binomial.
 Example 10.10.9:
Factor: 6x2 + 5x.
Solution
Find the GCF of 6x2 and 5x and the math that goes with it.
Rewrite each term as a product. x ⋅ 6x + x ⋅ 5 (10.10.7)
Factor the GCF. x(6x + 5) (10.10.8)

x(6x + 5)
Check by multiplying. x ⋅ 6x + x ⋅ 5
2
6x + 5x ✓
Factor: 9x2 + 7x.
Answer
x(9x + 7)
Factor: 5a2 − 12a.
Answer
a(5a - 12)
When there are several common factors, as we’ll see in the next two examples, good organization and neat work helps!
 Example 10.10.10:
Factor: 4x3 − 20x2.

Solution
Rewrite each term. 4x

2
⋅ x − 4x
2
⋅5 (10.10.9)
Factor the GCF. 2

4 x (x − 5) (10.10.10)
2
4 x (x − 5)
Check. 4x
2
⋅ x − 4x
2
⋅5
3 2
4x − 20 x ✓
Factor: 2x3 + 12x2.
Answer
2
2 x (x + 6)
Factor: 6y3 − 15y2.
Answer

2
3 y (2y − 5)
 Example 10.10.11:
Factor: 21y2 + 35y.

Solution
Find the GCF of 21y2 and 35y.
Rewrite each term. 7y ⋅ 3y + 7y ⋅ 5 (10.10.11)
Factor the GCF. 7y(3y + 5) (10.10.12)
Factor: 18y2 + 63y.
Answer
9y(2y + 7)
Factor: 32k2 + 56k.
Answer
8k(4k + 7)
 Example 10.10.12:
Factor: 14x3 + 8x2 − 10x.

Solution
Previously, we found the GCF of 14x3, 8x2, and 10x to be 2x.
Rewrite each term using the GCF, 2x. 2x ⋅ 7 x

2
+ 2x ⋅ 4x − 2x ⋅ 5 (10.10.13)
Factor the GCF. 2x(7 x

2
+ 4x − 5) (10.10.14)
2
2x(7x + 4x − 5)
Check. 2x ⋅ 7x
2
+ 2x ⋅ 4x − 2x ⋅ 5
3 2
14x + 8x − 10x ✓
Factor: 18y3 − 6y2 − 24y.
Answer

2
6y (3 y − y − 4)
Factor: 16x3 + 8x2 − 12x.
Answer
2
4x (4 x + 2x − 3)
When the leading coefficient, the coefficient of the first term, is negative, we factor the negative out as part of the GCF.
 Example 10.10.13:
Factor: −9y − 27.

Solution
When the leading coefficient is negative, the GCF will be negative.

Ignoring the signs of the terms, we first find the GCF of 9y and 27 is
9.
Since the expression −9y − 27 has a negative leading coefficient, we

use −9 as the GCF.
Rewrite each term using the GCF. −9 ⋅ y + (−9) ⋅ 3 (10.10.15)
Factor the GCF. −9(y + 3) (10.10.16)
−9(y + 3)
Check. −9 ⋅ y + (−9) ⋅ 3
−9y − 27 ✓
Factor: −5y − 35.
Answer
-5(y + 7)
Factor: −16z − 56.
Answer
-8(2z + 7)
Pay close attention to the signs of the terms in the next example.
 Example 10.10.14:
Factor: −4a2 + 16a.

Solution

The leading coefficient is negative, so the GCF will be negative.
Since the leading coefficient is negative, the GCF is negative, −4a.
Rewrite each term. −4a ⋅ a − (−4a) ⋅ 4 (10.10.17)
Factor the GCF. −4a(a − 4) (10.10.18)
Check on your own by multiplying.
Factor: −7a2 + 21a.
Answer
-7a(a - 3)
Factor: −6x2 + x.
Answer
-x(6x - 1)
Factor GCF
Factor a Binomial
Identify GCF

In the following exercises, find the greatest common factor.
422. 40, 56
423. 45, 75
424. 72, 162
425. 150, 275
426. 3x, 12
427. 4y, 28
428. 10a, 50
429. 5b, 30
430. 16y, 24y2
431. 9x, 15x2
432. 18m3, 36m2
433. 12p4, 48p3
434. 10x, 25x2, 15x3
435. 18a, 6a2, 22a3

436. 24u, 6u2, 30u3
437. 40y, 10y2, 90y3
438. 15a4, 9a5, 21a6
439. 35x3, 10x4, 5x5
440. 27y2, 45y3, 9y4
441. 14b2, 35b3, 63b4

442. 2x + 8
443. 5y + 15
444. 3a − 24
445. 4b − 20
446. 9y − 9
447. 7x − 7
448. 5m2 + 20m + 35
449. 3n2 + 21n + 12
450. 8p2 + 32p + 48
451. 6q2 + 30q + 42
452. 8q2 + 15q
453. 9c2 + 22c
454. 13k2 + 5k
455. 17x2 + 7x
456. 5c2 + 9c
457. 4q2 + 7q
458. 5p2 + 25p
459. 3r2 + 27r
460. 24q2 − 12q
461. 30u2 − 10u
462. yz + 4z
463. ab + 8b
464. 60x − 6x3
465. 55y − 11y4
466. 48r4 − 12r3
467. 45c3 − 15c2
468. 4a3 − 4ab2
469. 6c3 − 6cd2
470. 30u3 + 80u2
471. 48x3 + 72x2
472. 120y6 + 48y4
473. 144a6 + 90a3
474. 4q2 + 24q + 28
475. 10y2 + 50y + 40
476. 15z2 − 30z − 90
477. 12u2 − 36u − 108
478. 3a4 − 24a3 + 18a2
479. 5p4 − 20p3 − 15p2
480. 11x6 + 44x5 − 121x4
481. 8c5 + 40c4 − 56c3
482. −3n − 24
483. −7p − 84
484. −15a2 − 40a

485. −18b2 − 66b
486. −10y3 + 60y2
487. −8a3 + 32a2
488. −4u5 + 56u3
489. −9b5 + 63b3
Everyday Math
490. Revenue A manufacturer of microwave ovens has found that the revenue received from selling microwaves a cost of p dollars
each is given by the polynomial −5p2 + 150p. Factor the greatest common factor from this polynomial.
491. Height of a baseball The height of a baseball hit with velocity 80 feet/second at 4 feet above ground level is −16t2 + 80t + 4,
with t = the number of seconds since it was hit. Factor the greatest common factor from this polynomial.
Writing Exercises
492. The greatest common factor of 36 and 60 is 12. Explain what this means.
493. What is the GCF of y4, y5, and y10? Write a general rule that tells how to find the GCF of ya, yb, and yc.
Self Check

[email protected]."
This page titled 10.10: Introduction to Factoring Polynomials is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

CHAPTER OVERVIEW
11: Graphs
Which cyclist will win the race? What will the winning time be? How many seconds will separate the winner from the runner-up?
One way to summarize the information from the race is by creating a graph. In this chapter, we will discuss the basic concepts of
graphing. The applications of graphing go far beyond races. They are used to present information in almost every field, including
healthcare, business, and entertainment.
Figure 11.1 - Cyclists speed toward the finish line. (credit: ewan traveler, Flickr)

[email protected]."
This page titled 11: Graphs is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.
1
Plot points on a rectangular coordinate system
Identify points on a graph
Verify solutions to an equation in two variables
Complete a table of solutions to a linear equation
Find solutions to linear equations in two variables
 be prepared!
1. Evaluate: x + 3 when x = −1. If you missed this problem, review Example 3.4.10.
2. Evaluate: 2x − 5y when x = 3, y = −2. If you missed this problem, review Example 3.8.106.
3. Solve for y: 40 − 4y = 20. If you missed this problem, review Example 8.4.1.
Plot Points on a Rectangular Coordinate System

Many maps, such as the Campus Map shown in Figure 11.1.1, use a grid system to identify locations. Do you see the numbers 1, 2,
3, and 4 across the top and bottom of the map and the letters A, B, C, and D along the sides? Every location on the map can be
identified by a number and a letter.
For example, the Student Center is in section 2B. It is located in the grid section above the number 2 and next to the letter B. In
which grid section is the Stadium? The Stadium is in section 4D.
Figure 11.1.1
 Example 11.1.1:
Use the map in Figure 11.1.1. (a) Find the grid section of the Residence Halls. (b) What is located in grid section 4C?
Solution
(a) Read the number below the Residence Halls, 4, and the letter to the side, A. So the Residence Halls are in grid section 4A.
(b) Find 4 across the bottom of the map and C along the side. Look below the 4 and next to the C. Tiger Field is in grid section
4C.

Use the map in Figure 11.1.1. (a) Find the grid section of Taylor Hall. (b) What is located in section 3B?
Answer a
1C
Answer b
Engineering Building
Use the map in Figure 11.1.1. (a) Find the grid section of the Parking Garage. (b) What is located in section 2C?
Answer a
1A
Answer b
Library
Just as maps use a grid system to identify locations, a grid system is used in algebra to show a relationship between two variables in
a rectangular coordinate system. To create a rectangular coordinate system, start with a horizontal number line. Show both positive
and negative numbers as you did before, using a convenient scale unit. This horizontal number line is called the x-axis.
Now, make a vertical number line passing through the x-axis at 0. Put the positive numbers above 0 and the negative numbers
below 0. See Figure 11.1.2. This vertical line is called the y-axis.
Vertical grid lines pass through the integers marked on the x-axis. Horizontal grid lines pass through the integers marked on the y-
axis. The resulting grid is the rectangular coordinate system.
The rectangular coordinate system is also called the x-y plane, the coordinate plane, or the Cartesian coordinate system (since it
was developed by a mathematician named René Descartes.)
Figure 11.1.2 - The rectangular coordinate system.

The x-axis and the y-axis form the rectangular coordinate system. These axes divide a plane into four areas, called quadrants. The
quadrants are identified by Roman numerals, beginning on the upper right and proceeding counterclockwise. See Figure 11.1.3.

Figure 11.1.3 - The four quadrants of the rectangular coordinate system.
In the rectangular coordinate system, every point is represented by an ordered pair. The first number in the ordered pair is the x-
coordinate of the point, and the second number is the y-coordinate of the point.
 Definition: Ordered pair
An ordered pair, (x, y) gives the coordinates of a point in a rectangular coordinate system. The first number is the x-coordinate.
The second number is the y-coordinate.
So how do the coordinates of a point help you locate a point on the x-y plane?
Let’s try locating the point (2, 5) . In this ordered pair, the x -coordinate is 2 and the y -coordinate is 5 .
We start by locating the x value, 2, on the x-axis. Then we lightly sketch a vertical line through x = 2, as shown in Figure 11.1.4
Figure 11.1.4
Now we locate the y value, 5, on the y -axis and sketch a horizontal line through y = 5. The point where these two lines meet is the
point with coordinates (2, 5). We plot the point there, as shown in Figure 11.1.5.

Figure 11.1.5
 Example 11.1.2:
Plot (1, 3) and (3, 1) in the same rectangular coordinate system.

Solution
The coordinate values are the same for both points, but the x and y values are reversed. Let’s begin with point (1, 3). The x-
coordinate is 1 so find 1 on the x-axis and sketch a vertical line through x = 1. The y-coordinate is 3 so we find 3 on the y-axis
and sketch a horizontal line through y = 3. Where the two lines meet, we plot the point (1, 3).
To plot the point (3, 1), we start by locating 3 on the x-axis and sketch a vertical line through x = 3. Then we find 1 on the y-
axis and sketch a horizontal line through y = 1. Where the two lines meet, we plot the point (3, 1).
Notice that the order of the coordinates does matter, so, (1, 3) is not the same point as (3, 1).

Plot each point on the same rectangular coordinate system: (2, 5), (5, 2).
Answer
Plot each point on the same rectangular coordinate system: (4, 2), (2, 4).
Answer
 Example 11.1.3:
Plot each point in the rectangular coordinate system and identify the quadrant in which the point is located: (a) (−1, 3) (b) (−3,
5
−4) (c) (2, −3) (d) (3, )
2
Solution
The first number of the coordinate pair is the x-coordinate, and the second number is the y-coordinate.
a. Since x = −1, y = 3, the point (−1, 3) is in Quadrant II.
b. Since x = −3, y = −4, the point (−3, −4) is in Quadrant III.
c. Since x = 2, y = −1, the point (2, −1) is in Quadrant lV.
5 5 5 1
d. Since x = 3, y = , the point (3, ) is in Quadrant I. It may be helpful to write as the mixed number, 2 , or decimal,
2 2 2 2
2.5. Then we know that the point is halfway between 2 and 3 on the y-axis.

3
−1) (c) (4, −4) (d) (−4, )
2
Answer
5
3) (c) (2, −5) (d) (−3, )
2
Answer
How do the signs affect the location of the points?

 Example 11.1.4:
Plot each point: (a) (−5, 2) (b) (−5, −2) (c) (5, 2) (d) (5, −2)
Solution
As we locate the x-coordinate and the y-coordinate, we must be careful with the signs.
Plot each point: (a) (4, −3) (b) (4, 3) (c) (−4, −3) (d) (−4, 3)
Answer
Plot each point: (a) (−1, 4) (b) (1, 4) (c) (1, −4) (d) (−1, −4)
Answer
You may have noticed some patterns as you graphed the points in the two previous examples.
For each point in Quadrant IV, what do you notice about the signs of the coordinates?

What about the signs of the coordinates of the points in the third quadrant? The second quadrant? The first quadrant?
Can you tell just by looking at the coordinates in which quadrant the point (−2, 5) is located? In which quadrant is (2, −5) located?
We can summarize sign patterns of the quadrants as follows. Also see Figure 11.1.6.
Table 11.1.1
Quadrant I Quadrant II Quadrant III Quadrant IV
(x,y) (x,y) (x,y) (x,y)
(+,+) (-,+) (-,-) (+,-)
Figure 11.1.6
What if one coordinate is zero? Where is the point (0, 4) located? Where is the point (−2, 0) located? The point (0, 4) is on the y-
axis and the point ( − 2, 0) is on the x-axis.
 Definition: Points on the Axes
Points with a y-coordinate equal to 0 are on the x-axis, and have coordinates (a, 0).
Points with an x-coordinate equal to 0 are on the y-axis, and have coordinates (0, b).
What is the ordered pair of the point where the axes cross? At that point both coordinates are zero, so its ordered pair is (0, 0).
The point has a special name. It is called the origin.

 Definition: the origin
The point (0, 0) is called the origin. It is the point where the x-axis and y-axis intersect.
 Example 11.1.5:
Plot each point on a coordinate grid: (a) (0, 5) (b) (4, 0) (c) (−3, 0) (d) (0, 0) (e) (0, −1)
Solution
a. Since x = 0, the point whose coordinates are (0, 5) is on the y-axis.
b. Since y = 0, the point whose coordinates are (4, 0) is on the x-axis.
c. Since y = 0, the point whose coordinates are (−3, 0) is on the x-axis.
d. Since x = 0 and y = 0, the point whose coordinates are (0, 0) is the origin.
e. Since x = 0, the point whose coordinates are (0, −1) is on the y-axis.
Plot each point on a coordinate grid: (a) (4, 0) (b) (−2, 0) (c) (0, 0) (d) (0, 2) (e) (0, −3)
Answer
Plot each point on a coordinate grid: (a) (−5, 0) (b) (3, 0) (c) (0, 0) (d) (0, −1) (e) (0, 4)
Answer

Identify Points on a Graph
In algebra, being able to identify the coordinates of a point shown on a graph is just as important as being able to plot points. To
identify the x-coordinate of a point on a graph, read the number on the x-axis directly above or below the point. To identify the y-
coordinate of a point, read the number on the y-axis directly to the left or right of the point. Remember, to write the ordered pair
using the correct order (x, y).
 Example 11.1.6:
Name the ordered pair of each point shown:
Solution
Point A is above −3 on the x-axis, so the x-coordinate of the point is −3. The point is to the left of 3 on the y-axis, so the y-
coordinate of the point is 3. The coordinates of the point are (−3, 3).
Point B is below −1 on the x-axis, so the x-coordinate of the point is −1. The point is to the left of −3 on the y-axis, so the y-
coordinate of the point is −3. The coordinates of the point are (−1, −3).
Point C is above 2 on the x-axis, so the x-coordinate of the point is 2. The point is to the right of 4 on the y-axis, so the y-
coordinate of the point is 4. The coordinates of the point are (2, 4).
Point D is below 4 on the x - axis, so the x-coordinate of the point is 4. The point is to the right of −4 on the y-axis, so the y-
coordinate of the point is −4. The coordinates of the point are (4, −4)

Answer
A: (5,1), B: (−2,4), C: (−5,−1), D: (3,−2)
Answer
A: (4,2), B: (−2,3), C: (−4,−4), D: (3,−5)
 Example 11.1.7:
Solution
Point A is on the x-axis at x = − 4. The coordinates of point A are (− 4, 0).
Point B is on the y-axis at y = − 2. The coordinates of point B are (0, − 2).
Point C is on the x-axis at x = 3. The coordinates of point C are (3, 0).
Point D is on the y-axis at y = 1. The coordinates of point D are (0, 1).

Answer
A: (4,0), B: (0,3), C: (−3,0), D: (0,−5)
Answer
A: (−3,0), B: (0,−3), C: (5,0), D: (0,2)

[email protected]."
This page titled 11.1: Use the Rectangular Coordinate System (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or

Verify Solutions to an Equation in Two Variables
All the equations we solved so far have been equations with one variable. In almost every case, when we solved the equation we
got exactly one solution. The process of solving an equation ended with a statement such as x = 4. Then we checked the solution by
substituting back into the equation.
Here’s an example of a linear equation in one variable, and its one solution.
3x + 5 = 17
3x = 12
x =4
But equations can have more than one variable. Equations with two variables can be written in the general form Ax + By = C. An
equation of this form is called a linear equation in two variables.
 Definition: Linear Equation
An equation of the form Ax + By = C, where A and B are not both zero, is called a linear equation in two variables.
Notice that the word “line” is in linear.

Here is an example of a linear equation in two variables, x and y:
Ax + By = C
x + 4y = 8
A = 1, B = 4, C = 8
Is y = −5x + 1 a linear equation? It does not appear to be in the form Ax + By = C. But we could rewrite it in this form.
y = −5x + 1 (11.2.1)
Add 5x to both sides. y + 5x = −5x + 1 + 5x (11.2.2)
Simplify. y + 5x = 1 (11.2.3)
Ax + By = C
Use the Commutative Property to put it in Ax + By = C.
5 + y = 1
By rewriting y = −5x + 1 as 5x + y = 1, we can see that it is a linear equation in two variables because it can be written in the form
Ax + By = C.
Linear equations in two variables have infinitely many solutions. For every number that is substituted for x, there is a
corresponding y value. This pair of values is a solution to the linear equation and is represented by the ordered pair (x, y). When
we substitute these values of x and y into the equation, the result is a true statement because the value on the left side is equal to the
value on the right side.
 Definition: Solution to a Linear Equation in Two Variables

An ordered pair (x, y) is a solution to the linear equation Ax + By = C, if the equation is a true statement when the x- and y-
values of the ordered pair are substituted into the equation.

 Example 11.2.8:
Determine which ordered pairs are solutions of the equation x + 4y = 8: (a) (0, 2) (b) (2, −4) (c) (−4, 3)
Solution
Substitute the x- and y-values from each ordered pair into the equation and determine if the result is a true statement.
(a) (0, 2) (b) (2, −4) (c) (−4, 3)
x = 0, y = 2 x = 2, y = −4 x = −4, y = 3
x + 4y = 8 x + 4y = 8 x + 4y = 8
? ? ?
0 +4 ⋅2 = 8 2 + 4(−4) = 8 −4 + 4 ⋅ 3 = 8
? ? ?
0 +8 = 8 2 + (−16) = 8 −4 + 12 = 8
8 = 8 ✓ −14 ≠ 8 8 = 8 ✓
(0, 2) is a solution. (2, −4) is not a solution. (−4, 3) is a solution.
Determine which ordered pairs are solutions to the given equation: 2x + 3y = 6

(a) (3, 0) (b) (2, 0) (c) (6, −2)
Answer
(a), (c)
Determine which ordered pairs are solutions to the given equation: 4x − y = 8

(a)(0, 8) (b) (2, 0) (c) (1, −4)
Answer
(b), (c)
 Example 11.2.9 :
Determine which ordered pairs are solutions of the equation. y = 5x − 1: (a) (0, −1) (b) (1, 4) (c) (−2, −7)
Solution
Substitute the x- and y-values from each ordered pair into the equation and determine if it results in a true statement.
(a) (0, -1) (b) (1, 4) (c) (−2, -7)
x = 0, y = −1 x = 1, y = 4 x = −2, y = −7
y = 5x − 1 y = 5x − 1 y = 5x − 1
? ? ?
−1 = 5(0) − 1 4 = 5(1) − 1 −7 = 5(−2) − 1
? ? ?
−1 = 0 − 1 4 = 5 −1 −7 = −10 − 1
−1 = −1 ✓ 4 = 4 ✓ −7 ≠ −11
(0, -1) is a solution. (1, 4) is a solution. (−2, -7) is not a solution.

Determine which ordered pairs are solutions of the given equation: y = 4x − 3

(a) (0, 3) (b) (1, 1) (c) (1, 1)
Answer
(b)
Determine which ordered pairs are solutions of the given equation: y = −2x + 6
(a)(0, 6) (b) (1, 4) (c) (−2, −2)
Answer
(a), (b)
Complete a Table of Solutions to a Linear Equation

In the previous examples, we substituted the x- and y-values of a given ordered pair to determine whether or not it was a solution to
a linear equation. But how do we find the ordered pairs if they are not given? One way is to choose a value for x and then solve the
equation for y. Or, choose a value for y and then solve for x.
We’ll start by looking at the solutions to the equation y = 5x − 1 we found in Example 11.2.1. We can summarize this information
in a table of solutions.
y = 5x − 1
x y (x, y)
0 -1 (0, -1)
1 4 (1, 4)
To find a third solution, we’ll let x = 2 and solve for y.
y = 5x − 1 (11.2.4)
Substitute x = 2. y = 5(2) − 1 (11.2.5)
Multiply. y = 10 − 1 (11.2.6)
Simplify. y = 9 (11.2.7)
The ordered pair is a solution to y = 5x - 1. We will add it to the table.
y = 5x − 1
x y (x, y)
0 -1 (0, -1)
1 4 (1, 4)
2 9 (2, 9)
We can find more solutions to the equation by substituting any value of x or any value of y and solving the resulting equation to get
another ordered pair that is a solution. There are an infinite number of solutions for this equation.

 Example 11.2.10:
Complete the table to find three solutions to the equation y = 4x − 2:
y = 4x - 2
x y (x, y)
-1
Solution
Substitute x = 0, x = −1, and x = 2 into y = 4x − 2.
x=0 x = −1 x=2
y = 4x − 2 y = 4x − 2 y = 4x − 2
y=4•0−2 y = 4(−1) − 2 y=4•2−2
y=0−2 y = −4 − 2 y=8−2
y = −2 y = −6 y=6
(0, −2) (−1, −6) (2, 6)
The results are summarized in the table.
y = 4x - 2
x y (x, y)
0 -2 (0, -2)
-1 -6 (-1, -6)
2 6 (2, 6)
Complete the table to find three solutions to the equation: y = 3x − 1.
y = 3x − 1
x y (x, y)
-1
Answer
y = 3x − 1
x y (x, y)
0 -1 (0, -1)
-1 -4 (-1, -4)
2 5 (2, 5)

Complete the table to find three solutions to the equation: y = 6x + 1.
y = 6x + 1
x y (x, y)
-2
Answer
y = 6x + 1
x y (x, y)
0 1 (0, 1)
-1 7 (1, 7)
2 -11 (-2, -11)
 Example 11.2.11:
Complete the table to find three solutions to the equation 5x − 4y = 20:
5x − 4y = 20
x y (x, y)
Solution
x = 0 y = 0 y = 5
5x − 4y = 20 5x − 4y = 20 5x − 4y = 20
5 ⋅ 0 − 4y = 20 5x − 4 ⋅ 0 = 20 5x − 4 ⋅ 5 = 20
0 − 4y = 20 5x − 0 = 20 5x − 20 = 20
−4y = 20 5x = 20 5x = 40
y = −5 x = 4 x = 8
(0, − 5) (4, 0) (8, 5)
The results are summarized in the table.
5x − 4y = 20
x y (x, y)
0 -5 (0, -5)
4 0 (-4, 0)
8 5 (8, 5)

Complete the table to find three solutions to the equation: 2x − 5y = 20.
2x - 5y = 20
x y (x, y)
-5
Answer
2x - 5y = 20
x y (x, y)
0 -4 (0, -4)
10 0 (10, 0)
-5 -6 (-5, -6)
Complete the table to find three solutions to the equation: 3x − 4y = 12.
3x - 4y = 12
x y (x, y)
-4
Answer
3x - 4y = 12
x y (x, y)
0 -3 (0, -3)
4 0 (4, 0)
-4 -6 (-4, -6)
Find Solutions to Linear Equations in Two Variables

To find a solution to a linear equation, we can choose any number we want to substitute into the equation for either x or y. We
could choose 1, 100, 1,000, or any other value we want. But it’s a good idea to choose a number that’s easy to work with. We’ll
usually choose 0 as one of our values.
 Example 11.2.12:
Find a solution to the equation 3x + 2y = 6.

Solution

We can substitute any value we want for x or
Step 1: Choose any value for one of the any value for y.
variables in the equation. Let's pick x = 0. What is the value of y if x =
0?
3x + 2y = 6
3 ⋅ 0 + 2y = 6
Step 2: Substitute that value into the Substitute 0 for x. Simplify.
0 + 2y = 6
equation. Solve for the other variable. Divide both sides by 2.
2y = 6
y = 3
This solution is represented by the ordered

Step 3: Write the solution as an ordered pair. So, when x = 0, y = 3.
pair (0, 3).
3x + 2y = 6
Substitute x = 0 , y = 3 into the equation 3x + ?
3 ⋅0 +2 ⋅3 = 6
Step 4: Check. 2y = 6. ?
Is the result a true equation? Yes! 0 +6 = 6
6 = 6 ✓
Find a solution to the equation: 4x + 3y = 12.
Answer
Answers will vary
Find a solution to the equation: 2x + 4y = 8.
Answer
Answers will vary
We said that linear equations in two variables have infinitely many solutions, and we’ve just found one of them. Let’s find some
other solutions to the equation 3x + 2y = 6.
 Example 11.2.13:
Find three more solutions to the equation 3x + 2y = 6.

Solution
To find solutions to 3x + 2y = 6, choose a value for x or y. Remember, we can choose any value we want for x or y. Here we
chose 1 for x, and 0 and −3 for y.
y = 0 x = 1 y = −3
Substitute it into the equation. 3x + 2y = 6 3x + 2y = 6 3x + 2y = 6
3x + 2(0) = 6 3(1) + 2y = 6 3x + 2(−3) = 6
3x + 0 = 6 3 + 2y = 6 3x − 6 = 6
Simplify. Solve.
3x = 6 2y = 3 3x = 12
3
x=2 y= x=4
2

3
Write the ordered pair. (2, 0) (1, ) (4, −3)
2
Check your answers.

3
(2, 0) (1, ) (4, −3)
2
3x + 2y = 6
3x + 2y = 6 3x + 2y = 6
? 3 ? ?
3 ⋅2 +2 ⋅0 = 6 3 ⋅1 +2 ⋅ = 6 3 ⋅ 4 + 2 ⋅ (−3) = 6
2
? ?
6 +0 = 6 ?
12 + (−6) = 6
3 +3 = 6
6 = 6 ✓ 6 = 6 ✓
6 = 6 ✓
3
So (2, 0), (1, ) and (4, −3) are all solutions to the equation 3x + 2y = 6. In the previous example, we found that (0, 3) is a
2
solution, too. We can list these solutions in a table.
3x + 2y = 6
x y (x, y)
0 3 (0, 3)
2 0 (2, 0)
3 3
1 (1, )
2 2
4 -3 (4, -3)
Find three solutions to the equation: 2x + 3y = 6.
Answer
Answers will vary
Find three solutions to the equation: 4x + 2y = 8.
Answer
Answers will vary
Let’s find some solutions to another equation now.
 Example 11.2.14:
Find three solutions to the equation x − 4y = 8.

Solution
Choose a value for x or y. x=0 y=0 y=3
Substitute it into the equation. 0 − 4y = 8 (11.2.8) x −4 ⋅0 = 8 (11.2.9) x −4 ⋅3 = 8 (11.2.10)
−4y = 8 x −0 = 8 x − 12 = 8
Solve.
y = −2 x = 8 x = 20

Write the ordered pair. (0, −2) (8, 0) (20, 3)
So (0, −2), (8, 0), and (20, 3) are three solutions to the equation x − 4y = 8.
x − 4y = 8
x y (x, y)
0 -2 (0, -2)
8 0 (8, 0)
20 3 (20, 3)
Remember, there are an infinite number of solutions to each linear equation. Any point you find is a solution if it makes the
equation true.
Find three solutions to the equation: 4x + y = 8.
Answer
Answers will vary
Find three solutions to the equation: x + 5y = 10.
Answer
Answers will vary
Plotting Points
Identifying Quadrants
Verifying Solution to Linear Equation

Plot Points on a Rectangular Coordinate System
In the following exercises, plot each point on a coordinate grid.
1. (3, 2)
2. (4, 1)
3. (1, 5)
4. (3, 4)
5. (4, 1), (1, 4)
6. (3, 2), (2, 3)
7. (3, 4), (4, 3)
In the following exercises, plot each point on a coordinate grid and identify the quadrant in which the point is located.
5
8. (a) (−4, 2) (b) (−1, −2) (c) (3, −5) (d) (2, )
2
3
9. (a) (−2, −3) (b) (3, −3) (c) (−4, 1) (d) (1, )
2

7
10. (a) (−1, 1) (b) (−2, −1) (c) (1, −4) (d) (3, )
2
11. (a) (3, -2) (b) (−3, 2) (c) (-3, −2) (d) (3, 2)
12. (a) (4, -1) (b) (−4, 1) (c) (-4, -1) (d) (4, 1)
13. (a) (−2, 0) (b) (−3, 0) (c) (0, 4) (d) (0, 2)

In the following exercises, name the ordered pair of each point shown.
14.
15.
16.
17.

18.
19.
20.

In the following exercises, determine which ordered pairs are solutions to the given equation.
21. 2x + y = 6
a. (1, 4)
b. (3, 0)
c. (2, 3)
22. x + 3y = 9
a. (0, 3)
b. (6, 1)
c. (-3, -3)
23. 4x − 2y = 8
a. (3, 2)
b. (1, 4)
c. (0, -4)
24. 3x − 2y = 12
a. (4, 0)
b. (2, -3)
c. (1, 6)
25. y = 4x + 3
a. (4, 3)
b. (-1, -1)

1
c. ( , 5)
2
26. y = 2x − 5
a. (0, -5)
b. (2, 1)
1
c. ( , -4)
2
1
27. y = x−1
2
a. (2, 0)
b. (-6, -4)
c. (-4, -1)
1
28. y = x+1
3
a. (-3, 0)
b. (9, 4)
c. (-6, -1)
Find Solutions to Linear Equations in Two Variables

In the following exercises, complete the table to find solutions to each linear equation.
y = 2x − 4
x y (x, y)
-1
30. y = 3x − 1
x y (x, y)
-1
31. y = − x + 5
x y (x, y)
-2
1
32. y = x+1
3
x y (x, y)
3
33. y = − x − 2
2

x y (x, y)
-2
34. x + 2y = 8
x y (x, y)
Everyday Math
35. Weight of a baby Mackenzie recorded her baby’s weight every two months. The baby’s age, in months, and weight, in pounds,
are listed in the table, and shown as an ordered pair in the third column.
a. Plot the points on a coordinate grid.
b. Why is only Quadrant I needed?
Age Weight (x, y)
0 7 (0, 7)
2 11 (2, 11)
4 15 (4, 15)
6 16 (6, 16)
8 19 (8, 19)
10 20 (10, 20)
12 21 (12, 21)
36. Weight of a child Latresha recorded her son’s height and weight every year. His height, in inches, and weight, in pounds, are
listed in the table, and shown as an ordered pair in the third column.
a. Plot the points on a coordinate grid.
b. Why is only Quadrant I needed?
Height Weight (x, y)
28 22 (28, 22)
31 27 (31, 27)
33 33 (33, 33)
37 35 (37, 35)
40 41 (40, 41)
42 45 (42, 45)
Writing Exercises
37. Have you ever used a map with a rectangular coordinate system? Describe the map and how you used it.
38. How do you determine if an ordered pair is a solution to a given equation?

Self Check

help you need.

[email protected]."
This page titled 11.2: Use the Rectangular Coordinate System (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or

Recognize the relation between the solutions of an equation and its graph
Graph a linear equation by plotting points
Graph vertical and horizontal lines
 be prepared!
1. Evaluate: 3x + 2 when x = −1. If you missed this problem, review Example 3.8.10.
2. Solve the formula: 5x + 2y = 20 for y. If you missed this problem, review Example 9.11.6.
3
3. Simplify: (−24). If you missed this problem, review Example 4.3.10.
8
Recognize the Relation Between the Solutions of an Equation and its Graph
In Use the Rectangular Coordinate System, we found a few solutions to the equation 3x + 2y = 6. They are listed in the table below.
3
So, the ordered pairs (0, 3), (2, 0), (1, , (4, − 3), are some solutions to the equation 3x + 2y = 6. We can plot these solutions in
)
2
the rectangular coordinate system as shown on the graph at right.
Notice how the points line up perfectly? We connect the points with a straight line to get the graph of the equation 3x + 2y = 6.
Notice the arrows on the ends of each side of the line. These arrows indicate the line continues.
Every point on the line is a solution of the equation. Also, every solution of this equation is a point on this line. Points not on the
line are not solutions!

Notice that the point whose coordinates are ( − 2, 6) is on the line shown in Figure 11.3.1. If you substitute x = − 2 and y = 6 into
the equation, you find that it is a solution to the equation.
Figure 11.3.1
So (4, 1) is not a solution to the equation 3x + 2y = 6. Therefore the point (4, 1) is not on the line. This is an example of the
saying,” A picture is worth a thousand words.” The line shows you all the solutions to the equation. Every point on the line is a
solution of the equation. And, every solution of this equation is on this line. This line is called the graph of the equation 3x + 2y =
6.
 Definition: Graph of a Linear Equation
The graph of a linear equation Ax + By = C is a straight line.

Every point on the line is a solution of the equation.
Every solution of this equation is a point on this line.
 Example 11.3.1:
The graph of y = 2x − 3 is shown below.
For each ordered pair decide (a) Is the ordered pair a solution to the equation? (b) Is the point on the line?
(a) (0, 3) (b) (3, − 3) (c) (2, − 3) (d) ( − 1, − 5)
Solution
Substitute the x - and y -values into the equation to check if the ordered pair is a solution to the equation.
(a)

(a) (0, −3) (b) (3, 3) (c) (2, −3) (d) (−1, −5)
y = 2x − 3 y = 2x − 3 y = 2x − 3 y = 2x − 3
? ? ? ?
−3 = 2(0) − 3 3 = 2(3) − 3 − 3 = 2(2) − 3 − 5 = 2(−1) − 3
−3 = −3 ✓ 3 =3 ✓ −3 ≠ 1 − 5 = −5 ✓
(0, −3) is a solution. (3, 3) is a solution. (2, −3) is not a solution. (−1, −5) is a solution.
(b) Plot the points A: (0, − 3) B: (3, 3) C: (2, − 3) and D: (− 1, − 5). The points (0, − 3), (3, 3), and (− 1, − 5) are on the line y =
2x − 3, and the point (2, − 3) is not on the line.
The points which are solutions to y = 2x − 3 are on the line, but the point which is not a solution is not on the line.
The graph of y = 3x − 1 is shown. For each ordered pair, decide (a) is the ordered pair a solution to the equation? (b) is the
point on the line?
1. (0, − 1)
2. (2, 2)
3. (3, − 1)
4. ( − 1, − 4)
Answer 1.
a. yes, b. no
Answer 2.
a. no, b. no
Answer 3.

a. no, b. no
Answer 4.
a. yes, b. yes
Graph a Linear Equation by Plotting Points

There are several methods that can be used to graph a linear equation. The method we used at the start of this section to graph is
called plotting points, or the Point-Plotting Method.
Let’s graph the equation y = 2x + 1 by plotting points. We start by finding three points that are solutions to the equation. We can
choose any value for x or y, and then solve for the other variable.
Since y is isolated on the left side of the equation, it is easier to choose values for x. We will use 0, 1, and -2 for x for this example.
We substitute each value of x into the equation and solve for y.
We can organize the solutions in a table. See Table 11.3.1.

Table 11.3.1
y = 2x + 1
x y (x, y)
0 1 (0, 1)
1 3 (1, 3)
-2 -3 (-2, -3)
Now we plot the points on a rectangular coordinate system. Check that the points line up. If they did not line up, it would mean we
made a mistake and should double-check all our work. See Figure 11.3.2.
Figure 11.3.2
Draw the line through the three points. Extend the line to fill the grid and put arrows on both ends of the line. The line is the graph
of y = 2x + 1.

Figure 11.3.3
 HOW TO: GRAPH A LINEAR EQUATION BY PLOTTING POINTS
Step 1. Find three points whose coordinates are solutions to the equation. Organize them in a table.
Step 2. Plot the points on a rectangular coordinate system. Check that the points line up. If they do not, carefully check your
work.
Step 3. Draw the line through the points. Extend the line to fill the grid and put arrows on both ends of the line.
It is true that it only takes two points to determine a line, but it is a good habit to use three points. If you plot only two points and
one of them is incorrect, you can still draw a line but it will not represent the solutions to the equation. It will be the wrong line. If
you use three points, and one is incorrect, the points will not line up. This tells you something is wrong and you need to check your
work. See Figure 11.3.4.
Figure 11.3.4 - Look at the difference between (a) and (b). All three points in (a) line up so we can draw one line through them.
The three points in (b) do not line up. We cannot draw a single straight line through all three points.
 Example 11.3.2:
Graph the equation y = −3x.
Solution
Find three points that are solutions to the equation. It’s easier to choose values for x, and solve for y. Do you see why?
List the points in a table.
y = −3x
x y (x, y)

y = −3x
0 0 (0, 0)
1 -3 (1, -3)
-2 6 (-2, 6)
Plot the points, check that they line up, and draw the line as shown.
Graph the equation by plotting points: y = −4x.
Answer
Graph the equation by plotting points: y = x.
Answer

When an equation includes a fraction as the coefficient of x, we can substitute any numbers for x. But the math is easier if we make
‘good’ choices for the values of x. This way we will avoid fraction answers, which are hard to graph precisely.
 Example 11.3.3:
1
Graph the equation y = x + 3.
2
Solution
1
Find three points that are solutions to the equation. Since this equation has the fraction as a coefficient of x, we will choose
2
values of x carefully. We will use zero as one choice and multiples of 2 for the other choices.
The points are shown in the table.

1
y= x+3
2
x y (x, y)
0 3 (0, 3)
2 4 (2, 4)
4 5 (4, 5)
Plot the points, check that they line up, and draw the line as shown.

1
Graph the equation: y = x−1
3
Answer
1
Graph the equation: y = x + 2.
4
Answer
So far, all the equations we graphed had y given in terms of x. Now we’ll graph an equation with x and y on the same side.

 Example 11.3.4:
Graph the equation x + y = 5.
Solution
Find three points that are solutions to the equation. Remember, you can start with any value of x or y.
We list the points in a table.
x+y=5
x y (x, y)
0 5 (0, 5)
1 4 (1, 4)
4 1 (4, 1)
Then plot the points, check that they line up, and draw the line.
Graph the equation: x + y = −2.
Answer

Graph the equation: x − y = 6.
Answer
In the previous example, the three points we found were easy to graph. But this is not always the case. Let’s see what happens in
the equation 2x + y = 3. If y is 0, what is the value of x?
2x + y = 3
2x + 0 = 3
2x = 3
3
x =
2
3
The solution is the point ( . This point has a fraction for the x -coordinate. While we could graph this point, it is hard to be
, 0)
2
1
precise graphing fractions. Remember in the example y = x + 3, we carefully chose values for x so as not to graph fractions at all.
2
If we solve the equation 2x + y = 3 for y, it will be easier to find three solutions to the equation.
2x + y = 3
y = −2x + 3
Now we can choose values for x that will give coordinates that are integers. The solutions for x = 0, x = 1, and x = −1 are shown.
y = −2x + 3
x y (x, y)
0 3 (0, 3)
1 1 (1, 1)
-1 5 (-1, 5)

 Example 11.3.5:
Graph the equation 3x + y = −1.

Solution
Find three points that are solutions to the equation.
First, solve the equation for y.
3x + y = −1
y = −3x − 1
We’ll let x be 0, 1, and −1 to find three points. The ordered pairs are shown in the table. Plot the points, check that they line up,
and draw the line.
y = −3x − 1
x y (x, y)
0 -1 (0, -1)
1 -4 (1, -4)
-1 2 (-1, 2)
If you can choose any three points to graph a line, how will you know if your graph matches the one shown in the answers in
the book? If the points where the graphs cross the x- and y -axes are the same, the graphs match.

Graph each equation: 2x + y = 2.
Answer
Graph each equation: 4x + y = −3.
Answer

[email protected]."
This page titled 11.3: Graphing Linear Equations (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

Graph Vertical and Horizontal Lines
Can we graph an equation with only one variable? Just x and no y, or just y without an x? How will we make a table of values to
get the points to plot?
Let’s consider the equation x = −3. The equation says that x is always equal to −3, so its value does not depend on y. No matter
what y is, the value of x is always −3.
To make a table of solutions, we write −3 for all the x values. Then choose any values for y. Since x does not depend on y, you can
chose any numbers you like. But to fit the size of our coordinate graph, we’ll use 1, 2, and 3 for the y-coordinates as shown in the
table.
x = -3
x y (x, y)
-3 1 (-3, 1)
-3 2 (-3, 2)
-3 3 (-3, 3)
Then plot the points and connect them with a straight line. Notice in Figure 11.4.5 that the graph is a vertical line.
Figure 11.4.5
 Definition: Vertical line

A vertical line is the graph of an equation that can be written in the form x = a. The line passes through the x -axis at (a, 0).
 Example 11.4.6:
Graph the equation x = 2. What type of line does it form?
Solution
The equation has only variable, x, and x is always equal to 2. We make a table where x is always 2 and we put in any values for
y.
x = -3
x y (x, y)
2 1 (2, 1)
2 2 (2, 2)

x = -3
2 3 (2, 3)
Plot the points and connect them as shown.
The graph is a vertical line passing through the x -axis at 2.
Graph the equation: x = 5.
Answer
Graph the equation: x = −2.
Answer

What if the equation has y but no x ? Let’s graph the equation y = 4. This time the y -value is a constant, so in this equation y does
not depend on x.
To make a table of solutions, write 4 for all the y values and then choose any values for x.
We’ll use 0, 2, and 4 for the x -values.
x = -3
x y (x, y)
0 4 (0, 4)
2 4 (2, 4)
4 4 (4, 4)
Plot the points and connect them, as shown in Figure 11.4.6. This graph is a horizontal line passing through the y-axis at 4.
Figure 11.4.6
 Definition: Horizontal Line
A horizontal line is the graph of an equation that can be written in the form y = b. The line passes through the y-axis at (0, b).
 Example 11.4.7:
Graph the equation y = −1.

Solution
The equation y = −1 has only variable, y. The value of y is constant. All the ordered pairs in the table have the same y -
coordinate, −1 . We choose 0, 3, and −3 as values for x.
x = -3
x y (x, y)
-3 -1 (-3, -1)
0 -1 (0, -1)
3 -1 (3, -1)
The graph is a horizontal line passing through the y -axis at –1 as shown.

Graph the equation: y = −4.
Answer
Graph the equation: y = 3.
Answer
The equations for vertical and horizontal lines look very similar to equations like y = 4x. What is the difference between the
equations y = 4x and y = 4?
The equation y = 4x has both x and y. The value of y depends on the value of x. The y-coordinate changes according to the value of
x.

The equation y = 4 has only one variable. The value of y is constant. The y-coordinate is always 4. It does not depend on the value
of x.
y = 4x
x y (x, y)
0 0 (0, 0)
1 4 (1, 4)
2 8 (2, 8)
y = 4
x y (x, y)
0 4 (0, 4)
1 4 (1, 4)
2 4 (2, 4)
The graph shows both equations.
Notice that the equation y = 4x gives a slanted line whereas y = 4 gives a horizontal line.
 Example 11.4.8:
Graph y = −3x and y = −3 in the same rectangular coordinate system.

Solution
Find three solutions for each equation. Notice that the first equation has the variable x, while the second does not. Solutions for
both equations are listed.
y = −3x
x y (x, y)
0 0 (0, 0)
1 -3 (1, -3)
2 -6 (2, -6)
y = -3
x y (x, y)
0 -3 (0, -3)

y = -3
1 -3 (1, -3)
2 -3 (2, -3)
The graph shows both equations.
Graph the equations in the same rectangular coordinate system: y = −4x and y = −4.
Answer
Graph the equations in the same rectangular coordinate system: y = 3 and y = 3x.
Answer

Use a Table of Values
Graph a Linear Equation Involving Fractions
Graph Horizontal and Vertical Lines

For each ordered pair, decide (a) is the ordered pair a solution to the equation? (b) is the point on the line?
39. y = x + 2
1. (0, 2)
2. (1, 2)
3. (− 1, 1)
4. (− 3, 1)
40. y = x − 4
1. (0, − 4)
2. (3, − 1)
3. (2, 2)
4. (1, − 5)
1
41. y = x−3
2
1. (0, − 3)
2. (2, − 2)
3. (− 2, − 4)
4. (4, 1)
1
42. y = x+2
3
1. (0, 2)
2. (3, 3)
3. (− 3, 2)
4. (− 6, 0)

In the following exercises, graph by plotting points.
43. y = 3x − 1
44. y = 2x + 3
45. y = −2x + 2
46. y = −3x + 1
47. y=x+2
48. y=x−3
49. y=−x−3
50. y=−x−2
51. y = 2x
52. y = 3x
53. y = −4x
54. y = −2x
1
55. y = x+2
2
1
56. y = x−1
3

4
57. y = x−5
3
3
58. y = x−3
2
2
59. y = − x + 1
5
4
60. y = − x − 1
5
3
61. y = − x + 2
2
5
62. y = − x + 4
3
63. x+y=6
64. x+y=4
65. x + y = −3
66. x + y = −2
67. x−y=2
68. x−y=1
69. x − y = −1
70. x − y = −3
71. −x + y = 4
72. −x + y = 3
73. −x − y = 5
74. −x − y = 1
75. 3x + y = 7
76. 5x + y = 6
77. 2x + y = −3
78. 4x + y = −5
79. 2x + 3y = 12
80. 3x − 4y = 12
1
81. x+y=2
3
1
82. x+y=3
2
Graph Vertical and Horizontal lines

In the following exercises, graph the vertical and horizontal lines.
83. x=4
84. x=3
85. x = −2
86. x = −5
87. y=3
88. y=1
89. y = −5
90. y = −2
7
91. x =
3
5
92. x =
4
In the following exercises, graph each pair of equations in the same rectangular coordinate system.
1 1
93. y = − x and y = −
2 2
1 1
94. y = − x and y = −
3 3
95. y = 2x and y = 2

96. y = 5x and y = 5
Mixed Practice
In the following exercises, graph each equation.
97. y = 4x
98. y = 2x
1
99. y = − x + 3
2
1
100. y = x−2
4
101. y = − x
102. y = x
103. x − y = 3
104. x + y = − 5
105. 4x + y = 2
106. 2x + y = 6
107. y = −1
108. y = 5
109. 2x + 6y = 12
110. 5x + 2y = 10
111. x = 3
112. x = −4
Everyday Math
113. Motor home cost The Robinsons rented a motor home for one week to go on vacation. It cost them $594 plus $0.32 per mile to
rent the motor home, so the linear equation y = 594 + 0.32x gives the cost, y, for driving x miles. Calculate the rental cost for
driving 400, 800, and 1,200 miles, and then graph the line.
114. Weekly earning At the art gallery where he works, Salvador gets paid $200 per week plus 15% of the sales he makes, so the
equation y = 200 + 0.15x gives the amount y he earns for selling x dollars of artwork. Calculate the amount Salvador earns for
selling $900, $1,600, and $2,000, and then graph the line.
Writing Exercises
1
115. Explain how you would choose three x-values to make a table to graph the line y = x − 2.
5
116. What is the difference between the equations of a vertical and a horizontal line?
Self Check

[email protected]."
This page titled 11.4: Graphing Linear Equations (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

Identify the intercepts on a graph
Find the intercepts from an equation of a line
Graph a line using the intercepts
Choose the most convenient method to graph a line
 be prepared!
1. Solve: 3x + 4y = −12 for x when y = 0. If you missed this problem, review Example 9.11.6.
2. Is the point (0, −5) on the x-axis or y-axis? If you missed this problem, review Example 11.1.5.
3. Which ordered pairs are solutions to the equation 2x − y = 6? (a) (6, 0) (b) (0, −6) (c) (4, −2). If you missed this problem,
review Example 11.2.8.
Identify the Intercepts on a Graph

Every linear equation has a unique line that represents all the solutions of the equation. When graphing a line by plotting points,
each person who graphs the line can choose any three points, so two people graphing the line might use different sets of points.
At first glance, their two lines might appear different since they would have different points labeled. But if all the work was done
correctly, the lines will be exactly the same line. One way to recognize that they are indeed the same line is to focus on where the
line crosses the axes. Each of these points is called an intercept of the line.
 Definition: Intercepts of a Line

Each of the points at which a line crosses the x-axis and the y-axis is called an intercept of the line.
Let’s look at the graph of the lines shown in Figure 11.5.1.

Figure 11.5.1
First, notice where each of these lines crosses the x- axis:
Table 11.5.1
Figure: The line crosses the x-axis at: Ordered pair of this point
Figure 11.5.1a 3 (3,0)
Figure 11.5.1b 4 (4,0)
Figure 11.5.1c 5 (5,0)
Figure 11.5.1d 0 (0,0)
Do you see a pattern?

For each row, the y-coordinate of the point where the line crosses the x-axis is zero. The point where the line crosses the x-axis has
the form (a, 0); and is called the x-intercept of the line. The x-intercept occurs when y is zero.
Now, let's look at the points where these lines cross the y-axis.
Table 11.5.2
Figure 11.5.1a 6 (0, 6)
Figure 11.5.1b -3 (0, -3)

Figure 11.5.1c -5 (0, -5)
Figure 11.5.1d 0 (0, 0)
 Definition: x-intercept and y-intercept of a line
The x-intercept is the point, (a, 0), where the graph crosses the x-axis.
The x-intercept occurs when y is zero.
The y-intercept is the point, (0, b), where the graph crosses the y-axis.
The y-intercept occurs when x is zero.
 Example 11.5.1
Find the x- and y-intercepts of each line:

(a) x + 2y = 4
(b) 3x - y = 6
(c) x + y = -5

Solution
(a)
The graph crosses the x-axis at the point (4, 0). The x-intercept is (4, 0).
The graph crosses the y-axis at the point (0, 2). The x-intercept is (0, 2).
(b)
The graph crosses the x-axis at the point (2, 0). The x-intercept is (2, 0).
The graph crosses the y-axis at the point (0, -6). The x-intercept is (0, -6).
(c)
The graph crosses the x-axis at the point (-5, 0). The x-intercept is (-5, 0).
The graph crosses the y-axis at the point (0, -5). The x-intercept is (0, -5).
 Exercise 11.5.1A
Find the x- and y-intercepts of the graph: x − y = 2.
Answer
x-intercept (2,0); y-intercept (0,-2)
 Exercise 11.5.1B
Find the x- and y-intercepts of the graph: 2x + 3y = 6.

Answer
x-intercept (3,0); y-intercept (0,2)
Find the Intercepts from an Equation of a Line

Recognizing that the x-intercept occurs when y is zero and that the y-intercept occurs when x is zero gives us a method to find the
intercepts of a line from its equation. To find the x-intercept, let y = 0 and solve for x. To find the y-intercept, let x = 0 and solve for
y.
 Definition: Find the x and y from the Equation of a Line
Use the equation to find:

the x-intercept of the line, let y = 0 and solve for x.
the y-intercept of the line, let x = 0 and solve for y
Table 11.5.3
x y
 Example 11.5.2
Find the intercepts of 2x + y = 6

Solution
We'll fill in Figure 11.5.2.
Figure 11.5.2
To find the x- intercept, let y = 0:
Substitute 0 for y. 2x + 0 = 6
Add. 2x = 6
Divide by 2. x=3
The x-intercept is (3, 0).

To find the y- intercept, let x = 0:

Substitute 0 for x. 2 ⋅0 +y = 6
Multiply. 0+y=6
Add. y=6
The y-intercept is (0, 6).
2x + y = 6
x y
3 0
0 6
Figure 11.5.3
The intercepts are the points (3, 0) and (0, 6).
Find the intercepts: 3x + y = 12.
Answer
Find the intercepts: x + 4y = 8.
Answer
 Example 11.5.3
Find the intercepts of 4x−3y = 12.
Solution
To find the x-intercept, let y = 0.
Substitute 0 for y. 4x − 3 • 0 = 12
Multiply. 4x − 0 = 12
Subtract. 4x = 12
Divide by 4. x=3
The y-intercept is (0, −4). The intercepts are the points (−3, 0) and (0, −4).
4x - 3y = 12
x y
3 0
0 -4

Find the intercepts of the line: 3x−4y = 12.
Answer
Find the intercepts of the line: 2x−4y = 8.
Answer
Graph a Line Using the Intercepts

To graph a linear equation by plotting points, you can use the intercepts as two of your three points. Find the two intercepts, and
then a third point to ensure accuracy, and draw the line. This method is often the quickest way to graph a line.
 Example 11.5.4
Graph −x + 2y = 6 using intercepts.
Solution
First, find the x-intercept. Let y = 0,
−x + 2y = 6
−x + 2(0) = 6
−x = 6
x = −6
The x-intercept is (–6, 0).

Now find the y-intercept. Let x = 0.
−x + 2y = 6
−0 + 2y = 6
2y = 6
y =3
The y-intercept is (0, 3).

Find a third point. We’ll use x = 2,
−x + 2y = 6
−2 + 2y = 6
2y = 8
y =4
A third solution to the equation is (2, 4).

Summarize the three points in a table and then plot them on a graph.
-x + 2y = 6
x y (x,y)
-6 0 (−6, 0)
0 3 (0, 3)

-x + 2y = 6
2 4 (2, 4)
Do the points line up? Yes, so draw line through the points.
Graph the line using the intercepts: x−2y = 4.
Answer
Graph the line using the intercepts: −x + 3y = 6.
Answer

 HOW TO: GRAPH A LINE USING THE INTERCEPTS
Step 1. Find the x - and y-intercepts of the line.

Let y = 0 and solve for x.
Let x = 0 and solve for y.
Step 2. Find a third solution to the equation.
Step 3. Plot the three points and then check that they line up.
Step 4. Draw the line.
 Example 11.5.5
Graph 4x−3y = 12 using intercepts.

Solution
Find the intercepts and a third point.
y − intercept, let x = 0
x − intercept, let y = 0 third point, let y = 4
4x − 3y = 12
4x − 3y = 12 4x − 3y = 12
4(0) − 3y = 12
4x − 3(0) = 12 4x − 12 = 12
4x − 3(4) = 12
4x = 12 4x = 24
−3y = 12
x = 3 x = 6
y = −4
We list the points and show the graph.
4x - 3y = 12
x y (x. y)
3 0 (3, 0)
0 -4 (0, −4)
6 4 (6, 4)

Graph the line using the intercepts: 5x−2y = 10.
Answer
Graph the line using the intercepts: 3x−4y = 12.
Answer
 Example 11.5.6
Graph y = 5x using the intercepts.
Solution
x − intercept; Let y = 0.
y − intercept; Let x = 0.
y = 5x
y = 5x
0 = 5x
y = 5(0)
0 = x
y = 0
x = 0
T he y − intercept is (0, 0).
T he x − intercept is (0, 0).
This line has only one intercept! It is the point (0, 0).
To ensure accuracy, we need to plot three points. Since the intercepts are the same point, we need two more points to graph the
line. As always, we can choose any values for x, so we’ll let x be 1 and −1.

x = 1 x = −1
y = 5x y = 5x
y = 5(1) y = 5(−1)
y = 5 y = −5
(1, − 5) (−1, − 5)
Organize the points in a table.
y = 5x
x y (x, y)
0 0 (0, 0)
1 5 (1, 5)
-1 -5 (−1, −5)
Plot the three points, check that they line up, and draw the line.
Graph using the intercepts: y = 3x.
Answer
Graph using the intercepts: y = −x .
Answer

[email protected]."
This page titled 11.5: Graphing with Intercepts (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

Choose the Most Convenient Method to Graph a Line
While we could graph any linear equation by plotting points, it may not always be the most convenient method. This table shows
six of equations we’ve graphed in this chapter, and the methods we used to graph them.
Equation Method
#1 y = 2x + 1 Plotting points
1
#2 y= x+3 Plotting points
2
#3 x = −7 Vertical line
#4 y=4 Horizontal line
#5 2x + y = 6 Intercepts
#6 4x − 3y = 12 Intercepts
What is it about the form of equation that can help us choose the most convenient method to graph its line?
Notice that in equations #1 and #2, y is isolated on one side of the equation, and its coefficient is 1. We found points by substituting
values for x on the right side of the equation and then simplifying to get the corresponding y- values.
Equations #3 and #4 each have just one variable. Remember, in this kind of equation the value of that one variable is constant; it
does not depend on the value of the other variable. Equations of this form have graphs that are vertical or horizontal lines.
In equations #5 and #6, both x and y are on the same side of the equation. These two equations are of the form Ax + By = C . We
substituted y = 0 and x = 0 to find the x- and y- intercepts, and then found a third point by choosing a value for x or y.
This leads to the following strategy for choosing the most convenient method to graph a line.
 HOW TO: CHOOSE THE MOST CONVENIENT METHOD TO GRAPH A LINE
Step 1. If the equation has only one variable. It is a vertical or horizontal line.
x = a is a vertical line passing through the x-axis at a.
y = b is a horizontal line passing through the y-axis at b.
Step 2. If y is isolated on one side of the equation. Graph by plotting points.
Choose any three values for x and then solve for the corresponding y- values.
Step 3. If the equation is of the form Ax + By = C, find the intercepts.
Find the x- and y- intercepts and then a third point.
 Example 11.6.7:
Identify the most convenient method to graph each line: (a) y = −3 (b) 4x−6y = 12 (c) x = 2 (d) y = 2 5 x−1
Solution
(a) y = −3
This equation has only one variable, y. Its graph is a horizontal line crossing the y-axis at −3.
(b) 4x−6y = 12
This equation is of the form Ax + By = C. Find the intercepts and one more point.
(c) x = 2
There is only one variable, x. The graph is a vertical line crossing the x-axis at 2.
11.6.1 https://math.libretexts.org/@go/page/7291
2
(d) y = x−1
5
Since y is isolated on the left side of the equation, it will be easiest to graph this line by plotting three points.
 Exercise 11.6.7A:
1
Identify the most convenient method to graph each line: (a) 3x + 2y = 12 (b) y = 4 (c) y = x−4 (d) x = −7
5
Answer a
intercepts
Answer b
horizontal line
Answer c
plotting points
Answer d
vertical line
 Exercise 11.6.7B:
3
Identify the most convenient method to graph each line: (a) x = 6 (b) y = − x + 1 (c) y = −8 (d) 4x−3y = −1
4
Answer a
vertical line
Answer b
plotting points
Answer c
horizontal line
Answer d
intercepts

Graph by Finding Intercepts
Use Intercepts to Graph
State the Intercepts from a Graph

In the following exercises, find the x- and y- intercepts.
117.
118.
119.
120.
121.
122.
123.
124.
125.
Find the x and y Intercepts from an Equation of a Line

In the following exercises, find the intercepts.
127. x + y = 4
128. x + y = 3
129. x + y = −2
130. x + y = −5
131. x − y = 5
132. x − y = 1
133. x − y = −3
134. x − y = −4
135. x + 2y = 8
136. x + 2y = 10
137. 3x + y = 6
138. 3x + y = 9
139. x−3y = 12
140. x−2y = 8
141. 4x − y = 8
142. 5x − y = 5
143. 2x + 5y = 10
144. 2x + 3y = 6
145. 3x−2y = 12
146. 3x−5y = 30
1
147. y = x−1
3
1
148. y = x−1
4
1
149. y = x+2
5
1
150. y = x+4
3
151. y = 3x
152. y = −2x
153. y = −4x
154. y = 5x

In the following exercises, graph using the intercepts.
155. −x + 5y = 10
156. −x + 4y = 8
157. x + 2y = 4
158. x + 2y = 6
159. x + y = 2
160. x + y = 5
161. x + y = −3
162. x + y = −1
163. x − y = 1
164. x − y = 2
165. x − y = −4
166. x − y = −3
167. 4x + y = 4
168. 3x + y = 3
169. 3x − y = −6
170. 2x − y = −8
171. 2x + 4y = 12
172. 3x + 2y = 12
173. 3x−2y = 6
174. 5x−2y = 10
175. 2x−5y = −20
176. 3x−4y = −12
177. y = −2x
178. y = −4x
179. y = x
180. y = 3x

In the following exercises, identify the most convenient method to graph each line.
181. x = 2
182. y = 4
183. y = 5
184. x = −3
185. y = −3x + 4
186. y = −5x + 2
187. x − y = 5
188. x − y = 1
2
189. y = x−1
3
4
190. y = x−3
5
191. y = −3
192. y = −1
193. 3x−2y = −12
194. 2x−5y = −10
1
195. y = − x + 3
4
1
196. y = − x + 5
3
Everyday Math
197. Road trip Damien is driving from Chicago to Denver, a distance of 1,000 miles. The x-axis on the graph below shows the time
in hours since Damien left Chicago. The y-axis represents the distance he has left to drive.
a. Find the x- and y- intercepts.
b. Explain what the x- and y- intercepts mean for Damien.
198. Road trip Ozzie filled up the gas tank of his truck and went on a road trip. The x-axis on the graph shows the number of miles
Ozzie drove since filling up. The y-axis represents the number of gallons of gas in the truck’s gas tank.
a. Find the x- and y- intercepts.
b. Explain what the x- and y- intercepts mean for Ozzie.
Writing Exercises
199. How do you find the x-intercept of the graph of 3x−2y = 6?
200. How do you find the y-intercept of the graph of 5x − y = 10?
201. Do you prefer to graph the equation 4x + y = −4 by plotting points or intercepts? Why?
2
202. Do you prefer to graph the equation y = x − 2 by plotting points or intercepts? Why?
3
Self Check

[email protected]."
11.6: Graphing with Intercepts (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
Use geoboards to model slope
Find the slope of a line from its graph
Find the slope of horizontal and vertical lines
Use the slope formula to find the slope of a line between two points
Graph a line given a point and the slope
Solve slope applications
 be prepared!
1 −4
8 −2
0 4
2. Divide: , . If you missed this problem, review Example 7.5.5.
4 0
15 −15 −15
3. Simplify: , , . If you missed this problem, review Example 4.6.11.
−3 3 −3
As we’ve been graphing linear equations, we’ve seen that some lines slant up as they go from left to right and some lines slant
down. Some lines are very steep and some lines are flatter. What determines whether a line slants up or down, and if its slant is
steep or flat?
The steepness of the slant of a line is called the slope of the line. The concept of slope has many applications in the real world. The
pitch of a roof and the grade of a highway or wheelchair ramp are just some examples in which you literally see slopes. And when
you ride a bicycle, you feel the slope as you pump uphill or coast downhill.
Use Geoboards to Model Slope

In this section, we will explore the concepts of slope.
Using rubber bands on a geoboard gives a concrete way to model lines on a coordinate grid. By stretching a rubber band between
two pegs on a geoboard, we can discover how to find the slope of a line. And when you ride a bicycle, you feel the slope as you
pump uphill or coast downhill.
We’ll start by stretching a rubber band between two pegs to make a line as shown in Figure 11.7.1.
Figure 11.7.1
Does it look like a line?
Now we stretch one part of the rubber band straight up from the left peg and around a third peg to make the sides of a right triangle
as shown in Figure 11.7.2. We carefully make a 90° angle around the third peg, so that one side is vertical and the other is
horizontal.

Figure 11.7.2
To find the slope of the line, we measure the distance along the vertical and horizontal legs of the triangle. The vertical distance is
called the rise and the horizontal distance is called the run, as shown in Figure 11.7.3.
Figure 11.7.3
To help remember the terms, it may help to think of the images shown in Figure 11.7.4.
Figure 11.7.4
On our geoboard, the rise is 2 units because the rubber band goes up 2 spaces on the vertical leg. See Figure 11.7.5.
What is the run? Be sure to count the spaces between the pegs rather than the pegs themselves! The rubber band goes across 3
spaces on the horizontal leg, so the run is 3 units.
Figure 11.7.5
2
The slope of a line is the ratio of the rise to the run. So the slope of our line is . In mathematics, the slope is always represented
3
by the letter m.

 Definition: Slope of a line
rise
The slope of a line is m = .
run
The rise measures the vertical change and the run measures the horizontal change.
What is the slope of the line on the geoboard in Figure 11.7.5?

rise
m =
run
2
m =
3
2
T he line has slope .
3
When we work with geoboards, it is a good idea to get in the habit of starting at a peg on the left and connecting to a peg to the
right. Then we stretch the rubber band to form a right triangle.
If we start by going up the rise is positive, and if we stretch it down the rise is negative. We will count the run from left to right, just
like you read this paragraph, so the run will be positive.
Since the slope formula has rise over run, it may be easier to always count out the rise first and then the run.
 Example 11.7.1:
What is the slope of the line on the geoboard shown?
Solution
Use the definition of slope.
rise
m = (11.7.1)
run
Start at the left peg and make a right triangle by stretching the rubber band up and to the right to reach the second peg. Count
the rise and the run as shown.
The rise is 3 units.

3
m = (11.7.2)
run
The run is 4 units.

3
m = (11.7.3)
4
3
The slope is .
4
Answer
4
Answer
1
 Example 11.7.2:
Solution
Use the definition of slope.
rise
m = (11.7.4)
run

Start at the left peg and make a right triangle by stretching the rubber band to the peg on the right. This time we need to stretch
the rubber band down to make the vertical leg, so the rise is negative.
The rise is −1.

−1
m = (11.7.5)
run
The run is 3.
−1
m =
3
1
m =−
3
1
The slope is − .
3
What is the slope of the line on the geoboard?
Answer
2
−
3
What is the slope of the line on the geoboard?
Answer
4
−
3

Notice that in the first example, the slope is positive and in the second example the slope is negative. Do you notice any difference
in the two lines shown in Figure 11.7.6.
Figure 11.7.6
As you read from left to right, the line in Figure A, is going up; it has positive slope. The line Figure B is going down; it has
negative slope.
Figure 11.7.7
 Example 11.7.3:
Use a geoboard to model a line with slope 1
2
.
Solution
To model a line with a specific slope on a geoboard, we need to know the rise and the run.
rise
Use the slope formula. m = (11.7.6)
run
1 1 rise
Replace m with . = (11.7.7)
2 2 run
So, the rise is 1 unit and the run is 2 units.

Start at a peg in the lower left of the geoboard. Stretch the rubber band up 1 unit, and then right 2 units.

1
The hypotenuse of the right triangle formed by the rubber band represents a line with a slope of .
2
1
Use a geoboard to model a line with the given slope: m = .
3
Answer
3
2
Answer
 Example 11.7.4:
−1
Use a geoboard to model a line with slope .
4
Solution
rise
run
1 1 rise
Replace m with − . − = (11.7.9)
4 4 run
So, the rise is −1 and the run is 4.

Since the rise is negative, we choose a starting peg on the upper left that will give us room to count down. We stretch the
rubber band down 1 unit, then to the right 4 units.

1
The hypotenuse of the right triangle formed by the rubber band represents a line whose slope is − .
4
−3
2
Answer
−1
3
Answer
Find the Slope of a Line from its Graph

Now we’ll look at some graphs on a coordinate grid to find their slopes. The method will be very similar to what we just modeled
on our geoboards.
To find the slope, we must count out the rise and the run. But where do we start?
We locate any two points on the line. We try to choose points with coordinates that are integers to make our calculations easier. We
then start with the point on the left and sketch a right triangle, so we can count the rise and run.
 Example 11.7.5:
Find the slope of the line shown:

Solution
Locate two points on the graph, choosing points whose coordinates are integers. We will use (0, −3) and (5, 1).
Starting with the point on the left, (0, −3), sketch a right triangle, going from the first point to the second point, (5, 1).
Count the rise on the vertical leg of the triangle. The rise is 4 units.
Count the run on the horizontal leg. The run is 5 units.
rise
run
4
Substitute the values of the rise and run. m = (11.7.11)
5
4
The slope of the line is .
5
Notice that the slope is positive since the line slants upward from left to right.
Find the slope of the line:
Answer
2

Answer
3
 HOW TO: FIND THE SLOPE FROM A GRAPH
Step 1. Locate two points on the line whose coordinates are integers.
Step 2. Starting with the point on the left, sketch a right triangle, going from the first point to the second point.
Step 3. Count the rise and the run on the legs of the triangle.
Step 4. Take the ratio of rise to run to find the slope.
rise
m = (11.7.12)
run
 Example 11.7.6:
Solution
Locate two points on the graph. Look for points with coordinates that are integers. We can choose any points, but we will use
(0, 5) and (3, 3). Starting with the point on the left, sketch a right triangle, going from the first point to the second point.
Count the rise – it is negative. The rise is −2.
Count the run. The run is 3.
rise
run

−2
3
2
Simplify. m = − (11.7.15)
3
2
The slope of the line is − .
3
Notice that the slope is negative since the line slants downward from left to right.
What if we had chosen different points? Let’s find the slope of the line again, this time using different points. We will use the
points (−3, 7) and (6, 1).
Starting at (−3, 7), sketch a right triangle to (6, 1).
Count the rise. The rise is −6.
rise
run
−6
9
2
Simplify the fraction. m = − (11.7.18)
3

2
The slope of the line is − .
3
It does not matter which points you use—the slope of the line is always the same. The slope of a line is constant!
Answer
4
−
3
Answer
3
−
5
The lines in the previous examples had y-intercepts with integer values, so it was convenient to use the y-intercept as one of the
points we used to find the slope. In the next example, the y-intercept is a fraction. The calculations are easier if we use two points
with integer coordinates.
 Example 11.7.7:
Solution
Locate two points on the graph whose coordinates are integers. (2, 3) and (7, 6)
Which point is on the left? (2, 3)

Starting at (2, 3), sketch a right angle to (7, 6) as shown below.
Count the rise. The rise is 3.
rise
run
3
5
3
The slope of the line is .
5
Answer
5
Answer

3
Find the Slope of Horizontal and Vertical Lines

Do you remember what was special about horizontal and vertical lines? Their equations had just one variable.
horizontal line y = b; all the y -coordinates are the same.
vertical line x = a; all the x -coordinates are the same.
So how do we find the slope of the horizontal line y = 4? One approach would be to graph the horizontal line, find two points on it,
and count the rise and the run. Let’s see what happens in Figure 11.7.8. We’ll use the two points (0, 4) and (3, 4) to count the rise
and run.
Figure 11.7.8
What is the rise? The rise is 0.
What is the run? The run is 3.
rise
What is the slope? m = (11.4.21)
run
0
m = (11.4.22)
3
m = 0 (11.4.23)
The slope of the horizontal line y = 4 is 0.

All horizontal lines have slope 0. When the y-coordinates are the same, the rise is 0.
 Definition: Slope of a Horizontal Line
The slope of a horizontal line, y = b, is 0.
Now we’ll consider a vertical line, such as the line x = 3, shown in Figure 11.7.9. We’ll use the two points (3, 0) and (3, 2) to count
the rise and run.
Figure 11.7.9

What is the rise? The rise is 2.
What is the run? The run is 0.
rise
What is the slope? m = (11.4.24)
run
2
m = (11.4.25)
0
But we can’t divide by 0. Division by 0 is undefined. So we say that the slope of the vertical line x = 3 is undefined. The slope of
all vertical lines is undefined, because the run is 0.
 Definition: Slope of a Vertical Line
The slope of a vertical line, x = a, is undefined.
 Example 11.7.8:
Find the slope of each line: (a) x = 8 (b) y = −5

Solution
(a) x = 8
This is a vertical line, so its slope is undefined.
(b) y = −5
This is a horizontal line, so its slope is 0.
Find the slope of the line: x = −4.
Answer
undefined
Find the slope of the line: y = 7.
Answer
0
 Quick Guide to the Slopes of Lines
Use the Slope Formula to find the Slope of a Line between Two Points
Sometimes we need to find the slope of a line between two points and we might not have a graph to count out the rise and the run.
We could plot the points on grid paper, then count out the rise and the run, but there is a way to find the slope without graphing.

Before we get to it, we need to introduce some new algebraic notation. We have seen that an ordered pair (x, y) gives the
coordinates of a point. But when we work with slopes, we use two points. How can the same symbol (x, y) be used to represent two
different points?
Mathematicians use subscripts to distinguish between the points. A subscript is a small number written to the right of, and a little
lower than, a variable.
(x1, y1) read x sub 1, y sub 1
(x2, y2) read x sub 2, y sub 2
We will use (x1, y1) to identify the first point and (x2, y2) to identify the second point. If we had more than two points, we could use
(x3, y3), (x4, y4), and so on.
To see how the rise and run relate to the coordinates of the two points, let’s take another look at the slope of the line between the
points (2, 3) and (7, 6) in Figure 11.7.10.
Figure 11.7.10
Since we have two points, we will use subscript notation.
x1 , y1 x2 , y2
(2, 3) (7, 6)
On the graph, we counted the rise of 3. The rise can also be found by subtracting the y-coordinates of the points.
y2 − y1
6 −3
We counted a run of 5. The run can also be found by subtracting the x-coordinates.
x2 − x1
7 −2
rise
We know m = (11.4.26)
run
3
So m = (11.4.27)
5
6 −3
We rewrite the rise and run by putting in the coordinates. m = (11.4.28)
7 −2
But 6 is the y-coordinate of the second point, y2 and 3 is the y-

y2 − y1
coordinate of the first point y1. So we can rewrite the rise using m = (11.4.29)
7 −2
subscript notation.
Also 7 is the x-coordinate of the second point, x2 and 2 is the x-

y2 − y1
coordinate of the first point x2. So we rewrite the run using subscript m = (11.4.30)
x2 − x1
notation.

y2 − y1 rise
We’ve shown that m = is really another version of m = . We can use this formula to find the slope of a line when we
x2 − x1 run
have two points on the line.
 Definition: Slope Formula
The slope of the line between two points (x1, y1) and (x2, y2) is
y2 − y1
m = (11.4.31)
x2 − x1
Say the formula to yourself to help you remember it:

Slope is y of the second point minus y of the first point
over
x of the second point minus x of the first point.
 Example 11.7.9:
Find the slope of the line between the points (1, 2) and (4, 5).
Solution
x1 , y1 x2 , y2
We’ll call (1, 2) point #1 and (4, 5) point #2.
(1, 2) (4, 5)
y2 − y1
x2 − x1
Substitute the values in the slope formula:
5 −2
y of the second point minus y of the first point m = (11.4.33)
x2 − x1
5 −2
x of the second point minus x of the first point m = (11.4.34)
4 −1
3
Simplify the numerator and the denominator. m = (11.4.35)
3
m=1
Let’s confirm this by counting out the slope on the graph.
The rise is 3 and the run is 3, so

rise
m =
run
3
m =
3
m =1
Find the slope of the line through the given points: (8, 5) and (6, 3).
Answer
1
Find the slope of the line through the given points: (1, 5) and (5, 9).
Answer
1
How do we know which point to call #1 and which to call #2? Let’s find the slope again, this time switching the names of the
points to see what happens. Since we will now be counting the run from right to left, it will be negative.
x1 , y1 x2 , y2
We’ll call (4, 5) point #1 and (1, 2) point #2.
(4, 5) (1, 2)
y2 − y1
x2 − x1
Substitute the values in the slope formula:
2 −5
x2 − x1
2 −5
1 −4
−3
Simplify the numerator and the denominator. m = (11.4.39)
−3
m=1
The slope is the same no matter which order we use the points.
 Example 11.7.10:
Find the slope of the line through the points (−2, −3) and (−7, 4).
Solution
x1 , y1 x2 , y2
We’ll call (−2, −3) point #1 and (−7, 4) point #2.
(−2, −3) (−7, 4)
y2 − y1
x2 − x1

Substitute the values.
4 − (−3)
x2 − x1
4 − (−3)
−7 − (−2)
7
Simplify. m = (11.4.43)
−5
7
m=−
5
Let’s confirm this on the graph shown.
rise
m =
run
−7
m =
5
7
m =−
5
Find the slope of the line through the pair of points: (−3, 4) and (2, −1).
Answer
-1
Find the slope of the line through the pair of points: (−2, 6) and (−3, −4).
Answer
10

[email protected]."

This page titled 11.7: Understand Slope of a Line (Part 1) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

Graph a Line Given a Point and the Slope
In this chapter, we graphed lines by plotting points, by using intercepts, and by recognizing horizontal and vertical lines.
Another method we can use to graph lines is the point-slope method. Sometimes, we will be given one point and the slope of the
line, instead of its equation. When this happens, we use the definition of slope to draw the graph of the line.
 Example 11.8.11:
3
Graph the line passing through the point (1, −1) whose slope is m = .
4
Solution
Plot the given point, (1, −1).
rise
Use the slope formula m = to identify the rise and the run.
run
3
m =
4
rise 3
=
run 4
rise = 3
run = 4
Starting at the point we plotted, count out the rise and run to mark the second point. We count 3 units up and 4 units right.
Then we connect the points with a line and draw arrows at the ends to show it continues.

We can check our line by starting at any point and counting up 3 and to the right 4. We should get to another point on the line.
Graph the line passing through the point with the given slope:
4
(2, −2), m =
3
Answer
Graph the line passing through the point with the given slope:
1
(−2, 3), m =
4
Answer

 HOW TO: GRAPH A LINE GIVEN A POINT AND A SLOPE
Step 1. Plot the given point.

Step 2. Use the slope formula to identify the rise and the run.
Step 3. Starting at the given point, count out the rise and run to mark the second point.
Step 4. Connect the points with a line.
 Example 11.8.12:
2
Graph the line with y -intercept (0, 2) and slope m = − .
3
Solution
Plot the given point, the y -intercept (0, 2).
Use the slope formula m = rise run to identify the rise and the run.
2
m =−
3
rise −2
=
run 3
rise =– 2
run = 3
Starting at (0, 2), count the rise and the run and mark the second point.
Connect the points with a line.

Graph the line with the given intercept and slope:
5
y-intercept 4, m = −
2
Answer
Graph the line with the given intercept and slope:

3
x-intercept −3, m = −
4
Answer

 Example 11.8.13:
Graph the line passing through the point (−1, −3) whose slope is m = 4.
Solution
Plot the given point.
Identify the rise and the run. m = 4 (11.4.44)
rise 4
Write 4 as a fraction. = (11.4.45)
run 1
rise = 4, run = 1
Count the rise and run.
Mark the second point. Connect the two points with a line.
Graph the line with the given intercept and slope: (−2, 1), m = 3.
Answer

Graph the line with the given intercept and slope: (4, −2), m = −2.
Answer
Solve Slope Applications

At the beginning of this section, we said there are many applications of slope in the real world. Let’s look at a few now.
 Example 11.8.14:
The pitch of a building’s roof is the slope of the roof. Knowing the pitch is important in climates where there is heavy snowfall.
If the roof is too flat, the weight of the snow may cause it to collapse. What is the slope of the roof shown?
Solution
rise
run
9 ft
Substitute the values for rise and run. m = (11.4.47)
18 f t

1
Simplify. m = (11.4.48)
2
1
The slope of the roof is .
2
Find the slope given rise and run: A roof with a rise = 14 and run = 24.
Answer
7
12
Find the slope given rise and run: A roof with a rise = 15 and run = 36.
Answer
5
12
Have you ever thought about the sewage pipes going from your house to the street? Their slope is an important factor in how they
take waste away from your house.
 Example 11.8.15:
1
Sewage pipes must slope down inch per foot in order to drain properly. What is the required slope?
4
Solution
1
− in.
Use the slope formula. rise 4
m = = (11.4.49)
run 1 ft
1
− in.
Convert 1 foot to 12 inches. 4
m = (11.4.50)
12 in
1
Simplify. m = − (11.4.51)
48
1
The slope of the pipe is − .
48
1
Find the slope of the pipe: The pipe slopes down inch per foot.
3
Answer
1
−
36

3
Find the slope of the pipe: The pipe slopes down inch per yard.
4
Answer
1
−
48

Determine Positive slope from a Graph
Determine Negative slope from a Graph
Determine Slope from Two Points

In the following exercises, find the slope modeled on each geoboard.
203.
204.
205.

206.
In the following exercises, model each slope. Draw a picture to show your results.
2
207.
3
3
208.
4
1
209.
4
4
210.
3
1
211. −
2
3
212. −
4
2
213. −
3
3
214. −
2

In the following exercises, find the slope of each line shown.
215.
216.

217.
218.
219.
220.
221.

222.
223.
224.
225.
226.

227.
228.
229.
230.

In the following exercises, find the slope of each line.
231. y = 3
232. y = 1
233. x = 4
234. x = 2
235. y = −2
236. y = −3
237. x = −5
238. x = −4
In the following exercises, use the slope formula to find the slope of the line between each pair of points.
239. (1, 4), (3, 9)
240. (2, 3), (5, 7)

241. (0, 3), (4, 6)
242. (0, 1), (5, 4)
243. (2, 5), (4, 0)
244. (3, 6), (8, 0)
245. (−3, 3), (2, −5)
246. (−2, 4), (3, −1)
247. (−1, −2), (2, 5)
248. (−2, −1), (6, 5)
249. (4, −5), (1, −2)
250. (3, −6), (2, −2)

In the following exercises, graph the line given a point and the slope.
3
251. (1, −2); m =
4
1
252. (1, −1); m =
2
1
253. (2, 5); m = −
3
1
254. (1, 4); m = −
2
3
255. (−3, 4); m = −
2
5
256. (−2, 5); m = −
4
4
257. . (−1, −4); m =
3
3
258. (−3, −5); m =
2
2
259. (0, 3); m = −
5
4
260. (0, 5); m = −
3
3
261. (−2, 0); m = −
4
1
262. (−1, 0); m =
5
263. (−3, 3); m = 2
264. (−4, 2); m = 4
265. (1, 5); m = −3
266. (2, 3); m = −1

In the following exercises, solve these slope applications.
267. Slope of a roof A fairly easy way to determine the slope is to take a 12-inch level and set it on one end on the roof surface.
Then take a tape measure or ruler, and measure from the other end of the level down to the roof surface. You can use these
measurements to calculate the slope of the roof. What is the slope of the roof in this picture?
268. What is the slope of the roof shown?

269. Road grade A local road has a grade of 6%. The grade of a road is its slope expressed as a percent.
a. Find the slope of the road as a fraction and then simplify the fraction.
b. What rise and run would reflect this slope or grade?
270. Highway grade A local road rises 2 feet for every 50 feet of highway.
a. What is the slope of the highway?
b. The grade of a highway is its slope expressed as a percent. What is the grade of this highway?
Everyday Math
271. Wheelchair ramp The rules for wheelchair ramps require a maximum 1 inch rise for a 12 inch run.
a. How long must the ramp be to accommodate a 24-inch rise to the door?
b. Draw a model of this ramp.
272. Wheelchair ramp A 1-inch rise for a 16-inch run makes it easier for the wheelchair rider to ascend the ramp.
a. How long must the ramp be to easily accommodate a 24-inch rise to the door?
b. Draw a model of this ramp.
Writing Exercises
273. What does the sign of the slope tell you about a line?
1
274. How does the graph of a line with slope m = differ from the graph of a line with slope m = 2?
2
275. Why is the slope of a vertical line undefined?
276. Explain how you can graph a line given a point and its slope.
Self Check
improve this?

[email protected]."
This page titled 11.8: Understand Slope of a Line (Part 2) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.

11.1 - Use the Rectangular Coordinate System
Plot Points in a Rectangular Coordinate System
In the following exercises, plot each point in a rectangular coordinate system.
277. (1, 3), (3, 1)
278. (2, 5), (5, 2)
In the following exercises, plot each point in a rectangular coordinate system and identify the quadrant in which the point is
located.
5
279. (a) (−1, −5) (b) (−3, 4) (c) (2, −3) (d) (1, )
2
10
280. (a) (3, −2) (b) (−4, −1) (c) (−5, 4) (d) (2, )
3

In the following exercises, name the ordered pair of each point shown in the rectangular coordinate system.
281.
282.
283.
11.E.1 https://math.libretexts.org/@go/page/7296
284.

In the following exercises, find the ordered pairs that are solutions to the given equation.
285. 5x + y = 10
a. (5, 1)
b. (2, 0)
c. (4, −10)
286. y = 6x − 2
a. (1, 4)
1
b. ( , 0)
3
c. (6, −2)
Complete a Table of Solutions to a Linear Equation in Two Variables

In the following exercises, complete the table to find solutions to each linear equation.
287. y = 4x − 1
x y (x, y)
-2
1
288. y = − x + 3
2
x y (x, y)
-2
289. x + 2y = 5
x y (x, y)
-1
290. 3x − 2y = 6
x y (x, y)
x y (x, y)
-2
Find Solutions to a Linear Equation in Two Variables

In the following exercises, find three solutions to each linear equation.
291. x + y = 3
292. x + y = −4
293. y = 3x + 1
294. y = − x − 1
11.2 - Graphing Linear Equations

In the following exercises, for each ordered pair, decide (a) if the ordered pair is a solution to the equation. (b) if the point is on the
line.
295. y = − x + 4
a. (0, 4)
b. (−1, 3)
c. (2, 2)
d. (−2, 6)
2
296. y = x−1
3
a. (0, −1)
b. (3, 1)
c. (−3, −3)
d. (6, 4)

In the following exercises, graph by plotting points.
297. y = 4x − 3
298. y = −3x
299. 2x + y = 7
Graph Vertical and Horizontal lines

In the following exercises, graph the vertical or horizontal lines.
300. y = −2
301. x = 3
11.3 - Graphing with Intercepts

In the following exercises, find the x- and y-intercepts.
302.
303.
Find the Intercepts from an Equation of a Line

In the following exercises, find the intercepts.
304. x + y = 5
305. x − y = −1
3
306. y = x − 12
4
307. y = 3x

In the following exercises, graph using the intercepts.
308. −x + 3y = 3
309. x + y = −2

In the following exercises, identify the most convenient method to graph each line.
310. x = 5
311. y = −3
312. 2x + y = 5
313. x − y = 2
1
314. y = x+2
2
3
315. y = x−1
4
11.4 - Understand Slope of a Line

In the following exercises, find the slope modeled on each geoboard.
316.
317.
318.
319.
In the following exercises, model each slope. Draw a picture to show your results.
1
320.
3
3
321.
2
2
322. −
3
1
323. −
2
In the following exercises, find the slope of each line shown.
324.
325.
326.
327.

328. y = 2
329. x = 5
330. x = −3
331. y = −1
In the following exercises, use the slope formula to find the slope of the line between each pair of points.
332. (2, 1), (4, 5)
333. (−1, −1), (0, −5)
334. (3, 5), (4, −1)
335. (−5, −2), (3, 2)

In the following exercises, graph the line given a point and the slope.
5
336. (2, −2); m =
2
1
337. (−3, 4); m = −
3

In the following exercise, solve the slope application.
338. A roof has rise 10 feet and run 15 feet. What is its slope?
PRACTICE TEST
339. Plot and label these points:
a. (2, 5)
b. (−1, −3)
c. (−4, 0)
d. (3, −5)
e. (−2, 1)
340. Name the ordered pair for each point shown.
341. Find the x-intercept and y-intercept on the line shown.
342. Find the x-intercept and y-intercept of the equation 3x − y = 6.

343. Is (1, 3) a solution to the equation x + 4y = 12? How do you know?
344. Complete the table to find four solutions to the equation y = − x + 1.
x y (x, y)
-2
345. Complete the table to find three solutions to the equation 4x + y = 8.
x y (x, y)
In the following exercises, find three solutions to each equation and then graph each line.
346. y = −3x
347. 2x + 3y = −6
348.
349.
350. Use the slope formula to find the slope of the line between (0, −4) and (5, 2).
351. Find the slope of the line y = 2.
3
352. Graph the line passing through (1, 1) with slope m = .
2
353. A bicycle route climbs 20 feet for 1,000 feet of horizontal distance. What is the slope of the route?

[email protected]."
11.E: Graphs (Exercises) is shared under a CC BY license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
KEY TERMS
The graph of an equation that can be written in the form y = b whose line
horizontal line
passes through the y-axis at (0, b).
Each of the points at which a line crosses the x-axis and the y-axis is
intercepts of a line
called an intercept of the line.
An equation of the form Ax + By = C, where A and B are not both zero,
linear equation
is called a linear equation in two variables
An ordered pair (x, y) gives the coordinates of a point in a rectangular
ordered pair coordinate system. The first number is the x-coordinate. The second
number is the y-coordinate.
The point (0, 0) is called the origin. It is the point where the point where
origin
the x-axis and y-axis intersect.
The four areas of a rectangular coordinate system that has been divided
quadrants
by the x-axis and y-axis.
rise
The slope of a line is m = . The rise measures the vertical change
slope of a line run
and the run measures the horizontal change.
An ordered pair (x, y) is a solution to the linear equation Ax + By = C, if

solution to a linear equation in two variables the equation is a true statement when the x- and y-values of the ordered
pair are substituted into the equation.
A vertical line is the graph of an equation that can be written in the form
vertical line
x = a. The line passes through the x-axis at (a, 0).
x-axis The horizontal axis in a rectangular coordinate system.
y-axis The vertical axis on a rectangular coordinate system.
Key Concepts
11.1 Use the Rectangular Coordinate System
Sign Patterns of the Quadrants
Quadrant I Quadrant II Quadrant III Quadrant IV
(x,y) (x,y) (x,y) (x,y)
(+,+) (−,+) (−,−) (+,−)
Coordinates of Zero
Points with a y-coordinate equal to 0 are on the x-axis, and have coordinates (a, 0).
Points with a x-coordinate equal to 0 are on the y-axis, and have coordinates (0, b).
The point (0, 0) is called the origin. It is the point where the x-axis and y-axis intersect.
11.2 Graphing Linear Equations

Graph a linear equation by plotting points.
1. Find three points whose coordinates are solutions to the equation. Organize them in a table.
2. Plot the points on a rectangular coordinate system. Check that the points line up. If they do not, carefully check your work.
3. Draw the line through the points. Extend the line to fill the grid and put arrows on both ends of the line.
Graph of a Linear Equation: The graph of a linear equation ax + by = c is a straight line.
Every point on the line is a solution of the equation.
Every solution of this equation is a point on this line.

11.3 Graphing with Intercepts
Intercepts
The x-intercept is the point, (a, 0), where the graph crosses the x-axis. The x-intercept occurs when y is zero.
The y-intercept is the point, (0, b), where the graph crosses the y-axis. The y-intercept occurs when x is zero.
The x-intercept occurs when y is zero.
The y-intercept occurs when x is zero.
Find the x and y intercepts from the equation of a line
To find the x-intercept of the line, let y = 0 and solve for x.
To find the y-intercept of the line, let x = 0 and solve for y.
x y
Graph a line using the intercepts

1. Find the x- and y-intercepts of the line.
Let y = 0 and solve for x.
Let x = 0 and solve for y.
2. Find a third solution to the equation.
3. Plot the three points and then check that they line up.
4. Draw the line.
Choose the most convenient method to graph a line
1. Determine if the equation has only one variable. Then it is a vertical or horizontal line.
x = a is a vertical line passing through the x-axis at a.
y = b is a horizontal line passing through the y-axis at b.
2. Determine if y is isolated on one side of the equation. The graph by plotting points. Choose any three values for x and then
solve for the corresponding y-values.
3. Determine if the equation is of the form Ax + By = C, find the intercepts. Find the x- and y-intercepts and then a third point.
11.4 Understand Slope of a Line

Find the slope from a graph
1. Locate two points on the line whose coordinates are integers.
2. Starting with the point on the left, sketch a right triangle, going from the first point to the second point.
3. Count the rise and the run on the legs of the triangle.
rise
4. Take the ratio of rise to run to find the slope, m = .
run
Slope of a Horizontal Line

The slope of a horizontal line, y = b, is 0.
Slope of a Vertical Line
The slope of a vertical line, x = a, is undefined.
Slope Formula
y2 − y1
The slope of the line between two points (x1, y1) and (x2, y2) is m = .
x2 − x1
Graph a line given a point and a slope.

1. Plot the given point.
2. Use the slope formula to identify the rise and the run.
3. Starting at the given point, count out the rise and run to mark the second point.
4. Connect the points with a line.

[email protected]."
This page titled 11.S: Graphs (Summary) is shared under a CC BY 4.0 license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.

CHAPTER OVERVIEW
12: Appendix
Topic hierarchy

[email protected]."
12: Appendix is shared under a CC BY license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
1
 Note
Answers to the Cumulative Review can be found in the Supplemental Resources. Please visit http://openstax college.org to
view an updated list of the Learning Resources for this title and how to access them.
Chapter 1 - Whole Numbers

No exercises.
Chapter 2 - The Language of Algebra

Simplify:
1. 5(3 + 2 · 6) − 82
Solve:
2. 17 = y − 13
3. p + 14 = 23
Translate into an algebraic expression.
4. 11 less than the product of 7 and x.
Translate into an algebraic equation and solve.
5. Twice the difference of y and 7 gives 84.
6. Find all the factors of 72.
7. Find the prime factorization of 132.
8. Find the least common multiple of 12 and 20.
Chapter 3 - Integers
Simplify:
9. |8 − 9| − |3 − 8|
10. −2 + 4(−3 + 7)
11. 27 − (−4 − 7)
12. 28 ÷ (−4) − 7
Translate into an algebraic expression or equation.
13. The sum of −5 and 13, increased by 11.
14. The product of −11 and 8.
15. The quotient of 7 and the sum of −4 and m.
16. The product of −3 and is −51.
Solve:
17. −6r = 24
Chapter 4 - Fractions
18. Locate the numbers on a number line. \(\dfrac{7}{8}, \dfrac{5}{3}, 3\dfrac{1}{4}, 5.
Simplify:
21p
19.
57q
3 28
20. ⋅ (− )
7 45
3 9
21. −6 ÷
4 2
3
22. −3 ÷6
5
2 6
23. −4 (− )
3 7
1
−2
4
24.
3
−
8
7 ⋅ 8 + 4(7 − 12)
25.
9 ⋅ 6 −2 ⋅ 9
23 17
26. − +
36 20
1 1
+
2 3
27.
3 1
−
4 3
5 1
28. 3 −2
8 2
2
29. − r = 24
3
Chapter 5 - Decimals
Simplify:
30. 24.76 − 7.28
31. 12.9 + 15.633
32. (−5.6)(0.25)
33. $6.29 ÷ 12
34. 3 4 (13.44 − 9.6)
−− − − −
35. √64 + √225
−−−−−−−
36. √121x2 y 2
5 8
37. Write in order from smallest to largest: , 0.75,
8 15
Solve:
38. −8.6x = 34.4
39. Using 3.14 as the estimate for pi, approximate the (a) circumference and (b) area of a circle whose radius is 8 inches.
40. Find the mean of the numbers, 18, 16, 20, 12
41. Find the median of the numbers, 24, 29, 27, 28, 30
42. Identify the mode of the numbers, 6, 4, 4, 5, 6, 6, 4, 4, 4, 3, 5
43. Find the unit price of one t-shirt if they are sold at 3 for $28.97.
Chapter 6 - Percents
44. Convert 14.7% to (a) a fraction and (b) a decimal.
Translate and solve.
46. The nutrition label on a package of granola bars says that each granola bar has 180 calories, and 81 calories are from fat. What
47. Elliot received $510 commission when he sold a $3,400 painting at the art gallery where he works. What was the rate of
commission?
48. Nandita bought a set of towels on sale for $67.50. The original price of the towels was $90. What was the discount rate?
49. Alan invested $23,000 in a friend’s business. In 5 years the friend paid him the $23,000 plus $9,200 interest. What was the rate
of interest?
Solve:
9 −6
50. =
p 14
Chapter 7 - The Properties of Real Numbers

51. List the (a) whole numbers, (b) integers, (c) r ational numbers, (d) irrational numbers, (e) real numbers −5,
1 – 13
−2
¯
, −√4, 0.2 5, ,4
4 5
Simplify:
8 4 3
52. ( + )+
15 7 7
53. 3(y + 3) − 8(y − 4)

8 17
54. ⋅ 49 ⋅
17 8
55. A playground is 55 feet wide. Convert the width to yards.
56. Every day last week Amit recorded the number of minutes he spent reading. The recorded number of minutes he read each day
was 48, 26, 81, 54, 43, 62, 106. How many hours did Amit spend reading last week?
57. June walked 2.8 kilometers. Convert this length to miles knowing 1 mile is 1.61 kilometer.
Chapter 8 - Solve Linear Equations

Solve:
58. y + 13 = −8
2 8
59. p + =
5 5
2
60. 48 = x
3
61. 4(a − 3) − 6a = −18
62. 7q + 14 = −35
63. 4v − 27 = 7v
7 3
64. y−6= y−8
8 8
65. 26 − 4(z − 2) = 6
3 2 1 5
66. x− = x−
4 3 2 6
67. 0.7y + 4.8 = 0.84y − 5.3
Translate and solve.
68. Four less than n is 13.
Chapter 9 - Math Models and Geometry

69. One number is 8 less than another. Their sum is negative twenty-two. Find the numbers.
70. The sum of two consecutive integers is −95. Find the numbers.
71. Wilma has $3.65 in dimes and quarters. The number of dimes is 2 less than the number of quarters. How many of each coin
does she have?
72. Two angles are supplementary. The larger angle is 24° more than the smaller angle. Find the measurements of both angles.
73. One angle of a triangle is 20° more than the smallest angle. The largest angle is the sum of the other angles. Find the
measurements of all three angles.
74. Erik needs to attach a wire to hold the antenna to the roof of his house, as shown in the figure. The antenna is 12 feet tall and
Erik has 15 feet of wire. How far from the base of the antenna can he attach the wire?
75. The width of a rectangle is 4 less than the length. The perimeter is 96 inches. Find the length and the width.
76. Find the (a) volume and (b) surface area of a rectangular carton with length 24 inches, width 18 inches, and height 6 inches.
Chapter 10 - Polynomials
Simplify:
77. (8m2 + 12m − 5) − (2m2 − 7m − 1)
78. p3 • p10
79. (y4)3
80. (3a5)3
81. (x3)5(x2)3
2 1
82. (
3
m n )(
6 4
m n )
4
3 6
83. (y − 4)(y + 12)

84. (3c + 1)(9c − 4)
85. (x − 1)(x2 − 3x − 2)
86. (8x)0
3 5
(x )
87. 2 4
(x )
7 2
32a b
88. 3 6
12a b
89. (ab−3)(a−3b6)
90. Write in scientific notation: (a) 4,800,000 (b) 0.00637
Factor the greatest common factor from the polynomial.
91. 3x4 − 6x3 − 18x2
Chapter 11 - Graphs
Graph:
92. y = 4x − 3
93. y = −3x
1
94. y = x+3
2
95. x − y = 6
96. y = −2
97. Find the intercepts. 2x + 3y = 12
Graph using the intercepts.
98. 2x − 4y = 8
99. Find the slope of the line shown.
100. Use the slope formula to find the slope of the line between the points (−5, −2), (3, 2).
1
101. Graph the line passing through the point (−3, 4) and with slope m = − .
3

[email protected]."
12.1: Cumulative Review is shared under a CC BY license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
Table B1
2 − 3 3 −
n n √n n √n
1 1 1 1 1
2 4 1.414214 8 1.259921
3 9 1.732051 27 1.442250
4 16 2 64 1.587401
5 25 2.236068 125 1.709976
6 36 2.449490 216 1.817121
7 49 2.645751 343 1.912931
8 64 2.828427 512 2
9 81 3 729 2.080084
10 100 3.162278 1,000 2.154435
11 121 3316625 1,331 1.223980
12 144 3.464102 1,728 2.289428
13 169 3.605551 2,197 2.351335
14 196 3.741657 2,744 2.410142
15 225 3.872983 3,375 2,466212
16 256 4 4,096 2.519842
17 289 4.123106 4,913 2.571282
18 324 4.242641 5,832 2.620741
19 361 4.358899 6,859 2.668402
20 400 4.472136 8,000 2.714418
21 441 4.582576 9,261 2.758924
22 484 4.690416 10,648 2.802039
23 529 4.795832 12,167 2.843867
24 576 4.898979 13,824 2.884499
25 625 5 15,625 2.924018
26 676 5.099020 17,576 2.962496
27 729 5.196152 19,683 3
28 784 5.291503 21,952 3.036589
29 841 5.385165 24,389 3.072317
30 900 5.477226 27,000 3.107233
31 961 5.567764 29,791 3.141381
32 1,024 5.656854 32,768 3.17482
33 1,089 5.744563 35,937 3.207534
34 1,156 5.830952 39,304 3.239612
35 1,225 5.916080 42,875 3.271066
2 − 3 3 −
n n √n n √n
36 1,296 6 46,656 3.301927
37 1,369 6.082763 50,653 3.332222
38 1,444 6164414 54,872 3.361975
39 1,521 6.244998 59,319 3.391211
40 1,600 6.324555 64,000 3.419952
41 1,681 6.403124 68,921 3.448217
42 1.764 6.480741 74,088 3.476027
43 1.849 6.557439 79,507 3.503398
44 1,936 6.633250 85,184 3.530348
45 2,025 6.708204 91,125 3.556893
46 2,116 6.782330 97,336 3.583048
47 2,209 6.855655 103,823 3.608826
48 2,304 6.928203 110,592 3.6324241
49 2,401 7 117,649 3.659306
50 2,500 7.071068 125,000 3.684031
51 2,601 7.141428 132,651 3.708430
52 2,704 7.211103 140,608 3.732511
53 2,809 7.280110 148,877 3.756286
54 2,916 7.348469 157,464 3.779763
55 3,025 7.416198 166,375 3.802952
56 3,136 7.483315 175,616 3.825862
57 3,249 7.549834 185,193 3.848501
58 3,364 7.615773 195,112 3.870877
59 3,481 7.681146 205,379 3.892996
60 3,600 7.745967 216,000 3.914868
61 3,721 7.810250 226,981 3.936497
62 3,844 7.874008 238,328 3.957892
63 3,969 7.937254 250,047 3.979057
64 4,096 8 262,144 4
65 4,225 8.062258 274,625 4.020726
66 6,356 8.124038 287,496 4.041240
67 4,489 8.185353 300,763 4.061548
68 4,624 8.246211 314,432 4.081655
69 4,761 8.306624 328,509 4.101566
70 4,900 8.366600 343,000 4.121285
71 5,041 8.426150 357,911 4.140818
72 5,184 8.485281 389,017 4.179339
73 5,329 8.544004 389,017 4.179339
2 − 3 3 −
n n √n n √n
74 5,476 8.602325 405,224 4.198336
75 5,625 8.660254 421,875 4.217163
76 5,776 8.17798 438,976 4.235824
77 5.929 8774964 456,533 4.254321
78 6,084 8.831761 474,552 4.272659
79 6,241 8.888194 493,039 4.290840
80 6,400 8.944272 512,000 4.308869
81 6,561 9 531,441 4.326749
82 6,724 9.055385 551,368 4.344481
83 6,889 9.110434 571,787 4.362071
84 7,056 9.165151 592,704 4.379519
85 7,225 9.219544 614,125 4.396830
86 7,396 9.273618 636,056 4.414005
87 7,569 9.327379 658,503 4.431048
88 7,744 9.380832 681,472 4.447960
89 7,821 8.433981 704,969 4.464745
90 8,100 9.486833 729,000 4.481405
91 8,281 9.539392 753,571 4.497941
92 8,464 9.591663 778,688 4.514357
93 8,649 9.643651 804,357 4.530655
94 8,836 9.695360 830,584 4.546836
95 9,025 9.746794 857,375 4.562903
96 9,216 9.797959 884,736 4.578857
97 9,409 9.848858 912,673 4.594701
98 9,604 9.899495 941,192 4.610436
99 9,801 9.949874 970,299 4.62065
100 10,000 10 1,000,000 4.641589

[email protected]."
12.2: Powers and Roots is shared under a CC BY license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
Table C1 - 2 Dimensions
Name Shape Formulas
Perimeter: P = 2l + 2w
Rectangle
Area: A = lw
Perimeter: P = 4s
Square
Area: A = s2
Perimeter: P = a + b + c
1
Triangle Area: A = bh
2
Sum of Angles: A + B + C = 180°
Pythagorean Theorem: a2 + b2 = c2
Right Triangle 1
Area: A = ab
2
Circumference: C = 2π r or C = π d
Circle
Area: A = π r2
Perimeter: P = 2a + 2b
Parallelogram
Area: A = bh
Perimeter: P = a + b + c + B
Trapezoid 1
Area: A = (B + b)h
2
Table C2 - 3 Dimensions
Name Shape Formulas
Name Shape Formulas
Volume: V = lwh
Rectangular Solid
Surface Area: SA = 2lw + 2wh + 2hl
Volume: V = s3
Cube
Surface Area: SA = 6s2
1
Volume: V = πr h
2
Cone 3
−−−−−−
Surface Area: SA = πr 2 2
+ πr√h + r
2
4
Volume: V = πr
3
Sphere 3
Surface Area: SA = 4πr 2
Volume: V = πr h 2
Right Circular Cylinder

Surface Area: SA = 2πr + 2πrh
2

[email protected]."
12.3: Geometric Formulas is shared under a CC BY license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
Index
A
Add Fractions with Different Denominators
Approximate Square Roots
average
C
circumference
complementary angle
composite number
D
decimals
discount
Divide Mixed Numbers
Dividing Integers
divisibility
E
F
factor tree
Fraction Bar
Fractions
H
Hypotenuse
I
intercept of the line
interest
L
ladder method
M
Multiply Mixed Numbers
Multiplying Integers
O
order of operations
P
percent
percent problems
percent proportion
Polynomials
10: Polynomials
prime factorizaton
prime numbers
probability
proportion
Pythagorean Theorem
R
radius
reciprocal
S
Sales
Simplify Fractions
slope
Solve Equations with a Fraction Coefficient
square root function
Subtract Fractions with Different Denominators
supplementary angle
surface area
T
Tax
trapezoid
V
volume
Glossary
Sample Word 1 | Sample Definition 1
Detailed Licensing

Pre Algebra

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Pre Algebra

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Pre Algebra

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PREALGEBRA

2: Introduction to the Language of Algebra

7: The Properties of Real Numbers

8: Solving Linear Equations

9: Math Models and Geometry

Contributors and Attributions

Identify Counting Numbers and Whole Numbers

 Definition: Counting Numbers

 Definition: Whole Numbers

The whole numbers are the counting numbers and zero.

 Example 1.1.1: Number Identification

Access for free at OpenStax 1.1.1 https://math.libretexts.org/@go/page/4970

Which of the following are

Which of the following are

Model Whole Numbers

Access for free at OpenStax 1.1.2 https://math.libretexts.org/@go/page/4970

Digit Place value Number Value Total value

1 hundreds 1 100 100

Access for free at OpenStax 1.1.3 https://math.libretexts.org/@go/page/4970

Digit Place value Number Value Total value

2 hundreds 2 100 200

The base-10 blocks model the number 215.

Access for free at OpenStax 1.1.4 https://math.libretexts.org/@go/page/4970

Identify the Place Value of a Digit

 Example 1.1.3: place value

Access for free at OpenStax 1.1.5 https://math.libretexts.org/@go/page/4970

Access for free at OpenStax 1.1.6 https://math.libretexts.org/@go/page/4970

Use Place Value to Name Whole Numbers

 How to: Name a Whole Number in Words.

 Example 1.1.4: name whole numbers

Name the number 8, 165, 432, 098, 710in words.

The next period to the right is thousands. ninety-eight thousand

The rightmost period shows the ones. seven hundred ten

Access for free at OpenStax 1.1.7 https://math.libretexts.org/@go/page/4970

Name each number in words: 9, 258, 137, 904, 061

 Example 1.1.5: name whole numbers

Access for free at OpenStax 1.1.8 https://math.libretexts.org/@go/page/4970

Use Place Value to Write Whole Numbers

 How to: Use Place Value to Write Whole Numbers

 Example 1.1.6: write whole numbers

Write the following numbers using digits.

The number is 9, 246, 073, 189.

Access for free at OpenStax 1.1.9 https://math.libretexts.org/@go/page/4970

Write each number in standard form:

 Example 1.1.7: write standard form

So the budget was about $77, 000, 000, 000.

Write each number in standard form:

Write each number in standard form:

Access for free at OpenStax 1.1.10 https://math.libretexts.org/@go/page/4970

Access for free at OpenStax 1.1.11 https://math.libretexts.org/@go/page/4970

Figure 1.2.12: The number 75 is exactly midway between 70 and 80.

rounded to the nearest ten is 80.

Access for free at OpenStax 1.2.1 https://math.libretexts.org/@go/page/5260

 How to: Round a Whole Number to a Specific Place Value

 Example 1.2.8: round a whole number

Round 843 to the nearest ten.

Locate the tens place.

Underline the digit to the right of the tens place.

Rounding 843 to the nearest ten gives 840.

Round to the nearest ten: 884